Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
31D-031 (10)
8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College C. Upon completion, remove protection and thoroughly clean work and leave free from discoloration, scratches, dents and other surface defects. D. Adjust all operating equipment. E. Leveling devices shall be adjusted within 13 mm. of finished floor. F. The finished installation shall be free of defects. Before final completion and acceptance of the building, repair and/or replace defective work, to the satisfaction of the Architect and the Owner at no additional cost. .. G. Clean up all areas of debris, dirt and the like; coordinate with Section 01700. **End of Section** w 2053/15220 14200 - 22 Elevators .. 40 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College B. Perform work with competent, skilled workmen under the direct 4w control and supervision of the elevator manufacturer's experienced foreman. C. Supply in ample time for installation by other trades, inserts, anchors, bearing plates, brackets, supports, and bracing including all setting templates and diagrams for placement. D. Welded construction: Provide welded connections for installation of elevator work where bolted connections are not required for subsequent removal or for normal operation, adjustment, inspection, maintenance, and replacement of worn Parts. Comply with AWS standards for workmanship and for qualification of welding operators. E. Coordination: Coordinate elevator work with the work of other trades, for proper time and sequence to avoid construction delays. Use benchmarks, lines, and levels designated by the Contractor, to AA1 ensure dimensional coordination of the work. F. Install machinery, guides, controls, car and all equipment and accessories to provide a quiet, smoothly operating installation, free from side sway, oscillation or vibration. G. Sound isolation: Mount rotating and vibrating elevator equipment and components on vibration absorption mounts, designed to effectively prevent the transmission of vibrations to the structure, and eliminate sources of structure borne noise from the elevator system. H. Alignment: Coordinate installation of hoistway entrances with installation of elevator guide rails for accurate alignment of entrances with cars. Where possible, delay final adjustment of sills and doors until car is operable in shaft. Reduce clearances to minimum safe, workable dimensions at each landing. I. Erect hoistway sills, headers, and frames before erection of rough walls and doors; erect fascias and toe guards after rough walls finished. Set sill units accurately aligned and slightly above finish floor at landings. J. Lubricate operating parts of system, including ropes, as recommended by manufacturer. 3 .03 PROTECTION, ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING !w A. During shipment and installation, adequately protect surfaces against accumulation of paint, mortar, mastic and disfiguration or discoloration, and damage. WA B. After installation touchup, in the field, surfaces of shop primed elements which have become scratched or damaged. 40 ON 2053/15220 14200 - 21 Elevators a. 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College as a distance of approximately 15 inches and the lower edge shall be curved inward. so 2.24 PAINTING, MACHINE FINISH, ETC. A. All exposed metal work installed under this Contract, except finished faces of guide rails, shall be given 1 shop and 1 field coat of paint which will dry to a non-tacky surface within 24 hours, color as selected and all other equipment except that presenting a .� non-corrosive enameled or similarly finished surface shall be painted after being finally accepted. B. Power unit, motors, etc. , shall be given 2 coats of paint in the shop. Rubbing, filling and 1 finished coat of paint shall be applied in the field, after final adjustments have been made; colors as selected by the Architect. C. All hatchway doors shall be thoroughly cleaned of all rust, oil grease, dirt, etc. , by sand blast, benzine dip or otherwise and shall then receive 1 shop coat of metal primer paint. At least 2 additional coats, color as selected, separately baked on shall be then applied; finish to be as approved by the Architect. ow Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE go A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. w. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. A B. Verify, by measurements at the job site, dimensions affecting the work. Bring field dimensions which are at variance with those on the approved shop drawings to the attention of the Architect. Obtain the decision regarding corrective measures before the start of fabrication of items affected. C. Cooperate in the coordination and scheduling of the work of this section with the work of other sections so as not to delay job progress. 3 .02 INSTALLATION A. Install elevator systems components and coordinate installation of hoistway wall construction. 1. Work shall be performed by competent elevator installation personnel in accordance with ASME A17.1, manufacturer's installation instructions and approved shop drawings. 2 . Comply with the National Electrical Code for electrical work required during installation. 2053/15220 14200 - 20 Elevators 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College B. PHASE 2 OPERATION u 1. Provide in-car control of each elevator during the emergency operation, by means of a keyswitch in the car. w Operation shall be per Section 211.2 of the reference code. 2 .19 RAILS A. Provide car guide rails that shall be plumbed within 1/8 inch throughout their entire length. All car rail joints shall be equally strong with the rail section in tension, compression and distortion. B. Provide special brackets, if necessary, to suit the structural steel as shown on the steel drawings. When the building is completed, the Contractor shall check the alignment of the rails and shall realign the rails where the alignment has been changed by compression of the -- building structure. ?!!�! C. Where floor heights exceed 14 feet this Contractor shall provide suitable channel backing on all guide rails. D. Car rails must be thoroughly cleaned and smoothed before cars are put in operation. When the car is tested, it must be free from any grinding noise due to rough or rusting guides and the car guides must be free from any signs or abrasion. 2 .20 SLIDING GUIDES A. Provide the elevator with sliding guides on top and bottom of each car frame for each guide rail. The guide shoe shall consist of an iron casting designed to receive a renewable nylon or textolite gib or liner. 2 .21 HOISTWAY DOOR INTERLOCK AND CAR DOOR HOISTWAY CONTACTS A. Provide each elevator hatchway door and the car door with an electric switch which will prevent the operation of the elevator unless the car door is closed and all hatchway doors are locked in the closed position. go B. These switches shall be positive in operation and must be so located and designed as to be protected from mechanical injury and the possibility of short circuits. 2 .22 BUFFERS A. Provide spring buffers mounted on pit floor. Buffers shall be blocked up as required to protect cylinder head and packing gland in the event the car should for any reason pass the bottom limit switch setting. Striking plates shall be provided on underside of car frame to engage buffers. 2 .23 TOE GUARDS A. Provide the elevator car platform with sheet steel toe guard, the full width of door openings and extending downward from the car sill ' 2053/15220 14200 - 19 Elevators 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w 2 .16 ELECTRIC WIRING A. Furnish and install complete, necessary insulated wiring to connect all parts of the equipment. wwr B. Provide wiring on car with light sockets or receptacles under the car platform and on top of car for inspection purposes. C. Insulated wiring shall have a flame retarding and moisture resisting outer cover and shall be run in metal conduit, metallic tubing or wire ducts. w D. Traveling cables between car and hoistway shall have flame retarding and moisture resisting outer cover. They shall be flexible and shall be suitably suspended to relieve strains in the individual .a conductors. E. All insulated conductors and conduit, or tubing, as well as fittings, including metal boxes, troughs and ducts, shall comply with the requirements of the National Electric Code and that of the jurisdiction of the project, which so ever is more restrictive. 2 .17 AUTOMATIC LOWERING DEVICE A. Provide a self contained trickle charged marine sealed battery operated controller within the car control panel which is designed to automatically lower elevator to the Lowest Terminal landing in the event of a power failure. Coordinate with Division 16 for auxiliary contact provided by said Specialty Contractor in disconnect to accommodate this feature. B. Unit shall be capable of keeping doors closed until said landing is reached, then permit doors to automatically open and also to safely shut down until normal power is restored. 2 .18 SPECIAL EMERGENCY SERVICE OPERATION A. PHASE 1 OPERATION w 1. Provide emergency operation to return the elevator to a designated floor by means of a key operated switch on the in the lobby in compliance with current ANSI/ASME A17 .1 Code, Section 211.3 . 2 . Furnish a fixture for the keyswitch to initiate Special Emergency Service. 3 . Heat and smoke or products of combustion sensing devices shall be provided by other trades involved in the project but this contractor shall furnish contacts on the elevator controller wu to receive signals from the sensing device. Operation shall be as per Section 211.3 of the reference code. 4. If the elevator(s) are on independent service when the elevators are recalled, a buzzer shall sound in the car and a jewel shall be illuminated as required by Section 211.3 of the reference code. No Mo.2053/15220 14200 - 18 Elevators 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 2 .13 HALL STATIONS A. Hall Stations, General: Buttons shall illuminate to indicate call has been registered at that floor for the indicated direction. Faceplates shall be stainless steel no. 4. Provide one set of risers. 1. Each terminal station shall contain one illuminating push button. 2 . Each intermediate station shall consist of two illuminating on pushbuttons, one for the up direction and one for the down position. 3 . Phase 1 firefighters service key switch, with instructions, shall be incorporated into the hall station at the designated level. B. Floor Identification Pads: Provide door jamb pads at each floor. Jamb pads shall comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. R C. Hall Position Indicator: A dot matrix position indicator shall be provided and inclined 20 degrees from vertical and mounted in a module for optimum viewing. As the car travels, its' position in the hoistway shall be indicated by the illumination of the alpha/numeric character corresponding to the landing which the elevator is stopped or passing. When hall lanterns are provided, the position indicator shall be combined with the hall lanterns in the same faceplate. 1. Hall Position Indicator: all floors. 2 . Faceplates shall match hall stations. 2.14 MISCELLANEOUS ELEVATOR COMPONENTS A. Oil Hydraulic Silencer: Install an oil hydraulic silencer (muffler device) at the power unit location. Silencer shall contain pulsation absorbing material inserted in a blowout proof housing arranged for inspecting interior parts without removing unit from oil line. Rubber hose without blowout proof features will not be acceptable. B. Vibration Pads: Mount vibration pads under the power unit assembly to isolate the unit from the building structure. C. Sound Insulating Panels: When pump and motor are not submerged, provide panels manufactured of reinforced 14 gauge steel with 1 inch (25 mm) thick 11/2 pound fiberglass core attached to interior and mounted on all four open sides of the power unit frame. ow D. Sound Isolating Couplings: When pump and motor are not submerged, install a minimum of two couplings in the oil line in the machine room between pump and jack. ON 2 .15 PIT SWITCH A. An emergency stop switch shall be located in the pit and shall be accessible from the pit access door. OR 40 2053/15220 14200 - 17 Elevators 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College stops, and by "updown" push buttons at each intermediate landing and "call" push buttons at terminal landings. "* 1. Momentary pressing of one or more buttons shall dispatch the car to the designated landings in the order in which the landings are reached by the car, irrespective of the sequence in which the buttons are pressed. Each landing call shall be canceled when answered. 2 . When the car is traveling in the up direction, it shall stop w. at all floors for which car buttons or "up" hall buttons have been pressed. The car shall not stop at floors where "down" buttons have been pressed, unless the stop for that floor has been registered by a car button or unless the down call is at the highest floor for which any buttons have been pressed. Pressing the "up" button when the car is traveling in the down direction shall not intercept the travel unless the stop for w that floor has been registered by a car button or unless the up call is the lowest for which any button has been pressed. 3 . When the car has responded to its highest or lowest stop, and stops are registered for the opposite direction, its direction of travel shall reverse automatically and it shall then answer the calls registered for that direction. If both up and down calls are registered at an intermediate floor, only the call corresponding to the direction of car travel shall be canceled upon the stopping of the car at the landing. .w B. Microprocessor: Locate the main microprocessor and car controller in the elevator machine room. 1. Microprocessor door operator shall reside in the door operator and control all functions of the elevator door(s) . " 2 . Electronic selector shall reside on the car top and contain hall effect transducers that detect magnetic fields . Magnets, corresponding to floor positions and top/bottom of hoistway w. are mounted on a perforated metal tape that runs the length of the hoistway. C. Provide a key operated switch in the elevator for the purpose of removing the car from normal operation. When the switch is in the "independent service" position, the elevator will bypass all landing calls and answer only car calls. The operator will have complete control over the operation of the car. D. Emergency Power 10DOC: In the event of a normal power supply failure, the elevator system shall be arranged to lower from an emergency power supply. The emergency power supply shall consist of a battery furnished by the elevator contractor. The elevator contractor shall provide circuitry so after normal power failure and establishment of emergency power, each elevator shall lower to a field adjustable return landing and park with the doors closed. If the designated return landing is above the current position, the elevator shall run down to the next lower landing and park with the doors closed. • 2053/15220 14200 - 16 Elevators .w 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 2 . Intermediate modules shall contain floor buttons which illuminate when a call is registered and remain illuminated until the call is answered. Raised floor indications and handicap symbols shall be located immediately adjacent to the floor buttons and be fully integrated in the module design. OR No applied symbols or floor indications or symbols on the buttons shall be permitted. 3 . The next module shall contain required switches. 0" 4. The top module shall contain fire service features in accordance with ASME A17.1, Rule 211.3, including operating instructions. g B. Position Indicator: An electronic dot matrix position indicator inclined 20 degrees from vertical and mounted in a module matching the control panel for optimum viewing. As the car travels, its position in the hoistway shall be indicated by the illumination of the alpha/numeric character corresponding to the landing which the elevator is stopped or passing. C. Emergency Light: An emergency light and capacity plate shall be integrated into a module inclined 20 degrees from vertical. Emergency light shall illuminate automatically upon loss of the building' s normal power supply. D. Emergency Communications System: Provide an emergency communications device mounted in the swing return. Emergency communications device shall comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. E. Auxillary Operating Panel: not applicable in this application. F. Column Mounted Car Riding Lantern: A car riding lantern shall be installed in the elevator cab and located in the entrance. The lantern, when illuminated, will indicate the intended direction of travel. The lantern will illuminate and a signal. will sound when the car arrives at a floor where it will stop. The lantern shall remain illuminated until the door(s) begin to close. G. Special Accessories: 1. Independent service switch. 2 . Inspection switch. 3 . Two speed fan/light switch. 4. Telephone jack. 5. Certificate frame. 2 .12 CONTROL SYSTEMS A. Controller: The elevator control system shall be microprocessor based and software oriented and be linked together for purposes of communication by a serial communications link. Control of the elevator shall be automatic in operation by means of push buttons in the car numbered to correspond to floors served, for registering car 2053/15220 14200 - 15 Elevators 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College e� programmable time when the electronic door protection device is activated. *� 3 . Double Door Operation: When a car stops at a landing with concurrent up and down hall calls, no car calls, and no other hall call assignments, the car door opens to answer the hall w. call in the direction of the car' s current travel. If an onward car call is not registered before the door closes to within 6 inches of fully closed, the travel will reverse and wu the door will reopen to answer the other call. 4. Nudging Operation: The doors shall remain open as long as the electronic detector senses the presence of a passenger or object in the door opening. If door movement is obstructed for a field programmable time, a buzzer will sound and the doors will close at reduced speed. If the infrared door protection system detects a person or object while closing, ws the doors will stop and resume closing after the obstruction has been removed. 5 . Limited Door Reversal: If the doors are closing and an ws infrared beam is interrupted, the doors will reverse and reopen partially. After the obstruction is cleared, the doors will begin to close. 6. Door Open Sentinel: If the doors are opening, but do not fully open after a field adjustable time, the doors will recycle closed then open six times to try and correct the fault. .eA 7. Door Close Sentinel: If the doors are closing, but do not fully close after a field adjustable time, the doors will recycle open then close six times to try and correct the fault. 8 . Door Close Assist: When the doors have failed to fully close and are in the recycle mode, the door drive motor shall have increased torque applied to possibly overcome mechanical ,inn resistance or differential air pressure and allow the door to close. B. Door Protection Devices: Provide a door protection system using 40 microprocessor controlled infrared light beams . The beams shall project across the car opening detecting the presence of a passenger or object. If door movement is obstructed, the doors shall immediately reopen. A mechanical reopening device is not acceptable. 2 .11 CAR OPERATING STATION A. Car Operating Station, General: The main car control in each car shall contain the devices required for specific operation mounted in stainless steel no. 4 integral swing return panel requiring no applied faceplate. The panel shall consist of a series of modules, inclined 20 degrees from vertical for optimum viewing and accessibility. 1. The lowest module shall contain the "door open, " "door close, " "alarm" buttons and a keyed "emergency stop" switch. 2053/15220 14200 - 14 Elevators 4M 40 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College A 1. Walls: formed steel with 20 gauge stainless steel finish 40 "Sandstone" ; Pattern "Random" as furnished by Forms and Surfaces for 3 walls; #4 finish stainless at front wall as per #4 below. 2 . Canopy: Reinforced 14 gauge coldrolled steel with hinged go exit. Finish: Two coats factory applied reflective baked enamel. 3 . Ceiling: Suspended, concealed frame, 6 panels with ,f" incandescent lighting. Metal finish: Mirror finish #8 stainless steel. 4. Cab Columns, Front, and Transom: Stainless steel: ASTM A 167, Type 300 stainless steel panels, No. 4 satin finish. 5 . Doors: Horizontal sliding car doors reinforced with steel for panel rigidity. Hang doors on sheave type hangers with polyurethane tires that roll on a polished steel track and are guided at the bottom by nonmetallic shoes sliding in a smooth threshold groove. Door Finish: #4 finish Stainless Steel on all exposed surfaces. 6. Cab Sills: Extruded, with grooved surface, 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thickness. Aluminum: ASTM B 221 aluminum, mill finish. 7 . Handrail: Cylindrical, 1/3 inch by 2 inch flat, stainless steel no. 4 . Provide at rear and side walls. 8 . Ventilation: Two speed exhaust fan mounted on the car top. 9. Pad Buttons: Provide pad buttons on cab front(s) and walls. Provide one set of vinyl protection pads for the project. !+ 10. Base: stainless steel no. 4 11. Finished Floor: Carpet B. Car Top Inspection: Provide a car top inspection station with an "emergency stop" switch and constant pressure "updown" direction buttons to make the normal operating devices inoperative and give the inspector complete control of the elevator. Mount the car top inspection station in the door operator assembly. 2.10 DOOR OPERATION A. Door Operation: Provide a direct current motor driven heavy duty operator designed to operate the car and hoistway doors simultaneously. Door movements shall be electrically cushioned at both limits of travel and the door operating mechanism shall be arranged for manual operation in event of power failure. Doors shall automatically open when the car arrives at the landing and automatically close after an adjustable time interval or when the 'W car is dispatched to another landing. Direct drive geared operators, AC controlled units with oil checks, or other deviations are not acceptable. 1. No Unnecessary Door Operation: Car door shall open only if the car is stopping for a car or hall call, answering a car or hall call at the present position or selected as the next car up. w 2. Door Open Time Saver: If a car is stopping in response to a car call assignment only (no coincident hall call) , the current door hold open time is changed to a shorter field qW 40 2053/15220 14200 - 13 Elevators 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College and stopping speed to ensure smooth "down" starts and stops. The leveling valve shall be designed to level the car to the floor in the direction the car is traveling when slowdown is initiated. F. Power controller shall contain electrical contactors, OR electromechanical switches and thermal overload relays. Mount components in a NEMA 1 enclosure. Logic control system shall be microprocessor based and protected from environmental extremes and OR excessive vibrations. G. Starting: Provide solid state. an 2 .08 HOISTWAY ENTRANCES A. Doors and Frames: Provide complete hollow metal type hoistway entrances at each hoistway opening. 1. Manufacturer's standard entrance design consisting of 14 gauge frames with 2 inch (50 mm) profile, 16 gauge doors, hangers, hanger supports, hanger covers, fascia plates, sight guards, and necessary hardware. 2 . Elevator wall interface with hoistway entrance assembly shall comply with elevator manufacturer's requirements. ■ 3 . Doors: Flush construction: Steel: ASTM A 366 steel panels, factory applied baked enamel finish. 4. Frames: Formed construction: Steel: ASTM A 366 formed steel, w factory applied baked enamel finish (factory applied rust inhibitive prime coat finish) . 5. Transom: No transom. B. Interlocks: Equip each hoistway entrance with an approved type interlock tested as required by code. Interlock shall be designed to prevent operation of the car away from the landing until the .. doors are locked in the closed position as defined by code and shall Prevent opening the doors at any landing from the corridor side unless the car is at rest at that landing or is in the leveling zone and stopping at that landing. " C. Door Hanger and Tracks: Provide sheave type two point suspension hangers and tracks for each hoistway sliding door. +p 1. Sheaves: Polyurethane tires with ball bearings properly sealed to retain grease. 2 . Hangers: Provide an adjustable slide to accommodate the ON upthrust of the doors. 3 . Tracks: Drawn steel shapes, smooth surface and shaped to conform to the hanger sheaves. go D. Hoistway Sills: Extruded, with grooved surface, 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thickness 2 .09 CAR ENCLOSURE A. Car Enclosure: 2053/15220 14200 - 12 Elevators .. Mw 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College go and to complete the circuit to the pump motor for the up on direction of travel. 2 .07 POWER UNIT A. Power Unit (Oil Pumping and Control Mechanism) : A self contained on unit consisting of the following items: 1. Oil reservoir with tank cover and controller compartment with cover. 40 2 . An oil hydraulic pump. 3 . An electric motor. 4. Oil control unit with the following components built into we single housing; high pressure relief valve, check valve, automatic unloading up start valve, lowering and leveling valve, and magnetic controller. ew B. Pump: Positive displacement type pump specifically manufactured for oil hydraulic elevator service. Pump shall be designed for steady discharge with minimum pulsation to give smooth and quiet operation. Output of pump shall not vary more than 10 percent between no load and full load on the elevator car. C. Drive: Drive shall be by direct coupling with the pump and motor submerged in the oil reservoir or by multiple V-belts and sheaves of number and size to insure maximum factor of safety. Drive type shall be determined based primarily on the load on the car, travel, and speed. D. Motor: Motors shall be for alternating current designed for elevator service in coordination with a solid state starter system similar and equal to "Nordic" by Furnas Electric. Solid state starter systems manufactured by Benshaw will be considered equal. NOTE: Power conditioning is required to prevent "spiking" within power grid. E. Oil Control Unit: The following components shall be built into a single housing. Welded manifolds with separate valves to accomplish each function are not acceptable. Adjustments shall be accessible and be made without removing the assembly from the oil line. 1. Relief valve shall be externally adjustable and be capable of bypassing the total oil flow without increasing back pressure more than 10 percent above that required to barely open the on valve. 2 . Up start and stop valve shall be externally adjustable and designed to bypass oil flow during start and stop of motor go pump assembly. Valve shall close slowly, gradually diverting oil to or from the jack unit, ensuring smooth up starts and up stops. so 3. Check valve shall be designed to close quietly without permitting any perceptible reverse flow. 4. Lowering valve and leveling valve shall be externally adjustable for dropaway speed, lowering speed, leveling speed 40 10 2053/15220 14200 - 11 Elevators 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College C. Guide Rail Lubricators: Provide a leakproof reservoir on top of upper guide shoes. Wool felt wiper shall apply an even, uniform flow of lubricant which shall thoroughly cover face of guide rail. D. Telescoping Jack: Jack units shall be of sufficient size to lift w the gross load the height specified. Factory test jack to insure adequate strength and freedom from leakage. Brittle material, such as gray cast iron, is prohibited in the jack construction. Jack w. unit shall consist of the following components: 1. Heavy seamless steel tubing plungers accurately turned and polished. 2 . Stop ring shall be electrically welded to the plunger to positively prevent plunger leaving the cylinder. 3 . Internal guide bearing. 4. Packing or seal of suitable design and quality. 5. Drip ring around cylinder top. 6. Cylinder made of steel pipe and provided with a pipe connection and air bleeder. 7. Weld brackets to the jack cylinder for supporting the elevator ..s on pit channels. An auxiliary safety bulkhead shall be provided in the lower end of the cylinder. 8. Jack synchronization: The two plungers shall resynchronize periodically by microprocessor based controls to ensure smooth, accurate performance. E. Automatic Terminal Limits : Place electric limit switches in the hoistway near the terminal landings. Limit switches shall be designed to cut off the electric current and stop the car if it runs beyond either terminal landing. F. Failure Protection: Design electrical control circuit so if a malfunction occurs, due to motor starter failure, oil becoming low +. in the system, or the car failing to reach a landing in the up direction within a predetermined time, the elevator car will automatically descend to the lowest terminal landing. If power Ow operated doors are used, the doors will automatically open when the car reaches that landing to allow passengers to depart. The doors will then automatically close and all control buttons, except the "door open" button in the car station, shall be made inoperative. G. Emergency Terminal Stopping Device: Provide emergency terminal stopping devices for speeds over 100 FPM. The emergency terminal stopping device shall operate independently of the normal terminal stopping device if it fails to slow down the car at the terminal as intended. Stopping devices shall not be prevented from functioning by a single short circuit caused by a combination of grounds or by other conditions. 1. Normal and emergency terminal stopping devices shall not control the same controller switches unless two or more separate and independent switches are furnished, two or which shall be closed in either direction of travel to complete the circuit to the control valve solenoids in the down direction 2053/15220 14200 - 10 Elevators ..e q0 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College A. General - Fireman Control as per Rule 211 - Switch Control; Telephone; Handicapped Features; Inspection Service; Emergency Stop Buttons; Door Interlocks; Terminal Stop Switches; 1 Set of Protection Pads; and the like as may be required to provide a complete elevator plant for safe and secure operations. B. Specific - Fire alarm activated automatic return to First floor with keyed fireman override; Emergency Medical Technician (EMT) switch " for safety functions. C. Telephone service terminating at a terminal strip cabinet in the ow telephone room; extension of conduits as part of work of Division 16. D. Car status panel located at fireman' s control area as designated. E. Provide low oil protection feature for all units. 2.05 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Colors, patterns, and finishes: As selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors, patterns, and finishes. B. Steel: I. Shapes and bars: ASTM A 36. 2. Sheet: ASTM A 366, coldrolled steel sheet, commercial quality, Class 1, matte finish, stretcher leveled. 3 . Finish: Factory applied baked enamel. 4W C. Stainless steel: 1. Shapes and bars: ASTM A 276, Type 300 (188) . w 2 . Tubing: ASTM A 269, Type 300 (188) . D. Aluminum: 1. Sheet and plate: ASTM B 209, alloy 6063T52 . in 2. Extrusions: ASTM B 221, alloy 6063T52. E. Glass: See Section 08800 IN F. Carpet: See Section 09680 OR G. Wood/Panel Systems: See Section 06200 for material requirements and labor restrictions. NOTE wood species indicated on drawings. 2 .06 HOISTWAY EQUIPMENT - See Table for additional items A. Platform: Fabricated frame of formed or structural steel shapes, gusseted and rigidly welded with a wood subfloor. Underside of the platform shall be fireproofed. wb B. Sling: Steel stiles affixed to a steel crosshead and bolstered with bracing members to remove strain from the car enclosure. wo ON 2053/15220 14200 - 9 Elevators 4W 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College e� NOTE - All signage and graphics proposed for this portion of the Work shall be "accessible design" signage accordance with ANSI A117.1 and the "ADA" requirements promulgated by the acts of 1992 . 2.03 OUTLINE DESCRIPTION OF ELEVATORS so Description Control - Oildraulic with solid state controllers „!„ Capacity, Class A Loading, lb. 3,500 Speed, fpm 100 Operation Simplex Type of Equipment Hydraulic Hoistway Size See Drawings Platform Size See Drawings Car Sizes (Front to Back) 6' 8" x 5'5" 4W Height to Underside of Car Top 8 feet Travel (Approximate/Verify) 24'1*1/2" , extend NO overrun to accommodate rise. Power Supply - Motors - as dictated by available building service, 3 phase am Signals, (*) 110 volts, 1 phase, 60hz Lighting, (*) 110 volts, 1 phase, 60hz Motor Size, As required am NOTE - Electrical service is predicated on a 30 hp motor; should the motor requirements be other than that, the required adjustment shall be brought to the attention of the Contractor during the bidding stage to permit required changes. If this is not accomplished, all costs involved with changes after the fact are the responsibility of the Elevator Specialty Contractor. Machine Isolation Standard *� No. of Landings, in line 3 Stops and Openings 3 Car & Hoistway Door Operation Size 3 '6" x 7'0" Design Single Speed Opening Center Operation See Specs. Door Controls See Specs. Saddles Extruded Aluminum .w Car Enclosure - As Specified See 2.09 Car Flooring Carpet Sound Isolation Standard Guide Rails Standard of Manufacturer; provide rail backing as required by heights and reactions Guide Shoes Spring Pit Buffers Spring 2.04 UNIT FEATURES e. �wr 2053/15220 14200 - 8 Elevators 40 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College sX This maintenance shall include systematic monthly examination, adjustment and lubrication of all equipment. Repair or replace any parts of the equipment whenever this is required during the maintenance period and use only genuine standard parts produced by the manufacturer of the equipment installed. 2 . All work under the maintenance provision shall be performed by competent personnel under the supervision and in the direct tug employ of the Specialty Contractor. Work shall be done during the regular working hours and days of the Specialty Contractor, but 24 hour emergency call back service shall be available at all times and be included in the cost of the Contract. 1.09 SPECIAL GUARANTEE/WARRANTY TERMS A. Warrant, in writing, that the materials and workmanship of the apparatus installed by the Elevator Specialty Contractor under these 00 specifications shall be first class in every respect and that he will make good any defects not due to ordinary wear and tear or improper use which may develop within 1 year from the date of final acceptance of the elevator installation by an authorized representative of the Architect and/or Owner. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SPECIFICATION STANDARD: For purposes of establishing standards of quality and levels of performance and not for the purposes of limiting competition, the basis of this specification is upon units as manufactured by one of the following and their respective model suitable for the intended application. A. Schindler Elevator Company (330A) B. Thyssen-Krupp Corporation (Seville 35/Dual Jack Telescoping Hydraulic System) C. Associated Elevator Co. D. Otis Elevator Company or approved equal. 2 .02 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION A. Unit assemblies shall be of either "Stock" or "Custom" design and construction as may be required to comply with the following outline description of equipment. B. Unit assemblies shall be fully equipped with all required features of "Handicapped" operation in accordance with Local and State codes applicable to the work. 2053/15220 14200 - 7 Elevators 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College notarized, certifying that the equipment meets contract requirements and is operating properly. w 1.07 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS (Coordinate with Sections 01730 and 01800) A. Upon completion and acceptance of all work, furnish to the Owner w instructions and lubricating charts describing the operation and proper maintenance procedure of the elevator equipment in quantity and format as described in Section 01730. Complete wiring diagrams shall be included with one set mounted within each machine room, as directed. NOTE - Where proprietary control technology is employed, the manual shall provide complete and detailed instructions on the setup, adjustment, testing, and operation of the elevator. If sub-vendor systems, assemblies, components, and parts are used, identify each such occurrence and provide complete identification, including vendor part numbers. Where proprietary test equipment or diagnostic tools are required to maintain, adjust, or repair this elevator, provide complete descriptive information on the function, interface, and operation of the test equipment. Provide a complete list of the operational codes, readouts, and passwords necessary to access the elevator system. B. Provide at no cost to Owner, a competent instructor or instructors for a period of not less than one 7 hour day, at a time to be established by Owner to fully and adequately instruct the personnel appointed by the Owner in the proper use, operations, and daily maintenance of elevators. Review emergency provisions, including emergency access and procedures to be followed at time of failure in 'e11 operation or other building emergencies. 1.08 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. Temporary Use - If temporary use of an elevator is requested before the elevator is placed in regular service, the Elevator Contractor shall make such use available after the Elevator Contractor's temporary acceptance form has been signed by a duly authorized party. Temporary enclosures, guards or other protection of hoistway openings, elevator operators, and such other items as are necessary to permit temporary operation of the elevator shall be provided by the Contractor. The user shall provide maintenance during the period of temporary operation and shall return the elevator to the Contractor at the conclusion of this period in the same condition of repair and maintenance as existed when temporary acceptance was given. B. Maintenance w 1. Provide maintenance on the equipment described herein for a period of 12 months from the date of final acceptance of the installation. 2053/15220 14200 - 6 Elevators ees 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 4. Details of doors, frames, and sills. 5. Straight line diagrams of all control, operating signal and other circuits with wire sizes; equipment cuts and other data for relay, switches, etc. t B. Product Data - Manufacturer's catalog sheets, specifications and installation instructions for each component specified. C. Samples: 1. Stainless steel. 2. Access signage. 3 . Emergency Operation procedure signage. D. Certification of Specification Compliance. E. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. F. Certificates 1. Board of Fire Underwriters. 2. Building Department of Northampton, MA and DPS, Commonwealth of Massachusetts. 3 . Other City and State Department having legal jurisdiction. 4. Furnish certificates before final acceptance. G. Operation and maintenance data. Include the following: 1. Operation and maintenance instructions. 2. Parts list, with recommended parts inventory. 1.05 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS A. Elevator Specialty Contractor shall obtain and pay for all required inspections, tests, permits and fees for elevator installation. 1. Arrange for inspections and make required tests. 2. Deliver to the Owner upon completion and acceptance of elevator work. B. Have tests made called for by the regulations of these authorities. C. Tests shall be made in the presence of the authorized representatives of such authorities. 1.06 QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS A. Installers Qualifications Data: 1. Name of each person who will be performing the Work. 2. Employer' s name, business address, and telephone number. 3. Names and addresses of the required number of similar projects that each person has worked on which meet the experience criteria. B. Test Report: Acceptance test report. C. Certificate: Affidavit signed by the Company Field Advisor and 40 2053/15220 14200 - 5 Elevators 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College D. Company Field Advisor - Secure the services of a Company Field Advisor for the following: w 1. Render advice regarding installation, adjustment and operation of equipment. 2 . Witness tests and certify with an affidavit that the equipment .■ installed is in accordance with contract documents and is operating properly. 3 . Explain available service programs to facility supervisory �. personnel for consideration. E. Applicable Codes 1. National Electrical Code 2 . The latest edition of the A17.1 American National Standards Institute Safety Code for Elevators, Dumbwaiters and Escalators which is hereinafter referred to as the ANSI Code. .m 3 . Rules of the National Fire Protection Association. 4 . Conformance to ANSI A117.1 for handicapped use as well as the applicable portions of the "ADA" requirements promulgated by the acts of 1992 . 5 . Code and rules of the City, State and other Civil Authorities having jurisdiction over the furnishing and installation of this work. F. The Contractor shall coordinate fire alarm system requirements as required by local codes and shall install equipment furnished by others as required in each car. G. Contractor installing the equipment shall give satisfactory evidence that he has maintained and operated in location of installation or go immediate vicinity as servicing and replacing materials of installations of the same type and capacity. This servicing organization shall have been in continuous operation not less than 5 years prior to award of Contract. He shall carry at the above location a complete and ample stock of materials and parts that are subject to wear, breakage, etc. H. Manufacturer shall have a documented, on-going quality assurance program. I. Fire-rated entrance assemblies: Opening protective assemblies including frames, hardware and operation shall comply with ASTM E152, UL 10B and NFPA Standard 80. Provide entrance assembly units bearing UL Class B labels . w 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1 . Machine room (layout, size, and other pertinent information) . 2 . Hoistways, sections and layouts showing reaction points with reactions. 3 . Entrance and car details. In 2053/15220 14200 - 4 Elevators .X 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College circuit switch or circuit breaker lockable in the open position, sized to suit elevator power characteristics, for each elevator. Disconnect switches to be conveniently located in machine room(s) ; power for tools, drilling equipment, hoists, as well as current for starting, testing and adjusting of machinery shall be furnished as part of the work of the Contract as set forth in Section 01500. 4. a 120V, 15-ampere capacity dedicated branch circuit, single- phase power supply with an SPST-fused disconnect switch or circuit breaker, with feeder wiring to each controller for car lights. 5. Suitable light fixture (minimum 10ftc at floor level) and convenience outlets with ground fault circuit interrupter in control closet with light switches located within 18 inches (457 mm) of lock jamb side of the control closet door. 6 . Suitable light fixture (minimum 10ftc at floor level) and convenience outlets with ground fault circuit interrupter in pit with light switch adjacent to the access ladder. 7 . Telephone instrument or means within the car for communicating or signaling to an accessible location outside the hoistway or central exchange system or approved emergency service, unless stated elsewhere in this specification. System shall be designed according to ADAAG. 8. a separate 12-V 15-ampere single-phase power supply with fused SPST disconnect switch or circuit breaker, located as required for inter-communicating power supply. Circuit shall be arranged for feeding from the building emergency lighting supply, if available. Conduit and wiring shall be provided for remotely located inter-communicating stations. 9. Remote conduit and wiring runs for the emergency/fire status panel. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements given herein may be affected by other related requirements of the project specification. Correlation of contract requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. B. The persons performing the Work herein and their supervisor shall be personally experienced in elevator Work, and shall have been regularly employed by a Company engaged in the installation of elevators similar to that specified for this project for a minimum of 3 years. 1. Furnish to the Owner the names and addresses of 5 similar projects which the foregoing people have worked on during the past 3 years . C. If products by Companies other than those specified are proposed for use, furnish the name, address and telephone number of at least 5 comparable installations which can prove the proposed products have operated satisfactorily for 3 years. 2053/15220 14200 - 3 Elevators 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College in adequate quantity, located per the elevator contractor details and as required by governing code. If hoistway is of steel beam construction and the beam web is located more than 2" from the clear hoistway line, then provide, under work of Section 05500, supports to the 2" line for rail bracket fastening. D. Provide properly ventilated, heated, lighted and sound-isolated machine room(s) of sufficient size for the control equipment. Temperature shall be maintained between 65 degrees Fahrenheit (18.3 degrees Centigrade) and 100 degrees Fahrenheit (37.7 degrees Centigrade) , with relative humidity not to exceed 85 percent (non- condensing) . Provide vision panel per elevator manufacturer's submittal drawings. .F E. Reinforced concrete pit to sustain impact loads on guide rails and buffers, including either a drain or a sump with grated cover. F. Provide blockouts and/or do all cutting of walls, floors or partitions, together with all repairs made necessary by such blockouts, cutting or changes as required by the elevator contractor. Perform any cutting, including cutouts to accommodate hall signal fixtures, patching, and painting of walls, floors, or .� partitions together with finish painting of entrance doors and frames, if required. G. Prepare each landing for entrance sill installation and do necessary grouting after sills are installed. Plumb vertical surfaces square with the hoistway. Provide a horizontal support 1 foot above the clear opening at the top landing to support the door frame assembly. , H. Do all painting required beyond that included in these specifications. I. Provide, as specified in Section 01500, all electrical power for lights, tools, hoists, welding, etc. , during erection. J. Guard and protect the hoistway during the installation of the elevator. K. Provide fixed vertical steel ladder to pit extending a minimum of 42 •• inches above sill of bottom terminal entrance. Ladder to be designed and installed in accordance with ASME A17.1; coordinate with Section 05500. L. Cementitious Waterproofing p g (waterproofing of elevator pit) M. Provide 1. elevator lobby smoke detectors, located as required, with wiring from the sensing devices to a terminal block located in the machine room as designated by the elevator contractor. 2 . a normally closed contact from the smoke detector at the designated return landing, as well as a normally closed ,w contact representing all other smoke detectors at lobbies, machine rooms, and hoistway smoke detectors. If a smoke detector is located in the hoistway at or below the lower of the two designated return landings, it shall be wired to activate the same normally closed contact as the smoke detector located in the lobby at the lower of the two designated return landings. (Division 16) 3 . connection of 3-phase power supply to the elevator specialty contractor's transformer or controller terminals with properly sized, intervening 3-phase externally operable fused motor w. 2053/15220 14200 - 2 Elevators �w 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 14200 ELEVATORS on Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL on 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, OR materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of the elevator installation for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: PP 1. Elevator plant shall consist of a single "dual telescoping jack" hydraulic elevator conforming to the following performance criteria. Pumping unit and associated control equipment shall be located in a machine room adjacent to the hoistway, located on the Lower Terminal floor. Operating fluid shall be oil. 2 . Furnish and supervise the installation of all inserts and fastenings required by this work. 3 . Provide all permits and licenses for work and arrangements for and making all inspections and tests required thereby. 4. Perform balance of work necessary and/or required to complete the total elevator installation. NOTE - In all cases where a device or part of the equipment is herein referred to in the singular number, it is intended that such reference shall apply to as many such devices as are required to complete the an installation. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Design and construct legal hoistway(s) according to the required fire rating, including where hoistway walls are penetrated by elevator fixture boxes. Hoistways shall include adequate fastening for hoistway entrance assemblies, with the front entrance walls, at all landings, not constructed until all elevator material has been located in the hoistway. Front entrance walls shall not be constructed until after all door frames and sills and control equipment are set in place. The clear overhead shall be of adequate height including suitably sized support for necessary hoisting in accordance with the elevator contractor's details. B. Furnish and install hoisting beam in strict accordance with the on elevator manufacturer's drawings in the hoistway overhead. This means of hoisting is absolutely required for the installation of this elevator system. C. Furnish in place properly sized structural supports for guide rails 40 2053/15220 14200 - 1 Elevators 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this ps section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of 1 surfaces and contiguous elements. 3 .02 INSTALLATION - GENERAL on A. Install units true to line and level by the manufacturer or his authorized representative in accordance with manufacturer's installation procedures and the approved shop drawings. All fasteners shall be concealed. B. Assure adequate clearance to permit unencumbered operations. C. Drape tracks shall be surface mounted and extended beyond window openings in order to allow drapes to gather beyond the edges of the window. 3 .03 ADJUSTMENT, REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT A. All operating units shall be adjusted and left in perfect working order. B. Replace damaged items with new materials. W C. Repair adjacent surfaces damaged by improper installation to the satisfaction of the Architect. 3 .04 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A. Remove protective covering and devices. B. All debris resulting from construction operations will be removed daily and upon final completion, all operating parts will be cleaned and protection removed. **End of Section** OR go go 2053/15220 12490 - 3 Window Treatments 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w B. Include details of divisions between adjacent units, abutments at corners, heads and sill. C. Shop drawings showing dimensions of openings and withdrawal area and draw direction of drapery track as scheduled to receive drape units. a D. Full size samples of fabricated units to be incorporated in the work. E. Samples of all other materials required to complete the work. F. Certification of Specification Compliance. .. G. Manufacturers descriptive literature and installation instructions for each type of unit to be used in the work. H. Color charts for each type of unit assembly for Architect's selection. go I. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. Part 2 - PRODUCTS go 2 .01 WINDOW SHADES A. For purposes of establishing a standard of quality and not for the 40 purposes of limiting competition, the basis of this specification is based upon both "The ElectroShade" as well as the manual companion system as manufactured by MechoShade Systems, Inc. ** B. System shall be complete with all operating hardware, mounting brackets, controllers, shade rollers, shade mounting systems and we fabrics, and the like as required for a complete installation in locations indicated. C. Fabric: 100% blackout design. D. For electrically operated units, provide longer junction box leads for all units in quantity following: 6 @ 15 feet; 2 @ 25 feet long. 2.02 DRAPE TRACKS A. Drapery track shall be provided as noted on the drawings. �w B. Track system shall be similar and equal to "Rig-I-Flex" Model 141 as manufactured by Automatic Devices Company (610-797-6000) and shall be equipped with carriers, brackets, live end gully, dead end pully, w clamps, stops and like accessories for cord operation and flush ceiling mounting. Part 3 - EXECUTION Ar 3 . 01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE 2053/15220 12490 - 2 Window Treatments .A 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College ee SECTION 12490 on WINDOW TREATMENTS Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of the window treatment work for• this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Provide heavy duty drape track for concealment of mirrors in Upper Gamut Classroom; unit shall be as manufactured by ADC. Draperies will be provided by the Owner. 2 . Provide both electrically and manually operated "Mecho" Blackout Shade System for interior and exterior glazed walls and clerestory at Upper Gamut. 3 . Coordinate with Section 06100 for concealed blocking for blinds. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Rough Carpentry (06100) B. Finish Carpentry (06200) C. Hollow Metal Work (08110) D. Glass and Glazing (08800) E. Painting (09900) F. Electrical Work (Division 16) + ! 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements given herein may be affected by other related requirements of the project specification. Correlation of said requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Manufacturers of products shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience in the production of products specified. ow C. Manufacturer shall be a single source of units including hardware, accessories, mounting brackets and fastenings. Ow 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings showing dimensions of openings scheduled to receive shades based upon field measurements, and illustrating special components not detailed on manufacturer's data sheets. 2053/15220 12490 - 1 Window Treatments 40 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College el1A defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. 3 .02 INSTALLATION A. Units shall be installed true to line and level by the manufacturer or his authorized representative in accordance with approved shop drawings. B. All operating units shall be adjusted and left in perfect working w order. 3 .03 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A. Protect all adjacent work and finished surfaces from damage caused on by the installation of the work of this Section. B. Damage caused by the handling, storing or installation of the work herein, or failure to provide adequate protection of surrounding areas shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. C. All debris resulting from construction operations will be removed daily and upon final completion, all operating parts will be cleaned and protection removed. **End of Section** of W on • 2053/15220 10900 - 3 Miscellaneous on 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College go held responsible for the cost of replacing all work of this Section damaged due to his failure to take the above precautions. o" D. All materials incorporated in the work of this Section shall comply with the following: MM Class A, Flame Spread 0-25 interior finish shall be mandatory in corridors; passageways; stairs; exit ways; kitchens; maintenance, Mr repair and custodial areas; trim/paneling systems in places of public assembly. Class C, Flame Spread Less than 200 interior finish is mandatory in so all instructional and office spaces. In any case, regardless of the flame spread classification, no w material having a smoke developed rating of 450 or more may be used in any area of work on this project. .eee 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings of all fabricated items showing complete construction details, erection requirements and fastenings. Mw B. Full size samples of fabricated units to be incorporated in the work. Samples shall be incorporated as part of the contract obligations. .e� C. Samples of all other materials required to complete the work. D. Certification of Specification Compliance. ' E. Where applicable, Contractor shall take all necessary field measurements prior to fabrication and shall assume complete *w responsibility for accuracy of same. F. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted ow for each manufactured product. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. All materials shall be delivered to the job site in unopened factory sealed containers clearly labeled as to product, manufacturer, color and/or other pertinent characteristics. Mw B. Materials shall be stored under conditions recommended by the manufacturer. Part 2 - PRODUCTS - See Part 1 Part 3 - EXECUTION Men 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any .e. 2053/15220 10900 - 2 Miscellaneous No 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 00 SECTION 10900 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL No 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, so materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all miscellaneous work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Provide front projection screen for new Upper Gamut Classroom as follows: a. Manually operated roll-down projection screen for ceiling, wall or recessed installation; provide drop down "pole" or other accessory to allow for access to same. b. Screen: Flame retardant and mildew resistant with matte white surface. C. Size: Image to be 6 foot high by 8 foot wide by 10 foot diagonal. d. Provided with extra drop as required to allow bottom of screen to reach a level 36 inches above floor. Ow e. Approved Manufacturer/Unit Assemblies: 1. Draper "Evenroll" with extra drop as required. 2 . Da-Lite "Cosmopolitan" with extra drop as 00 required. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: ew A. Rough Carpentry (06100) B. Finish Carpentry (06200) we C. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) D. Painting (09900) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The work of this Section shall be accomplished by a Specialty Contractors with mechanics skilled in each of the trades involved with the respective items specified herein. B. Before starting any work under this Section, all surfaces and attachments to receive work herein shall be inspected as per Part 3 , Paragraph 3 .01. C. All work of a nature conducive to high humidity conditions shall have been completed and be thoroughly dry. This contractor shall be 40 40 2053/15220 10900 - 1 Miscellaneous 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 2 . Isolators shall be ADA compliant and IAPMO/UPC approved, soft and pliant, smooth vinyl coated surface insulated with closed cell foam .25" thick. 3 . Interior closed cell foam shall be tested to ASTM-E-84 (Fire rated not to exceed a flame spread rating of ' 10 ' and smoke density of ' 0' ) . 4. Surfaces shall have non-abrasive non-absorbent, easy to clean one piece U/V inhibited surface to prevent discoloration, with no hard protrusions and with antimicrobial coating 5 . Isolators shall be attached to piping with duel fastening system of full length Velcro® fastening strip with non- te► metallic, tamper-resistant, self-lockinq straps, and have a continuous weep seam to provide for air circulation and drainage of leakage and condensate. 6 . The stop valve cover-shall offer easy access to valve handle for service. Part 3 - EXECUTION #1t 3 .01 INSTALLATION A. The Plumber shall assume the installation of all items. in B. The Construction Manager shall check all accessories when delivered to building and verify the deliveries to be in perfect condition and in accordance with the Contract and be responsible for them until turned over to the plumber for his installation. C. All accessories shall be set UNDER OTHER Sections of these r Specifications in a permanently secure manner, plumb, square and true, using concealed type fittings and fasteners. **End of Section** wf g" 2053/15220 10800 - 3 Toilet Accessories go 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College site. B. Complete catalog cuts and schedule showing toilet room accessories specified, manufacturer, model number and locations shall be submitted for approval. C. Manufacturing order shall not be placed until detailed schedule has been formally approved by Architect and returned to Contractor. D. Certification of specifications compliance. E. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. Part 2 - PRODUCTS Im 2 .01 STANDARD OF QUALITY AND MANUFACTURER A. The numbers hereinafter listed shall be considered standard of quality, design, workmanship, metal Im gauge, capacity and finish. Numbers are those of the following manufacturers: Bobrick Manufacturing Company. sm B. Products furnished by others shall conform in all respects to the specified items and shall receive Architects approval. C. All lockable items shall be keyed alike. D. Any accessories scheduled herein not shown on the drawings or vice- versa shall be provided. Examine Drawings for items not scheduled and supply same. 2 .02 SCHEDULE OF ACCESSORIES ew A. HC Toilet T-18 1. Grab bars - 2 each as specified in Section 10160. 2 . Paper Towel Dispenser (Smith College Provided) 3 . Toilet Paper Holder: 4. Sanitary Dispenser: 5. Soap Dish: 6. Sanitary Disposal Unit: B. Upper Toilets 1. Grab bars - 2 per stall as specified in Section 10160 2. Toilet Paper Holders, 3 each: 3 . Sanitary Dispenser, 1 each: 4. Sanitary Disposal Unit, 1 each: " C. Piping Guards 1. Exposed piping and supply stop insulation/isolators shall be ** Handy-Shield brand by Plumberex Specialty Products, Inc. , or other approved equal consisting of all of the listed components and/or features. 2053/15220 10800 - 2 Toilet Accessories w 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Furnishing of all required toilet accessories and attachment devices, including backplates where required, in accordance with manufacturer and equipment scheduled herein. Quantity and locations of all accessory items shall be as shown on the drawings. Coordinate installation of blocking where required to be furnished and installed under Section 06100 or Section 09250 dependent upon material type. Furnish accessories for handicapped toilet and bath areas so as to comply with ANSI A117 .1, applicable barrier board requirements an ADA Act of 1992 whichsoever is most restrictive. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Rubber tipped combination hook and bumper (10160) B. Installation of all accessories (Plumbing) C. Unit Masonry (04800) D. Rough Carpentry (06100) E. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (0790 F. Tile Work (09300) G. Painting (09900) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All materials shall be delivered to the job site in unopened factory sealed containers clearly labeled as to product, manufacturer, color and/or other pertinent characteristics. B. Materials shall be stored under conditions recommended by the on manufacturer. C. Items shall be packed separately and marked for the room in which they are to be installed; and all items shall be provided with screws, bolts and other fittings or devices required for proper installation. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Samples of each item specified for approval, each of which will then be installed as part of the project. Display shall be set up at job OR OR 2053/15220 10800 - 1 Toilet Accessories 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College B. Damage caused by the handling, storing or installation of the work herein, or failure to provide adequate protection of surrounding areas shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. C. All debris resulting from construction operations will be removed daily and upon final completion, all operating parts will be cleaned ! ' and protection removed. **End of Section** rx auw e0 M 4M 2053/15220 10200 - 3 Louvers and Vents 8 November 2002 BID ISSUE Renovations to MCPA - Smith College C. Where applicable, Contractor shall take all necessary field measurements prior to fabrication and shall assume complete responsibility for accuracy of same. D. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted •R for each manufactured product. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. All materials shall be delivered to the job site in unopened factory sealed containers clearly labeled as to product, manufacturer, color and/or other pertinent characteristics. B. Materials shall be stored under conditions recommended by the manufacturer. Part 2 - PRODUCTS ®' 2 .01 LOUVERS A. Style and design shall be as indicated on the Drawings and shall OF generally be manufactured by one of the following - 1. Construction Specialties (Model - 4100) wa 2 . Airolite 3 . American Warming and shall be complete with all accessories including bird screens, frames, sills and all required accessories. B. Louver design - Stormproof ON Free air requirements - 50 percent 2 .02 FINISH - Kynar 70% resin in color as directed by the Architect. or Part 3 - EXECUTION sw 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. 3 .02 INSTALLATION A. Units shall be installed true to line and level by the manufacturer or his authorized representative in accordance with approved shop drawings. 3 . 03 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A. Protect all adjacent work and finished surfaces from damage caused by the installation of the work of this Section. s,. 2053/15220 10200 - 2 +•• Louvers and Vents 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 10200 LOWERS AND VENTS Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of louver and vent work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Provide all louver systems to the extent indicated on the drawings. a. Specific attention is directed to "elevator" vent system. b. Replacement of louver system at TV Studio Mechanical Room (in kind) Coordinate with Division 15 for safing of louvers, mechanical damper units and the like. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) B. Unit Masonry (04800) C. Masonry Restoration (04910) go D. Miscellaneous Metals (05500) E. Rough Carpentry (06100) F. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) tau G. HVAC (Division 15) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements given herein may be affected by other related requirements of the project specification. Correlation of contract requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. on B. Louver systems shall produce performance results based upon testing conducted in conformance with AMCA Standard 500 and as established within these documents and/or scheduled on the drawings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS ed items showing complete construction A. Shop drawings of all fabricat erg details, erection requirements and fastenings. B. Certification of Specification Compliance. am mw 2053/15220 10200 - 1 Louvers and Vents go 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Adjust hardware and leave in perfect working order. C. Remove all protective maskings and clean surfaces, leaving them free of soil and imperfection. D. Upon completion of work, all equipment, remaining material and rubbish resulting from the work of this section shall be removed from the premises. **End of Section** ws .w s� e�w w� w 2053/15220 10160 - 6 Compartments 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College C. Fasten panel ends at walls to wall with not less than three (3) stirrup brackets each secured to substrate with at least two (2) #14 by 1-1/4 inch special hex oval washer head screws of stainless steel expansion bolts or toggle type devices dependent upon substrates encountered. D. Anchor dividing partition panels to pilaster stiles which shall be adequately reinforced to receive dividing partition panels. E. Clearances _ 1. Provide clearances of not more than 1/2 inch between pilasters and panels, panels and walls, and not more than 1 inch between pilasters and walls. 2. Clearance at vertical edges of doors shall be uniform from top to bottom and shall not exceed 3/16 inches. Doors shall be free of warps and bends. F. Conceal all evidence of drilling, cutting and fitting of the finish surfaces. 3 .03 GRAB BAR INSTALLATION A. Install grab bars at heights above floor, and in locations related to plumbing fixtures as shown on the Drawings and in accordance with ANSI requirements. AID B. Install true and plumb. 3 .04 PROTECTION A. Protect all adjacent work and finished surfaces from damage caused by the installation of the work of this Section. B. Damage caused by the handling, storing or installation of the work herein, or failure to provide adequate protection of surrounding areas shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the *a Owner. C. Field touchup of scratches or defaced enamel finish will be ww permitted only if it is approved by the Architect. Otherwise defective materials shall be rejected and replaced with new materials. 3 .05 ACCEPTANCE AND CLEANUP A. After erection and until final acceptance of the buildings, protect all work from damage of any nature. Any part or parts damaged shall be replaced by the Contractor without cost to the Owner. Such replacements shall include adjacent work that may be incidentally damaged. B. All work shall be turned over to the Owner in a clean, properly installed, true to line and plumb condition. " " 2053/15220 10160 - 5 Compartments 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College requirements. Provide heavy duty slide latch with emergency access provisions in lieu of concealed latch. 2 .07 GRAB BARS A. Furnish 1-1/4 inch nominal diameter grab bars in design configuration shown on abutting walls and within handicapped toilet stalls as indicated on drawing and in accordance with Details. B. Grab bars shall be fabricated of 18 gauge, Type 304 stainless steel tubing welded to 11 gauge flanges and protected by concealed 13 gauge stainless steel mounting plates. s�o Finish - Satin Approved Manufacturers: TSM; Bobrick; ASI; Parker. „R C. Grab bars, fasteners, and anchors shall be capable of sustaining a force of 250 pounds at any point and from any direction. D. Meet requirements of ANSI, latest edition, for "structural Strength" for grab bars. Provide 1-1/2 inch clearance between grab bar and wall surface. E. Coordinate with companion construction trades to insure that proper w blocking supports are incorporated into partition construction. NOTE - if toilet partition panels require additional reinforcement to sustain the design load specified above, manufacturer to provide. Part 3 - EXECUTION w 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. .� B. Verify correct spacing and size of plumbing fixtures for compliance with ADA-AG as per Paragraph 1.03 herein. ss 3 .02 ERECTION - GENERAL A. Arrangement of enclosures and sizes shall be as indicated on the drawings, and the work shall be laid out from actual dimensions at ., the site. B. Erect units in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and in accordance with approved shop drawings, so as to provide for a firm installation, straight and plumb, securely attached to floors and walls and with all horizontal lines level. 2053/15220 10160 - 4 Compartments OR 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 4. Stile Shoes, 3 inch stainless steel 20 gauge S . Wall and partition pilaster brackets, 0 .075 inch thick stainless steel (V) Entry screen panels 20 gauge 6. C. Cores for doors, pilasters and partition panels shall be laminated, double face honeycomb, 1 inch thick for partition panels and doors, and 1-1/4 inch thick for pilasters. D. Other materials shall be as hereinafter specified. 2 .05 COMPARTMENT CONSTRUCTION A. Construction shall be manufacturer's standard modified as may be necessary to meet all requirements of these specifications and conditions encountered at the site. Panels, pilaster stiles and doors shall be flush type, using no posts or head rails and shall have sound deadening cores to eliminate metallic ring. Panels shall be reinforced internally with a channel around edges, and at least one intermediate channel. Doors and pilasters shall be reinforced at corners and for hardware. B. All edges of partition panels, doors and pilaster stiles shall be locked and reinforced with enamel finished steel oval crown locking strip welded not more than 18 inches o.c. around entire perimeter of each unit. C. Partition panels, pilaster stiles and doors shall have cores cemented to both inner metal surfaces under pressure. D. Partitions shall be reinforced as necessary to handle grab bar requirements. E. Provide reinforced cutouts as required for accessories recessed in panels. 2 .06 HARDWARE A. Toilet compartment doors shall be equipped with stainless steel on combination keeper and bumper, concealed latch and a combination coat and hat hook with rubber tip bumper, attached to door. Compartment doors shall have adjustable gravity pivot hinges arranged to hold door open when compartment is not in use. B. Hardware shall be #4 finish "stainless steel" . Plated alloy hardware is not acceptable. C. All hardware fastenings shall be made through, and reinforced by, the internal edge reinforcing channel with permagrip or approved equal fastenings. D. Modify handicapped compartment hardware as required by Code 2053/15220 10160 - 3 Compartments 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College wA adjoining materials and fastenings. B. Color, construction, brackets and hardware samples. Color samples shall show entire range of stock C. Certification of specification compliance. D. The Contractor shall take all necessary field measurements prior to fabrication and installation work and shall assume complete responsibility for accuracy of same. E. Manufacturers Material Safety ata Sheet y (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .01 SPECIFICATION STANDARD: For purposes of establishing standards of quality and levels of performance and not for the purposes of limiting w� competition, the basis of this specification is upon units as manufactured by one of the following and their respective model suitable for the intended application. w MANUFACTURER COMPARTMENTS URINAL SCREEN ENTRY SCREEN Flushmetal "Flushart" WH FS ew Global "Regal" WH BX Sanymetal J "Normandie" C BX w 2.02 HEIGHT ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR A. Toilet Compartments - 70 inches unless otherwise shown; B. Screens - urinal, 60 inches. 2 .03 FINISH �w A. Treat all exposed surfaces, except plated alloy and stainless steel, with a benzine bath, prime coated with a baked on rust inhibitive paint and then apply 2 coats high temperature baking synthetic enamel, baked on, of color as selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's standard range of color. B. Fasteners and escutcheons - #4 stainless . ••R 2 .04 MATERIAL FOR COMPARTMENT CONSTRUCTION A. All sheet steel shall be cold rolled, full pickled, double annealed, stretcher leveled furniture steel, galvanized and bonderized with a tight smooth finish, and of gauges specified. B. Steel gauges and panel thickness shall be as follows: .. 1. Partitions, 1 inch thick 22 gauge 2 . Pilasters, 1-1/4 inch thick 18 gauge 3 . Doors, 1 inch thick 22 gauge 2053/15220 10160 - 2 Compartments 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College MR ECTION 10160 TOILET COMPARTMENTS Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of toilet compartment work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Alter existing partition system in Upper Toilet Rooms to achieve accessible layout; match existing partitions to the greatest extent possible. 2 . Provide grab bars in each accessible stall. 3 . Provide grab bars in dressing room toilet, wall mounted. 4. Provide new urinal partitions at Upper Floor Men's Toilet. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Toilet accessories except as noted herein (10800) B. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) +we C. Miscellaneous Metals (05500) D. Rough Carpentry (06100) E. Finish Carpentry (06200) F. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) G. Tile Work (09300) H. Painting (09900) I. Plumbing (Division 15) w 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of the work required under this Section must show that he is engaged in and has been manufacturing this type of work for a period of not less than five (5) years. B. All work herein shall comply with the requirements set forth in the reference standards. The most restrictive shall apply. PP Y• 1. All handicapped compartments shall conform to the requirements w set forth in ANSI A117.1. 2. Design of all compartments shall be in conformance with the Accessibility Guidelines promulgated within the ADA Act of aw 1992. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings showing all plans, elevation and details and showing ++ 2053/15220 10160 - 1 Compartments 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Coordinate with Sections 06100 and 06200 for required work. M. Leave all parts of moldings and ornaments clean and true to details with no undue amount of paint in corners and depressions. w N. Make edges of paint adjoining other materials or colors clean and sharp with no overlapping. ew O. Apply primer on all work before glazing. P. Refinish whole surface area where portion of finish has been damaged w or is not acceptable. Q. When galvanized steel is shop or field welded the damaged zinc areas shall be repaired as follows: 1. Wire brush all damaged areas to shiny metal. 2 . Apply two coats (each to 2 .0 dmt) of 95% zinc rich paint to .O all cleaned and prepared surfaces . 3 .04 CLEANING A. Remove spilled, splashed, or splattered paint from all surfaces. 14 Touchup and restore finish where damaged. B. Do not mar surface finish on item being cleaned. .W C. Leave storage spaces used in the work of this Section clean and in proper condition for required usage originally intended. on **End of Section** 2053/15220 09900 - 14 Painting Renovations to 8 November 2002 MCPA - Smith College BID ISSUE B. Spread all materials evenly without runs, sags or blemishes. C. Surface preparation, both initial and intermediate, shall include any required sanding, steel wool wiping, or other such treatment to even out any imperfections in base substrate before application of ensuing coats . Further, thoroughly clean, smooth and properly prepare all surfaces scheduled to receive finishing and/or exposed to view in the finished construction. Surfaces shall be dust and dirt free. Surface conditions and substances which may bleed through and which cause non-uniformity of finish or otherwise may spoil the final appearance desired by the Architect or affect the durability of the finish shall be removed, primed, or otherwise treated, as necessary to insure full coverage. D. Prior to finishing, fill all holes, dents, joints, cracks, and irregularities in surfaces scheduled for paint finish with an approved spackle mixture suitable for the material and purpose. When dry these areas shall be sandpapered smooth and flush with adjoining surfaces. an E. Wash metal surfaces with mineral spirits to remove any dirt or grease before applying materials. When rust or scale is present use wire brush or sandpaper. Clean before painting. Clean coats of sw paint that become marred. Touch up with specified primer. F. Where multiple coats of paint are specified, tint each preceding coat. NOTE - Primer coat shall be tinted; first finish coat of selected color. Second finish coat subject to modification by the Architect 'w based upon "dry" appearance as per Paragraph 1.03 herein. G. All coats shall be thoroughly dry before applying succeeding coats. H. Shellac all pitch pockets, streaks and knots. Putty all nail and similar holes or defects in exterior and interior finish woodwork with whiting putty, colored as necessary. I. Hardware, accessories, fixtures and other items installed prior to painting, shall be removed, protected and replaced after painting. so J. Do no exterior painting while surface is damp, or during rainy or frosty weather. w K. For shop primed material follow applicable specification for intended use as per schedule. L . Back prime all wood work with single coat of stain primer prior to erection. Seal all cut edges . Runs on faces not permitted. 40 IM 2053/15220 09900 - 13 Painting w. 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College flaking or peeling paint. Dull glossy old surfaces to be lightly sanded prior to coating. Patch holes and cracks with spackle and sand smooth and spot prime prior to application of coating system. B. Interior Wood trim scheduled and/or shown to remain in the finished work shall be touched sanded to remove all unevenness, after scraping or stripping, refinish as scheduled. The work in general includes, but is not limited to - existing bases, chair rails, all window trim, picture moulds, ornate crowns, ornate moulds and the like. C. Exterior Wood - surfaces in good condition shall be free of dirt, mildew, loose paint and the like. Excessive chalking and/or dirt may be removed by washing with warm water and a mild detergent. Glossy surfaces, touch sanded. Structural weaknesses repaired and openings permitting passage of water sealed with a butyl or latex caulk prior to coating. Surfaces in poor condition must be scraped, sanded or burned. Paint in these areas shall be removed at least 12 inches beyond the failing area. Prime and then complete coating operations. Poultice method: Apply, materials in conformance with w manufacturer' s instructions. Dwell time will be determined by mockup procedures. Scrape softened paint films from the surface using scrapers conforming the requirements for each architectural surface. All paint layers that are cracked, delaminated, alligatored, wrinkled or otherwise defective must be removed. Reapply poultice as required until either all layers are removed or the remaining paint film is smooth, flat and without defects and in accordance with the standards established in the mockup. D. Metal - Remove all chipped, peeling or blistering paint by hand or power tool methods. Any other surface contaminants shall be removed as for new work preparation. Excessive chalking removed by sanding. ` Mildewed areas scrubbed with solution of 1 tablespoon of dry powdered laundry detergent and 1 quart of hypochlorite type household bleach to 3 quarts of warm water, wear protective gear during operation. Allow entire surfaces to dry prior to coating operations. eo Painted, galvanized surfaces - If sound, treat as above; if glossy, cut gloss by sanding; if surfaces have peeled and are devoid of finish, treat as for new surfaces as specified hereinafter. 3 .03 WORKMANSHIP AND APPLICATION A. Mix and apply all materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer' s instructions and shall be performed by experienced .s. mechanics trained in the application of the specified finish materials. 2053/15220 09900 - 12 Painting "" 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College ■ 2 .11 PAINTING OF EXPOSED MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK - Coordinate with Sections 01040, 01040Schedule, 01900 and Divisions 15 and 16. A. In general, the exposed items in all areas of the Work are painted in with the wall or ceiling surfaces and the specifications listed above cover the respective surfaces. B. Painting under the Work of this SECTION is not required on: 1. Any mechanical materials in mechanical rooms. 2 . Any electrical materials in electrical closets. on 3 . Electrical wiremold or bus duct which has a factory finish. C. Painting required under the Work of this SECTION covers the following: 1. Paint all fan coil unit enclosures, radiation covers, grilles and registers in walls and ceilings, fire extinguisher cabinets, hose cabinets, etc. , not having factory applied finish. A factory applied prime coat is not a finish. Refer to the mechanical specifications to determine what items are only primed and will, therefore, require field finish under uw the work of this SECTION. 2. Paint all exposed electrical conduit and panelboards in all areas of the Work in with the wall finish in each room. 3 . Paint all exposed mechanical piping which runs vertically or horizontally on wall surfaces. D. Painting in Mechanical Rooms: 1. The omission of painting in mechanical rooms as listed above under "B" is only referring to General Contractor' s painting. 2. Painting of mechanical room materials may be required to be performed under the Mechanical Work by the Mechanical Trade. a See requirements listed in Division 15 for materials, finishes and colors to be installed by the Mechanical Trades. Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. �s NOTE: Specific attention is directed to Sections 04800 and 09250 wherein tolerances, finish levels and surface preparation requirements are outlined. OR 3 .02 PREPARATION OF EXISTING SURFACES A. Gypsum Drywall - Dry, smooth sanded, clean and free of dust, dirt, powder residue, grease, oil, wax or other contaminants such as go w 2053!15220 09900 - 11 Painting S November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w D. Metals - repair all abraded spots and spot prime preprimed surfaces with compatible materials and treat all surfaces as follows. 1. Steel stairs and railings - prepare as above, 2 coats latex �*++ enamel finish, GLOSS. 2 . Doors, frames and the like shall be finished as for "dry" or "wet" spaces above. E. Wood 1. Painted - 3 coats, 1 primer, 2 latex SATIN enamel. 2. Natural - 1 coat stain, 1 coat sanding sealer, 1 coat GLOSS1e urethane, 1 coat SATIN urethane. TOUCH SAND BETWEEN COATS. F. Exposed Overhead Structure and Surfaces in all areas where exposed w� structure is scheduled to be painted. This includes exposed structural steel, exposed composite metal deck, exposed miscellaneous framing, all Mechanical and Electrical Work, and all miscellaneous ferrous metal materials. NOTE: "Mechanical Work" includes sheet metal ductwork, diffusers, return air grilles, sprinkler piping and any other miscellaneous mechanical items. Painting these items requires cleaning surfaces to remove dirt, grease, etc. , and touch up of factory primers. 2 coats of dry fall out spray (#SC-2) . Apply each coat at 3 .5 to 4.0 mils wet to produce a D.F.T. of 2 .0 mils per coat. G. Wall and Ceiling Surfaces of Elevator Hoistways : 1 coat dry fall out spray (#SC-2) applied to produce a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils. w H. Interior of Return Air Ductwork Grille openings: Paint inside of ducts at grilled openings two coats (over the zinc prime coat) of flat black. s� I. Conduit Exposed in Finished Rooms: 1 coat galvanized iron primer. Paint in with wall finishes. J. Insulated Pipe and PVC Pipe Exposed in Finished Rooms: 2 coats Tnemec Series 6 TNEMEC-CRYL - Colors to be selected. w K. Uninsulated Ferrous and Non-Ferrous Pipe Exposed in Finished Rooms: 1 coat of zinc chromate primer 2 coats of MAB RUST--PLY ENAMEL (Satin) - color to be selected. L. Roof Mounted Equipment and all Steel Framing Equipment Support Systems on the Roof: ' Apply appropriate primers to aluminum and to ferrous metals and apply: 2 coats of MAB - RUST--PLY Finish - Each applied at 3 mils wet. 2053/15220 09900 - 10 Painting w� R 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College R either spot prime prepared areas or fully prime entire surface. Primer - latex. Finish - 1 coat latex or alkyd coating at option of Contractor. b. Preparation for peeled surfaces - Coordinate with Sections 06100/06200/06900 for localizing of moisture penetration problems and repair same prior to any coatings. Scrape off all peeling paint; sand scrape areas thoroughly to produce smooth surface and either spot prime all new and prepared areas or fully prime entire surface. Primer - latex. Finish - 1 coat latex or alkyd coating at option of Contractor. C. Preparation for severely checked and/or crumbling surfaces - scrape and wire brush off all crumbling paint; sand areas thoroughly to produce smooth surface and either spot prime all new and prepared areas or fully prime entire surface. Primer - latex. Finish - 1 coat latex or alkyd coating at option of Contractor. 2.10 INTERIOR SURFACES A. Concrete 1. Interior exposed and painted concrete floors - 2 coats Epoxy Polyamide enamel, GLOSS. 2 . Concrete ramps shall receive an epoxy coating system with broadcast silica sand for non-slip finish. System shall be a 2 coat operation over prepared substrata. ,o 3 . Walls, Ceilings and other exposed surfaces - 1 coat LATEX primer; 1 coat LATEX SATIN ENAMEL. B. Gypsum Drywall Work - 1. Regular Work - full prime coat plus 2 coats of latex coating on walls in sheen specified and FLAT on ceilings. 2. Special Coatings, as required, shall be as specified elsewhere I'e in this Section. C. Concrete Masonry 1. Regular - 1 coat latex block filler, 2 finish coats of latex SATIN enamel. 2 . Special Coating system shall be as specified elsewhere in this Section. 2053/15220 09900 - 9 Painting .■ 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College sm H. Factory finished Wood Doors K. Mechanical Equipment, Steel Shelving, and Cabinets, which are factory finished. .�u L. General Construction Items with factory applied final finish. M. Pipe and Duct Spaces ON N. Oil Tank Enclosure 0. Meter Room no P. Concealed Ducts, Pipes and Conduit. 2 . 09 EXTERIOR SURFACES A. All items of structural steel and miscellaneous iron as defined in Part 1 herein as well as mechanical, electrical and plumbing oft equipment and other metals exposed to the weather and not factory finished or non-corrosive metal. 1. Factory primed items: ON a. Touch up by erector using compatible primer systems. b. Finish - Tnemec "Series 1075, Endura-Shield" 1 coats applied to shop primed surfaces each to a 4.0 dry mil thickness. 2 . Galvanized surfaces - 1 coat "galv-gard" type primer, 2 coats aliphatic polyurethane finish as per l.b above, GLOSS. 3 . Aluminum - 1 coat zinc chromate primer, finish as for A.2 above. 4. Pre-primed surfaces, touchup abraded and damaged spots and coat as for A.2 above. B. New Wood Surfaces - 1. Stained - prepare as for substrate, 2 coats translucent stain. w Minimum 2 .0 DMT. 2. Painted - prepare as for substrate, 1 coat latex primer; 2 coats acrylic latex finish, SEMI-GLOSS. Minimum 2 .4 DMT. op C. Existing Wood Surfaces - 1. Previously painted surfaces where condition of surface to be recoated is free from any peeling, cracking, flaking or .w mildew: Preparation as specified in Part 3 . Finish - 2 coats latex or alkyd coating at option of Contractor. 2 . Previously painted surfaces where condition of surface to be *' recoated evidences any peeling, cracking, flaking or mildew: a. Preparation for cracked and flaking surfaces - scrape off all flaking paint; sand scrape areas smooth and 2053115220 09900 - 8 Painting r s 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College M C. Poultice: For removal of paint from existing surfaces, "poultice method" : "Peel-Away" product in suitable formulation for intended use as manufactured by Dumond Chemical, 1501 Broadway, New York, NY. D. Brushes, rollers and other application tools as required compatible with the nature of the removal chemicals. E. Scrapers: Standard and specially fabricated for removing softened paint when poultice method is used. All metal scrapers shall have rounded corners so as not to gouge wood surfaces. MR F. Steel wool and hand sanders for removing paint from crevices and depressions in wood following poultice treatment. 2 .06 MIXING A. All paint shall be thoroughly mixed, the mixture shall be of uniform color and consistency, and shall be in thoroughly strained condition before being applied. B. Thinning will not be permitted unless the manufacturer's directions require same for the method of application to be used (e.g. , brush, roller or spray) . C. Provide galvanized iron pans of suitable size in which all material transfer and mixing shall be done. 2.07 PIPE COATINGS - See Schedules A. Piping designated to receive "Hi-Gloss" color will receive "OSHA" Calibrated Safety Colors over primer as required for same. B. Insulated pipe shall be cleaned and primed to receive said coating aew as scheduled. C. Pipe shall be canvas wrapped if necessary to insure adherence of coatings to same. 2 .08 SURFACES NOT TO BE PAINTED A. Polished or bright metals: Aluminum, bronze, brass, chrome, nickel, • stainless steel, copper B. Brick, stone, masonry, concrete (unless scoped and/or scheduled) , cement, factory prefinished masonry block C. Glass and aluminum framing and insulated panel work. E. Ceramic Materials, Terrazzo, Marble, Bluestone F. Plastic Laminate surfaced millwork, casework, doors and the like uw G. Resilient Flooring Materials; Wood Floors unless scoped and/or scheduled e�w 2053/15220 09900 - 7 Painting 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College E. Paint used for all interior work shall contain an anti-mildew additive which shall be lead free. Paint shall contain less than 0.06 percent lead by weight (of total non-volatile solids) . 2 .02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - PAINT A. Sherwin-Williams B. PPG Industries C. Benj . Moore way D. Pratt & Lambert E. Tnemec F. M.A. Bruder and Sons w G. ICI Industries 2 . 03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - STAIN waa A. Samuel Cabots, Inc. B. Sherwin-Williams C. PPG Industries (REZ) D. Olympic/PPG. E. Benj . Moore 2 .04 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - SPECIAL COATING +wa A. Special Coating #SC-1 for concrete masonry shall consist of a high build masonry block filler followed by 2 coats of a high build epoxy polyamide amino finish system consisting of the following each as ,e manufactured by Sherwin-Williams; Tnemec, Benj . Moore, PPG or equal. 1. Block Filler - "Epo-Plex 5065" 2 . Intermediate & Top Coats - " "Sher-Tile" " applied to a total 00 10 dmt thickness Special Coating #SC-1A for gypsum construction in wet areas such as wA bathroom/toilet rooms other than those scheduled to receive ceramic tile, shall consist of a "pva" primer/sealer followed by 2 coats of a high build epoxy polyamide amino finish system all similar and equal to that as manufactured by Sherwin-Williams under the trade name of " "Sher-Tile" " applied to a total 10 dmt thickness or equal by PPG, Tnemec or Benj . Moore. way B. Dry Fall Out Spray System #SC-2 for exposed structure and decking and elsewhere scheduled shall be similar and equal to Sherwin Williams "Acrylic Dry Fall Out Spray"; MAB Paints "Uni-Coat Dry Fall wA Flat" (alkyd/cemetitious composition) each self-priming and each applied in a single coat to a dry mil thickness of 3 .0 minimum in color as selected by the Architect. wRe 2 .05 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Turpentine, mineral spirits and other solvents and thinners shall be pure, of highest grade and approved manufacture. eu B. Shellac shall be fresh, first grade quality white shellac. w�a 2053/15220 09900 - 6 '" Painting 0 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College E. Comply with manufacturer' s recommendations as to environmental conditions under which coatings and coating systems can be applied. Do not apply finishes in any area where dust is being generated. 1. Do not apply initial coating until moisture content is within limitations recommended by paint manufacturer. a. Test with moisture meter. 1.06 DEFINITION OF TERMS A. The term "Painting" wherever used herein, means the application of all coatings such as paint, primer, enamel, varnish, shellac, oil, etc. as listed in the Painting Schedules. B. The term "Painting" shall also include preparation of surfaces for such applications, and the cleanup as hereinafter specified. C. The term "Walls" means all vertical surfaces from floor, or top of base, or top of wainscot, to ceiling or hung ceiling. 1. Include pilasters, breaks, jambs, reveals, returns, arches. 2 . Include hardboards, pegboards. 3 . Include free standing columns, low partitions. 4. Include interiors of all enclosed spaces. D. The term "Ceilings" means the general overhead horizontal surfaces including cornices, fascias, arches, soffits, stair soffits, metal so frame of ceiling lights and the like. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .01 GENERAL A. All materials used in the work shall be pure, of best quality, and "Top-of-Line" of approved manufacturer. wo ALL MATERIALS USED IN THE WORK OF THIS PROJECT SHALL HE V.O.C. COMPLIANT IN ACCORDANCE WITH LATEST RULINGS OF THE FEDERAL EPA AND THOSE ESTABLISHED JURISDICTION AS REFERENCED IN PARAGRAPH 1.03 OF THIS SECTION. No alkyd materials, other than those identified in this section, will be permitted for use in any phase of the work for this project. B. Materials which are specified by brand and make shall be furnished and used as specified. C. Where other brands are considered by the Contractor as equal or desirable, such brands shall be used only after written approval of the Architect is obtained. • D. If proposed brand has not been specified, the name of the manufacturer shall be submitted to the Architect for approval, and these materials shall be of such grades and makes as to produce perfect and durable finishes . ON 2053/15220 09900 - 5 Painting A. 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College and/or painted as required and clearly labeled with type of coating, amount of coats applied, etc. �w 4. All samples shall be labeled; and include the following information: a. Manufacturer' s name b. Type of paint/stain/hardener C. Manufacturer's stock number d. Color: name and number , e. Instructions for reducing, where applicable f. VOC content D. Provide field samples of finish and refinish operations at locations directed "on-site" for approval prior to start of any finish work. Coordinate with Section 01430 . w E. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. rw 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. Each container of material delivered to the project site shall contain label with the following information contained thereon: 1. Manufacturer's name and location. 2 . Type of Paint/Stain/Hardener (type of coating) . 3 . Manufacturer's stock number. 4. Color: Name and Number 5. Instructions for reducing, where applicable. 6. Label analysis including solids (weight and volume) ; component wr mix; flash point; VOC analysis; viscosity and like components as well as any and all restrictions on use. B. Sampling of Materials: 1 . When requested by the Architect, obtain test samples from material stored at project site or source of supply. 2 . Furnish from materials designated by the Architect: �.. a. 1 quart (0.946 liters) - From batches of 50 gallons (37.84 liters) or less b. 2 quarts (1.892 liters) - From batches over 50 gallons (37.84 liters) . 3 . Select samples at random from sealed containers. C. Store all materials in designated spaces in a manner which meets the requirements of applicable codes and fire regulations. When not in use, keep such spaces locked and inaccessible to those not employed under this Section. Each space shall be provided with a fire ow extinguisher of Carbon Dioxide or Dry Chemical type bearing the label of the National Board of Fire Underwriter's and tag of most recent inspection. D. Protect work at all times. Protect adjacent work and materials by suitable coverings or other methods as work progresses. so an 2053/15220 09900 - 4 Painting s 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College C. All workmanship, restrictions, preparation, and the like shall be in accordance with the "Spec-Data" guidelines as published by the manufacturer for the particular product line as well as the standards as promulgated by the Painting and Decorating Contractors Association for high quality institutional applications. on D. Before and during the application of interior finishing, varnishing, painting, etc. and until final acceptance by the Owner of all work covered by the Contract, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, provide sufficient heat to W produce a temperature of not less than 68 degrees F nor more than 78 degrees F. Coordinate with Division 1, Section 01500. E. Regulatory Requirements 1. Applicable building code. 2 . U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Construction Industry Standards (29 CFR 1926/1910) , Revised 10/1/79, Washington, DC. go 3 . U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Construction Industry Standards Part 1926.62, Lead Standard. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Certification of specification compliance with manufacturer's certificates and test reports as may be required by the Architect. �r B. Product Data: Provide manufacturers' product literature for all materials specified and material manufacturer' s printed directions on and recommendations for environmental conditions, surface preparation, priming, mixing, reduction, spreading rate, application, and storage, as applicable for each of the materials specified. C. Samples 1. Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts for r each type of finish for approval by the Architect. Verify colors specified with manufacturers ' color charts for availability and notify the Architect if any discrepancies should occur. 2. Verification prior to installation a. When required by Architect, submit, without cost to the Owner, two samples of each color and material on 12 inch by 12 inch hard-board. b. Submit two samples of finish on concrete masonry, drywall, metal or other surfaces as required until so acceptable color, sheen and texture are achieved. 3 . Submit samples of finished (stained and painted) wood in triplicate for approval. Samples shall be 4 inches by 8 inches samples of the species of wood specified, stained 2053/15220 09900 - 3 Painting do 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College so respective surfaces. ..A Satin Semi-gloss Walls Doors Column Boxes Trim �w Soffits & fascias Door frames and borrowed lights Accents Radiator covers and enclosures Painted plywood at phone rooms Ductwork All other surfaces shall be "Flat" . 40 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: on A. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) B. Plain and Reinforced Concrete (03300) C. Unit Masonry (04800) s D. Miscellaneous Metals (05500) E. Rough Carpentry (06100) F. Finish Carpentry (06200) G. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) wo H. Hollow Metal Work (08110) I. Wood Doors (08200) J. Access Doors (08310) so K. Gypsum Drywall (09250) L. Tile Work (09300) M. Resilient Wood Flooring Systems (09642) so N. Resilient Flooring (09650) 0. Carpet (09680) P. Acoustical Wall Treatment (09840) Q. Identifying Devices (10400) 4' R. Fire Protection Specialties (10520) S. Toilet Accessories (10800) T. Miscellaneous Specialties (10900) No U. Window Treatments (12490) V. Elevators (14200) W. Fire Protection (Division 15) X. Plumbing (Division 15) up Y. HVAC (Division 15) Z. Electrical Work (Division 16) go 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The work of this Section shall be accomplished by a "Specialty Contractor" . me B. Field quality control shall be obtained by review of first finished area or item of each color scheme as required by the Architect for color, texture and workmanship. Said area, or areas, when accepted r will serve as the minimum project standard for all ensuing work. Coordinate with requirements set forth in Section 01430. go 2053/15220 09900 - 2 Painting s' 8 November 2002 Renovations to MCPA - Smith College BID ISSUE SECTION 09900 PAINTING Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of the preparation, painting and finishing work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Painting and finishing work is generally limited to: a. Touch up of damaged and disturbed areas as a direct On result of construction program. b. Field finishing of wood paneling and accent/reveal trim at Upper Gamut; Elevator and like areas (Section 06200) C. Field finishing of wood trim and accessories in Upper Gamut and Listening Rooms. Casework to be factory finished to match existing wood finishes; sample of existing material to be furnished to mill for 40 "matching" . d. Field finishing of hollow metal work. e. Painting (3 coats) of exposed gypsum infills in Art Studio monitors. wM f. Miscellaneous gypsum board partitions. g. Concrete masonry walls both new and existing (typical at basement. ) " 2 . Perform required mechanical and electrical painting as noted in Section 01900 . 3 . Prepare and coat all new and newly exposed exterior metal work including - galvanized steel lintels and relieving angles; equipment support framing; ladders; cages; railings; castings; bollards; brackets; miscellaneous supporting iron; and the like shown and/or required to receive protective coatings from on weather exposure. 4. Touch up all other work affected or damaged by the work of this Contract. w 5. Perform balance of painting and finishing operations as may be necessary and/or required to "cover" all surfaces exposed to view in the finished construction. ow NOTES - The Contractor shall base his work on the use of 7 base colors plus black, white, natural, natural with stain, "OSHA" type marking system and shall allow for sufficient selection of special colorations to permit accent coloration as noted above. In general, the following luster finishes shall be applied to the rw � 2053;15220 09900 - 1 Painting w 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College surfaces and contiguous elements. 3 .02 TRACK INSTALLATION A. Level and attach continuous "Z" tracks on wall centered as per manufactures requirements to line up with the factory installed "Z" clips. B. Anchor "Z" clips to concrete block wall with "Hit" anchors with adhesive cartridge by Hilti Fastening Systems, Inc. , Tulsa, OK or approved equal. C. Anchor "Z" clips to gypsum walls at locations of steel grounds with self tapping round head screws of size required to provide adequate support to panels. 3 .03 WALL PANEL INSTALLATION A. Installation of factory fabricated units shall be by use of mated splines secured to substrate and back of panels. Long sides of ceiling panels shall have a concealed spline connector in addition to mated splines secured to the backs of each panel. wR B. Joints shall be uniform and surfaces of treatment precisely aligned. C. Carefully fit units in place and lay out so as to uniformly fit so making a neat design and pattern conforming to the approved shop drawings. D. Do not handle the panels any more than necessary. Avoid bending or flexing panels. Avoid contact with any sharp edges on material which may cause a puncture of the surface. ON 3 .04 CLEANING A. Following installation, all work installed herein shall be cleaned and left free from blemishes or defects. B. All work that is damaged or improperly installed shall be removed and replaced and the entire installation left in complete and satisfactory condition. **End of Section** IM 2053/15220 09840 - 3 Acoustical Wall Treatment 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Samples of all materials to be used in the work of this Section. B. Shop drawings for all work under this section to show layout of panels and details; coordinating and showing locations of all items occurring in panels, closures at walls, pilasters, ceilings and other intersection points. C. Certification of Specification Compliance. D. This Contractor shall coordinate all shop drawings well in advance with Mechanical and Electrical trades. It shall be his sole responsibility to obtain all necessary information from other trades. w NO WORK WILL BE ALLOWED UNTIL APPROVAL OF SAME HAS BEEN RECEIVED FROM ARCHITECT. E. Laboratory Data - Submit data from an independent testing laboratory confirming ASTM E 84 test results. F. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. Part 2 - PRODUCTS No 2 .01 ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELS A. Panel assemblies shall be similar and equal to Decoustics "apX" No where "X" designates thickness of panels required. B. Modify panels as required for "tight" fit around any electrical or ow mechanical penetrations. Provide edge blocks. C. Panels as manufactured by Wall Technologies, Sonotrol or Insul-Art shall be considered equal. OF D. Fabric Covering -Standard fabric - "Guilford of Maine" . am E. Attachment Devices - "Mated Spline" 2 . 02 Balance of materials required for the work shall be as specified elsewhere „m in this section. Part 3 - EXECUTION an 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of . 2053/15220 09840 - 2 Acoustical Wall Treatment .s 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 09840 w ACOUSTICAL WALL TREATMENT(CEILING PANEL TREATMENT) Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of acoustical wall treatment for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Work will be required to restore/supplement existing acoustical wall treatments within the listening booth area PM disturbed as a result of the new elevator installation. 2 . Provide "clouds" in "tees" at Upper Gamut Classroom as shown on the reflected ceiling plans. e�w 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Mechanical equipment sound isolation (Division 15) B. Sound attenuation in partition construction C. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) D. Rough Carpentry (06100) E. Finish Carpentry (06200) F. Gypsum Drywall (09250) G. Painting (09900) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The work of this Section shall be accomplished by a "Specialty *� Contractor" with mechanics skilled in the trade. B. All work of a nature conducive to high humidity conditions shall have been completed and be thoroughly dry. This contractor shall be held responsible for the cost of replacing all work of this Section damaged due to his failure to take the above precautions. ' C. Maintain uniform temperature of not less than 55 degrees F (13 degrees C) in rooms and spaces scheduled and/or required to receive acoustical treatment, before, during and after installation. D. All treatments shall be neatly fitted around electrical fixtures, outlets, ducts, pipes and other work penetrating wall treatment and neatly scribed to abutting surfaces. E. All systems shall be Class "A" or Class "1" , noncombustible as defined by ASTM E 84. 2053/15220 09840 - 1 Acoustical Wall Treatment Renovations to 8 November 2002 MCPA - Smith College BID ISSUE R D. Apply carpet, stretched tight over entire tread (top, bottom and edges) and seam stitch. Glued seaming is not acceptable in this installation. w 3 .06 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION l reducing strips and vinyl nosings A. Install vinyl edge strips, viny as specified and/or as shown on the drawings. 3 .07• ADJUSTMENTS, PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect adjoining surfaces from damage and shall be responsible for restoring them to their original condition if damaged. B. All usable pieces of carpet not necessary to complete the work shall be turned over to the Owner. C. Remove all rubbish, wrapping paper, protective paper, waste and excess materials and all tools and equipment upon the completion of the installation. D. Remove all adhesive, repair and/or replace damaged or unacceptable areas to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner. E. The Contractor shall be responsible for a thorough vacuum cleaning of all carpeted areas upon completion of the work as per Section 01700. **End of Section** w w� 2053/15220 09680 - 7 Carpet IN .A 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College manner. B. Lay carpet cushion in the largest possible lengths using the minimum number of sections. Lay cushion at 90 degrees to finish carpet installation. Fully adhere cushion to the subfloor with padding cement as specified in Part 2 herein in sufficient amount in all areas in between to keep pad from shifting or buckling. Lay seams out so that carpet seams will not fall directly over padding seams. Broom out all bubbles. C. Fit and pattern match all carpet, dry, prior to placement of goods. D. Install carpet with "heavy spread rate" adhesive applied at a rate .�e of 5 to 7 square yards per gallon of adhesive to carpet pad. Place all carpet within 20 minutes (or sufficient time to produce "legs" ) after spreading of adhesive, unrolled in line and rolled with a 30 pound roller to insure full adhesion to pad and to remove any and all bubbles or buckles. wee E. SEAMING 1. All selvage edges must be removed; all cuts made on a slight angle with surface yarns extending outward over backing material. 2 . Seaming shall be "butted and sealed" using an approved quick setting seaming adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer and applied according to his directions and specifications; prior to seals being made, apply a bead of carpet seam adhesive to all cut edges or at option of the installer (and with approval of the manufacturer) "hot-melt" system. 3 . After seaming application, the seam shall be pressed by hand and rolled as for normal installation to produce the best possible even top pile. 4. Locate seams following shop drawing layouts approved by the Architect. 3 .05 STAIR CARPET INSTALLATION A. Installation on stairs shall be "tackless" using strip grounds and carpet cushion securely adhered to the substrate. B. Cushion shall be fully cemented to all treads, risers and platforms both in fields and at all seams and total perimeters. C. "Tackless" strips shall be applied to intersections of treads/risers and at nosing; provide shaped round nosed transition at leading edges to eliminate "sharp" turn. 2053/15220 09680 - 6 Carpet ■ 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College to provide level surface or shall be "flashpatched" by this Contractor to provide a level surface to receive flooring. B. Remove from the subsurface all dirt, grease, oil, dust and other materials which might impair adherence of carpet adhesive. C. This work requires complete and close coordination with other specialty contractors to determine the extent of floor patching, levelastic treatment, liquid underlayment, wood underlayments and the like. D. Final coordination is the responsibility of the General Contractor. 3 . 03 INSTALLATION - Direct Glue Down A. Lay all carpet in accordance with the shop drawings in a direct manner. B. Fit and pattern match all carpet, dry, prior to placement of goods. C. Provide direct glue-down adhesive spread to recommended rate over prepared subfloors. All preparation and application shall be as recommended by the Manufacturer of the carpet and adhesive. on Apply carpet adhesive to all seams and perimeter in sufficient amounts and in areas in between to keep carpet from shifting or buckling. D. Place all carpet within 20 minutes after spreading of adhesive, unrolled in line and rolled with a 30 pound roller to insure full adhesion to floor and to remove any and all bubbles or buckles. so E. SEAMING 1. All selvage edges must be removed; all cut made on a slight angle with surface yarns extending outward over backing material. 2. Seaming shall be done with an approved quick setting seaming adhesive as recommended by the manufacturer and applied according to his directions and specifications; prior to seals being made, apply a bead of carpet seam adhesive to all cut edges. !W 3 . After seaming application, press seams by hand and/or suitable tool to produce the best possible even top pile and then sandbag until adhesive has set in minimum of 8 hours. 4. Contractor shall follow the instructions of the carpet manufacturer with regard to seaming. 5 . Seams shall be located following shop drawing layouts approved by the Architect. on 3 .04 INSTALLATION - Double Glue Down A. Lay all carpet in accordance with the shop drawings in a direct 2053/15220 09680 - 5 Carpet no 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College W# 2 .02 CARPET SETTING MEDIUMS A. Carpet cushion at "Purple Carpet" only shall be a high density polyurethane foam conforming to the following performance criteria: Density: Minimum, 18 pcf Design: Flat Profile Backing: Woven Polypropylene A.r Total Thickness: 0.160 inches Width: 75 inches/selvage trim to 72 Underwriters: Class 1 or A Maximum Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45/cm2 as per ASTM E 648 Smoke Density: Less than 350 B. Carpet adhesive "V.0-C. Compliant" - Green as manufactured by the we W.W. Henry Company "Next Generation 356" , Multi-Purpose White Latex Adhesive or equal product by Prince Street Technologies, Ltd. (Saf- T-Bond) ; Advance Adhesive Technology, Inc. (AirTech) or Roberts Construction Industries (Earthbond) . C. Carpet and Cushion Adhesive For Double Glue Down Installation 1. Pad to Floor - Pressure sensitive adhesive as manufactured by Henry Company, #630 . 2 . Carpet to Pad - Henry Company, #251, The Sticker Carpet Adhesive [Permanent Multi-Bond White Adhesive] �. 2 .03 CARPET ACCESSORIES A. Edge strips, reducers and the like shall be standard manufactured vinyl to be used as conditions required for use where carpet adjoins other floor level finishes. Vinyl nosings at tiered floors shall be double reveal style. .0 B. Size accessories as required and/or as shown on the drawings. C. Coordinate type and location where used with the Architect. 2 .04 Balance of materials required for the work shall be as specified elsewhere in this section. Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. 3 .02 PREPARATION OF EXISTING FLOORS A. All existing floor surfaces shall be patched with matching material 2053/15220 09680 - 4 Carpet .� w 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w 4. No seams shall occur at doorways and entries perpendicular to doors or entries. 5 . Seams occurring at doors parallel to doors shall be centered directly under the doors. 6. Fill strips shall be not less than 9 inches in width and at least 36 inches in length. 7. Seams occurring at corridor change of directors shall follow wall parallel to carpet direction. go G. Provide the Owner with 6 copies of the carpet manufacturer's complete manual of maintenance recommendations for the quality of !+ carpet installed. H. Bale tickets showing quality numbers and register numbers for each carpet provided shall be included with maintenance instructions. I. All dimensions shall be verified in the field prior to installation. J. The Contractor's attention is directed to the Massachusetts State Fire Code as it relates to regulations controlling decoration, furnishings and interior finishes as they affect the work of this Contract. It is deemed the sole responsibility of the vendors furnishing fabrics, floor coverings, ceiling finishes, wall coverings and finishes and the like as covered by the regulations to submit applications and obtain approvals for same without additional charges to the Owner. Failure to obtain, and submit, approvals in accordance with requirements of Section 01300 will result in rejection of any submittal for this phase of the work. K. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 40 1.05 SPECIAL GUARANTEE/WARRANTY TERMS A. This Contractor shall, if required, restretch the carpet, repair seams, joints and edges once the original installation is completed within the one year guarantee period; further, B. This Contractor shall provide an unconditional guarantee covering *w further restretching, repair of seams, puckering and any other defects that might be directly pointed to defects in workmanship during the 1 year guarantee period. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CARPET SYSTEMS The following carpet specifications are deemed "proprietary" and shall be furnished by the Contractor without modification. A. Red Carpet: Cut pile, Lees "Truth in Color"; Color "Radish" B. Purple Carpet: Mohawk custom #D4095/442; Sample #21682 . CC Lokweave "Wool" . on 'o 2053/15220 09680 - 3 Carpet 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College F. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) G. Gypsum Drywall (09250) H. Resilient Flooring (09650) I . Painting (09900) J. Elevators (14200) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The work of this Section shall be accomplished by a "Specialty Contractor" . B. Coordinate with the General Contractor for scheduling, receiving and placement on floors of materials from the manufacturer. C. Materials shall be delivered to the "workroom" in the manufacturer' s bundles and shall be clearly marked as to size, dye lot, and materials. Material shall be unrolled, checked for quality and conformity, cut .�. and redelivered to the project site as part of the work of this Contract. A written record of receipt of materials shall be submitted to the Architect. 1.04 SUBMITTALS 09 A. Carpet adhesive. B. Carpet Padding. an C. Carpet strip. D. Edge strip. go E. Reducing strip. F. Shop drawings for all areas to be carpeted, marked for seaming as follows: 1. All length seams shall be trimmed and seamed in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. 2 . All cross seams necessary due to layout of areas shall be at the absolute minimum and shall be indicated; cross seams w. necessary due to length of rolls received shall be placed, in the cutting, to avoid occurrence at conspicuous locations, near doors or at pivot points and must be approved by the ww Architect prior to seaming. All carpet shall be aligned so that all lines of carpet match as to width, length and, as applicable, pattern. 3 . All carpet shall be laid with maximum widths all in one direction. 2053/15220 09680 - 2 Carpet A 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College e SECTION 09680 M CARPET Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of carpet floor finish and requisite preparation for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: NOTE: All carpets furnished herein shall carry the "CRI Green Label" showing conformance to the voluntary testing program established for "VOC" controls by the Carpet and Rug Institute; all material shall be delivered to the project site with "label" attached. 1. Carpet flooring shall be required for new elevator; for patching, matching and extending all work areas affected by the elevator and listening rooms as they are impacted by the on work of this project. . 2 . Remove "red carpet" at lower level of the Studio Theater Lobby and stairs, replace with "purple carpet" . w 3 . Remove and replace "purple carpet" and pad in portions of Theatre T-14 and Upper Studio Theatre Lobby. 4. Patch "red carpet" at threshold ramps - Lower Gamut and Student Lounge. 5. Prepare existing floors to receive specified materials in accordance with Paragraph 3 .02 herein. 6. Accessories are to be furnished by Section 09650 and installed M by this Contractor. NOTES - After installation and in areas requiring further work by on other trades, this specialty contractor shall protect all carpeting with a layer of nonreinforced heavy building paper with all edges lapped not less than 6 inches and sealed with nonstaining adhesive; keep paper in repair and remove when directed by the Architect in preparation for "final cleaning" as specified in Section 01700 . 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with W specific reference to: A. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) B. Plain and Reinforced Concrete (03300) C. Unit Masonry (04800) D. Rough Carpentry (06100) E. Finish Carpentry (06200) 2053/15220 09680 - 1 Carpet 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College e F. When base terminates at external corner, provide integral molded corner. 3 .05 CLEANING A. Promptly remove all excess adhesives and other surface soiling or stains from face of all flooring, bases and adjoining surfaces using cleaning agents recommended by the manufacturer of the material being cleaned. B. Perform initial maintenance according to the flooring manufacturer's instructions . C. Any adhesive, caulking or other mastic on exposed faces shall be immediately removed with a recommended solvent. 3 .06 PROTECTION A. Protect installed flooring as recommended by the flooring 4e manufacturer against damage from rolling loads, other trades, or the placement of fixtures and furnishings. 40 B. All rooms or spaces in which resilient floors are being laid shall be closed to traffic or other work and kept closed until floors are completed and firmly set. C. Just prior to final acceptance of the project, leave all resilient floors polished, buffed, clean, whole and in perfect condition. Am **End of Section** w eo on on 2053/15220 09650 - 7 Resilient Flooring, Stair Treads, etc. 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College aw otherwise noted in Finish Schedules, extend like flooring materials into all closets and the like opening into rooms and other spaces having resilient flooring. EXTEND FLOORING UNDER FIXED FLOOR MOUNTED CABINETS. ap F. Joints shall be tight, straight and inconspicuous; parallel to and at right angles with the enclosing walls and symmetrical with aw centerlines of rooms unless otherwise noted. G. Flooring shall not be cut except at walls and other abutting surfaces and materials . Holes required for pipes or other penetrations shall be neatly cut and flooring closely fit so as to leave no space for dirt to collect. Seal joints inconspicuously with waterproof floor mastic around pipes and at other vertical surfaces. H. All finish floor surface shall be smooth and free from buckles, waves, projecting edges, cracks and breaks. wa I. Provide tapered edge strips where edge of the is exposed, and elsewhere as may be indicated on the drawings. J. Provide tapered or flush vinyl saddles as indicated on the project drawings at door and other openings between floor materials of different patterns or colors; one piece, color as selected. K. All work shall be neatly fitted around work penetrating floors and neatly scribed to abutting surfaces. L. Provide tapered or flush vinyl saddles as indicated on the project drawings at door and other openings between floor materials of ale different patterns or colors; one piece, color as selected. M. All work shall be neatly fitted around work penetrating floors and neatly scribed to abutting surfaces. 3 .04 VINYL BASE INSTALLATION A. Installation shall not begin until flooring is completed and approved. B. Install on walls, partitions, columns, piers, cabinets, etc. , to form continuous base at junction of vertical surfaces and finished floors. C. Keep vertical joints to a minimum by setting long strips. D. Base shall be continuous around external corners and lap a minimum of 6 inches. a� E. Base shall be continuous around internal corners and lap a minimum of 2 inches. .w 2053/15220 09650 - 6 Resilient Flooring, Stair Treads, etc. 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College surfaces and contiguous elements. 3 .02 PREPARATION, GENERAL A. Surfaces receiving resilient flooring shall not vary more than 1/8 on inch in 10 foot distance, more than 1/16 inch within any 1 foot distance. Any deviation from this tolerance shall be filled by the Contractor with underlayment material approved by the flooring manufacturer for use under adhesive and resilient flooring specified herein; FURTHER, ,ems This Contractor shall patch and level all minor surface imperfections such as cracks, rough areas and depressions in all concrete floor slabs to receive resilient flooring in accordance with above tolerance statement. B. Perform a bond and moisture test as recommended by the resilient flooring manufacturer on concrete subfloors to determine if surfaces are dry; free of curing and hardening compounds, old adhesive, and any other coatings; and ready to receive resilient flooring. C. Remove from the subsurface all dirt, grease, oil, dust and other materials which might impair adherence of resilient flooring and base. Vacuum or broom-clean surfaces to be covered immediately before the application of flooring and/or base. XW 3 .03 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. All floor coverings shall be installed in full accordance with the IN manufacturer's written instructions, using recommended adhesives, tools, and procedures. tw Observe the recommended adhesive trowel notching, open times, and working times. B. No resilient flooring shall be set where it is required to be flush • with other finishes until such other finishes have been installed and approved. so C. Lay resilient flooring only while adhesive has proper tack, starting at center and working toward walls. Borders of field shall be equalized and no marginal tile shall be less than 4 inches wide, except where tile abuts askew vertical wall surfaces. no D. Marginal tile shall extend full width thru door openings to adjoining areas having like floor covering and have as few cross joints as possible, none of which shall occur in the center of the opening. E. At door openings between spaces having two different types or colors of floor materials of the same thickness and at which no saddle or metal edge strip is indicated on the drawings, make the change of finish material under the door in a closed position. Except where �w 2053/15220 09650 - 5 Resilient Flooring, u" Stair Treads, etc. +p 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 06 application for tile areas; toeless for carpet applications. 4. Colors as selected. 5. Furnish preformed internal and external corners. Manufacturers - Tarkett; Armstrong; Nafco; Mercer; Musson; Johnson or approved equal. B. Vinyl Saddles, Reducing Strips and Termination Accessories. 1. Flush or tapered as indicated. 2 . Thickness to match adjacent material. 3 . Colors as selected. Manufacturers - Tarkett, Nafco, Mercer, or approved equal. 2 .03 UNDERLAYMENT .� A. Material for use shall be as recommended by flooring material manufacturer; use where necessary to level floors, fill depressions, etc. to insure conformance as noted in Paragraph 3 .02 herein. �w 2 .04 ADHESIVES AND PRIMERS A. Materials shall be "v.o.c. " compliant (green) and suitable for intended purpose be it tile, treads or other such resilient flooring material; location and structural conditions required and/or intended; use without adulteration or reducing and in accordance with manufacturer' s printed instructions; types for each use shall be approved by the manufacturer of the respective materials and certifications of same in writing, shall be delivered to the Architect. so B. Conventional resilient floor tile adhesives shall be as manufactured by: 1. W.W. Henry (#356) w 2 . Armstrong 3 . Tarkett or other prime tile manufacturer nominated for the work of this w Section. 2 .05 WALK-OFF/ENTRANCE MATS go A. Solid rubber, knob back, perforated mat in "pyramid" design similar and equal to Parco "EM400" , 3/8 inch thickness. Products as manufactured by AFCO or U.S. Mat are considered as equals. Mat 0e color shall be "TAN" . Part 3 - EXECUTION ■w 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any go defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of so 2053/15220 09650 - 4 Resilient Flooring, w Stair Treads, etc. 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 4P ur 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. Store materials (resilient flooring, base and adhesives) in location having a minimum temperature of 65 degrees F for at least 24 hours prior to start of laying of flooring. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS/REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS A. Environmental Requirements Maintain a minimum temperature in the spaces to receive the flooring and accessories of 65 degrees F (18 degrees C) for at least 48 hours before, during, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. Thereafter, maintain a minimum temperature of 55 degrees F (13 degrees C) in areas where work is completed. B. Install resilient flooring and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. Do not install resilient flooring over concrete slabs until the same are cured and sufficiently dry to achieve bond with adhesive as uw determined by manufacturer' s recommended bond and moisture test which will determine if their moisture content and alkalinity are within acceptable limits for installation of resilient flooring as specified in Part 3 . on C. All work of a nature conducive to high humidity conditions shall have been completed and be thoroughly dry. This contractor shall be held responsible for the cost of replacing all work of this Section damaged due to his failure to take the above precautions. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .01 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE: 12 inches by 12 inches by 1/8 inch; colors and design as selected; F.S. #SS-T-312B (1) , Type IV, Composition 1, asbestos free. A. Manufacturers: 1. Tarkett (Expressions) 2. Mannington (Essentials/Impressions) 3 . Armstrong (Excelon/Standard Excelon) Designer products furnished by Amtico; Mannington; or Flintkote will be approved by the Architect based upon color coordination with bases and texture and pattern design in accordance with "aesthetic" statement set forth in Section 00810. 2 .02 ACCESSORIES go A. Vinyl Base 1. Compression type. 2 . 4 inch high, 1/8 inch thick (tolerance + .005 inch) 3 . Top corner rounded, bottom coved, arranged for above floor 2053/15220 09650 - 3 Resilient Flooring, Stair Treads, etc. .. 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College rw Contractor" with mechanics skilled in the trade. B. Certifications 1. Furnish manufacturer' s certification from an independent testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having �. jurisdiction that resilient flooring complies with fire test performance requirements. 2 . Furnish certification from flooring installer that the substrate surfaces have been examined and are acceptable for installation of the Work of this Section. C. Fire Test Performance - Provide resilient flooring which complies with the following performance criteria as determined by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. ASTM E 648 (Critical Radiant Flux) of 0.45 watts per sq. cm. or greater, Class I. w 2 . ASTM E 662 (Smoke Generation) Maximum Specific Optical Density of 450 or less. 3 . ASTM E 84 - Flame Spread: Not more than 25; rated as Class 1. �u 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data - Provide manufacturers ' specifications, installation instructions and surface preparation requirements for each material specified. B. Submit shop drawings, layout plan, and manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for commercial vinyl composition tile flooring and accessories. C. Samples 1. For Initial Selection: Submit actual sections of resilient flooring materials, showing full range of colors and patterns available, for each type of resilient flooring required. 2 . For Verification, prior to installation, submit the following: w a. Resilient tile: Full size, each type, size and color specified. b. Base: 12 inch long sections, each type and color specified. C. Adhesives: One pint, each type, labeled to indicate location of use and type of surface to receive product. d. Floor Finish: One pint. D. Submit a copy of the manufacturer' s recommended maintenance procedures for resilient flooring nd accessories g provided under this Section. E. Certification of Specification Compliance. w F. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. r 2053/15220 09650 - 2 Resilient Flooring, Stair Treads, etc. 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 00 SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL wr 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or r the complete execution required foon of all resilient flooring work by the schedules, keynotes and for this project as required drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Prepare existing floor and provide new resilient flooring at basement office as scheduled; provide vinyl cove base at all walls in said space as well as at all other locations indicated on the drawings and/or within finish schedule. 2 . Patch, match and otherwise extend existing flooring systems as required by conditions of alterations and schedules. 3 . Provide "walk-off" mats at exterior doors (1 each at Studio Theatre Entry Door and 2 at Green Street/Student Lounge Ramp) . NOTE - Where floors are "ramped" , provide slip-resistant tile systems in lieu of regular material; material shall be certified to have minimum slip resistance characteristics of 0 .6 for floors and 0.8 for ramps as promulgated by the 1992 ADA requirements. Further, static coefficient of friction as per ASTM C 1028 conditionally slip resistant: go a. Wet: 0.50 - 0.60 b. Dry: 0 .60 - 0.70 go 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: on A. Selective Removals and Demolition (0202 B. Plain and Reinforced Concrete (03300) C. Unit Masonry (04800) D. Rough Carpentry (06100) E. Finish Carpentry (06200) F. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) w G. Gypsum Drywall (09250) H. Tile Work (09300) I. Carpet (09680) J. Painting (09900) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The work of this Section shall be accomplished by a "Specialty me 2053/15220 09650 - 1 Resilient Flooring, Stair Treads, etc. 40 ow 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College go D. Lay load distribution panels with length parallel to length of space. Lay subsurface panels at 90 degrees and secure to load aw distribution with adhesive and mechanical fasteners. Fill and sand seams of subsurface. Fold and trim membrane across surface edges. wee E. Apply surface finish in full bed of adhesive and insure that all joints are tight and flush. 3 .03 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION so A. Install manufacturer's perimeter skirt profile with vibration gasket. Secure skirt profile with Harlequin black metal strip and screws, as per drawing details. B. Set thresholds and other accessories anchoring firmly in substrate abutting wood, not into wood flooring. 3 .04 CLEANING, BUFFING AND PROTECTION A. This Contractor shall remove all equipment and debris generated or used during the course of the work. B. This Contractor shall sweep, vacuum and damp mop all surfaces furnished clean. C. This Contractor shall protect floor and trim systems with reinforced paper with taped joints. Maintain coverage until directed by the Architect to remove same. Touchup any damaged areas after removal and prior to final acceptance of project. **End of Section** .s wa w w� 2053/15220 09642 - 4 Resilient Wood Flooring 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College B. Top Panel, Subsurface: Semi-flexible, 9mm, Harlequin moisture resistant load distribution panels. C. Lower Panel, Subsurface: Semi-flexible, 15mm, Harlequin moisture resistant load distribution panels. D. Progressive Resistance Suspension: Synthetic open cell cellular urethane, thickness 0.80 inch, Density: propriety ew E. dampproof membrane: 6 mil polyethylene F. Skirting profile: "P" rubber polyurethane composite extrusion 7/16 inch o.d. by 1.25 inch. Aluminum edge stripping, 1.132 inch by 0.23 inch, satin black dipped finish. G. Overall Thickness: 1 1/2" !Ar 2.03 Balance of materials required for the completion of the work of this Section shall be as specified elsewhere. Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. B. General contractor shall assure subfloor is properly prepared for installation as above specified. General contractor shall assure that subfloor is cleaned of all debris and cleared of all equipment iw so installer will have free access to space. 3 .02 INSTALLATION A. All installation procedures, except where specifically otherwise specified, shall be in accordance with manufacturer's installation manual and recommendations and generally shall be as listed below. NOTE: Installation shall be performed by manufacturers' approved contractor only. B. Cover sub floor with dampproof membrane, overlap seam 6 inches and tape, extend membrane approximately 8 inches up the walls. Mw C. Cover membrane with suspension material, butt seams tightly and tape, leaving 3/8 inch to lh inch expansion void at walls and other adjoining structures . ew so 2053/15220 09642 - 3 Resilient Wood Flooring 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College A. Work of this section shall be performed by a "Specialty Subcontractor" who can show satisfactory evidence of installations completed for the represented manufacturer within the past 5 years. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Certification of Specification Compliance. B. Each component of total floor system and assembly. ws C. Maintenance Data D. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS w A. Handle and store materials as packaged by manufacturer with seals and labels intact. B. Protect materials against damage or water penetration during delivery, handling and storage. C. Acclimate wood flooring materials to building environment by storing same at room temperature (65 degrees to 75 degrees maximum) with a relative humidity of 35 to 50% for a minimum of 7 days prior to installation. Moisture content of wood shall not exceed 8% . Provide mechanical ventilation as necessary to obtain both storage and installation temperature requirements. Coordinate with Section 01500. D. Maintain work area at minimum temperature of 65 degrees F. (13 degrees C. ) for at least 72 hours before and after installation. + 1.06 SPECIAL GUARANTEE/WARRANTY TERMS A. The completed wood flooring installations shall be guaranteed for a period of 2 years from the date of final acceptance of the building in accordance with the Conditions. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SPRUNG FLOOR SYSTEM A. For purposes of establishing a standard of quality and not for the purposes of limiting competition the basis of this specification is upon the "Harlequin Activity Sprung Floor System" as provided (complete in place) by the manufacturer of the system. 2 .02 COMPONENTS A. Finish: Vinyl Performance Surface 1 . Harlequin Cascade Surface - Homogeneous PVC with special dance finish with strong mineral fibre interply a. Thickness: 0.080 inches b. Roll Length: 98 feet maximum C. Roll Width: 78-1/2 inches d. Weight: 4.8 lbs/lineal yd *" 2053/15220 09642 - 2 Resilient Wood Flooring am 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 09642 RESILIENT WOOD FLOORING SYSTEMS (Sprung Floor) Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK on A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of the resilient wood flooring work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Provide "sprung" wood floor finish in new Upper Gamut Classroom; system shall be similar and equal to "Harlequin Activity Sprung Floor System with Cascade Surface" and shall consist of the following components. a. Vinyl dampproof membrane laid across the existing floor and turned up the walls 7/8 inch b. Over membrane provide a layer of special density cellular polyurethane. C. Provide two layers of "Harlequin" panels laid with each layer at right angles to the preceding one and staggered so that the joints do not coincide. d. Bond each layer of panel to the one below with a non setting adhesive. e. Mechanically fasten top layer of panel in place, and in addition drive non return polymer coated nails into the panels at regular spacing overall. f. Fold dampproof membrane onto the surface and secure to form a dampproof seal. g. Provide "Cascade" matting from wall to wall to wall. 2. Provide transition aluminum saddles at door openings from and to spaces receiving wood flooring (coordinate with Sections s 05500 and 08700) . 3 . Protect all finished work. so 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Miscellaneous Metals (05500) 00 B. Rough Carpentry (06100) C. Finish Carpentry (06200) D. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) E. Finished Hardware (08700) F. Painting (09900) ow 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 40 2053/15220 09642 - 1 Resilient Wood Flooring 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College chemical cleaners. E. Polish surface of tilework with soft cloth. F. Where colored joints are required, non-fading mineral oxides shall be mixed with white Portland cement to obtain desired color or an approved pre-mixed colored cement may be used. 3 .04 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Promptly remove all setting compound, grout and stains from face of all tile and adjoining surfaces. w B. All tiles which are cracked, broken, chipped or otherwise damaged, shall be promptly removed and replaced. C. As soon as the tile work in each space has been grouted and cleaned, it shall be covered with either reinforced Kraft paper (Sisalkraft) or non-staining sawdust. Each of such spaces shall be closed to all traffic or work by approved barriers which shall be maintained until tiles are firmly set. Floor covering shall be kept and maintained until completion of the work of all trades or as otherwise directed by the Architect, when it shall be removed without damage to tile or adjoining work. D. For final acceptance of the project, leave all tile work clean, whole and in perfect condition. **End of Section** Pw so +w 2053/15220 09300 - 5 Tile Work 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College and that piping systems have been run and tested. 3 .02 INSTALLATION - TILE WORK A. All tile work shall be installed in accordance with the Recommendations of the Tile Council of America (TCA) and the related American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Specification. B. Installation of new material for patching, matching and extending of existing surfacing shall match present setting, be installed as suitable for existing substrates and/or as specified for new work as applicable. C. All areas where partitions or other items are removed shall be infilled with compatible mortar mix prior to setting of new floor. D. Tile shall be firmly bonded in place with finish surfaces in true planes. Joints shall be straight, true and uniform in width and solidly filled. The completed work shall be free from hollow sounding areas, loose, cracked or defective tile. w E. Intersections and returns shall be accurately formed. Cutting and drilling of the shall be neatly done without marring the surface. Am The cut edges of tile against trim, finish or built-in items shall be carefully ground and jointed. Tile shall fit closely around electrical outlets, piping, fixtures and fittings, so that plates, collars or coverings shall overlap the tile. Recesses of proper size for built-in accessories shall be provided. Only sufficient clearance shall be allowed for leveling and plumbing to permit the metal trim to overlap the tile. F. Joints 1. Align all wall joints to give straight uniform grout lines, • plumb and level. 2 . Align all floor joints to give straight uniform grout lines, parallel with walls. 3 . Make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within sheets so extent of each sheet is not apparent in finish work. 4. Joints shall be grouted full and flush for square edge tile and to depth of cushion and concave for cushion edge tile. 3 .03 GROUTING A. Floors shall not be grouted before 72 hours after setting; walls before 24 hours. Before grouting, tile work shall be wet with clean water. B. Follow grout manufacturer's recommendation as to grouting procedures and precautions. C. Remove all grout haze, observing both tile and grout manufacturer's recommendations as to use of acid and chemical cleaners. D. Rinse tile work thoroughly with clean water before and after 2053/15220 09300 - 4 Tile Work 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College B. Maintain temperatures at not less than 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) in tiled areas during installation and for 7 days after completion, unless higher temperatures are required by referenced installation standard or manufacturer' s instructions. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .01 EXISTING TILE SYSTEMS PR A. Tile for patching, matching and extending existing tile areas with new material shall match existing in color, size and pattern. ow 2.02 SETTING MATERIALS A. Setting methods for patching, matching and extending existing tile areas with new material shall match present setting methods . P0 2 .03 GROUTING MATERIALS A. Sanded portland cement for all floor tile surface areas, ANSI A118 .6 shall be similar and equal to: PP 1. Bostik "Hydroment Ceramic Tile Grout (Sanded) mixed with #425 acrylic latex additive. 2. Mapei "Keracolor Floor" mixed with "Plastijoints" acrylic latex additive. B. "Unsanded drywall grout system with acrylic additive" for walls, bases and soffits. NO WATER IS PERMITTED IN ANY OF THE MIXES. 1. Bostik "Hydroment Dry Tile Grout, Unsanded" with "Hydroment #425 Acrylic Latex Grout Additive" . 2. American Olean "Dry Wall Unsanded Grout with AO Acrylic Grout Additive" . 3. Boiardi Products "Elastiment Supreme with 150 Latex Admixture" 4. Mapei "Keracolor Wall Unsanded Grout with Plastijoints Acrylic Latex Additive" go 2 .04 Balance of materials required for the work shall be as specified elsewhere in this Section. �e Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. B. Verify that substrate will allow floor tile to slope to drains. on C. Before proceeding with any tile work, make sure that all waterproofing, sleeves and flashings for pipe have been installed on 2053/15220 09300 - 3 Tile Work 8 November 2002 BID ISSUE Renovations to MCPA - Smith College 1.04 SUBMITTALS waa A. Submit manufacturers ' specifications and installation instructions for the following: 1. Each type of tile and trim units specified. 2 . Waterproofing and setting materials specified. 3 . Grouting materials specified. 4. Other items being incorporated in the work. B. Samples - Samples of floor, base and wall tiles shall be submitted to verify color, size and thickness match for patching of existing surfaces. C. Master Grade Certificate 1. Before setting any tiles, furnish to the Architect a certificate of grade, etc. , properly filled in on a Master Grade Certificate of the form recommended by the Department of Commerce. .� 2 . Certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer of the tiles and by the subcontractor for the Work, stating the grade, kind and full quantities of tiles; and give identification marks g" for all packages of tiles furnished under this Contract. 3 . Brand packages with corresponding shipping marks. D. Certification of Specification Compliance. M E. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. Delivery and Storage 1. All materials shall be delivered to the ..d job site in unopened factory sealed containers clearly labeled as to product manufacturer, color and/or other pertinent characteristics. 2 . Store all materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination; store only the specified materials at the job site. B. Protection - Use all means necessary to protect ceramic tile materials before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed Work and materials of all other trades. C. Replacements - In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. no 1. 06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions and protect Work during and after w installation to comply with referenced standards and manufacturer's printed recommendations. 40 2053/15220 09300 - 2 .w Tile Work +ww 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 1111 SECTION 09300 TILE WORK Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, ww materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of the tile and marble work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Patch, match and extend ceramic tile in connection with accessible modifications for fixtures, fittings and the like in both handicapped toilet adjacent to basement dressing room and theatre toilets. 2 . Clean and regrout existing ceramic the surfacing systems as required by existing conditions, inspection and/or schedules. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: 40 A. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) B. Plain and Reinforced Concrete (03300) NP C. Unit Masonry (04800) D. Rough Carpentry (06100) E. Finish Carpentry (06200) wA F. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) G. Painting (09900) H. Toilet Compartments (10160) I. Toilet Accessories (10800) N" J. Plumbing (Division 15) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE as A. All tile shall be standard grade and meet the requirements of ANSI A137 .1, latest edition thereof, and further, All floor and ramp surfaces shall be certified to have minimum slip resistance characteristics of 0.6 for floors and 0.8 for ramps as promulgated by the 1992 ADA requirements. B. Prepare floors, walls and base substrates for application of finish and install same in accordance with Tile Council of America recommendations and requirements governing said systems as listed in Part 3 of this Section. C. Installer is to be a firm who has a minimum of five years experience with the installation of specified materials . 2053/15220 09300 - 1 Tile Work an 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College wu installation standards set forth in all of the foregoing specifications. 3 .08 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect, by suitable means, all work of this section until .. responsibility for same shall have been relieved by next operation. B. This Contractor shall sweep all his debris and remove same as work wr progresses. **End of Section** wu w s 2053115220 09250 - 10 Gypsum Drywall 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Level "5" - All joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and shall receive 3 separate coats of joint compound applied over all joints, angles, fastener heads and w accessories. Provide a thin skim coat of "setting" joint compound (or material manufactured expressly for this purpose) over entire surface. The finished surface shall be free of excess joint compound; all surfaces shall be smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. B. Allow each application of compound applied to joints and fasteners , . to dry, then sand if necessary. Caution shall be used to avoid roughing of wallboard paper. w 3 .06 DRYWALL CEILINGS AND SOFFITS A. Framed drywall ceilings and soffits shall have 20 gauge metal stud channels, 16 inches o.c. , secured where possible directly to 'M construction above, with suitable fasteners at a maximum of 24 inches o.c. Where greater spacing of fasteners is required, and where ceiling or soffit is to be suspended provide carrying channels on suspended on 1/4 inch rod hangers. Lap channel ends 8 inches and wire tie together 1-1/2 inches from end of channel. B. Direct hung drywall ceilings and soffits shall be installed thru use OR of a direct hung suspension system employing a tee grid system as specified in Part 2 above. air System shall be wire hung for interior use and rod or strap hung for exterior use and wherever subjected to wind pressures, uplift. go C. Provide all accessory items including edge trim angles, exposed for exterior applications and concealed for attachment and taping for all interior applications. 'o See Paragraph 3 .04 herein for "Laser" setting of joints between walls and ceilings if reveal system is required by details. D. Secure single or double layer of gypsum wallboard to furring channels and tape and spackle with products as per Part 2 in accordance with Paragraph 3 .02 above. 3 .07 EXTERIOR GYPSUM CONSTRUCTION A. Apply sheathing vertically screw attached to each stud with "Tek" design screws especially selected for the purpose at 8 inches on center and no less than 3/8 inch from ends. All surfaces shall be "cleaned" free from all dirt and dust and all joints shall be sealed with material specified in Part 2 above immediately upon application of board. B. All work involved with this phase shall be governed by material and n.. * 2053/15220 09250 - 9 Gypsum Drywall 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College wA► inside of stud with webs in a horizontal position. Spacing of channels shall not exceed 6 feet. G. Shaft type partitions shall be erected in strict accordance with the manufacturers directions . „ H. All free standing furring and/or solid partition shall be aligned accurately according to the partition layout and constructed as for D. above. 3 .03 BOARD APPLICATION: General application shall be as for gypsum board following requirements set forth in basic specification and as supplemented by ASTM C 840 specifications for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Wallboard. 3 .04 CORNER AND TRIM TREATMENT A. Internal Corners - Treat as specified for joints, except that the reinforcing tape shall be folded lengthwise through the middle and fitted neatly into the corner. .0 B. External Corners 1. Install a corner bead fitting neatly over the corner and so secured with the same type fasteners used for applying the wallboard, spacing the fasteners approximately 6 inch on centers and driving through the wallboard into the framing and go furring member. 2 . After the corner piece has been secured into position, treat the corner with joint compound and reinforcing tape as specified for joints. go C. Where ceiling "reveal" trim details are used at intersection of gypsum board and companion ceiling systems, same shall be set by as means of a laser "Line of Light" system only to insure a true and level plane. e� D. The drawings do not purport to show all locations and all requirements for metal trim in connection with the work of this Section. Carefully study the Drawings and the installation; provide in place all metal trim normally recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum wallboard used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommended methods of installation. 3 .05 GYPSUM WALLBOARD FINISHING A. The following specification defines the level of finishing of gypsum board surfaces as defined in ASTM C 840, Article 22 and as amended by GA 214-90. Level 114" - All joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and shall receive separate coats of joint compound applied over all joints, angles, fastener heads and accessories; surface shall be free of excess joint compound; all surfaces shall be smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. 2053/15220 09250 - 8 Gypsum Drywall .. w 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College s D. Securement fastening devices shall be non-corrosive "Tek" design with pressure distributing washer. 2 .12 Balance of materials required for the work shall be as specified elsewhere in this Section. Part 3 - EXECUTION eir 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this a section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. M Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. 3 .02 INSTALLATION - PARTITION FRAMING on A. At all partition floor and ceiling tracks and wherever drywall partitions abut vertical masonry or concrete surfaces, provide gaskets and/or caulking/sealing. w B. When double layer, face caulk on base layer top, bottom and edges. C. Provide drywall furring channels on walls and partitions where indicated. Secure channels to masonry or concrete at 16 inches o.c. with suitable fasteners at maximum of 24 inches o.c. D. Framed partitions shall be constructed with steel studs and channels true to line and fastened to construction top and bottom at 24 inches o.c. Studs shall be twist locked into tracks at 16 inches o.c. Where shown, detailed, or required by applicable codes, partitions shall be carried to the base structure above and fastened. so Double studs to structures at all openings. Place steel studs approximately 2 inches from abutting partitions and 2 inches from each side of interior angle of all corners. Secure steel studs to top tracks with galvanized steel adjustable stud shoes or within "flex track" or by use of double insert head track. E. Stud Tracks - Standard 1-1/4 inch drywall floor and ceiling stud tracks securely fastened to beams, slabs or partitions with 1/2 inch stud bolts or other method approved by manufacturer spaced not more ew than 24 inches on centers. Gauge of steel, minimum 20 (0.0312) or as indicated on Drawings. F. Horizontal Bracing - 3/4 inch steel furring channels fastened to 2053/15220 09250 - 7 Gypsum Drywall 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College uwE NOTE: See Part 1 herein for restrictive measures to be taken for preparation, application and curing of compound systems. 2.08 CAULKING/SEALING: Type V, reference Section 07900. wee 2 .09 INSULATION A. Sound attenuation batt type thickness and locations shown on .� drawings shall be of glass fiber formulation, unfaced design and designed for friction fitting within stud cavity. Material shall be class "A" as per ASTM E 84 requirements . e� B. Fully seal and tape joints when accessible, fully butt all others to insure sound tight joint. w C. Material shall be one of the following: 1. "SoundShield" by Johns Manville 2 . "Sound Attenuation Batts" by Owens Corning. w 3 . "CertaSound" by CertainTeed. OPTION: Mineral fiber blankets similar and equal to U.S.Gypsum "Thermafiber SAFB" in 2 .5 pound density. +A 2 .10 CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Hangers 1. Interior general use, 11 gauge wire hung B. Grid System Classification is "Heavy Duty" similar and equal to: 1. Chicago Metallic "System 640" ; 2 . USG "Drywall Suspension System" ; 3 . Armstrong "Drywall Grid, XL Design" ; or approved equal. Note: System shall be fully galvanized or aluminum in "wet" areas. 2 .11 EXTERIOR SHEATHING SYSTEMS: NOTE - standard gypsum sheathing is not permitted on this project. A. ASTM C 79 - Exterior gypsum sheathing board of formula and composition negating the need for separate protection course. Material shall be rated as required by construction classification. Approved Manufacturer - G-P Gypsum "Dens-Glass Firestop Type X" fire rated, material shall be 5/8 inch thickness. B. Fiber reinforced cement board - U.S. Gypsum "Exterior Durock"; National Gypsum "Permaboard" or approved equal. C. Exterior sheathing Joint/Sealant: Silicone sealant system similar and equal to Dow Corning No. 795 . OPTION - 3M Builder' Sealing Tape 8086, perform pull test prior to application. NOTE - all screws ow must be capped with either sealant or tape. 2053/15220 09250 - 6 Gypsum Drywall ow OR 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Modify stud gauges at the following locations: 1. Steel studs behind toilet partitions - 16 gauge (0 .055) minimum. 2 . Steel studs adjacent to door bucks either: a. 16 gauge (0.055) minimum. b. "Boxed" studs, 20 gauge (0.0312) minimum. Track systems, gauge as for studs: Leg height, 1-1/4 inch throughout unless modified by details. B. Shaft wall framing: configurations as required for construction indicated consisting of galvanized steel C-H studs, J-Runners or other stud shapes specified on Drawings, 0.0312 inch minimum thickness of base metal or 20 gauge. OR C. All material shall be electro galvanized steel in locations and sizes as indicated or required by "limiting height" criteria. 2 .04 FURRING CHANNELS: #25 gauge electro galvanized steel, U.S.G. , Drywall Furring Channels, and/or RC1 as required installation. OR 2 .05 ACCESSORIES A. Screws for fastening conventional gypsum board systems: Corrosion resistant U.S.G. Drywall Screws, 1-5/8 inch, Type S Flat Phillips Head, self drilling screws. B. Corner Beads - General: #25 gauge, perforated, galvanized steel, s U.S.G. Dur-A-Bead, flange width as recommended by the manufacturer for each thickness of wallboard. Corner beads to be installed at all outside corners of gypsum. C. Casing Beads: U.S.G. No. 400 Series or similar, as required where gypsum board abuts other materials unless noted otherwise. D. Control Joints: U.S.G. No. 093 or similar. E. Adhesive: recommended by the approved gypsum wallboard manufacturer for each particular installation. 2.06 GASKETS: Polyvinylchloride (PVC) closed cell foam, approximately 3/8 inch by 3/8 inch, buff or white, with pressure sensitive adhesive one side. 2 .07 JOINT FINISHING SYSTEM: tape - Similar and equal to "Perf-A- No A. Perforated reinforcing joint Tape" by U.S. Gypsum. B. Joint Compound - Regular Gypsum Installations: Similar and equal to 00 U.S. Gypsum "Durabond" and/or "Ready-Mixed Joint Compound-All Purpose" ready mixed joint compound in formulation as determined by the manufacturer as suitable for intended use. on *w 2053/15220 09250 - 5 Gypsum Drywall 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College wr planes or abutting edges or ends. Shim as required to comply with specified tolerances. �* D. Provide control joints in all partitions at 30 foot maximum spacing; at all ceilings at 30 foot maximum centers without perimeter relief e (900 square foot increments) ; at all ceilings at 50 maximum centers with perimeter relief (2500 square foot increments) and where ceilings form "L" , "U" or "T" shaped configuration. Where joints are placed in rated partitions, conform to UL assembly data for particular installation; double framing at all joints. Part 2 - PRODUCTS �s 2 .01 MATERIALS - GENERAL A. Basic gypsum wallboard materials for work in this section, unless otherwise specified, shall be as far as possible by one manufacturer. Materials specified by trade name or model number are those of the United States Gypsum Company, similar and equal products of the following will be acceptable. OR 1. National Gypsum 2. G-P Gypsum 3 . Celotex w NOTE special requirements for exterior sheathing on metal framing shall be as specified elsewhere within this Section. ws 2 .02 WALLBOARD - SPECIFICS Gypsum Wallboard for finished material shall be in 4 foot widths by op largest practical length and as follows: A. Fire rated board with tapered edge: ASTM C 36, 5/8 inch throughout project. B. Abuse resistant fire rated gypsum panels with tapered edges: ASTM C 36, 5/8 inch. 00 C. ASTM C 442 - Core Board, 1 inch by 24 inches by full height T & G and/or metal edged. OF D. ASTM C 36 - Interior ceiling board shall be specially formulated for this use, 1/2 inch minimum thickness, tapered edge design. Evidence of compliance with NER 459 code compliance document or required. 2.03 STEEL STUD FRAMING - ASTM C 645 A. Gauge - minimum 20 (0 .0312) for all framing; NO LIGHTER MATERIAL SHALL BE USED. an 2053/15220 09250 - 4 Gypsum Drywall O ■ 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w D. Shop drawings and engineering calculations for any special areas of construction as determined by the Architect where same, in his opinion deviates from normal construction practice. w E. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. ON 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. Delivery and Handling 1. Deliver materials to the project site with manufacturer's 00 labels intact and legible. 2 . Handle materials with care to prevent damage. 3 . Deliver fire rated materials bearing testing agency label and required fire classification numbers. w B. Storage 1. Store materials inside under cover, stack flat, off floor. ww 2. Stack wallboard so that long lengths are not over short lengths. 3 . Do not overload floor system. 4. Store adhesives in dry area, provide protection against freezing at all times. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Temperature: During cold weather, in areas receiving wallboard installation, maintain temperature range between 45 degrees F to 70 degrees F (7 degrees C to 21 degrees C) for 24 hours before, during and after gypsum wallboard and joint treatment application. B. Ventilation 1. Provide ventilation during and following adhesives and joint so treatment applications. ulators in enclosed areas lacking 2 . Use temporary air circ natural ventilation. 3 . Under slow drying conditions, allow additional drying time between coats of joint treatment. 4. Protect installed materials from drafts during hot, dry weather. C. Protection: Protect adjacent surfaces against damage and stains. 1.07 SPECIAL MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Where gypsum finish is in contact with existing or new plaster, tape system shall be of the "fiberglass" type using compatible adhesive. as Finish and application shall be as specified herein. B. Double all studs at openings, anchor from floor to structure above go unless otherwise directed. C. Tolerances: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 8 feet variation from plumb or level in any exposed line or surface, except at joints between wo 00 2053/15220 09250 - 3 Gypsum Drywall an 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College as C. Unit Masonry (04800) D. Rough Carpentry (06100) No E. Finish Carpentry (06200) F. Firestopping (07850) G. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) oft H. Access Doors (08310) I. Acoustical Wall Treatment (09840) J. Painting (09900) K. Elevators (14200) so L. HVAC (Division 15) M. Electrical Work (Division 16) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All gypsum construction required under this phase of the work shall be performed in strict accordance with the following Reference Standards: 1. Drywall Construction Guidelines promulgated by U.S. Gypsum within the 4th edition of the Gypsum Construction Handbook. ` 2 . ASTM C 754, Specifications for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw Attached Gypsum Wallboard. 3 . ASTM C 840, Standard Specification for Application and !* Finishing of Gypsum Board. 4. Applicable publications of the Gypsum Association; 810 First Street NE; Washington, DC 20002 . 5. Balance of ASTM specifications p governing gypsum construction, framing and fasteners as applicable to intended installation including - C 36, C79, C 442, C 645, C 931 and C 1002 . wr B. Fire rated Construction Ratings: Wherever fire resistance classifications (2 hour, 1 hour, and similar designations) are indicated on the Drawings, or required by local fire regulations and codes, for walls and partitions, install materials, accessories, and use assemblies which have been listed by UL or tested in excess of requirements of ASTM E 119 for the type of construction shown and w the governing building code and fire regulations, other requirements of these specifications notwithstanding. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Certification of Specification Compliance on all materials. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers ' specifications for the following products: gypsum board, joint compound, acoustical sealant, insulation, metal studs and fasteners. C. Samples : 40 1. Gypsum Board: 12 inches square, each type specified. 2. Fasteners: 10, each type. 3 . Acoustical Sealant: 1 pint. 40 4 . Insulation: 12 inches square, each type specified. 5 . Studs, tracks, shoes, furring channels and accessories: 12 inch lengths, each type specified/required. .% 2053/15220 09250 - 2 Gypsum Drywall s 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 09250 GYPSUM DRYWALL Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, go materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all gypsum drywall cladding, stud framing and accessory work for this project as required by the 1p schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Provide furring of new elevator shaft to receive plywood on sheathing. 2. Provide infill framing of monitors at Art Studio - exterior, 5/8 inch "dens-glass X" with all joints and fasteners sealed and/or taped applied to 6 inch 20 gauge studs with batt insulation and interior cladding of 5/8 inch gypsum board; finish with Level 4 treatment and make ready for paint finish. 3 . Provision of new ceilings in toilets, capping of same or patching to match existing plaster. Suspension shall be "direct" using "tee" grid with seismic provisions. 4. "Shaft wall" construction for elevator vent. 5. Shaft enclosures for new risers (pipe, duct or electrical) ; coordinate with drawings and Divisions 15 and 16. 6. Provide all metal and/or PVC trim, casing beads, caulking, gaskets, control joints, fasteners, and all other appurtenances indicated on drawings, specified and/or required to provide a complete installation. 7. Caulk all openings around pipes, fixtures and the like flush ow and neat prior to erection of tile finish as well as all dissimilar materials, i.e. - gypsum to concrete, hollow metal to masonry and/or gypsum, concrete masonry and the like both ft vertical and horizontal. 8. Provide rigid insulation layer on inside face of masonry wall at "Tech Office", ref. 8/A502 . 9. Install access panels where required using units furnished wu under terms and conditions set forth in Section 08310 Tie access panels to supplementary framing provided herein. 10. Perform balance of gypsum construction as may be required to complete the work of the project. 1. 02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with w specific reference to: A. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) B. Plain and Reinforced Concrete (03300) 00 wo 2053/15220 09250 - 1 Gypsum Drywall 8 November 2002 BID ISSUE Renovations to MCPA - Smith College ear 3 .05 REPLACEMENT AND CLEANING A. All cracked, broken, scratched, stained or otherwise damaged glass and all glazing improperly set shall be replaced with perfect glass, properly set at no additional cost to the Owner. ..A B. Clean glass both sides after painting is complete and dry. Do not disturb glazing with scrapers. Do not use acid solution or water containing caustic soap. wa C. At the time of final acceptance of the work, all glass shall be clean and undamaged and all setting materials in perfect condition. D. Coordinate with requirements of Section 01700. **End of Section** w • on V" ew 2053/15220 08800 - 8 Glass and Glazing W 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College retainer channels or combination of clips and mastics. wr 3 .03 INSTALLATION - GLASS RAILING SYSTEM A. Coordinate with casting of concrete slabs specified in Section 03300 on - Cast-in-Place Concrete to ensure steel plates for surface mounted base sections are provided in time for casting in concrete and are accurately located. Aluminum sections embedded in concrete shall be coated with zinc chromate primer. Accurately position steel anchor plates with top flush with concrete slab. B. Insulate dissimilar metals to prevent electrolysis and other forms 04 of corrosion with bituminous paint or non-absorptive gasket to prevent contact. C. Install railings in accordance with manufacturer's recommended installation instructions and approved shop drawings. Install components plumb and level, accurately fitted, and free from distortion and defects. D. Align rails with 1/4 inch in 12 feet maximum variation from level for horizontal members and from parallel with sloped members. E. Verify surfaces and recesses to receive glass panels are clean and free of obstructions. Inspect edges of glass. Install only glass with clean cut edges. Do not bump, drag, or brush edges against frame or hard objects. Avoid scratching. Place setting blocks inside base sections to support and cushion glass panels. Place one setting block at each end of glass panel set in one quarter width of on panel. Fit glass panel into setting blocks. Separate adjacent glass panels with temporary vinyl spacers. Pour filler into base sections to completely fill area around glass. Temporarily cap ends on of base sections to ensure filler does not run out. F. Protective vinyl inserts: Insert over top edge of glass panels. Affix with bead of silicone adhesive. Force rail onto protective insert exercising care not to damage rail, glass, or finish. Use connector sleeves to join sections of rail and to connect mitered corners and flush fittings. Install end caps where rail is exposed to view. Form tight hairline joints except as required for expansion. G. Clean glass immediately following installation. Remove adhesives and other glazing materials from adjacent finished surfaces. Remove protective films from metal surfaces. Clean railing surfaces using clean water and mild detergent. Do not use abrasive agent, steel on wool, or harsh chemicals. Rinse with clean water. Protect installed railings from other construction operations. of 3 .04 MARKING DECALS A. Install two marking decals on each transparent glass door, and on each transparent glass sidelight which is wider than 20 inches as between stiles. Locate decals midway between stiles 34 inches above the floorline. 4► 2053/15220 08800 - 7 Glass and Glazing 40 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College WA installer of the glass. ew B. Glazing Tape - 100% polybutene base material, non-skinning, non- drying, non-oxidizing, extruded of thickness 1/16 inch larger than opening and of sufficient width to provide contact at channel base no or bead and finish flush with sight line. Manufacturers - Pecora, Tremco, 3M or approved equal. go C. Wet Sealants, surrounds - Acrylic terpolymer, 2 part polysulfide, single component polyurethane, butyl rubber or silicone type sealants judged and certified compatible with edge sealants on 4" sealed units and with glazing surrounds. D. Setting and edge blocks - Shore "A" hardness of 85 +/- 5; material shall be adjudged compatible with secondary seal of insulated glass or in case of single light, neoprene or "epdm" . Spacer blocks - as above, Shore "A" of 50 +/- 5. Blocks and spacers w shall comply with requirements of AAMA 501.1-94. E. Glazing compound - standard manufacturer, F.S. TT-G-410E(1) 2.07 LIGHTED GLASS BRIDGE RAILING - See drawing A622 for product assembly. Part 3 - EXECUTION + 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. All glass and glazing products shall be set in accordance with the applicable setting guides of the "FGMA" or "SIGMA" referenced in Paragraph 1.03 .0 above and as per requirements established by respective window/wall/door manufacturers in the referenced sections. B. Surfaces shall be dry and free from dust, rust or ice before glazing. Dirty surfaces shall be cleaned with cloth saturated with turpentine or mineral spirits before glazing. C. All sash settings shall be installed in longest practical length. Splices shall be made at joints in glass or as required. All joints shall be butt, anchored and sealed as per manufacturers recommendations. D. Mirrors shall be installed using either continuous top and bottom wo 2053/15220 08800 - 6 so Glass and Glazing 0" 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 40 2 .04 SAFETY GLAZING A. Tempered float glazing - ASTM C1048. 1. All glass to be of "glazing" quality and in the case of inner lights of insulated assemblies, coated with low emissive coating system on #3 surface of assembled panel if tinted and the #2 surface of clear exterior light. 2 . Glass edges in conjunction with butt glazed wall shall be flat ground. B. Laminated safety: ew 1. 1/2 inch material "standard" with 2 lights of clear float laminated with 0 .060 inch "pvb" interlayer. 40 2 .05 MIRRORS A. Standard units - 1/4 inch float "silvering" quality glass with electrolitic application of copper to provide first quality distortion free mirrors. Products shall conform to ASTM C 1503-01. Where frameless, all mirror edges shall be ground and polished to a 45 degree bevel. Apply water-resistant paint to rear side of units prior to setting. B. Safety units - mirrors for all areas where same are within 18 inches "o of the floor or where accessible shall be as for "A" above and shall receive a Category II Tape Backing which shall conform to CPSC #16cfr12Ol for safety glazing requirements. Units shall be as so fabricated by Binswanger Mirror Products or other certified manufacturer. C. Mirrors shall be set frameless with mastic specified below. D. Mirror Mastic - Palmer Products Corp. ("Mirror-Mastic Bond" and "Mirro-Mastic Adhesive") ; C. Gunther Company ("Ultra/Bond" and on "Extra/Bond") or approved equal. Primer systems: As furnished by nominated mirror mastic manufacturer for intended substrates. 2 .06 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. Gaskets: Closed cell, extruded neoprene, "epdm" or silicone rubber. Exterior seals shall be "soft" ; interior seals "hard" . Extrusions shall be black in color. Corners shall be either vulcanized or premoulded at option of this Contractor. Size, cross section, packaging, corner conditions, etc. shall be determined by the supplier of the retaining sections and the " 2053/15220 08800 - 5 Glass and Glazing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College go 3 . PPG Industries 4. Guardian Industries Corporation j1° 5. Interpane Glass Company or approved equal and conforming to the general guidelines outlined am in ASTM C 1036 and C 1048 for float glass and E 2188, 2189 and 2190 for sealed insulated glass units . .. C. All low emissive glass products shall be the products of one of the above. NOTE - Coating system shall be "hard coat" pyrolytic or CVD" for all no single lights used in dual glazing configurations and "spectrally selective" for sealed insulating units. No NO SOFT COATING WILL BE PERMITTED ON SINGLE LIGHTS OF GLASS IN ANY LOCATION. 2 .02 INSULATING GLASS ■r A. Units shall be dual seal design hermetically sealed with a primary butyl rubber or PIB and secondary seal (polysulfide or silicone sealant) as may be standard with the manufacturer and compatible we with glazing materials to be used in setting of glass as specified in Sections 08400 and 08630. op B. Individual lights shall be separated by a roll formed aluminum spacer filled with moisture absorbing desiccant. Corners of spacer shall be bent, fused or welded as standard with w" the manufacturer/fabricator of the units. Color of the spacer shall be other than clear. 40 WARM EDGE TECHNOLOGY SHALL BE EMPLOYED IN THE FABRICATION OF THE INSULATED UNITS. C. Units shall be certified to harmonized standard, ASTM E2188, 2189 an and 2190 through the Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC) and shall have the IGCC label and "A" classification permanently etched in the corner of each of the insulating units used. NOTE - Obscure (pattern glass) insulating glass design - Clear heat strengthened (tempered if safety glazing is required by code, location or drawing) outer light/obscure inner light, smooth side to cavity - 1 inch overall thickness. 2 .03 FLOAT GLASS 4' A. Monolithic annealed glass, "select" quality and thickness required. When in low emissive configuration, glass shall be fabricated with go "hard coat" low emissive coating during manufacturing which results in a glass that can be glazed as single light without damage to the high performance coating. no at 2053115220 08800 - 4 Glass and Glazing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College C. Quality Control Submittals 1. Test Reports: Certified test data to sufficiently substantiate glass or glass assembly compliance with requirements specified. D. Certification of Specification Compliance: 1. Affidavit by the material supplier, certifying type and quality of glass furnished. E. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. All glazing materials shall be delivered to the job site in unopened factory sealed containers clearly labeled as to product, manufacturer, color and/or other pertinent characteristics. "! B. Materials shall be stored under conditions recommended by the manufacturer. C. All measurements and sizes for the work shall be obtained and verified by the Contractor who shall be responsible for correct and accurate fitting of his work. D. Glazing molds shall be removed and replaced in their correct locations in such a manner as not to mar moulding or the screws securing same. 1.06 SPECIAL GUARANTEE/WARRANTY TERMS A. Provide an extended five (5) year guarantee/warranty against breakage of seal system shall be given in addition to standard 1 year term. B. Provide an extended 5 year guarantee/warranty against desilvering of 40 mirrors or delamination of backing on safety glass in addition to standard 1 year term. ON C. Guarantee/warranty will be extended to cover both labor and material for total period. on Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .01 GENERAL A. Furnish all glass and glazing materials in accordance with the *0- schedules and/or details shown on the contract drawings and in conformance with the following specifications. go B. All products shall be the standard products of first line manufacturers and certified fabricators including - 1. Viracon 2 . LOF/Pilkington Glass Company so 'o 2053/15220 08800 - 3 Glass and Glazing ew 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College nw C. Finish Carpentry (06200) D. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) "w E. Hollow Metal Work (08110) F. Wood Doors (08200) G. Aluminum Construction (08400) so H. Skylights, Metal Framed and Custom (08630) I. Painting (09900) J. Elevators (14200) ON 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The work of this Section shall be performed by a "Specialty Contractor" . *� B. All lights within 18 inches of the floor, by CPSC Standard (#42 FR 1428; 16 CFR part 1201) and local jurisdiction labor laws be safety glazed and marked with "hazard advisory" decals in minimum 1-1/2 inch height and in design and color approved and selected for use by the Architect. aw Material shall be opaque non-reflective vinyl film, 0.0035 inch minimum thickness, with pressure sensitive adhesive backing (mounted or unmounted) , suitable for exterior as well as interior '"1R applications. C. All work of this section shall be in accordance with general industry practice governing glass and glazing and shall be accomplished in accordance with the requirements of the Manual of the Flat Glass Marketing Association and Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance, latest editions, for the surrounds specified and required. D. All glazing products shall be labeled as to thickness and type and .0 said labels shall be left in place for inspection until directed to remove same. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data - Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of glass specified herein: 1. Spacers. 2 . Compressible filler rod. 3 . Mastics/primers and the like. B. Samples 1. Glass (and all synthetic glazing systems) : 12 inch by 12 inch pieces for each type of glass specified herein. 2 . Setting blocks, full size. 3 . Color Samples for Glazing Materials: Manufacturer's standard colors. „u a. Marking Decals: Manufacturer' s standard colors. b. Tinted Glass: Manufacturer's standard colors. 4 . Pattern Samples as required for particular use. 2053/15220 08800 - 2 Glass and Glazing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College pa SECTION 08800 go GLASS AND GLAZING Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all glass and glazing work of this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Provide material requirements and labor restrictions for exterior glazing: Clerestory windows - 1 inch "low-E" clear/clear. 2. Hollow metal doors and transoms - 1/ inch tempered "clear" with 1 inch insulated design for transoms. 3 . Interior glass at Upper Gamut - 1/2" laminated glass. 4. Mirrors - 1/a inch safety design float glass mirror for all locations; mount with adhesive and bottom retainer track and top clips. Coordinate with Division 16 for electrical work at Dressing Room T10 makeup installation. S. JOSTEN LIBRARY: Replace 3 large windows on North side with insulated glass. New clear "low-e" insulated tempered glass set with new channel system; coordinate with Section 06200 for wood systems. 6. Provide, in conjunction with Division 16, lighted "glass" No railing system at "bridge" as detailed on drawings. (Ref. 6/A622) . 7. Coordinate with "Electrical" for work involved with provision of new smoke detectors in "hammered wire glass" ceiling as shown on Drawing A210; provide new suspension/tee elements, alter glass and otherwise perform "complete" operations . 8. Perform balance of glazing as may be required by the Drawings and these specifications to complete the glazing requirements dw of this project. NOTE - All glass thickness shall be determined by size of lights for both interior and exterior as well as wind loading for exterior locations. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: NOTE - Coordinate with specifications for factory glazed units. Material requirements and labor restrictions outlined herein govern said work. A. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) B. Rough Carpentry (06100) 40 2053/15220 08800 - 1 Glass and Glazing so 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College IM Door # T206 1-1/2 pair Hinges a 1 each Lockset, ML2255 1 each Overhead Closer with hold open 1 each Wall Stop Silencers Door # T207A s. 1 Linear Geared Hinge 1 each Lockset, ML2255 1 each Overhead Closer with hold open 1 each Wall Stop 1 each Acoustical Gasket and Drop Seal Silencers w� **End of Section** w� or M we AM 2053/15220 08700 - 14 Finished Hardware 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College wA 1 set Flush Bolts 1 each Wall Stop 1 each Floor Stop Silencers Door # T18 1-1/2 pair Hinges 1 each Privacy Lockset, ML2260 1 each Overhead Closer with hold open Silencers Door # T25A 1-1/2 pair Hinges 1 each Lockset, ML2257 *0 1 each Overhead Closer with hold open Silencers 40 Door # J31 1-1/2 pair Hinges 1 each Lockset, ML2232 1 each Overhead Closer with hold open IV Silencers Door # J34 3 pair Hinges 2 each Lockset, 22900 ECL tied to alarm system; provide coordinator w 2 each Wall Stop Silencers Door # SH01 3 pair Hinges 2 each Panic Device with electrical interconnect for alarm; provide coordinator 2 each Wall Stop Silencers Door # T115 1-1/2 pair Hinges 1 each Lockset, ML2255 1 each Overhead Closer with hold open Silencers Door # T115D 1-1/2 pair Hinges 1 each Lockset, ML2255 1 each Overhead Closer with hold open 1 each Acoustical Gasket set - see 08110/08200 Silencers ON 2053/15220 08700 - 13 Finished Hardware 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College ow designation and all identification as necessary. w 3 .05 HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. The following hardware schedule, in concert with specific hardware herein described and called for, represents the complete hardware to be provided for one opening (single or pair of doors) as indicated on the attached schedule. The verification quantities of each type are the responsibility of this Specialty Contractor. ,w B. Hardware for Studio Theatre Lobby Entrance Doors (T117A and T117B) 1. Hinges - Continuous linear geared hinges, paint finish to match aluminum framing and door system similar and equal to those as manufactured by Hager (Roton) ; Select; or McKinney. Hinge caps to be color finished to match aluminum surrounds as directed by the Architect. ®r 2 . Locking Devices - Locking Devices - Concealed rod exit device with electric strike with exterior key operation set in pull handle. 3 . Closers a. Conventional/one leaf - concealed overhead single action heavy duty adjustable unit similar and equal to LCN 5030. b. Power assisted unit for one leaf at Studio Theatre Entrance Lobby shall equipped as outlined below: 1. Closer - LCN 2613/2613xspecial template 2499 2 . Control Box - LCN #7982 3 . Wall Plates - 2 #956 (one to be bollard mounted; bollard to be by hardware supplier) 4. Tubing, as required - #925 5. Balance of accessories, securement devices, etc. as necessary to provide a complete installation. s 4. Holders - overhead type unit suitable for application in connection with specified closure. 5 . Thresholds - All extruded mill finished aluminum of size sufficient to cover entire jamb width or as shown on the drawings. 6. Push/Pulls - part of exit device assembly. C. GENERAL SCHEDULE Door # T10 1-1/2 pair Hinges 1 each Lockset, ML2255 1 each Overhead Closer with hold open ww 1 each Wall Stop Silencers Door # T13 3 pair Hinges; 1-1/2 pair 180 degree design 1 each Lockset, ML2257 2 each Overhead Closer with hold open 2053/15220 08700 - 12 Finished Hardware 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. 3 .02 INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE A. Preparation of hardware and installation of hardware is the work of other trades and is specified to be provided under other Sections. The Hardware Supplier shall provide instructions to the various other trades generally in accordance with the following. B. Install hardware following manufacturer' s instructions. Except as indicated or specified otherwise. Use fasteners furnished with hardware to fasten hardware in place. Fasten hardware to wood surfaces with full-threaded wood screws or sheet metal screws. Use machine screws set in expansions shields for fastening hardware to solid concrete and masonry surfaces. Use toggle bolts where required for fastening to hollow core construction. Use through bolts where indicated or specified and where necessary for satisfactory installation. 3 .03 RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor will be responsible for all hardware after the delivery to him until final completion and acceptance of the building. B. Hardware supplier shall be responsible for: 1. Coordinating of hardware with material to which it is applied. 2 . Coordinating of his material with other trades. 3 . Obtaining shop drawings for materials to which hardware is Im applied. 4. Checking shop drawings and furnishing templates to other suppliers or Subcontractors requiring same. C. The strikes for all latch and dead lock units shall be furnished with wrought boxes to match finish specified. D. Painted parts of closers shall be finished with a rust inhibitive paint. E. All wrapping furnished by the manufacturer on knobs, handles, and pulls shall be replaced upon the hardware as soon as it is installed and shall remain thereon until the completion of the construction. 3 .04 SHIPPING AND IDENTIFICATION A. Ship all hardware with proper fastenings for secure application to intended substrate. B. Each package of hardware shall be legibly marked indicating the part of the work for which it is intended. Markings shall correspond + with the item numbers shown on the approved Hardware Schedule. C. Keys shall be tagged within each package set and plainly marked on the face of the envelope with the Key Control number, door 2053/15220 08700 - 11 Finished Hardware 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Ives 407 1/2 436B, 438B 470 Rockwood 409 440, 442 456 w H. Silencers 1. Provide silencers on all metal and wood frames. Silencers shall be Ives 20/21, Glynn-Johnson 64/65, or Rockwood 608/609. 2. Assembly: a. Single doors - 3 per doors b. Double doors - 1 per door (two per opening) C. Black and grey rubber. I. Trim, pull and push plates 1. Plates shall be cutout for cylinders or thumb piece when used with deadlocks. Turnpiece to be attached to plate by manufacturer. 2 . Doors equipped with deadlocks having the cylinder located on the push side of the door shall be furnished with a combination push and pull plate with the lower edge offset so .r that it may be used to pull the door. 3 . Push/Pull Units: as manufactured by Rockwood, Trimco or Colonial Bronze. a. Wire design, 3/4 inch diameter by 6 inch length with companion plates. 4. Kickplates, Armor Plates, Mop Plates: Kickplates shall be 10 inches high. Armor plates shall be 34 inches high. Mop plates shall be 6 inches high, unless otherwise indicated. All plates shall be 2 inches less width of door. Plates shall be .050 thickness, bevel 4 edges, screws shall be oval head countersunk. NOTE: For doors with louvers or narrow bottom rails, kickplate height to be 1 inch (25.4 mm) less than the dimension shown from the bottom of the door to the bottom of the louver or glass. Material shall be: Stainless Steel or Kydex Finish: Same as other hardware, except use 32D and 32 (stainless steel) in lieu of 26D and 26 (plated chrome finishes) , respectively, where available. 2 .11 AUTOMATIC OPERATORS (AADAG COMPLIANCE) - See Schedule outline in 3 .05 below. Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. on .m 2053/15220 08700 - 10 Finished Hardware PM 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 2. Provide cylinder dogging except at labeled doors. Floor strikes shall be flush with finish floor or tops of thresholds. Furnish master keyed cylinders where keyed function is indicated. Vertical rod functions shall be provided with retracting bottom latch bolt feature. F. Door Closers shall be LCN 4011 or 4111 only, no substitutions permitted. All closers shall carry a manufacturer's ten (10) year warranty. 1. Provide drop brackets where required. 2 . Do not locate closers on the side of doors facing corridors, facing corridors passageways, or similar type areas. Where it is necessary, due to certain conditions and with the approval of the Architect, to have closers in corridors, provide such closers with parallel or track type arms. 3 . All door closers shall be adjusted by the installer in accordance with the manufacturer's templates and written instructions. Closers with parallel arms shall have back- check features adjusted prior to installation. 4. Closers shall conform to all applicable code requirements relative to setting closing speed for closers and maximum pressure for operating interior and exterior doors. 5. All closures on exterior doors shall be through bolted. G. Stops: Furnish at all doors. Wherever an opened door, or any item of hardware thereon, strikes a wall at 90 degrees, or within the maximum range of opening, provide wall bumpers, unless otherwise dictated by conditions. NOTE: Overhead stop shall be used on doors where floor stops or wall stops cannot be used or could cause a hazardous condition as well as at doors that swing into the center of the room and/or because of furniture or equipment layouts that permit the door to lay at the wall at 180 degrees. 1. Overhead stops may not be used on a labeled door; units shall be as follows for particular conditions of operation. a. Heavy duty surface, Positive grip: Sargent, 590 Series b. Standard duty, concealed, Positive grip: Sargent, 1530 Series C. Standard duty, surface, Positive grip: Sargent, 1540 Series 2 . Where wall cannot be effectively used, a floor stop shall be provided. 3 . Provide roller bumpers for each door where two doors interfere with each other in swinging. WALL BUMPERS FLOOR STOPS ROLLER BUMPERS Glynn-Johnson WB50XT FB13X RB-3 2053/15220 08700 - 9 Finished Hardware 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College standards and to requirements specified herein. B. Materials and Finish: Materials and finishes shall be as herein listed, unless specifically listed otherwise in hardware groups: 1. Exterior Butts: Linear hinges, painted finish 2 . Interior Butts: US3 for public areas; USP for all others 3 . Door Closers: Sprayed to match hardware finish. .� 4. Exit Devices: US3, base metal standard with manufacturer of exit device. 5. Kick, Push, and Armor Plates: a. Metal - 32D 1° b. Synthetic 6. Door Pulls/Push-Pull Bar Sets: As selected 7. All other hardware shall be as suitable for intended use; US3 w�a in all public spaces; US32D for wet and all storage/basement areas. C. Hinges and Pivots: 1. Number of hinges or pivots per door: Two hinges or pivots are intended to be provided for doors up to and including 5 feet in height, and an additional hinge for each 2-1/2 feet or fraction thereof, of the height of the door. 2 . Hinges on all interior doors shall be concealed bearing steel, finished as specified above and sized as follows, unless otherwise specified in the hardware groups: ww DOOR THICKNESS DOOR WIDTH HINGE WEIGHT HINGE LENGTH 1-3/4" 40" and under Regular Weight 4-1/2" 1-3/4" Over 40" Extra Heavy Weight 5" Width of hinge shall be determined by trim conditions . 3 . All hinges shall have flush tips. 4. Hinges shall be Stanley CB1900 Series. D. Locksets, Latchsets, Deadbolts 1. Lock and Latchsets: Mortise type; heavy duty design with lever handles. MANUFACTURER SERIES LEVER DESIGN Russwin/Corbin ML2000 NSA 2 . Deadbolts: bored, Grade 1 Heavy Duty MANUFACTURER SERIES As for lock sets ANSI F17, Function 21 E. Exit Devices 1 . Shall be Von Duprin (99 Series with #994L Trim) . 2053/15220 08700 - 8 Finished Hardware 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 6 - Grand Master OR 6 - Master keys, each selection 2 - Change Keys per Cylinder 5% of total key requirements in blanks D. Supply a bitting list for all change keys and master keys to the Owner. E. All Grand Master, Master and change keys shall be delivered to the Owner and/or Owner's representative via registered mail. 2 .09 FASTENERS A. Manufacture hardware to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation. on B. Furnish screws, expansion shields, toggle bolts and other anchorage devices required for proper and code compliant installation, with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flat head screws except as 4W otherwise indicated. Finish exposed screws to match the hardware finish, or if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match the finish of such other work as closely as possible, except as otherwise indicated. C. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when the door is closed, except to the extent no standard manufactured units of the type specified are available with concealed fasteners. It is this suppliers responsibility to provide proper fasteners at mineral core doors, where wood blocking is provided in mineral core doors, thru bolts are not to be furnished. D. All closers and exit devices on labeled wood doors shall be thru- bolted if required by the door manufacturer. E. All thresholds shall be fastened with machine screws and anchors. F. All hardware shall be installed only with fasteners supplied by manufacturers of specific products. 40 NOTE: If required by intended use, fasteners shall be "security" type. 2 .10 PACKING AND MARKING A. All hardware shall have the required screws, bolts, and fastenings necessary for proper installation and shall be wrapped in the same package as the hardware ,item for which it is intended and shall match finish of hardware with which to be used. B. Each package shall be clearly labeled indicating the portion of the +w work for which it is intended. 2 .11 FINISH HARDWARE DESCRIPTION w A. Hardware items shall conform to respective specifications and 4" 2053/15220 08700 - 7 Finished Hardware 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w wr 2.05 TEMPLATES A. Hardware Supplier shall immediately, but not later than 3 days after approval of the Schedule by the Architect, furnish the General Contractor with complete template information necessary for ■" fabrication of doors, frames, etc. No templates shall be furnished prior to the approval of the Hardware Schedule. wW 2 .06 HARDWARE FOR LABELED FIRE DOORS, EXIT DOORS, AND SMOKE DOORS A. Hardware shall conform to requirements of NFPA 80 for labeled fire doors and to NFPA 101 for exit doors, as well as to other requirements specified. Labeling and listing of UL Building om Materials Directory, for class of door being used will be accepted as evidence of conformance to these requirements. Install minimum latch throw as specified on label of individual doors. �+ B. Provide hardware listed by UL except where heavier materials, large sizes, or better grades are specified herein ( within schedule ) . In lieu of UL labeling and listing, test reports from a nationally recognized testing agency may be submitted showing that hardware has been tested in accordance with UL test methods and that it conforms to NFPA requirements. ' C. Specific hardware requirements of door and frame manufacturers which exceed sizes or weights of hardware herein listed shall be provided with no additional charge. 2.07 REQUIRED FINISH HARDWARE A. This Contractor shall furnish all finish hardware required for the project. Hardware not specified for a particular opening shall be furnished under this Section and shall conform to hardware for similar openings elsewhere in the building. 2.08 KEYS AND KEYING A. All Locks/Cylinders shall be Grandmaster keyed and Master keyed in �. groups all as directed by Owner/Architect at the Factory furnishing said hardware. Cylinders: See College Standard. All keys to be of nickel silver only. B. After receipt of an approved Hardware Schedule and prior to ordering .au any locking devices, hardware supplier shall arrange through the General Contractor for a meeting with the Architect and/or Owner to discuss keying arrangements for this project. A Keying Layout w� Schedule shall be submitted for review within 10 days after such meeting. C. Keys - Material, nickel silver only; Size bow, Standard. All keys shall be identified by BOW STAMPING BOTH KEYS AND CYLINDER. Key quantity as follows: a� ww 2053/15220 08700 - 6 Finished Hardware 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College hardware required, but is intended to establish type and quality for ' the locations and types of openings where hardware will be applied. Items not specifically mentioned shall be supplied in quality and type equal to similar work included in the "Schedule" . Doors without set numbers shall be supplied with hardware of comparable type as noted below in paragraph "REQUIRED FINISH HARDWARE" . C. Hardware sets are used to indicate the desired function and operation of doors. All modifications in hardware required by reason of the construction characteristics shall be such as to provide the specified operation of functional features, subject to approval of the Architect. 2.02 LIST OF ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ITEM Manufacturer Approved Approved Hinges Stanley Locks Corbin Russwin Cylinders Corbin Russwin Exit Devices VonDuprin Silencers Rockwood Trimco Hager Kickplates Rockwood Trimco Hager Stops Rockwood Trimco Hager Thresholds National Guard Pemco Zero Seals & Bottoms I National Guard Pemco Zero Closers JLCN Automatic Operators LCN sp 2 .03 MATERIALS AND QUALITY A. All hardware shall be of the best grade of solid metal entirely free from imperfections in manufacture and finish. B. Qualities, weights, and sizes given herein, are the minimum that will be accepted. It is the responsibility of the Hardware Supplier eiw to supply the specified size and weight of hardware, the proper functions of hardware in each case, and to provide the proper UL approved hardware at all fire rated doors . C. Provide, as far as possible, locks of one lock manufacturer and hinges of one hinge manufacturer. Modifications to hardware that are necessary to conform to construction shown or specified shall be provided as required for the specified operative and functional features. 2 .04 HARDWARE DESIGNATIONS A. All items of hardware are referenced by manufacturer's names and numbers. The manufacturer's names and numbers are used to define the function, design, and quality of the material to be supplied. Substitution of products other than those listed shall be submitted to the Architect for approval prior to the submission of the finish hardware schedule. The Owner shall be the sole judge of any proposed substitution. "M 2053/15220 08700 - 5 Finished Hardware am 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w to jobsite. Provide required copies for "closeout" as specified in Section 01700. ow 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) go NOTE: Coordinate with Article 3 .03 herein A. Delivery of hardware shall be made to the project by the Hardware w. Supplier in accordance with the instructions of the General Contractor. Package all hardware shipped to the jobsite in biodegradable packs w such as paper or cardboard boxes and wrapping. Should non- biodegradable packing such as plastic, plastic bags or large amounts of styrofoam be utilized, then the General Contractor will be esw responsible for the disposal of the non-biodegradable packing to a licensed or authorized collector for recycling of the non- biodegradable packing. B. The General Contractor shall provide adequate locked storage space with shelving for the hardware, shall be responsible for all items of hardware after receipt from the Supplier, and shall replace all hardware lost or damaged after delivery and receipt. C. The General Contractor shall furnish the Hardware Supplier with receipts for all hardware and accessory items received, and shall send copies of these receipts to the Architect, if requested. 1.06 EXTRA STOCK/SPARE PARTS A. The Owner shall receive installation and maintenance instructions for all hardware types. Include a complete spare parts list and sources of supply. B. In order to keep the building functioning safely and securely at all times, the following items of hardware will be delivered to the w owner by the hardware supplier upon occupancy of the building. C. Allow 5% (full piece count) of all items furnished under work of this section and 1 each of any non-standard tool for installation of each non-standard item furnished. 1.07 SPECIAL GUARANTEE/WARRANTY TERMS: Door Closers, 5 years. ■r Part 2 - PRODUCTS 40 2 .01 GENERAL A. The "Schedule of Hardware" is assumed to be complete. However, the omission of any item or items shall not relieve the Contractor from furnishing of same. Locks and other devices shall be furnished for all openings as called for in the "Schedule" . B. The "Schedule" is not intended to mention every particular item of 2053/15220 08700 - 4 Finished Hardware ON 8 November 2002 Renovations to ow BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College procedures and coordinating related work. go 1.04 SUBMITTALS (Coordinate with Section 01300) A. Schedules: Submit to the Architect 6 copies of the complete ON hardware schedule within 14 days after the receipt of contract award. Submit therewith complete catalog cuts and descriptive data of all products specifically scheduled therein. No materials shall be ordered or templates issued until the hardware schedule has been approved by the Architect. Form and detail of hardware schedules shall be in vertical format in conformance to the Door and Hardware Industry standards. All hardware sets shall be clearly cross referenced to the hardware group numbers listed in this specification. B. Samples: If required, submit to the Architect for approval, a complete line of samples as directed. Samples shall be plainly marked, giving hardware number used in this Specification, project site to be stored. Samples will remain with the Architect until delivery of all hardware to the project is complete, after which time they will be turned over to the General Contractor for incorporation into the work. C. Keying System Submission: Before cylinders are ordered, submit a complete proposed keying system for approval. D. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. E. Electric/Electronic Hardware submittals shall consist of: 1. Wiring Diagrams: Provide complete wiring diagrams for each opening requiring electrified hardware, except openings where only magnetic hold-opens are specified. Provide a copy with each hardware schedule submitted after approval. Supply a am copy with delivery of hardware to jobsite and another copy to Owner at time of job completion. 2. List all electrical components by opening in the hardware submittals. +W 3 . Operational Descriptions: Provide complete operational descriptions of electronic components listed by opening in the hardware submittals. Operational descriptions to detail how "a each electrical component functions within the opening incorporating all conditions of ingress and egress. Provide a copy with each hardware schedule submitted for approval. Supply another copy with delivery of hardware to jobsite. 40 Provide required copies for "closeout" as specified in Section 01700. 4. Elevation Drawings: Provide elevation drawings of electronic go hardware and systems identifying locations of the system components with respect to their placement in the door opening. Provide a copy with each hardware schedule submitted an for approval. Supply another copy with delivery of hardware 40 2053/15220 08700 - 3 Finished Hardware OW 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College go being furnished or included with unit items by other suppliers or contractors as well as the following. "' Hardware required to be furnished under other sections of the Specifications shall not be included in the hardware required under this ON Section. The Contractor shall thoroughly familiarize himself with the hardware requirements of the other Sections, so that no duplication will occur. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to all applicable codes. Provide all throws, projections, coatings, knurlings, opening and closing forces, and other special functions required by State and Local Building Codes, and all applicable Handicap Codes and conformance to ADA requirements. wm B. For fire rated openings, provide hardware complying with NFPA 80 and NFPA 101 without exception. Provide only hardware tested and listed by UL for the type and size of door installed and fire resistance ew rating required; Further, furnish all products to comply with Massachusetts State Building Code; and handicapped codes and regulations. This +*R specification notwithstanding, the Drawings, local, state, or jurisdictional authority shall take precedence. Any change required to meet such codes or authority shall be made by this Contractor and w� shall be a part of this work. C. All hardware shall be of the best quality in construction, design and finish, and free from defects and shall be the proper kind for its required use and shall fit its intended location perfectly. Should any hardware, as specified, fail to meet the intended requirements or require any modification to suit the intended , location, this matter or any other advance information shall be brought to the attention of the Architect in ample time to avoid delay in the manufacture and delivery of the hardware. Any ws defective pieces shall be replaced by the Contractor at his own expense. D. Hardware on all spaces shall be a type which will always permit the door to be opened from the inside without direct manipulation of any locking device. 40 E. Qualification of Supplier: 1. A recognized supplier of architectural finish hardware with warehousing facilities, who has been furnishing hardware in the vicinity of the project for not less than 5 years, and who is, or who employs, an architectural hardware consultant. 2 . Qualifications of Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) : Certified by the Door and Hardware Institute. F. Prior to installation of electronic hardware, arrange conference between supplier, installers and related trades to review materials, 2053/15220 08700 - 2 Finished Hardware 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 08700 FINISHED HARDWARE Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General go Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL O 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the furnishing of all materials, accessories, incidentals and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of finished hardware and related work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. All hardware items in connection with hollow metal doors and frames (Section 08110) . 40 2 . All hardware items in connection with wood doors set in hollow metal or custom fabricated wood frames as scheduled - ref Sections 08200 and 06200. 3 . Alarm and access control systems. Conduits and wiring to be included in the base bid as part of the work of Division 16, Section 16100. 4. Provide "accessible" hardware system for doors to Studio Theatre as specified herein; coordinate with Section 08110. 5 . Check after installation and certify as to proper installation and operating condition. so 6. Furnish all necessary screws, special screws, bolts, special bolts, expansion shields and all other items not specifically mentioned but necessary and required to make a complete job in all respects. Design of all fastenings shall harmonize with the hardware as to material and finish. ow NOTES: • All hardware will conform to governing codes and ADA guidelines. ■ All Cylinders shall be system "Corbin Russwin Master Ring" as standard with the Owner. • Provide all finish hardware as necessary for complete operation of all doors and other items, with proper type screws and accessories for attachment of each item. • Hardware finishes shall conform to Building Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA) finish standards or to U.S. standards listed. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: w NOTE - This section does not cover items generally known as rough hardware nor items of finish hardware when noted elsewhere in the specifications as 40 2053/15220 08700 - 1 Finished Hardware go 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College maximum of 12 inches o.c. D. All clips for the attachment of the rafter bars shall be of aluminum and shall be shop riveted or welded to the rafter bars. E. All welding shall be by the heliarc process. All exposed welds shall be ground to a minimum of 100 grit. F. Waterproofing shall be done by a means of a continuous neoprene glazing strip applied above and below the glazing. A continuous neoprene glazing angle shall be used at all extrusions for glazing separation. At no point shall glass come in contact with metal parts of the skylight. G. To prevent dust and snow from entering through the curb, a continuous bead of Type II sealant shall be applied by this Contractor between the flashing and the extruded aluminum curb bar at each rafter connection for drainage of condensation to the exterior. H. Perimeter gutters, and all flashings of skylight to the building shall be formed, connected and properly inserted to insure a complete watertight installation. 3 .03 ERECTION A. The skylight and its' flashings shall be completely erected and glazed by the manufacturer or his authorized representative. The work shall be done in accordance with the standards set forth by the g! manufacturer. B. Contacts between aluminum and dissimilar materials shall receive a � protective coating for prevention of electrolytic action and corrosion. C. Sealant material shall conform to those specified in Section 07900 OR for Type II (Silicone) and shall be applied as pp per manufacturer' s instructions. 3 .04 CLEANING A. Clean all surfaces free from paint, grease, labels and other items using material non-incursive to the finish and in strict accordance with manufacturers ' instructions. **End of Section** so �t 2053/15220 08630 - 5 Skylights, Custom 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College below and in Section 08800. am A. All glazing shall be "dry" . B. Glass material shall be 1 inch sealed insulating design, tempered no clear outer light and clear laminated safety inner light with a film to limit light transmission to 72%. ON Individual light thicknesses shall be as required by the locations to comply with code loading. 2 .05 FASTENERS we A. Natural finish stainless steel or cadmium plated steel of gauge and diameter to insure compliance with total supporting loads. ws 2 .06 FLASHINGS A. All flashings shall be of plain copper and shall conform to specification of Section 07600. 2 .07 FINISH FOR ALL EXPOSED ALUMINUM - Clear anodized as per Section 08400. 2 .08 Balance of materials shall be as specified elsewhere in this Section. 1A11 Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. w 3 .02 CONSTRUCTION A. Skylights shall be constructed using the puttyless glazing system employing all extruded aluminum members having a minimum thickness outlined above. Skylights shall have a continuous extruded aluminum curb with expansion joints located as required. Insofar as practicable, fitting and assembly of the work shall be done in the manufacturer's shop. Work which cannot be permanently shop assembled, shall be completely assembled, marked and disassembled before shipment to the job site to assure proper assembly in the w� field. B. All rafter bars shall be of extruded aluminum. Rafter bars shall be designed for snap-in type neoprene glazing strips and shall have the condensation gutters as a portion of the extrusions located on the bottom flange. C. All caps shall be of extruded aluminum. Attachment shall be accomplished with stainless steel or cadmium plated fasteners into a system of alternate serrations. Fasteners shall be located at a w 40 2053!15220 08630 - 4 Skylights, Custom 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College E. Thermal expansion: Resistant to stress from 200 degrees F. (93 .3 degrees C. ) temperature shift. F. Light transmission: 72 percent MAXIMUM. ON 1.06 PROTECTION A. Protect factory prefinished components from damage during shipping, erection and subsequent construction processes. B. Protect all products and accessories from discoloration. 1.07 SPECIAL GUARANTEE/WARRANTY TERMS A. In addition to the terms and conditions of the Guarantee/Warranty requirements of the Conditions, the Contractor and this Contractor shall jointly guarantee all work of this Section against leaks and other defects which may result from faulty workmanship or materials for an extended 5 year period on all skylight framing and weather seals; and a 5 year warranty on sealed insulating glass units from the date of Final Completion or acceptance of the work of this Section. so Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SPECIFICATION STANDARD: For the purpose of establishing standards of quality and levels of performance and not for the purposes of limiting competition, the basis of this Specification is upon custom designed unit assemblies as manufactured by one of the following. Products submitted as equals to the following shall meet, in a line by line comparison, all performance and construction characteristics stated. A. Architectural Skylight Company B. EPI Architectural Systems, Inc. C. Fisher Division of Four Seasons D. Naturalite/Vistawall Group E. Lin-El F. Super-Sky Products, Inc. 2 .02 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION: All unit assemblies, supporting members, caps and accessory elements shall be fabricated of extruded aluminum alloy 6063-T5 to comply with profiles indicated and shall be shop finished as per paragraph 2 .0* herein. 2.03 GLAZING STRIPS: Extruded neoprene glazing strips must comply to the following performance specifications: A. Hardness (Shore A) ------------------- 50 ± 5 durometer B. Tensile (minimum) ---------------------------- 2000 psi C. Elongation (minimum) ------------------------- 450% D. Compression Set/22 hrs @ 158 degrees F. ------ 15% max. 2 .04 GLAZING: Glazing assemblies to be as listed below and shall comply in all am respects with the material requirements and labor restrictions set forth 40 2053/15220 08630 - 3 Skylights, Custom WX 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College other similar items to provide a watertight installation. see B. Requirements given herein may be affected by other related requirements of the project specification. Correlation of contract requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. C. The work of this section shall be performed by a Specialty Contractor meeting the following minimum requirements: 1. 10 years experience in the custom skylight field. 2 . Having furnished and installed within the past 5 years, at least 3 skylight installations of the size of this project am requirements. D. Skylight assemblies shall meet the requirements of applicable No governing codes. 1.04 SUBMITTALS so A. Shop drawings showing installation and construction details, types and locations of fasteners, flashing conditions and materials, special shapes and other critical conditions. ..r B. Wind and snow load calculations for each unit assembly prepared by a licensed Professional Engineer within the jurisdiction of this project following the data as established herein. C. Samples of all components of installations required herein. D. Certification of specification compliance. E. This Contractor shall take, where possible, all necessary field measurements prior to fabrication and shall verify same prior + + installation of work and shall assume complete responsibility for accuracy of same. w� F. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 1.05 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Live load, all units - 60 psf + dead, snow and wind loading as established by applicable portions of the prevailing building code and/or indicated on the drawings. �Re B. Snow loading - variable, minimum 30 psf with allowance for build-up at "well" . C. Maximum allowable deflection of all structural members shall not exceed L/175 of clear span. D. Negative live load: 30 psf minimum, or as dictated by code and location of unit assembly. .w 2053/15220 08630 - 2 Skylights, Custom 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 08630 SKYLIGHTS, METAL FRAMED AND CUSTOM Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all skylights, metal framed and custom work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Provide new self supporting lean-to skylight over stair at Main Lobby complete with wall transition elements, insulated w glazing (tempered over laminated clear with obscure film) , closures, trim and other accessories as may be required. 2 . Provide formed prefinished metal closure plates and shapes as u may be required to complete the work. Material shall be a minimum of 0.125 inch thickness and shall be "smooth" . 3 . Furnish, for installation by other trades, all loose preformed, prefinished flashing materials in conjunction with this work. 4. Provide all accessories, cap flashings, trim, glazing, sealants and the like necessary and/or required to complete w' the work and to insure conformance to the guarantee/warranty requirements contained herein. 5 . Provide balance of materials, labor and accessories required 40 to complete the installation in conformance with the guarantee/warranty requirements contained herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with ON specific reference to: A. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) B. Unit Masonry (04800) C. Masonry Restoration (04910) D. Miscellaneous Metals (05500) as E. Rough Carpentry (06100) F. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) G. Glass and Glazing material requirements and labor restrictions; physical installation of glass under work of this technical section so (08800) H. Painting (09900) I. Electrical Work (Division 16) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Application of Skylight systems shall be coordinated with installation of roof insulation, metal and fabric flashings and all ' 2053/15220 08630 - 1 Skylights, Custom 4s 8 November 2002 Renovations to ON BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College accordance with the recommendations of the Architectural Aluminum OR Manufacturers ' Association and shall be left in a complete and perfect condition. w F. Clean up premises of any refuse and such materials removed as part of this work. All removed material shall be disposed of OFF the site. Working areas shall be left broom clean. **End of Section** so so sm 40 qP OR wA 40 'R 2053/15220 08400 - 7 Aluminum Construction 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College installed under this Section. wA. C. All fastenings shall be concealed of the type shown on the Drawings or as approved and shall be stainless steel or other approved noncorroding metal. + + D. All work under this Section shall be packaged to afford adequate protection to transit and storage and after installation shall be protected in place by an approved opaque material which shall not be removed until the Architect so instructs. E. Extreme care shall be taken and all elements shall be erected plumb, level and true, relative to the building structure to provide proper contact and satisfactory operation. �s. All work shall be weathertight and adjusted for proper operation. 3 .04 INSTALLATION - SPECIFICS A. Backseal, butter and properly fasten all assembled window unit materials prior to erection. B. Check corner seals prior to, and after installation to insure same are intact; repair if damaged. C. Window units shall be anchored at the jambs only with retainers placed at heads and sills. D. Provide "isolation" medium at dissimilar materials, if same are used for anchorage elements. .w E. The various component manufacturers shall supervise installation and adjustment to insure that both are accomplished in a suitable w manner. 3 .05 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Be responsible for protecting all work of this Section during construction. B. After installation, metal surfaces of all work of this section shall be cleaned on both interior and exterior of all mortar, paint and other contaminants. After being cleaned, all work shall be protected against damage until it is accepted by the Architect. w C. Materials used to protect and clean work shall not be damaging to the work and adjacent work, and the best of their respective kinds. war D. All concealed aluminum surfaces which will be in contact with concrete, plaster, lime, mortar, or other masonry materials, or with galvanic dissimilar metals, shall receive an approved heavy bodied bituminous paint or other approved isolating medium before delivery. E. All aluminum shall be cleaned (after masonry work is cleaned) in 2053/15220 08400 - 6 Aluminum Construction 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 3 . Limit mullion deflection of L/175 with full recovery of glazing materials. 4. Thermal Performance: When tested in accordance with AAMA 1502.7- 1981 and 1503 .1 - 1980, the following results should be attained: U - Maximum .58 CRF - Minimum of 60 C. Frames shall be 2 inch by 4-1/2 inch, thermally broken as above; flush glazing stops and internal weep system. D. Fabricate components with minimum clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly, yet enabling installation and dynamic movement of perimeter seal. Au E. Accurately fit and secure joints and corners. Make joints flush, hairline, and, for exterior applications, waterproof. F. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchors. G. Arrange fasteners and attachments to conceal from view. Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. 3 .02 DELIVERY, ERECTION AND ADJUSTMENT A. All work shall be manufactured in ample time so as to not delay progress of the building. Furnish and maintain sufficient mechanics to erect work in such manner so as not to delay other contractors. B. All items furnished under the work of this Section shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the drawings and with the approved shop drawings of the manufacturer; accomplished by an authorized representative of the manufacturer. All erection shall conform to details as shown on the drawings. so 3 .03 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. The erection of this work is to be accomplished by an authorized representative of the manufacturer. All erection shall conform to details as shown on the drawings. B. After erection and glazing, this Contractor shall check and readjust as required all items of operative hardware on doors and other units me 2053/15220 08400 - 5 Aluminum Construction 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College clear span or 3/4 inch, whichever is less, except that when a finished plaster type surface is affected, the deflection shall not exceed 1/360th of the span. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .01 SPECIFICATION STANDARD: For purposes of establishing standards of quality and levels of performance and not for the purposes of limiting .w competition, the basis of this specification is upon units as manufactured by one of the following and their respective model suitable for the intended application. wir A. Approved Manufacturers - See 1.01.A.1 above; equal products by Wausau, Tubelite or Amarlite will be considered for approval. w NOTE REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN SECTION 07900 REGARDING GLAZING COMPOUND/SEALANT SYSTEMS FOR INSULATED GLASS EDGE, SETTING AND WEATHERSEAL COMPATIBILITY. ear B. Construction 1. Aluminum for storefront and entrance framing, window systems and the like shall be fabricated using extrusions of 6063-T5 alloy and temper (ASTM B 221 Alloy) . 2 . Thermal barrier: a. Fixed Framing - Glass reinforced nylon thermal connectors. unless otherwise indicated on the drawings and/or specified herein. " 3 . Fasteners - stainless steel or aluminum; perimeter anchorage, aluminum or insulated steel. 4. Reinforcing, internal or external - steel conforming to ASTM A 228-54; if external, steel shall be capped by extrusions matching surrounding aluminum work. 5 . Glazing Gaskets - fully resilient glass setting system with EPDM gaskets both sides. C. Sealant Systems - Type II as specified in Section 07900. 2.02 SPECIFICATIONS VG-451T A. System is designed to be a thermally broken framing system with a pour and debridge process that combines a mechanical and adhesive bond between the urethane and the aluminum. Glass is in the center of the frame. B. Performance Requirements: 1. Limit air leakage through assembly to 0.06 CFM/min/sq. ft. ( .0003m 3 /sm2) of wall area at 6.24 PSF (300 Pa) as measured in accordance with ASTM E 283 . 2 . Water leakage: None, when measured in accordance with ASTM E 331 with a test pressure difference of 8 PSF (384 Pa) . 2053/15220 08400 - 4 Aluminum Construction 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College standards. �w D. All fasteners and sealants to be used. E. Corner section 12 inches of frame condition showing connection. F. Shop drawings showing fabrication, installation details, plans, PP sections and elevations for all work including: 1. Window construction details; 2 . Window installation and anchorage details. go G. Laboratory test results indicating actual testing versus minimum testing requirements (as applicable for systems incorporated in project) established in AAMA guidelines for nominated window types for - 1. Air leakage; 2 . Water drainage; 3 . Water resistance; 4. Uniform load deflection; go 5 . Uniform load structural; 6 . Thermal performance; each for the performance class of unit as listed in Part 2 of this Section. H. Where and when practical, this Contractor or Contractors shall take all necessary field measurements prior to fabrication and installation of work and shall assume complete responsibility for the accuracy of same. I. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 1.05 ENGINEERING REQUIREMENTS Systems shall be engineered to the following requirements and evidence, in the form of drawings and calculations, shall be delivered to the Architect for approval. A. Window wall framing members to be designed to withstand 30 psf positive and 30 psf negative windloads. B. Wall so constructed as to provide for such expansion and/or contraction of component materials as will be caused by an ambient temperature range of 140 degrees F. without causing harmful buckling, failure of joint seals, undue stress on fasteners or other detrimental effects. C. The calculated deflection of any metal framing member in a direction �s normal to the plane of the wall shall not exceed 1/175th of its' 2053/15220 08400 - 3 Aluminum Construction 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College A. The intent of this Section is to establish sole responsibility for the installation of the entrance work including ll ' g appurtenances as required to insure watertightness and total performance. B. The work of this Section shall be performed by a "Specialty Contractor. " C. Coordinate all work of this section with others so as to insure structural stability, appearance and watertightness. D. The manufacturers of aluminum framing, glass, insulation, sealants, etc. shall be a recognized manufacturer and shall have been regularly engaged in the production and installation of such materials for at least 5 years. Submit, in writing, evidence of same for approval. E. Standards: Comply with the requirements and recommendations in applicable specifications and standards by NAAMM, AAMA and AA, .sa including the terminology, definitions except to the extent more stringent requirements are indicated. 1. AAMA - Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Storefront and Entrance 1A1° Guide Specifications Manual. 2 . AAMA - Aluminum Curtain Wall Design Guide Manual 1989 . 3 . AAMA - Curtain Wail Manual #10 . 4. AAMA - Series No. 13 Structural Sealant Glazing Systems. 5. ASTM E 283-84 rate of air leakage through exterior Window, Curtain Walls and Doors. 6. ASTM E 331 - Test method for water penetration of Exterior w Windows, Curtain Wall and Doors. 7 . AAMA 501-83 - Test method for water penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by dynamic air pressure differential. 8 . ASTM E 330-90 . Uniform Load Deflection Test. 9 . ASTM A 36 - Structural Steel. 10. ASTM A 386 - Zinc Coating (hot dip) or Zinc Chromate paint on assembled steel products. 11. AAMA 1503 .1-88 - Test Method for Condensation Resistance Factor (CRF) and Test Method for Thermal Transmission Coefficient (U Value) . 12 . ASTM C 794 - Test method for adhesion-in-peel of elastomeric joint sealants. 13 . SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Council. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. 12 inch linear samples of all tubular, gasketing, angular, etc, materials to be used in the work. B. 12 inch squares of all sheet type materials. C. Certifications of specification compliance for test data for air transmission and water transmission in accordance with specified ew 2053/15220 08400 - 2 Aluminum Construction .w. 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 08400 ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all materials, OR accessories, incidentals and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all aluminum construction and accessory work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and *a drawings, including, but not limited to the following: NOTES: All materials furnished under this work and exposed to view shall be factory finished using anodized coating meeting Aluminum Association Designation in AA-C22A41, Class I, clear anodized finish. 1. Provide new clerestory window systems using conventional fixed framing system similar and equal to either of the following: a. Kawneer - 8225T-L, Fixed b. Kawneer - Flush Glazed Trifab 450VG 2. Provide structural reinforcement of all vertical and horizontal elements in connection with the work of this section. Indications of size on drawings are for general guidance only, the Contractor shall submit information required elsewhere in this section. 3 . Perform caulking/sealing of all metal to metal joints of work of this section; coordinate with Section 07900 for material requirements and labor restrictions. 4. Provide balance of all required clear anodized aluminum breakmetal necessary for the support and closure of the work of this section. Minimum thickness = 0. 0625 inch 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Glazing Material Requirements and Labor Restrictions (08800) e�w B. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) C. Unit Masonry (04800) D. Rough Carpentry (06100) E. Finish Carpentry (06200) F. Membrane Roofing (EPDM) (07530) G. Flashing and Sheet Metal (07600) H. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) I. Painting (09900) J. HVAC (Division 15) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2053/15220 08400 - 1 Aluminum Construction 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 3 . Drywall Surfaces a. Ceilings - Karp (KSTDW) ; Nystrom, Inc. ; Larsens; MM Systems Corp. or approved equal. b. Walls - Karp (RDW) ; Nystrom, Inc. ; Larsens; MM Systems Corp. or approved equal. 4. Plaster Surfaces - Karp (DSC-214 PL) ; Milcor; Nystrom, Inc. ; Larsens; MM Systems Corp. ; or approved equal. 2 .04 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS A. Where units occur within rated assemblies, provide rated access doors in construction as required and design similar and equal to above. B. Units shall be fully galvanized construction where used on exterior. C. Units within "wet" areas shall be of stainless steel construction. D. All units shall be equipped with suitable anchorage devices for securement to intended substrates. Part 3 - EXECUTION w 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. 3 .02 INSTALLATION A. Locate all access doors in a workmanlike manner also in closets, storage rooms and/or other non-public areas, g p positioned so that the junction can be easily reached and the size shall be sufficient for this purpose (minimum 12 inch by 16 inch) . 3. When access doors are required in corridors, lobby or other habitable areas, locate as directed by the Architect. C. Units shall be installed in required substrates by respective trades, true to line and level in accordance with approved shop drawings. D. All operating units shall be adjusted and left in perfect working order. 3 .03 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A. All debris resulting from construction operations will be removed daily and upon final completion, all operating parts will be cleaned and protection removed. **End of Section** RD 2053/15220 08310 - 3 Access Doors 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College complying with Warnock Hersey (WHIG) requirements for one-hour combustible and one-hour non-combustible floor/ceiling +*� systems. Identify each assembly with WHI label and additional NFPA label indicating "For Horizontal Installation" . nee 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings of all fabricated items showing complete construction details, erection requirements and fastenings. B. Full size samples of units to be incorporated in the work. Samples shall be incorporated as part of the contract obligations. C. Certification of Specification Compliance. D. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted OF for each manufactured product. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. All materials shall be delivered to the job site in unopened factory sealed containers clearly labeled as to product, manufacturer and other pertinent characteristics. B. Materials shall be stored under conditions recommended by the manufacturer. Part 2 - PRODUCTS ww 2 .01 GENERAL A. Access panels except as specified herein shall be factory prime *" painted and furnished with cylinder lock and two keys. 2 .02 FABRICATION w A. Fabricate access door assemblies as integral units complete with all parts and ready for installation. B. Fabricate units of continuous welded steel construction unless otherwise indicated or specified. Grind welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. C. Attachment devices shall be of size and type required to secure access doors to types of supports indicated on the Drawings. ws 1. Allowable Size Variations: Manufacturer's standard size units which vary slightly from the sizes indicated may be acceptable, subject to the approval of the Architect. ew 2 .03 MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL PANELS A. Units shall be in design and as manufactured in accordance with the following - no 1. Acoustical Tile - Karp (KSTC or KSTE) ; Milcor; Nystrom, Inc. ; Larsens; MM Systems Corp. or approved equal. 2 . Concrete and Masonry Surfaces - Karp (DSB-214 SM) ; Milcor; Nystrom, Inc. ; Larsens; MM Systems Corp. ; or approved equal. ser 2053/15220 08310 - 2 Access Doors 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 08310 ACCESS DOORS Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the furnishing of access doors for access to all concealed valves, shock absorbers, to all other concealed parts of the plumbing, heating, fire protection and electrical systems that require accessibility for the proper operation and maintenance of the systems to the General Contractor for installation assignments as well as access to spaces indicated on the drawings. go Access doors in gypsum and/or plaster work or masonry will be installed under the respective phases of operations governing substrates in which units are to be installed. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Mechanical and electrical special conditions and related individual sections (Sections 01040, 01900 and Divisions 15 and 16) B. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) C. Unit Masonry (04800) D. Miscellaneous Metals (05500) E. Rough Carpentry (06100) F. Finish Carpentry (06200) G. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) H. Finished Hardware (08700) I. Gypsum Drywall (09250) J. Painting (09900) K. Plumbing (Division 15) L. HVAC (Division 15) M. Electrical Work (Division 16) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All materials shall be delivered to the job site in unopened factory sealed containers clearly abeled y as to product, manufacturer and other pertinent characteristics. B. Materials shall be stored under conditions recommended by the manufacturer. C. Fire Rated Doors: 1. Fire Rated Access Doors For Walls: Complete assemblies complying with Underwriter' s Laboratories, Inc (UL) requirements for 1-1/2 hour "B Label" rating. Identify each assembly with UL label. 2 . Fire Rated Access Doors For Ceilings: Complete assemblies 2053/15220 08310 - 1 Access Doors IM 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College IM 1500 to the following finish designations: �s 1. AWI System #TR-6 with color stain to be selected by the Architect. 2 . Quality: "Custom" *+� 3 . Sheen: 40 Satin Part 3 - EXECUTION NOTE: All work required in connection with installation of wood doors and frames shall be executed in accordance with industry practice and subject to requirements specified in Section 06200. **End of Section** wea on W e wa ewe MW M w 2053/15220 08200 - 6 Wood Doors ON 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College H. Bond edge banding to cores. 2 .05 SOUND RETARDING DOORS A. Doors shall comply with all applicable requirements for solid core flush interior doors and in addition shall comply with requirements as hereinafter specified. 1. Doors - 1-3/4 inch, minimum thickness. 2 . STC - 42 decibels as per ASTM E 90 . 3 . Contractor shall submit test report to Architect certifying that the sound proof door he proposes to install, will provide rating range as noted above. B. Stop Beads 1. Adjustable type, matching hardwood (same specie as finish veneer) face with soft neoprene gasket. 2. Secure beads to metal jambs with metal cup bead adjusters and self tapping sheet metal screws spaced at a maximum of 8 inches o.c. ■o C. Threshold Seal - Plunger operated, self retracting neoprene gasket sweep. Mechanism may be let into face with a metal cover plate, or be completely housed in bottom of door. D. Provide cutout for glazing to receive double glazed combination of 1/4 inch and 3/16 inch polished wire glass as specified under Section 08800. on E. Hardware - Stop bead adjusters and threshold seal, to be furnished under this section; finish shall match door hardware specified under ow Section 08700. 2.06 PREMACHINING A. Carefully mortise, drill or machine as required at the door manufacturer's factory for finish hardware as listed in Hardware Schedule; it should be noted that manufacturer shall provide pilot holes for all hinges, lock fronts and other templated hardware. B. Obtain hardware manufacturer's template for use during machining. C. Verify hardware locations and hand of door prior to machining. D. Protect all cutouts, etc. , with two (2) coats of varnish or other approved sealer compatible with nominated finish system. E. The factory shall assume the responsibility of properly coordinating the approved hardware schedule door schedule and hollow metal door frame shop drawings. 2 .07 DOOR SEALING/PRIMING AND FINISHING A. Factory finish doors in accordance with AWI Quality Standard Section 2053/15220 08200 - 5 Wood Doors 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 2. Solid, Fire Rated: AWI Section 1300, Type "FD*" with denoting ratings as required by schedule and location within building complete with blocking provided at all hardware locations; this information must be included on the shop + drawing submittal; without this information, submittal will be returned. Hardware supplier shall review submittal prior to submission and sign that all provisions for required hardware have been included. B. Facing: AWI "Custom" grade quality. 1. Wood a. Species - Oak, color, cut and flitch to match existing wood doors in place we C. Facing Adhesive: Type I - waterproof. 2 .03 DOOR ACCESSORIES A. Metal Louvers: Specified in Section 08110. w� B. Vision Panel and Louver "Glazing" Stops : 1. Wood, of same species as door facing. *� 2 . Wood with metal clips for rated doors. 3 . Metal channel shape, with mitered corners; prepared for countersink style tamperproof screws. w 2 .04 FLUSH DOOR FABRICATION A. Fabricate non-rated doors in accordance with AWI Quality Standards requirements for that construction as specified. B. Fabricate fire rated doors in accordance with AWI Quality Standards and to fire rating agency requirements. Attach fire rating label to wu door. C. Astragals/Wrap Arounds for Fire Rated Double Doors: fully mortised, adjustable spring loaded intumescent system similar and equal to Zero (557FS/56FS) ; metal finish as directed by Architect. System shall provide positive pressure seal. ew D. If cores other than "structural composite lumber" OR "staved lumber core" are used, provide hardware reinforcement blocking in sizes, locations and types as required by hardware schedule requirements. E. Vertical Exposed Edge of Stiles: 1. Natural Wood Doors - Hardwood of same species as veneer facing w either lumber or veneer over hardwood or "SCL" . 2 . Joints, if allowed, are governed by the Quality Standard for class of construction. F. Top and Bottom Edges: Mill option wood or "SCL" for all classes other than "Premium" . G. Fit door edge trim to edge of stiles after applying veneer facing. 2053/15220 08200 - 4 Wood Doors 4M 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College for each manufactured product. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. No doors shall be cut down to fit openings smaller than intended. B. Adequately protect all doors against damage during transportation and job storage. Deliver all materials to the building in perfect condition. C. Protect doors with resilient packaging. Do not store in damp or wet areas; or in areas where sunlight might bleach veneer. Seal top and 9M bottom edges if stored more than one week. Break seal on-site to permit ventilation. D. Finish doors in accordance with Section 1500 of AWI Standards using grades specified in Part 2 ) . All prefinished elements used in the work herein shall be packaged 40 after finishing and shipped to the job site in individual corrugated cardboard cartons. 40 1.06 SPECIAL GUARANTEE/WARRANTY TERMS A. Guarantee shall be delivered in writing by the manufacturer and shall cover doors to be free from defects which shall render them unsuitable for intended use; such as warpage in excess of 1/4 inch in 8 feet; and shall include replacement, rehanging and refinishing at no cost to Owner. 1. Interior solid bonded core leaves - Life of the Installation 2 . Stile and rail doors - 5 years Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .01 FLUSH DOOR A. Flush interior Doors: 1-3/4 inches thick; solid core construction; AWI type construction as indicated. B. APPROVED MANUFACTURERS - Graham, Weyerhauser, Algoma, Hardwood �s Products, or Eggers. 2.02 FLUSH DOOR CONSTRUCTION A. Solid Core Specifications 1. Solid, Non-Rated: AWI Section 1300, Type SCL-Structural Composite Lumber. NOTE: "PC5" doors are an acceptable alternate to above units provided that blocking is provided at all hardware locations; this information must be included on the shop drawing err submittal; without this information, submittal will be returned. Hardware supplier shall review submittal prior to submission and sign that all provisions for required hardware go been included. a0 2053/15220 08200 - 3 Wood Doors 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College �w B. All materials furnished under this Section shall conform to the basic requirements of the Architectural Woodwork Institute as defined in AWI Quality Standards, Sections 1300 & 1500, 7th Edition and ANSI/NWMA I.S. 1-A. w Maximum allowable warp or twist, 1/4 inch as defined and qualified in the National Woodwork Manufacturers Association standard door guarantee. Stile and rail door systems shall be constructed under AWI Quality Standard 1400. w All units shall, unless specified to the contrary in 1.01.A above, be fabricated to "CUSTOM" standards as established under AWI 1300. C. Ratings required by drawings and/or specifications are in accordance with NFPA Standards for Fire Doors & Windows, NFPA #80, latest edition and NFPA Life Safety Code #101 Section 6-2 Construction and Compartmentation. s D. All materials used for work of this Section shall conform with voluntary Product Standards and Trade Associations Units as follows: 1. Architectural Woodworking Institute (AWI) 2 . American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 3 . Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 5 . Warnock-Hersey - Certification Listings for fire doors. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings illustrating door opening criteria, elevations, sizes, types, swings, identifying cutouts and the like required by the .� installation. B. Product data indicating door core materials and construction; veneer ■ species, type and characteristics; factory machining and finishing criteria and the like required by the installation. C. Samples: ** 1. Submit samples of door veneer, 12 inches square illustrating wood grain, stain color, and sheen. Samples shall include mockup of "saw cut" and grain for pattern work. am 2 . Corner section sample of doors furnished under this section. D. Manufacturer's installation instructions with special installation instructions, if any. ON E. Certification of Specification Compliance. no F. Door schedule. G. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted w 2053/15220 08200 - 2 Wood Doors me 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 08200 WOOD DOORS so Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL wR 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the furnishing of all no materials, accessories, incidentals and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of wood door work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Furnish new solid core wood doors single leaf and/or dutch type for those doors scheduled. on 2. Furnish new "stile and rail" glazed wood door system in matching veneer to wood frames and walls for access to new Upper Gamut Classroom (Student Lounge) . Door shall be IN fabricated from "structural lumber core unit" and shall receive hardwood edges (both outside and cut out surfaces) . 3 . Leaves, as and/if required by schedules, shall carry U.L. Label for Classification of Fire Door so noted in said schedule. 4. Provide factory cutouts in doors for lights, louvers, sound gasketing and the like, reinforce with full blocking. Note - Coordinate all work of this Section with Section 08700 for hardware and Section 06200 for installation. so 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Installation of doors (06200) B. Furnishing and installation of finish hardware, coordinate with same for blocking requirements & provide as required (06200 and 08700) ter C. Furnishing and installation of hollow metal work (06200 and 08110) D. Door louvers (08110) 1 .03 QUALITY ASSURANCE ATTENTION IS DIRECTED TO ARTICLE 1.03 OF SECTION 06200 WHEREIN ANY MILLWORK SHOP OR DOOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLYING WORK HEREIN SHALL BE A "CERTIFIED SHOP" UNDER TERMS AND CONDITIONS ESTABLISHED WITHIN THE CERTIFICATION PROGRAM OF THE ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE. A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this Section with minimum three (3) years documented experience. so on 2053/15220 08200 - 1 Wood Doors 0 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College bottom and 24 inches o.c. Reinforce frames at anchor locations with 16 gauge sheet steel stiffeners welded to frame at each anchor. on 2 .19 PROTECTION A. All materials shall be suitably protected prior to shipment. This protection shall be so arranged to protect all finished hardware which may be attached. All materials shall be delivered to the site '"o in perfect condition. 2 .20 Balance of materials required for completion of work herein shall be as 0" specified elsewhere in this Section. Part 3 - EXECUTION - All work required in connection with installation of metal OR doors and frames shall be executed in accordance with industry practice and subject to requirements specified in Section 06200 . **End of Section" as W 2053/15220 08110 - 11 Hollow Metal no 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College ow A. Subject to compliance with requirements set forth elsewhere in these Documents, acoustical door frames with STC rating of 42 shall be manufactured by one of the following firms: 1. Krieger Steel Products Company, Pico Rivera, CA ** 2 . Overly Manufacturing Company, Greensburg, PA B. Frame Construction - Supplement 2 .03 .B herein 1. All frames shall be custom made welded units with integral trim, of the sizes and shapes shown on approved shop drawings. Knocked-down frames are not acceptable. 2 . Corner joints shall have all contact edges closed tight, with trim faces mitered and continuously welded. The use of gussets will not be permitted. 3 . Minimum depth of stops shall be 5/8 inches. 4. Hardware reinforcements: a. Frames shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped at the factory for fully templated mortised hardware only, in accordance with approved hardware schedule and templates provided by the hardware supplier. Where surface mounted hardware is to be applied, frames shall have reinforcing plates. b. Minimum thickness of hardware reinforcing plates shall be as follows: 1. Hinge and pivot reinforcements - 7 gauge, 1-1/4 inch by 10 inch minimum size. 2 . Strike reinforcements - 12 gauge 3 . Flush bolt reinforcements - 12 gauge 4. Reinforcements for surface mounted hardware - 12 gauge w 2 .18 ANCHORAGE DEVICES A. Floor Anchors: 1. Floor anchors shall be securely welded inside each jamb. 2 . Minimum thickness of floor anchors shall be 14 gauge. B. Jamb anchors: op 1. Frames for installation in masonry walls shall be provided with 4 adjustable jamb anchors of the T-strap or stirrup-and- strap type. ®, 2 . Anchors shall not be less than 16 gauge or 0.156 inch diameter steel wire. 3 . Stirrup straps shall be not less than 2 inch by 10 inch in size, corrugated and/or perforated. 4. Frames for installation in stud partitions shall be provided with 4 steel anchors of suitable design, not less than 18 gauge thickness, securely welded inside each jamb. 5. Frames to be anchored to previously placed concrete or masonry shall be provided with minimum 3/8 inch concealed bolts set into expansion shields or inserts at 6 inches from top and w, 2053/15220 08110 - 10 Hollow Metal go 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 2 .13 WEATHERSTRIPPING A. Weatherstrip all exterior hollow metal doors at heads and jambs with spring bronze weatherstripping similar and equal to Series 19WB manufactured by Zero Weather Stripping Co. , Inc; Reese, Pemko or am National Guard Products. B. Where weatherstrip type saddles are provided under another Section, provide extruded aluminum angle type weatherstripping at bottom of door, similar and equal to Zero No. 24-Wg or equal by Reese, Pemko or National Guard Products. C. Where interlocking type saddles are not provided, exterior doors shall be fitted at the bottom with spring bronze weatherstrips similar and equal to Zero No. 37 or equal by Reese, Pemko or W National Guard Products. D. All exterior doors shall be fitted at the bottom on the outer side with an extruded aluminum rain drip similar and equal to Zero No. ew 11-A. 2 .14 CUTTING, DRILLING, FITTING ear A. Do all necessary cutting, drilling and fitting for securing work in position, including all necessary cutting, drilling and tapping of the work to accommodate the work of other trades. B. Drilling and tapping for non-templated hardware shall be performed at the site as part of the work of Division 6. 2 .15 SHOP PAINTING A. Prime paint all surfaces included herein, both inside and outside. B. Before the different parts are assembled, all surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned, rust and scale removed, and washed with benzene until all oil, grease and other foreign matter is removed. C. Before assembling, all inaccessible surfaces, except welded surfaces, shall be coated with rust inhibitive paint. D. After fabrication, thoroughly clean, pretreat and dip or spray all surfaces of the doors and frames exposed to view with a baked on coat of rust inhibiting primer. 2 .16 HOLLOW METAL PANELS A. Panels shall be in locations as required by drawings. B. All anels shall match, in p gauge and construction, the standard hollow metal door requirements and/or doors over which same are to be installed. C. Screw into stop, countersink and finish. 2 .17 ACOUSTICAL DOOR FRAMES ow 2053/15220 08110 - 9 Hollow Metal 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College securing temporary wood blocking to which shall be nailed the braces for holding jambs in place while masonry walls are being constructed. 2 .12 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS . A. Doors shall be of type and in locations as required by the Drawings. B. All jointing shall be invisible, reinforced and dressed smooth. Doors shall be free of wind, reinforced at corners and elsewhere sufficiently to prevent sagging or twisting. C. Doors shall be fabricated from two skins of sheet steel with all outer edges turned and formed into two four sided pans and laminated to either side of core materials specified in Part 2 of this Section. . Note - option for use of flush end closures, top and bottom in/lieu/of full four sided pans. In all cases, all door pan and, if opted for, flush end closures, seams shall be continuously welded and ground smooth. D. Doors shall be reinforced with suitable sections as may be required to receive hardware items and to provide resistance to operating stress and strain. E. Reinforcement for escutcheons and locks shall be boxed with No. 16 gauge steel, with spring leaf contact for lock cases. ens F. Where doors have glass or louver panels, they will be provided with hollow metal glazing beads and muntins as detailed, and have No. 16 gauge steel channels as reinforcing around perimeter of sash u opening, spot welded at 3 inch intervals. Provide removable cold drawn hollow metal one piece glazing stops in formed into a four-sided frame, secured with oval head countersunk tamperproof screws 12 inches o.c. and no less than 2 screws per piece. we G. All doors shall be cut and reinforced to receive all finish hardware; all necessary drilling and tapping for screws for hardware shall be done in the shop. H. Lock stiles of hinged doors shall be beveled. I. Provide steel louvers as specified elsewhere in this section in doors where required by the Drawings . Assemblies to have free air requirements as shown. w Assemblies shall be of fusible link design when located in rated openings. 2053/15220 08110 - 8 Hollow Metal 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College A. Sinkage, cutouts and concealed reinforcement shall be provided as required for the proper installation and attachment of all hardware. B. Sinkages shall be provided for butts, lock fronts and strikes so that the exposed surfaces of hardware will finish flush with adjacent surfaces. OM C. Cutouts shall be provided for all mortised hardware. D. Concealed reinforcement shall be provided for all screws used in the attachment of hardware. Reinforcement shall be provided for door checks on all door and door bucks regardless of whether or not door checks are specified for doors. E. Provide plaster boxes at all strikes for security purposes. F. Locations for hinges, knobs, locksets, latches and all other applied hardware shall be in accordance with Table V of SDI reference standard, shown on drawings and/or required by ANSI A117.1. 2 .11 COMBINATION FRAME AND TRIM A. Combination frames and trim shall be of size and design shown on a drawings formed with rabbets of width to meet requirements of each particular wall thickness; having integrally mounted trim, loose moldings according to contours of details; reinforced and drilled and tapped for hardware. The type as detailed covers the general run of frames for the work, but the forming shall be varied from that shown where indicated by specific details or necessitated by other conditions. B. Combination frame and trim shall be placed at all openings shown on drawings. . C. Miter corners accurately, weld and dress exposed joints to render same inconspicuous. Fill all cross joins. Spreaders shall be 40 removable. D. Frame bottoms shall be furnished with suitable clips for secure attachment. E. Heads of frames for openings wider than 3 feet 4 inches shall be reinforced with angles or channels formed of No. 10 gauge steel spot welded unless in rated openings. F. Furnish anchors at each jamb for each 30 inches of door height or fraction thereof. Vary anchor types to provide positive fastening to adjacent construction. G. Slots shall be provided at upper section of vertical members for 2053/15220 08110 - 7 Hollow Metal 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 1. Fixed Blade Design - FDLS, 18 gauge frame by 18 gauge blades. 2 . Fire Rated Design - FLDL-UL each bearing the listing mark of the rating agency affixed in the top right hand corner of the louver assembly. C. Fabrication shall be as specified elsewhere in this Section. D. Finish - Field over factory baked primer; coordinate with Section 09900. 2 .08 TRANSFER LOUVERS A. Unit assemblies within building, not set in doors or transoms shall be "steel" blade, channel frame design of a minimum 50% free air and shall be fabricated from 18 gauge steel. Units to be field finished. 2 .09 FABRICATION REQUIREMENTS/WORKMANSHIP A. All hollow metal work shall be accurately fabricated and neatly assembled so as to be free from dents, tool marks, warpage, buckles or open joints. All lines shall be straight and true to curvature as required, w arrises and angles as sharp as practical, molding true to profile, miters formed in true alignment and abutting profiles shall intersect accurately. aw B. Molded members and moldings shall be as shown on drawings, unless otherwise approved. Stock moldings which closely approximate the contours shown on the Drawings will be considered for substitution. C. All drilling and tapping for hardware shall be located by templates supplied by Hardware manufacturer so that accurate alignment will be secured. Templates shall be in the shop before manufacturing is commenced. D. All members shall be accurately fastened together so as to provide rigid construction in the assembled work. Removable members shall be secured with countersunk, tamperproof, spanner head machine screws not more than 2 inches from each end of member and at intermediate intervals not more than 12 inches. wea All connections, except those of removable members, shall be welded. E. All exposed face joints between plane members shall be spot welded and filled with plastic body filler and finished smooth and flush so as to be invisible. F. Work damaged in transit shall not be set, but shall be replaced with perfect work at the Contractor' s expense. 2 .10 SINKAGE, CUTOUTS, REINFORCEMENT 2053/15220 08110 - 6 Hollow Metal 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College A. DOORS - All Grade II, Heavy Duty - 18 gauge. Doors shall be 1-3/4 inch thickness unless otherwise indicated in schedules. B: FRAMES 1. All interior welded frames up to and including 40 inches wide - 16 gauge; all units over 40 inches wide - 14 gauge. 2 . All exterior units - 14 gauge C. MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS 1. Glazing Beads ------------- 18 ga. MR 2. Door Reinforcements ------------- 16 ga. 3 . Hardware Reinforcement ------------- 12 ga. 4. All Other Work ------------- 18 ga. P0 5. Head Reinforcement ------------- 10 ga. 6. Door shelves ------------- 14 ga. 2 .04 CLEARANCES A. Fabricate doors for their respective frames within the following clearances: 1. Jambs and Head: 3/32 inch to 1/8 inch. 2 . Meeting Edges of Pairs: 1/8 inch to 3/16 inch. 3 . Bottom (no threshold or carpet) : 3/8 inch, maximum. 4. Bottom (at threshold or carpet) : 1/4 inch, maximum. 2.05 CORE SYSTEM A. Cores for interior non-rated doors shall be honeycomb bonded with adhesive to inside of both faces sheets with adhesive - crushing strength, 4000 psf; lamination 1100 psf in shear. B. Cores for exterior doors shall be polystyrene foam board bonded to inside of both face sheets with adhesive - compressive strength, 1500 psi; shear strength, 18 psi; bond strength shall exceed strength of polystyrene so that delamination shall not occur under any operating conditions. C. Cores for rated units shall be either a firerated honeycomb sheet or foam core bonded to inside of both face sheets with adhesive crushing strength, 4, 000 psf; lamination 1,100 psf in shear. D. Steel grid or stiffener systems, ARE NOT PERMITTED FOR USE IN THE WORK OF THIS PROJECT. 2 .06 PAINT COATING MATERIAL - Rust inhibiting primer, baked on in fabricators shop. 2 .07 DOOR LOUVERS go A. Unit assemblies shall be similar and equal to those as manufactured by Anemostat Products Division of Dynamics Corporation of America. on B. Models IM 2053/15220 08110 - 5 Hollow Metal 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College C. Certification of Specification Compliance. w D. Door schedule. E. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. Inspect all metal work upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to Architect and Owner; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. B. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Place units on *'p minimum 4 inches high wood blocking. Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper on door becomes wet, remove carton immediately. Provide space between stacked doors to promote air circulation. Blocking between stacked doors shall be positioned so as not to damage door and shall be large enough so stacked doors do not come into contact with each other. '"• C. Deliver acoustical metal doors cartoned or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage, properly tagged and identified. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .01 MANUFACTURERS A. Unless otherwise specified herein, all standard hollow metal work shall be constructed in full accordance with the drawings, approved shop drawings and these specifications and shall be of first quality, as constructed by - 1. Pioneer Industries 2 . Bilt-Rite Steel Buck Corporation 3 . American Steel Products Corporation 4. Ceco Door Products w 5. Curries Co. ; Div. Essex Industries, Inc. or other current member of the Steel Door Institute or Hollow Metal .� Manufacturers Association. 2 .02 MATERIALS A. All steel shall be best quality American open hearth steel metal furniture stock conforming to ASTM Specifications A 366, A 525, A 526, A 569, or A 591 as applicable for intended usage and as may be standard with the nominated supplier. WX 2 .03 MATERIAL GAUGES as established under SDI Classifications and/or modified herein. �. 2053/15220 08110 - 4 Hollow Metal 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Custom Hollow Metal Doors and Frames, National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM) Standard CHM 174, and the Steel Door Institute, SDI 10080. 6 . Builder' s Hardware Manufacturers Association. C. The work of this Section shall be performed by a "Specialty Contractor. " D. Fire Rated Assemblies: Wherever a fire resistance classification is shown or scheduled for steel doors and frames, provide fire rated units that have been tested as fire door assemblies and comply with National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard No. 80 and these specifications. Identify each door and frame with metal UL, FM or WHI labels indicating the applicable fire class of the unit. Rivet or weld labels on the hinge edge of door and jamb rabbet of OR frame. 1. Oversize Assemblies: Whenever fire rated assemblies are larger than size limitations established by NFPA, provide the manufacturer' s certification that they have been constructed with materials and methods equivalent to requirement for labeled construction. 2. See Door Schedule in the Drawings for Label Requirements (Class) for respective openings. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Samples 1. A 1 foot by 1 foot, 45 degree section of door frames showing construction and anchoring of buck. 2. A 1 foot by 1 foot, 45 degree section of door showing complete construction and fastening. PM 3. Sound Seals - section of all perimeter sound seals used for the specified doors. B. Shop drawings covering all work included. Manufacturer' s product data sheets may be submitted for standard work with concurrence of Architect. 1. Shop drawings shall indicate profiles, gauges, sizes and reinforcing and anchorage devices, for securing to adjacent materials. 2 . Shop drawings shall indicate whether the frame should be grouted solid or filled with mineral wool per the laboratory tested door. as 3 . Shop drawings shall indicate the frame, hardware and sound seals showing major operating dimensions and cross-sections of doors and sound seals. a. If sound seals are a proprietary item purchased from a weatherstripping company, the sound seal manufacturer and model number shall be identified. 2053/15220 08110 - 3 Hollow Metal 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College coordinate with Section 04800. 9 . Furnish weatherstripping and gasket systems at all exterior doors. 10. Factory prime all doors and frames. Provide field touchup of prime painting as part of the of work of this Section. NOTE: Should contractor propose the use of "powder coated" .� frames, said frames shall be either provided in color as selected by the Architect from other than the standard range or be pretreated to accept field painting. No additional cost to the Owner will be allowed should this requirement be ignored. w 11. Furnish all anchors, bolts, shims, screws, fastenings and all other supplementary parts indicated on drawings or as required to complete each item of work of this Section. NOTES: All exterior hollow metal door and frame assemblies shall be fabricated from sheet steel conforming to ASTM A 525 for hot dipped galvanized material with G-60 coating; all interior assemblies of either �+ galvanealed or pretreated sheet steel dependent upon location. COORDINATE fabrication and reinforcing requirements herein with w Section 08700 for hardware. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: ■* A. Access panels as specified under Section (05500) B. Installation of all work of this Section (06200) C. Access panels for mechanical and electrical work (08310) (01900) D. Electrical Work for security, operating and alarm devices (Division 16) . a� 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work of this Section shall conform to the following Standard Specification Requirements governing hollow metal construction �* operations. B. Reference Standards w 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) A-115 for door and frame preparation and in guarantee and shop drawings, comply with nomenclature established in American National Standards Institute publication A123 .1, latest edition, �. "Nomenclature for Steel Doors and Steel Door Frames" . 2 . ASTM material specifications governing steel usages. 3 . Federal Specifications #RR-D-575B governing Hollow Metal Work. + + 4 . Steel Door Institute (SDI) , Specification SDI 100-85 and related guide specifications for additional applications. 5 . Acoustical Doors shall comply with the Specifications for 2053/15220 08110 - 2 Hollow Metal ww on 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 08110 HOLLOW METAL WORK Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements,qu govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the furnishing of all materials, accessories, incidentals and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of hollow metal doors, door frames and accessory work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Furnish new hollow metal and glass doors, frames and transom lights for newly created entrance to Studio Theatre lobby as shown. Doors shall be glazed with 1/ inch laminated safety glass as specified in Section 08800; frames shall be set with "sub-frame" system to prepared masonry. Door and frame system shall be subject to exact compliance with requirements a. Glazing gaskets shall be either EPDM elastomeric so extrusions or a thermoplastic elastomer. b. Provide adjustable glass jacks to help center the glass in the door opening. so C. Fasteners: Where exposed, stainless steel or plated steel. d. Perimeter Anchors: Steel . w e. Hardware - See Section 08700. 2 . Furnish balance of hollow metal doors in configurations shown and/or required by drawings and/or schedules. Doors shall be complete with accessories required to comply with types + + indicated. Note special requirements for dutch doors, stile and rail, insulated, acoustical doors and so forth. 3 . Furnish all welded hollow metal frames in configurations indicated for all openings scheduled and/or required to complete the work. 4. Properly prepare and reinforce all doors and frames for finish hardware. Prepare each door frame for silencers as per Section 08700 . 5. All door edges (jambs, heads and bottoms) as well as full cross joins of frames shall be fully sealed and smoothed by spot welding and filler application. 6 . Furnish new acoustically gasketed frames for relocated acoustical doors at Listening Rooms as indicated on drawings po and by the provisions of this Section. 7 . Furnish door louvers in style and design shown on the drawings and/or specified herein. 8. Furnish anchors for building into masonry partitions; 2053/15220 08110 - 1 Hollow Metal 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College so joint installed, cut out and carefully remove a 6 inch long sample of the undisturbed sealant and joint backer material from the newly installed Work. Remove the samples in the presence of the Testing Laboratory' s Representative, who will retain them for evaluating and testing. 2 . Reseal cutout areas with the same type materials. 3 .07 CLEANING A. Immediately remove misapplied sealant and droppings from metal surfaces with solvents and wiping cloths. On other materials, remove misapplied sealant and droppings by methods and materials recommended in writing by the manufacturer of the sealant material. B. After sealants are applied and before skin begins to form on sealant, remove all masking and other protection. Clean up remaining defacement caused by the Work. C. All finished work shall be left in neat, clean condition. **End of Section** 4 on on �r 40 up 2053/15220 07900 - 11 Caulking & Sealing/Joint Sealants e0 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w A. Install bond breaker tape in relaxed condition as it comes off the roll. Do not stretch the tape. Lap individual lengths. B. Prevent three sided adhesion by use of bond breaker tapes or backer rods at the back of the joint. .. Install backer rods for all liquid sealants, except where specifically recommended against by sealant manufacturers. w.p Install backer rods immediately before sealants, do not permit backer rods to get wet. w Install backer rods at the proper depth to create the specified sealant depth, avoid placing backer rods too deep which will result in sealant failure due to excessive sealant depth. Backup material shall be suitable size and shape so that when compressed 20 to 50%, it will fit in all joints where required. .A Do not cut or puncture the surface skin of the rod. C. Apply masking tape where required by surfaces encountered, and as .. may be determined by mockup testing, in continuous strips in alignment with joint edge. ewi Remove tape immediately after joints have been sealed and tooled. 3 .05 SEALANT INSTALLATION A. Prime surfaces where required with primer recommended by sealant manufacturer and as determined by "bond" test required in Part 1 of this Section. B. Apply, tool and finish sealant in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. Install sealants with ratchet hand gun or other a g approved mechanical gun. Where gun application is impracticable, install sealant by knife or by pouring, as applicable. "Gun" devices shall have nozzles of proper size and shall provide sufficient pressure to completely fill joints as detailed. D. Finishing: Tool all vertical, non-sag sealants so as to compress the sealant, eliminating all air voids and providing a neat smoothly finished joint. Provide slightly concave joint surface, unless otherwise indicated or recommended by the manufacturer. *' 1. All tooling shall be "dry". 3 .06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test Samples 1. If requested by the Architect, for each 1, 000 linear feet of 2053/15220 07900 - 10 Caulking & Sealing/Joint Sealants on 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College B. Joints in concrete or masonry: 1. Depth of sealant shall equal width of joints in joints up to 1/2 inch wide; joints 1/2 inch to 1 inch wide, depth shall be 1/2 inch. 2 . For expansion joints or other joints 1 inch to 2 inch wide depth shall not be greater than 1/2 the applied sealant width and no greater than 5/8 inch for Type I nor 1/2 inch for Type II materials. 1 C. Joints in metal, glass and other non-porous surfaces: Depth shall be a minimum of 1/2 the applied sealant width, and shall in no case No exceed the applied sealant width. 3 .03 PREPARATION A. Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of sealant and other materials specified in this Section. 1. Remove all loose materials, dirt, dust, rust, oils and other foreign matter that will impair the performance of materials installed under this Section. 2 . Remove lacquers, protective coatings and similar materials from joint faces with manufacturer's recommended solvents. 3 . Do not limit cleaning of joint surfaces to solvent wiping; use methods such as grinding, etching or other approved and manufacturer' s recommended means, if required, to clean the Joint surfaces, assuring that the sealant materials will obtain positive and permanent adhesion. Further where existing, non-contaminated joint compounds are encountered, removal of joint filler shall include removal of all cementitious, sealant, asphaltic or other jointing material, where or not similar to that specified as part of the work of this project. All surfaces shall meet all manufacturer requirements and restrictions for application and installation of specified products. B. For Pavements, Walks, and Curbs 1. Set joint fillers at proper depth and position as required for installation of bond breakers, backer rods, and sealants. Do not leave voids or gaps between the ends of joint filler units. a. Smooth Edged Joints: For joints between two concrete slabs or where new concrete abuts smooth-edged materials, use either cork joint filler or closed cell polyurethane joint filler. b. Irregular Edged Joints: For joints where new concrete abuts granite curbs or other irregular edges, use closed cell polyurethane joint filler. C. Prime all joint surfaces; Do not allow the primer/sealer to spill or migrate onto adjoining sur=aces. 3 .04 JOINT BACKING INSTALLATION OR 2053/15220 07900 - 9 Caulking & Sealing/Joint Sealants 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College e� Secondary (Backup) Sealants 1. Polytite Manufacturing (Polytite B) 2 . Emseal USA, Inc. (BackerSeal precompressed, sheathed) 3 . Illbruck, USA (Will-seal) H. Type - IV (For use in connection with roofing, flashing and waterproofing work) Sealant compound - Single component non-sag Polyurethane similar and equal to - 1. Mameco (Vulkem-116) ! 2 . Sonneborn (Sonolastic NP1) 3 . Sika Chemical Company (Sikaflex - 1a) 4. Tremco (Dymonic) 5. Pecora (Dynatrol I) I. Type - V (For use in acoustical sealing operations) Sealant compound - Butyl Rubber or Latex Base for developing acoustical requirements specified. Material shall be similar and equal to - 1. Pecora (BA-98) 2. W.W. Henry (313) wes 3 . U.S. Gypsum (Acoustical Sealant) 4. Tremco (Acoustical Sealant) J. Type - VI (For interior sealant systems around door frames, window '1AA reveals and like locations in painted surfaces) Sealant compound - Acrylic Latex or Paintable Silicone material of .. suitable nature similar and equal to that as manufactured by Tremco, DAP/USG, Dow Corning, or Pecora Backing - as required �w Color - Grey or white for paint wr Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE e� A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. e� Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. ao 3 .02 JOINT DESIGN A. Joints shall be a maximum of 3/8 inch deep by minimum 3/8 inch wide. ow 2053/15220 07900 - 8 Caulking & Sealing/Joint Sealants 00 an 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 40 D. Type - II - GENERAL (For use in vertical expansion joints where extensive movement occurs and for general exterior sealant operations. ) Sealant compound - 1 part, low-modulus silicone sealant similar and equal to - 1. Dow Corning (795) 2 . General Electric (Silpruf) 3 . Pecora (864) 4. Sonneborn (Omniseal) 5. Tremco (Spectrem 1) Backing - Type "A" backer rod as per Paragraph 2 .01.0 above for general use and Type III sealant for moving joints. E. Type - IIA - GLAZING SYSTEMS Sealant compound - Silicone rubber of design recommended by the manufacturer for the intended application and similar and equal to - 1. General Electric - SSG 4000 OR 4200 Structural Glazing Sealant; 3211 or 3103 Insulating Glass Sealant; 2000 Weather Seal; Pecora #895 or other suitable combination as recommended by the nominated manufacturer of the overall window/curtain wall assembly. F. Type - IIB - SANITARY SEALS (use at interior wet areas only - Counter tops to surrounds; Bath tub to tile walls and floors; Shower areas, joint to joint; Plumbing fixtures to walls; and like areas) Material shall be a single component, mildew resistant silicone sealant similar and equal to - 1. Dow Corning - 786 *� 2 . General Electric - Sanitary 1700 3 . Bostik - Silicone Rubber Bathroom Caulk. 4. Pecora - #898 or 863 at option of Contractor. G. Type - III (For use as a primary sealant expansion joint systems and as backup to Type II material for aesthetic affect; horizontal deck sealants and other such applications as may be noted on the drawings. ) Sealant compound - Compressible, polyurethene sponge MANUFACTURERS: ss Primary Sealants 1. Emseal USA, Inc. (Emseal precompressed, sheathed) 2 . Illbruck, USA (Will-seal) w +e 2053/15220 07900 - 7 Caulking & Sealing/Joint Sealants MW 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 0.012 inch. 2 . Cleaning Solvents - Oil free solvents as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Do not use reclaimed solvents. 3 . Masking Tape - Removable paper or fiber tape, self-adhesive, non-staining. Materials impregnated with oil, bitumen or similar materials shall not be used. an E. Sealant Colors 1. Exposed materials, provide color as indicated or, if not indicated, as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 2 . Concealed materials, provide the natural color which has the best overall performance characteristics. 2 .02 MATERIAL TABLE NOTE: At the Contractors' option, a "Silyl-Terminated Polyether" compound ' as manufactured by Sonneborn/ChemRex under the name "Sonolastic 150" is acceptable for use in lieu of Type I and Type II materials as specified below. A. Sealant materials shall be as follows and shall relate to scope of work described herein and shall form a general material reference w for all sections performing sealant operations. Backer systems shall be as specified in Paragraph 2.01 above and as suitable for intended substrate and joint conditions. B. Type - I (For use in vertical expansion joints where extensive movement occurs and for general exterior sealant operations. ) Sealant compound - 2 component non-sag Polyurethane similar and equal to - w 1. Mameco (Vulkem 227) 2 . Sonneborn (Sonolastic NP2) 3 . Pecora (Dynatrol II) 4. Tremco (Dymeric) C. Type - IA (For use with pavements, walks, curbs, plaza decks and other such locations) Sealant compound - 2 component self leveling polyurethane material similar and equal to -. 1 . Mameco (Vulkem 255 Horizontal/227 Vertical) 2 . Sonneborn (Sonolastic SL2 Horizontal) so 3 . Pecora (Urexpan NR-200 Horizontal/Dynatred Vertical) 4. Tremco (THC 900/901) 2053/15220 07900 - 6 Caulking & Sealing/Joint Sealants ' 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College sealant system and such other work, both interior and exterior as IllR required by the Architect. B. Mockups shall show sealant types, colors and tooled (finished) surfaces. C. Where practical, mockups shall remain as part of the finished work. 1.08 SPECIAL GUARANTEE/WARRANTY TERMS A. This Contractor shall, and hereby does warrant; and the Contractor shall, and hereby does guarantee that caulking and sealing work will be free from defects of materials and workmanship for 2 years from the date of final acceptance of this work. The following types of failure will be adjudged defective work: leakage, hardening, chalking, crumbling, melting, shrinking or running of caulking; or staining of adjacent work by caulking. Repair and replace work which becomes defective during the guarantee term, without cost to the Owner. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .01 GENERAL A. Joint primer, sealer and/or conditioner shall be as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. B. Preformed joint fillers shall be nonstaining compatible with sealant and primer, and of a resilient nature and shall be one of the following: 1. Expanded Polyethylene Joint Filler (for existing joints) - Flexible, compressible, closed-cell polyethylene of not less than 10 psi compression deflection (25%) . 2. Closed Cell Polyurethane Joint Filler (for pavements, walks, and curbs) - Resilient, compressible, semi-rigid; W.R. Meadow's Ceramar or A.C. Horn's Closed Cell Plastic Foam Filler, Code 5401. NOTE: Coordinate with Sections 02700 and 03300 for "skip- slit" requirement for premolded fillers where used in paving operations . C. Backer Rod for General Vertical Use: ASTM C 1330, Types B or C, rod stock closed cell polyethylene foam, closed cell neoprene foam, or ' open cell urethane foam, as recommended by sealant manufacturer as being compatible both with the sealant used and the primer. no D. Accessory Items: 1. Bond Breaker Tape - Polyethylene or other plastic tape as recommended by the sealant manufacturer; non-bonding to no sealant; self-adhesive where applicable; thickness, minimum 410 2053/15220 07900 - 5 Caulking & Sealing/Joint Sealants on 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College E. Certification of specification compliance. F. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. Deliver products in original factory packaging bearing identification of product, manufacturer, and batch number. Provide Material Safety Data Sheets for each product. w. B. Store products in a location protected from freezing, damage, construction activity, precipitation, and direct sunlight in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. wee C. Condition products to approximately 60 to 70 degrees F (16 to 21 degrees C) for use in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. so D. Handle all products with appropriate precautions and care as stated on Material Safety Data Sheet. go 1.06 QUALITY CONTROL A. Preconstruction Sealant Tests for Adhesion and Compatibility: Submit sealant samples for each material to be sealed in the work .w including, but not limited to metal flashing, painted wood at windows, glazing gaskets, glazing materials, framing members, masonry and stone of each type used, and all other components and accessories, to sealant manufacturer to verify sealant compatibility ON and to determine, by testing in compliance with ASTM C 794, as well as the type of primer required for each condition to ensure sealant adhesion to substrates. 1W 1. Cost of Testing: The sealant manufacturers shall perform and/or the Contractor shall, at his own expense employ an independent testing agent acceptable to the Architect to No perform tests and certifications indicated. No costs shall be passed to the Owner. 2 . Test Samples: Submit to the testing agency or sealant ON manufacturer at least 5 pieces of each type, finish, kind, condition, and form of material to which sealant is to be attached. so 3 . Scheduling: Scheduling sufficient time for testing, analysis, and reporting of results. 4. Test Reports and Recommendations: Obtain written reports and recommendations regarding proper sealant material, 4W A primer, and application for each condition. Use sealants and substrates only in combinations for which favorable adhesion and compatibility results have been obtained. wee B. Construction Sealant Adhesion Tests shall be performed as specified under "Field Quality Control" in Part 3 of this Section. go 1.07 MOCKUP REQUIREMENTS (Coordinate with Section 01430) A. Construct, in consort with other elements of the work, a sample mockup (s) of joint sealant surrounds; expansion/control joint go 2053/15220 07900 - 4 Caulking & Sealing/Joint Sealants ON 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The work of this Section shall be performed by a "Specialty Subcontractor" as defined in the Conditions. B. Bond testing shall be performed as noted in Paragraph 1.01.A above and results submitted to Architect for file. C. All surfaces to receive sealant shall be dry and cleaned of all foreign matter as specified in Part 3 . D. Application devices shall have nozzles of proper size and shall provide sufficient pressure to completely fill joints as detailed. E. Consult sealant manufacturer for recommendations for application of sealant when air temperature is below 40°F. Provide written recommendation to Architect prior to application. F. Reference Standards ! 1. ASTM C 834 - Latex Sealing Compounds 2 . ASTM C 919 - Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications. 3 . ASTM C 920 - Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 4. ASTM C 1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants. 5. ASTM C 1311 - Solvent Release Sealants. 6. ASTM C 1330 - Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid Applied Sealants. 7. ASTM C 1401 - Standard Guide for Structural Sealant Glazing 8. ASTM C1481 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants with ew Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EFIS) 9. ASTM D 1056 - Flexible Cellular Materials, Sponge or Expanded Rubber. 10. SWRI (Sealant, Waterproofing and Restoration Institute) - Sealant and Caulking Guide Specification. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data indicating for each type of sealant and component used in this work - chemical characteristics; performance criteria; substrate preparation; limitations; color availability; and the like affecting the use of each product. B. Samples of all components to be used in the work of this section. C. Color charts for selection. D. Manufacturer' s installation instructions indicating, if any, special procedures; surface preparation; perimeter conditions requiring special attention; and like items affecting installation of each product. Results of bond tests shall be incorporated in installation recommendations. am w* 2053/15220 07900 - 3 Caulking & Sealing/Joint Sealants 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College and like locations where dissimilar materials abut each other in finished areas. 3 . Bed door saddles - Type VI 4. Coordinate with Section 02800 for filling of top 1/2 inch of "sleeves" and/or "cores" retaining railing systems with Type IA material. 5. Remove existing sealant/joint system between faculty office w exterior wall and TV Studio exterior wall and provide new system. 6. Provide horizontal joint sealants in connection with Studio Theatre entrance ramp and stair system; coordinate with Sections 02700 and 03300 - Type IA. 7. Provide acoustical sealing systems in connection with audio- visual wall systems, screens, partitions and the like using Type V material where concealed and Type VI for exposed and painted areas. 8. Perform balance of caulking and sealing as may be necessary and/or required to insure conformance to guarantee/warranty provisions contained herein. .w 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) B. Pavements and Surfacing (02700) C. Site Improvements (02800) D. Plain and Reinforced Concrete (03300) �* E. Concrete Restoration and Cleaning (03900) F. Unit Masonry (04800) G. Masonry Restoration (04910) H. Rough Carpentry (06100) I. Finish Carpentry (06200) J. Slate Roofing (07314) K. Membrane Roofing (EPDM) (07530) L. Flashing and Sheet Metal (07600) M. Firestopping (07850) N. Aluminum Construction (08400) 0. Skylights, Metal Framed and Custom (08630) P. Glass and Glazing (08800) Q. Gypsum Drywall (09250) w R. Tile Work (09300) S. Painting (09900) T. Louvers and Vents (10200) U. Miscellaneous Specialties (10900) ""11 V. Elevators (14200) W. Fire Protection (Division 15) X. Plumbing (Division 15) Y. HVAC (Division 15) Z. Electrical Work (Division 16) 2053/15220 07900 - 2 Caulking & Sealing/Joint Sealants '"'" 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 07900 CAULKING AND SEALING/JOINT SEALANTS Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements,q govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 4M 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, PM materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all caulking and sealing work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: NOTES: It will be the responsibility of the nominated supplier/suppliers of any sealant system proposed for use in the work to perform a "bond" test on all substrates to determine adhesion properties and requirement, if any, for primer application; coordinate with Article 1.05 herein. Further, it is the intention of these documents to require the removal of all existing caulking, backer rods and like fillers in any location where new sealant/caulking systems are required. 00 Coordinate removal work with Sections 02020 and 04900. 1. Provide sealant systems in all joints between dissimilar materials on building exterior as indicated and/or required to obtain water and air tight seals; using Type I materials for masonry to masonry and Type II materials for aluminum to masonry work. OM 2. Provide all interior joints between dissimilar materials as indicated or required to insure positive seals - Door frames - VI Window surrounds - VI Plumbing fixtures - II we Sound integrity - VI, Exposed; V, Concealed Water penetration - II Light seals - VI Mill & counter work - VI, Dry; II for Wet es NOTE - Sealants are generally required at the following locations - a. Interior door frames to surrounding face construction; b. Interior window trim/reveals to window frames; C. Plumbing fixtures and accessories where same abut finished surfaces; d. Scribed counter and casework systems where same abut finished surfaces; go ws 2053/15220 07900 - 1 Caulking & Sealing/Joint Sealants 8 November 2002 Renovations to so BID ISSUE MCPA-Smith College Contractors with assac usetts operations A.F. Underhill, Inc. Canton, Massachusetts (781) 828-9760 Bob LeClair, DRI Barber Firestop Systems, LLC Orange Connecticut (203) 795-3622 Todd Barber, DRI Brand FireSafety Services Inc. Mystic, Connecticut (877) 536-6556 John A Chiangi FireSmart Building Technology, Inc. Quincy, Massachusetts (617) 786-1413 Peter Barbadoro, DRI Firestop Systems, Inc. Trumbull, Connecticut (203) 374-5425 Bridget Wickham Gleeson-Powers, Inc. # Franklin, Massachusetts (508) 553-0800 Aedan Gleeson, DRI Jack Moore Associates, Inc. Worcester, Massachusetts (508) 853-3991 Jack Moore JLE Insulation and Firestop Montville, New Jersey (973) 316-5998 William G. Hoos Pyro-Stop, LLC _ Chester, Pennsylvania (610) 485-9436 Scott Rankin W.J. Mosk, Inc. Burlington, Massachusetts (781) 273-5613 William J. Moskaluk #) Firms with branches `) Firm that is a branch of another member ,� 2053/15220 Page 1 low 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College C. All areas of work must be accessible until inspection by the applicable Code authorities. D. Correct unacceptable firestops and provide additional inspection to verify compliance with this specification at no additional cost. 3 .07 CLEANING A. When finished work will be visible, clean adjacent surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. B. If visible in the finished work, remove temporary dams after initial cure of firestops. C. Correct staining and discoloring on adjacent surfaces. Aw D. Remove all debris and excess materials entirely from site and leave work in a neat and clean condition. **End of Section** s 2053/15220 07850 - 9 Firestopping 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College .r A. Install material of proper size on continuous plates or clips as required for proper support in order to safe-off area between exterior walls, interior walls and shafts and floor slabs and said walls and roof areas leaving NO VOIDS. Firestopping is required at all juncture conditions whether or not clips, angles or other structural elements exist either intermittently or continuously. *' Attach plates and/or clips to floor levels and other breaks and extend through framing to sheathing and/or other solid strata. Where metal decking flutes, either parallel or perpendicular to walls, occur and are open, same shall be fully packed and sealed with proper firestopping system. Where firestopping is accomplished after installation of drywall or other applied sheet finish, all spaces between penetrations and finish shall be filled to the thickness of said sheet finish with intumescent caulk. B. At all linear openings, fill voids with a minimum of 6 inches of minimum 3 .5 lb. /cu.ft. density safing insulation as specified in Part 2 herein and cover entire surface with UL listed firestop sealant of one of nominated manufacturers identified in Part 2 w herein. 3 .05 PENETRATION SEALS A. Penetrations are defined as conduits, cables, wires, piping, ducts or other elements passing through one or both outer surfaces of fire rated walls, floors or partitions and shall be firestopped on both sides of penetration in accordance with requirements set forth in Paragraph 1.03 of this Section. B. Where sleeves are used, same shall be as specified in Part 2 herein; ' in event that sleeves are not used, core openings and caulk or wrap penetrating items with intumescent system the full length of penetration and seal on both sides with intumescent caulk. �w Residual openings within square or rectangular holes shall be filled with compounds applicable for substrate encountered and all penetrations sealed on both sides with caulk. 3 .06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor shall immediately notify the Architect if the w� firestopping systems herein specified cannot meet the requirements of the specification. B. Contractor shall examine firestops to ensure proper installation and full compliance with this specification. 2053/15220 07850 - 8 Firesto Aping 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. B. Verify that environmental conditions are safe and suitable for installation of firestop products. C. Verify that all pipe, conduit, cable, and other items which penetrate fire-rated construction have been permanently installed prior to installation of firestops. 3 .02 PREPARATION A. The surface shall be dry, clean, and free of all foreign matter. Do not apply firestopping to surfaces previously painted or treated with a sealer, curing compound, water repellant or other coatings unless tests have been performed to ensure compatibility of materials. B. Provide primers as required which conform to manufacturer' s recommendations for various substrates and conditions. Po C. Mask where necessary to protect adjoining surfaces. D. Remove excess material and stains on surfaces as required. 3 .03 INSTALLATION - GENERAL SYSTEMS A. Install in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Ensure that anchoring devices, backup materials, clips, sleeves, supports and other materials used in the actual fire test are installed. P0 C. Install firestopping with sufficient pressure to properly fill and seal openings to ensure an effective smoke seal. D. Tool or trowel exposed surfaces. Remove excess firestop material promptly as work progresses and upon completion. E. Install dams when required to properly contain firestopping materials within openings and as required to achieve required fire resistance ratings. Combustible damming materials must be removed after appropriate curing. Incombustible damming materials may be left as a permanent component of the firestopping system. 3 .04 FIRESTOPPING CONSTRUCTION AT BUILDING EXTERIOR PERIMETERS, INTERIOR WALLS, SHAFTS, ETC. 00 2053/15220 07850 - 7 Firestopping 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College ens B. Architect must approve in writing any alternates to the materials and systems specified herein. C. All firestop products and systems shall be designed and installed so that the basic sealing system will allow the full restoration of the .. thermal and fire resistance properties of the barrier being penetrated with minimal repair if penetrants are subsequently removed. D. For applications where combustible penetrants are involved, i.e. . insulated and plastic pipe, a suitable intumescent material must be used. 2 .02 SPECIFICATION STANDARD: For purposes of establishing standards of quality and levels of performance and not for the purposes of limiting competition, the basis of this specification is upon units as manufactured by one of the following and their respective model suitable for the intended application. w.� A. Specified Technologies, Inc. B. Hilti, Inc. C. Grace/IPC Corp. • D. Dow Corning E. Nelson Firestop Products F. Tremco, Inc. G. U.S. Gypsum Company 2.03 PRODUCTS SHALL GENERALLY INCLUDE A. Mortar seals B. Fire stop design sealant compounds, caulk and foam systems. C. Putty and putty pads D. Firestop kits including collars, plugs, etc. E. Seal bags F. Tapes and blankets G. Intumescent design wrap strips H. Rockwool type unfaced safing insulation with third party wrap, 3 .5 pcf density, UL R-10905 label. 2.04 ACCESSORY ELEMENTS A. Forming, damming materials shall be mineral fiber board or other suitable material recommended by nominated system manufacturer. B. Primers, sealant and solvent cleaners shall be as recommended by the nominated system manufacturer. C. Metal Systems - 20 y gauge phosphatized, electrogalvanized steel plate and/or galvanized steel clips. 2 .05 Balance of materials shall be as specified elsewhere in this Section. Part 3 - EXECUTION w 2053/15220 07850 - 6 Firestopping 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 00 B. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 1. UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through Penetration Fire Stops. 2 . UL 263 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 3 . UL 723 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 4. UL "Fire Resistance Directory" , current year. C. Factory Mutual (FM) Approval Guide, current year. S D. Building code of the jurisdiction of the Work. E. National Fire Protection Association 1. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. 2 . NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. F. FICA "Manual of Practice" G. Certification of "DRI" employee(s) 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Conform to manufacturer's printed instructions for installation and when applicable, curing in accordance with temperature and humidity. Conform to ventilation and safety requirements. B. Coordinate work required with work of other trades; firestopping an shall, where practical, precede gypsum board or other applied sheet finishing operations. OR C. Where firestopping is installed at locations which will remain exposed in the finished work, provide protection as necessary to prevent damage to adjacent surfaces and finishes, and protect as on required against damage from other construction operations. 1.08 SEQUENCING A. Schedule firestopping after installation of penetrants but prior to concealing the openings. B. Firestopping shall precede gypsum board finishing. 1.09 PROTECTION A. A Where firestopping is installed at locations which will remain gut exposed in the completed work, provide protection as necessary to prevent damage to adjacent surfaces and finishes, and protect as necessary against damage from other construction activities. !!�! Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .01 GENERAL A. Firestopping materials and systems shall meet the requirements specified herein. 2053/15220 07850 - 5 Firestopping MW so 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College am B. UL Tested Systems: Submit drawings showing typical installation details for the methods of installation. Indicate which firestop materials will be used and thickness for different hourly ratings. C. Engineering Judgments: Submit manufacturer's drawings for all non- w• standard applications where no UL tested system exists. All drawings must indicate the "Tested" UL system upon which the judgment is based so as to assess the relevance of the judgment to some known .. performance. D. Submit manufacturers installation procedures for each type of product. �* E. Approved Applicator: Submit document from manufacturer wherein manufacturer recognizes the installer as qualified or submit a list w� of past projects to demonstrate capability to perform intended work. F. Upon completion, installer shall provide written certification that materials were installed in accordance with the manufacturers installation instructions and details. G. Mockups: , 1. Prepare job mockup of the material proposed for use in the project as directed by Architect. ..r Approved mockups shall be left in place as part of the finished project and will constitute the standard for remaining work, including aesthetics. H. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. Deliver all materials to be used in the work of this section to the project site in original sealed containers with manufacturer's brand w and name, lot numbers, UL labeling, mixing and installation instructions clearly identified thereon. B. Store all materials in accordance with manufacturers directions. All materials shall be dated with shelf life and shall be removed from the project site at the contractors expense if date is expired. ,w 1.06 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. E 814 - Standard Method of Fire Tests of Through Penetration ow Fire Stops. 2 . E 119 - Methods of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. we 3 . E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. No 2053/15220 go 07850 - 4 Firestopping on 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College approved, in writing, by firestop material manufacturer. Said specialist shall be as defined in the Conditions. Equipment used shall be in accordance with firestop material manufacturer's written installation instructions . I. Materials shall conform to all applicable governing codes. J. All materials used in the work shall be certified "asbestos free" and shall be free from any and all solvents or components that ur require hazardous waste disposal or, that after curing, dissolve in water. K. All materials shall comply with the interior finish flame spread and smoke developed requirements for the area in which they are installed. . Coordinate with governing codes. 4r L. DEFINITIONS 1. FIRESTOPPING: The use of a material or combination of materials in a fire-rated structure (wall or floor) where it has been breached, so as to restore the integrity of the fire rating on that wall or floor. 2 . SYSTEM: The use of a specific firestop material or combination of materials in conjunction with a specific wall or floor go construction type and a specific penetrant(s) , constitutes a "System" 3 . BARRIER: Any bearing or non-bearing wall or floor that has an hourly fire and smoke rating. 4. THROUGH-PENETRATION: Any penetration of a fire-rated wall or floor that completely breaches the barrier. 5. MEMBRANE-PENETRATION: Any penetration in a fire-rated wall that breaches only one side of the barrier. 6. CONSTRUCTION GAPS: Any gap, joint, or opening, whether static or dynamic, where the top of a wall may meet a floor; wall to wall applications; edge to edge floor configurations; floor to exterior wall; or any linear breach in a rated barrier. Where movement is required, the firestopping system must comply with UL2079 for dynamic joints. 1.04 SUBMITTALS NOTE: A "Certificate of Conformance" , from the manufacturer listed in Part 2, is required with the "Submittal Package" to ensure that the material selected meets all of the criteria of this specification as set • forth in Section"1.03 Quality Assurance" . A. Submit manufacturers product literature for each type of firestop material to be installed. Literature shall indicate product characteristics, typical uses, performance and limitation criteria, and test data. Submittal should be in compliance with Section 01300 . 2053/15220 07850 - 3 Firestopping am 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College wo 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with an specific reference to: NOTE: Proper execution of this work will maintain the hourly ratings of use the walls and floors and ensure progress of work in other Sections as listed below. w A. Special Conditions/Construction Mechanical and Electrical Trades (01900) B. Plumbing (Division 15) C. HVAC (Division 15) ow D. Electrical Work (Division 16) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE we A. Firestopping systems (materials and design) : 1. Shall conform to both Flame (F) and Temperature (T) ratings as required by local building codes and as tested by nationally accepted test agencies per ASTM E814 or UL 1479 fire tests in so a configuration that is representative of field conditions. 2 . The F rating must be a minimum of one (1) hour but not less than the fire resistance rating of the assembly being .w penetrated. 3 . T rating when required by code authority shall be based on measurement of the temperature rise on penetrating item(s) . w 4. The fire test shall be conducted with a minimum positive pressure differential of 0.03 inches of water column. 5. For joints, must be tested to UL 2079 with movement capabilities equal to those of the anticipated conditions. B. Firestopping materials & systems must be capable of closing or filling through-openings created by 1) the burning or melting of combustible pipes, cable jacketing, or pipe insulation materials, or 2) deflection of sheet metal due to thermal expansion (electrical & mechanical duct work) . w. C. Firestopping sealants must be flexible, allowing for normal pipe movement. D. Firestopping materials shall not shrink upon drying as evidenced by cracking or pulling back from contact surfaces. E. Firestopping materials shall be moisture resistant, and may not dissolve in water after curing. F. All firestopping materials shall be manufactured by one manufacturer (to the maximum extent possible) . G. Material used shall be in accordance with the manufacturers written installation instructions. H. Firestopping shall be performed by a Specialty Contractor trained or 2053/15220 07850 - 2 Firestopping 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Iw SECTION 07850 !I� FIRESTOPPING Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements,q govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL we 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all firestopping and smoke seal work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Provide firestopping and smoke seals as indicated on the drawings and/or required to maintain full and continuous smoke and fire barrier between zones including: a. Through penetration firestops and smoke-stops for all fire-rated bearing and non-bearing wall and floor assemblies, both blank (empty) and those accommodating penetrating items such as cables, conduits, pipes, ducts, etc. b. Membrane penetration protection for fire-rated walls. C. Architectural/Construction joint firestops within walls, floors, or the intersection of floors to exterior walls, ire or the intersection of top of walls to ceilings. d. Top of wall firestopping in all fire-rated partitions e. Top of wall and construction joint smoke-stopping in all smoke partitions Cope and seal around all structural elements to insure smoke and fire barriers. IT IS A MANDATE OF THIS CONTRACT THAT ALL FIRESTOPPING WORK BE ow ACCOMPLISHED BY A FM4991 ACCREDITED CONTRACTOR WITH AT LEAST ONE "Designated Responsible Individual (DRI) " IN THE EMPLOY OF THE SPECIALTY CONTRACTOR FIRM. A COPY OF THE QUALITY ASSURANCE MANUAL SHALL BE MAINTAINED ON THE JOB SITE FOR No REVIEW BY THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL, CONTRACTOR AND ANY OTHER INTERESTED PARTY; FOR ASSISTANCE, A LIST OF "FCIA" CONTRACTORS OPERATING IN THE JURISDICTION OF THIS PROJECT IS ATTACHED TO no THIS SECTION. NOTE - A preinstallation conference shall be scheduled by the Contractor with this Specialty Contractor and all other Specialty Contractors, Subcontractors and the like to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate the work of this Section with related and adjacent work. 40 2053/15220 07850 - 1 Firestopping 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College lIR ! C. Step flashings - Joints shall be mechanically made, with fillers, and shall be jointed for expansion as necessary. OR D. Gutters - pitch 1 inch in 20 feet; provide all necessary preformed accessories. 3 .06 MISCELLANEOUS A. Provide all caulking in conjunction with roofing and sheet metals where shown and/or required by the manufacturer of the roofing system. 00 Where flashings are set into reglets, top edges of flashing shall be hooked into reglet and embedded into a bed of sealant. Lead wedges 40 shall be inserted therein and spaced 10 inches on center and then overcaulked with sealant seated into reglet space. 3. Items not covered elsewhere in this Section shall be as indicated on the drawings and/or as required to provide a complete weathertight installation. 3 .07 PROTECTION A. Protect construction, adjacent work and finished work from and damage. B. b Damage caused g y the handling, storing, mixing or application of materials or the failure to provide adequate protection shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 3 .08 CLEANING, ACCEPTANCE AND PATCHING A. Clean all surfaces of metals remaining exposed in the finished work free from paint, grease, labels and other items using material non- incursive to the finish and in strict accordance with manufacturers ' instructions after the roofing is complete. B. Exposed surfaces of the building or components thereof, whether provided under this trade section or not, and which have been soiled or damaged by the work of this section shall be cleaned and repaired at no cost to the Owner. C. All sidewalks, parking areas, and grounds accessed during construction shall be returned to their original condition and shall be left clean and free of any deposits such as roofing mastic, adhesives and the like. "" **End of Section** w '" 2053/15220 07600 - 9 Flashing & Sheet Metal 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College than 2 inches by 3 inches of the same material and weight as the sheet metal being installed. One end of cleat shall be secured and the edge folded back over the nail or screw heads. The other end of the cleat shall be locked into the folded edge of the basic sheet metal members. H. Fabricate coping covers in 8 foot lengths to the profile shown on the detail and as required by actual field conditions. Form a 1 inch high standing seam expansion joint at intervals not to exceed 24 feet on center. Lap and fasten all other joints and special conditions with copper rivets 2 inches on center, and fully soldered. Copings shall be set with cleat type seats extending full width of parapet and spaced at 48 inch centers. Infill entire area with "eps" insulation cut to slope taper. Coordinate with "Description of Work" for requirements of securement to inside of parapet. I. Fabricate fascias in 8 foot lengths to the profile shown on the detail and as required by actual field conditions. Provide a 6 inch wide cover plate at each joint, fully embedded in continuous sealant. All special conditions, terminations and corners will be headed off and soldered. *• J. Balance of all formed metal work shall be "shop fabricated" and shall accurately reproduce the detail and design shown, and profiles, with bends and intersections sharp, true and even. K. Install work with laps, joints and seams which will be permanently watertight and weatherproof, and shall be without waves, buckles, or 011 distortion. 3 .04 "BARRIER" INSTALLATION A. For horizontal applications, cut membrane into 10 to 15 foot lengths and reroll; peel back release paper and place barrier in proper position, roll or press in place and continue separation up the slope. ww B. For valley and ridge applications, cut membrane into 4 to 6 foot lengths; peel back release paper and position barrier in center of valley or ridge; press into place working from the center outward in each direction. Begin valley application from the low point. C. End laps, 6 inch minimum; side laps, 3-1/2 inch minimum. 3 .05 INSTALLATION, SPECIFICS A. Surfaces to which sheet metal and related roofing is to be applied shall be smooth, sound, clean, dry, and free from defects that might affect the application. wa+ B. All work shall have an underlayment of asphalt felt with a slip sheet of rosin sized paper or a self-adhering membrane application between all metal flashing and roofing. 2053/15220 07600 - 8 Flashing & Sheet Metal W S November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" published by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors national Association (SMACNA) ; "Copper and Common Sense" by the Revere Copper and Brass Co. Inc. , and with "Sheet Copper Applications" by the Copper Development Association Inc. whichever is more restrictive. 3 .03 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. The flashing shown as a single heavy line on the drawings is diagrammatic, and the Contractor may fabricate in a single width of the heaviest required gauge or in component widths with various required gauges, properly connected for watertightness and allowance for variations in thermal expansion due to difference in gauges and exposure. B. Where various gauge widths are connected or in making up long continuous lengths, all joints, except loose locked joints and where expansion provisions are required, shall be flat locked and soldered and shall show the least possible amount of solder. Soldering may !? be used only to fill and/or seal joints, and shall not be relied upon for mechanical strength. C. Corners shall be mitered with flat lock seams and soldered. D. Gutter sections shall be "riveted" together for mechanical strength and soldered for water tightness. E. Fabricate all joints, laps, splices and connections so as to shed water and condensation in the direction of intended flow. 40 F. Make adequate provisions to compensate for thermal changes in all sheet metal work. Details of expansion joints shall be submitted for approval. Provide for expansion joints every 20 to 24 feet or as may be as shown in long runs. G. Install nailers in accord with manufacturer' s product data and in r accord with FM and SPRI Wind Design Guide requirements . Every precaution shall be taken to prevent direct contact between dissimilar materials by the installation of an insulating layer of felt as per Part 2 embedded in an approved plastic roofing cement. Securely fasten all work and anchor to formed metal or nailers, except as otherwise shown or specified, confine nailing or screwing to one edge of metal only. Where concealed blocking cannot be provided, use lead expansion shields and secure with nonferrous screws for screw application. Nails or screws shall not be over 24 inches apart. Where nailing is not feasible, sheet metal shall be fastened with cleats. Cleats shall be approximately 12 inches o.c. and not less 2053/15220 07600 - 7 Flashing & Sheet Metal ON 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 00 mortar joints when sealant joints are visible. ■o H. Roofing felts - 30 lb. saturated asphalt type. I. Slip sheets - 6 lb. rosin sized building paper. w J. Bituminous Coating (for separating dissimilar metals) : FS TT-C494. so K. Water Barrier: See Section 07314. 2 .04 MISCELLANEOUS A. Vent stacks - prefabricated boots, coordinate with Section 07530. B. Interior roof drain systems - 4 lb. lead sheet and felt stripping. C. Pitch Pockets - 20 ounce copper, to finish 4 inches high. All seams shall be soldered; fill with non-shrink grout to within 2 inches of surface, top with "liquid rubber" to within 1 inch of surface. D. Pitch Pocket Filler - similar and equal to "UWM-285" , 2 part urethane by Gates Engineering Co. ew E. Step flashings - 20 ounce copper will be furnished for all junctures of shingles to side wall construction. Joints shall be mechanically made, with fillers, and shall be jointed for expansion as necessary. F. Valley Flashings: 20 ounce copper applied over rosin sized paper. 2 .05 Balance of materials required for the work shall be as specified elsewhere in this Section. Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this ue section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. 3 .02 SHEET METAL WORK A. All metal required for the work of this Section shall conform to the requirements set forth in Part 2 above and the general specifications stated below. B. Cleaning - wet joints to be soldered and surrounding area with clean water and soft bristle brush. Wash with acid neutralizing solution and rinse with clear water and dry. +�! C. Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations promulgated under the 2053/15220 07600 - 6 Flashing & Sheet Metal w 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College and inclusive with, the 15 year guarantee required for roofing. It shall be understood that the flashing provided conforms to materials and workmanship for a 2 year endorsement as promulgated by the manufacturer. B. The overall guarantee/warranty shall be issued without exceptions. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .01 SPECIFICATION STANDARD: For purposes of establishing standards of quality and levels of performance and not for the purposes of limiting e competition, the basis of this specification is upon units as manufactured by one of the following and their respective model suitable for the intended application. is A. Revere Copper and Brass, Inc. B. Hussey Copper, Ltd. C. Anaconda American Brass Co. 2 .02 FLASHING MATERIALS - GENERAL A. Copper: ASTM B 152 and B 370, cold rolled except where soft temper is required for forming; 20 ounce except as otherwise indicated and or specified in Part 1. 2 .03 ACCESSORIES AND FASTENERS A. Solder composition - 50/50 tin and lead or as otherwise specified in Table 5 of ASTM B 32 as suitable for copper material used. B. Flux - Type R or modification thereof as per Article 7.2 of ASTM B 32 specifically designed for use with specified sheet metal. All acid is to be thoroughly washed off after soldering is completed. C. Nails - "Stronghold" type large flat head roofing nail not smaller than No. 12 stub gauge and of sufficient length to penetrate the wood blockings, nailers, etc. , not less than 7/8 inch long. 1. For Copper: Hardened copper or brass. D. Screws, Bolts, and other Fastening Accessories 1. For Copper: Copper or brass. E. Anchors - Provide one of the following types: 1. Hammer driven anchors, consisting of a stainless steel drive pin and a corrosion resistant metal expansion shield inserted thru a stainless steel disc with an EPDM sealing washer. 0 2 . Self-tapping, corrosion resistant, concrete and masonry screw inserted thru a stainless steel disc with an EPDM sealing washer. IN F. Brazing compound - highest grade. OR G. Sealant - Type II as per Section 07900. Color shall match adjacent W 2053/15220 07600 - 5 Flashing & Sheet Metal 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College .A 5 . Aluminum Association, Design System for Aluminum Finishes (AA) . 6 . American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA) , standards as referenced herein. 7 . Factory Mutual Engineering & Research (FM) , Loss Prevention ► Data 1-49, Perimeter Flashing, June 1985 . 8. Single Ply Roofing Institute (SPRI) , Wind Design Guide for Edge Systems used With Low Slope Roofing Systems, 1995 , Edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings and samples shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements established in Section 01300 and shall consist of the following: 1 . Shop drawings showing layout, joining, profiles, and anchorages of all fabricated work. 2 . Samples - 2 of size adequate to show appearance and performance characteristics of all materials, including fasteners to be used on the job. 3 . Product Data - Manufacturer's product specifications, installation instructions and general recommendations for each specified material and product including interface with adjacent materials and surfaces. wu B. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. C. This Contractor shall take all necessary field measurements prior to .� fabrication and installation of work and shall assume complete responsibility for accuracy of same. 0. D. Certification of Specification Compliance. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) sw A. Materials shall be delivered to the job site in unopened, original containers, identified with the manufacturer's name and brand, and labeled with pertinent information regarding grades, quantities, types, etc. B. Materials shall be stored under conditions recommended by the manufacturer. C. Handle materials to prevent damage to surfaces, edges and ends of sheet metal items. Reject and remove damaged material from site. .r� 1.06 SPECIAL GUARANTEE/WARRANTY TERMS A. General guarantee/warranty for work herein shall compliment that issued under Sections 07314 and 07530 with the following additions: 1. Contractor shall agree (and he does so agree) that all flashings shall be valid as a 2 year endorsement as part of, 2053/15220 07600 - 4 Flashing & Sheet Metal ON 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College L. HVAC (Division 15) M. Electrical Work (Division 16) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work of this section shall be installed by a "Specialty Contractor" as defined in the Conditions. B. Requirements given herein may be affected by other related requirements of the qu project specification. Correlation of contract requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. an C. The Contractor shall coordinate all roofing and metal work with all associated work specified under other sections of the work in the preparation for and the installation of roofing, flashings and other items. Ensure best possible weather resistance and durability of the work and protect materials and finishes. D. All materials furnished under this Section shall be installed with expedition as required. All materials provided under this Section shall conform to established industry practice and standards governing same. All metal work shall be ink stamped at intervals, identifying - 1. Manufacturer, type metal, and gage or thickness. 2 . Manufacturer's Recommendations For factory fabricated items, follow the manufacturer's recommendations and installation instructions unless specifically shown or specified otherwise. E. Work shall only be performed when the weather is dry, clear, and sunny, and weather reports call for a continuation of dry weather. Contractor shall fully cover exposed work as required to provide adequate weather protection, and shall be held responsible for any and all damage to the existing building resulting from, or caused by, the work of this section of the contract. F. Systems shall be compatible with and approved by the manufacturer of the selected roofing system. G. See drawings for applicable notes and details on flashing conditions. Construct in a watertight, workmanlike manner, meeting the guarantee requirements specified in Sections 07314 and 07530. H. References 1. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA) . 2 . Copper Development Association (CDA) . 3 . American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) . 4. Federal Specifications (FS) . 2053/15220 07600 - 3 Flashing & Sheet Metal 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College a� C. Match the outlet size and style of the drain to the building drain line to which it is being connected except if the drain line is a copper pipe, then furnish the drain body with a threaded outlet and use a male adapter to connect the drain body to the drain line. .s d. New roof drainage piping and insulation: 4 inch diameter, minimum, cast iron with no hub fittings, and rubber neoprene sleeve couplings with stainless steel w shield and clamps, conforming to ASTM A564. 1 inch thick pre-molded 3 .5 lb. heavy density fiberglass pipe insulation, UL rated non-combustible with service jackets and prefabricated elbow covers. e. Provide new 3 inch drain at Bell Tower Roof; coordinate with Plumbing for replacement of existing line and provision of new 4 inch cast iron line. a 4. Head joint work; 20 ounce copper over flashing with nail-on pressure bar and Type IV sealants. Reset/replace existing at concrete juncture; existing pan shall be secured by copper bibs. 5. Provide shop fabricated 32 ounce 2 piece copper gutter factory soldered and lock seamed as shown. New system shall overlap existing 16 gauge continuous metal anchor/cramp a minimum of 4 inches and be secured to plywood subbase and capped by self adhering underlayment. Gutter liner shall be carried up and over precast fascia and capped with a formed 20 ounce copper cap with cleats and 48 inches on center. Provide expansion joint provisions in gutter and "slip" joint provisions with batten cap for copper cap. 6. Reset snow guards, coordinate with Section 07314. ON 7. Provide new flashings and wall cladding (20 ounce copper) in connection with replaced lean-to skylight at main stair entrance lobby; coordinate with Section 08630; provide se isolation strips. 8 . Provide underlayment system as specified in Section 07314 at new gutter system, complete, tie to system under slate. w 9 . Provide balance of prefinished, preformed metal flashings as required to complete the work. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Unit Masonry (04800) w B. Masonry Restoration (04910) C. Miscellaneous Metals (05500) D. Rough Carpentry (06100) w E. Slate Roofing (07314) F. Membrane Roofing (EPDM) (07530) G. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) H. Aluminum Construction (08400) s+" I. Skylights, Metal Framed and Custom (08630) J. Painting (09900) K. Plumbing (Division 15) 2053/15220 07600 - 2 Flashing & Sheet Metal 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 07600 I�1 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, on materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all flashing and sheet metal work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: NOTE: All copper exposed to view in the finished work shall be treated with 2 coats of conventional linseed oil after a minimum of 10 and maximum 21 days so as to maintain "brown" color and to retard patinization toward copper green. Further, all blockings required for the attachment of work of this section to the basic structure shall be provided by this Specialty Contractor in accordance with the material requirements and labor restrictions set forth in Section 06100 of these specifications. 1. New 20 ounce copper cap flashings at membrane flashing ! " condition at level changes from flat roof areas to masonry; coordinate with Section 04900 for brick repairs. 2 . Provide new 20 ounce copper parapet coping covers; cleat mount over existing masonry/bluestone - eliminate wood blockings. 3 . Replace existing roof drains as part of the work of this contract using cast iron roof drain assemblies consisting of: a. Main roof and large canopy drains (see drawings for sizes and locations) : Conventional cast iron roof drains, installed with drain receivers, and underdeck clamps if appropriate, and cast iron looking strainers and cast iron clamping rings 1010 Series as manufactured by Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Company or approved equal. NOTE: Existing drainage will be supplemented with new units and cross connector piping as shown on the drawings. THIS IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE. b. Small canopy drains, 3 inch located as existing: Conventional cast iron roof drains, installed with stamped sump drain receivers and underdeck clamps if appropriate, cast iron locking strainers and cast iron go clamping rings 1630T, 1660T or 1690T Series as needed to accommodate field conditions as manufactured by Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Company or approved equal. ew 2053/15220 07600 - 1 Flashing & Sheet Metal 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College evidenced, the roofer will, at his own expense, make corrections satisfactory to the Architect and the Roofing Manufacturer. ., Should no evidence of improper workmanship or specification noncompliance, the cost of the work will be reimbursed by Change „e Order in accordance with terms set forth in the Conditions. 3 .06 CLEANING A. Remove trash, debris, equipment and parts from the job site. B. I All roof surfaces shall be free from foreign material, stains or blemishes. w Cleaning materials and techniques shall be strictly in accordance with the manufacturer' s requirements. wA Prefinished material shall be touched up as applicable and shall be cleaned of all foreign substances after roofing is complete. All surfaces shall be left clean and satisfactory to architect. Exposed surfaces of the building components that have been soiled or • damaged under this section shall be cleaned and repaired at no cost to the Owner. 3 .07 PROTECTION 4W A. Protect finished roof areas from damage during construction under provisions of Section 01500. no **End of Section** an go .eA ew 1w 2053/15220 07530 - 16 Membrane Roofing ° 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College insulation in a dimension of 36 inches. OR H. Provide temporary water cutoffs at the end of each day' s work and whenever inclement weather is forecast. Cutoffs shall be applied to the exposed edges of roof insulation, extended 6 inches onto roof, carried up and over top of insulation and extended 6 inches on top of roof insulation and meshed to membrane, apply ballast to within 3 feet of cutoffs. REMOVE CUTOFFS PRIOR TO RESUMING WORK. I. Install walkway systems in accordance with these specifications and the manufacturer' s recommendations. PR 3 .03 MISCELLANEOUS A. The Contractor shall provide all caulking in conjunction with roofing and sheet metals where shown and/or required. Where metal and/or fabric flashing is set into reglets, top edges of flashing shall be hooked into reglet and embedded into a bed of sealant. Lead wedges shall be inserted therein and spaced 10 inches on center and then overcaulked with sealant seated into reglet space. B. Sealant shall be Type IV as/Section 07900. C. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent direct contact between dissimilar materials by the installation of an insulating layer of 15 lb. saturated fabric felt embedded in an approved plastic roofing cement. D. All wood nailing strips and blocking shall be laid in a bed of plastic roofer's cement or liquid membrane. Thickness - minimum 30 mils. ps E. Provide all miscellaneous roofing, flashing and metal work shown on drawings or otherwise required to leave all work complete and entirely watertight, neatly and carefully executed in a thorough and No workmanlike manner generally as herein specified for other similar items of work. F. Items not covered elsewhere in this Section shall be as indicated on the drawings and/or as required to provide a complete weathertight installation. 3 .04 COORDINATION A. The Contractor shall coordinate all roofing and metal work with all associated work specified under other sections of the work in the preparation for and the installation of roofing, (lashings and other items. an 3 .05 TESTING A. Upon completion of the roofing, the roofer may, at the Architect' s request, be .required to perform a roof test program to evaluate the overall system. The program will be established between the roofing NO manufacturer, the installer and the Architect. If faults are W 2053/15220 07530 - 15 Membrane Roofing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College modified below. we 1 . Fully Adhered System - Carlisle SynTec "Design A" B. Set insulation in single or multiple layers as required to gain pitches, each in parallel courses, with staggered and tightly butted joints. SECURE INSULATION TO CONCRETE DECKS WITH FOAMED ADHESIVE. w Where insulation is used as basic pitching medium, install same in accordance with approved drainage layout pattern. Minimize joint over joint conditions. Protect all insulation against damage. Lay no more insulation than can be covered with complete roofing system in one day. C. Provide retainer system at turned up membrane at all perimeters, changes in plane, penetrations and the like by securement of either extruded rubber nailing strip (RNS) or reinforced universal securement strips. RNS retaining devices shall be secured to vertical surfaces only. With use of "RNS" systems, provide treated wood blocking at preformed curb openings and other areas where base construction not suitable for vertical attachment. D. Roofing membrane shall be unrolled, allowed to "rest" and then installed without stretching in design system specified; fully secure membrane to the installed retainer systems. Membrane joints shall be lapped a minimum of 3 inches cleaned and welded together. All joints shall be tested, EACH DAY, for integrity and shall be sealed with approved seam sealant. Thoroughly clean all laps prior to welding. wA Note option for inseam sealant tape application. Edge seals are still required. es E. Form base flashings of synthetic material and install at all vertical and horizontal intersections and place and secure as per manufacturer's standards for specified systems and locations. Lap , roof membrane over same, fully bed and seam seal. Make proper provision for expansion and contraction. Provide metal flashings in all locations where roofing is subject to damage and where it is not practicable to install roofing. F. Form flashings for all pipes, conduits, vents and the like extending thru membrane using factory formed units extending onto roof a ww minimum of 4 inches and stripped over with sheet membrane sections 12 inches by length as required. G. At roof drains, provide a free circle or square around drain without 2053/15220 07530 - 14 Membrane Roofing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College OR F. Prefabricated accessories (pipe seals, etc. ) . G. Nite seal. H. Pitch Pocket Filler - UWM-285, 2 part urethane by Gates Engineering Co. I. Rubber nailing strips (RNS) J. Cant Strips, Blocking, etc. - See Section 06100 . Creosoted or asphaltic treated lumber shall not be used. FIBER PRODUCTS ARE NOT PERMITTED IN THE WORK 2 .05 WALKWAY SYSTEMS A. Shredded and compressed rubber walkway system in 30 inch wide by 30 foot long rolls in 5/16 inch thickness or 30 inch square pads at option of Contractor and/or in combination B. Adhesive: Sure-Seal Splicing Cement. 2 .06 ROOF PENETRATIONS AND ACCESSORY ITEMS A. Prefabricated units with adjustable stainless steel clamps and sealant band. Where penetrations are other than round, assemblies shall be square and fabricated from suitable metal materials and either shall receive e a canopy hood or be formed and filled with a liquid rubber sealant of a formulation suitable for retaining device. 2 .07 Balance of materials required for the work shall be as specified elsewhere in this section. Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of Im surfaces and contiguous elements. B. On all surfaces shown to receive roofing application, preparation shall be taken as/Paragraph 1.05 herein. All system applications, and other work in conjunction therewith, shall be completed as expeditiously as possible as it proceeds, so that as small an area as practicable is in the process of construction at any one time. 3 .02 "EPDM" ROOFING SYSTEM APPLICATION - SPECIFICS A. Membrane systems shall be installed in strict accordance with standard specifications promulgated by the manufacturer and as may be 2053/15220 07530 - 13 Membrane Roofing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Tongue Tear Brittleness point, max, __F ('-'C) ASTM D 2137 -49 (-45) -75 (-59) Resistance to Heat Aging * ASTM D 573 Properties after 4 weeks @ 2400.F (116GC) for Sure-Seal Breaking Strength, min, lbf (N) ASTM D 751 80 200 Elongation, Ultimate, min, % ASTM D 412 200** 310** w Linear Dimensional Change, max, % ASTM D 1204 E1.0 -0.7 Ozone Resistance * Condition after exposure to 100 pphm ASTM D 1149 1 No Cracks No Cracks Ozone in air for 168 hours @ 104EF (40-C) Specimen wrapped around 3 inch (7.5 cm) mandrel Resistance to Water Absorption ASTM D 471 4.0 ** 2.0 ** After 7 days immersion @ 158--F (7 02C) Change in mass, max, % Resistance to Outdoor (Ultraviolet) ASTM G 4637 No Cracks No No Cracks No Weathering * Conditions Crazing Crazing Xenon-Arc, 7560 kJ/m2total radiant w exposure at 0.70 W/moirradiance 17611-.F (80FC) black panel temperature B. Membrane shall be provided with all required accessories, flashings (including basic "secure-edge" metal flashings) and the like as necessary and/or required to provide a complete installation. 2 .03 FLASHINGS/STRIP SYSTEMS A. Flashing for all "epdm" roofing systems shall be one, or all, of the following as applicable to intended use each as furnished by the membrane manufacturer compatible with nominated roofing membrane. 1. Pressure-sensitive, 40 mil semi-cured EPDM laminated to a 30 mil cured, preapplied adhesive. 2 . Cured cleaned 60 mil nonreinforced EPDM. 3 . Uncured 60 mil EPDM material for use in forming of corners, sealer pockets and the like. B. Securement strip devices shall be a reinforced universal design EPDM membrane material in either 6 inch or 9 inch widths as applicable to .A intended use. Material shall be either standard or pressure sensitive design. Seam plates shall be provided as necessary for particular systems. 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS IN CONNECTION WITH "EPDM" ROOFING SYSTEMS A. All such items required and enumerated below shall be supplied by the manufacturer of the selected roofing membranes and shall be suitable for the intended applications. B. Primers, bonding adhesives and the like shall be compatible with all materials to which the membrane is to be bonded. C. Splicing cleaner and cement. D. Inseam and lap sealants. NOTE: Splice tape seals with lap sealant is an acceptable alternative. .u, E. Water-cutoff mastic. 2053/15220 07530 - 12 Membrane Roofing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College membrane so as insure conformance to the "system warranty" requirements contained herein. Insulation shall be capped with a single layer of 1/4 inch protection board as specified below secured to roof insulation assembly system with adhesive - mechanical fastening prohibited. B. Engineered Tapered Insulation system shall be factory engineered and fabricated using companion system to flat insulation as noted above. C. Insulation shall conform to the following technical properties : 40 1. Thermal performance as per ASTM C 518 : "aged" values as determined in accordance with RIC/TIMA Technical Bulletin 281- 1. Values shall be as set forth in Part 1 of this Section. on 2 . Water Absorption % Volume, ASTM C 209: < 1%. 3 . Dimensional Stability, ASTM D 2126: 2%, max. 7 days. 4. Compressive Strength, ASTM D 1621: not less than 20 psi. 5. Foam core density, ASTM D 1622 : not less than 2 .0 pounds per 4W cubic foot. 6. Moisture Vapor Transmission, ASTM C 355: < 1 perm. 7 . Service Temperature rated from (-) 100 degrees F to +250 degrees F. 8. Flame Spread, ASTM E 84: 25. D. All insulated roof areas shall receive a fully adhered layer of 1/4 inch glass mat clad gypsum board to serve as a full protective course over entire roof assembly. +! ! E. Insulation and Protection Course Setting: "Fast-Stick" by Carlisle; "Urethane Insulation Adhesive" by Johns Manville; or "Insta-Stick" by Insta-Foam Products each being either a spray or strip applied 2 component, low-rise polyurethane foam adhesive with catalyst. 2 .02 "EPDM" ROOFING MEMBRANE A. Roof membrane shall be "FleeceBACK 100 Membrane" as manufactured by �* Carlisle/Syntec and shall incorporate Sure -Seal (black) non- reinforced EPDM membrane laminated to a non-woven polyester fleece backing resulting in a total finished sheet thickness of 100 mils. Provide selvage edges on both edges along the length of the membrane for splicing. Membrane is available in widths of 10 feet (3 m) and lengths of 50' (15 .2 m) or 100' (30.5 m) and conforms to ASTM Standard D4637-95, Type III (Fabric-backed membrane) with the following physical properties: Physical Property Test Method SPEC.(Pass) Sure-Seal !Iw Typical Tolerance on Nominal Thickness, % ASTM D 751 __10 _10 Thickness over Fleece, min, in. (mm) ASTM D4637 Annex 100 mil (2.54 mm) .030 (.762) .045 (1.143) Weight 1b/ft -,(kg/m::) 100 mil (2.54 mm) 0.29 (1.4) Breaking Strength, min, 1bf (N) ASTM D751 Grab 90 (400) 200 (890) Method A Elongation, Ultimate, min, % ASTM D 412 300 ** 500 ** Tearing Strength, min, lbf (N) ASTM D 751_B_ 10 (45) 45 (200) 2053/15220 07530 - 11 Membrane Roofing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Evidence and condition of "reserve fund" for the sole purposes of implementing the guarantee/warranty and term thereof shall be submitted to the Architect as part of the submittal process to insure that roofing manufacturer has established a separate accounting system to allow for addressing of guarantee/warranty problems as they w may arise. D. Terms of guarantee/warranty - Fifteen (15) years. E. Coordinate guarantee/warranty requirements with Section 07600 . IT SHALL BE NOTED THAT ALL METAL FLASHINGS PROVIDED BOTH HEREIN AND AS PART OF COMPANION "FLASHING AND SHEET METAL" SECTIONS SHALL BE COVERED BY THE SYSTEM OR SPECIFICATION WARRANTY. NO EXCEPTIONS TO THIS REQUIREMENT WILL BE ALLOWED. ws NOTE - In the event of failure on the part of the Manufacturer or Specialty Contractor/Installer to commence, within 5 days after the notification by the Owner, an y work required re to be performed under the terms of the aforesaid guarantee, and to complete the same within a reasonable time thereafter, the Owner may have such work done by other parties and charge the cost thereof to the Contractor, Specialty Contractor and/or as Manufacturer without jeopardizing or nullifying any terms and conditions, of the guarantee/warranty required as part of the work of this Contract. Part 2 - PRODUCTS NOTE - It is a project requirement that any and all materials furnished for this work shall be asbestos free and shall be so certified to this fact by the contractor and each respective manufacturer. 2.01 RIGID INSULATION NOTE: Insulation material shall be approved by the nominated roofing manufacturer for incorporation within the assembly and may be a branded form of material conforming to the listed re quirements. ° A. Insulation systems for roof areas under sheet membrane shall be a polyisocyanurate foam panel manufactured with an HCFC 141b blowing t' agent and chemically bonded during the foaming process to non- asphaltic fiberglass mat facers on the top and bottom surfaces during the manufacturing process and conforming to the following standards. , 1. Federal Specifications: HH-I-1972 GEN and HH-I-1972/2, Class 1 2 . Factory Mutual Class I as per FM4450 and Class A as per ASTM E 108. Material shall meet wind uplift requirements set forth in Part 1 of this Section. 3 . Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Classifications for Class "A" components as per UL790 within rated system for roof/ceiling designs as required by the project. Material shall be furnished by the manufacturer of the membrane system or by such supplier approved by the manufacturer of the 2053/15220 07530 - 10 Membrane Roofing 0" 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College NO gutters, ridges, and/or other major items of sheet metal and related in work identified at the preroofing conference for the inspection and approval of the Architect and his consultants. E. Each mockup shall be constructed to show the following: 1. Type of metal. 2 . Gauge of metal. 3 . Color of metal (where applicable) . 4. Cross sectional dimensions and shape of metal. 5. Related wood/metal blocking and/or plywood and other such attachment techniques and devices of these items. wu 6. Related masonry removal and restoration work. 7. Joining techniques for the metal. 8. Mitering techniques for the metal. so 9 . All other related materials and typical techniques as required to fully define the detailing of each mockup. 1.09 SPECIAL GUARANTEE/WARRANTY TERMS A. For periods set forth below and commencing with the date on which the roofing system covered by these specifications is accepted by the Owner, the Membrane Manufacturer and Specialty Contractor/Installer jointly warrant that said roofing system will remain in a watertight condition; and that said systems top covering described within these specifications will remain on the roof; further, as a part of these requirements, the Insulation Manufacturer further warrants that insulation on said roof will retain at least 80 percent of its' thermal resistance. 40 B. In the event the roof, or any portion thereof including, but not limited to - 1. Roofing, complete; 2. Base and cap flashings; 3 . Insulation systems; 4. Metal flashing and trim work in connection with roof; ' 5 . Copings; 6. Penetrations; and the like, fail to so perform, the Membrane and/or Insulation Manufacturers and the Specialty Contractor/Installer jointly will, at their own expense, cause to be made the repairs or modifications to the systems, as may necessary to enable the systems to perform as warranted and to restore any adjacent damaged areas. Defective work includes but is not limited to the following types of go failure: leakage, delaminating, lifting, loosening, splitting, cracking, undue expansion and billowing of the membranes and the companion flashings; failure of any joint or other element of ew companion metal flashings; fillers and the like. C. The guarantee/warranty shall be known as a "SYSTEM OR SPECIFICATION WARRANTY" and shall be issued without exceptions. 40 to 2053/15220 07530 - 9 Membrane Roofing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w D. Environmental Requirements 1 . Apply roofing in dry weather 2 . Do not apply roofing when ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F (4 degrees C) and falling not below 35 degrees F and ., rising. Do not apply over frozen or damp surfaces. 3 . Use "hot boxes" for adhesives, flashings, pressure sensitive materials and the like used when temperatures are less than 60 s. degrees F. E. Protection I . Provide special protection or avoid heavy traffic on completed work when ambient temperature is above 80 degrees F (27 degrees C) . 2 . Restore to original condition or replace work or materials ,, damaged during handling of roofing materials. 3 . Protect paving and building walls adjacent to hoist prior to starting work. a. La suitable Lap protective material at least 6 inches (150 mm) . b. Vent polyethylene, if used, to prevent collection of moisture on covered surfaces. wa C. Secure protective coverings against wind. d. Leave protective covering in place for duration of roofing work. w F. All roofing system applications and other work of this section in conjunction therewith shall be completed as expeditiously as possible as they proceed so that as small an area as practicable is in the `t process of construction at any one time. The entire area of work begun each day shall be completed the same ew day, and all exposed edges shall be sealed against moisture penetration at the end of each day's work as specified elsewhere in this section. Temporary edge seals shall be removed at the start of each day's work. +p 1.08 MOCKUP REQUIREMENTS A. The purpose of each mockup will be to establish minimum standards of materials and workmanship and to assure that completed installations WO based on the mockups will be fully functional and will serve the purpose for which they have been designed. B. Approved mockups may be left in place and incorporated into the permanent installation. C. The Contractor shall not proceed with the purchase or fabrication of any "mockup" items until the procedure of mockup erection, inspection and approval is completed and documented. er D. Mockup shall consist of copings, cap flashings, gravel stops, 2053/15220 07530 - 8 Membrane Roofing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College I G. Store rolled goods on flat. H. Provide continuous protection of materials against wetting and moisture absorption. I. Protect materials against damage by construction traffic. J. Remove wet materials from project site. K. Comply with fire and safety regulations. L. Curable materials (i.e. - adhesives, sealants, primers, splice tapes, pourable sealers, pressure sensitive flashings, etc.) must be stored between 60 degrees F and 80 degrees F. go Store emulsions in temperature above 40 degrees F (4 degrees C) . 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS (CAUTIONS & WARNINGS) me A. Do not use oil base or plastic roof cement with EPDM roofing. Do not allow waste products, (petroleum grease or oil, solvents, vegetable or mineral oil, animal fat) or direct steam venting to come in contact with any roofing, insulation or flashing product. Do not expose membrane and accessories to a temperature in excess of 175 degrees Fahrenheit. OR B. Splice cleaner, p primer, cements and bonding adhesives are extremely flammable. Do not breathe vapors or use near fire or flame or in a confined or unventilated area. Dispense only from a UL listed or Iw approved safety can. C. Remove empty adhesive and solvent containers and contaminated rags from the roof daily and legally dispose of them daily. D. Do not apply adhesives adjacent to open ventilation system louvers, or windows. E. Temporarily cover the louvers and windows with 6 mil fire retardant polyethylene and prevent adhesive odors from entering the building. Remove temporary covers at the end of each days work. 1.07 SPECIAL CONDITIONS A. Follow standard manufacturer's details on roofing, insulation and flashing conditions except as may be otherwise modified by drawings. Construct overall systems in a watertight, workmanlike manner, meeting the guarantee/warranty requirements specified herein. B. Prepare surfaces scheduled to receive new roofing and flashing systems in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions for specific system. C. Insure that all drains, vents and other items that project thru the roof have been properly installed, flashed and secured into position and tested as applicable and approved by Architect. ! 2053/15220 07530 - 7 Membrane Roofing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w. components, indications of minimum and maximum insulation thicknesses and the average "R" value for the completed ' insulation system or facer type. NOTE: Drawings shall indicate "flat sump" requirement for roof + + drains. The mandate for a minimum 3 foot clear area with "base board" only around drains shall be clearly indicated. .e D. Certification of specification compliance on all work including an additional certification from the manufacturer of the tapered insulation certifying positive drainage as well as a certification that, where applicable, the existing decks have be surveyed to verify slope conditions. IT IS A MANDATE OF THESE DOCUMENTS THAT THE FINISHED ROOF BE DEVOID wAa OF ANY STANDING WATER WITHIN 48 HOURS OF RAINFALL AS ESTABLISHED WITHIN THE NRCA RECOMMENDED GUIDELINES. e� E. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. F. After completion and acceptance of the project the manufacturer shall issue to the Owner a certificate acknowledging that the installation was done in accordance with the requirements outlined herein. ..P NOTES - In considering any possible alternatives to the roofing systems as specified, the following will be some of the factors to be used in evaluating the equivalency of any proposed substitute (Coordinate with Section 01630) : • The wording and intent of the warranty to be issued. • The financial status of the entity that will issue the warranty. '.. • At least three projects of comparable size, with a successful functional history of at least five years, within an approximate fifty mile radius of the project site. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and rolls with labels intact and legible. B. Deliver materials requiring fire resistance classification to the job with labels attached and packages as required by labeling service. C. Deliver materials in sufficient quantity to allow continuity of work. D. Handle rolled oods so as to g prevent damage to edge or ends. E. Select and operate material handling equipment so as not to damage existing construction or applied roofing. F. Store materials on clean raised platforms with weather protective covering when stored outdoors. 2053/15220 07530 - 6 Membrane Roofing w 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College �1 personnel will be permitted without justifiable cause and/or as approved by the Architect, Owner and Roofing Manufacturer. I. The entire assembly of roofing membranes, insulation, cap and base boards and the like shall be composed of materials classified as Class A by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as per UL790 or equivalent within rated system for roof/ceiling designs as required by the project. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Certificates 1. Submit evidence of roof applicator's experience and copy of manufacturers certification letter of approved applicator. 2 . Submit prior to fabrication, delivery or installation evidence that - a. Materials and components furnished shall conform with requirements or the Project Specifications. b. Materials furnished shall be compatible for the deck indicated, each one to the other and to adjacent related work. B. Samples and Manufacturer's Literature - Submit prior to fabrication, delivery or installation: NOTE: Literature acceptable in lieu of Samples. 1. Samples a. Membrane: 12 inches square. b. Insulation: Descriptive data and drawings C. Pourable or Trowel type liquids or coatings: 1 pt. per type go d. Base Flashing, Pressure Sensitive Strips, "Russ" Strips, etc: 12 inch sections by typical width. e. Walkway Pads/Pavers/Supports: 1 unit or descriptive data. f. Caulking and sealant material: descriptive data (see Section 07900) . g. Samples of preformed materials: 1 each. 2 . Latest edition of acceptable manufacturer's roofing (and base flashing) specifications selected. 3 . List of materials proposed for use. C. Shop drawings showing: 1. Any procedure, technique, or material that deviates in any fashion from that shown of specified in the Contract Documents. 2 . Detail drawings showing all flashing conditions, joint conditions and the like. 3 . Complete layout of the tapered insulation system and compliance W with the drainage pattern required. Only the manufacturer' s tapered insulation shop drawings will be acceptable. am Shop drawings shall outline roof and shall include locations of drains, scuppers, gutters, the profile of tapered insulation 00 2053/15220 07530 - 5 Membrane Roofing am 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 1 . Architect ■"' 2 . Owner' s Representative 3 . General Contractor & Project Superintendent 4. Roofing Subcontractor & Project Superintendent wr 5 . Sheet Metal Fabricator & Project Superintendent 6 . Membrane Manufacturer, Local Representative & Designated Roofing Inspector for the Guarantor. e� 7 . Tapered insulation manufacturer. and such other parties so designated by the Architect. The tapered insulation and membrane manufacturer shall participate in job preconstruction meetings and interim inspections when requested by the Architect, and; Further, said manufacturer shall participate in on site evaluations when unusual conditions require additional site surveys. �w Each of the above parties participation shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. The Architect will record items discussed at the conference and furnish a copy to each party attending. Items to be discussed, include the following: ■ How the application of the new roofing system will be coordinated with the removal of the old roof; the inspection of and repairs to the deck; and the installation of gypsum board, wood blocking, roof insulation, crickets, roof drains, metal and membrane flashings and other items to provide a watertight installation. • Commercial practice and the Manufacturer's instructions for handling and use of materials. • The expected condition of the roof deck, drains, curbs, penetrations and other preparatory work needed and/or performed by other trades. ■ Submittals, both completed and yet to be completed. ■ The construction schedule, material availability, crew size and work hours, equipment and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. ■ A schedule for Manufacturer and Architect inspections. ■ Expected weather conditions, and procedures for coping with unfavorable weather. H. The Contractor is advised that a project team will be designated for this work and will consist of qualified managers and superintendents who will be subject to approval by the Architect and Owner. Experience data shall be submitted and the nominated roofing manufacturer shall have approved said team prior to submittal of names; am Further, the Contractor is advised that no changes in supervisory OR 2053/15220 07530 - 4 Membrane Roofing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College E. Rough Carpentry (06100) !fir F. Slate Roofing (07314) G. Flashing and Sheet Metal (07600) H. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) I. Aluminum Construction (08400) J. Gypsum Drywall (09250) K. Plumbing (Division 15) L. Electrical Work (Division 16) so 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements given herein may be affected by other related r requirements of the project specification. Correlation of contract requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. B. The work of this section shall be performed by a Specialty Contractor meeting the following minimum requirements: 1. At least 5 roofing installations using this type of material on projects of comparable size and similar design which have been in place for at least 5 years. The reference list shall include at a minimum, the completion date, type of system, Manufacturer, square foot size, Owner's name - contact person - phone number and address and Architect's name - contact person and phone number. 2 . Contractor shall: a. directly employ the personnel performing the work of this section. b. be acceptable to or licensed by the Manufacturer of the primary roofing products. C. maintain a full time supervisor-foreman on the roof, who has 5 years experience installing EPDM roofing, and who speaks fluent English, when roofing work is in progress. • C. Application of roofing systems shall be coordinated with installation of roof insulation, metal and fabric flashings and all other similar items to provide a watertight installation. D. Follow commercial practice and manufacturers ' and suppliers' instructions relating to handling and use of materials except as modified herein. The material properties specified herein shall be the minimum requirements for project work. E. Flashing rings at roof drains, cap, counter and collar flashings for the mechanical and electrical trades shall be done by these respective contractors. F. Contractor shall coordinate the work of all trades so as to insure a weathertight and complete installation. G. A preconstruction roofing meeting is required and the attendance of the following is mandatory: 2053/15220 07530 - 3 Membrane Roofing sm 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College �eee 7. Run membrane flashings up and over parapet walls; remove existing coping cover and dispose of off site; coordinate with ..► Section 07600 for new covers and extenders. 8. Provide full cover of membrane over existing monitors; coordinate with Section 09250 for framing and sheathing of existing openings removed under other sections of this specification. 9. Coordinate with Division 15, "Plumbing" for new/replacement .. roof drain systems, provide flashings. 10. Construct new "pitch pockets" , vent flashings, hoods, penetration sleeves, and the like as may be required by the conditions encountered. "Pitch" shall mean "liquid rubber" . 11. Provide walkway system from access ladders to and around all items of equipment, fans and the like that require maintenance; in addition, provide a 24 inch wide continuous walkway pad wa system at all clerestory windows facing onto membrane roof areas. Routing shall be in straight line with 90 degree turns. 12 . Establish, as part of the basic project requirements, a semi- annual inspection, and yearly maintenance program for the subject roofing systems to be carried out over the course of the entire guarantee/warranty period. 13 . Perform balance of roofing and flashings as may be required to insure watertightness and overall conformance to guarantee/warranty requirements contained herein. w NOTE - ROOF INSPECTIONS BY MANUFACTURER Arrange for the roofing Manufacturer, or his authorized representative, to make a minimum of five inspections in accordance OR with the following schedule and submit a written report of each inspection to the Architect within one week following each inspection. go • First inspection during the first two days of new roof installation. • Second inspection when roofing is approximately 1,� complete. w • Third inspection when roofing is approximately ?� complete. • Fourth inspection when all roofing and flashings are installed. • Final inspection at the completion of all work. Provide 48 hours advance written notice to the Architect, so he may have a representative attend the inspections. �w Failure to comply with these requirements will result in withholding of payment requisitions for roofing and flashing operations. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) B. Plain and Reinforced Concrete (03300) C. Unit Masonry (04800) D. Masonry Restoration (04910) 2053/15220 07530 - 2 Membrane Roofing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 07530 MEMBRANE ROOFING (EPDM) Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 9M 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, • materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of membrane roofing, insulation and flashing work for this Project as required by the schedules, keynotes ON and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: CLARIFICATION NOTE: Where horizontal/vertical junctures occur, attention is directed to typical details "PS-12-C" and "U-12-D" as 40 promulgated by Carlisle Corporation wherein linear strips are used for development of corners to eliminate need for nailer system. This manner of securement, when approved by the nominated roofing manufacturer (evidenced by letter agreement from said manufacture) , is acceptable in lieu of detailing shown on the drawings. 1. Provide treated wood blocking, nailers, plywood and the like as to required provide for q p positive attachment of membrane systems and to provide smooth transitions from horizontals to verticals. NOTE - Fiber accessories are not permitted in any work of this contract. Coordinate with Section 06100 for material requirements and labor restrictions governing such work. Work is deemed the responsibility of this Specialty Contractor; coordination of blocking work is deemed that of the General Contractor/Construction Manager. 2 . Provide new tapered isocyanurate insulation system over entire prepared roof surface; average "R" of 19.0; provide "flat" sumps a minimum of 36 inches in diameter (i.e. - no insulation) . Adhere insulation with "Insta-Stick" self expanding urethane adhesive. Contractor shall submit drawings showing pitch configurations prior to the ordering of any insulation material. 3 . Provide overlay board on insulation using 1/4 inch "Dens-Deck w Prime" . Secure with adhesive. 4. Provide fully adhered reinforced fleece back "epdm" membrane over prepared substrate. 5 . Membrane flashing - extend "epdm" a minimum of 8 inches up wall at horizontal/vertical brick/concrete junctures 6. Run membrane flashings/roofing up and over low window sills and terminated at new curbs/frames with a termination bar and sealant system. Apply a layer of "dens-deck" to face of masonry sills to allow for proper securement of membrane; mechanically secure sheathing to masonry. w if 2053/15220 07530 - 1 Membrane Roofing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College eau C. Do not proceed with installation of slate shingles until substrate K. defects are corrected. D. Install roofing slate in strict accordance with Standard Industry practice and recommendations. 3 .02 INSTALLATION - SLATE REPAIRS A. Remove the broken slate and/or sections to permit installation of new flashings. B. Cut the nails with a ripper and remove any remaining small pieces of slate. C. Insert new slate and nail this slate through the vertical joint of • the slates in the overlying course approximately 5 inches from the head of the slate, or 2 inches below the tail of the second course of the slate above. D. Over this nail insert a piece of copper approximately 3 inches in width by 8 inches in length. E. Insert the piece of copper under the course above lengthwise, so that it will extend a couple of inches under the succeeding course, insuring a proper lap and protection throughout the exposed joint in as which the nail is driven. F. Prior to installation first bend the piece of copper slightly concave or convex to insure its remaining tightly in place. 3 .03 REINSTALLATION OF SALVAGED SNOW GUARDS (See Section 07600) A. Install snow guards concurrently with shingle installation by *■ nailing to underlayment in configuration and spacing shown. Coordinate with Section 07600. r 3 .04 PROTECTION A. Protect existing construction, adjacent work and finished work from damage. IM B. Damage caused by the handling, storing, mixing or application of materials or the failure to provide adequate protection shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 3 .05 ACCEPTANCE AND PATCHING A. On completion of work all equipment and rubbish resulting from the work of this section shall be removed from the premises. B. Leave work clean, whole, and sound ready for additional finish or so sealing as specified and/or as shown on the drawings. **End of Section** $a 2053/15220 07314 - 4 Slate Roofing „M 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College A. Maintenance Materials: Extra stock of two (2) squares for each 200 !fir squares laid, in adequate and approved packing. 1.07 SPECIAL GUARANTEE/WARRANTY TERMS A. The Contractor shall guarantee all work of this Section for a period of 5 years from the date of final acceptance in accordance with the Conditions. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .01 FELTS, UNDERLAYMENTS AND ACCESSORIES A. Asphalt saturated felts: 30 pound, coated two sides, ASTM D 2626- 69, Type 1. B. Cements and Mastic: Mortar cement and mastic consisting of asphaltic non-running heavy body plastic cement composed of glass, polyester or polypropylene fibers, asphalt and other ingredients. C. Sealants: Type II - reference Section 07900. D. Self Adhering Flashings and Underlayment - reinforced butyl rubber laminated to HDPE sheeting in 30 mil thickness similar and equal to "Vycor Ultra" by W.R. Grade or similar product by GAF; Progress Unlimited, Inc. or Protecto Wrap Company. so 2 .02 FASTENERS A. Felt - Large head galvanized roofing nails driven through tin buttons. B. Slates - Nails; Non-corrosive, copper, 11 gauge, 1-1/2 inch or length required so as not to penetrate deck. 2 .03 SLATE A. Match existing in sizes, weather and color to the greatest extent possible; submit (1.04) samples of proposed material to Architect as and College for approval prior to any ordering of material. Failure to so obtain approval will be cause for rejection of any proposed material without any cost to the Owner. B. Prepunch slates with 2 holes 1/4 to 1/3 of the length from the upper edge, 1-1/4 to 2 inches from the side edges. ps Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements . �w B. Do not apply materials over wet substrates. 2053/15220 07314 - 3 Slate Roofing No 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: .w A. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) B. Masonry Restoration (04910) C. Rough Carpentry (06100) D. Flashing and Sheet Metal (07600) E. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Application of roofing systems shall be coordinated with installation of metal and fabric flashings and all other similar items to provide a watertight installation. B. Requirements given herein may be affected by other related requirements of the project specification. Correlation of contract requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. .Me C. Applicator's qualifications are as follows: 1. Furnish names of Owners and Architect/Engineer of 2 buildings on which Applicator has installed satisfactory roof similar to type specified herein. 2 . Applicator shall have at least 3 years experience in application of roofs of type specified herein. D. Do not apply self-adhering membrane, roofing felt or shingles when substrata is wet. 1.04 SUBMITTALS ` A. Certification of specification compliance of all materials. B. Samples of all materials to be incorporated in the work. w C. Submit program of rehabilitation to Architect for approval prior to start of any work. D. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. Store shingles on edge supported at quarter points on two level runners of wood 2 inches (51 mm) wide. B. Lean shingles against each other at slight angle from vertical with first shingle of each row leaning against solid support. we C. Separate stacked rows with runners as required for bottom row. D. Stack shingles not more than four tiers high. E. Keep stored shingles free from rain, snow and ice. rrr 1.06 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS 2053/15220 07314 - 2 Slate Roofing .�e 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 07314 SLATE ROOFING - REPAIRS Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements q govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all slate roofing repair/remedial work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: NOTE: Any and all scaffolding required for execution of the work of this Section shall be provided and maintained under responsibility of Specialty Contractor as established in Section 01525 . NOTE: Before starting any work on the slate roof areas, the contractor will meet with the Construction Manager, Architect and Owner's Representative to survey the existing damaged areas that will require repairing under the 15% allowance. Any additional damage caused by the contractor while performing his contract work will be repaired at his own expense and not paid for under either the 15% allowance or the stated dollar allowance for additional work of $100,000.00 which shall be deemed to be included within the Base Bid. Said dollar allowance is deemed to be the net cost (exclusive of overhead and profit) . 1. Accomplish slate shingle repairs complete including - felts, cements, nails, fasteners, sealants and slates as required to perform the Work - 15% gross area excluding any and all work with gutters and flashing operations which are deemed included within the basic work. Daily logs, verified by the Architect's and Smith College's site representative will be wo the basis for determining the quantity installed as part of the base bid. See Section 01025 for unit rice requirements. quirements. 2 . Remove and restore slate roofing as required for the installation of new gutter liner and fascia system, resetting +W of snow guards and the like. NOTE - Slate work associated with any item of flashing or roofing work herein specified is deemed part of the base bid and will not be counted for 40 payment on the unit price basis. 3 . Inspect and repair any open joints in plywood underlayment exposed as a result of gutter/eave repairs. 4. Provide new self adhering "Vycor" type underlayment - 8 feet expanded at all eaves; tie to gutter liner. 5. Coordinate work of this section particularly with that of Section 07600. 4+ VW 2053/15220 07314 - 1 Slate Roofing 4 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College and the like that may interfere with waterproofing treatment. B. Prepare concrete wall surfaces supporting earth by a 15% muriatic acid solution wash of all surfaces. C. Etch all horizontal surfaces with 10-20% muriatic acid and then thoroughly wash with clean water. D. Soak all surfaces with clean water prior to capillary treatment. If any dry areas remain, resoak. No standing water will be permitted, squeegee off. w 3 .03 MIXING A. Capillary waterproofing materials shall be in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions for intended application whether spray or trowel applied. 3 .04 APPLICATION - WALLS A. Apply first coat of slurry with either brush or spray each at manufacturers recommended rate working into all openings, irregularities, and joints to avoid "holidays" . While first coat is still damp, fill in cracks, joints, honeycombs, etc. with mortar in layers not exceeding 1/2 inch. After patching operation, and while still damp or redampened, apply final coat of slurry treatment at the manufacturer's recommended rate. Finish in exposed areas - sponge float. so B. Concrete block wall curbs shall be treated with 2 coats of slurry and mortar in a 1:1 mix at 2 .5 lbs. /sq.yd. after pretreatment of walls. 3 .05 APPLICATION - FLOORS A. Floors - while concrete is fresh, directly apply powder over surface prior to floating or finishing operations at 2 .5 lbs. /sq.yd. 3 .06 CURING A. All capillary waterproofing applications shall be moist cured for a minimum of 48 hours after application. All traffic shall be kept off horizontal surfaces for an additional 7 day period. **End of Section** 2053/15220 07165 - 3 Cementitious Waterproofing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College aw being treated until completion of treatment, including curing period. .w B. Anchorage items shall be installed prior to application of waterproofing. Treatment shall be completed and approved prior to so attachment of utilities to the anchorage items. Tie holes shall be filled as part of the work of this Section. C. Detailed procedure for mixing and application shall be submitted to the Architect for approval prior to proceeding with treatment. 1.06 RESPONSIBILITY A A. Surface areas treated with waterproofing shall not develop leaks or other defects prior to final acceptance of the building by the Owner. The Contractor shall remedy leaks and defective areas to ,. produce a watertight installation. 1.07 SPECIAL GUARANTEE/WARRANTY TERMS A. The Contractor shall guarantee all work of this Section for a period of 5 years from the date of final acceptance in accordance with the Conditions. am Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL .w A. For purposes of establishing standards of quality and the level of performance and not for the purposes of limiting competition, waterproofing material shall be of the cementitious crystalline type that chemically ontrols and 4" Y permanently fixes non-soluble crystalline growth throughout the capillary voids of the concrete substrate and shall be based upon Xypex Chemical Corporation "Xypex Concentrate" for the 1st Coat and "Modified" for the 2nd Coat. 40 Systems as produced by one of the following along with their companion products are deemed to be equals. ON 1. The Permagile Corporation 2 . Vandex 3 . Hey'di Part 3 - EXECUTION �o 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. w" 3 .02 PREPARATION A. Insure all surfaces to be free from dirt or oil, foreign substances 2053/15220 07165 - 2 Cementitious Waterproofing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 07165 CEMENTITIOUS WATERPROOFING Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all cementitious waterproofing work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Provide cementitious dampproofing treatment on all walls and floors of elevator pit, complete. Work shall be accomplished prior to setting of ladder, elevator rails and buffers. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Concrete Restoration and Cleaning (03900) B. Unit Masonry (04800) C. Miscellaneous Metals (05500) D. Elevators (14200) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work under this Section shall be done by a firm that specializes in waterproofing, and has had at least 5 years experience in such, and can produce qualifications and examples of successful installations satisfactory to the Architect. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Samples of all materials to be used for the work. B. Experience data. C. Certification of specification compliance. D. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. E. Detailed procedure for mixing and application shall be submitted to the Architect for approval prior to proceeding with treatment. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinaze with Section 01600) uw A. Waterproofing shall not be applied until surfaces to be treated are enclosed or protected from excessive temperature changes. Ambient temperature shall be above 50 degrees F. during application for w curing period. Water level shall be kept below location of surface 2053/15220 07165 - 1 Cementitious Waterproofing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College awe 1. Apply minimum 1.5 mm (0.060 in. ) in all areas to be waterproofed. Apply minimum 3 mm (0 .120 in. ) in all detail areas. 2 . If area to be waterproofed is in direct sunlight and temperature is rising, apply "scratch coat" (a thin ■o application of fluid applied waterproofing) prior to the full application of the waterproofing membrane. 3 . In applications where a minimum slope of 11 mm/m (0.13 in./ft) .� can not be achieved, a two coat application of Procor membrane is recommended to achieve the total thickness. 4. Apply protection board and related materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3 . 06 APPLICATION - DAMPPROOFING/WATERPROOFING A. Application Temperature: The minimum temperature for spray ■. application is -7°C (20°F) ; coordinate with manufacturer's representative for details of cold weather spraying. B. Spray Application: Application thickness is controlled in both horizontal and vertical applications C. by marking the area and spot checking the thickness with a wet film thickness gauge. Swipe and trowel marks on the membrane are acceptable as long as the minimum thickness is maintained. D. Coverage Rates: fluid applied waterproofing membranes are typically applied at a minimum thickness of 1.5 mm (1/16 in. ) or 25 square feet gallon, MAXIMUM. 3 .07 INSULATION A. Immediately upon completion of membrane application, apply insulation as/Part 2 above. �w Material shall be in minimum thickness to produce specified "R" or "U" factors. Apply insulation with adhesive compatible with both materials. Shape insulation at cant strips and other projections. Where material pitches to drains, all areas immediately surrounding same shall be treated with 18 inch long tapered insulation. Tightly butt joints of insulation. 3 . 08 DRAINAGE MAT COURSE A. After application of membrane apply drainage mat as per Part 2 above. B. Position the panel with the flat side against the wall and filter fabric toward the soil/drainage side. Contact adhesive or a washer headed concrete nail may be used to attach the panel against the membrane surfaced concrete walls. **End of Section** ON w 2053/15220 07130 - 8 Membrane Waterproofing so 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College authorized representative prior to placement of membrane and record of such inspection shall be filed with the Architect. D. Surfaces shall be visibly dry and thoroughly cleaned immediately as prior to the application of membrane. Compressed air or other suitable means shall be used. E. All joints and cracks over 1/16 inch wide shall be thoroughly and properly cleaned by this Contractor. Joints with preformed fillers shall be cut back by this Contractor at least 1 inch from slab surface and have placed therein a backer rod and then sealed within 1/8 inch of the slab surface with sealant as specified in part 2 of this Section. Joints and cracks without filler shall be scraped clean and then sealed as above. All such sealed joints, moving type, shall receive, prior to finish membrane, reinforcing and bond breaker system. All other joints and cracks shall be first coated with a 60 mil coating of liquid membrane or an additional layer of sheet membrane prior to finish membrane treatment. 3 .03 HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL DETAIL CONSTRUCTION - Sheet System A. Wherever a waterproofed horizontal surface intersects any vertical surface such as building walls, vertical corners, and the like, membrane sheet shall be stopped within 1 inch of vertical r intersection and said vertical/horizontal intersection shall be treated as follows: 1. Create a liquid membrane fillet with a 3/4 inch face at the intersection. 2 . Extend liquid membrane at 90 mil thickness over sheet membrane with a minimum lap of 6 inches. 3 .04 APPLICATION - SHEET MEMBRANE SYSTEM A. Apply primer at coverage rate recommended by manufacturer for substrate encountered. B. Apply preformed membrane to primed surface and detail construction and overlap sheets 2-1/2 inches to within 1 inch of horizontal/vertical intersections. C. Apply mastic at all termination edges of membrane. D. Repair and/or replace, immediately, any misaligned or damaged membrane sheets. 3 .05 APPLICATION - FLUID APPLIED MEMBRANE SYSTEM A. Refer to manufacturer's literature for recommendations on installation, including but not limited to, the following: No wt 2053/15220 07130 - 7 Membrane Waterproofing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Property Test Method Typical Value Color Terra Cotta Cured Film Thickness ASTM D 3767 Method A 1.5 mm (0.060 in. ) nominal Solids Content ASTM D 1644 100% Flexibility, 1800 bend ASTM D 1970 Unaffected over 25 mm (1 in. ) mandrel at -32°C (-25°F) Elongation ASTM D 412 500% minimum Peel Adhesion to ASTM D 903 Modified 880 N/m (5 lb/in. ) Concrete 2 .05 DRAINAGE/PROTECTIVE MAT - See Section 02620 2.06 DAMPPROOFING/WATERPROOING/AIR BARRIER w A. Membrane system shall be similar and equal to "Procor 20" as manufactured by Grace. B. Separate membranes and all surround flashiness shall be similar and equal to "Perm-A-Barrier" by Grace; or "CCW-705" by Carlisle. Each material may or may not require a primer and/or in "low-temperature" formulation, all of which is deemed part of the contract with no ..a additional costs to the Owner. 2 .07 Balance of materials shall be as specified elsewhere in this Section. Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE w A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. 3 .02 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Surfaces to be waterproofed shall be free of roughness or projections and shall have a clean, smooth surface free from ,. standing water, ice, dirt, dust, grease, oil or other contaminants which could impair the complete bonding of the membrane to the surface OR affect a uniform application of the specified membrane systems. B. All tie holes, deep honeycombs (over 1/4 inch in size, width and/or depth) and exposed reinforcing mesh and/or bars shall be filled or encapsulated. C. Concrete surfaces shall be free from surface laitance, loose aggregate, form release agents, curing compounds or other surface treatments. NOTE - Surface areas shall be inspected by the manufacturers' 2053/15220 07130 - 6 Membrane Waterproofing 4 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Membrane shall be furnished in minimum 60 mil thickness. OR ew "Procor 75" fluid applied waterproofing by Grace Construction Products; a two part, self-curing, solvent and bitumen free, synthetic rubber based material. B. Liquid material for flashing and detail construction shall be compatible with sheet material: iw 1. "LM3000" by W.R. Grace & Co. 2 . "LM-800" by Ten Cate Nicolan 3 . "Sealtite" by W.R.Meadows 4. "CCW-701" by Carlisle or equal product furnished by nominated sheet membrane manufacturer. 2 .02 ACCESSORIES A. Primers, liquid membranes and mastics shall be compatible with the preformed membrane and as recommended by the manufacturer of the membrane. B. Membrane detail strips shall be compatible with the selected membranes and shall be of equal thicknesses. C. Compressible Joint Filler - Fed. Spec. HH-F341F, Type 3 D. Sealants - Two component polyurethane (TYPE I, Section 07900) Backer rods for joint and crack preparation - closed cell polyfoam type suitable for intended substrates. 2 .03 MATERIALS, SPECIFIC - Rubberized Asphalt System A. Pliability (180 degrees bend over 1 inch mandrel at -35 degrees F) : Unaffected ASTM D 146. B. Tensile Strength: 250 psi minimum ASTM D 412 (Die C) modified. C. Elongation (Rubberized Asphalt) : 300% minimum ASTM D 412 (Die C) modified. D. Cycling Over Crack at -15 degrees F (-26 degrees C) : No effect 100 cycles, ASTM C 836. E. Puncture Resistance: 40 pounds minimum ASTM E 154. F. Permeance: 0.1 maximum ASTM E 96 method B. G. Water Absorption: 0 .1% maximum ASTM D 570. H. Total Membrane Thickness: 60 mils minimum. 2 .04 MATERIALS, SPECIFIC - Fluid Applied Membrane System A. Fluid applied waterproofing membranes shall meet or exceed the performance requirements of ASTM C 836-89a and other ASTM standards as shown in the following table. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES: o 2053/15220 07130 - 5 Membrane Waterproofing .m 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College D 412 Standard Test Methods for Rubber Properties in Tension D 570 Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics D 903 Standard Test Method for Peel or Stripping Strength of Adhesive Bonds D 1434 Standard Test Method for Determining Gas Permeability 4W Characteristics of Plastic Film and Sheeting D 1876 Standard Test Method for Peel Release of Adhesives (T-Peel) wr D 1970 Standard Specification for Self-Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection D 3767 Standard Practice for Rubber - Measurements of Dimensions go D 5385 Standard Test Method for Hydrostatic Pressure Resistance of Waterproofing Membranes E 96 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of on Materials E 154 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used In Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, w or as Ground Cover 1.08 SPECIAL GUARANTEE/WARRANTY TERMS A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Upon acceptance of the completed Work of this Section, furnish the membrane manufacturer's written 5 year materials warranty. B. Contractor' s written 5 years guarantee covering materials and workmanship. er C. In the event of failure of watertightness during the guarantee period, the Contractor and the manufacturer of the waterproofing and dampproofing materials jointly shall repair same, together with all damage to other parts or furnishings of the buildings resulting from OW such failure, at their own expense and to the satisfaction of the Architect. D. Should the Contractor deem the work or materials shown or described herein as inadequate for the purpose of and prejudicial to the intent of this guarantee, he shall exercise any and all additional precautions necessary to fulfill the requirements of the guarantee. Part 2 - PRODUCTS w 2 .01 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Membrane waterproofing material shall consist of a preformed rubberized asphalt membrane reinforced with a polyethylene film similar and equal that as manufactured by - 1. "Bituthene 4000" by W. R. Grace and Company 2 . "Miradri 861" by Ten Cate Nicolan 3 . "Mel-Rol" by W.R. Meadows, Inc. 4. "CCW-701/701LT by Carlisle w� 2053/15220 07130 - 4 Membrane Waterproofing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College a. Submit a letter certifying that the manufacturer has been actively marketing the submitted system for a minimum of 3 years. b. Submit the names and addresses of 10 previous waterproofing projects. Include the type and size of each project, and name and telephone number of a contact person at the project location. 2 . Applicator's Certification: a. Submit a letter certifying that the applicator has been actively installing waterproofing systems for the past 5 years. b. Submit the names and addresses of 5 previous waterproofing projects. Include the type and size of each project, the waterproofing manufacturer's name, so and the name and telephone number of a contact person at the project location. C. Submit a letter certifying that the supervisor or foreman and the workers applying the waterproofing materials have at least 3 years experience in the application of waterproofing materials. F. Certification of Specification Compliance. G. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. Materials shall be delivered to the job site in unopened, original ! containers, identified with the manufacturer's name and brand, and labeled with pertinent information regarding grades, quantities, types, etc. go B. Materials shall be stored under conditions recommended by the manufacturer. 1.06 SPECIAL CONDITIONS A. No waterproofing shall be applied in wet weather, or when the air is 40 degrees F and falling or if threat of rain exists within 12 e4 hours. B. Water dams or cutoffs shall be installed at the end of each days operations to insure no damage to previously installed membrane waterproofing. 1.07 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The following standards and publications are applicable to the extent referenced in the text. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) C 836 Standard Specification for High Solids, Cold Liquid-Applied Elastomeric Waterproofing op Membrane for Use with Separate Wearing Course on 2053/15220 07130 - 3 Membrane Waterproofing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College C. Flashing rings at drains and collar flashings for the mechanical and electrical trades shall be done under those respective trades. This contractor shall coordinate the work of all trades so as to insure a watertight and complete installation. w D. All work of this section shall be installed by a "Specialty Contractor" as defined in the Conditions and further expanded in w. Paragraph 1 .04 below. E. Pre-Installation Conference: A pre-installation conference shall be held prior to commencement of field operations to establish ' procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. Agenda for meeting shall include review of special details and flashing. �wr 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals Package - Submit the Shop Drawings, product data, and samples specified below at the same time, as a package. B. Shop Drawings - When there is a proposed deviation from the Contract Documents, submit the revised detail, labeled as such for approval. The revised detail shall show existing conditions and shall be referenced directly to the related details on the Contract Drawings. C. Product Data, including catalog sheets, Specifications, and installation instructions for each material specified. 1. Revise the membrane manufacturer's product data as necessary .� to suit the requirements of the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's details are not to be used for the Work of this Contract. ww a. Unless approved otherwise in writing by the Architect, the requirements of the Contract Documents take precedence over the approved waterproofing manufacturer's specifications and details. b. Any materials, installation procedures, or details not included in the Contract Documents must be approved by the Architect. 2 . Manufacturer's Warranty Sample: Submit a sample copy of the membrane manufacturer's 5 year materials warranty. D. Samples 1. Sheet Membrane: Two 3 foot square pieces. 2 . Liquid Membrane: Two 1 square foot samples of cured w� materials. 3 . Drainage Mat: One 12 inch square piece. 4. Insulation: One 12 inch square piece. 5 . Accessories: 12 inch linear section of each. *" E. Quality Control Submittals 1. Membrane Waterproofing Manufacturer' s Certification: e.R 2053/15220 07130 - 2 Membrane Waterproofing .� �a 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 07130 MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of the membrane waterproofing and related flashing work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Provide membrane waterproofing application on concrete surfaces of "retaining/foundation" walls at new Studio Theatre entrance ramp. Membrane shall be provided on all surfaces encapsulated by earth cover and shall be covered with a drainage mat as specified in Section 02620. 2 . Provide on all concrete masonry exposed to view as a result of masonry removals to provide proper flashing, a trowel or roll on coating of "dampproofing/waterproofing prior to installation of insulation. 3 . Perform all other work as may be necessary and/or required to make the work of this Section complete and to insure conformance to the terms and conditions of the guarantee requirements stated herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) B. Earthwork (02300) C. Site Improvements (02800) D. Plain and Reinforced Concrete (03300) E. Unit Masonry (04800) F. Masonry Restorations - Brick (04910) G. Insulation (07200) H. Flashing and Sheet Metal (07600) I. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Application of membrane systems shall be coordinated with installation of insulation, flashings and similar items to provide a watertight installation. B. Follow commercial practice and manufacturers ' and suppliers ' instructions relating to the handling and use of material except as modified herein. '!! 2053/15220 07130 - 1 Membrane Waterproofing 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College win J. Place knob bumpers with tamperproof screws on wall adjacent to knobs on doors unless otherwise noted and/or required by Section 08700. "nn K. Immediately after installation, sand smooth and clean rusted and damaged areas of shop prime coat and apply touchup of compatible wA air-drying primer. L. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. w. 3 .09 SETTING OF SADDLES A. Set saddles perfectly in full bed of Type VI caulking compound as specified in Section 07900, secure with not less than three flathead countersunk screws driven into lead expansion shields. B. Extend saddles across the full width of the door openings in a w� single piece, neatly fitted to jamb and properly fitted and cut for hardware. Provide cover plates for hardware. 3 .10 PROTECTION ' A. Protect all new and existing construction, adjacent work and finished work from and damage. w. PROVIDE DROP CLOTHS OR OTHER SUITABLE PROTECTIVE COVERINGS IN ALL AREAS OF THE WORK. w B. Damage caused by the handling, storing or application of materials or the failure to provide adequate protection shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. wne 3 .11 ACCEPTANCE AND PATCHING A. On completion of work, all equipment and rubbish resulting from the work of this section shall be removed from the premises. wn B. Leave work clean, whole, and sound ready for additional finish or sealing as specified and/or as shown on the drawings . C. Clean all glass, doors, frames, and accessories free of dirt and other foreign materials after completion of installation. **End of Section** w. was ,w 2053/15220 06200 - 14 Carpentry - Finish 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College for rack, twist and out-of-square. B. Install wood and metal doors, door frames, sidelights, borrowed lights, grilles and related accessories in accordance with the Drawing Details, approved Shop Drawings, and the manufacturer' s printed instructions, except as otherwise indicated. C. Set frames accurately in position; plumb, align, and brace securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces and spreader bars, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. 1. Install frames and secure in place with anchorage devices. Set anchorage devices opposite each anchor location, in accordance with details on final Shop Drawings and anchorage device manufacturer's instructions. Leave drilled holes rough, not reamed, and free from dust and debris. 2. Install fire rated frames in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 80. 3 . Securely fasten all fixed units in place. 4. Make necessary field splices in frames as detailed on final Shop Drawings, welded and finished to match factory fabrication. 5. Extend jamb anchors to structure above and securely anchor in place. D. Fit metal doors neatly and without excessive clearance in their respective frames; clearances: specified in Part 2, Section 08110. a� Install fire rated doors with clearances as specified in NFPA standard No. 80. g Install wood doors in conformance with AWI requirements for fit and clearance tolerances and AWI Section 1300 requirements for maximum diagonal distortion. w. E. Do all necessary cutting, drilling and fitting for securing work in position, including all necessary cutting, drilling and tapping of the work to accommodate the work of other trades. F. Perform all drilling and tapping for non-templated hardware at the site for all types of material. aw G. Furnish and apply, in connection with this work, all hardware not requiring special finish, such as screws, anchors, braces, bolts, 40 etc. , as required to erect this work properly. H. Protect frames after setting with heavy Kraft paper, boxing or other approved means in such a manner as to prevent damage to frames. Maintain protection until such time as frames are to be finished. I. Locate door stops, either base or floor type, 6 inches from lock strike edge of door unless otherwise required by Section 08700 . 4" 2053/15220 06200 - 13 Carpentry - Finish 4W 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College am A. All framing paneling, wall cladding, moldings, trim, cabinets, casework and the like shall be installed in accordance with ON requirements set forth in AWI Quality Standard 1700 for "Custom" work as outlined under 1700-S-1, S-2 and S-3 standards for preparation, alignment, securement, joinery and the like not 00 withstanding any statements made within this section to the contrary. B. Furnish and install all necessary grounds and blocking for installation of cabinet work. C. Take all necessary care and precautions to protect finish cabinet work from damage by others. 3 .06 PLASTIC LAMINATE AND SOLID SURFACING SYSTEMS INSTALLATION A. Material and adhesive shall be as specified in Part 2 of this Section. B. Contractor shall protect the material from damage by other contractors or materials. At completion and final acceptance of work, the protection shall be removed and work left in whole and perfect order. ..! C. Openings in counter tops for sinks shall be cut by this Contractor and shall conform to the size and shape of sinks furnished under "Plumbing" . Metal frames, if required, at sinks will be furnished and installed under "Plumbing" . D. Overall installation requirements shall be governed by AWI Quality ' Standard Section 1700 for "Custom" grade operations. 3 .07 HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES - Coordinate with Section 08700 �. A. Receive, store and be responsible for all hardware and accessories furnished by others. Properly y to g, index and file keys in key cabinet at completion of work and so deliver to the Architect. B. Fit all hardware accurately, apply securely and adjust carefully. Leave in working order, free from defects. C. Center door knobs centered 38 inches above floor and center of door pulls 45 inches above floor unless otherwise indicated on drawings. Leave in working order, free from defects. Mount knobs and pulls as required for barrier free access, if different heights. D. Contractor shall be responsible for condition and operation of all finished Hardware until issuance of Certificate of Final Acceptance. �w 3 .08 INSTALLATION - DOORS AND FRAMES A. Work damaged in transit shall not be set, but shall be replaced with perfect work at the Contractor's expense. Prior to installation, check all prefabricated frames and correct w� 2053/15220 06200 - 12 Carpentry - Finish 0 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 4" as practicable, and delivered to the site ready to be set in place. C. Work shall be set plumb, level, straight and true. Secure to grounds and blocking so as to be rigid throughout. Work which adjoins other finish shall be fitted and scribed in a careful manner so as not to injure any exposed surfaces. D. Install running and other finish trim with tight joints. Secure am with finishing nails, except as otherwise specified. Set exposed heads of nails for putty where in "painted surfaces" ; do not fill where "stained" finish is noted. Sand as necessary to remove No irregularities and tool marks. Leave work free from defects and blemishes and in proper condition to receive specified finishes. go E. Joints shall be tight and formed to conceal shrinkage. Corners shall be mitered unless otherwise shown. F. Running trim shall be in long lengths and jointed only where solid "o fastening can be made. End joints in built-up members shall be well distributed. Miter exterior corners and cope interior angles. Where required, carefully scribe wood work to other adjacent work. go G. Perform all joining and fastening in a manner to insure work remaining permanently in place and to avoid all splitting or opening !�t of joints. 3 .03 PREPARATION FOR PAINTER'S FINISH A. Clean, smoothly dress, and sandpaper all exposed surfaces. No plane + or tool marks shall show. Further dress all exposed surfaces of interior finish woodwork with fine grit sandpaper or steel wool, to smooth and clean surfaces. Deeply set nails and screws for putty stopping or plugging as specified. 3 .04 PRIMING AND BACKPAINTING A. Materials used shall comply with requirements of such materials as specified under "Painting" Section. B. Priming: Except where stain or natural finish is specified, we thoroughly prime all sides and edges of all interior finishing lumber as soon as delivered to the site. Prime all millwork which is assembled or built up of more than one piece in the woodworking mill before material is fabricated or built up. Trim elements scheduled to be natural finish and not factory finished shall be clear sealed immediately upon receipt on site to 40 insure integrity of wood and profiles prior to erection and final finishing. �w C. Backpainting: No interior millwork or trim shall be installed until all surfaces in contact with masonry or plaster, or concealed in finished work, have been backpainted with a heavy coat of alkyd paint. 3 .05 INSTALLATION - ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 2053/15220 06200 - 11 Carpentry - Finish 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College wse Attention is directed to Part 1 of this Section for Certification requirements. . + + B. Construction: Flush overlay OR as may be detailed on the drawings. C. Materials/Panels - Reference Paragraphs 2 .01 and 2 .02 herein for panels and solid stock species and grade. D. Finish of exposed surfaces: 1. Laminated Finish as per Paragraph 2 .03 above. 2 . Natural Finish - AWI 1500 - 4, medium rubbed E. Semi-exposed surfaces: Balance sheet on door backs; quality standards govern balance of work. w 2 .11 SOLID COUNTER SURFACING A. Material for use for selected counter tops shall be a solid material of homogeneous composition suitable for intended use. Material shall be a fully densified composite of modified polyester resin and mineral filler. �w B. Material shall be selected from "Avonite" ; "Surell" , "Corian" ; or "Fountainhead" in standard colorways by the Architect. 2 .12 WAINSCOTS, WALL SURFACING, MOLDINGS AND TRIM SYSTEMS A. All wainscots, wall surfacing, moldings and trim shall be mill run to match existing profiles and shall be of species so defined in Description of Work and as shown on the drawings. B. All fastenings shall be either "blind" or countersunk and filled smooth with finished surface. C. Fabrication shall be governed by AWI Quality Standard Section 700 for "Custom" grade work. wee 2 .13 Balance of materials shall be as specified elsewhere in this section. Part 3 - EXECUTION w 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of w surfaces and contiguous elements. 3 .02 WORKMANSHIP AND CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL A. All work hereunder shall be executed by mechanics skilled in the trade. Construction and finishing of millwork shall be specially and carefully done by experienced journeymen. air B. All finish work shall be assembled and finished at the shop, as far 2053/15220 06200 - 10 Carpentry - Finish 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College b. Finish in concealed areas: galvanized 2 . Exterior: Stainless steel for all locations 3 . Concealed joint fasteners shall be of threaded steel or other patented type assembly. 2 .06 ACCESSORIES A. Casework and Molding Trim Systems: 1. Vinyl or Polyethylene Maynard "T-Molding" trim, as go manufactured by AET Custom Nets & Profiles (1-508-744-8000) , in solid color as selected by the Architect. 2 . "Heat Set" polyvinylchloride moldings as standard in the OR industry in solid color as selected by the Architect. B. Panel anchor system shall be an extruded aluminum "mated spline" system as manufactured by Monarch Metal Fabrication, Inc. (631-563- 8967 . C. Glass: As specified in Section 08800. 2 .07 PRESERVATIVE & FIRE TREATMENT - as per Section 06100 as if restated herein in full and shall be as applicable for intended usage. 2.08 HARDWARE - For purposes of establishing standards of quality and levels of performance, casework hardware shall be similar and equal to one of the following: A. Pulls: Stanley "Simplicity" , #4483-1/2, US26. B. Drawer Slides: Accuride #2632 C. Hinges: Stanley #1500 Series, concealed self closing casework hinges. D. Catch: 7/8 inch diameter cylindrical magnetic. E. Removable panels: 3M invisible nylon fastener. F. Plug-in shelf brackets; standard g- pin design. G. Recessed shelf standards: Aluminum, KV #255 with #256 matching brackets and cross shelf supports. H. Continuous hinges: Soss I. Wiring grommets shall be similar and equal to H'A'FELE #429 .99, 60 mm diameter or Doug Mockett & Co. , Inc "TG" each in color as selected by the Architect. 2 .09 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM SYSTEMS A. Accomplish all work involved herein in accordance with AWI Quality Standard 300, "Custom" fabrication. B. All trim elements required for the work of this Project shall be of suitable species as specified in Paragraph 2 .01 of this Section for respective finish. 2 .10 CASEWORK FABRICATION A. All cabinetwork shall comply, as a minimum, to the requirements of the Quality Standards of the Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) , Sections 400 or 1600 "Modular Cabinets" for "Custom" Grade, except as otherwise specified or indicated on the drawings shall apply by reference and are hereby made a part of this Specification. a 2053/15220 06200 - 9 Carpentry - Finish am 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w 1. GP-50 for horizontal surfaces. Substitute FR-50, fire rated material in areas requiring rating in accordance with code No statement contained in Part 1 above. 2 . GP-28 for exposed vertical surfaces. 3 . CL-20 for cabinet liners (or MCP for shelves and unexposed w. shells. 4. Backer 20 for backing/balancing of assembled panels. B. Colors - As selected by the Architect and/or as may be scheduled on No the drawings. C. Finishes - Matte w D. Approved Manufacturers 1. General Laminates - Formica; Wilsonart International; Nevamar; No Micarta; Pionite E. Adhesives - as recommended by the manufacturer for intended product and substrates encountered. F. Fabrication and application of plastic laminate shall be in accordance with industry standard practices, conditions, procedures and recommendations as set forth in NEMA LD 3-85 and AWI 200/400 as well as ANSI 161.2, MOST RESTRICTIVE shall govern. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's requirements and .w. preconditioned prior to application and/or assembly of panels for a minimum of 48 hours at 75F and 50% RH. G. Construction ss 1. Tops - self edged 2 . Splashes - set-on. 3 . Chamfer sharp edges at corners and file smooth. 4. Cross joints shall be tight, flush and as unnoticeable as possible. Use mechanical fasteners to join counters that cannot be made in one piece. 5. Install laminates in as long length as g g practicable with a minimum of transverse joints and no longitudinal joints. Note - Factory seal/prime bottoms of all particle board units as well as all raw or cut edges of substrate materials with pigmented polyurethane or varnish. 2.04 GLUES AND ADHESIVES - See Section 06100 w 2 .05 ANCHORAGE AND FASTENERS A. Size anchorage items to meet requirements and conditions at the site yew and shall be as set forth in Section 06100 as if restated herein in full and shall be as applicable for intended usage. B. Fasteners shall be of size and type to suit application. 1. Interior: a. Finish in exposed areas: Brass in public areas; cadmium plated or stainless steel in all other locations. 2053/15220 06200 - 8 Carpentry - Finish '�' 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College aunt "Custom" and composed of hardwood plywood graded for I - Transparent finish. 1. Grade all exposed surfaces as "A" GRADE" quality face veneer as defined by the Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (HPVA) . 2 . All semi-exposed surfaces shall have "B" Grade face veneer. 3 . All concealed surfaces shall have veneer facing graded at the on Option of the fabricator. 4. Thickness - 3/4 inch [19 mm] 5. Core - Mill option as per Part 1 of this Section irrespective No of drawing notes. 6 . Face Veneer - Oak in cut/grain and species to match existing hardwood throughout building. American Walnut at elevator installation. No 7. Matching: Random C. Flush Panel Systems, Laminate Finished as per AWI Quality Standard 500B graded as "Custom" . 1. All exposed faces - "GP28" . 2. All concealed faces and edges - "GP28" . 3 . All panel backs/balance sheets - "GP28" . 4. Thickness - minimum 5/8 inch [16 mm] 5. Core - Mill Option as per Part 1 of this Section irrespective of drawing notes. D. Particle Board: Minimum 48 pound density; Grade 1-M-2 conforming to !I ANSI A161.1 and 161.2 . Provide "water resistant" or "fire retardant" material each as required by conditions of use and in accordance with governing Codes. E. Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) : Industrial grade with a formaldehyde free binder exceeding the requirements established in ANSI A208 .2, Product Class MD-Interior for use in fabrication of millwork items at option of fabricator. w Provide "fire retardant" material as required by conditions of use and in accordance with governing Codes. am F. Hardboard: tempered, S1S, Class 1, minimum 1/4 inch and shall conform to PS 58-73 . • G. Melamine Clad Panels: "MCP" panels as manufactured by Panolam; Marlite or approved equal each using fire retarded particle core material as manufactured by Dura-Flake Corporation; M-3 Particle 00 Board or "MDF" at option of Contractor. 2 .03 PLASTIC LAMINATE MATERIALS A. Materials, General: High pressure laminated material conforming to ON NEMA standards for intended locations as follows. 2053/15220 06200 - 7 Carpentry - Finish 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College e� E. This Contractor shall take all necessary field measurements prior to .d. fabrication and installation of work and shall assume complete responsibility for accuracy of same. weR F. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL, STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. Deliver all materials to the job site clearly labeled as to product, .� manufacturer, color and/or other pertinent characteristics. B. Protect millwork against dampness. Do not store seasoned materials **m in wet or damp portions of buildings. Maintain relative humidity at the site between 25% and 55% before, during and after installation. w C. Store materials a minimum of 6 inches above ground on framework or blocking and cover with protective waterproof covering providing for adequate air circulation or ventilation. D. Store doors under cover, stacked substantially upright on wood strips and with spaces between doors to assure drainage of condensation and ventilation of all surfaces. E. Protect fire retardant materials against high humidity and moisture during storage and erection. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMBER MATERIALS *" A. Grading & Fabrication: AWI Quality Standard 100 "Custom" and graded as I, II or III as applicable to intended use. B. Moisture Content: 6 to 8%. C. Sizing: Surface lumber 4 sides as per Simplified Practice Recommendations PS16, latest edition. D. Species: 1. Hardwoods a. Natural - Oak in cut/grain and species to match existing hardwood throughout building b. Painted - Poplar so 2 . Softwoods - Eastern White Pine NOTE - Standard molding grading will not apply or be accepted. so 2 .02 SHEET MATERIALS AND PANELS A. Grade panel products in accordance with AWI Quality Standard 200 for "Grade of Work" specified. Rw B. Flush Wood Panel Systems as per AWI Quality Standard 500A graded as 2053/15220 06200 - 6 Carpentry - Finish 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College corridors; passageways; stairs; exit ways; kitchens; maintenance, repair and custodial areas; trim/paneling systems in places of public assembly. Class C, Flame Spread Less than 200 interior finish is mandatory in all instructional and office spaces. In any case, regardless of the flame spread classification, no material having a smoke developed rating of 450 or more may be used in any area of work on this project. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings showing location of each fabricated item along with dimensioned plans and elevations; large scale details, jointing and w, profiles; attachment devices; material listing; finish designations; accessories and other components. 1. Identify woodwork item using same identification system shown on Architectural Drawings. 2. Coordinate details and cutouts to accommodate accessories specified under other Sections. XP Prepare drawings to a minimum scale of 1-1/2 inches to 1 foot. B. Samples including - NOTE: Contractor to provide samples of existing wood showing species and finish to allow for "matching" of new work to existing. 1. Wood Trim: 2 pieces, 12 inches long of each type and finish. 2 . Finish Plywood: 2 pieces, 8 inches by 10 inches for each type go required illustrating grain and specified finish. 3 . Counter Tops: 1 piece, 12 inches long, complete unit. 4. Anchorage devices to be used in the work of this section, 2 each. 5. All cabinet finish hardware, each item. Linear samples - 12 inches. Piece items, 2 each. w All other items as deemed necessary by the Architect. C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's or supplier's product data for each product and process specified as work of this Section and incorporated into items of finish carpentry. D. Certification of specification compliance for all work including: 1. Quality Certification: Submit woodwork Manufacturer's (Fabricator's) certification, stating that fabricated woodwork complies with AWI quality grades and other requirements +!� indicated herein. 2 . Wood Treatment Data: Submit chemical treatment manufacturer' s instructions for handling, storing, installation, and finish of treated material. 3 . Fire Retardant Treatment: Provide certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. """ 2053/15220 06200 - 5 Carpentry - Finish am 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College am B. AWI Quality Standards 1. All work shall comply with applicable requirements of the AWI me "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, 7th Edition, Version 1.0, 1997" and specific grading standards set forth within this Section. w 2 . Affix the AWI Quality Grade Stamp to each unit of product. Stamp shall display "Grade" as specified for each section of the work. .s C. Fabrication and Installation Qualifications: Firm which can demonstrate a minimum of 3 years of successful experience in fabricating and installing woodwork items similar in type and quality to those required for this project. D. Reference Standards: All materials used for work of this Section +� shall conform with Voluntary Product Standards and trade Association Units as follows: 1. Northeastern Lumber Manufacturer's Association Inc. (NELMA) ; Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (SPIB) ; Western Wood Products Association (WWPA) . 2 . American Plywood Association (APA) ; Douglas Fir Plywood Association (DFPA) . 3 . Architectural Wood Work Institute (AWI) 4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) . E 84 Fire Resistance 5. American Wood Preservers ' Association (AWPA) C2 Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes . C20 Fire Retardant Treatment by Pressure Process 6. Applicable Federal Specifications for fasteners, bolts, nails, screws, etc. 7. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) w A135.4 Basic Hardboard A208.1 Mat Formed Wood Particle Board 8. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) . r 9 . Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA) A156.9 Cabinet Hardware 10. Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (HPVA) HP American Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood 11. National Hardwood Lumber Association (NHLA) 12 . Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) . 13 . Structural standards as set forth by National Forest Products Association (NFPA) 14. Massachusetts State Building Code. E. Further, requirements given herein may be affected by other related requirements of the project specifications . Correlation of the contract requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. F. In addition, all materials incorporated in the work of this Section shall comply with the following: .� Class A, Flame Spread 0-25 interior finish shall be mandatory in 2053/15220 06200 - 4 Carpentry - Finish �w 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) B. Plain and Reinforced Concrete (03300) C. Unit Masonry (04800) D. Miscellaneous Metals (05500) E. Rough Carpentry (06100) F. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) G. Hollow Metal Work (08110) H. Wood Doors (08200) I. Access Doors (08310) J. Finished Hardware (08700) K. Glass and Glazing (08800) L. Gypsum Drywall (09250) M. Resilient Wood Flooring Systems (09642) N. Resilient Flooring (09650) 0. Carpet (09680) P. Acoustical Wall Treatment (09840) Q. Painting (09900) R. Toilet Compartments (10160) S. Louvers and Vents (10200) T. Identifying Devices (10400) U. Fire Protection Specialties (10520) V. Toilet Accessories (10800) W. Miscellaneous Specialties (10900) X. Window Treatments (12490) Y. Elevators (14200) Z. Fire Protection (Division 15) AA. Plumbing (Division 15) BB. HVAC (Division 15) CC. Electrical Work (Division 16) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Certification: 1 Work in this Section shall be performed by a firm licensed by the AWI Quality Certification Program. Project shall be filed with AWI immediately upon award and evidence of this filing shall be made as part of the submittal process. Work in this Section shall comply with the specified grade(s) of work and section(s) of the current edition of the Architectural Woodwork Institute quality standards. ! " Woodwork manufacturers shall be licensed by AWI as competent to perform the work specified. Certification shall be evidenced through the application of AWI quality certification labels and/or the issuance of an AWI letter of licensing for the project. �r Certification labels shall be applied to each item of work. 2053/15220 06200 - 3 Carpentry - Finish 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College .o wall; • Wood panel finish, t&g to match existing; •w • Wood trim and fascia in connection with projection screen, drape system, mirrors, etc. including all required blocking (see Section 05500 for steel bracket supports) . • Coat hooks and hook strips as shown on the drawings. New Elevator shaft facing public spaces work which involves - • Plywood cladding on metal studs provided under Section 09250 then clad with hardwood edged reveal design "zee" mounted hardwood veneer finished panels; reveal strips (and corners) , painted hardwood directly adhered to plywood backer. Note soffit construction as for walls above; in addition to veneered panels, selected areas will receive plastic laminate surfaced, edged and balanced panels as shown (laminate color to be selected by Architect) . .,•, 2 . Perform alterations to Josten Library windows including provision of new glazing stops and horizontal mullions; coordinate with Section 08800 for new glazing work; shop drawings are required; system for "letting" in of new horizontals and concealed securement is subject to review and discussion - no exposed fasteners will be acceptable. 3 . Provide all required labor, miscellaneous rough and finish hardware, blocking, shims and the like in connection with the " receiving, storing and setting of Wood Doors (08200) ; Metal Doors and Frames (08110) ; Finish Hardware (08700) ; Toilet Accessories (10800) ; Miscellaneous Specialties (10900) and such other "vendor" supplied items customarily installed under the work of this trade. 4. Provide all finish trim in buildings including door frames; jambs; casings; stools; aprons; picture molds; and the like. 5. Alter existing counter top in Theatre Toilets to accommodate accessible sink installations; coordinate with Section 06100 for platform and framing and "Plumbing" for sink and fittings. 6 . Provide plastic laminate surfaced, balanced and edged counter in renovated "dressing room" as shown; coordinate with Sections 05500 and 06100 for support framing and platform. 7. Provide counter and cabinet system as detailed in Listening Room T115D. 8. Provide surface mounted "oak" panel systems for electrical devices - ref. Details 5 through 8/A207. • 9. Provide new wood frame system at reset areaway gratings as shown (2a/A101) . 10. Provide all fasteners, anchorage items and rough hardware •w required for the work of this Section whether or not specified in detail. 11 . Perform all priming, backpainting, shop coating, and the like in conjunction with the work of this Section. 12 . Provide all other labor, materials, equipment, and accessories and other items necessary to make the work of this Section complete. so M 2053/15220 06200 - 2 Carpentry - Finish a 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College ee SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, 40 materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all finish carpentry, millwork and related accessories for this project as required by the wW schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: NOTE - Fire treat all lumber and plywood exposed to view in the finished work, and as set forth in the "code" statement below as required and specified. Reference Section 09900 for field type fire treatments. ea Further, all wood work exposed within the structure and comprising more than 10% of the gross wall and ceiling area shall be am finished and/or treated to comply with the Massachusetts State Building Code setting Class "I" standards for Flame Spread of 0 to -- 25 and Smoke Developed of 100 or less. Coordinate with Section 920 of the referenced code. op 1. Provide millwork construction as required generally consisting of the following and conforming to the following scope notes: (a) All casework and interior associated wood trim to be cut and fit at the millwork shop and not by finish carpenters on site. All trim to be finish nailed, countersunk and plugged to wood blocking; (b) All millwork, paneling, wainscots and trim systems provided under the work of this Section, shall, to the greatest practicable, BE SHOP FINISHED in accordance with Quality Standard 1500 "PREMIUM" using the systems specified in of this Section as applicable for the intended usage; (c) Unless specified to the contrary, the core/platform for millwork items, shelving and the like, other than countertops, shall be "mill option" using plywood, solid stock, medium density fiberboard, water-resistant medium density particle board and the like. New Upper Gamut Classroom (Student Lounge) work which involves • Wood framed (LVL reinforced) glazed wall system and wa door/door frame for separation of space (See Section 08200) ; • Wood framed window systems from top of concrete rail to go underside of structure with lower cabinet construction and panel system; • Wood cubby construction in connection with division qft 2053/15220 06200 - 1 Carpentry - Finish 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w� unless otherwise recommended by the manufacturer. MM NOTE: Contractor shall take every precaution to protect exposed surface. Should the surface become unsuitable to accept the finish flooring it will be the responsibility of this Contractor to add MM C. Sidewall cladding shall be secured to studs with self-drilling screws at 8 inch centers on edges and 12 inch centers in field. w **End of Section** w� ww .w e� we w� wGe 2053/15220 06100 - 10 Carpentry - Rough .A 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College remaining permanently in place and to avoid all splitting or opening of joints . D. Field cutting of fire retardant treated dimensional lumber and plywood. End cuts, drilling holes, and joining cuts are permitted. Do not rip or mill fire retardant treated lumber. Fire retardant treated plywood can be cut in any direction. 3 .03 PRIMING AND BACKPAINTING A. Materials used shall comply with requirements of such materials as specified under Section 09900, suitable for intended application. B. Except where stain or natural finish is specified, thoroughly prime all sides and edges of all lumber as soon as delivered to the site. Where material is called for to be "sealed" with a consolidant type sealer, said material shall be sealed on all faces, edges, natural and cut ends prior to placement in the work. ew NOTE - Where fire treated lumber is employed in the work, priming and backpainting of same will not be required. 3 .04 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY A. Contractor shall do all rough framing work in connection with installation of access doors, heating and ventilating grille, panels, roofing and sheet metal work, cabinets and mechanical trades, where required and according to conditions at the building. B. Do all required cutting, patching and jobbing in advance of finishing trades and work. C. Furnish and install wood grounds, nailing strips, cant strips, blocking and similar items wherever necessary or required throughout the buildings for support, proper erection or installation of carpentry and for the support of cabinets, shelf cleats, and all !F other millwork and building construction work of all other sections. 3 .05 ROUGH HARDWARE A. Install all rough hardware for proper installation of carpentry and millwork. B. Hardware shall be as per Part 2 of this Section. 3 .06 PLYWOOD INSTALLATION A. Install all plywood in conformance with recommendations of the American Plywood Association. B. Lay floor plywood, good side up, with face grain perpendicular to framing. Stagger end panel joints with each panel end bearing on support. Allow 1/8 inch spacing at panel ends and 1/4 inch at panel edges '? 2053/15220 06100 - 9 Carpentry - Rough 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College A. Bending 1,200 psi B. Tension (Parallel to Grain) 1, 050 psi C. Horizontal Shear 70 psi D. Compression (Perp. to Grain) 335 psi E. Compression (Par. to Grain) 1, 000 psi F. M.O.E 1, 500 mpsi 2.08 LAMINATED VENEER LUMBER A. Provide manufactured timber consisting of vertical 0.10 inch to 0 .125 inch plys laminated together with waterproof adhesive and with all grain oriented parallel to the length of the member, such as Micro-Lam manufactured by Trus Joist Corporation or Gang-Lam manufactured by Louisiana-Pacific Company. so 1. Materials shall comply with a CABO Evaluation Report such as NER-126 (for Micro-Lam) . 2. LVL timber shall be identified by a stamp indicating the product type, CABO NER report number, manufacturer's name, plant number and the independent inspection agency' s logo and evaluation report number. 3 . LVL timber shall have a modulus of elasticity, E, of at least 2, 000, 000 psi and an allowable bending stress, Fb, in tension or compression of at least 2,900 psi. 4. Provide LVL in lengths suitable to span entire distance shown on plans. Do not butt splice pieces . 5 . Comply with manufacturer's instructions for face nailing or bolting timbers together to form larger beams and for any blocking or bracing. 2 .09 Balance of materials shall be as specified elsewhere in this Section. Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE sou A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. 3 .02 WORKMANSHIP AND CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL A. All work hereunder shall be executed by mechanics skilled in the trade. .o B. Set all work plumb, level, straight and true. Secure to grounds and blocking so as to be rigid throughout. Work which adjoins other finish shall be fitted and scribed in a careful manner so as not to OR injure any exposed surfaces . C. Perform all joining and fastening in a manner to insure work ■„ 2053/15220 06100 - 8 Carpentry - Rough FF 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College IP or ammonium phosphate. F. Treatment shall qualify as non-hygroscopic in accordance with ASTM D 3201. �w G. System shall be similar and equal to that as manufactured by Hoover "PYRO-GUARD 3rd Generation Fire Retardant Treatment" ; Hickson "Drycon" ; Chemical Specialties, Inc. or approved equal and shall be certified as "paintable" or "stainable" in accordance with the requirements of this project. 2 .06 PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT A. Wood members buried in concrete or masonry, enclosed in metal or other materials, in contact with earth, concrete or masonry, involved with roof and flashing retention, or otherwise exposed to environmental conditions likely to cause wood deterioration shall be impregnated with CCA, conforming to AWPA Standard P5. The preservative shall be applied in a closed cylinder by pressure process in accordance with AWPA Standard C2. Retention of CCA dry salts shall be .23 pounds per cubic foot (oxide basis) for moderate service conditions (weather exposure) , and .40 pounds per cubic foot (oxide basis) for severe conditions (constant contact with ground or water) . Where it is necessary to frame lumber on the job after treatment, all cut surfaces, bolt holes and machined areas shall be liberally brushed with the same preservative in accordance with AWPA Standard M4. Where shrinkage is a serious fault or where treated lumber will be in contact with lime or cementitious surfaces, and where water-borne treated lumber is to be painted, excess moisture will be removed. 'p Lumber 2 inch nominal and less shall be dried to 15-19% moisture content, and material to be painted shall have knots and pitch streaks sealed as with untreated wood. go B. Contractor shall furnish written certifications to the Architect stating that the material delivered has been preservative treated in accordance with the specified requirements. The certifications shall indicate in each case the project title, the treated product, minimum net retention of preservative, name and 00 address of the Contractor and the treating plant, and shall be signed and dated by an official of the treating plant and attested to with the Contractor' s signature and date. on 2 .07 MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURAL LIGHT FRAMING - #2 Southern Pine, Spruce-Pine-Fir group or other suitable commercial softwood species, S4S, kiln-dried and conforming to the following: 2053/15220 06100 - 7 Carpentry - Rough 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College G. Plywood Sheathing Clips - Extruded aluminum, Alloy 6063-T6 of size to fit project furnished material. H. Toggle bolts for fastening of wood to hollow wall construction shall .e. be of spring wing type, not less than 3/8 inch diameter; screws shall be not less than 1/4 inch diameter self-drilling type. I. Wood-to Wood connections - annular ring nails in gauges as detailed and/or required with length to provide a minimum of 1-1/2 inch embedment into the final piece receiving the nail points, except full depth into plywood. J. Wood to Concrete and/or masonry - 3/8 inch diameter stainless steel wedge anchors WW3836 by ITT Phillips with FS1420 for fastening ... plywood to said substrate. K. Attachment devices for new framing to existing construction: 1. Metal to existing wood - 1/4 inch diameter by 2 inch long lag bolts spaced at 10 inches on center. 2 . Metal to masonry or concrete - 5/8 inch diameter bolts and expansion sets, minimum 3 inch depth and spaced at maximum 2 foot 6 inch centers. L. Attachment devices for door frame head to existing construction - 5/8 inch diameter lag bolts long enough to penetrate masonry a minimum of 3 inches and spaced at 12 inch centers . M. Metal to metal connectors - minimum #6 self tapping sheet metal screws spaced at 8 inches on center. 2 .05 FIRE TREATMENT A. Each piece of lumber and plywood shall bear the Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Classification Mark certifying a flamespread rating of 25 or less in the (ASTM E 84) "Tunnel Test" , and when the test is extended for 20 additional minutes (30 minutes total) , the flame shall not extend more than 10.5 feet from the center line of the burner and there shall be no evidence of significant progressive combustion. ®. B. Lumber design values and plywood span ratings shall be recognized by issuance of a National Evaluation Report which shall include evaluation of strength testing for roof applications. C. In addition to UL monitoring for flamespread certification, production and kiln drying after treatment shall be monitored by .� Timber Products Inspection (TP) . D. Lumber shall be kiln dried after treatment to 19% or less moisture content, and plywood to 15% or less moisture content. E. Treatment formulation shall contain no halogens, sulfates, chlorides 2053/15220 06100 - 6 Carpentry - Rough 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College I 2 .02 PLYWOOD A. Combination Floor Sheathing/Underlayment - APA Rated "Sturd-I- Floor" , Exposure 1, 5/8 and/or 3/4 inch (see details) , tongue and groove design all edges. B. Panel System - 3/4 inch APA "A-D' . Interior, Exp 1. C. General Purpose, Concealed - APA, EXT B/C in thickness to suit conditions of use and/or as shown on the drawings. 2 .03 GLUES AND ADHESIVES A. Glue - Type II moisture resistant adhesive for interior use and Type I waterproof adhesive for exterior and all fabricated systems used in "wet" areas. No stain lines permitted. B. Adhesives - Epoxy resin, clear, similar and equal to "Colma-Dur Gel" as manufactured by Sika Chemical Company and deemed suitable for intended application. 2 .04 CARPENTER IRON AND ROUGH HARDWARE A. All anchorage items shall be sized to meet requirements and conditions at the site. All anchorage items shall be non-corrosive steel. Provide backup plates and other devices as part of the work of this Section. B. Rough hardware shall be of commercial quality of ample size and type to support live and dead loads and to hold members securely in place and in conformance with National Design Specifications as recommended by NFPA. Nails, spikes, screws, bolts and similar items shall be of sizes and types to rigidly secure members in place and as may be shown on the drawings. Bolts and screws shall penetrate structural substrate at least 1/2 of a wood substrate thickness, at least 3 inches into concrete and masonry substrates and as shown on the drawings. C. Other fastening devices, either hand or machine driven, may be used if equally suitable and as strong as those shown or specified, and if such performance qualities have been properly determined and if the Architect has given written approval of each type, size and use of such devices. D. Bolts and nuts shall conform to FS #FF-B-571, all clamps, expansion bolts, expansion sets, washers, anchors, steel and iron shall be me galvanized and of standard type. E. Lag screws: FS #FF-B-561; Nails : FS #FF-N-101 or may be drive screw or spiral type of standard make. F. Steel plates, shapes, etc. shall be of type and grade normally used in Commercial practice. ""' 2053/15220 06100 - 5 Carpentry - Rough 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College E. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. Deliver all materials to the job site clearly labeled as to product, ®* manufacturer, color and/or other pertinent characteristics. B. Pile lumber to insure proper ventilation and drainage. C. Store materials a minimum of 6 inches above ground on framework or blocking and cover with protective waterproof covering providing for adequate air circulation or ventilation. ■* D. Protect fire retardant materials against high humidity and moisture during storage and erection. Keep materials dry during delivery and .» storage. Where applicable, roof sheathing should be covered with felt or roofing the same day it is installed. If wetted during .. construction, allow to dry before enclosure. E. Provide temporary enclosure of doors, windows and other exterior openings when necessary to meet conditions specified; maintained in good repair; and remove when no longer required. Protect door and window frames, trench covers and floor hatches from traffic and protect exterior masonry from mortar drippings. Part 2 - PRODUCTS up 2 .01 GENERAL A. Grade Marking: Grade Mark, trademark and mill identification of the trade association having jurisdiction shall appear on each piece of go standard yard dimension lumber (not boards) except that the shipment may instead be accompanied by a Certificate of Inspection identifying Compliance with these Specifications. This certificate shall be issued by an agency authorized to grade by the manufacturer's association recognized as responsible for grading rules for species involved. B. Moisture Content: Lumber 2 inches and less in thickness, and boards, shall not exceed 190. w. C. SIZING: Surface lumber 4 sides as per Simplified Practice Recommendations PS16, latest edition. D. Grounds, blocking, furring and the like - No. 2 and better Douglas Fir, West Coast Hemlock, Southern Yellow Pine, Sitka Spruce or Northern Pine. E. Lumber for concealed work shall be fire and/or preservative treated and of suitable construction grade species. 2053/15220 06100 - 4 Carpentry - Rough 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (SPIB) ; Western Wood Products 4P Association (WWPA) . 2 . American Plywood Association (APA) ; Douglas Fir Plywood Association (DFPA) . 3 . Architectural Wood Work Institute (AWI) 4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) . 5 . American Wood Preservers' Association and Institute (AWPA) (AWPI) 6. Applicable Federal Specifications for fasteners, bolts, nails, screws, etc. 7. Structural standards as set forth by American Forest and Paper Association (AFPA) 8. Massachusetts State Building Code. 9 . Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) - Building Materials Directory, Sections BPVV, BUGV and as applicable to materials specified within this Section. Reference Standards Specific to Fire Retardant Treatments in addition and/or supplement to those voluntary standards set forth above. 1. ASTM D 3201 - Test Method for Hygroscopic Properties of Fire �!A Retardant Wood. 2. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials - Extended 30 minute test. 3 . Military Specifications MIL-L-19140E - Lumber and Plywood, Fire Retardant Treated. C. Identify each piece of dimensional lumber and plywood with Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. mark certifying surface burning characteristics, interior Type A in accordance with AWPA C-20 (Lumber) AWPA C-27 (Plywood) , kiln-dried after treatment (KDAT) Identification mark shall also indicate monitoring by Timber Products Inspection, Inc. , in accordance with nominated manufacturers standard governing such work. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Each type of material and anchorage devices to be used in the work of this section. B. All other items as deemed necessary by the Architect. C. Certification of specification compliance for materials incorporated in the work including the National Evaluation Report discussing high temperature strength testing, flame spread, corrosion, and hygroscopic properties for fire retardant treatments. D. This Contractor shall take all necessary field measurements prior to fabrication and installation of work and shall assume complete responsibility for accuracy of same. 2053/15220 06100 - 3 Carpentry - Rough 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College all such roof blocking shall be deemed part of the work of Sections 07530 and 07600. .. 6. Provide all fasteners, anchorage items and rough hardware required for the work of this Section whether or not specified in detail. 7. Perform all priming, backpainting, shop coating and the like necessary to complete the work of this Section. 8. Provide all other labor, materials, equipment, and accessories and other items necessary to make the work of this Section complete. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with ,.. specific reference to: A. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) OR B. Plain and Reinforced Concrete (03300) C. Unit Masonry (04800) D. Miscellaneous Metals (05500) E. Finish Carpentry (06200) *� F. Slate Roofing (07314) G. Membrane Roofing (EPDM) (07530) H. Flashing and Sheet Metal (07600) ®, I. Access Doors (08310) J. Aluminum Construction (08400) K. Skylights, Metal Framed and Custom (08630) L. Finished Hardware (08700) M. Glass and Glazing (08800) N. Gypsum Drywall (09250) 0. Tile Work (09300) wo P. Resilient Wood Flooring Systems (09642) Q. Carpet (09680) R. Acoustical Wall Treatment (09840) S. Painting (09900) no T. Toilet Compartments (10160) U. Louvers and Vents (10200) V. Identifying Devices (10400) no W. Fire Protection Specialties (10520) X. Toilet Accessories (10800) Y. Miscellaneous Specialties (10900) go Z. Window Treatments (12490) AA. Elevators (14200) BB. Plumbing (Division 15) ow 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements given herein may be affected by other related requirements of the project specifications. Correlation of the contract requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. B. All materials used for work of this Section shall conform with Voluntary Product Standards and trade Association Units as follows: 1. Northeastern Lumber Manufacturer's Association Inc. (NELMA) ; s, 2053/15220 06100 - 2 Carpentry - Rough .o 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all rough carpentry work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: NOTE - All rough lumber and plywood buried in the construction shall be preservative and/or fire treated. Material exposed to view and pp used for support framing, temporary work and the like shall be fire retardant treated. 1. Provide all wood blocking, battens, nailers, grounds, furring and the like required to secure the work of this and all other sections. Further, attention is directed to requirement for concealed blockings to be provided at all hardware locations (including door stops), window treatments, bathroom and toilet room accessories, fixtures and like locations to provide for secure attachment. Coordinate blocking requirements with that specified in Section 09250. 2 . Provide temporary partitions, dust and noise control enclosures, temporary doors and bucks, temporary exterior opening enclosures; guard rails at openings and the like; coordinate with Sections 01120 and 01500. 3 . Provide "wood framing" for new wall dividing Student Lounge from new Upper Gamut Classroom as shown; coordinate with an Section 06200 for finish work and 08800 for glass and glazing. NOTE: Laminated beam shall be used for horizontal framing of division wall regardless of detailing of built-up 2x3 framing; further, insure that sufficient blocking/strapping is incorporated in wall to permit secure attachment for "t&g" wood finish; coordinate with Section 09250 for insulation systems. 4. In conjunction with new transition saddles at student lounge T143 and Upper Gamut Classroom entrance from exterior and to upper lounge, provide treated furring and plywood decking to allow for adjustment to existing door saddle/new or existing floor elevations. 5. Establishment of material requirements and labor restrictions for provision of treated wood roof blocking as required. Coordinate with Section 07530 for extent of work. NOTE - Blocking, nailers, and plywood shall be fastened to resist a force of 175 pounds per linear foot in any direction; further, No am 2053/15220 06100 - 1 Carpentry - Rough 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College B. At galvanized surfaces, apply orange zinc repair paint in compliance with ASTM A 780. Galvanizing paint shall have 95% zinc by weight. w Thickness shall not be lesser than required by ASTM A 123 or A 153 as applicable. Touchup of galvanized surfaces with aerosol spray, silver paint, brite paint, etc. is unacceptable. 3. 08 PROTECTION A Protect existing construction, adjacent work and finished work from damage. Provide drop cloths or other suitable protective coverings in all areas of the work. ..f B. Damage caused by the handling, storing, mixing or application of materials or the failure to provide adequate protection shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. 09 ACCEPTANCE AND PATCHING A. On completion of work, all equipment and rubbish resulting from the work of this section shall be removed from the premises. B. Leave work clean, whole, and sound ready for additional finish or sealing as specified and/or as shown on the drawings. .er► **End of Section** we 4W 4W 2053/15220 05500 - 12 Miscellaneous Metals 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 3. 04 SADDLES A. Saddles shall be set perfectly in full bed of Type VI caulking compound as specified in Section 07900, secured with not less than three flathead countersunk screws driven into lead expansion shields. B. Saddles shall extend across the full width of the door openings in a single piece, neatly fitted to jamb and properly fitted and cut for hardware. Provide cover plates for hardware. 3. 05 ROOF LADDER INSTALLATION qP A. Anchor top and bottom and at intermediate locations in accordance with OSHA requirements unless drawings indicate more frequent supports. Minimum spacing of anchorage - 24 inch centers, each rail. B. Anchor devices shall be chemical type, expansion design drilled into masonry, full depth. 3. 06 MISCELLANEOUS A. Steel lintels shall be the full thickness of the masonry and bear at least 6 inches on masonry at each end to support all openings as defined in Part 1 of this Section. No lintels shall be required for openings in masonry partitions less than 3 feet 4 inches wide and having full width metal bucks EXCEPT where same are in rated walls, coordinate with door schedules and details, nor will they be required where attached lintels are indicated on the Structural drawings. B. Provide at the proper time all the various miscellaneous metal supports and framing not provided under other sections and required to complete the work. C. Ail items of miscellaneous metal such as access doors, manhole covers, plate frames and covers, and the like not otherwise specified, but shown on the drawings shall be part of this contract. D. Provide inserts of size and type as required as detailed and/or necessary for support of work of this project. E. Relieving angles ( not attached to structural steel or light metal framing as specified elsewhere) , hangers, channel bucks, channel frames, support frames and other items of miscellaneous iron shown on the drawings but not specifically covered in the work above shall be considered to be part of work of this Section and shall be done in accordance with best industry practices. �w 3. 07 FINISHING A. Clean and repair any damage to paint after erection. +w� "' 20531/15220 05300 - 11 Miscellaneous Metals 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College .� 4. Field splices to be minimized as much as possible, depending on parameters set by material, finish and shipping. Field splices to be made with internal splice sleeves pop riveted into ends of pipe. S. General contractor to verify dimensions on site prior to fabrication. 2. 14 Balance of materials shall be as specified elsewhere in this Section. Part 3 - EXECUTION 3. 01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. 3. 02 RAILING SYSTEMS A. Rail posts, set in concrete, shall be set over reverse pipe sleeves to a minimum depth of 6 inches and anchored with "plug weld" and .r then smoothed and finished. Rails shall be held 1/4 inch above concrete and then fillet sealed with Type IA sealant material as specified in Section 07900. Pipe sleeves shall be furnished to Section 03300 for setting prior to pouring of concrete. This Contractor shall be responsible for verifying sleeve locations. ws Rail systems set on steel stringers shall be fully welded with all welds ground smooth and flush. B. Single pipe rails used for wall handrails shall have neat end fittings and be supported not over 6 feet apart or 10 inches from ends of wall rail by brackets secured to supporting strata by not less than three 1/4 inch expansion bolts unless otherwise detailed or required by industry practice. C. Anchorage shall be as shown and/or required to insure total conformance with code requirements. w 3. 03 PIPE SLEEVES ( Coordinate with Attachment to Section 01900) A Sleeves through and in masonry or concrete for passage of any and all piping and setting of any and all required set and/or built-in items shall be standard weight, wrought iron, mild steel or cast iron, sized to allow 1/4 inch between sleeve and pipe. B. Coordinate requirements for sleeves with Divisions 15, 16 and Section 01900. OR 2053/15220 05500 - 10 Miscellaneous Metals no 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College joints are apparent. 411 C. All rails shall have flush welded fittings except where floor flanges and concealed splices are required. Welds shall be ground smooth for painting. D. Single rails used for wall handrails shall have neat end fittings and be supported by brackets. 2. 11 ANCHORAGE MATERIALS lII4 A. Anchoring cement grout for railings and other such items embedded in construction and requiring same shall be "LokSet Q 10" by Fosroc/Preco. wW Equal materials shall have a maximum expansion rating of 0. 2% and an ultimate compressive strength of 11, 000 psi. B. Mechanical/Chemical Anchors Systems: 1. Special duty anchor for hollow masonry construction shall be Hilti "HIT C-20" in rod and tube sizes required for conditions encountered and/or as dimensioned on the drawings. 2. Anchor systems for structural attachment to concrete shall be Hilti "HSL Metric Heavy-Duty Expansion Anchor" system in sizes required for conditions encountered and/or as dimensioned on the drawings. 2. 12 ROOF ACCESS LADDERS A. Two inch by 3/8 inch flat bar sides with 3/4 inch round rungs at 12 inches on center, width to be as shown, but not less than 18 inches. B. Rungs let into side bars, full depth, fully welded and ground smooth. C. Units to be galvanized after fabrication. 2. 13 WELDED ALUMINUM RAILING SYSTEM - See Section 02800 A. All tube and pipe to be 6063-T5 or T6 or 6061-T6 alloy aluminum. B. All fasteners to be aluminum or stainless steel. C. Finish - Powder Coated with fasteners coated to match railings. D. Railing system - See Drawings E. Fabrication: on 1. Railing shall be shop fabricated and assembled per approved shop drawings to the greatest extent possible. Assembly shall be in a neat, craftsmanship manner in accordance with the highest industry standards. 2. Joints to be coped and mig welded by certified welders ( AWS Dl. 2) . Welds to be ground smooth. 3. Changes in direction to be made by bending, yf possible, or by w mitering and welding. 2053/15220 05500 - 9 Miscellaneous Metals 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 1. SSPC Specification 15-68, Type I 2. Federal Specification TT-P-638. or, shall be a shop paint which meets the minimum performance requirements of one of the above listed specifications. Materials shall be as manufactured by Tnemec ( 90-97) ; DuPont, Glidden; Devoe; Rust-Oleum or Sherwin Williams; finish coats under w Section 09900. D. Architectural Finish Systems: (Architect to provide paint sample) 1. A11 prefinished metalwork shall receive a factory applied epoxy primer, 2. 0 mils dry film thickness minimum, within 12 hours after galvanizing. 2. All metalwork shall receive two finish coats at minimum ,. application coverage of 2. 0 mils dry film thickness for each coat. 3. Paint shall be a high quality aliphatic polyurethane as .� specified in Section 09900, color to be selected by the Architect. COLORGALV APPLICATIONS ARE NOT PERMITTED FOR USE IN THIS WORK 2. 10 RAILING SYSTEM FABRICATION A All rail systems required for the work of this project as per Part 1 herein shall be fabricated from scheduled materials and to the design configurations shown on the drawings and in strict accordance with the requirements of OSHA Code, Part 1926, Subpart M, governing resistance requirements and strength; Further, railings and barriers around stairways, stairwells, balconies, areaways and other floor openings, both exterior and interior, as well as roof railings around perimeter, openings and the like, shall, unless required otherwise by the-. applicable building code, be designed to resist a concentrated load of a minimum of 200 pounds applied in any direction at any point of the top rail, and for a uniformly distributed load of 100 pounds per linear foot applied vertically simultaneously with horizontally at the top railing. Handrails shall be designed for a uniformly distributed load of 50 pounds per linear foot applied vertically simultaneously with horizontally. The concentrated load and distributed loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. ■R B. All rail systems required for the work of this project as per Part 1 herein shall be fabricated from scheduled materials and to the design configurations shown on the drawings. Supporting ballusters shall be fabricated using bar stock, tube, pipe or other elements indicated in metal materials as details require. All railing systems shall be "seamless" and ground "smooth" so no 06 2053/15220 05500 - 8 Miscellaneous Metals 4W 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College W P Furnish for installation by others, abrasive nosings Type AX full width of stair tread less 3 inches each side. Material shall be as furnished by Safe-T-Metal Company, Inc. B. Anchorages shall be suitable for intended use. 2. 07 PROTECTIVE COATING SYSTEMS ! ! A. Galvanizing - ASTM A 153 for iron and steel hardware; A 123 for rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strips 1/8 inch thick and heavier; A 386 for assembled products; A 526 hot dip galvanizing in accordance with A 525, Designation G90 for all carbon steel sheet. Before (galvanizing, clean steel by pickling with a caustic hydrochloric solvent in accordance with SSPC-SP10. Galvanize all structural steel tubing and pipe to ASTM A 123, and bolts, nuts and washers to A 153. Repair unacceptable galvanized surfaces in accord with ASTM A 780. B. Protective coating - cold applied asphaltic mastic, SSPC-12, 30 dmt/coat. Provide factory-applied polyamide epoxy primer over specially prepared galvanized steel, 2. 0 mils dry film thickness minimum Apply primer within 12 hours after galvanizing at the galvanizer' s plant in a controlled environment meeting applicable environmental regulations, and as recommended by coating manufacturer. Engage the services of a galvanizer who has demonstrated a mini mom of five (5) years experience in the successful performance of the processes outlined in this specification in the facility where the work is to be done and who will apply the galvanizing and coating within the same facility as outlined herein. 2. 08 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Welding - Comply with requirements of the American Welding Society ( AWS) . B. A11 Welding: By licensed welder. C. Welding Electrodes - E60XX classification of AWS A5. 1. D. Grind welds smooth. 00 2. 09 SHOP PAINTING - ( reference 09900) A. Ferrous metal primer - modified alkyd rust inhibitive material similar and equal to Tnemec 99. S. Galvanized surface repairs and welds, "Zinc-Rich" material. C. Steel Joists and Clip Angles: The standard shop paint shall conform go to one of the following - 40 2053/15220 05500 - 7 Miscellaneous Metals 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College which are smooth and free from surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, trade names, roughness and other defects which will be apparent in the finished products. B. Stock materials, patterns, products and standard methods of we fabrication will be approved provided they conform to specified requirements and in general to the details shown. WP C. Metals and accessory items shall conform to the current applicable recognized industry standards and the following grades. 2. 02 FERROUS METAL WORK w. A. Structural steel shapes - ASTM A 36, galvanized when exposed to weather or moisture, prime coated for interior. go B. Steel plates for bending or cold forming - ASTM A 283, Grade C. C. Carbon Steel Sheets - ASTM A 526, galvanized where exposed to .o moisture or weather. D. Standard Steel Sheets - ASTM A 245 or A 246, galvanized when exposed to moisture or weather. am 2. 03 STEEL PIPE A Steel Pipe - ASTM A 53, Type S, Grade A. galvanized for moisture ■,w and/or weather exposure. 1. Schedule 40 for general use. 2. Schedule 80 and/or 120 for bollards, railings and other items not satisfying criteria set forth above or required to satisfy safety and performance criteria. ws 2. 04 ALUMINUM A. Material shall be 6063 alloy as suitable intended use and for receiving finishes as required for respective installations on project. 2. 05 FASTENERS, INSERTS, MISCELLANEOUS A Bolts & Nuts ( Steel) - ASTM A 307. B. Inserts - Threaded, wedge or slot type, galvanized castings, ASTM A 47 or A 27. C. Fasteners and anchorage devices shall be of type, grade, class and style best suited for the respective purposes; galvanized, cadmium plated or stainless steel. D. Use flat head Phillips type machine screws for exposed fastenings OR tamperproof devices as directed by the Architect and/or conditions of use. 2. 06 NOSINGS FOR CONCRETE STAIRS go 2053/15220 05500 - 6 Miscellaneous Metals 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 4-4 performed. Comply with AWS Dl-1 "Structural Welding Code". B. All welding which is done on steel and miscellaneous metal work to remain exposed in the finished work shall be "Architectural", i. e. - these welds must be ground smooth and show no seams. Rules and regulations governing all welding operations are set forth in Section_ 01500. 1. 07 PAINTING AND PROTECTION OF DISSIMILAR SURFACES A. General preparation of metal surfaces to receive shop coating shall be in accordance with the methods outlined in the Steel Structures Painting Council Specification ; SSPC) as may be applicable for intended exposure and location, and further; B. Where aluminum components are in contact with, or fastened to dissimilar metals, except stainless steel or zinc, the dissimilar metals shall be given a coat of zinc chromate primer and a heavy brush coat of alkali-resistant bituminous paint. In permanently dry locations the metals may be separated by nonabsorptive plastic tapes or gaskets. C. Aluminum in contact with, or built into masonry, concrete, or plaster shall be given a brush coat of alkali-resistant bituminous paint, or clear methacyrlic lacquer. D. Where aluminum is in contact with wood or other absorptive material which may become repeatedly wet, the wood or other material shall be given a coat of aluminum pigmented bituminous paint. Joints shall be sealed with sealant compound at points of contact with aluminum E. All ferrous metals shall be thoroughly cleaned and, except items to be encased in concrete given a priming coat of approved shop paint. Surfaces shall be thoroughly covered and shall be free of runs or sags. F. Items which support masonry or will be concealed in the finished work, except items encased in concrete, shall be field painted before erection of enclosing construction. Where shop coat is abraded or burned out by welding, the protection shall be the same paint as used for the shop coat, tinted to a different shade. G. Manufacturer' s standard shop coat will be accepted for items subject to foot and vehicle traffic and for built-in items, except that bituminous coatings shall not be used for items to be finished with decorator paints. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2. 01 GENERAL A. For fabrication of miscellaneous and ornamental metal work which will be exposed to view in the finished work, use only mater-' als 2053/15220 07,500 - 5 Miscellaneous Metals 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College permitted by the Architect. Where exposed, welds shall be ground to a smooth surface. D. All units shall be properly laid out and spaced between terminals so that there shall be no cutoff or other uncertain finish. +�^ E. Joints in exterior work shall be made watertight. All miters shall be cut and finished to a perfect fit. F. Necessary ribs, brackets, fillets and other reinforcement in cast work shall be cast integrally with the main body of the work. Castings shall be sound and free from warp or defects impairing ..� strength or appearance. Exposed surfaces shall have smooth finish and sharp, well defined lines and arrises. Joints shall be machined to close fit. ° G. All rolled shapes shall be carefully straightened and shall be free from twist before the start of fabrication. All exposed fastenings shall be evenly spaced. H. Do all cutting, drilling, fitting and work of a similar character required in fitting and setting the materials in place, and in .. fitting of this work to the adjoining work of other trades. I. Provide connecting members, bolts, anchors, clip angles, rivets, . screws, expansion bolts, etc. , as required for the work of this Section, and as necessary for the attachment of other materials to the work, and not specified in other sections. J. A11 metal items which are to be used on the exterior or placed in exterior walls shall be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. A K. All connecting members, bolts, anchors, etc. , which are to be covered with masonry shall be installed as far as practicable as the work progresses, so as to avoid cutting or drilling. L. Bolting, where permitted, shall be done with proper size bolts with nuts drawn tight and for permanent connections, with threads upset. K All operative items shall be carefully adjusted and left in satisfactory working order. N. Where anchors and fasteners are not fully detailed, their sizes, forms, attachment and location shall be such as to conform to the best shop and industry practice. Anchors shall have protective coat of paint as specified for shop coats. 1. 06 WELDING A Welding must be performed by welders who have been certified by an approved Testing Laboratory within previous two year period. Submit proof of such certification to Architect before work is 2053/15220 05500 - 4 Miscellaneous Metals 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College A. Requirements given herein may be affected by other related #! requirements of the project specification. Correlation of contract requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. 3. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under Contract. C. The work under this Section shall be performed by a Fabricator and Erector acceptable to the Architect. The Fabricator and Erector shall submit conclusive evidence of having satisfactorily completed work of similar scope and of having the necessary skill, equipment, facilities and capacity to fabricate the work and to perform the erection in accordance with the construction schedules and in full compliance with all requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. 04 SUBMITTALS A Shop drawings of all items to be fabricated and installed. Show dimensions and details of all items. Verify dimensions and correlate metal work with adjoining work. Obtain approval of shop drawings before fabrication. B. Samples of all manufactured items. C. Certification of Specification Compliance. D. This Contractor shall take all necessary field measurements prior to fabrication and installation of work and shall assume complete responsibility for accuracy of same. E. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet ( MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 1. 05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ( Coordinate with Section 01600) A Stock commercial methods, materials, products, patterns and fabrication methods meeting requirements of this Specification and conforming substantially to details and design indicated on Drawings will be accepted. See Drawings for locations, sizes and details not in this section. B. Al connections shall be securely and neatly screwed, welded, tenoned, or riveted together with dowels or countersunk rivets and dressed flush. All surfaces shall be dressed smooth and be free from mill marks or imperfections. Joints shall be tight and inconspicuous without the use of painting or caulking. Permanent connections shall be riveted or welded where practicable. Im C. Welding shall comply with the applicable current standards, specifications, and codes of the American Welding Society. Welds so shall be continuous except where spot welding is specifically 'o 2053/15220 05500 - 3 Miscellaneous Metals 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 14. Furnish, for installation under Section 03300, steel assemblies required for securement of glass rail above. *" 15. Provide new 12K series open web joists for refraining of existing areaway; reset existing salvaged grating and frame; coordinate with Section 06200 for wood frame systems. 16. Dismantle, salvage and reset existing sound attenuating baffles, louvers and other such items in connection with areaway access. 17. Perform all drilling and tapping required for attachment of .. this work to the work of others. 18. Protect all dissimilar materials. 19. Perform all shop, prime and field touchup painting operations. 20. Provide any other miscellaneous angles, channels, plates or shapes indicated or required for the proper installation of the work as shown, including all clips, anchors, bolts and the like as required to secure the work of this section to adjoining work. NOTE - All metal work exposed to the weather or subjected to moisture shall be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication or "zinc- rich" coated after proper preparation in accordance with the requirements of Part 2 of this Section. 1. 02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: .w A Selective Removals and Demolition ( 02020) B. Site Preparation and Protection ( 02200) C. Site Improvements ( 02800) no D. Plain and Reinforced Concrete ( 03300) E. Unit Masonry ( 04800) F. Metal Decking ( 05300) G. Rough Carpentry ( 06100) H. Finish Carpentry ( 06200) I. Cementitious Waterproofing ( 07165) J. Flashing and Sheet Metal ( 07600) K. Aluminum Construction ( 08400) L. Skylights, Metal Framed and Custom ( 08630) M. Finished Hardware ( 08700) w► N. Glass and Glazing ( 08800) 0. Gypsum Drywall ( 09250) P. Painting ( 09900) Q. Toilet Compartments ( 10160) R. Louvers and Vents ( 10200) S. Miscellaneous Specialties ( 10900) T. Window Treatments ( 12490) U. Elevators ( 14200) V. Fire Protection ( Division 15) W. Plumbing ( Division 15) X. HVAC ( Division 15) Y. Electrical Work ( Division 16) 1. 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE so oft 2053/15220 05500 - 2 Miscellaneous Metals 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1. 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all miscellaneous and ornamental metal work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Material requirements and labor restrictions for both wall mounted and stair rail mounted railing systems in connection with new accessible ramp/entrance to Studio Theatre and roof access areaway are as established herein; coordinate work with Section 02800. NOTE - reverse sleeve setting for all railings is mandated. 2. Provide "brackets" ( intermediate and end) for support of light valence, projection screen and curtain for Upper Gamut classroom as detailed; coordinate with Section 06200 for wood; 10900 for screen and 12490 for roller shade/fabric system 3. Provide "transition" saddle at entrance from Lobby to Upper Gamut classroom and lower Gamut exterior entrance as detailed. 4. Provide "toe" guards at renovated handicapped seating locations in Theatre ( ref. 5/A208) . 5. Provide 10 gauge sheet metal cover over return air grille at handicapped seating alterations in Theatre. 6. Provide cast abrasive nosing for concrete steps each with suitable anchorage devices for same at all locations unless otherwise shown. 7. Provide all required angles, floor plates, clips and the like as may be required for installation of the work of this section. 8. Provide all required support iron, angles and the like as required to complete the installation of the work of this project. 9. Furnish to Section 06200, miscellaneous angles, clips and other metal reinforcements as may be required to complete the millwork operations. 10. Provide elevator sill supports, support brackets, guide rail e inserts and the like shown and/or required; coordinate with Section 14200. 11. Provide "hoist beam" as required; remove after installation of elevator. 12. Reset/paint existing access ladder from grade to low roof and provide locked/caged access. 13. Provide new roof access ladders for level changes at both sides of high roof over theatre ( not stage house) . 2053/15220 05500 - 1 Miscellaneous Metals 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 1. Start by clamping a piece of the decking on the top flange of a scrap beam or plate of at least 1/2 in. thickness with the edge of the decking protruding over the edge of the beam by 3 in. 2 . Use welding cables of length and size similar to that which will be used on the actual construction. 3 . Make a good 3/4 in. puddle weld through the decking to the IF beam with the create filled and reasonable reinforcement above the decking. The following are suggested settings for this equipment. a. Electrode: E-60 . b. Three (3) welds per electrode. C. 19 second duration per weld. d. Burn-off rate of 4.7 seconds per in. 4. When the weld has cooled, strike the edge of the decking with a sledge hammer so as to rotate the decking around the puddle weld until the decking or the weld breaks. 5 . Measure the diameter of the weld nugget remaining on the structural steel. If the weld is not satisfactory, adjust the amperage and repeat by making test welds and breaking them until the proper 3/4 in. nugget is obtained. Once the proper welds are consistently obtained, a minimum of three (3) welds, make another test weld by first welding on a scrap plate to consume at least 6 in. of a new electrode and then immediately, while the electrode is still hot, making another puddle weld. Test this weld and compare the results with the welds made previously and considered satisfactory. OW 6 . Using the same electrode, power supply unit, setting, and cable lengths established above, determine an average burn-off rate for three (3) electrodes. Then make another puddle weld as a final check on the procedure. 7 . Qualify each welder on the metal decking using the above procedure, prior to welding any metal decking to the structure. 3 .06 TOUCHUP PAINTING A. Touchup galvanized surfaces with specified galvanizing repair paint applied in accordance with ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3 .07 CLEANING UP A. Remove all equipment, unused materials and debris from the site immediately upon the completion of this work. B. Break off and remove all ceramic ferrules that do not crack after welding. **End of Section** 40 2053/15220 05300 - 9 Metal Decking 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College D. All welding of metal deck panels, including accessories, shall be performed by welders who have been qualified by tests, as prescribed in the "Standard Qualification Procedure" of the American Welding Society. Before any welding of the metal deck is done, two specimens of each type of weld shall be prepared by each operation. These specimens „s shall be inspected, tested, and approved by the Architect's representative before that operator shall be permitted to weld on the structure. Burning or weakening of the metal deck material around welds shall be cause for rejection. Deficient welds shall either be repaired or entirely removed and rewelded or the metal deck shall be reinforced ®• or replaced, as directed by the Architect. 1. Button-punch or weld side joints 2 ft. 6 in. on center. 2 . Secure accessories by tack welding, with at least one weld at every corner. 3 . Touchup welds and field cuts with touchup paint as specified promptly after installation. 4. Provide metal joint covers at abutting ends and changes in direction of floor deck units. 5 . See Drawings for additional requirements in special areas. E. Longitudinal side laps of adjacent panels: Deck shall be welded between supports at intervals not exceeding 2 feet or mechanically fastened with #10 Tek screws at 12 inches on center for roof decks a and 30 inches for floor and composite roof decks . F. Secure closures and angles into position by welding at 18 in. centers maximum unless otherwise shown. Provide angle closures at openings, concrete retainer flashings and transition flashing as required to make decking complete and ready to receive concrete fill. G. All abraded or damaged protective surfaces of steel decking work and permanent form work shall be touched up with a protective coat of paint by this Contractor as erected. 3 .04 PROTECTION A. Do not use deck units for storage or working platforms until permanently secured in position. ws B. Assure that construction loads do not exceed carrying capacity of deck. 3 .05 FIELD OUALITY CONTROL w A. Establish the welding procedure for the plug weld of the metal decking for each gage used as follows . This procedure is to be witnessed by the Owner's Testing Agency. .� 2053/15220 05300 - 8 Metal Decking 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 5 . Where inspection reveals defects, the extent of inspection will be increased as much as necessary to assure that the full extent of the defects in a joint has been found and to assure that the same defects are not present on similar parts or under similar circumstances. 6. Work that is not acceptable will be designated by "Repair" or "Reject", as applicable. 7 . The Inspector will maintain a daily record of the work he has inspected and its disposition. One copy of each of the reports will be submitted to the Architect on a weekly basis. Welding reports of tests will be made in form prescribed in the "Structural Welding Code" . 8. The Contractor shall provide and pay for corrective measures, including additional testing and inspection. Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 GENERAL A. Examine all work prepared by others to receive work of this Section and report any defects affecting installation to Contractor for correction. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptance of preparatory work by others. B. Installation of deck will be inspected by the Architect and/or Owner's Representative under terms of Section 01410 . 3 .02 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Handle and stack materials carefully in order to prevent deformation or damage. During unloading and hoisting, take care to prevent damage to ends and sides of individual deck panels. Panels stored prior to installation shall be placed on skids and shall be protected and kept dry. Foreign materials on panels shall be completely removed prior to erection. B. Replace damaged components with identical new units, unless repair or reinforcement is specifically permitted by the Architect. 3 .03 METAL DECK A. Metal deck panels shall be shipped to the field cut to the proper length. All fabrication shall be done by the metal deck erector. IP B. Metal deck panels shall be placed on full mortar bed and bolted to bond beam masonry and accurately aligned to final position before being permanently fastened. Deck shall have a minimum end bearing of 2 inches on the supporting masonry. C. Install sheet steel accessories welded in place, including closures, screeds, filler pieces, or cover plates, as appropriate, to close panel ends, at slab edges, and at other locations where shown or otherwise required to support and retain the concrete. 90 Im 2053/15220 05300 - 7 Metal Decking 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College include allowance for deck deflections and steel framing deflections. See Cast-In-Place Concrete Specification for additional information on additional concrete. Include allowance for construction loads . Design the decking for a limiting deflection of 0.5 in. or a maximum stress of 0.6 F .� based on either a single span loading or the loading of a single span of multiple span conditions. 2. Design the decking as a composite deck for the superimposed dead and live loads as indicated, on a simple span condition with a limiting deflection of L/360, steel stress of 0. 75 F and to comply with ACI 318 (working stress) . 4. Comply with other design criteria as indicated in metal _` decking notes . 5. Provide deck gauges a required by calculation, but not less than 20 ga. .m B. Miscellaneous Items 1. Metal cover Plates: Fabricate metal cover plates for end- abutting floor deck units of not less than same thickness and ,. finish as decking. Form to match contour of deck units and approximately 6 in. wide. aw 2 .04 QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner will engage, at his own expense, a Testing Agency satisfactory to the Architect to inspect metal decking and shear connector installation, to perform tests specified, and to submit reports to the Architect. 1. The Testing Agency will be responsible for conducting and interpreting the tests, will clearly state in each report the area tested, whether or not the test result comply with the Contract Documents, will specifically note any deviations therefrom, and will indicate corrective measures required and taken. 2 . Provide the Testing Agency with the following. w* a. A complete set of shop and erection drawings. b. Cutting lists, order sheets, material bills, shipping bills and test reports. C. Information as to time and place of rollings and an shipment of materials to the shop. d. Representative sample pieces requested for testing. e. Full and ample means and assistance for testing. go f. Proper facilities, including scaffolding, temporary work platforms and hoisting facilities for inspection of the Work in the mills, shop and field. 3 . Each person installing connections shall be assigned and w0 identifying symbol or mark and all shop and field connections shall be so identified so that the Inspector can refer back to the person making the connection. 4. The Inspector will perform his duties, when possible, in such a way that fabrication and erection are not unnecessarily delayed or impeded, and as follows : 2053/15220 05300 - 6 Metal Decking 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College concrete slab and the floor unit and to prevent vertical separation of the slab from the deck. D. Fabricate all materials in accordance with the approved shop drawings. 2 .02 MATERIALS A. Non-cellular Deck: 1. Fabricate of steel having a 33, 000 psi minimum yield strength, as required for load and span, and conforming to ASTM A 446. 2 . Deck shall have a galvanized coating conforming to ASTM A 525 designation G60 for floor deck. B. Deck Accessories: 1. Fabricate deck accessories of 18 gauge minimum sheet steel, with galvanized coating same as provided on deck. Provide the following typical accessories and any additional accessories required by deck manufacturer' s metal deck system to provide 11 continuous support for the concrete and to prevent loss of concrete fines through gaps and openings. 2 . Closures for open ends of metal deck at columns, walls, openings, perimeter conditions, and where deck changes direction to serve as pour stops for concrete. Material shall be formed of galvanized sheet steel of same quality as deck units. Gauge shall be sufficient to span or cantilever from steel beams and have, or be braced to have, sufficient strength and stiffness to retain the concrete with straight edges true to drawings details and dimensions. Edge closures shall not interfere with shear connector installation. 3 . Cover plates or flashing plates as required to close panel edge or end conditions and where panels change direction or s abut. Plates shall be provided to fill between sheet where high hat of deck rib would otherwise fall over and parallel to a beam or girder. 10 . Galvanizing Repair Paint: "Z.R.C. Cold Galvanizing Compound" , as manufactured by ZRC Chemical Products Company. C. Welding materials: conform to AWS Code and AWS filler metal specifications. D. Auxiliary Structural Steel: 1. Steel shapes and plates shall be new steel conforming to ASTM A 36. 2. Fabrication shall conform to RISC Specification. 2 .03 FABRICATION A. Composite Floor Decks: Comply with the depth and gauge requirements, physical cross-sectional properties of the deck and design criteria shown on the Drawings and as follows: 1. Design the decking for non-shored condition for the wet weight of concrete. Concrete thickness used in the calculations shall 2053/15220 05300 - 5 Metal Decking 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College C. Cover deck with waterproof material, ventilated to avoid condensation. 1.07 INSPECTION, TESTING, AND QUALITY CONTROL (Coordinate with Section 01410) A. Inspection and testing of metal deck work will be performed by an independent Testing Agency, under a separate contract with the Owner. Materials and workmanship shall be subjected to inspection w. and testing in shop and field by Architect and/or Testing Agency. B. Maintain records of welders employed and date of qualification. Such records shall be available for examination by Architect and/or Testing Agency, or certified copies submitted upon request to Architect and Testing Agency. C. Do not remove any marks or tags applied by Testing Agency identifying rejected work. D. Metal deck work which has been rejected by Architect and/or Testing .r Agency in shop or field shall be corrected without delay and at no expense to the Owner. E. If arrangements for corrections and/or replacements are not made within seven days after notice of rejection, the Owner shall have right to have corrections and/or replacement made and charge cost thereof against balance of monies withheld. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .01 MATERIALS A. All deck shall be listed and approved by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L. , Inc. ) . Non-cellular deck shall be listed by U.L. , Inc. , as "steel floor and form unit" . Label and mark each bundle of non- cellular units, as required by U.L. , Inc. , indicating manufacturer, testing and inspection according to the above listings. B. The material shall be furnished by a manufacturer having the indicated fire ratings, tested, listed, and approved by U.L. , Inc. , for the construction assemblies shown on the Drawings. ■* Deck shall be manufactured by one of the following: 1. United Steel Deck, Inc. 2 . Inland Steel Co. 3 . Wheeling Corrugating Co. 4. Cyclops Steel Corp. +�w Deck material shall be delivered free from oil or other contaminants which may impair the adhesion of either spray on fireproofing or concrete toppings. C. All metal deck floor units shall be formed with sufficient integral locking lugs to transfer the horizontal shearing forces between the 2053/15220 05300 - 4 Metal Decking '�' IA 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College F. Complete description, including certified load tests, of hanger attachment devices proposed for use in hanging suspended ceiling construction from concrete/metal deck slab system to be used in actual construction. G. Drawings showing details of proposed corrective work prior to performing corrective work. H. Manufacturer's and/or fabricator's and/or erector's affidavit stating that material or product provided complies with Contract Documents. I. Fillers, closures and the like required to complete the work. J. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The work of this section shall further conform to the "The Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code" , latest edition. B. Except as otherwise specified herein, perform work in accordance with specifications noted below, including latest editions of applicable specifications, codes, and standards cited therein, and latest applicable addenda and supplements. Copies of these items shall be kept available in shop and field. 1. The standards of the American Society for Testing and Material 40 referred to in this specification by their serial designations. 2 . SDI "Specifications and Commentary for Steel Roof Deck" , 1987 . 3 . "Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members" , American Iron and Steel Institute. 4. "Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings" , American Institute of Steel Construction, 1989 . 5. "Code for Welding in Building Construction (AWS D1.1) " , latest edition, American Welding Society. 6. Steel Structures Painting Council; Volumes 1 and 2. 7. Steel Deck Institute: "Code of Recommended Standard Practice" . C. Any material or operation specified by reference to published specifications of manufacturer or published standard shall comply with said specification or standard. In case of conflict between referenced specifications, most stringent requirement shall govern. ON In case of conflict between referenced specifications and Project Specifications, Project Specifications shall govern. +o 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. Do not bend or mar decking. WS B. Store off the ground with one end elevated for drainage. on 2053/15220 05300 - 3 Metal Decking 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College facilities and capacity to fabricate and to perform the erection in accordance with the construction schedules and in full compliance with all requirements of the Contract Documents. D. Welding procedures, welders, welding operations and tackers shall be qualified in accordance with the AWS "Structural Welding Code" . In addition, all welders must have been certified in accordance with the AWS for the welding position required within the 12 month period prior to the performance of each welding operation. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Documentation and certification that composite metal deck as part of proposed structural system will qualify for the fire ratings specified on the drawings prior to submitting detailed Shop Drawings. .0 B. "Job standard" metal deck details proposed prior to submitting detailed Shop Drawings. ..a C. Recommended installation instructions and further; prior to starting work, description of methods, sequence of erection, and type of equipment proposed for use in erecting metal deck. This submission •• shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for providing proper methods, equipment, workmanship, and safety precautions. D. Shop Drawings (for each type and location) : 1. Deck thickness, configuration and finish. 2 . Deck layout, identification marks, framing and supports. 3 . Type and location of welds and/or screws. 4. Details of fasteners and accessories. 5. Erection drawings. 6. Openings required in metal decking for passage of mechanical and electrical items (See Section 01041) . 7. Supplementary framing, special jointing or other accessories. 8. All welding data. Except as otherwise noted, approval of Shop Drawings will be for size and arrangement of components. Errors in dimensions shown on Shop Drawings shall be responsibility of Contractor. Check and coordinate metal deck work with work of other trades before submitting Shop Drawings. Do not proceed with fabrication of material or performance of work .� until corresponding item on Shop Drawing has been approved by Architect. E. General Contractor shall obtain the necessary information from all other trades requiring openings through metal deck and shall show all such openings, properly dimensioned and drawn to scale on the « metal deck shop drawings before the latter are submitted for approval. ON 2053/15220 05300 - 2 Metal Decking so 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College ow SECTION 05300 METAL DECKING Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 40 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all metal decking work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, OR including, but not limited to the following: 1. Provide galvanized composite floor decking system at ceiling cap of new elevator shaft in gauge and thickness shown on the drawings. Coordinate with Section 03300 for concrete and mesh. 2 . Provide all necessary deck supports other than principal framing members including diagonals at columns, angles, plates, and the like. 3 . Provide flashing, cell closures, closure plates, transition plates and like sheet metal work required to contain concrete. 4. Unless specifically excluded, provide such other items of metal deck work indicated on Drawings, specified, or needed to make work of this Section complete. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Concrete and reinforcement over decking (03300) B. Mortars (04060) C. Unit Masonry (04800) D. Miscellaneous Metals (05500) E. Rough Carpentry (06100) F. Elevators (14200) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements given herein may be affected by other related requirements of the project specification. Correlation of contract requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under Contract. C. The work under this Section shall be performed by a Fabricator and Erector acceptable to the Architect. The Fabricator and Erector shall submit conclusive evidence of having satisfactorily completed work of similar scope and of having the necessary skill, equipment, wA 2053/15220 05300 - 1 ±� Metal Decking 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Contact Chemical Products Industries, Inc. for cleaning procedures, technical data and product availability for Terazymell GP. B. Allow surfaces to dry completely before beginning application. C. Repoint loose mortar; allow to dry 72 hours before applying water repellent. D. Protect adjacent and underlying surfaces from overspray and rundown. E. Follow manufacturer's instructions for application and coverage, ' and procedures established during preparation of mockup. F. Vertical Surfaces: 1. Apply from bottom of wall up using low pressure sprayer at 10 to 25 psi. 2 . Flood surface until material runs down 6 to 8 inches (150 to 200 mm) below spray pattern before being absorbed. 3 . Re-apply within 5 minutes if required to ensure complete coverage. G. Apply to following coverage rates unless otherwise determined by testing of mockup: 1. Porous brick masonry: 90-150 square feet per gallon (2.2 to ill 3 .7 sq m/L) . H. After coating has dried, test surfaces with water spray; reapply to any areas showing water absorption. **End of Section** 2053/15220 04910 - 15 Masonry Cleaning 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College recommended by sealant manufacturer. All finished work shall be left in neat, clean condition. 3 .05 NEW BRICK MASONRY A. Existing brick shall be carefully removed on a piece by piece basis w until solid and sound conditions are encountered OR as may be directed by the Architect. B. New matching brick shall be laid, after total saturation, in a full bed of Type "N" mortar, using additives at the option of the Contractor, with full head joints in a keyed pattern to provide a proper and inconspicuous patch to the satisfaction of the Architect. C. Brick shall be jointed to match existing surrounding construction. w. Joints shall be tooled to match existing. D. Brick that are loose and must be reset, that replace missing bricks, fill holes or that replace spalled or deteriorated bricks are to be fully bedded using the mortars in the proceeding paragraph. 3 . 06 SAW CUTTING CONTROL JOINTS A. Saw cuts shall be straight and true located at existing vertical mortar joints, so that minimum of 1/2 brick remains adjacent to joint. Remove and rebuild adjacent bricks if required to maintain 1/2 brick minimum requirements. Offset joints around window sill ends. Remove and rebuild any cracked or loosened masonry and fasten to backup brick with metal ties. Control joints shall be cleaned and sealed immediately after inspection. Control joints in walls shall be cut full depth of outside wythe of brick. Control joints at parapets shall be cut through full thickness of parapet. 3 .07 GROUTING CRACKS A. Mask and protect all masonry faces surrounding cracks to be grouted. B. Provide water based clay surrounding injection ports in stonework to absorb excess grout and prevent staining. C. Fully grout cracked stones allowing injection ports not more than 6 inches on center. Cover surface with water based clay to prevent staining stone surface. No excess grout may remain visible on the surface of cracks. D. Hairline cracks in brick shall be grouted with material specified herein above by use of a caulking gun with material applied under even pressure to fill joint and then to be tooled or bagged to produce a matching texture. 3 .08 WATERPROOFING APPLICATION ■r A. Clean surface using TerazymeTm GP to remove loose and foreign matter that could interfere with application or performance of coating. 2053/15220 04910 - 14 Masonry Cleaning 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Pack mortar in thin layers, not exceeding 1/2 inch. Compact and allow each layer to become thumbprint hard before installation of new lift. Mist surface between lifts. Tool filled joints to match the original joint profile to provide a slightly concave compacted joint by using a jointer of larger size than the joint. No mortar shall extend onto the face of the units. E. Mist cure mortar for at least 24 hours after tooling. In windy or hot weather, review cure procedures with the Architect to ensure ±fit that mortar does not excessively fast. F. Remove excess mortar from the surface before it sets using a bristle brush or by rubbing the surface with burlap or clean sand. Dried mortar may be removed with chemical mortar remover by written permission of the Architect. 0P G. Cut out and repoint any joints that develop hairline cracking, become unbonded, are friable after seven day cure period, or are otherwise defective in the opinion of the Architect at no cost to the Owner. 3 .04 SEALANT APPLICATION A. Caulking of all joints of sash and other dissimilar surround joints on all faces from grade to top of existing parapet shall be totally cut out to and including all backing material and shall be recaulked and packed. No caulking or sealant work shall be performed until all necessary repairs have been made to existing sash or other materials. All masonry repair work shall have been completed prior to caulking operations. ! B. Install backup material at proper depth in joint to provide sealant dimensions as specified above. Backup material shall be suitable size and shape so that when compressed 20 to 500 of it will fit in all joints as required. C. Apply masking tape where required in continuous strips in alignment with joint edge. Remove tape immediately after joints have been sealed and tooled. D. Prime surfaces where required with primer recommended by sealant manufacturer. E. Apply, tool and finish sealant in accordance with manufacturer' s recommendations. F. Clean adjacent surfaces free of sealant or soiling resulting from this work as work progresses using solvent or cleaning agent me on 2053/15220 04910 - 13 Masonry Cleaning No 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College OW Backpointing shall be done with conventional "Type N" mortar 4W with additive or balanced repointing mortar at option of Contractor. we Allow to cure prior to finish pointing. 4. Cutting shall be by one of the following means dependent upon .o the type of material encountered and present joint size. Extreme care shall be exercised in cutting of all joints so that no damage is done to any adjacent arrises and so that no joints are widened. All cases - hand rake eroded mortared joints to remove loose ++. material. Tight joints (less than 3/16 inch wide) - hand cut, sample panel, upon approval, proceed with total work. If approved by sample work, special saws and cutting blades may be used in/lieu/of hand work. Power cutting will not be permitted at ends of head joints, inside corners and at other locations where it is determined that power cutting is likely to result in damage to the stone WO due to overcutting. Normal joints (3/8 inch and larger) - diamond tip rotary saw, cut sample, upon approval, proceed with total work. 'o 5. Saturate all areas to be pointed with clean water and keep damp until joint mortar is applied. on C. Mortar preparation and mixing 1. Carefully measure and well mix together dry the lime, cement and sand. Add any pigments in measured quantities and well dispersed into the other materials. Mix mortar in small batches so that it will be used within one hour after preparation. Prehydrate pointing mortar as follows: a. thoroughly mix together all ingredients except water b. mix again adding only enough water to produce a damp unworkable mix which will retain its form when pressed in a ball. w After 1-2 hours, add sufficient water to bring mortar to proper consistency, somewhat drier than conventional setting mortar. D. Joint filling w 2053/15220 04910 - 12 Masonry Cleaning 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College d. Resistance to efflorescence: No efflorescence on treated specimens, ASTM C 67, Section 10 . e. Accelerated weathering: No loss in water repellency, tested for 3000 hours, ASTM G 53 . f. Water permeance of masonry: Minimum 100 percent improvement, ASTM E 514. g. Volatile organic content (VOC) : Less than 725 g/L, EPA Method 24. h. Penetration: Up to 1/4 inch (6 mm) depending on substrate. 2.09 Balance of materials shall be as specified elsewhere in this Section. Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. 3 .02 CLEANING OF FACADE AREAS A. Cleaning shall be done employing solvent and/or detergent, scrubbing and flushing with water. B. Repeated scrubbings and flushings shall be done until all RESIDUE, on dirt and cleaning agents have been removed. C. It shall be the responsibility of this Contractor, as per Part 2 of this Section, to determine what material shall be used so as not to damage either surfaces to be cleaned or surrounding areas and materials. 3 .03 POINTING A. Prepare and point all facade areas from grade to top of building construction or as indicated. B. Joint Preparation 1. Joints worn to greater than 1/4 inch from surface shall be cut to a minimum 3/4 inch depth or to sound mortar and back pointed to within 3/4 inch from surface. 2 . Hand strip all existing sealants from sealed/caulked joints. Work shall be done in cool weather and demonstrate means and methods. Dry ice and hard blades may be used as necessary to facilitate removal. 3 . Cut all previously sealed/caulked joints to a minimum of 3/4 inch depth. Backpoint all joints to a minimum 3/4 inch depth and allow to set prior to cleaning work. 2053/15220 04910 - 11 Masonry Cleaning 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 302/304 or ASTM A 36, hot dipped galvanized after fabrication. 2 .06 GROUT A. Cracks and needlepoint grouting in brickwork shall be grouted with a fine mixture of 1 part lime (as specified herein) and 3 parts fine masons sand mixed to a pumpable consistency with an acrylic polymer modified liquid in a 1:1 ratio with water; material for "repointing grout" shall be colored as per balance of specification requirements. 2 .07 SEALANTS A. Sealants shall be "Type IV" as specified in Section 07900 including all primers, backers and other material requirements set forth therein. 2 .08 SEALANT/WATERPROOFING an A. Performance Requirements: 1. Reduce absorption of water and waterborne contaminants into substrate. wA 2 . Permit water vapor transmittance. 3 . No change to slight darkening of substrate after application. B. Environmental Requirements: 1. Ambient and surface temperatures between 40 and 100 degrees F (4 and 38 degrees C) . 2 . Do not apply if rain or temperatures below 40 degrees F (4 degrees C) are expected within 6 hours after application. 3 . Do not apply during winds that could carry water repellent to adjacent surfaces, properties, or vegetation. 4. Do not apply sooner than 24 hours after surface has been exposed to rain or other water source. C. Substrate: 1. Cured minimum 30 days. 2 . Not frozen or frost covered. so 3 . Clean, sound, and dry. D. Ensure adequate ventilation in application areas. E. Joint sealers, paints, and glazing compounds and sealants fully .m cured. F. Provide manufacturer's 5 year material replacement warranty against failure of coating to repel water. .o G. Manufacturer: Chemical Products Industries, Inc. 7649 SW 34th St. Oklahoma City, OK 73179 (800) 624-4356 H. Water Repellent: 1. Product: CP-500 Premium. go 2 . Description: Approximately 8 percent proprietary modified siloxane in mineral spirit solution. 3 . Performance attributes: w a. Water repellency, test brick: Minimum 96 percent, ASTM C 67, Section 7. b. Water repellency, test mortar: 0.76 percent average am absorption, immersed for 72 hours, FS SS -W-110C. C. Vapor transmission: Minimum 100 percent, OHD-L-35. 2053/15220 04910 - 10 ,w Masonry Cleaning 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College diameter, square cut ends. 2 . Manufactured anchor devices shall be similar and equal to HILTI "HIT 020/5470001/12 inch" and shall be complete with anchor rod device and all required accessories. E. Control Joints - Factory extruded solid section of rubber, 80 Durometer similar and equal to "Dur-O-Wal" Regular Rapid Control Joint. F. Bearing pads - 70 Durometer solid neoprene, bar form. G. Filler system - "FF1" closed cell neoprene foam, Progress Unlimited. 2.04 FLASHINGS - See Section 04800 A. Flashing material for use where same is fully supported by construction (non bridging material) shall be self adhering design, 40 mil thickness and shall be one of the following: 1. "Perm-A-Flash" by W. R. Grace; 2 . "Bitu-Mem" by Nervastral, Inc. ; 3 . "Plastiwrap 40" by Progress Unlimited. 4. "Aqua/Flash 500" by Fiberweb Division of Clark/Hammerbeam Corp. 5. "MiraDRI TWF" by MiraDRI Moisture Protection Products. B. Flashing material for use in general applications for through wall systems shall be either - 1. "Fiberweb 300" with companion tape as distributed by Dur-O- Wal, Inc. (1-800-323-0090) . 2 . "Rib-Bond" as manufactured by Atlantic Distributing Co. , Inc. (1-804-640-1000) in either 10 ounce copper or 0.010 inch stainless steel at the option of the Contractor. C. Through wall flashings shall be 16 ounce lead coated copper, formed to profiles shown, provided with expansion provisions and soldered. A 2 .05 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. Weeps - Preformed PVC tubing, rectangular design; cotton wicks or similar as necessary to match adjacent work or suitable for intended use. B. Bonding Agents - material to be used in building out of spalled and !! deteriorated masonry shall be similar and equal to "Thorobond" by Standard Drywall Products. C. Dampproofing materials shall be a asbestos free fibrated heavy body water base mastic similar to that furnished by Karnak. D. Waterproofing treatment at exposed relieving angles and backup masonry - Tremco TP-60 . E. Structural supports - At option of Contractor, stainless steel Type go 2053/15220 04910 - 9 Masonry Cleaning 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College am material and as supplemented herein below. on A. Portland Cement, Type I ASTM C 150, White Portland Cement. Ordinary gray cement may be used if it does not effect color matching or uniformity. Cement must comply with ASTM C 91, not more than 0.30% No water soluble alkali. B. Hydrated Type S Lime for Masonry Purposes, ASTM C 207; Air entrained saa lime may not be used. C. Mortar Aggregate - Well graded sharp bagged mason's mortar sand, ASTM C 144, further modified by the requirement that the aggregate match to the sample of the original mortar aggregate as determined by the Owner's testing agency. aw D. Water shall be clean and free from deleterious materials. Only potable water may be used. E. Mortar Pigments - Iron oxide pigments manufactured by SGS Solomon aa. Colors (Solomon Grind-Chem Service, Inc) or Lander-Segal or approved equal. ,aw 1. Pigments shall match color of the original mortar color. Pigments for limestone mortar will only be permitted when colors cannot be successfully matched by varying the brand or color of the cement. Measurements of pigments shall be accurate and record shall be made of exact amount of pigment added to each approved mix. awn F. Mortar Additives/Bonder - acrylic polymer and modifier mixture similar and equal to "ACRYL 60" by Standard Drywall Products. ann 2 .02 BRICK MASONRY A. New brick shall match, as closely as possible, to the satisfaction of the Architect, the existing in color, texture and size for the intended usage and shall meet the re .w g requirements of ASTM C 216, Grade SW, FBS for exterior use. 2 .03 ACCESSORIES, ADHESIVES, ANCHORS AND RELATED MATERIALS A. Drilled-In anchor devices - "Pos-I-Tie" with "Tapcon" screws and loop ties as manufactured by National Wire. vp B. Brick/Brick ties shall be similar and equal to Hilti "HIT" renovation ties modified to receive a stainless steel wire "wye" shaped brick tie. way C. Brick-backup masonry ties shall be similar and equal to Hilti "HIT- C20" renovation tie with stainless steel loop wire tie for brick anchorage. was D. Pin Anchors 1. Anchor devices - Type 304 stainless steel pins, 1/4 inch 40 2053/15220 04910 - 8 sm Masonry Cleaning 0 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College G. All surfaces to receive new jointing operations shall be dry and clean of all foreign matter. Sealant applicator tool shall have nozzle of proper size and shall provide sufficient pressure to completely fill joints as detailed, specified or arise in the actual field conditions. No work shall be done if air temperature is below 40 degrees F. H. Sealant Joint Design: 1. Joints shall be a minimum of 1/4 inch deep by 1/4 inch wide. 2 . Joints in masonry or abutting dissimilar materials: Depth to be equal to width of joints in joints up to 1/2 inch wide; joints 1/2 to 1 inch wide, depth shall be 1/2 inch. 1.08 SEQUENCING/SCHEDULING A. Perform masonry restoration work in the following sequence: 1. Clean masonry. 2 . Repair, replace or patch damaged masonry. es 3 . Rake out and repoint mortar joints. Perform sealant work. 4. Conduct punch list on lift and perform required remedial operations, if any. 5. Provide water repellent after all other masonry work is complete and fully cured, punch list satisfied and all work is acceptable to the Architect. Cure time for all mortar, adhesives, patching materials and caulks/sealants shall be a minimum of 7 days. 1.09 SPECIAL GUARANTEE/WARRANTY TERMS A. Provide written warranty ensuring that all replacement masonry, patching materials and mortar that are determined to become cracked, spalled, hairlined, discolored or otherwise unacceptable within a 00 period of 2 years from the date of completion will be replaced in a manner conforming with the requirements of this specification; further, guarantee/warranty shall be extended to all sealant/caulking operations performed as part of the restoration operations . The following types of sealant failure will be adjudged defective work: leakage, hardening, chalking, crumbling, melting, shrinking or running of caulking; or staining of adjacent work by caulking. B. Repair and replace work which becomes defective during the guarantee term, without cost to the Owner. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .01 REPOINTING AND PATCHING MATERIALS - Coordinate with Section 04060 for mortar material requirements and restrictions established for Type "N" we 2053/15220 04910 - 7 Masonry Cleaning 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College demonstrate his proficiency at this activity. 1.07 REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS A. Protect persons, motor vehicles, all building surfaces (including but not limited to window glass and frames, grills, roof and *� flashing and doors) and related fixtures, all metals, fittings and mechanical and communications equipment, landscaping identified by the Owner during the preconstruction conference, surrounding buildings, all signage, flagpoles, lightpoles, lighting fixtures, canopies and related materials from damage. B. In the event of damage, make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The entire building complex will be fully operational during the course of the project; work near building entrances will only be permitted during restricted hours. Coordinate with Section 01010. D. Protect all intake vent and grills from dust, water spray, fumes or chemicals. E. Perform masonry repointing only when air temperatures are 45 degrees F and above and will remain 40 degrees F for not less than 7 days after completion of cleaning. , Use epoxy, patching and grouting materials within the temperature limits established by the manufacturer for the use of these products. 'R As required by manufacturers, protect materials from rain, temperature extremes and/or rapid drying by providing enclosures or �e coverings. Special cure procedures are required for patching material. ■ Prevent mortar, adhesives or grout from staining surrounding masonry and adjacent surfaces. Remove any spill immediately. Protect sills, ledges and other protection from mortar droppings by coating with sand. No spills shall be permitted to remain at the end of each work day. Perform no mortar work in wet weather or when rain is predicted within 2 days unless work is protected within waterproof enclosures. Cover mortar work at the end of each day and whenever work is not in progress if rain is predicted. w. Extend waterproof covers securely over work area. F. All exterior repairs shall exactly match the color, texture, performance characteristics and character of surrounding existing work. �. wM 2053/15220 04910 - 6 Masonry Cleaning 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College of based on the type of staging selected, the Owner's Testing Agency, with assistance from the Contractor shall review existing conditions of the masonry to verify, or adjust as required, the repairs shown on the drawings. The Architect will provide a reproducible set of elevations to be used as a basis for documenting the survey. The survey notation must be the same as those used in the Contract drawings and the survey should reflect the intent of the repairs. The Contractor must receive written approval of the field survey prior to the commencement of work in any location. The approved field survey will serve as the scope of work for the project. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers and packaging, bearing labels as to type and names of products and manufacturers. B. All materials for use in the work of this Section shall be stored under environmental conditions recommended by the manufacturer. C. Protect materials during storage and construction. Keep containers tightly closed and away from open flames. D. All cementitious materials and aggregates shall be stored in such manner as to prevent deterioration or intrusion of foreign material. E. Carefully pack and handle both new brick and brick to be reused to prevent chipping, cracking or breakage. a 1.06 MOCKUPS A. Prior to start of general masonry restoration, prepare the following Mockups on building surfaces where directed by Architect. Obtain Architect's acceptance of visual qualities before proceeding with the work. Mockups will be used to measure standards of workmanship, finish, texture, color and qualifications of workman. Repeat mockup procedure as required until Architect' s acceptance is obtained. Protect and mark acceptable Mockups, retain in undisturbed condition during construction to be used as a standard for judging completed work. 1 1. Repointing samples - 2 each for each type of stone encountered. In each material sample one shall demonstrate the method of removing existing mortar and the other for demonstrating the color of the mortar, tooling and finishing of the joint. or Each sample shall be at least 10 lineal feet Each mechanic assigned to saw cutting joints must separately 2053/15220 04910 - 5 Masonry Cleaning ow 8 November 2002 BID ISSUE Renovations to MCPA - Smith College wA The most stringent requirements shall govern. w E. Photo documentation - All areas in which any masonry rebuilding or replacement is to occur must be documented photographically in a manner approved by the Architect prior to the work. This documentation shall include professional quality 5 by 7 black and white and color prints of the work area. All photographs must include tape for scale and be neatly labeled on the back to identify the area and building shown, the date of the photographer. Work may not Photograph and the Y proceed in any given area until the Architect accepts the submitted photographs as meeting these requirements. Progress (50% complete) and completion photographs of each work area with identical views must be submitted to document the work. 1 .04 SUBMITTALS .. A. Further, submit written program including protection for continuing building operations and access by employees, deliveries and the general public, protection of surrounding materials, the building ' and site, prevention of water infiltration, building access, work hours and staffing. Describe in detail all materials, methods, and equipment to be used for each phase of work. Obtain the Owner and Architect's approval of the proposed work program. ..w B. Stripping and solvent cleaning material samples and test results. C. Samples of each type of lime, cement, aggregate, grout, adhesive, patching mortar, sealant and colorant proposed for use. Furnish two 16 ounce samples of each material type. Furnish sample of each color and type proposed for use. Sample of each type of anchor. Furnish two of each type. D. Pointing mortar data and mix design including tests as specified in Section 04060 for Type N mortar. Furnish laboratory testing performed by a laboratory acceptable to the Owner prior to the start of installation confirming mortar composition and compressive w strength. Provide five additional laboratory tests during the work at intervals determined by the Architect. Mortar for tests shall be taken from mortar batches mixed for actual placement in the work in eA. the presence of the Architect. E. The Contractor shall take all necessary field measurements prior to fabrication and installation of work and shall assume complete responsibility for accuracy of same. F. Certification of specification compliance. *• G. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. so H. Field survey to determine final scope of repairs : After staging is in place for direct access to stone at each elevation, or part there an 2053/15220 04910 - 4 Masonry Cleaning 4W 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College on review of the quantity and quality of work. Review and sign OR off on inspection agency's daily tally of quantity of work. 12 . Perform balance of exterior restoration work as may be required to insure integrity of the "skin" of the existing structure so as to preclude further water infiltration; 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: eau A. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) B. Site Preparation and Protection (02200) C. Concrete Restoration and Cleaning (03900) D. Mortars (04060) E. Unit Masonry (04800) F. Miscellaneous Metals (05500) G. Rough Carpentry (06100) H. Slate Roofing (07314) I. Membrane Roofing (EPDM) (07530) l�IA1 J. Flashing and Sheet Metal (07600) K. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) L. Skylights, Metal Framed and Custom (08630) M. Electrical Work (Division 16) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements given herein may be affected by other related requirements of the project specification. Correlation of contract requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. B. The intent of this Section is to provide a complete restoration and renovation of the exterior masonry skin to extent shown; ornamental trim and the like to insure watertightness and structural stability. C. Masonry restoration specialist: Work shall be performed by a firm having not less than five years successful experience in comparable masonry restoration project and employing personnel skilled in the processes and operations indicated and required. Each mechanic shall be required to be experienced in all of the restoration techniques and procedures included in his assigned work. Each mechanic performing specific activities will be required to separately demonstrate his capacity to complete that activity to the required standard by preparation of a mockup of that activity, see mockup and execution requirements. D. Scaffold work required to accomplish restoration work will be provided under the work of Section 01525 and will be adequately and safely maintained by the Specialty Contractor providing same. All scaffolding, staging and appurtenances thereto shall comply, in total, to the requirements of Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, Chapter XVII of OSHA, Part 1926 and all related amendments and all other government agencies having jurisdiction. 2053/15220 04910 - 3 Masonry Cleaning 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w� throughwall flashings. Work includes the cutting off of the present flashings; coordinate with Section 07600. Patching shall be with reclaimed and/or new material in color, texture and joint pattern to match adjacent. 5 . Remove brick as required to permit provision of new copper . step flashings at all junctures to side wall at faculty office to TV Studio (existing material to be removed and discarded) . In addition, perform required work in connection with new flashings at replaced skylight assembly at entrance. All masonry patching shall be with reclaimed and/or new material in color, texture and joint pattern to match adjacent. 6. Cut and point top three horizontal courses of corbelled ` cornice and all vertical joints within these three courses. Allow for an additional 1000 lineal feet of horizontal joints and 100 vertical brick joints (full unit height) for use if .■ required by field investigation. 7. Allow for removal of existing brick and replacement of same within existing cornice - 620 pieces. 8 . Clean existing masonry surfaces using suitable methods as w� defined in the specifications and consisting of one of the following methods as determined suitable through test patches performed in the field in designated locations. w ° Steam ° High pressure water w Cleaning shall be accomplished in such a manner so as to remove dirt and accretions and to present a uniform appearance similar to that demonstrated at the approved test panel (s) . After all cleaning operations are completed, prepare a survey of deteriorated surface areas, cracks, open brick joints and w open stone joints and review with the Architect prior to proceeding with remedial work. NOTE: Refer to Section 01025, Unit Prices, for the Schedule w of Unit Prices of these repairs to be included in the Base Bid. The Contract amount shall be adjusted at the completion of the work, in accordance with the General Conditions, for the difference between the scheduled amount of masonry repair work and the actual amount of work performed. 9. Clean and rustproof existing relieving angles and anchorage .� devices exposed in coordination with masonry repairs specified herein. Replace relieving angles and anchorage devices where shown on the drawings. 10. Provide "clear" penetrating sealer system on all face brick .s. masonry walls forming skylight well as noted on drawings (Ref 7/A501) . 11. Provide access for Owner' s inspection agency to field inspect existing conditions. The purpose of this inspection is to provide a final scope of work. During the progress of the work provide access for the Owner's inspection agency for 2053/15220 04910 - 2 Masonry Cleaning 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College RR SECTION 04910 MASONRY RESTORATION - BRICK Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #l, General Requirements, govern work in the Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all masonry restoration and cleaning work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: NOTE - Sections 04060 and 04800 act as complimentary to this Section and all requirements set forth therein apply to this work as if restated in full. As provided under Section 01525, use scaffold to permit evaluation of overall fagade repairs. Work programs shall include, for estimating purposes the following work. 1. Perform "needle point" grouting of fagade area based upon 15% of the gross wall area. 2. Full pointing work on 5% of gross wall area subject to the following criteria: . Cut out defective and open brick mortar joints, prepare, repoint and tool to match existing walls with Type "N" mortar go with additive and coloration. Joints eroded to a depth greater than 1 inch shall be backpointed prior to cleaning. Hand rake with jointing tool to sound mortar; backpoint all joints to a depth of 3/4 inch from joint face. Im NOTE - Defective joints include those where mortar is cracked, missing, unbonded, friable, or eroded more that 1/4 inch from the surface. Cut out mortar for the full exposed length or height of a stone if any defect is found in the mortar joint adjoining the stone. 3 . Removal and replacement of a minimum of 9 courses of the existing brick outer wythe on all level changes involving flat roofs to allow for proper installation of new flashings; provide retention system for "cavity wall insulation fill" ; provide new rigid cavity wall insulation below retention device; adhere to CMU backup. Provide "cavity drainage mat" and weep holes; coordinate with Section 04800 for material requirements and labor restrictions. 4. Remove three (3) courses of brick to allow for replacement/repair of existing and provision of new 2053/15220 04910 - 1 Masonry Cleaning 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College BAR Provide drop cloths or other suitable protective coverings in all areas of the work. B. Damage caused by the handling, storing, mixing or application of materials or the failure to provide adequate protection shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 3 .13 CLEANING AND POINTING A. During the progress of the work, keep the exposed surfaces of masonry clean at all times and protected against damage. Upon completion of masonry and adjoining work likely to damage the masonry, and when directed by the Architect, clean the exposed surfaces thoroughly, using bristle brushes and clean fresh water. Wire brushes shall not be used. All cleaning operations shall proceed from top downward. B. As cleaning progresses, examine all face joints in exposed masonry to locate cracks, holes or other defects, and point up all such defects and fill with mortar. C. Where necessary in the opinion of the Architect, cut out defective joints and masonry units and replace with new materials, exercising extreme care to match original work. 3 .14 ACCEPTANCE AND PATCHING A. On completion of work, all equipment quipment and rubbish resulting from the work of this section shall be removed from the premises. tau B. Leave work clean, whole, and sound ready for additional finish or sealing as specified and/or as shown on the drawings. **End of Section** �A 2053/15220 04800 - 15 Unit Masonry ww 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College ww D. Grout shall be puddled in place with a 1 inch by 2 inch wood stick. ow 3 .08 JOINTS A. Provide prefabricated control and expansion joints in masonry where indicated on the Drawings and/or where specified. ow In addition, provide control joints wherever masonry abuts structure. B. Joint reinforcing and ties shall extend through control joints and broken at expansion joints. 3 .09 CAVITY WALL INSULATION A. Install within the cavity construction by spot laminating with manufacturers approved adhesive to the outside face of the cavity ins block backup, i.e. , within the cavity. B. Material shall be placed on the cavity wall ties and pressed to insure tight and joined fit to previous board, all joints to be tight and dry. 3 .10 BUILT-IN WORK A. Coordinate to the fullest extent with the work of other trades in order that connecting and adjoining work may be properly installed. ww B. Set and build in inserts, anchors, ties, bolts, blocking, plugs, and like items in contact with, supported on, or enclosed by masonry and which are furnished under other trades and contracts for setting in masonry. C. Grout all spaces between all built-in items and masonry surrounding these items solidly with mortar. .A 3 .11 CUTTING, PATCHING, HIDDEN PIPE, TUBING AND CONDUIT A. Perform all cutting and patching of new work. ww B. Refer to drawings and specifications for Plumbing, Heating and Electrical Work affecting the work of this section. .w� C. Note that all exposed interior masonry surfaces including those to receive paint or similar finish must present an attractive, even, regular appearance, unbroken except for normal jointing. D. Cut holes for outlets, switches and receptacles neatly and, where conduits or pipe are run in partitions, cut away webs without aw interrupting the face of units or pattern of wall joints. Remove excess mortar. 3 .12 PROTECTION A. Protect existing construction, adjacent work and finished work from damage. ws ww 2053/15220 04800 - 14 Unit Masonry ■ 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College D. All concrete block partitions shall extend to the underside of the structure above unless otherwise shown. Leave space to permit installation of firestopping mortar as specified under Section 07850 and caulking as applicable. All work related to these operations shall be performed by this Specialty Contractor. Provide partition anchor systems as specified in Part 1 herein. OR E. Except for cleaning down, completely finish work as it is carried up. Lay up plumb, square, level and true to the required lines, grades and dimensions, in bond and properly anchored. Plaster the upper edges of shells and webs of the blocks heavily with mortar OF before placing the next upper block thereon. F. Joints of CMU shall be compressed with trowel and cut flush. When OR the mortar has taken a slight set, joints exposed in the finished work shall be tooled to produce a concave joint. G. Reinforce all block walls and partitions as specified elsewhere in on this section. 3 .06 CHASES (In Partitions) A. Provide where shown on drawings. B. After installation of mechanical work at chases has been completed em and approved, fill all chases solidly with masonry, mortar, concrete, or grout. Make necessary provisions for anchoring masonry type veneer or facings. Chases in plastered partitions will be finished under other sections of work, after the chases have been filled. C. In unfinished partitions, chases will be filled solidly as specified in "B" above and then covered with a metal plate as specified in other section. D. Chases shall be built-in and not cut-in. 3 .07 REINFORCED AND GROUTED MASONRY A. Reinforced and grouted masonry construction shall conform to the requirements of "Specifications for Masonry Construction (ACI 530.1- 92/ASCE 6-92/TMS 602-92) " . g B. Grouted masonry shall have a compressive strength f'm of 1, 800 psi unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Strength shall be as measured by prism tests or other suitable method as outlined in w Article 1.6 of reference standard. C. Units shall be laid in running bond. 40 No 2053/15220 04800 - 13 Unit Masonry OR 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College we Place the Mortar Net in the collar joint or cavity resting on the flashing at the base of the wall. Position with the zig-zag side up. w G. Face joints of face masonry shall be concave tooled back from the general plane of the face of unit. Tool vertical joints ahead of horizontal joints. Tool joints when mortar is still plastic but somewhat hard to impress under firm thumb pressure. Slightly compress face of raked joints so that mortar surface is smooth. Clean all mortar from brick surface in open portion of tooled joints. H. At expansion and control joints in face unit walls form a joint a maximum of 1/2 inch width (+0/-1/8 inch) by means of prefabricated elements specified in Part 2 of this Section. Joints shall be oversealed as specified in Section 07900 using combination of Type II/III systems. I. Provide inserts for weep holes and build into vertical joints of exterior wythe at the bottom of all exterior wall cavities and at so all horizontal spandrel flashing where it closes off wall cavities. Weep holes shall be at every third vertical joint. Weep holes must be kept clean during construction. we J. Provide smooth beds of mortar for support of flashings. Place flashings as specified and seal or lock form all joints. am 3 .05 CONCRETE MASONRY A. Lay in running bond, unless otherwise indicated on drawings, with cells in vertical position. In exposed surfaces, alternate vertical ww joints shall be in vertical alignment and centered on adjoining blocks . Block with concealed surfaces both sides shall have adjoining vertical joints staggered not less than 3 inches. wA All block shall be laid with full mortared face and cross shells, vertical and horizontal. B. The thickness of vertical face joints shall be approximately the same thickness as the adjoining bed joints, but in no case greater. Cut CMU in circular masonry saw. No unit less than 1/2 size shall be used in wall construction with jointing visible in the finished work. Relocation of masonry openings necessitated by this requirement shall have the prior approval of the Architect. C. Lay base with one course of units to define the spaces and locations of openings and to serve as a guide for the installation of concealed work. Start coursing, laid in mortar, bearing on concrete slabs and terminate with a full bed of mortar against framing above. 2053/15220 04800 - 12 Unit Masonry s 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College PR 2 . Material shall be in width suiting masonry wall thickness, 2 40 inches less than overall width. Lap splices. Use preformed corners and tees. 3 . Install in first 3 block-to-block joints over and under w openings in walls and extend at least 20 inches beyond each side of opening. C. Provide vertical and horizontal bar reinforcement as shown in bond beams and wall areas. D. Install in brick veneer walls at an effective spacing of 1 tie per 1.77 square feet (16 inches vertically and horizontally) "box" hot dipped galvanized dovetail type anchor ties furnished by this Contractor. 3 .04 BRICK MASONRY A. Prior to starting the face masonry, build sample panels in accordance with Paragraph 1.04 herein. 4M Do not start face masonry until such panels have been approved by the Architect. B. Lay face brick in bond to match existing except where otherwise noted on drawings. Lay out the bond of exposed face masonry in each wall surface as shown on drawings and so that no course shall finish at an external angle, corner, or joint with a piece of brick less than 3-3/4 inches long. INSURE THAT MASONRY UNITS ARE "MIXED" FOR COLOR PATTERN TO APPROXIMATE, TO THE BEST POSSIBLE MATCH, APPROVED SAMPLE PANELS. C. Wet all brick thoroughly with water just prior to laying, except that brick having an initial absorption of less than 20 grams per minute per 30 square inches of bed surface, as measured in accordance with ASTM C 67, need not be wetted down. D. Face masonry shall be installed with full head and bed joints. E. Except for cleaning down, completely finish work as it is carried up. Lay up plumb, square, level and true to the required lines, grades and dimensions, in bond and properly anchored. In cavity walls, slope the top of the bed joints toward the center of the outer wythe to minimize mortar being squeezed into the cavity when units are shoved into line. Mortar protruding into the cavity shall be removed immediately. Point face joints as the work progresses. F. At cavity walls, keep the space between wythes clear of all mortar me, drippings. ON 2053/15220 04800 - 11 Unit Masonry 8 November 2002 BID ISSUE Renovations to MCPA - Smith College we possible, the original material in place at the building. . B. Thickness of materials shall be as shown on the drawings. C. Finish: Entrance sills - fine, sand-sawed finish. Top and bottom .� edges of the sills shall be rounded up to 1/8 inch radius. Coping - honed finish, eased edges. 2 .14 AIR BARRIER - See Section 07130, Procor 20 or a PProved equal at 25 square feet per gallon. 2 .15 Balance of materials shall be as specified elsewhere in this section. Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE *" A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. 4„ 3 .02 GENERAL MASONRY REQUIREMENTS A. Grout solid all hollow metal, miscellaneous iron items and other built-in systems that occur in masonry construction. Provide so temporary blocking as required to secure grout. B. Set all loose steel lintels, miscellaneous items of metal w" construction, bearing plates, flashing, louvers, windows, access doors and other items as furnished under other sections of these specifications and required to be built into masonry work. em C. Dry-pack under all new bearing steel. D. Construct "soft joint" where concrete masonry walls abutt structure; face brick abuts supporting steel and like conditions in accordance with B.I.A. requirements governing such work. E. All masonry shall be laid with a vertical tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8 feet. 3 .03 METAL ACCESSORIES FOR MASONRY WORK A. Corrugated Wall Ties: 1. Furnish and install corrugated wall ties for bonding together wythes of solid walls, partitions and furring composed of .w double or dissimilar masonry units . B. Joint Reinforcement: ew 1. Install continuous joint reinforcement in alternate bed courses of solid ramp walls and in every third joint of interior walls and partitions. 2053/15220 04800 - 10 Unit Masonry 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 1. Size: 1 inch thick by 16 inch height by 5 foot length 2 . Material: Polyethylene or Nylon mesh in trapoezodial configuration designed to allow moisture to flow downward in the cavity or collar joint to masonry flashing and weeps and �t hence to the exterior. DRAINAGE SYSTEM TO BE CONTINUOUS AT THE BASE OF THE WALL. 2 .09 WEEPS A. Preformed PVC tubing, rectangular design, 3/8 inch by 1-1/2 inch by 3-1/2 inch. Assemblies shall be Hohmann and Barnard, Inc. #342, Clear; MRCA #3603; Dur-O-Wal; Heckman or approved equal. B. Equip weeps with 3/8 inch diameter by 12 inch long ropes to be built into cavity then pulled free. C. At option of Contractor, weep units may be a product known as "Cell- Vent" distributed by Dur-O-Wall; Hohmann and Barnard, Inc. or MRCA. eet 2 .10 CAVITY WALL INSULATION A. Extruded expanded polystyrene rigid board, ASTM C 578, Type IV with a minimum aged "R" factor of 5.0/inch @ 75 degrees F mean temperature; maximum water absorption - 0.1% by volume as per ASTM C 272; Smoke, 165; Flame, 5 . B. Acceptable Manufacturers: "Styrofoam SE" by Dow Chemical or "Foamular 250" by U.C. Industries. C. Size - 16 inch by 96 inch in thickness required to produce "R" factor specified in Part 1 above. D. Adhesive - as recommended by the manufacturer for intended application. 2 .11 TERRA COTTA A. Flue Liner - Rectangular or square, standard units; ASTM C 315. 2.12 BOND BEAM AND REINFORCED MASONRY SYSTEMS A. Concrete block shall be as specified in Paragraph 2 .04 above. B. Reinforcing Steel - ASTM A 615, Grade 60; deformations ASTM A 305; coordinate with Section 03300. C. Grout Fill - Minimum 3, 000 psi stone concrete conforming to design and material properties specified in Section 03300. 2 .13 BLUESTONE A. Bluestone shall be sound and entirely free from laminations or "reeds" and shall be of a dense, medium fine grain; free from iron or any other substance which will cause discoloration. Bluestone shall be dark in color and match, to the greatest extent 2053/15220 04800 - 9 Unit Masonry 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College rs 2 .06 SOLVENT - ProSoCo, Inc. "600 Detergent" or equal by Hydrozzo, Cresset or Speeco. 2 . 07 THROUGH WALL AND SPANDREL FLASHINGS A. Flashing material for use where same is fully supported by construction (non bridging material) shall be self adhering design, 40 mil thickness and shall be one of the following: 1. "Perm-A-Flash" by W. R. Grace; M" 2 . "Bitu-Mem" by Nervastral, Inc. ; 3 . "Plastiwrap 40" by Progress Unlimited. 4. "Aqua/Flash 500" by Fiberweb Division of Clark/Hammerbeam "^ Corp. 5. "MiraDRI TWF" by MiraDRI Moisture Protection Products. B. Flashing material for use in general applications for through wall systems other than where same occurs in face masonry/backup masonry shall be either - 1. "Copper Aqua/Flash 3 ounce" as manufactured by Fiberweb Division of Clark/Hammerbeam Corp. as distributed by Heckman Building Products; Hohmann and Barnard, Inc. or Masonry •* Reinforcing Corp. of America. 2 . "Rib-Bond" as manufactured by Atlantic Distributing Co. , Inc. (1-804-640-1000) in either 10 ounce copper or 0.010 inch stainless steel at the option of the Contractor. Equal products by Cheney (Spando) or Keystone will be acceptable. 3 . "3 ounce Copper Fabric Flashing" as manufactured by York Manufacturing Company; Sandell; Advanced; or approved equal. at If asphalt coated material is proposed, provide either polymer base material compatible with sealant specified in Section 07900 or sealant cap fabricated from either 12 ounce copper or 00 stainless steel sheet. 4. "Hyload" system as manufactured by Hyload, Inc. (1-800-457- 4056) and composed of surface adhered membrane of composite 40 mil membrane flexible black or gray sheet material fabricated w from a mixture of pitch polymers, synthetic fibers and additives, calendered into sheet form, reeled into rolls, and cut to width; pre-formed, three dimensional flexible units to +�* detail corners, level changes, stop ends, and special applications; joint support boards; tape and mastic. NOTE: Metal materials used for throughwall flashings where same .o exists in face masonry/backup masonry (solid or cavity) shall be furnished under Section 07600 and shall be installed as part of the work of this Section. ww 2 .08 CAVITY WALL DRAINAGE SYSTEMS A. Drainage system shall be "Mortar Net" manufactured by Mortar Net USA, Ltd. 1-800-664-6638 and shall conform to the following performance specifications. .w 2053/15220 04800 - 8 Unit Masonry AA 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College interlocking plate for all masonry/masonry locations and "Byna-Tie" system each as manufactured by Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. ; Heckman; AA Wire Products or approved equal. 40 Size material to fit conditions. B. Regular wall reinforcement (INCLUDING Ramp Walls at Studio Theatre) - Truss type, mill galvanized; #9 wire. Provide preformed corners. as Size material to fit conditions. OW Material shall be as furnished by Dur-O-Wal; National; AA Wire Products or approved equal. C. Control Joints - Factory extruded solid section_ of rubber, 80 OR Durometer similar and equal to "Dur-O-Wal" Regular Rapid Control Joint. Material shall be as furnished by Heckman or Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. shall be considered equals. D. Soft Joints - Factory extruded closed cell neoprene with adhesive surface similar and equal to Dur-O-Wal "Rapid Soft-Joint" . Material 4F shall be as furnished by Heckman or Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. shall be considered equals. E. Expansion Joints - Factory extruded closed cell neoprene with compressibility exceeding 50% similar and equal to Dur-O-Wal "Rapid Expansion Joint" . Material shall be as furnished by Heckman or Hohmann & Barnard shall be considered equals. F. Wall ties shall be preformed, hot dipped galvanized units, 16 gauge minimum and suitable for intended use. Provide compatible anchor ties for dovetail slots at masonry faced concrete walls; coordinate with Section 03300. G. Corrugated wall ties shall be galvanized #22 gauge, 7 inches by 7/8 inches wide or such other size to fit intended application. H. Retention systems (To be placed at tops of all new concrete masonry interior walls, backup walls and the like where same are carried to and tied to structure above. ) 1. Angles shall be a minimum 14 gauge by 6 inches by 6 inches by 6 inches spaced 24 o.c. and staggered on each side of wall to yield an effective 12 inch spacing. 2. Pre-engineered assemblies shall be similar and equal to "PTA" ±Alt Series Partition Top Anchors as manufactured by Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. in design series suitable for intended application. Material shall be as furnished by Heckman or Dur-O-Wal shall be considered equals . 2053/15220 04800 - 7 Unit Masonry 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 FACE BRICK MASONRY - Match existing in color, texture and size to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner. Existing brick is "Harvard Water Struck" with "Clinkers" as distributed by Spaulding Brick Company. �w Samples will be required for match. 2 .02 COMMON BRICK - ASTM C 62, Grade SW, Standard Size. w 2 . 03 CONCRETE BRICK - ASTM C 55, Type S-1. 2.04 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS so A. General - All units shall conform to requirements of ASTM C 90, Type I - moisture controlled units. B. Aggregates: Medium and Normalweight - ASTM C 33 go C. Density 1. Medium Weight Units, Maximum - 125 pcf(kg/cm) . so 2 . Normal Weight Units, Over - 125 pcf(kg/cm) . D. Linear Shrinkage - Governed by Table 1, ASTM C 90 as tested in 1w accordance with ASTM C 426. E. Units shall be "fire rated" as required by drawing locations and/or am schedules and shall be certified by the manufacturer as complying with UL 618 for thickness and mix designs. F. Face Unit Size (except brick) - 8 inches by 16 inches by bed depth No required. G. Finish and Appearance: Concrete block exposed in the finished am building or receiving paint shall have uniformly fine texture free of warpage, chips, cracks, chipped edges, checks, pits, spalls or other defects that would impair the appearance of the exposed surfaces when viewed from a distance of not less than 20 feet (6.1 no m) under diffused lighting. H. Provide special shaped units as required to form bond beams, control "' joints, and the like all of same material as the balance of wall system. 2 .05 ACCESSORIES am A. Wall reinforcement, Cavity Type - Truss Type with adjustable rectangular section; mill galvanized; #9 wire. Provide preformed corners. No All face masonry veneer, whether backed by masonry or steel stud wall systems shall be reinforced with a 9 gauge continuous stainless 4W steel wire at each anchor point. Material shall be similar and equal to "#185 Grip-Lok Truss" with 2053/15220 04800 - 6 w.. Unit Masonry 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Illli with satisfactory work until same is approved and accepted by the Architect. Said area shall be marked and shall serve as a sample to be followed for all exposed work constructed as part of the area involved. C. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) - MASONRY, GENERAL A. All materials shall be delivered to the job site in unopened factory go sealed containers clearly labeled as to product, manufacturer, color and/or other pertinent characteristics. 40 B. Store and handle materials so as to preclude damage of any nature. C. Do not use materials in broken containers or in containers showing water marks or other evidence of damage. Remove such materials from ap the site immediately. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AND PROTECTION (Coordinate with Section 01500) A. Do not erect any masonry when temperature of surrounding air is below 40 F unless approved means are provided for maintaining the masonry at a temperature above this point during and for 72 hours subsequent to erecting of masonry. Do not use masonry materials which are likely to contain frost or are covered with ice or snow. Do not mix antifreeze ingredients with mortar. Take down any completed work found to be affected by frost or 40 freezing and rebuild without change in contract price. B. Protect fresh and uncompleted masonry against the elements when not being worked on, by use of non-staining weatherproof covering 00 properly held in place. C. Rake back unfinished work where possible; tooth only where 10 absolutely necessary. Sweep previously laid work clean before resuming work. D. Shore and brace walls as necessary for proper protection and execution of work in accordance with OSHA requirements setting forth "limited access zone" and "braced walls 8 feet and over in height" which required special attention. E. Where a masonry bond between parts of adjoining work can not be made, provide a mechanical bond with anchors, dowels, and the like to insure proper and stable connections. 1.07 SCAFFOLDING - See Section 01525 for scaffolding requirements . so 2053/15220 04800 - 5 Unit Masonry ... 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College wo N. Flashing and Sheet Metal (07600) 0. Firestopping (07850) P. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) Q. Aluminum Construction (08400) R. Gypsum Drywall (09250) �* S. Tile Work (09300) T. Painting (09900) U. Toilet Compartments (10160) w. V. Louvers and Vents (10200) W. Toilet Accessories (10800) X. Elevators (14200) Y. Fire Protection (Division 15) ' Z. Plumbing (Division 15) AA. HVAC (Division 15) BB. Electrical Work (Division 16) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work of this section will be accomplished by workmen skilled in the trade, and in conformance with industry practice governing such masonry work. B. Materials used in connection with this work shall conform in all respects to that as required by the Applicable Building Code and requirements of Federal Specifications, ASTM Designations and Standards, with modifications as specified herein. Size backup units to bond with face units. C. The work of this section shall further conform to the "The Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code" , latest edition. D. Reference Standards for Reinforced Masonry: * 1. ACI 530-92/ASCE 5-92 - Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures. 2 . ACI 530.1-92/ASCE 6-92/TMS 602-92 - Specifications for Masonry w Structures. Systems are based upon a compressive strength (f`m) of 1, 600 psi minimum. 00 Coordinate with Article "Reinforced and Grouted Masonry" included within this Section as it addresses: Methods for determination of g compressive strengths; 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Samples and certifications of specification compliance of all w materials to be incorporated in this specified work. B. Contractor shall provide sample "mockup and/or mockups" of exposed face brick masonry prior to actual start of work for Architect' s approval. Sample work shall be incorporated within the finished masonry. Sample work, if disapproved will be removed and replaced 2053/15220 04800 - 4 Unit Masonry 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College during final cleaning operations. 20. Provide cavity wall insulation in rebuilt exterior walls, R = 10.0. 21. Provide gravel fills or "net" system at bases of cavities 40 regardless of detailing. 22 . Provide all preformed joint fillers, control joints and the like as shown on the drawings and/or required by conditions of construction. In general, space control joints at +/-20 feet 40 on center with final pattern to be issued by the Architect for construction. Space expansion joints and at junctures of new masonry with existing. Sealant patterns shall be as specified w in Section 07900 with materials set forth below: a. Control Joints - Type I or II with rod backer b. Expansion Joints - Type I or II with Type III backer 23 . Masonry work surfacing concrete surfaces shall be laid in a full bed of mortar, fully parged over applied water/dampproofing as specified in Section 07130. 24. Perform all cutting, drilling and patching of masonry required +1 by other sections and finish patching after such work has been installed. Consult ALL TRADES in advance and make provisions for installation of their work to avoid unnecessary cutting and patching. 25. Protect finished work and work in progress with adequate measures. 26. Provide any temporary access openings in wall construction to permit delivery of any equipment. Coordinate with "General Conditions" and actual physical conditions - attention is directed to areaway servicing existing equipment area as required for removal and replacement of equipment. 27. Coordinate placement of piping, tubing, conduits, thermostats, switches, outlets and devices all as required by mechanical and electrical work. Verify locations and mounting heights of we devices with Architect. 28. Perform balance of masonry work necessary and required to complete the project work. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Furnishing of access panels (01900) & (08310) B. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) C. Underpinning (02259) am D. Site Improvements (02800) E. Plain and Reinforced Concrete (03300) F. Mortars (04060) ON G. Masonry Restorations - Brick (04910) H. Metal Decking (05300) I. Miscellaneous Metals (05500) J. Rough Carpentry (06100) K. Finish Carpentry (06200) L. Membrane Waterproofing (07130) M. Cementitious Waterproofing (07165) 2053//5220 04800 - 3 Unit Masonry 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College existing. 10. Provide concrete masonry "sill" elements for clerestory windows, 1 full course high plus solid "soap" unit; anchor present sill line radiation to same. Dowel to existing concrete and fill all cores solid so as to provide a smooth so seat for receipt of storefront/windows and extension of membrane roof. Interior face of masonry shall be grouted and bag rubbed "smooth" . 11. Provide at clerestory windows at library offices 2 courses of am concrete brick or a split height concrete masonry unit - balance of work as noted in 1.01.A.5 above shall be performed. 12 . Saw cut existing masonry and set louver system with exhaust ow fan for elevator vent; install lintel assembly as and/if shown on the drawing; tooth brick patches at new lintel; coordinate with Section 10200 for louver assembly. 13 . Perform repairs/reconstruction of bowed exterior brick and concrete block exterior walls at the North and South sides of the T-14 Theatre, the East wall of stage left of the T-14 Theatre and the South wall of the Loading Dock; wall at construction to be conventional insulated cavity type with air/water barrier. 14. Perform infill operations in connection with Tech Office on (8/A502) . 15. Mortar requirements for the work herein shall be as specified in Section 04060 and shall be colored for all face brick masonry and natural for concrete masonry. 16. Perform cleaning operations as work progresses with final cleaning of face masonry and natural stone when directed by the Architect. 17. Provide head joint weep holes with removable cord spaced at 24 inches o.c. horizontally; remove cord upon completion of wall during final cleaning operations. 18. Provide new flashing systems in connection with reconstructed w chimney, under bluestone caps at ramp and barrier walls and like locations. Flashings shall generally - a. Extend past face of exterior wall when set and cut off 00 flush with wall after approval by Architect. b. Be bedded on masonry with bead of Type II sealant. C. When in block walls, be carried through block and turned go up 2 inches where concealed and turned back on itself 1/2 inch where exposed. NOTE - Where material is full y supported ' pported and not bridging any cavity or openings, same can be a self adhering, self sealing material; where same must bridge, form pockets and like conditions, material shall be a distressed rigidized metallic ON system. Lap all metallic flashing materials a minimum of 3 inches at joints and fully seal with "butter" coating of clear silicone. 00 19. Provide head joint weep holes with removable cord spaced at 24 inches o.c. horizontally; remove cord upon completion of wall oft 2053/15220 04800 - 2 40 Unit Masonry 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 04800 UNIT MASONRY Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all unit masonry work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: NOTES - Sections 04060 and 04910 act as complimentary to this Section and all requirements set forth therein apply to this work as if restated in full. Further, work requirements governing materials, scaffold, 40 labor and the like for all restorative work shall be set forth in this Section and shall apply to Section 04910 as if restated therein. 1. Establish material requirements and labor restrictions for ramp walls at new entrance to Studio Theatre; coordinate with Section 02800. Provide new bluestone cap for walls. 2 . Provide masonry infills (toothed) at newly created door openings in exterior wall at Studio Theatre Lobby entrances; further, provide new bluestone sills. 3 . Provide reinforced masonry walls in connection with elevator shaft complete with bond beams, etc; build in metal - accessories, coordinate with Section 14200. 4. Perform face brick veneer work in connection with new elevator installation and re-building of chimney; match existing brick in size, texture and color. 5 . Perform masonry work in connection toilet and dressing room alterations, storage rooms and elevator machine room. 6. Perform alterations to existing barrier wall at roof access ladder and provision of new bluestone cap. 7 . Rebuild existing chimney on North Elevation above eave line; coordinate with Section 02020 for removal and salvage operations. Provide new chimney lining at reconstructed portion. 8. Provide concrete or common brick for "batt" work and fillers as required to complete the work. 9 . Further, patch, extend, close or otherwise perform alterations to existing masonry in connection with alterations. Where brick masonry is involved, reuse salvaged brick to restore areas in pattern and jointing to match existing. Tooth all infill material to match existing pattern and jointed to match 2053/15220 04800 - 1 Unit Masonry 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College C. Mortars that have stiffened because of evaporation of water from the mortar shall be retempered by adding water as frequently as needed to restore the required consistency. Mortars shall be used and placed in final position within 2-1/2 hours after initial mixing. w. 2 .03 COLOR REQUIREMENTS A. Masonry mortar for use with all exposed face masonry and cast stone shall be colored to match weathered building mortar; the color is subject to approval of the Owner and the Architect and will be confirmed during the mockup phase. Colors will be established using preweighed, prepackaged proportioned color unit bags selected from the "A" , "H" or "X" color series as manufactured by Solomon Grind-Chem Services or equal by Scofield or Flamingo. Only premixed colored mortar materials are acceptable. NO LIQUID COLORANTS SHALL BE PERMITTED. 2 .04 MORTAR ADDITIVE FOR USE WITH TYPE "N" ONLY A. Acrylic polymer and modifier mixture similar and equal to "ACRYL 60" by Thoro Systems, Division of Harris Specialty Chemicals, Inc. 2 .05 MORTAR ADDITIVE FOR USE IN SETTING OF EXTERIOR COPING CAPS AND OTHER SUCH ELEMENTS WITH HORIZONTAL SURFACES EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER. A. Material shall be a latex additive as manufactured by Boiardi (Elastiment 150) or Laticrete (3701) we B. All mortar additives shall be nontoxic, nonflammable and non- hazardous during storage, mixing, application and when cured. Finished mortar and grout shall be resistant to urine, dilute acid, dilute alkali, sugar, brine and calcium chlorides and such other salts present in standard deicing chemicals. Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 GENERAL - Apply mortar in accordance with requirements stated in related sections as/Paragraph 1.02 herein. **End of Section** goo w M 2053/15220 04060 - 4 so Mortars 0 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 00 NO C. Produce subsequent mortar batches within +/-10°F (5°C) of first batch. so D. Do not heat water or sand above 120°F (49 0C) . Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All mortar mixes shall comply with the requirements set forth in ASTM C 270, "Standard Specification for MORTAR FOR UNIT MASONRY" and shall ON consist of mixes for respective locations designated in Paragraph 1.01.A of this Section. NOTE - Ready mixed mortar conforming to ASTM C 1142 may be submitted for use providing - 1) same complies with applicable building codes, and 2) same produces both equivalent strength and meets color requirements (if any) as stated in these specifications. asp B. Mix mortar materials to produce mortar cubes having the following compressive strengths when tested in accordance with Property Specification Table 2 of reference standard C 270. 1. Mortar Type N --- 750 psi (5.2 MPa) at 28 days. 2 . Mortar Type S - 1, 800 psi (12.4 MPa) at 28 days. 3 . Mortar Type M - 2, 500 psi (17.2 MPa) at 28 days. C. Proportion specifications (by volume) for mortar materials. Mortar Type Portland or Masonry Cement Hydrated Lime Aggregate Ratio Measure Blended Cement M S N or Lime Putty in Damp Loose Condition Cement Lime M 1 1/4 S 1 over 1/4 to 1/2 N 1 over 1/2 to 1-1/4 Masonry M 1 1 Not less than 2-1/4 and Cement not more than 3 times the sum of the separate volumes of the cementitious materials. M 1 S 1/2 1 tee S 1 N 1 2 .02 MIXING PROCEDURES A. Measure materials by volume or equivalent weight; do not measure by shovel. B. Mix ingredients in clean mechanical mixer for a minimum of 3 minutes, maximum 5, with the maximum amount of water to produce a workable consistency. as 2053/15220 04060 - 3 Mortars 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Certification of Specification Compliance ww B. Schedule of uses, by Mortar Type. C. Reports of quality control testing. D. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 1. 05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. All manufactured materials shall be delivered to the job site in "1 unopened factory sealed containers clearly labeled as to product, manufacturer, use and/or other pertinent characteristics. B. All packaged and loose materials shall be stored under proper environmental conditions to prevent contamination from excessive temperature changes, foreign materials and the like that may have an adverse effect on same. ws 1 . All perishable materials shall be properly protected and stored in weathertight structures, with floor raised not less than 1 foot above adjoining grade OR, for short intervals, on raised ! platforms and covered with waterproof tarps. 2 . Aggregates shall be stored in clean bins, scows or platforms having hard, clean surfaces. 3 . Aggregates of different kinds and sizes shall be placed in 40 different stockpiles. C. Should segregation of aggregates occur they shall be remixed to NP conform to the grading requirements. D. Frozen aggregates or aggregates containing frozen lumps shall be am thawed before use. E. Cement that has hardened or partially set shall be removed from the site and not used. w F. Washed aggregates and aggregates produced or manipulated by hydraulic methods shall be allowed to drain for at least 12 hours before use. *p 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A. No air-entraining admixtures or cementitious materials containing air-entraining admixtures shall be used in the mortar. No antifreeze compounds or other substances shall be used in the mortar to lower the freezing point. err Calcium chloride or admixtures containing same shall not be used in any mortar employed in the Work. aea B. Heat mixing water when air temperature is below 40°F (4°C) and heat aggregates when air temperature is below 32°F (0°C) to assure mortar temperatures between 40°F (4°C) and 120°F (49°C) until used. 2053/15220 04060 - 2 Mortars 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 04060 MORTARS Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This specification covers mortars for use in the construction of all unit masonry as may be required for the project. In this specification, the term mortar shall be understood to mean mortar composed of portland cement, hydrated lime, sand and water. At the option of the Contractor, patent mix may be substituted. Mortar Designations and Locations 1. Face Brick Masonry and bluestone caps, Interior &/or Exterior - Type "N" with "milk" additive. 2 . Bearing wall construction (elevator shaft) - Type "S" 3 . Masonry patching - Type "N" with bonding additive at Contractor option. 4. Pointing mortar - prepackaged mix for "Needle Grout" operations under Section 04900. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Site Improvements (02800) B. Unit Masonry (04800) C. Masonry Restoration (04910) 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM Standards 1. C 5, Quicklime for Structural Purposes 2 . C 91, Masonry Cement 3 . C 144, Aggregate for Masonry Mortar err 4. C 150, Portland Cement 5. C 207, Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes 6. C 270, Mortar for Unit Masonry 7 . C 387, Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for Mortar and Concrete 8. C 476, Grout for Reinforced Masonry 9. C 595, Blended Hydraulic Cements 10. C 1142, Specification for Ready Mixed Mortar for Unit Masonry. B. Brick Institute of America 1. M 1-72, Portland Cement-Lime Mortar for Brick Masonry. C. Mortar shall meet the requirements of the local governing codes Orr unless directed to the contrary by the Architect. 2053/15220 04060 - 1 Mortars MR 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College following as determined during mockup procedures: w 1. Apply cleaners diluted to proper strength. 2 . Apply and rinse with proper equipment and procedures for both exterior and interior locations. 3 . Let cleaners stand on surfaces only for time determined by 4W mockup testing. Do not allow cleaning solutions to dry into surfaces. 4. Apply additional coatings of cleaners as required to achieve clean surfaces matching those of accepted mockups. 5. Rinse Requirements a. Rinse surfaces using hot or cold water with equipment and procedures established during mockup testing. 3 .04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection will be performed in accordance with Section 01410. B. Twenty-four hours after application, patches shall be inspected to ensure that coating has cured to a hard finish, showing no softness or dusting. This can be done by rubbing the cured membrane to ensure that it is hard. C. The cured membrane shall be chipped and patched to determine if the required minimum thickness has been applied in those areas where inadequate coverage is suspected. D. Inspection for complete coverage should be made to ensure all holes, cracks, and voids have been filled, leaving no pinholes or uncovered areas, and all joints and cracks have been properly treated. "® E. The bond can also be inspected by tapping the cured patch to ensure no hollow sounds occur and a tight, strong bond has been achieved. **End of Section** ew 2053/15220 03900 - 6 Restoration and Cleaning """" OR 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College PM ON B. Examine surfaces to be cleaned and/or restored and verify the following where applicable. r 1. At surfaces to receive concrete cleaners - a. Adequate water supply is available for presoaking and rinsing. b. Adjacent surfaces, vehicles, planting materials and objects of similar nature are protected from cleaner application and runoff from presoaking, cleaning and rinsing operations. so 2 . At surfaces to receive mortar systems - a. Surfaces are dry or damp, free of standing water. b. That surfaces are free of dirt, dust, paint, grease, oil rust or other material which would interfere with adhesion of epoxy materials. 3 .02 PREPARATION IM A. At surfaces designated to receive concrete cleaners 1. Presoaking: Presoak surfaces in accordance with manufacturer' s instructions and recommendations and the wA following requirements: a. At Exterior Locations: Soak surfaces using hose arrangement or pressure washing equipment, materials and • procedures as determined during mockup procedures. B. At surfaces designated to receive mortar systems 1. General: Remove dirt, dust, paint, grease, oil, rust or other foreign matter by the use of surface cleaners and etchers, chopping or sandblasting materials, methods and procedures as determined during mockup procedures. Saw cut all edges; no feather edges will be permitted. 2 . Saw cut to depth where sound concrete is exposed, remove loose and disintegrated concrete, and sandblast concrete and reinforcing steel as required to remove contaminants and rust. 3 . Where reinforcing steel is encountered with insufficient concrete cover (less than 1 inch) : a. Remove concrete around bars to depth such that the bars can be covered with minimum 1/4 inch thickness of epoxy mortar as specified in Part 2 . b. If any reinforcing steel bar has been reduced in area by more than 20% of original, by corrosion or other means, splice into place a section of new reinforcing bar of original (or approximate) size. 3 .03 APPLICATION A. Apply materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, unless otherwise specified herein. B. Concrete Cleaning: At surfaces designated to receive concrete cleaners, apply cleaners and rinse surfaces in accordance with the on on 2053/15220 03900 - 5 Restoration and Cleaning 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College era. C. Pigments - Iron oxide pigments manufactured by SGS Solomon Colors (Solomon Grind-Chem Service, Inc) or Lander-Segal or approved equal. 2 .03 System thinners, primers, surface cleaners and etchers, and tool .� application and cleaning materials shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for intended substrates. 2 .04 Water - clean and potable, free from deleterious materials detrimental to e substrates being restored, cleaned and/or repaired. 2 .05 MIXES , A. Cleaners shall be diluted with water in accordance with manufacturer's instruction and recommendations for substrate being worked. B. Mortar Systems 1. Measure and mix mortars in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. 2. If thinning of mortars is recommended for certain conditions, perform such thinning with materials and methods in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. w 3 . Mix only amount of material that can be used before expiration of material 's pot life. 4 . Use only oven dried aggregate. ewe 2 .06 REINFORCING ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL A. Encapsulation material shall be a high durometer, two-part polyurethane elastomeric encapsulating compound compatible with patching mix specified in above. 2.07 ANCHOR DEVICES AND ADHESIVE A. Pin Anchors as 1. Anchor devices - Type 304 stainless steel pins, 1/4 inch diameter, square cut ends. 2 . Manufactured anchor devices shall be similar and equal to e. HILTI "HIT 020/5470001/12 inch" and shall be complete with anchor rod device and all required accessories. No B. Anchor resin - Superflex Epoxy, 2 in 1 System, W.R. Grace (for Dur- 0-Wal Restoration Products Division, Michigan City Indiana, Stephen Getz, 219 874-3626) , 62 Whittemore Avenue, Cambridge, MA 02140. no Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE go A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. ow Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. ewe 2053/15220 03900 - 4 Restoration and Cleaning WN 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 1. Cleaners - minimum 40 degrees F and rising over the next 24 hour period unless heated rinse water is used. 2 . No work shall be done during windy conditions that may cause contamination of surrounding unprotected surfaces. 3 . Provide complete and safe ventilation during interior cleaning and restoration work. B. Protect surrounding work, vehicles, planting and items of similar nature, from damage by cleaning and restoration system materials and operations. C. Comply with manufacturer's safety recommendations and instructions when working with cleaning and restoration materials. D. Properly protect all cleaned and restored surfaces from pedestrian or equipment passage during curing period as established by the manufacturer for the selected material. E. Schedule each day's work such that residual materials from cleaning procedures are swept or flushed from surrounding surfaces and site areas daily. Keep premises clean and neat at all times. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Bonding Agents - Material shall consist of a formulation of plasticized high polymer resins dispersed in water and meeting the following minimum performance criteria. on A. Compressive Strength ASTM C 190 2,000 psi B. Tensile Strength ASTM C 190 300 psi �t C. Flexural Bond Strength ASTM C 78 600 psi D. Shear Bond Strength ASTM C 39 450 psi E. Temperature Range ASTM C 109 -35 degrees to +310 degrees F F. Freeze-Thaw Stability -- CRD-C 20 2, 500 gms. G. Toxicity Non-Toxic H. Flammability --- MIL-B-19235C Non-Flammable I. Approved Manufacturers 1. Larson Products (Weldcrete) 2 . L & M Construction Chemicals (Everbond) 3 . Sonneborn (Sonocrete) 4. W. R. Grace (Daraweld C) 5 . Toch/Carboline (Tochbond Laytok) 2.02 CEMENT/SAND/AGGREGATES A. Portland Cement, Type I ASTM C 150, White Portland Cement. Ordinary gray cement may be used if it does not effect color matching or uniformity. Cement must comply with ASTM C 91, not more than 0 .30% water soluble alkali. B. Aggregate - Well graded sharp bagged mason's mortar sand, ASTM C 144 AND maximum 3/8 - 1/8 inch graded clean sharp limestone. 2053/15220 03900 - 3 Restoration and Cleaning 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College F. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) wr 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor shall prepare and clean concrete surfaces for subsequent repairs, patching and the application of epoxy coatings and/or patching. B. All loose, unsound concrete or patching materials, aggregate, paint coatings, dirt, g grease, oils, wax and other contamination's shall be completely removed. 100% removal will be required under this contract. C. The methods, equipment, materials, and techniques employed in the preparation and cleaning of concrete surfaces will be at the discretion of the Contractor, subject to the approval of Architect. The Contractor will be responsible for all damage to surfaces to be cleaned and adjoining surfaces which may be affected and/or damaged. D. The approval by the Architect of any of the Contractor's methods, equipment, materials or techniques shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility hereunder for any damage to the work or adjoining surfaces and property. E. All methods, equipment, materials and techniques used or employed by the Contractor shall conform to all Municipal, State and Federal w� laws, ordinances and codes, and any necessary permits shall be obtained by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Samples of all materials required to complete the work. Product data will accepted in/lieu/of samples. B. Outline of proposed restoration and cleaning program identified as to means and methods. C. Certification of Specification Compliance. D. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. All materials shall be delivered to the job site in unopened factory sealed containers clearly labeled as to product, manufacturer, color and/or other pertinent characteristics. B. Materials shall be stored under conditions recommended by the manufacturer. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS w A. Accomplish restoration and cleaning in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for particular product (s) selected and in accordance with the following - 2053/15220 03900 - 2 Restoration and Cleaning 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College OR SECTION 03900 ow CONCRETE RESTORATION AND CLEANING Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all concrete restoration and cleaning work for this project as required by the schedules, ow keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: NOTE: Field Quality Control requirements set forth in Part 3 of this Section. 1. Remove all spalled and deteriorated concrete from areas shown on the drawing and for an additional 50 square feet (1 square foot areas) to provide sound surface to receive patching and resurfacing. Work shall be accomplished in one of the following manners dependent upon depth of patch required. on (See drawings/photograph for specific locations) a. Shallow Patch - up to 1 inch in depth: wire brush clean, wash and apply liquid bonder agent and then patch with custom cement/sand mixture colored to match existing material; allow to set and then stone rub to match adjacent surface. b. Deep Patch - over 1 inch in depth: wire brush clean, wash to remove any residual material; drill and set threaded stainless steel rods on an angle (30 degrees to horizontal) with "soft epoxy" and then build-up layers of aggregate, sand and portland as above to surface and finish as for shallow patch. 2 . Clean tops and faces of all concrete at roof level and apply "silane/siloxane" type clear sealer system. Remove any metal I" coverings placed on elements during previous retrofits/remediation efforts. NOTE: Reference is made to Smith College Owner-Controller Insurance Program concerning requirements for this work. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with q' specific reference to: A. Unit Masonry (04800) B. Masonry Restoration (04910) C. Slate Roofing (07314) D. Membrane Roofing (EPDM) (07530) E. Flashing and Sheet Metal (07600) 2053/15220 03900 - 1 Restoration and Cleaning 0 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College on finished concrete. Cure in the same manner as adjacent concrete. I. Repair isolated random cracks and single holes not over 1 inch in diameter by dry pack method. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean free of dust, dirt and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding compound. Mix dry pack, consisting of 1 part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing. Place dry pack after bonding compound has dried. Compact dry pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for not less than 72 hours. J. Structural Repair: All structural repairs shall be made with prior approval of the Engineer as to method and procedure. 3 .17 DRILLED EPDXY REINFORCING A. Drill and prepare holes to receive reinforcing per epoxy manufacture's specifications, including proper drill bit for hole size, depth and clean out. B. Install epoxy and reinforcing per epoxy manufacture's specifications including 45 degree chisel point on rebar and spin drilling of reinforcing into epoxy. 3 .18 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Contractor for concrete work shall be responsible for all cutting, removing and patching work where concrete surfaces are not installed within the limits shown on the drawings or specified herein. All such work shall meet with the approval of the Architect/Engineer. B. Where cutting and patching is required to accommodate the work of other subcontractors, such cutting shall be done at the expense of said subcontractors but shall be performed by the Contractor for concrete work. C. The location and extent of cutting in completed concrete work and the patching thereof shall meet with the approval of the Architect/Engineer. 3 .19 CLEANING A. Clean concrete surfaces free from objectionable stains as determined by the Architect. Materials containing acid in any form or methods which will damage "skin" of concrete surfaces shall not be employed, except where otherwise specified. -*End of Section' 2053/15220 03300 - 27 Concrete 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College dampen with water, and brush coat the area to be patched with specified bonding agent. w® Place patching mortar after bonding compound has dried. w B. For exposed to view surfaces, blend white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match color surrounding surfaces Provide test areas at inconspicuous location to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with .w patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. C. Repair of Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Architect. Surface defects, as such, include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets; fins and other projections on surface; and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie holes, fill with dry pack mortar, or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding surface plane to tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as herein specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope, in addition to smoothness, using a template having required slope. D. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, that contain W defects that affect the durability of concrete. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace concrete. w E. Repair of Unformed Surfaces: Repair finished unformed surfaces that contain defects which affect durability of concrete. Surface defects, as such, include crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or which penetrate to reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, pop-outs, honeycomb, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions. F. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding, after concrete has cured at least 14 days. war G. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completion of surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired areas to blend OW into adjacent concrete. Proprietary P y patching compounds may be used when acceptable to Architect. H. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not .o exceeding 1 inch diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas to sound concrete with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4 inch �* clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding compound. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact and finish to blend with adjacent .0 2053/15220 03300 - 26 ..r Concrete 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College B. Remove forms only after concrete has attained sufficient strength to support its shown weight, construction loads to be placed thereon and lateral loads, without damage to structure or excessive deflection. C. Forms and supports shall remain in place for not less than minimum periods of time noted below. These periods represent cumulative number of days or fractions thereof, consecutive unless otherwise approved by Architect during which time mean daily air temperature at surfaces of concrete is above 50 degrees F. 1. Vertical surfaces: concrete shall have reached 100 day- degrees# and shall have attained strength of not less than 30% of requirements. Where such forms also support formwork for slab or beam soffits, removal times for latter shall govern. 2 . Horizontal surfaces: except as noted below, concrete shall have reached 300 day-degrees# of curing and attained strength of not less than 60% of stated strength. a. Soffits of beams or girders shall remain supported and in ew place until concrete has attained 600 day-degrees#. b. Forms and supports of floor slabs shall remain in place until concrete has reached 400 day-degrees#. om #Definition of day-degrees: Total number of days times mean daily air temperature at surfaces of concrete. For example, five days at temperature of 60 degrees F equals 300 day degrees. Days or fractions of days in which temperature is below 50 degrees F shall not be included in calculation of day- degrees. D. Form removal shall be so performed that reshores are placed at same time as stripping operations, and that no area larger than one quarter of a slab panel is unsupported at any time. E. Any test cylinders required to verify the specified minimum strengths for form removal shall be field cured under the same conditions as go the concrete they represent. Such cylinders and testing shall be at the Contractor' s expense. 3 .15 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place and cure concrete as herein specified, to blend with in place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete work. 3 .16 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removal of forms, when acceptable to Architect. ew Cut out honeycomb, rock pockets, voids over 1/4 inch in any dimension, and holes left by tie rods and bolts, down to solid concrete but, in no case to a depth of less than 1 inch. Make edges aw of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Thoroughly clean, OR 2053/15220 03300 - 25 Concrete 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 3 . In order to avoid plastic or drying shrinkage cracks during warm, dry or windy weather, ACI 302 and ACI 308 shall be followed using wind breaks and sun shades when recommended. Evaporation retardant shall be as specified in Part 2 above. B. Curing Methods: Perform curing of concrete by curing and sealing compound, by moist curing, by moisture retaining cover curing, and by combinations thereof, as herein specified. w 1. Provide moisture curing by following methods. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water. Continuous water fog spray. Covering concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturating cover with water and keeping continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with 4 inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2 . Provide moisture cover curing as follows: + Cover concrete surfaces with moisture retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends lapped at least 3 inches and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 3 . Provide curing and sealing compound to exposed interior slabs not receiving a liquid densifier application, and to all troweled slabs receiving mastic applied adhesives or "shake-on" hardeners. This compound shall also be used on exterior slabs, sidewalks and curbs not receiving a penetrating sealer. C. Cure formed concrete surfaces, including undersides of beams, .� supported slabs and other similar surfaces by moist curing with forms in place for full curing period or until forms are removed. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified above, as applicable. D. Cure unformed surfaces, such as slabs, floor topping, and other flat r�r surfaces by application of the specified curing compound or a continuous moist curing method approved by the architect. E. Sealer and Dustproofer: Apply compound to exposed interior slabs w noted on the drawings. These slabs must have received an initial coat of the curing and sealing compound. 3 .14 REMOVAL OF FORMWORK, SHORING AND RESHORING A. Contractor shall be responsible for proper removal of formwork, shoring, and reshoring. 2053/15220 03300 - 24 *16 Concrete �e 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College indicated. D. Special architectural concrete finish shall be governed by Section 13 .5 of Chapter 13, ACI 301 using: 1. Scrubbed finish (13 .5.3 .1) facilitated by a chemical retarder applied to forms; or PR 2 . Light abrasive blasting (13 .5 .3 .2) by use of a combination of crushed nut shells, husks and other such elements. Surface penetration shall be sufficient to expose the coarse aggregate in relief to the depth approved by the mockup process. 3 .12 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES A. Float Finish: Apply float finish to all monolithic slab surfaces both to remain exposed (i.e. - elevator shaft cap) and to receive trowel or broom finish. ON B. Trowel Finish: Apply double burnished trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces to be exposed to view, and slab surfaces to be covered with and applied finish. on C. Non-Slip Broom Finish: Apply non-slip broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. au D. Penetrating Anti-Spalling Sealer Usage: All horizontal surfaces exposed to the weather and not receiving an applied surface shall be sealed with the specified penetrating anti-spalling sealer. Surface preparation of the slabs and the sealer application shall be in strict accordance with the directions of the manufacturer. Provide Field Service, upon 5 days notice, by the manufacturer of the sealant to assist the Contractor in obtaining the maximum benefits of the product under the prevailing jobsite conditions. In addition, the representative shall attend the preinstallation conference with the Architect/Engineer and Contractor to discuss proper equipment and procedures. 3 .13 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. 1. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Weather au� permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days. 2 . Begin final curing procedures immediately following initial curing and before concrete has dried. Continue final curing for at least 7 days in accordance with ACI 301 procedures. Avoid rapid drying at end of final curing period. 2053/15220 03300 - 23 Concrete .m 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College .o 1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 degrees F (4 degress C) , uniformly heat water and aggregates me before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) , and not more than 80 degrees F (27 degrees C) at point of placement. so 2 . Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3 . Use only a non-corrosive, non-chloride accelerator. Calcium chloride, thiocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.05% chloride ions are NOT permitted. No Q. Hot Weather Placing: When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair quality and strength of concrete, place concrete in compliance with ACI 305 and as herein specified. N, 1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement below 90 degrees F (32 degrees C) . Mixing water may be chilled, or chopped ice may be used to control �w temperature provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Use of liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. ws 2 . Cover reinforcing steel with water soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedment in concrete. 3 . Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel and subgrade just before concrete is placed. 4. Use water-reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placing conditions. 3 .11 FINISH OF FORMED SURFACES w A. Rough Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finish work or by other construction, unless otherwise indicated. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas .R repaired and patched and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height rubbed down or chipped off. ws B. Smooth Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces exposed to view, or that are to be covered with a coating material applied directly to concrete, or a covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, painting or other similar system. This is an as cast concrete surface obtained with selected form facing material, arranged orderly and symmetrically with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas with fins or other w projections completely removed and smoothed. C. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise 2053/15220 03300 - 22 �r Concrete 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College through successive lifts to avoid pour lines. Vibrate first lift r thoroughly until top of lift glistens to avoid stone pockets, honeycomb, and segregation. K. Deposit concrete continuously, and in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be deposited on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause formation of seams and planes of weakness within section. If section cannot be placed continuously between planned construction joints, as specified, field joint and additional reinforcement shall be introduced so as to preserve structural continuity. Notify Architect in any such case. L. Cold joints, particularly in exposed concrete, including "honeycomb" , are unacceptable. If they occur in concrete surfaces exposed to view, Architect will require that entire section in which blemish occurs be removed and replaced with new materials at Contractor's expense. '! M. When placing exposed concrete walls or columns, strike corners of forms rapidly and repeatedly from outside along full height while depositing concrete and vibrating. N. Thoroughly clean chutes, hoppers, spouts, adjacent work, etc. before and after each run and water and debris shall be discharged outside form. 0. Placing Concrete Slabs: 1. Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed. Maximum pour area, 1000 square feet; maximum dimension, 35 feet with no dimension exceeding 1-1/2 times the other or provide saw cut control joints as approved by the Architect. 2. Placement of concrete in all floor slabs shall be brought to the prescribed level by the wet screed methods using laser light to produce the required elevation. Tolerances in level shall not exceed those given in ACI 302, Paragraph 7 .15 and further defined in this section. NOTE: Slope floors to drains; depress slabs for finish flooring and equipment as shown on the Drawings and/or required by equipment schedule. 3 . Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. See also "MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES" below. P. Cold Weather Placing: Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength which could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures, in compliance with ACI 306 and as herein specified. a� 2053/15220 03300 - 21 Concrete am 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College am truck followed by agitation without interruption until discharged. wo C. All concrete not placed within this time period shall be rejected and removed from the site. Retempering or remixing with or without the addition of water is not permitted under any circumstances. ■o D. Remove water and foreign matter from forms and excavations and, except in freezing weather or as otherwise directed, thoroughly wet .we wood forms just prior to placing concrete. Do not place concrete on frozen soil and provide adequate protection against frost action during freezing weather. E. To secure full bond at construction joints, surfaces of concrete already placed, including vertical and inclined surfaces, shall be thoroughly cleaned of foreign materials and laitance, roughened with suitable tools such as chipping hammers or wire brushes, and recleaned by stream of water or compressed air. Well before new concrete is deposited, saturate joints with water. After free or glistening g g water disappears give all such joints a thorough coating of neat cement slurry mixed to consistency of very heavy paste. Surface shall receive coating of approximately 1/8 inch thick; this shall be scrubbed in by means of stiff bristle brushes. New concrete shall be deposited before neat cement dries or changes color. F. Do not place concrete having slump outside of allowable slump range. G. Transport concrete from mixer to place of final deposit as rapidly as practical by methods which prevent separation of ingredients and displacement of reinforcement, and which avoid rehandling. H. Place concrete in such manner as to prevent segregation, and accumulations of hardened concrete on forms or reinforcement above w mass of concrete being placed. To achieve this end, suitable hoppers, spouts with restricted outlets and tremies shall be used as required. I. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand spading, rodding or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete in accordance with ACI recommended practices. Use and type of vibrators shall conform to ACI 309 "Recommended Practice for Consolidation of Concrete" . Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther than visible effectiveness of machine. Place vibrators to rapidly p y penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing segregation of mix. J. Vertical lifts shall not exceed 18 inches. Vibrate completely .� 2053/15220 03300 - 20 �* Concrete 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College F. Place sleeves for all pipe penetrations and standards for railings in concrete work where indicated on the Drawings. Sleeves shall be of size and spacing required by the drawings to receive the standards and shall be set true and properly stayed to prevent displacement during the pouring of concrete. Where sleeves are not set true in proper locations, or are out of alignment, they shall be removed and properly replaced. G. Anchor bolts shall be installed with templates provided. Vertical w alignment and plan locations shall be maintained within 1/16 inch of the locations shown on the drawings. H. Place in locations indicated on the drawings and as specified in Part 1 of this section, flexible waterstop system. Secure strip with cut - nails to green concrete to hold in place. Material shall not be submerged or left exposed for extended periods of time. Should 40 material exhibit swelling prior to confinement in joint, same shall be removed and replaced with new material. on 3 .09 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES A. If approved for reuse, clean reused forms of concrete matrix residue, repair and patch as required to return forms to acceptable surface condition. ON B. Coat contact surfaces of all new and reused forms with a form coating compound before reinforcement is placed. 40 C. Thin form coating compounds only with thinning agent of type, and amount, and under conditions of form coating compound manufacturer' s on directions. Do not allow excess form coating material to accumulate in forms or to come into contact with in place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply in compliance with manufacturer' s instructions . D. Coat steel forms with a nonstaining, rust-preventative form oil or otherwise protect against rusting. Rust stained steel formwork is not acceptable. 3 .10 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Comply with ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete" , and as herein specified. B. Transport ready mixed concrete to site in watertight agitator or mixer trucks loaded not in excess of rated capacities. Discharge at site shall be within 1-1/2 hours after cement was first introduced into mix. Concrete with a temperature greater than 85 degrees F shall not be placed. Central mixed concrete shall be plant mixed a minimum of 5 minutes. Agitation shall begin immediately after premixed concrete is placed in truck and shall continue without ww interruption until discharged. Transit mixed concrete shall be mixed at mixing speed for at least 10 minutes immediately after charging 00 2053/15220 03300 - 19 Concrete ow 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w� bars in any way. Bars that become damaged will be rejected. w G. Before concrete is cast, check all reinforcement after it is placed to insure that reinforcement conforms to Contract Documents and approved Shop Drawings. Such checking shall be done only by qualified experienced personnel. In addition, the Architect shall be notified at least 48 hours prior to concrete placement and given opportunity to inspect completed reinforcement and formwork before concrete placement. Prior approval of Shop Drawings shall in no way limit Architect's right to demand modifications or additions to reinforcement or accessories. 3 .07 JOINTS A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints as indicated, or if not indicated, locate so as not to impair strength and appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Architect. B. Provide keyways at least 1-1/2 inches deep in construction joints in walls, slabs and between walls and footings; accepted bulkheads w designed for this purpose may be used for slabs. C. Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints, except as otherwise indicated. 3 .08 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Conform to requirements of ACI 318, paragraph 6.3, "Conduits and Pipes Embedded in Concrete" , and as specified below. B. Set and build into work anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to, or supported by, cast in place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions and +w directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached thereto. C. Install reglets to receive to top edge of foundation sheet waterproofing, on p g, and to receive through wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, relieving angles, and other conditions. aw D. Edge Forms and Screed Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkheads and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in finished slab surface. Provide and secure .rug units sufficiently strong to support types of screed strips by use of strike off templates or accepted compacting type screeds. E. Contractor shall coordinate this work with the other phases of the w construction, and afford all cooperation and access to the setting of sleeves for such piping as may pass through the foundation work. Plug all sleeves and openings of whatever nature installed below grade to guard against inflow of water. These plugs are to be readily removable. 2053/15220 03300 - 18 Concrete a 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College by form materials. This requirement may be waived by Architect for r those specific cases where he deems it unnecessary or impractical. Care must be exercised to prevent a buildup of water at base of forms, or washing away of the form release agents. F. Before reusing form materials, surfaces that will be in contact with freshly cast concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned, damaged areas repaired and projecting nails withdrawn. Reuse of form material is IN subject to approval by Architect. G. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork so to accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. tw 3 .04 VAPOR BARRIER - See Part 2 3 .05 UNDER SLAB DRAINAGE AND FOUNDATION BEDDING COURSE - See Section 02300 ?! A. Material shall be well compacted and placed true to line and grade and placed over filter fabric as noted in Section 02200 regardless of detailing. on B. Material shall be as specified in Section 02300. 3 .06 PLACING OF REINFORCEMENT on A. Place reinforcement in accordance with reference standards set forth in 1.03 above and with further requirements below. op B. Reinforcement shall be accurately placed in accordance with Contract Documents and be firmly secured in position by wire ties, chairs, spacers, and hangers, each of type approved by Architect. C. Bending, welding or cutting reinforcement in field in any manner other than as shown on Drawings, is prohibited, unless specific approval for each case is given by Architect. D. Reinforcement shall be continuous through construction joints unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. so E. Reinforcement shall be spliced only in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents or as otherwise specifically approved by Architect. Splices of reinforcement at points of maximum stress shall generally be avoided. Welded wire fabric shall lap 6 inches or one space plus 2 inches whichever is larger, and shall be wired together. F. Protect stored materials so as not to bend or distort prior to concrete placement, reinforcement shall be free of loose or excessive rust, scale, or other coatings that will destroy or reduce bond requirements. Reinforcement expected to be exposed to weather for a considerable length of time shall be painted with a heavy coat of go cement grout. Protect stored materials so as not to end or distort 0" 2053/15220 03300 - 17 Concrete 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College rejected materials immediately from point of use. Cover materials, including steel reinforcement and accessories, during construction *a period. Stockpile concrete constituents properly to assure uniformity throughout project. 3 .03 ERECTION OF FORMWORK, SHORING AND RESHORING so A. Set and maintain formwork to insure complete concrete work within tolerance limits listed in ACI 347 latest edition, "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork" , and with following additional r. requirements: NOTE: Architectural concrete formwork shall, in addition to general requirements of ACI 347, comply directly with Chapter 5 of said reference regarding design, construction and removal processes as well as Chapter 13, Article 13 .3 of ACI 301. 1. Maximum variations from plumb: a. In surfaces of columns and walls: In any 10 feet of length 1/4 inch Maximum for entire length 1/2 inch w 2 . Maximum variations from established position in plan shown on the drawings: wee Walls 1/4 to 3/16 inch 3 . Variations in cross-sectional dimensions of beams and in thickness of slabs and walls. .. Minus 1/8 inch Plus 1/4 inch B. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, to prevent swelling and for easy removal. w. C. Provide temporary openings where interior area of formwork is inaccessible for cleanout, for inspection before concrete placement, so and for placement of concrete. Securely brace temporary openings and set tightly to forms to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings on forms at inconspicuous locations. wr D. Chamfer exposed corners and edges as indicated, using material specified in Part 2 fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints. ON E. For a minimum of one hour prior to concrete placement, wet forms continuously with water to swell forms in order to prevent leakage of ON concrete matrix and to minimize absorption of concrete matrix water 2053/15220 03300 - 16 w, Concrete 0 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College compounds containing sodium silicates are prohibited. 2. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz. per sq. yd. , complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2 . 3 . Moisture-Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM C 171. a. Waterproof paper. b. Polyethylene film. so C. Polyethylene-coated burlap. F. Chemical Hardener - Sonneborn Division, ChemRex Inc. "Lapidolith" or approved equal. G. Expansion Joint Fillers - ASTM D 1751 with "skip-slit" tear strip to allow for poured top filler of 1/2 inch depth by width of joint. OR Poured filler shall be Type IA sealant as specified under Section 07900 and accomplished as part of the work therein. Coordinate with Part 3 herein. �ru H. Dovetail Slots: Similar and equal to Heckman "Model 100" fabricated from 26 gauge stainless steel and filled with foam filler. I. Special Sealer System/Penetrating Anti-Spalling Sealer: The sealer shall be a siloxane based compound which has a 92% chloride ion screen and a repellency factor of 92% when tested in accordance with NCHRP #244, Test Method. In addition, the sealer treated concrete must exhibit no scaling when exposed to 125 cycles of freezing and thawing. The system shall conform to the requirements with ASTM C 957-81. The tests must be by an independent testing laboratory. J. Sleeves: approved metal and fiber containers, the fiber wall of the sleeves to be removed before setting standards. Coordinate with Section 01900. K. Epoxy Adhesive: Hilti Corp. HVA adhesive of approved equal. ew Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. am Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. 3 .02 HANDLING, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS A. Handle and store materials separately in such manner as to prevent intrusion of foreign matter, segregation, or deterioration. Do not use foreign materials or those containing ice. Remove improper and 2053/15220 03300 - 15 Concrete 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College +rw foundations - Conform to ASTM A 775 Standard Specification for epoxy coated reinforcing steel. Coat bar supports with epoxy or vinyl for minimum distance of 2 inches from point of contact with epoxy coated reinforcement. 2 .06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Grout - ready to use non metallic non shrink grout shall be a factory re-mixed p grout and shall conform to ASTM C 1107, "Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Non-Shrink) . " In addition, the grout manufacturer shall furnish test data from an independent laboratory indicating that the grout when placed at a "'" fluid consistency shall achieve 95% bearing under a 4 foot square base plate. +�e 1 . "Euco-NS" by Euclid Chemical Co. 2 . "Five Star Grout" by U.S. Grout Corp. 3 . "Masterflow 713" by Master Builders 4 . "SikaGrout 212" by Sika Corporation 5 . "Sonogrout 10K" by Sonneborn 6 . "Supreme" by Cormix Construction Chemicals Grout shall be easily workable and shall have no drying shrinkage at any age. Compressive strength of grout (2 inch by 2 inch cubes) shall not be less than 5, 000 psi at 7 days, and 7, 500 psi at 28 days. .we B. High Flow Grout: Where high fluidity and/or increased placing time is required, use high flow grout. The factory pre-mixed grout shall conform to ASTM C 1107, "Standard Specification for Packages Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout (Non-shrink) . " In addition, the grout manufacturer shall furnish test data from an independent laboratory indicating that the grout when placed at a fluid consistency shall achieve 95% bearing under an 18 inch by 36 inch base plate. 1. "Euco Hi-Flow Grout" by Euclid Chemical Co. 2. "Masterflow 928" by Master Builders C. Waterstop material shall be: 1. Flexible strip of bentonite waterproofing compound with a **� chemical composition of Butyl Rubber-Hydrocarbon, 24.9% (ASTM D 297) ; Bentonite, 75.0% (FS-SS-S-210-A) ; volatile matter, less than l% (ASTM D 6) . Material shall be 3/4 inch by 3/8 inch in dimensions with a weight of 0.165 pounds per foot. Material .w shall be similar and equal to "Volclay Waterstop RX" as manufactured by CETCO Building Materials Group. w D. Vapor Barrier: As required under patched interior slabs on grade; mesh to existing, tape and seal . E. Curing Mediums : 40, 1. Membrane Clear Curing and Sealing Compound (VOC Compliant) : ASTM C 309, Type 1. on 2053/15220 03300 - 14 es Concrete op 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 0 C. Chamfer Strips: 1/2 inch minimum (3/4 inch maximum) , 45 degree prefabricated extruded "PVC" or milled poplar wood strips, nailed 6 inches on center, and installed in inside corners of all forms, unless otherwise directed by Architect. - D. Form Ties and Spreaders: "Richmond Tyscrus" by Richmond Screw Anchor Co. ; "Superior-ties" by Superior Concrete Accessories, Inc. ; "Sure- so Grip Ties" by Dayton Sure-Grip and Shore Co. ; or approved equal. Wire ties shall not be used. Ties for foundation walls shall be snap-ties or type specified above with removal cones and shall incorporate water seal washer. w E. Form Coatings/Release Agents: Provide VOC compliant commercial formulation form coating compounds that will not bond with, stain nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent !�! treatments of concrete surfaces. 2.05 REINFORCEMENT AND ACCESSORIES A. Reinforcing Steel Bars: newly rolled deformed billet steel conforming to ASTM A 615, Grade 60 (unless otherwise indicated on the drawings) . Bars shall be bent cold. B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185 and supplied in sheets only, rolls not permitted. ws C. Reinforcement Accessories: conform to Product Standard PS7-766, Class C, as manufactured by Superior Concrete Accessories, Inc. ; Dayton Sure-Grip Co. ; R.K.L. Building Specialties Co. , Inc; or approved equal. Reinforcement accessories shall include spacers, chairs, ties, slab bolsters, clips, chair bars, and other devices for properly assembling, placing, spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcement. Tie wire shall be galvanized or stainless wire of sufficient strength for intended purpose, but not less than No. 18 gauge. Metal supports shall be of such type as not to penetrate surface of formwork and show through surface of concrete. Accessories touching interior formed surfaces exposed to view shall have not less than 1/8 inch of plastic between metal and concrete surface. Plastic tips shall extend not less than 1/2 inch up on metal legs. ep Individual and continuous slab bolsters and chairs shall be of type to suit various conditions encountered and must be capable of supporting 300 pound load without damage or permanent distortion. D. Epoxy Coated Reinforcement shall be used for Ramp walls and 2053/15220 03300 - 13 Concrete oft 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College s ion content of the mix including all constituents shall not exceed the limitations set forth in Table 4.5.4 of ACI 318-83 for concrete ow subjected to deicers or exposed to chloride in service (0.15 chloride ions by weight of cement) . 2 .03 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mix Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as herein specified. B. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in work, indicating project identification name and number, date, mix type, mix time, quantity, and amount of water introduced. C. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting of concrete, a shorter mixing time than specified in ASTM C 94 may be required. When air temperature is between 85 degrees F (30 degrees C) and 90 degrees F (32 degrees C) , reduce maximum mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air .w temperature is above 90 degrees F (32 degrees C) , reduce maximum mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. D. No water shall be added after mixing to concrete containing HRWR (superplasticizer) . If loss of slump occurs, HRWR may be redosed at the site as long as a "flash set" has not occurred. Redosage procedures must be discussed and approved by the Engineer and the 40 manufacturer at the Pre-Concrete Conference as required in Part 1 of this Section. w 2 .04 FORM MATERIALS A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Unless otherwise indicated, construct of plywood, metal, metal framed plywood faced, or other acceptable panel type materials, to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system shown on drawings. Provide form material with sufficient strength and thickness to withstand pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflection. 1. Use plywood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS-1 "B-B (Concrete Form) Plywood" , Class I, Exterior Grade or better, mill oiled and edge sealed, with each piece bearing legible inspection trademark. 2 . Forms for architectural concrete, exposed to view in the finished construction shall be commercially made metal or fiberglass forms of a type approved by the Architect. Form w surfaces shall be smooth and free from dents, holes, and tears. Form edges shall be straight and true. Intent is that when forms are removed, the exposed concrete surface shall be free from all blemishes. B. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or other acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges and w one side for tight fit. 2053/15220 03300 - 12 Concrete 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College ** Minimum; increase as necessary to meet other requirements. E. In all slabs and walls exposed to weather, all concrete shall contain the approved air-entraining admixture as per manufacturer' s written instructions, to provide entrained air, by volume, in the cured concrete within 4.5 to 6.5 percent. F. Water-Reducing Admixtures: 1. Use water-reducing admixture or high range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer) in all concrete as required for placement and workability. a* 2 . Use non-corrosive, non-chloride accelerating admixture in concrete slabs placed at ambient temperatures below 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) . 3 . Use high-range water-reducing admixture in ALL pumped concrete, w concrete for industrial slabs, architectural concrete, parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, concrete with ultimate strength of 5, 000 psi or more, and concrete with As water/cement ratios below 0.50. 4. Use admixtures for water-reducing and set-control in strict compliance with manufacturer' s directions. we G. Water-Cement Ratio: Provide concrete for following conditions with maximum water-cement (W/C) ratios as follows: sss 1. Subjected to freezing and thawing; W/C 0.50. 2 . Subjected to deicers/watertight; W/C 0.40. 3 . Reinforced concrete subjected to brackish water, salt spray or deicers; W/C 0 .35 . 4. Architectural Concrete: W/C 0.46 maximum. H. Any deviation from approved mix design, which Contractor deems desirable under certain project conditions, will not be allowed without written approval of Architect. I. Slump Limits: Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of placement as follows: 1. Ramps slabs, and sloping surfaces: Not more than 3 inches. 2 . Reinforced foundation systems: Not less than 1 inch and not more than 3 inches. 3 . Concrete containing HRWR admixture (superplasticizer) Not more than 9 inches unless otherwise approved by the architect. The concrete shall arrive at the job site at a slump of 2 inches to 3 inches (3 inches to 4 inches for concrete receiving a "shake-on" hardener or lightweight concrete) , be verified, then the high-range water-reducing admixture added to increase 00 the slump to the approved level. 4. Other Concrete: Not less than 1 inch nor more than 4 inches. J. Chloride Ion Level: Chloride ion content of aggregate shall be tested by the laboratory making the trial mixes . The total chloride Concrete 2053/15220 03300 - 11 on 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College strength of concrete. The Testing Agency will verify that the proposed mix designs conform to all specification requirements. we B. Furnish sufficient materials for concrete mix design not less than two weeks before use. Duplicate small samples plainly and neatly OR labeled with source, where proposed to be used, date, and name of collector shall be provided and presented to Testing Agency for permanent reference. so C. Design mixes in accordance with Section 5 .3, "Proportioning on the Basis of Field Experience and/or Trial Mixtures" of ACI 318 and the requirements of this Section. All concrete is to be normalweight unless specifically designated otherwise; air-dry weight not to exceed 150 pounds per cu.ft. OR If previously used mixes are submitted, all materials shall be from the same sources and with the same brand names as the previously ue utilized mix. If trial batches are used, the mix design shall be prepared by an independent testing laboratory and shall achieve an average compressive strength 1, 200 psi higher than the specified strength. NOTE: Increase over design to 1,400 psi when concrete strengths of 40 5,000 or more are used. The proposed mix designs shall be accompanied by complete standard on deviation analysis or trial mixture test data. The testing facility shall not be the same as used for field quality control testing. OR Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the strengths and properties indicated on the drawings. OR D. Limiting values shown in Table A apply for specific strengths of concrete with coarse aggregates less than 1-1/2 inches unless noted otherwise. in Table A No Minimum Max. Allowable Allowable Net-Water Minimum Permissible Compr. Strength Content Cement Factor ws at 28 day (psi) Gallons/Sack* Sacks/Cu.Yd. ** j w " 4,000 5.75 6.00 3,000 6.50 5 .00 .. * Maximum; decrease if possible. This represents total water in mix at time of mixing, including free water on aggregate. s 2053/15220 03300 - 10 Concrete PP 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College A� 2 . Air entrainment agents: a. "Darex AEA" or "Daravair" by Grace; b. "MB-WR" or "MB-AE" by Master Builders; C. "PROTEX AEA" by Protex d. "Air-Mix" by Euclid Chemical Co. e. "Sika AER" or Sika AEA-15" by Sika Corp. or approved equal conforming to ASTM C 260. 3 . High-Range Water-Reducing Admixtures (Superplasticizer) : ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G and containing not more than 0.05 percent chloride ions. a. "Sikament 300 or Sikament 86" by Sika Corp. b. "Eucon 37" by Euclid Chemical Co. C. "Daracem-100" by Grace MR d. "Rheobuild 1000" by Master Builders 4. Water Reducing, Non-Corrosive Accelerating Admixture: The admixture shall conform to ASTM C 494, Type C or E, and not ter contain more chloride ions than are present in municipal drinking water. The admixture manufacturer must have long term non-corrosive test data from an independent testing laboratory (of at least a year' s duration) using an acceptable accelerated corrosion test method such as that using electrical potential measures. 1. "Accelguard 80" by Euclid Chemical Co. 2 . "Daraset" by Grace 3 . "Plastocrete 161 FL" by Sika Corp. 5. Water-Reducing, Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D, and contain not more than 0.05 percent chloride ions. 1. "Pozzolith Retarder" by Master Builders 2. "Eucon Retarder 75" by Euclid Chemical Co. 3 . "Daratard" by Grace 4. "Plastiment" by Sika Co. 6. Admixtures such as calcium chloride, thyocyanates or other such materials containing more than 0.05 percent chloride ions are not permitted. 7. Certification: Written conformance to the above mentioned requirements and the chloride ion content of admixtures will be required from the admixture manufacturer prior to mix design review by the Engineer; coordinate with Article 1.04 herein. 2 .02 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. The Contractor shall recommend, on the basis of trial mixes and strength curves specified below, design mixes for each type and 2053/15220 03300 - 9 Concrete 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College wee Contractor at the standard hourly rate for extra work. Such fees may be withheld from the Contractor's payment. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .01 CONCRETE CONSTITUENTS A. Cement: American made Portland Cement, free from water soluble salts or alkalies which will cause efflorescence on exposed surfaces. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, Portland Cement shall be Type I or II, each conforming to ASTM C 150. Use only one brand of cement for each type of cement throughout project. Contractor shall be responsible for whatever steps are 40 necessary to insure that no visual variations in color will result in exposed concrete and shall place on order and secure in advance a sufficient quantity of this (these) cement(s) to complete concrete work specified herein. 4W B. Normal Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, and as herein specified. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete. so Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C 33 but which have shown by special test or actual service to produce concrete of adequate Im strength and durability may be used when acceptable to Architect. Maximum designated sizes for normalweight coarse aggregate to be used in concrete sections shall be as noted below, except that sizes shall also be chosen in conjunction with required clearances. 1. 1-1/2 inches for sections over 10 inches in thickness. ww 2. One inch for sections more than 8 and up to 10 inches in thickness. 3 . 3/4 inch for sections more than 3 and up to 28 inches in thickness. go C. Water: drinkable. Im D. Admixtures 1. Water reducing agents for general project use and required for concrete flatwork exposed to weather as specified in Section "Pavements and Surfaces" shall be one of the following: a. "Sikament 300" or "Plastocrete 161" by Sika Corporation; b. "WRDA Hycol" by Grace Construction Products; C. "Pozzolith 200N" by Master Builders; d. "PDA25" by Protex Industries; e. "Eucon WR-75 or WR-89" by Euclid Chemical Co. au each conforming to ASTM C 494, Type A for interior work; Type F for exterior work. 2053/15220 03300 - 8 Concrete ow 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College op If the average of the 2 specimens is less than the required strength, test the 4th at 45 days. d. Make 1 strength test for each 50 cu.yds. or fraction thereof from each design mix of concrete placed in any one day; except that in no case shall a given mix design be represented by less than five tests. 3 . Determine slump of concrete sample for each strength test and whenever consistency of concrete appears to vary in accordance with ASTM C 143 . 4. Determine air content of concrete sample for each strength test in accordance with either ASTM C 231, C 173 or C 138. 5. Determine temperature of concrete for each strength test. 6 . Test results will be reported in writing to Architect, Structural Engineer and Contractor within 24 hours after w tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design ! + compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials; compressive breaking strength and type of break for both 7-day tests and 28-day tests. a Submit all test reports indicating nonconformance to the specifications on colored paper. RM 7 . Nondestructive Testing: Windsor probes, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection. 8 . Additional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests of in place concrete when test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by Architect. Testing service may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. Contractor shall pay for such tests when unacceptable concrete is verified. 9 . Maintain continuous liaison with the Architect/Engineer, alerting him immediately of conditions that adversely affect the performance of the work. 1.08 CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES A. Forms, bracings, construction procedures, erection methods, equipment, and safety requirements are outside the scope of this specification, and are solely the responsibility of this Contractor. Periodic visits to the site by the inspector or engineer, including the approval of design aspects, are not to be interpreted as approval of these activities, and in no way relieve the Contractor of this responsibility. B. If faulty construction procedures or material result in defective work that requires additional engineering time to devise corrective measures, professional fees for such work may be charged to the 2053/15220 03300 - 7 Concrete 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w� considered by Architect only under following conditions: w� 1. That request has been made and accepted prior to submission of Shop Drawings; w 2 . That there is a substantial cost advantage or time advantage to the Owner; or that proposed revision is necessary to obtain required materials or methods at proper times to accomplish work in time scheduled; 3 . That sufficient sketches, engineering calculations, and other data have been submitted to facilitate checking by Architect, including cost reductions or savings in time to complete work; AND 4. That the cost of reviewing the substitutions shall be borne entirely by the Contractor. 1.07 TESTING AND INSPECTION " A. An organization, approved by the Architect, shall be retained by the Owner for testing, inspection and control of the concrete at the batching plant and in the field. The Contractor shall accept test results from this organization as final . B. Testing, inspection and control shall be performed as directed by the Architect and in accordance with requirements set forth in Section 01410. The testing services listed in ACI Standard 301 shall be the minimum required as well as required conformance to the requirements of the Basic Building Code (BOCA) or its equivalent in the code of the jurisdiction of the Work. w„ 1. Maintain on site representation to the extent necessary to perform the following: a. Review the Contractors proposed materials for compliance with the specifications as requested by the Owner. b. Review the proposed design mixes. 2 . Conduct strength tests in accordance with the following procedures: (A strength test consists of 4 concrete cylinders . ) a. Secure composite samples in accordance with ASTM C 172 . w Each test shall be obtained from a different batch of concrete on a representative, truly random basis. When pumping or pneumatic placing equipment is used, samples shall be taken from discharge end. ' b. Mold 4 specimens from each sample in accordance with requirements of ASTM C 31 and cure same in accordance with Division 7 (a) and (b) of said method. s C. Test 3 specimens; 1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days in accordance with ASTM C 39. The 28 day test result shall be the average of the 2 strengths of the 2 specimens. w 2053/15220 03300 - 6 Concrete F1 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College W ON F. Certification of Specification Compliance. G. Provide materials certificates in lieu of materials laboratory test reports when permitted by Architect. Material certificates shall be signed by manufacturer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with, or exceeds, specified requirements. Provide certification from admixture manufacturers that chloride content complies with specification requirements. H. Submit laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design ®w test. I. Mill Test Certification: Submit prior to delivery of reinforcing steel or concrete to job site, certified mill test reports of reinforcing steel and cement, (including names and locations of mills and shops, and analyses of chemical and physical properties) , properly correlated to concrete to be used in this project. in When material is scheduled to be galvanized, submit certification from galvanizer as to weights and properties applicable to same. J. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each product. Maintain at least one copy of each final shop drawing available in the Contractors ' field office. Drawings not bearing evidence of release for construction by the Architect shall not be kept on the job. go 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING (Coordinate with Section 01600) A. Reinforcement according to released Shop Drawing shall be delivered to the job site at such time as it is required by the program of operations. Reinforcement and metal accessories shall have each rod or bundle identified by metal tag showing size and location in accordance with setting plans and shall be stored off the ground, protected from deterioration by weather, dirt and construction operations. B. Forms of fiberglass or of steel are to be stored out of contact with the ground, and with such protection as prevents rust, change of shape and other damage. - C. Store and protect all other materials strictly in accordance with the Manufacturer' s instruction. Particular attention is called to NO the maintenance of correct temperatures to prevent the deterioration of certain products. Any materials not so stored will be subject to rejection by the Architect. 1. 06 SUBSTITUTIONS (Coordinate with Section 01630) A. Substitutions for member sizes, type(s) of concrete, connect''-on details or any other modifications proposed by Contractor will be 2053/15220 03300 - 5 Concrete 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College ■ee dry-shake finish materials, and others as requested by Architect. B. Shop Drawings: shop and erection drawings shall be prepared only by competent detailers, checked prior to submission. 1. Reinforcement: Submit original shop drawings for fabrication, bending, and placement of concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315 "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement" w, showing: a. bar schedules; b. elevations; C. dimensions of concrete work with specified reinforcement clearances; d. ledges, brackets, openings, sleeves or other items furnished by other Sections where interference with go reinforcement may occur; e. bending diagrams; f. assembly diagrams; on g. splices and laps of reinforcement; h. temperature and shrinkage reinforcement; i. construction joint reinforcement; j . shapes, dimensions, grade designations, and details of No reinforcement and accessories. NOTE: Show dowels with concrete work to be placed first. No Make coordinated drawings showing size and location of openings and sleeves and incorporate this information on the reinforcing drawings. Reference Section 01041. ow 2 . Formwork Drawings: a. schedules of placement; b. construction joints and control joints with methods of an forming; C. general arrangement, sizes and grades of lumber, panels and alignment. wr 3 . Miscellaneous Drawings: a. Provide "jointing" plan for horizontal placement of concrete on both metal decking and grade slabs. C. Except as otherwise noted, approval of Shop Drawings will be for size and arrangement of components. Errors in dimensions shown on Shop Drawings shall be the responsibility of Contractor. Check and coordinate concrete work with work of other trades before submitting Shop Drawings. D. Do not proceed with fabrication of material or performance of work until corresponding item on Shop Drawing has been approved in writing by the Architect. E. Submit samples of materials as requested by Architect, including names, sources and descriptions. o, 2053/15220 03300 - 4 Concrete �r 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College J. Rough Carpentry (06100) PR K. Membrane Waterproofing (07130) L. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) M. Electrical Work (Division 16) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Unless specifically specified otherwise herein or by local ordinance, accomplish all work in accordance with the following codes, standards and specifications, and such requirements shall be binding as if specified directly herein. only the latest editions (at bid date) of the following codes, standards and specifications shall form part of this Specification to the extent indicated by the reference thereto. B. The work of this section shall further conform to the "The Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code" , latest edition. C. The work of this Section shall conform to all requirements of ACI 301-89, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings" . Although the remainder of this Section states, in condensed form, the pertinent provisions of that document, it shall be understood that it has been adopted in its entirety and may be referred to throughout the project for provisions not restated below. D. Concrete floor and slab construction shall conform to the recommendations of ACI 302.1R-89, "Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction" . OW E. The standards of the American Society for Testing and Material and the American Concrete Institute, referred to in these specifications by their serial designation are declared to be a part of these specifications, the same as if fully set forth herein. F. Ready mix plant equipment and facilities shall conform to the "Check List for Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities" of the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association. G. Coordinate with testing and quality control requirements set forth in Section 01410. H. The Contractor shall conform to requirements of the above codes and standards unless specified otherwise in this Section. In case of apparent conflict between standards or between standards in and the Specifications hereinafter, the more restrictive requirement shall apply. w 1.04 SUBMITTALS - Coordinate with Section 01300 A. Product Data: Submit data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, waterstops, joint systems, curing compounds, so 2053/15220 03300 - 3 Concrete ow 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College work thru the concrete. 11. Supply, fabricate and place all required reinforcing bars, " mesh and other reinforcement for concrete where shown, called for, and/or required complete with proper supporting devices. 12 . Erect and remove all form work required to properly complete the work. 13 . Finish all concrete work as hereinafter specified. 00 14. Cure and protect all concrete and cement work. 15. Provide special sealer systems on all concrete exposed to the elements (flatwork and steps) and/or scheduled. 16 . Grout all elevator sills and such other elements. OR 17 . Construct reinforced concrete equipment pads as shown on drawings, coordinate with Sections 01040, 01040Schedule and 01900. wu 18 . Provide waterstop systems at junctures of control/construction J oints in walls, hydrostatic type floor slabs, junctures of walls to said slabs and other locations indicated and/or ..� required to insure positive water prevention. At all joint locations, provide filler gasket with tear strip approximately 2 inches deep by 3/8 inch width secured to first pour with adhesive. Upon cure, remove tear strip and seal with Type I sealant compound as suitable for intended use. Tool joint concave. 19. Perform all other work and materials as may be reasonably inferred and needed to make the work of this Section complete. NOTE - Site concrete material requirements and labor restrictions for construction of curbs, walks, pads, boxes, structures and the w� like as shown on the drawings are as established herein. Coordinate requirements with Sections 02700 and 02800 . .+ Provide weep systems in retaining/ramp walls as detailed, or in absence thereof, provide same in 1-1/2 inch diameter at 6 foot centers unless otherwise directed by the Architect. Coordinate with Section 04800 for masonry work, 07130 for waterproofing, 02300 for backfill and 02620 for underdrain system. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) B. Site Preparation and Protection (02200) C. Earthwork (02300) D. Subdrains (02620) E. Pavements and Surfacing (02700) F. Site Improvements (02800) G. Lawns and Grasses (02920) H. Unit Masonry (04800) I. Miscellaneous Metals (05500) 2053/15220 03300 - 2 Concrete IN 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 03300 w PLAIN AND REINFORCED CONCRETE Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL we 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, 0M materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of the concrete, forms, reinforcing and finishing work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the 0M following: 1. Provide footings, walls and pit/sump for new Elevator Work 40 2 . Structural deck/bridge for new Elevator; patch existing concrete to match including - structural slab with doweled in anchors to existing slab; sawcutting of existing rail and slab 40 to provide a clean cut and the like. 3 . Provide concrete fill and finish on metal decking at top of new elevator shaft; coordinate with Section 05300 for metal decking. on 4. Patch, match and extend existing slabs on grade where new underground piping and structures are provided under other specialty trades. wM 5 . Provide new concrete pads for mechanical equipment in locations shown; coordinate with Division 15 and MEP drawings for sizes and locations; scarify existing slab, provide epoxy set dowels and cast new pads; trowel finish; rub sides. 6. Provide foundations for new wall systems in connection with new Studio Theatre Lobby egress ramp and walk; coordinate with Sections 02300, 02700, 02800 and 04800. 7 . Provide concrete flatwork, ramp and formed steps for new Studio Theatre Lobby egress; coordinate with Sections 02300 for fill and bedding; 02700 for paving systems; 02800 for site improvement work and 04800 for masonry. NOTE - All work specified in these related sections shall conform to the material requirements and labor restrictions established herein for concrete operations. 8. Provide all required anchors and inserts including dovetail anchor slots at all junctures of masonry and adjustable wedge type inserts. 9 . Place, in the forms, all inserts, anchors, anchor bolts, bearing plates and anchors and the like furnished by other trades for casting into the concrete and clean same after No stripping of forms. 10. Protect all inserts, anchors, hangers, sleeves and supports furnished and set by others for the attachment of other work to the concrete, or required to permit the passage of other 40 2053/15220 03300 - 1 Concrete a 8 November 2002 Renovations to IM BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College foot to three horizontal, or steeper, immediately after such areas on have been seeded. 3 .05 CLEANUP ON A. The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping all paving and building surfaces clean during placement of topsoil and seeding operations. so B. All excess stones, debris and soil resulting from work under this Section which have not previously been cleaned up shall be cleaned up and removed from the project site. C. Clean up spills and oversprays immediately. Acceptance shall not be granted until this condition is met. **End of Section** w r rll 2053/15220 02920 - 5 Lawns and Grasses ow 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College on surfaces and contiguous elements. 3 .02 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE A. Immediately before placing topsoil any sticks, stones, or foreign material three inches or greater shall be removed from the subgrade, then harrow or otherwise loosen the surface of the subgrade to depth of 3 inches. Large stones and/or boulders shall be buried eighteen inches below finished grade. In areas that have been severely compacted, as determined by the Architect, scarify to a depth of 12 inches by approved methods. s Subgrade shall be inspected and approved by the Architect before placing of topsoil. B. Provide and set sufficient grade stakes, as determined by the Architect, to insure correct line and grade of finish grade. 3 .03 PLACING TOPSOIL/LOAM A. Place and spread topsoil from site stockpiles or newly furnished materials over approved areas to a depth sufficiently greater than the depth required for seed areas so that after natural settlement and light rolling, the completed work will conform to the lines, grades and elevations indicated, and shall assure proper drainage in an uninterrupted pattern free of hollows and pockets. .. The resulting depth of topsoil shall be as follows after rolling - 6 inches. Provide additional topsoil as needed to give the specified depths under the Contract without additional costs to the Owner. w B. After topsoil has been spread, prepare it carefully by scarifying or harrowing and raking. Remove all stiff clods, lumps, brush, roots, stumps, litter and other foreign material and stones over 1 inch in �. diameter and dispose of legally off the site. Topsoiled areas shall also be free of smaller stones in excessive quantities as determined by the Architect. Roll the entire surface with a hand roller weighing approximately 100 per foot of width. During the rolling fill all depressions caused by settlement with additional topsoil and then regrade and roll until the surface presents a smooth, even and uniform finish and is up to the required grade. C. No subsoil or loam shall be handled in any way if it is in a wet or frozen condition. w NOTE: Excess topsoil, if any, shall be disposed of on Smith College grounds as directed by the Owner. No 3 .04 EROSION CONTROL A. Erosion control mesh shall be installed according to manufacturer' s specifications in all drainage swales and all slopes of one vertical no 2053/15220 02920 - 4 Lawns and Grasses aw 0 8 November 2002 Renovations to ow BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College shall be by combined hydrometer and wet sieving as per ASTM D 422 W after destruction of organic matter by ignition. D. Loam borrow shall be screened loam and shall be free of plants and ow their roots, debris and other extraneous matter. It shall be uncontaminated by salt, water, foreign matter and substances harmful to plant growth. The electrical conductivity (EC2) of a 1:2 soil- ire water suspension shall be equal to or less than 1.0 milliohms/cm. (Test material passing #4 sieve) . E. Material shall consist of natural topsoil, free from subsoil, obtained from an area which has never been stripped. It shall be removed to a depth of 1 foot or less if subsoil is encountered. Loam shall be of uniform quality screened free of hard clods, stiff clay, hardpan sods, partially disintegrated stone, lime, cement, ashes, slag, concrete, tar residues, tarred paper, boards, chips, glass, sticks, or any other undesirable material. F. Loam shall have an acidity range of pH 5 .5 to pH 6.5 and shall contain not less than 5% nor more than 10% organic matter as determined by the loss on ignition of oven-dried samples. Test Or samples shall be oven-dried to a constant weight at a temperature of 230 degrees F plus or minus 9 degrees. To adjust organic matter content, the soil may be amended, prior to site delivery, by the PR addition of composted leaf mold or peat moss. Use of organic amendments is acceptable only if random soil sampling indicates thorough incorporation. !" G. All loam provided from off site sources shall be brought to the site meeting all specification requirements. There must be no mixing or amending of soil on site. No loam shall be placed prior to screening. The loam borrow must not be handled or moved when in a wet or frozen condition. H. Topsoil which has been stockpiled on the site may be used provided it can be made to comply with this Specification and that it has been screened to meet the above requirements . aw I. To assure loam borrow purchased and topsoil stockpiled fulfills specified requirements regarding textural analysis, organic matter content, and pH, soil testing results will be obtained by the Contractor and submitted to the Architect for approval before any soil is delivered to the site. Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. w Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of 2053/15220 02920 - 3 Lawns and Grasses 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit pint size samples of existing topsoil material and, if required, additional topsoil material proposed for use, to the local branch of the Agricultural unit of the State University System and a laboratory so designated in 1.03 above, for analysis and the recommended treatment. The Contractor shall bear any and all costs incurred from same. Report shall be submitted at least 1 month prior to any loaming or planting is to be done. Test soil for Nitrate Nitrogen, Ammonium Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Potassium, Calcium, Aluminum Magnesium, Magnesium, Manganese, Ferric Iron, Sulfate, Soluble Salts (1:2 soil- water ratio) and pH (1:1 soil-water ratio) . Part 2 - PRODUCTS +rr 2 .01 TOPSOIL FROM STOCKPILE A. Topsoil shall be existing topsoil stripped and stockpiled under Section 02300. Material shall consist of natural topsoil, free from subsoil, obtained for areas on site that have never been stripped. It shall be removed to its full depth. Topsoil shall be of uniform quality screened free of hard clods, stiff clay, hardpan, sods, partially disintegrated stone, lime, cement, ashes, slag, concrete, tar residues, tarred paper, boards, chips, glass, sticks, or any other undesirable material, and shall meet all requirements of Loam Borrow specified below. 2 .02 LOAM BORROW A. The loam stripped and stockpiled on the site shall be used pp p provided that, after testing and addition of necessary additives, it meets the following specification. The Contractor shall provide additional loam as required to complete the required work. B. Existing on-site loam and new loam shall be a "fine sandy loam" or a "sandy loam" determined by mechanical analysis (ASTM D 422) and based on the "USDA Classification System" . It shall be of uniform composition, without admixture of subsoil. It shall be free of stones greater than 1 inch, lumps, plants and their roots, debris and other extraneous matter as determined by the Architect. It shall not contain toxic substances harmful to plant growth. C. Loam shall have the following mechanical analysis: Passing Percentage passing by Weight No. 4 Sieve 100 No. 40 Sieve 60 - 85 No. 100 Sieve 38 - 60 No. 200 Sieve 28 - 40 0 .002 mm 0 - 10 Maximum size shall be 1-1/4 inch largest dimension; maximum retained on 1/4 inch sieve shall be 20% by weight of total sample. Testing 2053/15220 02920 - 2 Lawns and Grasses 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 02920 LAWNS AND GRASSES Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, u, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all lawn establishment work for this project as work required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Prepare subgrade in regraded areas to receive stocked topsoil. 2 . Spread existing topsoil and prepare to receive lawns and planting by Smith College. 3 . Clean up site and dispose of all excess and waste materials. on NOTES - The Contractor shall be liable for any damage to property caused by the work of this Contract, and all areas of construction disturbed shall be returned to their original condition to the satisfaction of the Architect. Provide required erosion, sedimentation and environmental controls necessitated by site and governing codes. It is a contract requirement that all banks and swales be stabilized with an erosion control mat system which will remain in on place and be removed, as applicable, by ensuing contract work; coordinate with Section 02200 for material requirements. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Entire Project Specification with on specific reference to: A. Site Preparation and Protection (02200) B. Establishment of subgrade for Owner seeded and/or sodded areas, stripping and stockpiling of existing Topsoil (02300) C. Pavements and Surfacing (02700) D. Site Improvements (02800) E. Plain and Reinforced Concrete (03300) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE OR A. Requirements given herein may be affected by other related requirements of the project specifications. Correlation of the contract requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. go B. Materials and labor required for execution of work herein shall generally be governed by the standards as specified in Part 2 . ww 2053/15220 02920 - 1 Lawns and Grasses 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College AR for each manufactured product. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .01 GENERAL - All materials shall be governed by the applicable portions of the REFERENCE STANDARDS set forth in Part 1 above and related sections to this work or as maybe modified herein. 2 .02 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Concrete - 4000 psi, 6% air entrainment; forms, reinforcing, finish, mesh and the like shall be as specified in Section 03300. 2 .03 ALUMINUM RAILINGS - See Section 05500 for material requirements and labor restrictions governing such work. 2 .04 Balance of materials shall be as specified elsewhere in this Section. Part 3 - EXECUTION w 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. 3 .02 INSTALLATION A. Installation and execution of all work required herein shall be straight and true to line and in proper, safe and secure manner. 3 .03 CONCRETE WORK - General (Reference Section 03300) A. Proportioning, formwork, joints, placement, finishing, curing, protection and all other concrete operations shall be as governed by material requirements and labor restrictions established in Section 03300 . 3 .04 CLEANING A. All debris resulting from operations shall be removed daily and site shall be left clean at the completion of the Project. **End of Section** OR OP 2053/15220 02800 - 3 Site Improvements .. 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Correlation of contract requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Regulatory Agencies and Requirements 1. All materials and methods of installation shall conform to ns federal, state, and city codes and regulations having jurisdiction. Where Contract requirements are in excess of applicable standards the Contract provision shall govern. Specific standards are those specified in the "Standard specifications for Highways and Bridges" as published by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Public Works, 1988 Edition, including all amendments thereto. All payments shall be on a "Lump Sum" basis unless otherwise directed on the drawings or within these project specific specifications. 2 . Comply with the provisions of the Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction of the Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. , and the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, United States Department of Labor. rR C. All protection work and general operations shall be governed by the requirements of OSHA, as most recently amended. w� D. The Contractor shall take proper precautions not to damage any existing site conditions specifically excluded or excepted from the Contract and will be held solely responsible for any damage occurring during the course of the work under construction. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, make any and all repairs as required to restore to the original condition any area or item so damaged. E. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to keep streets, over which equipment and service for project travel, clean and free oft from dirt, dust, mud and debris resulting from construction operations. The actions taken shall meet the requirements of all parties having jurisdiction. as 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings showing complete construction details erection requirements and fastenings. !1D B. Samples of materials to be incorporated in the work. C. Certification of Specification Compliance. D. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted go 2053115220 02800 - 2 Site Improvements am 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College AA SECTION 02800 SITE IMPROVEMENTS Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all site improvement work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Provide, in conjunction with Section 05500, new powder coated aluminum railing systems both free standing at stairs and wall mounted at ramp walls as well as new railing at stairs at roof access areaway/barrier wall (lA/A209. NOTE - It is a mandated requirement for this project that no core setting of exterior railings will be permitted. A reverse pipe sleeve shall be set prior to pours to receive required railings. Rails shall be anchored with plug weld, ground smooth and painted. 2 . Provide ramp walls constructed of brick to match existing brick in color and texture; cap walls with bluestone; provide adequate foundations - coordinate with Sections 02300, 03300 and 04800 for specific work requirements and materials. ALAI 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) B. Site Preparation and Protection (02200) C. Earthwork (02300) D. Pavements and Surfacing (02700) so E. Lawns and Grasses (02920) F. Plain and Reinforced Concrete (03300) G. Mortars (04060) on H. Unit Masonry (04800) I. Miscellaneous Metals (05500) J. Rough Carpentry (06100) K. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) L. Electrical Work (Division 16) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor is cautioned that various items of other trades will be installed in conjunction with the work of this Section. 4 2053/15220 02800 - 1 Site Improvements 8 November 2002 BID ISSUE Renovations to MCPA - Smith College edges, true and smooth alignment and a uniform film thickness of 15+1 mil. and a width of 4 inches, except for handicapped logo. The Contractor may apply paint utilizing rollers and/or brushes for marking painted dividers as shown on the Drawings. Hand applied markings shall be of the same quality as if applied by machine. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing, to the satisfaction of the Architect, tracking marks, spilled paint or paint applied in unauthorized areas. E. Existing pavement markings, which are not suitable to the new layout W shall be obliterated by the Contractor prior to application of new markings. 3 .07 CLEANUP A. All debris resulting from operations shall be removed daily and site shall be left clean at the completion of the Project. **End of Section** �e w w 2053/15220 02700 - 9 Pavements 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College standing water will be allowed around or before drainage reaches the drainage structure. C. If, at any time before the final acceptance of the work, any soft, imperfect areas shall develop in the surface, or low points that u� cause standing water develop all such places shall be removed, replaced with new materials and then compacted until the edges at which the new work connects with the old become invisible. D. The minimum pitch on all vehicular paved surfaces shall be 1.5% or 3/16 inch per foot pitch, unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. 00 E. No vehicular traffic or loads shall be permitted on the newly completed pavement until adequate stability has been attained and the material has cooled sufficiently to prevent distortion or loss .0 of fines. 3 .05 GRANITE CURB A. Set new granite curbing to the lines, elevations and locations as w indicated on the Drawings and as per Smith College Standards. B. Excavate, trench for curbs to a maximum width of 18 inches for the am proper installation of the curbing and full concrete cradle. The subgrade of the trench shall be a depth of twelve inches below the bottom of the curb. C. Fill all spaces under the curb with 2, 500 psi concrete so that the curb will be completely supported throughout its length. Set curb vertically at the line and grade as shown on the Drawings, unless 40 otherwise directed. D. Mortar shall be composed of 1 part Portland cement and 2 parts of sm sand by volume with sufficient water to form a workable mixture. E. Carefully fill joints between curb stones with cement mortar and neatly pointed on the to and exposed faces. After am Y p p p pointing, clean off all excess mortar and tool joints slightly below adjacent stone surfaces as approved by the Architect. Joint width between curbstones - 1/4 inch. g' 3 .06 PAVEMENT MARKING PAINT A. The Contractor shall be responsible for cleaning the pavement, to w the satisfaction of the Architect, of dust, dirt and other foreign material which may be detrimental to the adhesion of the paint film. B. The paint shall be applied only on thoroughly dry pavement surfaces, when the atmosphere temperature is at or above 40 degrees F and when the weather is otherwise favorable in the opinion of the Architect. w C. Painted pavement markings shall, unless otherwise noted herein, be applied with atomizing spray type striping machines. The equipment shall be compatible with and suitable for the application of the go type of paint being used. Applied markings shall have clean cut 2053/15220 02700 - 8 of Pavements so 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College W W I. Expansion material shall be one piece, extending from one inch below the surface of the concrete to one inch below the bottom of the slab at transverse expansion joints and longitudinally between concrete Nr sidewalks and curbs. J. All premolded expansion joints for concrete walks shall be sealed to within 1/2 inch of the surface of the concrete with a sealant PR compound as per Part 2 herein and applied with provision for a bond breaker in strict accordance with the manufacturer' s recommendation. Color of the sealant to be selected by the Architect. Prior to am installation of the sealant, the joint is to be cleaned out of all foreign material, and the premolded expansion material cut out if required to provide sealant groove one full inch deep. Sealing compound shall not be poured until all curing compound has been completely removed and the joint is thoroughly clean and dry. K. The Contractor shall keep the concrete work clean, aligned, and on protected from physical damage and freezing until final acceptance of the work. Any work damaged prior to the final acceptance of the work shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense. we 3 .04 FINISHING OF ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING SYSTEMS A. Finishing of vehicular bituminous concrete surface: For the purpose of testing the finished surfaces of the base courses and/or binder course and the top course of compacted mixtures, a ten foot (10) straightedge shall be used. The straightedge shall be carefully applied immediately after first compaction by rolling, and from then on, as may be necessary until and after the final compaction of the material in place. The straightedge shall be held in successive positions parallel to the direction of paving and in contact with the surface; and the entire area checked from one side to the other of the pavement. Any irregularity in the finished surface which varies more than 1/4 inch from a true surface shall be corrected. Any irregularity in the binder or base course which varies 3/8 inch ! or more from a true surface shall be corrected Irregularities which may develop before the completion of rolling and while the material is still workable may be remedied by loosening the surface mixture and removing or adding material as necessary. Any unsatisfactory irregularities, defects, or any standing water remaining after final compaction shall be corrected by removing and replacing with new material, as specified, to form a true and even surface. All minor surface projections, joints and minor honey-combed surfaces shall be ironed out smoothly to grade, as directed in the field by the Architect. Adequate and approved straightedges shall be furnished 40 and used by this Contractor. The Contractor shall provide or designate a competent employee whose duty shall be to carefully use the straightedge to check the compacted surfaces. B. Check for correct elevation and position of any manhole covers, grates and similar structures located within the areas to be paved and make, or have made, any necessary adjustments in such structures to bring them to the correct grade shown on the Drawings. No 2053/15220 02700 - 7 Pavements .. 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College ON 3 .03 CONCRETE PAVING/FLATWORK A. This work shall consist of constructing concrete flatwork to the extent required by the drawings and in profiles shown. Concrete shall be 4, 000 psi, air entrained. B. Concrete flatwork shall conform to the requirements of Section 476 of the Reference Standard except as otherwise noted. Comply with CRSI recommended practice for placing reinforcement steel, supports, and details. ww Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practical and lap adjoining pieces minimum of 2 full meshes. Lace splices with wire. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in any �s direction. The welded wire fabric for walkways shall be held off the sub-base material with 1.5 inch cement brick spacers. C. All horizontal concrete surfaces shall be brought to the proper grades by means of strike boards. The screeds shall then be removed and space filled with concrete which is well floated with a wood float in a manner that will thoroughly compact it and provide a smooth, even surface. D. All horizontal concrete walking surfaces shall receive the following treatment: After the water sheen has disappeared, the surface shall be troweled only enough to make smooth followed by a light brushing with a hair �w brush at right angles to the direction of the traffic or other approved treatment to give a non-slip finish. Coordinate with Section 03300. E. In no case will dusting with dry material to absorb surface water be permitted. F. Immediately after placing or finishing, protect concrete surface from loss of surface moisture for at least 6 days by any of the following: continuous spraying membrane-compound curing, covering with kraft paper, mats or burlap. Lap paper, mats or burlap 4 inches at edges and ends. Seal kraft paper. Use burlap only for unexposed surfaces and use two layers. G. Dummy joints for concrete walks shall be provided for all areas through the use of an approved jointer and edging tool. Depth of joints shall be at least 1 inch and be placed at intervals of 5 feet or as shown so that the finished walk will be marked in squares or as otherwise directed by the Architect. H. Transverse expansion joints for concrete walks shall extend the full depth of the slab and be spaced 20 feet apart or as otherwise shown or directed by the Architect. 2053/15220 02700 - 6 Pavements .s 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College ICI defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. 3 .02 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENTS A. Asphalt pavements shall consist of course construction shown and/or suitable- for intended application. w B. The construction details shall comply with the requirements specified in the referenced Standard. C. Bituminous paving mixtures shall be placed on surfaces having a temperature of 45 degrees F or greater unless otherwise authorized by the Architect. These items are subject to seasonal limitations, and shall be placed only during the period of April 1 to November 15. The Contractor shall schedule the paving operations such that all paving necessary to provide safe and adequate maintenance and !�+ protection of traffic or for protection of previously laid courses is completed within the weather and seasonal limitations. D. The finished pavement at joints shall comply with the surface smoothness requirements and exhibit the same uniformity of texture and compaction as other sections of the course. Rollers shall not pass over the unprotected edges of a freshly laid mixture unless permitted by the Architect. E. In the formation of all joints, the exposed edge of the existing ww layer that will become part of the joint shall be the full thickness of the layer and straight. If the existing edge is unacceptable, the edge shall be corrected by using a power driven saw or other approved tools to cut a neat line. F. A light coat of bituminous material shall be applied to existing pavement edges and/or surfaces in order to provide bond with the newly laid pavement. Care shall be taken to avoid spraying exposed concrete surfaces with the tack coat by appropriate protection methods. G. The surface shall be tested by the Contractor in the presence of the Architect with a 16 foot straightedge or string line placed parallel to the centerline of pavement and with a 10 foot straightedge or string line placed transversely to the centerline of pavement on any portion of the pavement surface. Variations exceeding 1/4 inch shall be satisfactorily corrected or the pavement relaid at no additional cost to the Owner. H. The thickness indicated for each of the various courses of bituminous pavement is the nominal thickness . The pavement shall be go so constructed that the final compacted thickness is as near to the nominal thickness as is practical, but in no case 1/8 inch less than the required thickness. 4W on 2053/15220 02700 - 5 Pavements 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College C. Supports: Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters, chairs, spacers and other re qu ired devices for spacing, su pporting or fastening wire fabric in place. 2 .04 PAVEMENT MARKING PAINT A. Fast Drying White Traffic Paint and Fast: Drying Yellow Traffic Point as specified in the "Standard Specifications" under Sections M7.01.10, and M7 .01.11, respectively. 2 .05 CURBING SYSTEMS A. Granite Block - New or used granite uniform in quality and texture; free from shale, excess mica; seams; scaling or evidence of disintegration. Blocks shall be rectangular in shape and of size indicated on the drawings; blocks shall be dressed so that they may be laid with a maximum 1-1/4 inch mortar joint as noted below. All blocks shall have one reasonably smooth split face with no projections or depressions over 1/4 inch. 2 . 06 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. All expansion joints for concrete work shall be minimum 1/2 inch thick, premolded non-extruding filler conforming to AASHTO Specification M 59. on B. Sealant - Type IA as per Section 07900. 4w C. Filter fabric shall be sheet structure of spunwoven polypropylene in 15 mil thickness with a minimum weight of 4.0 ounces (+/- 0.3 oz./sq. yd. ) per square yard and shall be similar and equal to "Typar" by DuPont. 'm 2 .07 RECLAIMED BASE COURSE A. The Contractor may at their option substitute reclaimed base course IN specified herein for Compacted Gravel Base Course for Pavements and Walks. B. Reclaimed base course shall conform to the applicable reference no standard as set forth in Part 1 above. C. Work shall consist of scarifying and pulverizing the in-place "" asphalt and/or concrete pavement and underlying gravel subbase, mixing and/or blending the material and spreading and compacting the resultant mixture. All scarified and pulverized material shall pass the 3 inch sieve. Material for blending shall conform to the requirements of fill material for gravel base course. we 2 .08 Balance of materials required for the execution of the work of this Section shall be as specified elsewhere in this Section. Part 3 - EXECUTION rR► 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any 2053/15220 02700 - 4 Pavements w» 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College A. Subgrades for pavements, walks and structures shall be true to line and grade after compaction with a maximum tolerance of 1/4 inch either way. Compaction shall be to a minimum of 95% maximum density at optimum moisture as specified in Section 02300 . B. Density test shall be ASTM D 1557-70, Method D. Testing shall be by a laboratory designated by the Architect and paid for by the Contractor. go C. Remove soft and yielding materials which will not compact readily when rolled or tamped. Replace with pavement base course or other approved fill material. Ram or roll until firm and level with adjacent grade. D. Check for correct elevations and position of all inlet grates, manhole covers, valve boxes and other site structures located within work areas and make any necessary adjustments to same. Coordinate with Section 02300. E. Subgrade shall be smooth, hard and dry prior to placement of paving system. ea Should subgrade become rutted or displaced due to any cause, the Contractor shall regrade and compact as per base specifications without additional payment. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All materials shall be governed by the applicable portions of the REFERENCE STANDARDS set forth in Part 1 above or as maybe modified herein. 2 .02 ASPHALTIC PAVING SYSTEMS A. Base Construction - M2 .01.7 B. Binder Course - M3 .11.03 C. Top Course - M3 .11.03 D. Patching Mix - M3 .11.03 2 .03 CONCRETE A. 4, 000 psi, 6% air entrained. go B. Forms, mesh, reinforcing and finish shall be as stipulated in reference standard or as modified by Section 03300 whichever is more 40 restrictive. 4w 2053/15220 02700 - 3 Pavements 8 November 2002 BID ISSUE Renovations to MCPA - Smith College tw B. All protection work and general operations shall be governed by the requirements of OSHA, as most recently amended. C. The Contractor shall take proper precautions not to damage any e� existing site conditions specifically excluded or excepted from the Contract and will be held solely responsible for any damage occurring during the course of the work under construction. .w The Contractor shall, at his own expense, make any and all repairs as required to restore to the original condition any area or item so damaged. u. D. During the construction period, the Contractor shall take special measures including, but not limited to, wetting down, adding approved dust palliatives, etc. , to control dust on site, in order to prevent annoyance and/or damage to adjacent property whether public or private. ewc E. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to keep streets, over which equipment and service for project travel, clean and free from dirt, dust, mud and debris resulting from construction operations. The actions taken shall meet the requirements of all parties having jurisdiction. F. REFERENCE STANDARD: All work herein shall be governed by the requirements set forth in Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges, as published by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Public Work, 1988 Edition, including all amendments thereto. w All payments shall be on a "Lump Sum" basis unless otherwise directed on the drawings or within these project specific specifications. .w 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Certification of Specification Compliance e�. B. Plant mix design for pavement systems, curbs and the like. C. Material samples and design mix for concrete to be used in pads, platforms and the like. D. Sieve tests of base courses for pavement systems. E. Samples of all other materials to be used in the work. F. Manufacturers Material Safet y Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 1.05 PREPARATION 2053/15220 02700 - 2 Pavements ""'° 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College ■ SECTION 02700 w PAVEMENTS AND SURFACING Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all paving, surfacing and preparation for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: NOTE: Paving and curbing shall meet the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) as well as (State and/or local regulations as applicable) requirements. Provide accessible parking spaces and barrier free access to the building, within the site and connecting to adjacent land uses. Provide clearly marked, barrier free pedestrian crosswalks and curb cuts to link the sites new pedestrian walks to existing sidewalks and roadways. 1. Provide new concrete flatwork in connection with Studio Theatre Lobby entrance; 6 inch reinforced 4000 psi, 6% air entrained concrete over base course; broom finish and treat with silane sealer. 2. Provide new and/or salvage and reset existing granite block curbs as shown. 3 . Patch, repair and extend existing asphaltic pavements; match course construction; all cuts shall be feathered. 4. Provide graphic markings. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Concrete material requirements and labor restrictions (03300) B. Site Preparation and Protection (02200) C. Earthwork (02300) D. Site Improvements (02800) E. Lawns and Grasses (02920) 0" F. Plain and Reinforced Concrete (03300) G. Mortars (04060) H. Unit Masonry (04800) e I. Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants (07900) 1. 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE ew A. The Contractor is cautioned that various items of other trades will be installed in conjunction with the work of site structures. The Contractor shall coordinate all items for proper installation ON including location and shop drawings as required. we 2053/15220 02700 - 1 Pavements 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College B. Prefabricated drainage matt system shall be placed on the exterior surface of the perimeter walls and/or as defined on the drawings. Said matt shall extend down to a minimum 6 inch thickness of crushed stone surrounding the perimeter drain pipe. Encase crushed stone by an envelope of filter fabric or protective cover as specified herein. C. Install drain piping to the elevations indicated on the drawings. Maintain a minimum 0.5% pitch in the direction of flow between spot W elevations indicated. D. Provide cleanouts as indicated on the drawings. Cleanouts shall be approved by the Architect to insure same are suitable for "finish" conditions. E. Apply select fill material on filter fabric over crushed stone fill at perimeter drains. Place and compact material as specified in Section 02300 . Carry fill material to within 6 inches of finished grade, or subgrade, and slope away from building perimeter. **End of Section** a� 2053/15220 02620 - 3 Sub Drains 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College C. Sieve analysis of back fill material. D. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 GENERAL - All materials shall be governed by the applicable portions of the REFERENCE STANDARDS set forth in Part 1 above or as maybe modified herein. 2 .02 UNDERDRAIN AND FOUNDATION DRAIN SYSTEMS A. Drainage filter system shall be a prefabricated mat system as manufactured by one of the following: 1. "Enkadrain 9120" by COLBOND Geosynthetics 2. "Miradrain 6000" by TC MiraDRI 3 . "Ameridrain" by American Wick Drain Corporation B. Pipe materials shall be a minimum of 6 inches in diameter unless otherwise shown: 1. Corrugated polyethylene tubing system complete with all accessories - Advance Drainage Systems. w 2 . "Perforated PVC" - Geon or Manville 2. 03 BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIALS - See Section 02300. wee 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS A. Underdrain filter fabric envelope shall be as specified in Section 02200. .� 2 .05 Balance of materials shall be as indicated on the drawings and/or specified elsewhere in this Section. Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. 3 . 02 INSTALLATION A. Installation of underdrains and filter system shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations; coordinate with ®' all applicable related trades to insure complete and proper installation. 2053/15220 02620 - 2 Sub Drains 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 02620 SUB DRAINS Im Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL to 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, w materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all sub drains for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Provide underdrain drain system connected to nearest utility structure at ramp wall locations at new Studio Theatre Lobby '0" entrance. Patch existing paving as required by line run. 2 . Provide cleanouts at all changes in direction and at maximum of 100 foot runs unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. ,on 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Earthwork (02300) B. Pavements and Surfacing (02700) C. Site Improvements (02800) so D. Plain and Reinforced Concrete (03300) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 0 A. Requirements given herein may be affected by other related requirements of the project specifications. Correlation of all contract requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. in B. This Contractor shall connect to storm drain lines at a point 5 feet outside the building lines. All drain lines within -a point 5 feet outside the building lines, shall be as specified in Plumbing. so C. Agency Standards 1. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) 2 . Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges, as published by the Department of Public Work, 1988 Edition, including all amendments thereto. All payments shall be on a "Lump Sum" basis unless otherwise directed on the drawings or within these project specific specifications. 1. 04 SUBMITTALS A. All materials to be incorporated in the work. e�w B. Certification of Specification Compliance. 2053/15220 02620 - 1 Sub Drains .. 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w� B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. C. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Architect; reshape and recompact. D. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. E. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest extent possible. 3 .19 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS w A. Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property. B. Transport surplus satisfactory soil to designated storage areas on Owner's property. Stockpile or spread soil as directed by Architect. .w C. Remove waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner' s property. .w 3 .20 CLEANUP A. All areas within the project site shall be raked clean of all trash, wood forms and other debris upon completion of the work specified .w herein, spoil piles leveled and excess materials disposed of as directed by the Architect. .w, B. Any soil or similar material which has been brought onto paved areas by hauling operations or otherwise shall be removed promptly, keeping these areas clean at all times. **End of Section** w 2053/15220 02300 - 16 Earthwork 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College �t seeded or sodded areas, the Contractor shall remove all erosion control devices. 3 .16 APPROVAL OF SUBGRADE A. Notify Architect when excavations have reached required subgrade. B. If Architect determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or fill material as directed. C. Additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for me according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. D. Proof roll subgrade with heavy pneumatic-tired equipment to identify so soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof roll wet or saturated subgrades. E. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, ON accumulated water, or construction activities, as directed by Architect. F. If construction is performed during freezing weather, backfill subgrades and footings to a depth of 4 feet as soon as possible after they are constructed. Alternatively, use insulating blankets or other approved means for protection against freezing. 3 .17 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES - Coordinate with Sections 02700 and 02800 A. Under pavements and walks, place subbase course material on prepared subgrades. Place base course material over subbases to pavements. B. Compact subbase and base courses at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections and thickness to not less than 95 percent of ASTM D 1557 relative density. C. Shape subbase and base to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades. D. When thickness of compacted subbase or base course is 6 inches or less, place materials in a single layer. E. When thickness of compacted subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches, place materials in equal layers, with no layer more than 6 inches thick or less than 3 inches thick when compacted. F. Pavement Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of subbase and base course to prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders at least 12 inches wide of acceptable soil materials and compact simultaneously with each subbase and base layer. 3 .18 PROTECTION A. Protecting Graded Areas : Protect newly graded areas from traffic, IM freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. M 2053/15220 02300 - 15 Earthwork 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w� 2 . Foundation Wall Backfill: At each compacted backfill layer, at least one test for each 100 feet or less of wall length, but no fewer than two tests. 3 . Trench Backfill: At each compacted initial and final backfill layer, at least one test for each 150 feet or less of trench ** length, but no fewer than two tests. E. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. w 3 .14 FINE GRADING OF SUBGRADE FOR FLOOR SLABS AND POROUS FILL A. All areas within the building walls shall be fine graded to receive concrete slabs to be placed thereon, same to be shaped to a plane ..� parallel to the finished concrete surface. B. Set grade stakes over the area to be fine graded and use hand or wee machine methods to cut and fill to the required subgrade level. C. Take special care with backfills at piers and perimeters to avoid creating depressions at slab ledges. D. Drainage fill under grade slabs shall be crushed stone as specified in Part 2 and shall be placed as for backfills above. 3 .15 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL A. Contractor shall be responsible for all control measures necessary to prevent damage resulting from erosion and sedimentation to on- site and off-site areas. B. Temporary de-silting basins, terraces, contour furrows, channel w. linings, waterways or other measures shall be installed in a manner satisfactory to the Architect and maintained in good operating condition. ww C. Contractor shall provide adequate protection or complete the grading and placement of topsoil, seed or sod as specified without delay on areas that may be potential contributors to pollution of natural waterways or cause damage because of sedimentation. Where areas are seeded or sodded, the Contractor shall provide required maintenance and repair until final acceptance. D. System shall consist of application of matting immediately after seeding (where applicable) and/or bank establishment. Drape fabric wee loosely, do not stretch. At top of slope form a trench 4 inch deep and staple fabric in same at 12 inch centers and tamp backfill. Lay fabric parallel to slope and lap ends 12 inches and start with top set in 4 inch trench and stapled as above. Provide erosion checks at 50 foot intervals as and/if required by the Architect. E. Upon satisfactory completion of the work and establishment of all ww ■w 2053/15220 02300 - 14 Earthwork 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College e# 1. Ordinary fill, as specified herein above, is required for all fill and backfill where crushed stone or gravel fill has not been specified herein above or on the Drawings. 2 . Place ordinary fill in uniform lifts not exceeding 6 inches (compacted thickness) and compact to 95 percent maximum dry density below the base course of pavements and of exterior slabs. W 3 .12 COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS (Coordinate with Section 02700) A. Degree of compaction shall be in accordance with the following minimum densities as determined by ASTM D 1557-91, Modified Procter. Fill and Backfill Location Percent/Max.Density 1. Under Structure Foundations 95% 2 . Top 2 feet under pavement, retaining 95% and foundation wall backfill and building slab on grade base course 3 . Below top 2 feet under pavement, 920 foundation wall backfill, and building slab on grade base course on 4. Trench backfill inside of building shall be compacted to degree set forth above for respective areas. 5. Common fill within the top 3 feet of 92% grade in grassed areas 6. In grassed areas below 3 feet of grade 90% 10 3 .13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent geotechnical engineering testing agency to perform field quality- control testing. B. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with subsequent earthwork only after test results for previously completed work comply with requirements. C. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades, at least one test of each soil stratum will be performed to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other footing subgrades may be based on a visual comparison of subgrade with tested subgrade s when approved by Structural Engineer. D. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2167, ASTM D 2922, and ASTM D 2937, as applicable. Tests will be performed at the following locations and frequencies: 1. Paved and Building Slab Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, at least one test for every 2000 sq. ft. or less of paved area or building slab, but in no case fewer than three tests. 'P 2053/15220 02300 - 13 Earthwork 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College and existing finished grades, except that the surface shall be rounded at abrupt changes in slopes . Care shall be exercised in grading all flat areas so as to prevent low spots and water pockets. ++� Should figures for finished grades conflict with grade contours shown, the figures shall govern. .. C. Material shall be placed in evenly distributed layers over entire area, spread and compacted as specified herein. ww 3 .11 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS (Coordinate with Field Testing Outline, most restrictive provisions will apply) A. Placing Crushed Stone 1. Crushed stone, as specified herein above, shall be provided as follows: a. For a 6 inch thickness below the lowest level slab on grade as shown of the Drawings. b. Around foundation drains. C. As underdrain filter material. d. Elsewhere as shown on the Drawings or specified herein. 2 . Place crushed stone in uniform lifts not exceeding 6 inches (compacted thickness) and compact with a minimum of four (4) passes of a vibratory plate or roller type compactor. 3 . Hand tamp crushed stone around foundation drains and underdrains to avoid dislocation of pipes. .�u B. Placing Gravel Fill 1. Gravel fill, as specified herein above, shall be provided as follows: ..r a. For a minimum 6 inch thickness below the crushed stone under the lowest level slab on grade and directly under the other slabs on grade as shown on the Drawings. ww b. Within the building area to replace over excavated unsuitable materials. All fill within the building area and for support of new slabs and footings, not specifically designated as crushed stone, shall be gravel fill. C. As backfill around foundation walls, coordinate with Section 07110/07130 for dampproofing/waterproofing and wda protective course/drainage mat/insulation. d. Elsewhere as shown on the Drawings or specified herein. 2 . Place gravel fill uniform lifts not exceeding 6 inches r (compacted thickness) and compact to 95 percent of maximum dry density. 3 . Gravel fill within the building area shall be placed and compacted under continuous monitoring by the Structural Engineer. C. Placing Ordinary Fill wu+ 2053/15220 02300 - 12 Earthwork 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College excavation banks in safe and stable condition. For sheetpiling, go bracing, shoring use ample strength sound timber and/or structural steel shapes of sufficient dimensions. B. Before proceeding with sheetpiling, bracing and shoring, the Contractor shall prepare and furnish detail Drawings of proposed methods for approval. Remove such work when directed after necessity for same ceases. C. Work removed or damaged through installation or removal of temporary protective work or through improper protection shall be replaced and/or repaired in approved manner at Contractor's expense. D. All sheetpiling, shoring and other work shall be carried on in such manner as not to interfere with the progress of the work. If it is found necessary to pull sheetpiling or change the position of the shoring, braces, spurs and/or other items in order to permit the construction work to proceed, this Contractor shall do this work. At completion of work, he shall pull all sheetpiling,p g, remove all shoring, bracing and spurs and remove same from property. E. The Contractor shall do all bracing, sheathing and shoring necessary to perform and protect all excavation as indicated in the drawings, as required for safety, or to conform to governing laws. No extra payment will be made for any bracing, sheathing and shoring. 3 .10 FILLING, BACKFILLING AND GRADING - General A. Provide material conforming to referenced Standards as specified in Part 2 of this Section for all additional required fill at no cost to the Owner if sufficient quality or quantity of suitable material is not available on site. 1. Areas to be filled shall be natural undisturbed soil, and shall be free of construction debris, refuse, compressible or decayable materials and standing water. Do not place fill '! when subgrade or layers below it are unsuitable. 2 . Notify the Architect when excavations are ready for inspection. Filling shall not be started until conditions have been approved by the Architect. 3 . Furnish approved materials, place fill in layers not exceeding 6 inches compacted thickness and compact as specified below for various fill conditions. 4. Before filling against walls, the permanent structures must be completed and sufficiently aged to attain strength required to resist fill pressures without damage. Temporary bracing of MR the permanent structure walls will not be permitted. Correct any damage to the structure caused by filling operations at no cost to Owner. Place no stones over 4 inches in diameter ON closer than 18 inches to wall surfaces. B. Finished grades not otherwise indicated shall be uniform levels or so slopes between points where levels are given or between such points 2053/15220 02300 - 11 Earthwork Wft 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College go D. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface tolerances. 40 E. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to required elevations within no the following tolerances: 1. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch. w 2 . Walks: Plus or minus 1 inch. 3 . Pavements: Plus or minus 1/2 inch. 4. Grading inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance of 1/2 inch when tested with a 10-foot straightedge. OR F. If directed, remove unstable soil and replace with sand or gravel thoroughly compacted, all at unit cost either stated in the so Agreement or in accordance with Article 7 of the Conditions. 3 .08 EXCAVATION - Foundations A. Excavate, on a unclassified basis, for all footings, piers, grade ew beams, foundation walls and the like for all other items noted in scope of work plus ample space for inspection and for construction operations. Do not backfill until subsurface work has been inspected by the Structural Engineer. B. Bottoms of all excavations shall be properly leveled and trimmed to the lines and grades required for the work. Hand trim all footing excavations so that footings shall bear on undisturbed soil of the required bearing capacity. If directed by the Structural Engineer, carry footings to lower elevations than those indicated on drawings to obtain suitable capacity. Compensation will be made as per "C" below. C. If directed by the Structural Engineer or representative thereof upon finding of unstable soil, remove said unstable soil and replace with sand or gravel thoroughly compacted, all at unit cost either stated in the Agreement or in accordance with Article 7 of the Conditions. If the Contractor, without authorization, should excavate more than .. shown on the drawings or specified, such excess excavation will not be paid for as extra work, and the Contractor shall refill said excavation with materials as below, at their sole expense. e� 1. Under footings: Concrete as specified for footings. 2 . Under slabs: Well compacted, approved, clean earth or bank run gravel, to the underside of the porous fill. ww If such excess excavation results from any error of the Contractor, he/she shall bear the cost of the excess excavation and the filling to required level. so 3 .09 SHORING, SHEETPILING AND BRACING A. Where and when required, install sheetpiling, braced to maintain 1e 2053/15220 02300 - 10 Earthwork so 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College by the Architect and/or Owner's Representative. ON C. Upon completion of the operations, nothing shall remain within the limits of the work which was deposited as a result of the clearing and grubbing operations. 3 .06 TOPSOIL - STRIPPING, SCREENING AND STOCKING A. Stripping: Prior to starting general excavation or building renovations, all topsoil from exterior lawn areas to be excavated, filled, regraded and resurfaced shall be stripped to its full depth and stockpiled in approved locations for later reuse. All stockpiled loam shall be protected from wind and water erosion as specified herein. All stockpiled topsoil shall be tested for suitability as loam as specified, performed and paid for in Section 02920. If topsoil can' t meet the specifications for loam as specified under the aforementioned Sections, it may be used as ordinary fill if it meets the requirements as specified. All topsoil that is found under paved areas shall be stripped and either used as fill, if it meets the -requirements for fill, or removed from the site and disposed of in a legal manner. B. Contractor shall have the existing topsoil tested for reuse as loam as specified, performed and paid for in Section 02920, and submit the results to the Architect for review. Stockpiled topsoil may be used as general borrow for fill under lawn and landscaped areas provided that the material conforms to the specifications of Section 02317, for testing and general borrow. C. Loam borrow that is deemed by the Architect to be suitable for reuse on site as loam shall be mechanically screened through a 3/4 inch by 6 inch screen prior to stockpiling operation. Remove and discard a* all debris left from the screening operation off site in a legal manner. D. Topsoil shall be deemed unsuitable and shall be removed from the site and legally disposed if one of the following can not be achieved: 1. Topsoil which is not suitable for use as general borrow 2 . Topsoil which is not suitable for use as loam borrow as specified and tested under the requirements of Section 02920. E. Contractor shall not remove existing topsoil from the contract limits of Work without the written approval of the Architect. The Contractor shall not remove topsoil from the contract limits of Work if forbidden to do so by local Town or City ordinances/laws. so 3 .07 EXCAVATION AND GRADING - General A. Excavation and grading work shall include the shaping of the site as shown to accommodate the construction contemplated under this go Contract and to comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. B. Coordinate with Section 02315 for trench work requirements . die C. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades. w 2053/15220 02300 - 9 Earthwork 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College No material shall be burned on the project site, or on the Owner's property. G. "Rough grading" shall mean excavating or filling to elevations indicated, with the additional required depths described herein. The permissible tolerance of rough grading within an area 100 feet w square, shall not exceed plus or minus 0.2 feet. The cost of required fill or additional topsoil or materials resulting from rough grades lower than as designed, shall be borne by the Contractor. H. Clearing is defined as removing from the site trees, brush, shrubs, down timber, rotten wood, rubbish, and other vegetation, as well as wo removing fences and incidental structures. I. Grubbing is defined as completely removing from the ground all stumps 1/2 inch diameter and larger, roots and stubs, organic materials and debris. 3 .02 EXISTING PLANTING IDENTIFICATION - GENERAL - See Section 02200 3 .03 EXISTING PLANTING PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE - See Section 02200 w� 3 .04 TREE AND STUMP REMOVAL A. Tree Removals: Trees shall be removed in accordance with accepted industry standards and procedures and in accordance with following minimum requirements. 1. Extreme care shall be taken so as to prevent limbs, branches, and trunks from falling and creating property damage to .e buildings, sidewalks, streets, lawns and other property both private and public. 2 . Limbs and branches larger than 4 inches in diameter shall be wu lowered to the ground through the use of ropes or a mechanical device. 3 . Trunk shall not be left higher than 6 inches above ground surface. .eu 4. Debris and logs shall not be left at the work site overnight without the express written consent of the Owner' s Representative. rw S. It shall be the responsibility of the selected contractor to REMOVE AND DISPOSE OFF SITE AT HIS/HER EXPENSE IN A SAFE MANNER ALL LOGS, BRUSH AND DEBRIS RESULTING FROM THE TREE REMOVAL OPERATION UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE OWNER. w� 3 .05 DISPOSAL OF CLEARED AND GRUBBED MATERIAL A. Non-combustible materials resulting from clearing and grubbing shall be removed from the site. B. Combustible materials shall be chipped and stored in area designated r 2053/15220 02300 - 8 Earthwork F 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 111t or approved equal. B. Haybales and/or sandbags shall be as approved by the governing authorities. Haybales shall be in good condition and shall be new. 2.06 TIMBER FOR SHEETING AND BRACING A. All timber used for sheeting and bracing shall be sound and free from any defects that may impair its strength. Timber shall be rough sawn, and any grade of spruce, Douglas fir, white or yellow Lodgepole or Ponderosa pine, or Western hemlock plank. B. Timber shall have the requisite strength for the purpose intended and shall not split in fabrication or driving. Deformed or split timber shall not be used. Where approved by the Engineer, secondhand lumber may be y used provided it is free of any defects which might impair its strength and tightness. C. All timber used shall be furnished and placed by the Contractor. Part 3 - EXECUTION ANt 3 . 01 DEFINITIONS A. All excavation is unclassified and the cost thereof shall be included in the Bid Price. Unclassified excavation includes, but is not limited to: earth, rubbish, plain or reinforced concrete, hard pan, soft rock, rock, clay, quicksand, boulders masonry, metal and other items or materials encountered. B. Words "excavating, " "excavate, " or "excavation, " "carried down, " "remove, " mean removal of all existing work or materials. C. Excavation shall include all supplementary items normal to 0.0 excavation work. Included, but not limited to those items, are generally the following: shoring, bracing, piling and underpinning of unexcavated areas; sloping of walls of unexcavated areas so as to maintain those areas stable and safe; relocation, distribution, or disposal of excavated materials as specified. D. "Finished grades, " "finished grade lines, " "level" or "levels, " "elevation" or "elevations" mean finished elevations as indicated on the drawings. E. The term "Site" generally refers to that area within the Contract Limit Lines or as may otherwise be defined on the drawings. F. "Disposal" shall mean safe and legal disposal off the project site, or off the Owner's property. �w 2053/15220 02300 - 7 Earthwork 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College ew C. Protect all in-place footings and slabs from frost. 40 Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL - All materials shall be governed by the applicable portions of so the REFERENCE STANDARDS set forth in Part 1 above. 2 .02 SELECT STRUCTURAL FILL (Granular Fill) A. Well graded natural sand and gravel free from organic material, loam, trash, snow, ice, frozen soil and other objectionable material and shall be well graded and conforming to the following gradation: U.S. SIEVE NO. TOTAL % PASSING BY WEIGHT Max. Min. 4" --- 100 1" 100 60 4 85 25 20 55 10 so 40 35 5 200 5 --- (Reference Test Method ASTM D 422) w 2 .03 CRUSHED STONE A. All material to be placed where Specifications or Drawings call for No crushed stone shall be clean washed gravel or crushed stone conforming to ASTM Designation C 33 Size 57, 1 inch to No. 4, graded as follows: am U.S. SIEVE NO. TOTAL % PASSING BY WEIGHT Max. Min. 1" --- 100 3/4" 100 90 3/8 55 20 4 10 0 .�. 8 5 0 2 .04 FILTER FABRIC: a polypropylene geotextile which is chemically and biologically inert, similar and equal to that as manufactured by: A. "Mirafi 140N" , manufactured by Ten Cate Nicolan; B. "Poly Filter-X" , manufactured by Carthage Mills, Cincinnati, OH; ris C. "Supac-5P" , manufactured by Phillips Fibers Corporation, Greenville, Sc. 40 2 .05 EROSION CONTROL A. Sedimentation control system shall complete including silt fence, hardwood or metal posts, etc. as manufactured by: ON 1. Ten Cate Nicolan - "Envirofence System" 2 . Akzo Nobel - "Enkamat System" 3 . Webtec, Inc. - "EconoFence" go 2053/15220 02300 - 6 ~o Earthwork op 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 40 40 Elevations shall be verified from existing bench marks by a licensed surveyor. This work supplements the requirements of Section 00700. on Notify the Architect for inspection after work is laid out and prior to start of any excavation. 10 H. All underpinning, construction of temporary or permanent bracing systems for excavations, and other constructions affecting support of adjacent properties or buildings shall be designed by a 40 Professional Engineer employed by the Contractor. 1.06 SOIL TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES ew A. Testing of compacted materials shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory approved by the Architect and paid for by the Owner. Testing will be performed so as to least encumber the performance of the work. COORDINATE WITH SECTION 01410. B. When work of this Section or portions of work are completed, notify the testing laboratory to perform density testing. Do not proceed with additional portions of the work until results have been verified. C. If, during progress of the work, tests indicate that compacted ON materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at no additional cost to the Owner, as directed by the Architect. 00 1.07 PUMPING AND DEWATERING A. The ground adjacent to all excavation shall be graded to prevent water running in. Keep excavations free from water. No claims for additional cost will be allowed for pumping and draining required for excavations. !" It shall be assumed that the Contractor has fully familiarized himself with subsurface conditions and that his bid has included all necessary drainage costs for the work under this section. 1.08 FROST PROTECTION A. Make no excavations to full depth indicated when freezing temperatures may be expected, unless footings or slabs can be poured immediately after excavation has been completed. B. Protect bottoms so excavated from frost if placing of concrete is 00 delayed. Protect the subgrade of in-place footings from frost. �r Should protection fail, remove frozen materials and replace with concrete or gravel fill as directed at no cost to the Owner. ON 2053/15220 02300 - 5 Earthwork ow 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w C. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of the following with requirements indicated: 1. Classification according to ASTM D 2487 of each on-site or borrow soil material proposed for fill and backfill. r� 2. Laboratory compaction curve according to ASTM D 1557 for each on-site or borrow soil material proposed for fill and backfill. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. All protection work and general operations shall be governed by the requirements of OSHA, as most recently amended; as well as by Local and State environmental requirements. B. Existing grades and other existing conditions are shown on the drawings to the best knowledge of the Architect. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to visit the site and to verify all existing conditions . C. The Contractor shall take proper precautions not to damage any existing site conditions specifically excluded or excepted from the Contract and will be held solely responsible for any damage occurring during the course of the work under construction. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, make any and all repairs as required to restore to the original condition any area or item so damaged or disturbed due to work required by this Contract. D. During the construction period, the Contractor shall take special measures including, but not limited to, wetting down, applying approved dust palliatives, etc. , to control dust on site, in order to prevent annoyance and/or damage to adjacent property, whether public or private. w, COORDINATE WITH ENTIRE SECTION 01560 WITH SPECIFIC ATTENTION DIRECTED TO REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH THEREIN CONCERNING MAINTENANCE OF sw PUBLIC WAYS. E. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to keep streets, over which equipment and service for project travel, clean and free from dirt, dust, mud and debris resulting from construction operations. The actions taken shall meet the requirements of all parties having jurisdiction. Coordinate with the applicable requirements of Division #1. F. The Drawings show the Project Property and Contract Limit Lines for ww the sole purpose of identification. Not all contract work is necessarily confined within these lines. G. As specified in Section 01050, all work shall be laid out by the Contractor giving all points, lines and levels from established points on the Contract Drawings and those control points and center line layout provided by the Owner. 2053/15220 02300 - 4 Earthwork 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College F. Plain and Reinforced Concrete (03300) G. Masonry Restoration - Brick (04910) H. Rough Carpentry (06100) I. Slate Roofing (07314) J. Membrane Roofing (EPDM) (07530) K. Flashing and Sheet Metal (07600) L. Elevators (14200) M. Fire Protection (Division 15) N. Plumbing (Division 15) 0. HVAC (Division 15) P. Electrical Work (Division 16) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCE STANDARD: All work herein shall be governed by the requirements set forth in Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges, as published by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Public Work, 1988 Edition, including all amendments thereto. All payments shall be on a "Lump Sum" basis unless otherwise directed on the drawings or within these project specific on specifications. B. Requirements given herein may be affected by other related requirements of the project specification. Correlation of contract requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. C. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies 1. Comply with all municipal, state and federal laws, ordinances, rules, orders and regulations pertaining to the work, specifically including applicable portions of reference Standard Specifications referred to Paragraph 1.03 .A above. 2 . Comply with applicable requirements of American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Standard A10.6-1969, Safety Requirements for Demolition. D. Notify, as outlined in Section 02200, all corporations, companies, individuals or local authorities owning, or having jurisdiction over, utilities running to, through or across areas disturbed by demolition operations. E. Preexcavation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Meetings. " 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. B. Product Data: Each type of plastic warning tape. 40 2053/15220 02300 - 3 Earthwork 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College up herein. 7 . Provide bank retention systems as required to insure stability of excavations and surrounding construction including shoring, bracing, sheetpiling and similar protective construction all as specified herein. ,ee 8. Provide underslab drainage course and foundation bedding at both patched areas and Studio Theatre entrance ramp/walks/stairs, coordinate with Section 03300 for placement and timing operations. 9 . Perform trenching operations in connection with new underground plumbing lines, sump pump and other such items; coordinate with Division 15 as to scope and extent of work. WM 10. Secure required permits and approvals from municipality, utility companies, and other governing bodies having jurisdiction. 11. Provide, in conjunction with Section 02200, all site protection, enclosures and other temporary construction and protection required by conditions, ordinances, etc. , including all fences, barricades, guard rails, warning lights and other items as necessary and required by life safety codes. 12 . Perform cleanup and maintenance of site and surrounding accessways during entire project operations; coordinate with Section 02200. 13 . Provide all other items of excavation, filling and related work reasonably inferred by the drawings to make the work of this section complete. NOTES: Conduct the work of this Section and companion Sections within this Division 2 all with rime consideration p given to the following: 1. Compliance with governing laws and building codes. Special attention is directed to Sections 01010 and 01600 in which time and work restrictions are placed as same concerns "excavations" as well as storage of materials, work times, etc. 2 . Safety, protection, and convenience of the public and workmen. 3 . Protection of the existing building structure, materials and finishes to remain from damage. 4. Minimization of dirt and dust proliferation. 5. Neat and accurate cutting and trimming of elements to be partially removed, subject to the Architect' s approval. , 6 . Avoidance of any damage to existing vegetation to remain. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) B. Site Preparation and Protection (02200) C. Pavements and Surfacing (02700) D. Site Improvements (02800) E. Lawns and Grasses (02920) we 2053/15220 02300 - 2 Earthwork 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 02300 EARTHWORK Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. NOTE: Section is fully complementary with Section 02200 regarding requirements, M restrictions, materials, means and methods and language included therein applies in full to this Section as if repeated hereinafter. go Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all excavation, grading, shaping, backfill and related work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Implement Tree Protection plan as specified in Sections 02200 and Attachment thereto and provide and maintain Erosion Controls as set forth in accordance with land management plan and local environmental rules and regulations as follows wo using: a. Silt fencing; b. Hay bale barriers; tug C. Temporary covers for drainage structures; It is a contract requirement that the entire work area at the new Studio Theatre Lobby entrance be stabilized with an erosion control mat system which will remain in place and be removed, as applicable, by ensuing contract work. Further, protect existing on and off site features designated to on remain. 2 . Strip and stock topsoil within areas subjected to regrading and construction of improvements. 3 . Perform excavation and backfill operations in connection with new elevator pit, sump pit and the like. All work shall be classified as "earth" and shall be removed by hand. In the event rock is encountered, same shall be removed by mechanical means under an agreed unit price or time and expense at the option of the College. 4. Perform required excavation, grading and shaping as necessary to receive new accessible entrance at Studio Theatre Lobby; coordinate with Sections 02700, 02800 and 03300. 5. Remove all excavated material not suitable for filling and In backfilling, or not required for such purposes, from the site at the Contractor' s expense. 6 . Perform all pumping, dewatering, etc. , necessary to maintain excavated spaces free of accumulated water as specified M 2053/15220 02300 - 1 Earthwork 40 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 40 3 .01 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE go A. Examine all surfaces and contiguous elements to receive work of this section and correct, as part of the Work of this Contract, any defects affecting installation. gg Commencement of work will be construed as complete acceptability of surfaces and contiguous elements. °o 3 .02 PROCEDURE A. Upon approval of the Architect and Engineer of the depth and material it is proposed to underpin to, the length of the space r shall be divided into an approved number of spaces which shall be excavated and underpinned by digging alternate holes and connecting same one by one progressively until the complete wall is MR underpinned. B. Sections may be worked on simultaneously only if they are at least 3 sections apart. op C. Steel template plates and steel wedges of suitable size and thickness shall be set for each item of underpinning and wedges no shall be driven to transfer the load when concrete has sufficiently set and before any adjacent excavation for underpinning has been made. D. In place of steel plates and wedges, an open space may be left and packed with dry mix of sand and lumnite cement. etw E. Separate sections of underpinning concrete shall be keyed together with keyways. **End of Section** g' go 40 2053/15220 02259 - 5 Underpinning 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College �w B. Restoration: the correction by repair or replacement of those portions of a structure which are damaged, removed or altered by the Contractor during the work of this Contract. Restoration shall be to the equivalent condition existing prior to the start of construction and which is acceptable to Architect. , C. Structure: any building, utility, pavement or similar facility. w� D. Support: the facilities required to prevent movement of existing structures until completion of underpinning. E. Temporary excavation support: the temporary support elements designed and constructed by the Contractor to retain and support the earth adjacent to excavations and the structures founded within this adjacent earth during construction. F. Underpinning: the permanent support element(s) designed and constructed by the Contractor as the permanent support element(s) to transmit foundation loads and retain adjacent soil to prevent detrimental foundation movements and to adequately support the structure during and after construction. Underpinning also includes the earthwork, temporary excavation support and construction so dewatering necessary to safely and properly perform the underpinning work. on Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .01 CONCRETE (Coordinate With Section 03300) A. Concrete work shall conform to the Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete (ACI 318) and the Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings (ACI 301) . 1. Concrete for underpinning shall have a 28 day strength of 4000 psi, a maximum slump of 3 inches and shall contain a water reducing agent if required by the Contractors ' underpinning design. "0f 2 . Reinforcing steel: conform to ASTM A 615. 3 . Mortar for drypack: a crumbly dry 1:1.5 mixture of cement and concrete sand mixed slightly damp to the touch. ' 2 .02 WOOD LAGGING A. Timber lagging shall be at least 3 inches thick and shall be structural grade, having a minimum allowable working stress of 1100 psi. B. Basis for determination of minimum allowable working stress shall be ASTM D 2555 and D 245 . 2 .03 STRUCTURAL STEEL - See Section 05500 for material requirements. Part 3 - EXECUTION 2053/15220 02259 - 4 Underpinning 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College AIII criteria if, in the opinion of Architect, measured or observed movements are detrimental or damaging. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following information in accordance with Section 01300 at least 3 weeks prior to the start of underpinning, earth excavation and installation of temporary excavation support system elements: 1. Verification, by field inspection including test pits if necessary, of foundation loads, locations, geometry, sizes and conditions of the portions of the existing structures and footings requiring underpinning or temporary protection. Identify such locations and elevations with reference to survey monitoring points on baseline survey. 2 . Shop drawings, calculations, details and written sequence indicating the Contractor's proposed scheme, staging and methods of underpinning and temporarily supporting existing structures adjacent to new construction which require 4' underpinning or support. Submittal shall address both horizontal and vertical loading. The sequential relationship of underpinning to related work shall be clearly defined. Submittal shall be prepared and stamped by a professional structural engineer registered in the g g jurisdiction of the Work employed by or retained by the Contractor. Aw 3 . Copies of all permits, consents and agreements required from the appropriate jurisdictional agencies for the prosecution of the work. B. Review of the Contractor's shop drawings, design calculations, submittals and methods of construction by the Architect and/or Engineer of Record shall not relieve the Contractor of sole responsibility for the adequacy of design, preventing damage to adjacent structures and other work, job safety, and any of the other responsibilities specified herein. C. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 1.05 DESIGN AND INSPECTION A. All underpinning, construction of temporary or permanent bracing systems for excavations, and other constructions affecting support so of adjacent properties or buildings shall be designed by a Professional Engineer employed by the Contractor. 1.06 DEFINITIONS A. Protection: the method or means of prevention of damage to existing structures. 2053/15220 02259 - 3 Underpinning 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College B. Before any excavation for underpinning is done, the wall above shall have exact referenced settlement and horizontal control points placed thereon by an Engineer in Contractor's employ and during progress of underpinning a careful record of same shall be kept. 40 Any settlement noted during the work shall be promptly corrected and on completion no settlement shall be allowed to remain without correction. wr C. Performance Criteria: 1. The underpinning systems shall control potential movements of the buildings to prevent damage to the structures. Criteria for Threshold and Limiting movements of underpinned structures with respect to preconstruction elevations have been established as follows: 40 a. Threshold Vertical Movement: no greater than 0 .50 inch. b. Limiting Vertical Movement: no greater than 0.50 inch. The criteria apply to movement at any time relative to preconstruction elevations. 2 . The Contractor shall notify Architect and shall take immediate steps to control further movement by revisiting their procedures, providing supplemental bracing or other measures .w (working 24 hours per day or temporarily terminating work in the area of movement if necessary) as required, if any of the following occur: a. Field measurements indicate that any of the Threshold movement criteria are reached or exceeded. b. Field measurements or observations indicate that wu significant or sustained movements are occurring (total movement may be less than the Limiting movement criteria) . 3 . If Limiting movements are being approached or reached, Architect may require the Contractor to temporarily terminate the work in the area where such movement is occurring and implement, at no cost to the Owner, all necessary mitigation measures which are satisfactory to Architect to arrest the movements. �. 4. The performance criteria listed above is intended only to establish a guideline, and in no way relieve the Contractor of responsibility for p y preventing detrimental movements or damage causing structural distress. The Contractor shall take any and all steps necessary to control movements to the established performance criteria, or to lesser amounts, if required, to prevent damage. Architect shall require the Contractor, at no additional cost to Architect, to take steps to control movements to levels which are less than the 2053/15220 02259 - 2 Underpinning g 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College wo SECTION 02259 go UNDERPINNING Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all underpinning work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Underpin all walls, footings, columns and other items of existing work where adjacent to or directly adjoining new work +! to be installed at levels lower than existing conditions at locations where designated on the drawings or as may develop during the progress of the work shall be underpinned as described herein. 2. The work shall include all necessary shoring, bracing, needling, and reinforcing. NOTE - The Contractor shall install survey reference points prior to the start of the underpinning operation. Vertical movements of the reference points shall be monitored by the Contractor at least 3 times per week during the underpinning, and weekly thereafter. The Contractor shall submit the measured settlement data to Architect at least weekly. The Contractor shall make its own interpretation of these data relative to the performance of the work. The Contractor may make additional measurements or install additional survey reference points and/or other devices, as deemed necessary, at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) B. Earthwork (02300) C. Plain and Reinforced Concrete (03300) D. Unit Masonry (04800) E. Miscellaneous Metals (05500) F. Rough Carpentry (06100) go 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Adhere to the applicable requirements of OSHA Standards and Interpretations: Subpart P-Excavations, Trenching and Shoring and to all other applicable ordinances, codes, statutory rules and regulations of the federal, state and local authorities. w �w 2053/15220 02259 - 1 Underpinning SMITH COLLEGE TREE PROTECTION PROGRAM - STANDARDS 6. INSPECTIONS 6.1 Trees and shrubs to remain, protected areas, and future planting areas are to be inspected weekly by the Director of the Botanic Garden or his/her representative. The Contractor is responsible for immediate correction or any deficiencies and responsible for all associated costs. , 7. PENALTIES 7.1 The Contractor shall be held liable for all violations of the aforementioned specifications and standards and shall, when necessary, repair or replace, as appropriate, all plants to be preserved and to correct all other deficiencies as determined by the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic Garden. 8. REFERENCES 8.1 Anon. 1986. Manual for Plant Appraisers. Council of Tree and Landscape Appraisers. Washington, DC. *�► 8.2 Anon. 1992. Guide for Plant Appraisal. Council of Tree and Landscape Appraisers. Washington, DC. 8.3 Harris, Richard W. 1983. Arboriculture: Care of Trees, Shrubs, and Vines in the Landscape. Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs,NJ. 8.4 Pirone,P.P. 1988 Tree Maintenance. 6th ed. Oxford University Press, New York. op M so Q* .. 6 OF 6 TREE PROTECTION ATTACHMENT SMITH COLLEGE TREE PROTECTION PROGRAM- STANDARDS 4.9. New drainage patterns created by berms, banks, or grade changes must be approved by the Director of the Botanic Garden and the Foreman of Grounds. 4.10. Topsoil that is to be reinstalled shall be installed to a minimum depth of 6" for lawn areas and 1'0" for all planting areas. 5. SITE STORAGE, TRAFFIC FLOW, AND PARKING 5.1 Areas requiring authorization by the Director of the Botanic Garden include field office placement, construction parking, soil stockpiling (in consultation with Foreman of Grounds), haul roads, material storage, chemical and fuel storage, and concrete washout areas. No parking will be permitted on lawns or over tree roots unless the areas have been specially prepared for parking. Fines for parking violations are the responsibility of the Contractor and will not be passed on to the College for payment or resolution. ,. 5.2 In areas of engineered fills, minimum compaction is to be attained if fill is not to support a structure. Storage yard and traffic areas for construction activity is to be well outside drip lines of trees. Protect soil surface from traffic compaction with 8" layer of bark mulch or wood chips. In extremely sensitive areas use double, overlapping, one-half inch plywood sheets with minimum 6" bark mulch or wood chip covering. Following construction, vertical mulch or radial trench compacted areas. The Director of the Botanic Garden will define areas requiring mulches, plywood, radial trenching and vertical mulching and all corrective measures shall be done with Botanic Garden overseeing the operation. The Contractor will properly prepare site as directed prior to staging of equipment or materials. The Contractor is responsible for all expenses !* associated with compacted soils resulting from construction operations. 5.3 Future planting areas outside fence-protected areas that may be subject to construction traffic, material storage and equipment parking, should be mulched to a minimum depth of 6", with bark mulch or wood chips. 5.4 Piers, pilings and posts: Use posts to hold retaining walls upright, and construct walks, porches and buildings on piers where possible to protect root systems. Care must be taken to minimize root compaction between piers. 5.5 Dumping and disposal of waste (paint, oil, fuel, etc.) is prohibited around all trees and shrubs. All construction debris is to be removed from the site and disposed of properly. No debris is to be buried on site. 5.6 Run-off from building materials, building cleaning, vehicle cleaning, (including washing of concrete trucks), sand blasting, petroleum products, lime, mortar, lead, calcium chloride, etc., are to be eliminated in areas of tree and shrub root systems. 5.7 No herbicides (soil sterilants, etc.) are to be used on the campus without authorization by the Director of the Botanic Garden. '" 5 OF 6 TREE PROTECTION ATTACHMENT WEEMPONNOW SMITH COLLEGE TREE PROTECTION PROGRAM - STANDARDS surface grading but not where root systems of trees and shrubs to be preserved can be compacted by storage piles or equipment. Topsoil shall be protected and maintained during the construction , period. 3.4. All unsuitable material as well as logs, stumps, roots, brush, and other refuse from the .,. clearing and grubbing operations shall be removed from the site and legally disposed of by the Contractor as soon as practical following the cutting, clearing, and grubbing thereof. 4. GRADE CHANGES AND EXCAVATIONS 4.1. The Director of the Botanic Garden must approve the location of all utility and irrigation lines prior to bidding and again prior to installation. 4.2. The Contractor shall coordinate utility trench locations with installation contractors. *■ Consolidate utility trenches whenever possible. Excavate trenches by hand in areas with roots larger than I". Tunnel under plant roots larger than 2" diameter. 4.3. A trench can be mechanically dug toward a tree to its drip line or one-third of the tree's height from the trunk, whichever is greater. The trench should be continued by hand until significantly large roots (determined by Botanic Garden representative) are encountered or a distance indicated by the chart specifications (Toronto specifications-see Harris, 1983) is reached, whichever is less. Tunneling should continue under the central root system to reach the trench at the other side. Depth of the tunnel will vary but should be below the major zone of absorbing roots (to be determined when digging the trench by hand). 4.4. Excavation should be filled immediately after installation of utility lines, leaving no air pockets. Exposed roots should be covered and kept moist. 4.5. After serious root injury, the contractor shall be responsible for a watering schedule determined in consultation with the Director of the Botanic Garden. 4.6. Where paving is to extend within the drip lines of high value trees to be preserved, or the grade over the root systems is to be raised with non load-bearing soil, aeration systems must be installed following consultation with the Botanic Garden staff. 4.7. Lowering soil level and excavating for large buildings and basement: in areas where trees are to be preserved and soil level is to be lowered, retaining wall approved by the Director of the Botanic Garden, must be installed, rather than grading. Excavation towards the tree must stop when 2" diameter roots are encountered. Walls are to be no closer than halfway between the drip line and the trunk. Keep soil and roots moist and shade soil with mulch. Drainage along foundations should be provided to handle seepage. Prune and tie back branches to height requirements of construction equipment and emergency vehicles prior to construction. All pruning to be performed by an Arborist according to guidelines in Section 2.5. 4.8. If roots are to be cut for a project they should not be cut during bud break or leafing out. If at all possible, roots should be cut in early spring or late summer. * 4 OF 6 TREE PROTECTION ATTACHMENT SMITH COLLEGE TREE PROTECTION PROGRAM - STANDARDS Schedule and procedures must be approved by the Director of the Botanic Garden before any work is done. 2.5. Pruning shall be done in a manner, which does not change the natural appearance of the plant. Broken or badly bruised branches shall be removed with a clean cut. Skilled professionals in accordance with specifications shall do all pruning and standards set by the International Society of Arboriculture and the National Arborist Association appropriate to the type of plant and to its special or individual requirements. The Contractor shall meet with the Director of the Botanic Garden or his/her designate before commencing the work of pruning. 2.6. Carefully remove branches of any tree to be saved, which endanger life or property. Remove dead branches of all trees to be barricaded within the Contract Limit Line, and with the approval of the Director of the Botanic Garden or his/her designate. Desirable branches, which may interfere with construction or be damaged during construction must be properly tied out of the way where possible, rather than be removed. Prune and tie back branches to height requirements of construction equipment and emergency vehicles prior to construction. All pruning to be performed by an Arborist according to guidelines in Section 2.5. 2.7. Any existing plant scheduled to be protected and preserved, that is injured or destroyed shall be replanted at the Contractor" expense as detailed in Section 1.4. Report all damage promptly to the Director of the Botanic Garden so an Arborist can treat the damaged plants quickly and appropriately. 3. STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING SOIL 3.1. Prior to the start of general excavation, strip all topsoil, peat, and organic silt from within areas to be occupied by structures, paving, and lawns, as well as other areas to be regraded in this w* contract, and stockpile. Do no stripping until final approval of work area limit lines detailed in Section 1.2 has been reconfirmed by the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic Garden or his/her designate. 3.2. All topsoil, peat and organic silt encountered during the stripping operations, regardless of depth, shall be removed, and stockpiled at a site designated by the Foreman of Grounds of the Physical Plant department. No topsoil is to be removed from the campus without the approval of the Foreman of Grounds. Topsoil shall not be piled over root systems of existing trees and shrubs. Areas having greater depths of topsoil, peat or organic silt than indicated on boring and test pit data sheets or reasonably anticipated shall be stripped of all such material and fill shall be used to bring such areas to the rough grade level. Sticks, stones, and roots over 2 inches in any dimension shall be removed from topsoil before stockpiling. All other stripped soil which can be classified as fill as defined herein shall be used or stockpiled for re-use in rough grading. The Foreman of Grounds shall define the storage area prior to piling. 3.3. Piles of topsoil shall be located so that the material can be used readily for the finish '"�' 3 OF 6 TREE PROTECTION ATTACHMENT SMITH COLLEGE TREE PROTECTION PROGRAM - STANDARDS 1.5. Exercise extreme care during grubbing and stripping operations to prevent damage to surface roots of trees to be preserved. Stripping of topsoil around trees to be saved will be restricted to areas designated by the Director of the Botanic Garden. Woody vegetation located near remaining trees is to be cut to ground level and left, or ground below grade (not pulled out), , in order to reduce root injury to remaining trees. When lowering grade, scarifying and preparing sub grade for fills and structures within drip lines of trees to be saved, use retaining walls with discontinuous footings to maintain natural grade as far as possible. Excavate finish grade by ..� hand and prune exposed roots in accordance with Section 2.3 Soil beyond cut face can be removed by equipment sitting outside the drip line of the tree. 1.6. Remove stumps and roots to a clear depth of not less than 1'0" below subgrade level except in areas where the Director of the Botanic Garden has called for woody growth to be cut to ground level. At lawns only, depth shall be 6" below finish grade. All depressions excavated �* below the original ground surface for or by the removal of stumps or root shall be refilled with suitable material compacted to the density, grade, and contour of the surrounding earth. 2. TREE/SHRUB PROTECTION 2.1. Plant materials selected to remain shall be protected by sturdy, temporary barriers erected prior to any construction or excavation work on the site. These barricades shall be maintained in good condition during the entire period of construction work on the site. Unless otherwise specifically approved by the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic Garden, a 6' high chain link fence shall be installed as a temporary barricade around plants designated to remain. Fencing shall be set at the outer drip line for shrubs, unless otherwise authorized by the Director of the Botanic Garden, taking special care not to damage large roots. Adequate signs shall be posted stating "Tree Protection Area" and "Do Not Enter" on the fences. All barricades/fencing shall be removed when no longer needed as determined by the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic Garden. 2.2. Trees to remain shall not be used for crane stays, guys, or other fastenings. Vehicles shall not be parked within the areas inside the drip line of trees or where damage may result to such .� trees. Do not stockpile fill, equipment, or building supplies within the areas inside the drip line of trees or within 5' of shrubs. 2.3. Damage no plant by burning, by pumping of water, by cutting of live roots or branches by operating internal combustion engines beneath branches, or by any other means. If, in order to perform excavation work, it becomes necessary to cut roots of plants to be saved, such roots must be neatly cut by Botanic Garden staff or by professional Arborist who shall be notified in advance of the excavation. 2.4. The Contractor is responsible for all costs of establishing and carrying out a maintenance program for plants to be saved throughout the time of construction. The program shall include regular feeding, watering, spraying, and cabling, and pruning of all dead or broken branches. Submit a schedule of the maintenance to the Project Manager at the beginning of the job. 2 OF 6 TREE PROTECTION ATTACHMENT SMITH COLLEGE TREE PROTECTION PROGRAM- STANDARDS TREE AND SHRUB PRESERVATION SPECIFICATIONS Foreword. Due to the high expense of follow-up care necessary to offset construction damage to trees, shrubs, and soils, and the importance of our tree and shrub collections to the overall quality of life on our campus, it is expected that every effort will be made to eliminate construction damage. 1. CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND REMOVAL 1.1. All trees and shrubs, unless noted to remain, shall be cut and removed in their entirety. All stumps, brush, vegetation, rubbish and other perishable or objectionable matter shall be cleared from the site. No on-site burning will be permitted. This debris shall be disposed of by the Contractor in an approved dumping site in compliance with local codes and the Wetlands Protection Act. 1.2. Prior to starting site clearing operations or any other construction work, stake out all limits of cut and fill, and groups of trees and shrubs to be saved. Promptly upon completion of layout work and before any clearing or other construction work is begun on the site, the Contractor shall arrange a conference on the site with the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic Garden or his/her designate to identify and mark trees and areas of trees and shrubs • which are to remain. After the conference, the Contractor shall erect sturdy, temporary fencing along the work area limits, separating it from protected areas. Minimum distances from protected trees shall be to the outer drip lines around each tree or group of trees and shrubs. Sensitive species may require fencing at even greater distances from the main trunk. Do no clearing without clear understanding of existing conditions to be preserved. 1.3. Limits of clearing shall be those areas defined by the limits of cut and fill. Removal of trees, shrubs, and herbaceous perennials outside those areas shall be done only as noted on the drawings and as approved by the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic Garden. ■ 1.4. Fell trees in such a way as to not injure trees to be saved. A representative of the Botanic Garden shall designate trees that are to be carefully topped or pruned rather than felled. No trees shall be removed until authorized by the Botanic Garden representative. Excavation or grading with the branch spread of trees to be saved shall be performed only under the direction of the Project Manager, with the approval of the Director of the Botanic Garden unless otherwise directed. Existing trees to be saved, which have, in the opinion of the Project Manager and the Director of the Botanic Garden, become damaged, shall be replaced with trees of similar size and species. Replacement trees are to be tagged in the field or sales yard by the Director of the Botanic Garden or his/her representative. Plant specifications for all replacement plantings will be provided by the Director of the Botanic Garden. All expenses incurred shall be paid by the Contractor. If the tree or shrub cannot be replaced because of size or peculiarity of species, the College shall be reimbursed in accordance with the Tree Evaluation Formula as described in "Guide for Plant Appraisal" and "Manual for Plant Appraisers" (latest editions) as published by the Council of Tree and Landscape Appraisers. am 1 OF 6 TREE PROTECTION ATTACHMENT 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College labor restrictions . 6. All tree fencing and erosion control barriers shall be installed prior to and maintained throughout land disturbance and construction process and shall not be removed until w landscaping is completed. G. Encroachment - Most trees can tolerate only a small percentage of critical root zone loss . If encroachment is anticipated within the critical root zones of individual trees, stands of trees, or otherwise designated tree protective zones, the following preventive measures shall be employed: 1. Excavation and grading activities: The removal of impervious surfaces (concrete, asphalt, etc. ) , existing turf and topsoil adjacent to tree save areas can cause inadvertent damage to Am the protected trees. Wherever impervious surfaces occur, it shall be advisable to use a pneumatic hammer or facsimile rather than a backhoe or bulldozer to break up and remove these materials. Also, wherever possible, it shall be required to cut minimum 2 foot trenches (e.g. with a ditch- witch) along the limits of land disturbance, so as to cut, rather than tear roots. Trenching shall be required for the protection of all trees. 2. Soil compaction: Where compaction might occur due to traffic or materials storage, the tree protective zone shall first be mulched with a minimum 4 inch layer of processed pine bark or wood chips, or a 6 inch layer of straw. 3 . Trenching: The installation of utilities through a protective zone shall occur by way of tunneling rather than trenching. If roots shall be cut, proper root pruning procedures shall be employed. 3 . 03 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Transport surplus satisfactory soil to designated storage areas on Owner' s property. Stockpile or spread soil as directed by Architect. B. Remove waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner' s property. 3 .04 CLEANUP A. All areas within the project site shall be raked clean of all trash, wood forms and other debris upon completion of the work specified herein, spoil piles leveled and excess materials disposed of as directed by the Architect. **End of Section** OR 00 ®w 2053/15220 02200 - 7 Site Preparation & Protection 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 1. The root system within the dripline region is generally considered to be the critical root zone. Disturbance within this zone can directly affect a trees chances for survival. To protect these critical root zones the following standards shall apply: wA a. The use of tree save islands is encouraged rather than the protection of individual trees scattered throughout the site. This will facilitate ease in overall site organization as related to tree protection. b. The protective zone of individual trees or stands of trees or otherwise designated tree save areas shall include no less than the total area beneath the tree(s) canopy as defined by the farthest canopy dripline of the tree. C. Layout of the project site utility and grading plans �. shall accommodate the required tree protection zones. Utilities must be placed along corridors between the tree protection zones. wo d. Construction site activities such as parking, material storage, concrete washout, etc. , shall be arranged so as to prevent disturbances within tree protective zones. e. No disturbance shall occur within the protective zone of individual trees or stands of trees without prior approval of the Owner. F. Protective Barriers 1. Active protective tree fencing shall be installed along the outer edge of and completely surrounding the critical root zones of all specimen trees or stands of trees , or otherwise designated tree protective zones, prior to any land disturbance or construction. 2 . These fences shall be a minimum 4 feet high snow fence or four foot orange polyethelene laminar safety fencing. 3 . Passive forms of tree protection shall be utilized to delineate tree save areas which are remote from the areas of construction. These areas must be completely surrounded with continuous rope or flagging (heavy mill, minimum 4 wide) . All passive tree protection must be accompanied by KEEP OUT or TREE SAVE signage. 4. All tree protection zones shall be designated as such with tree save area signs posted visibly on all sides of the fenced in area. These signs shall be intended to inform .� subcontractors of the tree protection process . Signs requesting subcontractor cooperation and compliance with tree protection standards are recommended for site entrances. 5. All individual trees or stands of trees, or otherwise tree protection zones shall be protected from the sedimentation of erosion materials. Erosion control materials must be placed along the outer uphill edge of tree protective zones at the land disturbance interface. All erosion control must comply with standards promulgated by the jurisdiction of the work, coordinate with Section 02300 for material requirements and ,. 2053/15220 02200 - 6 Site Preparation & Protection 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College so clearing and grading operations, where transport or feeder 10 roots are cut, torn, or removed. a. Transport and feeder roots tend to tangle and fuse among the roots of adjacent trees. The removal of trees with heavy machinery along the outer periphery of a tree save area can result in considerable damage within the tree save area. b. The most substantial form of root damage for all root types occurs in the form of cut roots. Roots are cut in grade reduction, or from trenching for underground utilities sanitary sewer, or storm sewer lines. so C. A more subtle form of root damage is the loss of feeder roots. Feeder roots normally occur within the organic layer, and the surface four inches of top soil, an subsequently, these roots can easily be damaged by the track action from a single bulldozer pass. The stripping of topsoil within a trees critical root zone can totally eliminate its feeder root system. 3 . Indirect root damage through site modification can result from positive grade changes, temporary storage of fill material, the sedimentation of erosion materials, soil compaction, and soil chemical changes. a. Positive grade changes from fill and sedimentation causes a decrease in soil oxygen levels. An increase in soil carbon dioxide and other toxic gases can also occur, leading to large areas of anerobic conditions. Anerobic soil conditions cause a decrease in the root respiration process which is essential for the uptake and transport of minerals and nutrients. b. Anerobic soil conditions are also produced by soil compaction, the increase in soil bulk density with a decrease in soil pore space. Compacted soil is also impervious to root penetration, and inhibits root development. Soil compaction is generally caused by the weight and vibrations of heavy machinery, vehicle parking, and the storage of fill and/or construction materials within the critical root zones of trees. C. Changes in soil chemistry will adversely affect tree r survival. The most frequent occurrence is the decrease in soil acidity by concrete washout. The leakage and spoilage of toxic materials such as fuels or paints can be fatal for trees. 4. Trunk and crown disturbances are generally mechanical in nature and are either caused directly by grading machinery, or indirectly by debris being cleared and falling into trees ! " marked for protection. a. Common forms of damages include stripped bark and cadmium, split trunks, and broken limbs. OW b. Damage also occurs from the posting of signs, such as building permits, or survey markers on trees. E. Methods of Tree Protection 2053/15220 02200 - 5 Site Preparation & Protection .M 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w A. Damage no plants to remain by burning, by pumping of water, by cutting of live roots or branches, or by any other means. No plants to be saved shall be used for crane stays, guys or other fastenings. Vehicles shall not be parked where damage may result to trees to be saved. Construction materials shall not be stored beneath trees to so be saved. B. The Contractor is liable for all damage and/or disturbance to existing trees and shrubs not otherwise designated for removal. Actual charges for damage to plants shall be in accordance with the schedules defined herein, with assessed charges to be deducted from sums payable under the Construction Contract. 1. Damage which, in the Architect's opinion, can be remedied by corrective maintenance shall be repaired immediately by a wr arborist licensed in the jurisdiction of the work. 2 . Trees or shrubs which are damaged irreparably shall, at the Architect's discretion, be replaced by the Contractor with new trees or shrubs of the same size and type. 3 . In the event that replacement of damaged trees is infeasible or impractical as determined by the Architect, the full replacement costs will be assessed to the Contractor's account at a minimum value of three hundred and fifty dollars ($350.00) per caliper inch, or greater in accordance with the "Guide for Establishing Values of Trees and Other Plants" . 4. Damaged trees or shrubs which require removal and/or replacement shall be removed according to the Specification requirements for removals, including refilling and repair of ground surface, with such costs to be borne by the Contractor in addition to assessed charges described herein. C. Trees designated to be left standing within Contract Limits shall be .� treated as specified below. In addition to protective fencing as specified below, all trees to be preserved on the property and all trees adjacent to the property shall be protected against damage e during construction operations by boxing or planking. No material shall be stored or construction operations carried on within drip line of any tree that is to be saved. D. Tree and Site Related Disturbances - REFER TO SMITH COLLEGE TREE PROTECTION PROGRAM - IN THE EVENT OF CONFLICTS, THE MOST STRINGENTn REQUIREMENTS WILL GOVERN. 1. Individual trees or stands of trees designated to be saved w shall be protected from the following damages which may occur during all phases of land disturbance and construction processes. a. Direct physical root damage, b. Indirect root damage, and C. Trunk and crown disturbances. 2 . Direct physical root damage most frequently occurs during site w ewr 2053/15220 02200 - 4 Site Preparation & Protection 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College rules, orders and regulations pertaining to the work, specifically including applicable portions of reference Standard Specifications referred to Paragraph 1.03 .A above. 2. Comply with applicable requirements of American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Standard A10 .6-1969, Safety Requirements for Demolition. D. Preexcavation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Meetings. " 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product used in the work. B. Location plan of staging areas and stockpile areas and schedule for g" moving staging equipment into those areas shall be submitted for Architect's approval prior to mobilization and site preparation operations. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. All protection work and general operations shall be governed by the requirements of OSHA, as most recently amended; as well as by Local and State environmental requirements. B. The Contractor shall take proper precautions not to damage any existing site conditions specifically excluded or excepted from the Contract and will be held solely responsible for any damage occurring during the course of the work under construction. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, make any and all repairs as required to restore to the original condition any area or item so damaged or disturbed due to work required by this Contract. C. During the construction period, the Contractor shall take special measures including, but not limited to, wetting down, applying approved dust palliatives, etc. , to control dust on site, in order to prevent annoyance and/or damage to adjacent property, whether public or private. COORDINATE WITH ENTIRE SECTION 01560 WITH SPECIFIC ATTENTION DIRECTED TO REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH THEREIN CONCERNING MAINTENANCE OF PUBLIC WAYS AND INTERNAL SITE ACCESS. ew Part 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 DEFINITIONS No A. The term "Site" generally refers to that area within the Contract Limit Lines or as may otherwise be defined on the drawings . 3 .02 EXISTING PLANTING PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE 2053/15220 02200 - 3 Site Preparation & Protection 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College NOTES: Conduct the work of this Section and companion Sections within this Division 2 all with prime consideration given to the following: 1. Compliance with governing laws and building codes. Special attention is directed to Sections 01010 and 01600 in which time and work restrictions are placed as same concerns .e� "excavations" as well as storage of materials, work times, etc. 2 . Safety, protection, and convenience of the public and workmen. 3 . Protection of the existing building structure, materials and finishes to remain from damage. 4. Minimization of dirt and dust proliferation. 5. Neat and accurate cutting and trimming of elements to be partially removed, subject to the Architect 's approval. 6. Avoidance of any damage to existing vegetation to remain. 7 . Avoidance of excessive pruning of existing trees. 8. Avoidance of filling or cutting over existing tree roots to remain. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: A. Selective Removals and Demolition (02020) B. Earthwork (02300) C. Pavements and Surfacing (02700) D. Site Improvements (02800) E. Lawns and Grasses (02920) F. Plain and Reinforced Concrete (03300) G. Unit Masonry (04800) H. Masonry Restoration - Brick (04910) I. Rough Carpentry (06100) J. Slate Roofing (07314) K. Membrane Roofing (EPDM) (07530) eiw L. Flashing and Sheet Metal (07600) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. REFERENCE STANDARD: All work herein shall be governed by the requirements set forth in Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges, as published by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Public Work, 1988 Edition, including all amendments thereto. All payments shall be on a "Lump Sum" basis unless otherwise directed on the drawings or within these project specific specifications. B. Requirements given herein may be affected by other related requirements of the project specification. Correlation of contract requirements is the responsibility of the Contractor. C. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies 1. Comply with all municipal, state and federal laws, ordinances, e® 2053/15220 02200 - 2 Site Preparation & Protection 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 02200 SITE PREPARATION AND PROTECTION Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. NOTE: Section is fully complementary with Section 02300 regarding requirements, restrictions, materials, means and methods and language included therein applies in full to this Section as if repeated hereinafter. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all site preparation, demolition and protection work for this project as required by the Mr schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Perform all required site operations in connection with new accessible entrance to Studio Theatre Lobby including removal operations, protection and the like. 2 . Provide system of tree protection from scaffolding during exterior restoration - See Attachment. 3 . Remove portion of hedge to permit execution of work at Studio Theatre Lobby Entrance; restoration of plantings will be by the Owner. 4. Prepare, as applicable and appropriate, existing areas for use as storage and staging areas as may be required for the work. Implement protective measures as required. 5. Remove, from the site at the Contractor' s sole expense, all removed materials; no stockpiling on site other "topsoil/loam" will be permitted. 6 . Secure required permits and approvals from municipality, utility companies, and other governing bodies having jurisdiction. 7 . Provide all site protection, enclosures and other temporary construction and protection required by conditions, ordinances, etc. , including all fences, barricades, guard rails, warning lights and other items as necessary and required by life safety codes. NOTE - The Contractor's attention is directed to the mandated requirements that continuous unimpeded access from building to building and from parking to buildings be maintained at all times. The overall facility will be used throughout the entire construction period. 8 . Perform cleanup and maintenance of site and surrounding accessways during entire project operations. 04 2053/15220 02200 - 1 Site Preparation & Protection 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College are designated to remain in place prior to start of demolition and/or to be altered as a result of the proposed construction work. B. Provide shoring in such a manner as to prevent any settlement or vertical or horizontal deformation of the existing structure. wioa Before commencing with the work the Contractor shall thoroughly investigate the existing structure to verify its present condition. .. Benchmark reference points shall be established on all elements prior to start of operations to provide a monitoring basis for performance. C. Temporary shoring shall be performed by a subcontractor thoroughly experienced in this type of work. Shoring shall be designed by a eee Professional Engineer, licensed in the Jurisdiction and retained by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Owner. Said Engineer shall prepare and submit drawings, to the Architect, for his review, showing all features of the work. The Contractor shall be fully and solely responsible for all design and installation of the shoring. +�► D. Shores shall consist of steel members or substantial timbers free from splits, holes, notches, warpage or other deformation. Sizes shall be adequate to support the imposed loadings. E. Shore walls by needling, shimming, drypacking, etc. , in a neat and safe manner. Do not cut holes in walls where they would be exposed in the finished work unless there is no alternate method of needling. a� F. Plan removal of shoring carefully so as to transfer loads uniformly and without impact to new structural elements. w� G. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the existing structure during all shoring operations. 3 .05 CLEANUP AND REPAIR ! A. Upon completion of removals and demolition Work, remove tools, equipment and all remaining demolished materials from the site. B. Repair all damaged areas caused by the removals and demolition Work. Repair adjacent construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition work. C. All areas in which Work was performed under this Section shall be left "broom-clean. " **End of Section** 2053/15220 02020 - 6 Selective Demolition 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College C. Type/Size Hand held (+ 18 inch length) tws d. Unit Weight 12-15 pounds (minus chisel bit) 2 . Electric Hammer Drill a. Power Data 115 Volts AC; 5-8 Amps; Three wire grounded po connection b. Percussion 2400-3200 Impacts per Minute C. Type/Size Hand held (+ 18 inch length) d. Unit Weight 12-15 pounds (minus chisel bit) e. Speed Data 0-0500 RPM (Under load) 3 . Electric Core Drill a. Power Data 115 Volts AC; 7-8 Amps; Three wire grounded PR connection b. Floor or wall anchored unit. C. Speed Data 0-1500 RPM (Under load) A Any other hand operated electric tools used for cutting, sawing or other operations shall be submitted to the Owner' s Representative for approval prior to use for execution of the Work. P0 Part 3 - EXECUTION No 3 .01 INSPECTION A. Prior to commencement of the selective removals and demolition Work, inspect the areas in which the Work will be performed. MR Determine and list the existing conditions of rooms or area surfaces and equipment. we After the Work in each respective area is completed, determine if adjacent surfaces or equipment have been damaged as a result of the Work; if so, the damage shall be corrected at the Contractor's ON expense. 3 .02 REMOVALS AND DEMOLITION WORK A. Perform selective demolition Work in a systematic manner and use I'M such methods as required to complete the Work indicated on the Drawings in accordance with the requirements of the Project Specifications and governing City, State, and Federal regulations. w 3 .03 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Remove debris, rubbish and other materials resulting from the removals and demolitions from the building immediately; transport and legally dispose of materials off the project site. Disposal method shall be in accordance with City, State, and Federal regulations. B. Burning of removed materials is not permitted on the job site or any area of the Owner' s property. go 3 .04 TEMPORARY SHORING A. Execute all temporary shoring, bracing, framing and protection of �w existing walls and other affected portions of the structure which 2053/15220 02020 - 5 Selective Demolition so 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College C. Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) must be submitted for each manufactured product. 1.05 RESTRICTIONS A. Do all removal work only at such times and in such a manner as is approved by the Owner and is in compliance with above referenced codes, documents, procedures, plans or instructions. Noise shall be held to a minimum when working in or around functioning areas. ew B. The work of this section shall be accomplished by a Contractor experienced in removal and alteration work on projects of similar size and complexity within the past 5 years. Evidence of such experience on 5 such projects shall be submitted to the Owner for his evaluation. C. Condition of Space - The Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of the space in which removals and demolition Work is performed. D. Protection: 1. Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection required to protect Smith personnel, students, other occupants w of the building and the general public from injury due to selective removals and demolition work. 2. Protect from damage existing finish work that is to remain in place and which becomes exposed during operations. 3 . Protect floors with building paper or other suitable covering. 4. Strict dust control measures shall be implemented and maintained at all times. E. Damages - Promptly repair any and all damages to all property and finishes caused by the removals and demolition work; to the Owner' s wA satisfaction and at no extra cost to the Owner. Part 2 - PRODUCTS 2 .01 MATERIALS A. Protective Devices and Materials shall be the Contractor's option, subject to approval of the Architect and in compliance with the reference standard. B. Power driven Tools - only hand held electric power driven tools conforming to the following criteria shall be used to cut or drill concrete and masonry: 1. Electric Chiseling Hammer a. Power Data 115 Volts AC; 7-8 Amps; Three wire grounded connection b. Percussion 2400-2600 Impacts per Minute 1e„ ..e 2053/15220 02020 - 4 Selective Demolition no 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College ON abatement if necessary. go 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - Entire Project Specification with specific reference to: go A. Site Preparation and Protection (02200) B. Earthwork (02300) C. Pavements and Surfacing (02700) D. Site Improvements (02800) E. Lawns and Grasses (02920) F. Plain and Reinforced Concrete (03300) w G. Unit Masonry (04800) H. Miscellaneous Metals (05500) I. Rough Carpentry (06100) so J. Slate Roofing (07314) K. Membrane Roofing (EPDM) (07530) L. Flashing and Sheet Metal (07600) M. Firestopping (07850) N. Hollow Metal Work (08110) 0. Access Doors (08310) P. Skylights, Metal Framed and Custom (08630) Q. Gypsum Drywall (09250) R. Tile Work (09300) S. Painting (09900) T. Toilet Compartments (10160) U. Louvers and Vents (10200) V. Elevators (14200) W. Fire Protection (Division 15) ew X. Plumbing (Division 15) Y. HVAC (Division 15) Z. Electrical Work (Division 16) 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies 1. All work of this section will be accomplished in strict conformance to applicable provisions of the Local and/or State codes. 2 . OSHA Code requirements governing removal and demolition Work. 3 . Comply with applicable requirements of American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Standard A10.6-1969, Safety Requirements for Demolition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit a schedule indicating proposed methods and sequence of operations for selective removals and demolition Work prior to commencement of operations. Include details for dust and noise control operation. B. Photographs of existing conditions of structure surfaces, equipment and adjacent improvements that may be misconstrued as damage related to removal operations. These photographs shall be submitted to the Owner' s Representative prior to start of any work. 2053/15220 02020 - 3 Selective Demolition 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College reconstruction/salvage/reuse of existing brick (to extent possible) . 15 . Remove those areas of "bowed" brick on the sides of the theatre walls as indicated; salvage brick to the greatest extent; coordinate with Sections 04800/04910 . 16. Perform required removals and necessary preparation in Theatre T-14 to allow for provision of new handicapped seating sections. 17. Remove, salvage and where required, dispose of construction at areaway where access for removal/replacement of mechanical equipment is required; coordinate with Sections 04800, 05500 and others as to reconstruction work. 18 . Saw cut and remove portions of existing slabs on grade to ,,,• accommodate new underground plumbing lines and structures; coordinate with Division 15 for extent of work. 19 . Perform cutting and chasing operations in connection with electrical work where indicated so as to permit recessed mounting of conduits and boxes. Coordinate with "Electrical" for extent of chasing. 20. Strip existing applied finishes including floors, walls, bases and ceiling systems as required to permit execution of the work of this project. 21. Remove, as required to permit execution of the work of this project, existing partitions, doors, frames and the like from all areas designated, salvage doors, frames and hardware for reuse as scheduled and/or noted. 22 . Salvage and relocate existing furniture, equipment and wea casework to extent shown and/or required. NOTE: Items salvaged to owner are noted as NIC for resetting. 23 . Perform balance of all demolition and removal work as required by the drawings and existing conditions, including performing of all necessary cutting, removals, and the like for the proper installation of all new work. 24. Properly protect existing plant functions and facilities from damage and dirt during construction operations. 25. Perform demolition of abandoned piping, wiring, or equipment items when safely disconnected from operating services. NOTES • Cutting and patching requirements shall be as defined in ew Sections 01040, 01045 and 01120 coordinated herein. • In the event asbestos-contaminated materials other than those identified within the scope of work listed above or in Section 13280 are encountered during the demolition work Contractor shall immediately notify the Architect and/or Owner for instructions as to procedures to be taken. • Demolition and removals shall be done in such a manner to a. permit the Owners ' consultant and asbestos abatement contractor access to the areas as required to look for, identify and abate asbestos conditions before damaging wi possible asbestos. • All Contractors shall cooperate with the Owners ' separate contractors to expedite abatement. • The Owner will arrange for timely inspection, testing and 2053/15220 02020 - 2 •' Selective Demolition 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 02020 SELECTIVE REMOVALS AND DEMOLITION Applicable provisions of the Conditions of the Contract and Division #1, General Requirements, govern work in this Section. Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of all plant, materials, labor and equipment and the like necessary and/or required for the complete execution of all selective removal and demolition work for this project as required by the schedules, keynotes and drawings, including, but not limited to the following: The listing of scope following is "project" wide and does distinguish between specialty contractors who, under solicitation from Construction Manager, will be responsible for same - i.e. - Roofing, Glass, Selected Masonry - by trades; coring of holes up to 4 inches by trades; mechanical/electrical removals by trades, etc. 1. Remove existing IRMA roofing system and expose concrete decking 2 . Remove the first 6 courses of existing slate to expose under RN structure and to allow for new underlayment system to be provided. Salvage slate for reuse. 3 . Remove and store, for reuse, existing snow guards. 4. Remove existing gutter liner system and metal fascia and prepare for new treatment as specified in Division 7 . 5 . Remove masonry barrier wall at ladder to roof; door and door frame. Retain and repair, as required, foundation/retaining wall and concrete walkway from stair to sidewalk. 6. Remove existing windows, cut and prepare openings for new entrance to Studio Theatre Lobby. 7. Remove existing glazing systems at clerestory windows, library windows to extent shown and at existing roof monitors as shown. 8. Perform required removals in connection with new Elevator including - slab removals (grade and structure) ; modification of concrete railing, etc. ; partitions, etc. Remove, store, re-use pre-cast concrete lintel. 9. Perform related removals in connection with basement areas adjacent to new elevator for costume storage, choral music storage and the like. 10. Remove existing skylight over internal stair and make ready to receive new unit assembly. 11. Miscellaneous cutting work at fire alarm/panel realignment 12. Perform required removal work in connection with Upper Gamut classroom including - wood surfaces, railings, lighting, etc. 13 . Perform required removal work in connection with basement dressing room toilet and upper toilets to allow for handicapped access. 14. Remove that portion of chimney as indicated for reconstruction, coordinate with Section 04800/04910 for 2053/15220 02020 - 1 Selective Demolition am on L) .... ...... LL :3 CO C2 m co ..... ...... .... . ..... ..... .... .... 5, Mr - M C) wee ck� .... ..... m m M cn 0 m cc 0 ...... .... U) .... ....... 0 > 73 C/) 0 M -C 13) N CO Z E cu Ln > 75 ul CZ ;-- C: Q) .2 Ln c- CL ow, .0 CL ... .......... o CD > ..... 0 CD CD _C N .... ... ..... CD ..... ..... 0 ..... ...... (n Q7 3: > 0) 0 LU 0 U) F- cd m c (D 5 > z 0 m 0 :E C: 2 V) -Fu LU 0 Q. ise Ln Z— C) C) m C CD CD LLI Z3 =3 0 06 0 ... is O LU cc 0 c CC C) Q) 0 X: 0 CL ca. a V) 04". Ln m 0 Q) ..... C ::v:w: cn 0 0 ca .... .... C: C= 0 _0 a) 3i Cn a) -C 3: Z� C) R . ..... -Fa -Fu aL)) (D E a) -N�: a) 0 - L) 0 a) 0 17' M m CL a u 0 a) L.Li L) U) co W LLJ Cf) ..... so ..... ..... ..... ... 7D LD Lr) N 0 (0 m CO F- ... ... ..... ..... u u cc LL CL Lli c M U) tf ow < Ln CN CN U ILI oft n� p , N m m _. N C N N d n- O'� m ° m a o` (D 0) _o � N O O E z — Z � m E Y a m `o .D E U) 7 C N O O Z % U C O O 7 'O cc 7 n c o > E � � � � .� a) c Q W ?. U Q a) c ai m _ N ° a>i > w o E a ' N N M E m N U N r Q O �J L C ..: ° a) O m O C - Q cu tt ,« N O lV .O- Q7 CV o E c Q Z w m o a) 3 m Q N m ° c E o w W W ? c m <:::::::< c M Q)a a E c a E U o c ° — E N _ o m a� a ° m u O m x n E Z _ _ a c>i>:>::: m c U a) a) c� E a c m ° > o o a) 3? N n o) c n m v N LLJ CN W LQ O :. a) N N C L N N E > E2 W Lr is U a)'ii N C C m lD C L N a) (D a) U al UJ a) m > > m U- m a) r c c ° N > - N N Q) O) d O a) +�' m C C 4) W _ m o L a�i U N C L > L L O N "O L N 7 ".-' C ++ ° m m m c a) o 0- ° "C ° CY) w N 0 CL cm '^ 4) O•,�..i> GJ m m `� O r m a) ^ -O m a) 7 < i O 00 O O m (n *k (n (n N m U Z co a r W O Z W U W .. U) 0 .....[. LL Q a U r � W v w, r CV co V �n CO � r N J no a� � O o ewi 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College services without the Owner's Representative written permission. C. It is required that the work indicated and/or specified shall be carried out with a minimum of interference to the established routine of the existing buildings, and that all work required herein shall be performed within the required contract time. D. Any work necessary to be performed after regular working hours, on Sundays, or Legal Holidays, shall be performed without additional expense to the Owner. go E. Existing steam, storm water and sanitary drainage water, domestic cold water, domestic hot water, condensate return, electric and gas services and systems shall be operational at all times. 40 1.38 SEISMIC DESIGN A. This project is located within a seismic zone requiring special provisions for the support and restraint of equipment and piping. ao Such provisions shall be incorporated in accordance with the following: 1. It shall be understood that the requirements of this seismic sub-section are complementary to requirements delineated elsewhere for the support and fastening of equipment and piping work. Nothing on the drawings or specifications shall be interpreted as a reason to waive the requirements of this seismic sub-section. 2 . All rigidly or resiliently installed equipment, piping, etc. , yea shall be capable or withstanding the seismic forces to which it might be subjected without permanent displacement of the equipment from the installed position as required by NFPA PAM. 13, 14 and 20. 3 . Floor mounted equipment shall be provided with approved seismic control devices as required to prevent overturning or sliding. Seismic restraints shall be capable of keeping so equipment captive under seismic loads. 4. Ceiling mounted equipment, shall be provided with approved seismic control devices as required to maintain the equipment in a captive attitude under seismic loads. **End of Section** 00 2053/15220 01900 - 29 Special Conditions - All Trades oft 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College go existing wiring devices indicated for removal shall not be required in this alteration. ow F. All existing wire and cable involved or disturbed in any relocation and extension shall be removed back to the nearest outlet, junction am or pull box in the runs, and shall be replaced with new wire or cable as herein specified. G. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Telephone Company before any work is begun in the existing buildings, for the purpose of removing, rerouting, etc. , of existing fire alarm system and equipment, telephone conduits, cables, strip boxes, outlets, wiring and equipment, as specified above and for providing new telephone work requiring telephone company interfacing. 1.36 REMOVALS AND RELOCATIONS A. Where unit ventilators, radiators, convectors, unit heaters, fans, conduit, anels, wiring, p g, piping, ductwork, equipment, materials, apparatus, and other items are specified or indicated as being removed, or are required to be removed in order to accomplish the new work, the Contractor shall, as a minimum, be subject to the following operations: 1. Disconnect item from adjoining piping, conduit, panels, w materials, apparatus, wiring, ductwork, equipment and items . 2 . Existing pipe, conduit, panels, wiring, and/or ductwork connections to items being removed shall be terminated, capped and concealed. + ► 3 . If the item is specified or indicated to remain on the property of the Owner, the item shall be transported to a place on the site designated by the Owner. w B. Items not specified or indicated as becoming the property of the Owner shall remain the property of the Contractor. C. If the item is specified or indicated to become the property of the Contractor, the Contractor shall transport the item off the site. D. All items indicated as being relocated shall be removed, transported to the place of designated location, and connected to the system as indicated, specified or directed. 1.37 CONDUCT OF WORK IN AND OPERATION OF EXISTING PLANT (Coordinate with Section 01120) A. The term "Existing Plant" shall be understood to mean all existing buildings at the site, grounds, equipment, and services. B. No work shall be left incomplete of any hazardous situations created which will affect the life or safety of the building occupants. At no time shall the work interfere with or cut off any of the existing 2053/15220 01900 - 28 Special Conditions - All Trades ,s 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College interfere with the work. Abandon, behind patched finishes, all unused piping and remove all exposed piping and branch work which may interfere with the alterations and additions required. B. All removals, abandonments, relocations and rerouting shall be performed in strict conformance with Federal, State and Local Codes, and NFPA Standards. C. Compare the existing drawings with the existing conditions at each site to determine the amount of work affected. Remove all "unused exposed" piping, conduit, ductwork, wiring, materials, apparatus, and the like not required by the work. All piping, conduit, ductwork, wiring, materials, apparatus, and equipment laid bare by the removal of floors, ceiling, walls, and partitions, and which are required in the present building and alterations, shall be rearranged, rerouted, relocated and installed as indicated specified, or directed. 1.35 EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK (Coordinate with Sections 01120 and 02020) A. Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, all electrical systems within areas designated as being demolished shall be demolished as part of the work. All Electrical Systems within areas serving the areas to be demolished shall be terminated. All terminations shall be in strict conformance with all Federal, State and Local Codes, NFPA Standards, and shall not create any hazardous conditions. eu B. Remove, abandon or re-route, as required for the work, any conduit, and/or wiring and outlets which are laid bare in the course of, or ,w interfere with, the work. Abandon, behind patched finishes, all unused outlets, and remove all exposed outlets, conduit and branch circuit work, which may interfere with the work as directed. on C. Compare the existing drawings with the existing conditions at each site to determine the amount of work affected. Remove all unused exposed circuit work outlets, fixtures, switches, and the like not required by the work. Any conduits, outlets, circuit work, feeders, etc. , laid bare by the removal of floors, ceilings, walls, and partitions, and which are required in the present building and GP alterations, shall be rearranged, rerouted and installed as directed. D. Miscellaneous branch circuits, other than those which are specifically indicated to be rerouted and connected to the new or existing panel boards shall be rerouted to suitable spare branch circuits at nearest available panel. It is the intention of this specification to provide for the continuance of all electrical facilities now installed in the unaltered portions of the building. Furnish and install all conduit, wiring, pull boxes, etc. , to permanently maintain service to these facilities, as required, at no additional cost to the Owner. E. All existing local switches, receptacles, device plates and other on eft 2053/15220 01900 - 27 Special Conditions - All Trades 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College ow C. Methods described in ASHRAE guide and data books may be used to determine sound level of equipment when total of background sound and equipment sound exceeds the required minimum. woe D. Contractor shall ensure that equipment and materials provided as part of the work do NOT produce excessive noise/vibration and do NOT transmit excessive noise/vibration to occupied spaces. If objectionable noise/vibration occurs, Contractor shall provide systems, devices, and equipment necessary to eliminate objectionable noise/vibration at not additional cost to Owner. E. Refer to this Sections and respective Sections/Articles in Divisions 15 and 16 for further requirements concerning "Seismic Restraint and Vibration Isolation" criteria and equipment. wry 1.33 RECORD DRAWINGS, PARTS LIST AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE A. Coordinate requirements for record documents, parts, maintenance and instructions with the following: was 1. Article 3 of Section 00700 2 . Section 01700, Project Close Out 3 . Section 01720, Project Record Documents so 4. Section 01730, Operation and Maintenance Requirements B. As required by the above, each Contractor shall furnish such items indicated, both in content and in format established. C. Arrange for each installer of work requiring continuing maintenance or operation, to meet with Owner's personnel at project site and •"' instruct them in the operation and maintenance. Include instruction by manufacturer's representatives where installers are not expert in the required procedures. Instruction periods for all trades shall be minimum of 8 hours total; refer to individual SECTIONS for further requirements. D. Instruction shall include review of maintenance manuals, record documentation, tools, spare parts and materials, lubricants, fuels, identification system, control sequences, hazards, cleaning and similar procedures and facilities. E. Start-up, shut down, emergency operations, noise and vibration adjustment, safety, economy/efficiency adjustments, and similar iae operations shall be demonstrated. F. Applicable warranties shall be reviewed. go G. Procedures for routine maintenance shall be demonstrated at the equipment involved, to ensure accessibility to components involved. 1.34 EXISTING MECHANICAL WORK (Coordinate with Sections 01120 and 02020) 40 A. Remove, abandon, relocated or reroute, as required to accomplish the work, all piping, conduit, wiring, ductwork, equipment, fixtures, materials, and apparatus which are laid bare in the course of, or .wr 2053/15220 01900 - 26 Special Conditions - All Trades .� 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College satisfy the equipment submitted. Existing equipment shall be relocated by the General Contractor. The mechanical and electrical Trade Contractors shall, as part of their contractual work, disconnect all existing mechanical and electrical connections to all existing equipment to be relocated and further, as part of their contractual responsibilities, shall reconnect all equipment in their new locations. All existing equipment not designated to be relocated shall be disposed of by the Contractor. Each Contractor shall prepare roughing drawings for connections to both relocated existing equipment and new equipment. Each Contractor shall verify all requirements with the general construction drawings and existing equipment at the site. '"p The responsibility of providing the necessary plumbing, steam condensate and electrical connections to all equipment rests with the respective Contractors. Each Contractor shall verify all requirements before submission of bids. C. Where the contractor proposes to use and the Architect approves an item of equipment other than that specified or detailed on the drawings which required different quantity and arrangement of wiring, conduit and equipment from that specified or indicated on drawings, the Contractor shall provide all such conduit, wiring, structural supports, connections and any other additional equipment required, at no additional expense to the Owner. D. Should any redesign of the electrical layout be required to accommodate the proposed equipment, the layout shall be prepared by the Contractor for the approval of the Architect and all costs in connection with the redesign shall be borne by this Contractor in accordance with terms and conditions set forth in Section 01630. 1.32 ACOUSTICAL CONSIDERATIONS/QUIET OPERATIONS A. Contractor shall ensure that equipment and materials provided as part of the Work do NOT produce excessive noise/vibration and do NOT transmit excessive noise/vibration to occupied spaces. If objectionable noise/vibration occurs, Contractor shall provide systems, devices, and equipment necessary to eliminate objectionable N' noise/vibration at no additional cost to Owner. B. Equipment and material provided as part of the Work shall NOT 40 produce sound level greater than 55 decibels (or level required by Code, if more stringent) in adjacent occupied areas. Sound level shall be as measured on A-weighting scale of sound level meter or sound survey meter. on go 2053/15220 01900 - 25 Special Conditions - All Trades 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College F. Electrical nameplates shall be provided in or on panel boards, feeder distribution junction and pull boxes, cabinets, and for special purpose switches, motor disconnect switches, remote control stations, starters or other controls furnished or installed under this Section. Nameplates shall designate the equipment controlled and function. ■w Provide engraved designations where indicated. 1.29 LUBRICATION A. Equipment shall be furnished and installed so that lubrication points are conveniently and readily accessible for maintenance. Make these provisions by whatever means is appropriate: extended fittings, access doors, equipment location, etc. B. No equipment shall be operated for temporary service or for testing purposes without proper lubrication. Items requiring lubrication shall be left freshly and fully lubricated at time of substantial completion. C. Prior to substantial completion, deliver to Owner, along with itemized list: one complete new set of special lubrication devices required for servicing, such as grease guns, fittings and adapters. 1.30 DAMAGE A. Each Contractor shall protect and leave in perfect condition, materials, apparatus, fittings, fixtures and trim in scope of his contract. Should any items be damaged or broken or should any workmanship be molested, no matter by whom such damage is caused, work must be .� corrected and damaged items replaced with new units by the Contractor at no additional cost to Owner. Work that needs redoing because of damage shall be done by the skilled trade that originally performed such work. B. Any adjustments between Contractors relative to damage to work or wo materials shall not be responsibility of Owner, Architect or their representatives. 1.31 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Whereas it is the intent of these Specifications to provide complete systems, all such equipment shall be complete with their roughing connections and shall constitute a complete system. B. Inasmuch as the capacity, rating and roughing requirements of the equipment vary significantly between manufacturers, thereby affecting the roughing sizes of the mechanical and electrical services, it is mandatory that the Contractor verify the collateral requirements between the equipment and provide the roughing to 2053/15220 01900 - 24 Special Conditions - All Trades 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Nameplates shall be as fabricated by Seton Nameplate Company, Branford, CT; Atlantic Engraving Company, Hoboken, NJ; or approved equal. B. All valves shall be identified with the appropriate service designation and valve number designation on M4506 brass valve tags. Each valve tag to be 19 gauge brass and 1-1/2 inches diameter with go 1/4 inch black-filled letters or 1/2 inch black-filled numbers. Tags shall be fastened to valves with 16187 meter seals, or 16195 brass "S" hooks, or 16182 brass jack chain. Brass tags and fasteners shall be manufactured Seton Name Plate Company, Branford, CT 06405; 1-800-243-6624. For each piping system, furnish two valve charts framed under glass or in laminated plastic; furnish one unframed copy of record files. Charts shall be typewritten and shall include: 1. System designation. 2 . Valve numbers, in consecutive order, corresponding to numbers shown on Contract and Record Drawings. 3 . Service and location of each valve. 4. Information on normal valve position, and opening and closing sequence of interrelated valves. 5. Legend for piping identification. One chart to be mounted in a frame, Style 37387, and secured on a wall in the boiler room, or in a location as otherwise directed by the Architect. Second chart to be prepared for use outside of the boiler room, and to be provided in Style 26936 plastic protective envelope. on Valve charts, frames and envelopes to be manufactured by Seton Name Plate Company, Branford, CT. C. All tag devices shall be secured to stem of valves by means of "S" hooks or brass chains. D. Numbering shall correspond to numbers indicated for valves on the Record Drawings and on two printed detailed lists. PM These printed lists shall state the numbers and locations of each valve and the fixture or group of fixtures which it controls and other necessary information such as requiring the opening or closing of another valve or valves when any one valve is to be opened and closed. E. Nameplates, catalog numbers and rating identification shall be an securely attached to electrical and mechanical equipment with screws or rivets. Adhesives or cements will not be permitted. go 2053/15220 01900 - 23 Special Conditions - All Trades .. 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 1. approved color-coded background; 2 . proper color of legend in relation to background color; 3 . approved legend letter size; 4. approved marker length. w "Setmark" Snap-On markers are to be used on outside diameters 3/4 inch through 5-7/8 inch. "Setmark" Strap-On markers are to be used on outside diameters 6 #r inches or larger. For pipes with outside diameter under 3/4 inch (too small for color no bands and legends) , brass identification tags Style M4506 (1-1/2 inches diameter with depressed 1/4 inch high black-filled letters above 1/2 inch black-filled numbers) will be fastened securely with ws our metal seals or our brass jack chain at specified locations. Locations for pipe markers and identification tags are as follows: ow 1. Adjacent to each valve and fitting 2 . At each branch and riser take off 3 . At each pipe passage through walls, floors or ceilings No 4. On all straight pipe runs every 25 feet 1.27 IDENTIFICATION OF ELECTRICAL CONDUITS w A. All new electrical conduits for the following systems (including conduit above hung ceilings) shall be identified with semi-rigid identification markers equal to "Setmark" electrical markers as manufactured by Seton Name Plate Company. 40 1. Feeders 2 . Fire Alarm am 3 . Security 4. Emergency Power �w B. Each marker background is to be color-coded with a clearly printed legend to identify the conductor. Size of markers and sizes of lettering to generally conform with the "Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems" , ANSI A13 .1. C. Provide markers on all horizontal runs marked maximum 50 feet apart. 1.28 VALVE TAGS, NAMEPLATES AND CHARTS A. Each item of equipment including controls, not provided with a manufacturer's nameplate shall be identified by a permanently attached nameplate made of white surface, black core laminated bakelite with indented letters each prefixed by "H" for HVAC, "P" for Plumbing, "F" for Fire Protection and "E" for Electrical. an Nameplates shall be minimum of 3 inches long by 1-1/2 inches wide and bear the equipment name as designated in the equipment schedules of the Specifications. ON 2053/15220 01900 - 22 Special Conditions - All Trades go 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College such times and with such forces as to meet completion schedules and/or as may be deemed necessary by Architect in consultation with the General Contractor. 1.25 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. Each Trade Contractor shall provide, at appropriate time or as directed by Architect, the services of a competent factory-trained Engineer of particular manufacturer of equipment or item involved so as to inspect, adjust and place in proper operating condition any and all items of manufacturer. *w No additional compensation will be allowed Contractor for such services. 1.26 PIPE, DUCT AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. All equipment and each length of pipe, each pipe fitting, trap, fixture, starters, disconnect switches and devices used in the systems shall have a permanently attached nameplate or cast, stamped ! ' or indelibly marked with the manufacturer' s mark or name, the weight, type and class. The nameplates shall be kept clean and readable at all times. B. Ductwork shall be stenciled at each junction or branch takeoff, at least once in each room, and at intervals not longer than 20 feet. Stencil shall clearly identify duct service (S for supply, R for return, X for exhaust) , area served by branch, and arrow indicating direction of flow. C. Provide color-coded pipe identification markers on piping installed under this Section as specified below. Pipe markers shall be applied after architectural painting where such is required. D. Provide arrow marker with each pipe content marker to indicate direction of flow. If flow can be in either direction, use double- headed arrow marker. E. Mains shall be labeled at points of entrance and exit from on mechanical room, adjacent to each valve, on each riser, at each tee fitting, at points of entrance and exit from building, at least once in each room, and at intervals no longer than 20 feet. OR F. In general, 2 inch high legend shall be used for pipe lines 4 inches in diameter and larger, and 3/4 inch high legend shall be used for pipe lines 3 inches in diameter and smaller. s G. Markers shall be "Setmark" by Seton Name Plate Corp. or approved equal. aw In conformance with "Scheme for the identification of Piping Systems" (ANSI A13 .1) each marker must show: OR op 2053/15220 01900 - 21 Special Conditions - All Trades on 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College NO All access door and "tack" locations shall be recorded on the "record drawings" required under Section 01720. 1.22 CONFLICTS - See Article 1.2 .4 of Section 00700 A. Should it appear that there is real or apparent discrepancy between Drawings and Specifications, between different Sections of the Specifications or between Drawings or parts thereof, concerning w nature, quality or extent of work to be furnished, it shall be assumed that the Trade or Subcontractor has based his bid on doing the work in the more expensive manner. Final decision as to how the work shall be installed will rest with the Architect. 1.23 SHUTDOWNS A. When installation of a partial or a complete new system or modifications to an existing system requires shutdown of an operating system, the connection of the partial system shall be performed only after three (3) days ' prior notification of the estimated shutdown period has been a ' pproved by the Owner and the Architect. B. The Contractor shall do all work involved in shutdown period when 11p scheduled and/or directed by the Architect and Owner and at no additional expense to Owner. w� C. Certain service "cut-in" may require overtime operations which will be accomplished at no extra cost to Owner. 1.24 SUPERVISION - See Article 5, Section 00700 A. Each Trade Contractor for Plumbing, Heating and Electrical trades shall each supply services of an experienced and competent supervisor who shall be constantly in charge of the work at the site. The supervisor shall be responsible for maintaining progress reports and shall furnish same to the Design Professional upon request, but .. not less than one each month. The Supervisor shall coordinate his work with the Architect and the General Contractor in accomplishing the foregoing. The supervisor shall meet the Professional Requirements set forth by Local and State Laws . B. Each Contractor shall not employ on job unfit persons or anyone not skilled in work assigned to him nor anyone considered detrimental to best interests of job. C. Each Contractor is to give his own supervision, lay out his own work, do necessary leveling and measuring or employ a competent engineer or foreman satisfactory to the Architect. D. All work shall be executed at and from as many different points, at 2053/15220 01900 - 20 Special Conditions - All Trades .w 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College E. Materials Not Accessible: Hangers, metal supports, pipe, conduit and miscellaneous equipment, except copper and galvanized, which is above hung ceilings, encased or in areas not accessible when the work is completed shall be given a prime coat of paint to prevent rusting or corroding of material by Trade Contractor installing same. F. Exposed Material: Hangers, metal supports, pipe and conduit, air handling units, tanks, electric fixture stems and canopies, and all material with exposed metal surfaces furnished as described above with prime coats of paint; equipment which has factory enamel finished surfaces and which has been scratched, chipped or otherwise damaged shall be carefully cleaned and touched up with factory furnished paint by Trade Contractor installing same. Equipment which is more than slightly rusted, scratched or chipped shall, at discretion of Architect, be repainted in its entirety with a matching factory finish by Trade Contractor installing same. G. Registers, Grilles, and Diffusers: Paint duct/or register box behind unit - dull black by Trade Contractor installing same. H. All underground ductwork, piping and conduits shall be given two (2) coats of asphaltum. 1.21 ACCESS DOORS - See Section 08310 for material requirements and labor restrictions governing same. A. Each Trade Contractor shall furnish access doors for access to all concealed valves, dampers and control devices, shock absorbers, to all other concealed parts of the Mechanical and Electrical systems that require accessibility for the proper operation and maintenance of the systems to the General Contractor for installation assignments as specified in Section 08310. B. Locate equipment which must be serviced, including valves, traps, vents, cleanouts, water hammer arresters, drains, dampers, controls and strainers, in accessible locations if at all possible. For other locations, furnish access doors/panels. C. Each Trade Contractor shall, as specified in Section 01041, prepare a location, size and function schedule of access doors required to fully service equipment. Provide distinctively colored buttons (as per ANSI Marking Schedule for particular service) in finished ceilings to identify all access doors. NOTE: Ceilings consisting of lay-in or removable splined acoustical materials do not require access doors however dampers, splitters or test hole openings above ceilings shall have locations marked with on colored thumb tack on the finished ceiling panels. W 2053/15220 01900 - 19 Special Conditions - All Trades 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 1. Mount and connect starters, controllers and disconnects, except where specified to be factory wired and mounted on the equipment. 2 . Provide all required power connections for all motor driven e equipment. 1.18 ELECTRICAL MOTORS - See Individual Technical Sections. A. Motors shall be built in accordance with latest standards of NEMA and AIEE and as specified. Motors shall be specifically and expressly wound for voltage required and be built with non-radio interference characteristics. B. Motors shall be tested in accordance with standards of ANSI 50 and conform therefore for insulation resistance and dielectric strength. C. Motors shall be provided with adequate starting and protective equipment as specified or required and with conduit terminal box of size adequate to accommodate conduits and wires as sized on electrical Drawings or specified. D. All motors shall be as specified in Divisions 15 and 16. . 1.19 ELECTRIC MOTOR STARTERS - See Individual Mechanical and Electrical Sections for this work. w 1.20 PAINTING A. All finished painting, except as noted below and within Sections 01040, 01040Schedule and 01045, shall be performed under Section 09900. Finish painting of all existing surfaces disturbed for the installation of new ductwork, piping, conduits, busduct, feeders, fixtures and other plumbing, heating, air conditioning or electrical equipment or apparatus, which are beyond the extent of work areas that will be removed/replaced by the General Contractor as indicated on the Architectural, Structural and Civil drawings will be w accomplished by the installing Contractor as part of his overall project responsibility using materials, means and methods specified in Section 09900. B. Surfaces to be painted under Section 09900, shall be thoroughly cleaned of all scale, rust, dirt, oil, grease and all surfaces completely dry before applying paint in accordance with requirements of Section 09900. C. Nameplates on all equipment shall be cleaned and left free of paint. D. Insulation Covering: All insulating jackets on piping, ductwork, casings or other equipment shall be sized (or prime coated) by Trade Contractor installing same. Portland cement or plaster surfaces shall be painted with one coat of primer and two finish coats of heat resistant paint suitable for the application by the Trade Contractor installing same. w �w 053/15220 01900 - 18 Special Conditions - All Trades 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 6. Instruments are recording properly. K. If manufacturer' s startup services are specified under other Sections in this Division, furnish services of factory-trained service engineering representative to provide following. If manufacturer's startup services are not required, Contractor shall furnish following services. 1. Inspection of equipment/system installation. 2 . Assistance in initial startup and adjustment of equipment; including necessary time to achieve proper installation and adjustments. 3 . Instruction of Owner's staff; see Article "RECORD DRAWINGS" . 1.16 ELECTRIC WORK A. All Trade and Subcontractors shall provide the Electrical contractor with all requirements within thirty (30) days from date of Contract to allow proper coordination of trades by the Contractor. w B. All Trade and Subcontractors shall verify with the Electrical contractor available electrical characteristics before ordering any equipment. C. Equipment furnished under other sections of the work which include a number of correlated electrical control devices mounted or to be mounted in a single enclosure or on a common base with equipment shall be supplied for installation completely wired internally with terminal strip ready for external wiring by Division 16. MR If these control devices are separately mounted, they shall be furnished by the contractor in whose Section they are being supplied and wired by Electrical Contractor in accordance with the manufacturer's wiring diagrams. 1.17 MOTORS AND CONTROLLERS A. Each Mechanical Specialty/Trade Contractor shall be responsible for the following: 1. Furnish all electrical motors for all motor driven equipment specified within his sections of the Specifications and/or required to operate equipment provided by him as part of the Project requirements. 2 . Furnish to the Electrical Specialty/Trade Contractor all starters, control devices, relays, pilot lights, accessories, contactors, wiring diagrams, and the like required for proper operation, connection and control of motorized equipment, as specified and/or shown on the drawings. 3 . Provide all temperature control wiring and starter interlock wiring. B. Electrical Specialty/Trade Contractor shall be responsible for the following: 2053/15220 01900 - 17 Special Conditions - All Trades no 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College C. Upon completion of fabrication and before any enclosing or insulating or concealing in any way, test all piping and joints for leaks in a manner as herein described and additionally as required by authorities having jurisdiction. w D. All tests shall be maintained for a length of time adequate for careful check, but not less than one (1) hour. Test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. E. All tests shall be made in the presence of the representative of the Architect, Engineer, Owner, and the local authorities, as required. Give not less than three (3) days notice to these parties before making tests. F. Conduct any additional tests, such as smoke test, required by authorities having jurisdiction. G. Prior to testing, all piping shall be thoroughly flushed clean. If any section cannot be flushed clean, the pipe shall be dismantled or mechanical methods used to dislodge any foreign material in the piping. H. All leaks shall be corrected with new materials. Caulking will not be accepted. Trade Contractor shall pay for and make good for all damage to work and materials resulting from tests. I. After all fixtures are completely set and connected, adjust the various supply valves, fixture fittings, etc. , so that proper delivery of water, gas and air is obtained at all fixtures and .. equipment. Before work is finally turned over to the Owner, make such additional adjustments as may be found necessary to deliver the job in proper working conditions. Test each electrical system for proper operation, including all fire alarm system automatic heat or smoke detectors installed under this contract. J. Upon completion of tests, demonstrate the following: 1. Equipment is installed and operating in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and instructions and with Contract Documents. 2 . Proper adjustment of equipment and systems. 3 . Systems are properly cleaned and free of contaminants. w 4. Systems are properly phase balanced. 5 . Circuits and motorized equipment are equipped with proper overload protection and are NOT operating under overload. 2053/15220 01900 - 16 Special Conditions - All Trades . 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College F. Provide acoustic sealer (Section 07900, Type V) in sleeves between occupied spaces. Sleeves passing through floor shall project 1/2 inch above finished floor level and set flush with finished wall. so G. Inserts used shall be of pressed steel construction, with accommodation for removable nuts and threaded rods up to 3/4 inch diameter, permitting lateral adjustment. Inserts shall be by Carpenter and Patterson, Grinnell or equal. RM Individual inserts shall open at top, permitting reinforcing rods up to 1/2 inch diameter to pass through insert body. uw Strip inserts shall have attached rods with hooked ends. Inserts shall, when installed in properly cured concrete, develop full strength of bolt. H. Escutcheons shall be installed around exposed piping and conduits passing through finished floor, wall or ceiling. All escutcheons used throughout the project shall be of one manufacturer. 1. Escutcheons shall be of sufficient outside diameter to cover sleeve opening and shall fit snugly around pipe. 2. Escutcheons shall be stamped steel, split ring design, chrome plated. Provide high pattern escutcheons where sleeves are mw extended above floor; F&S Figure 601 or F&S Figure 603 ; otherwise provide Grinnell Figure 10 or Grinnell Figure 13 . 3 . Escutcheons in ceilings shall have set screws or other positive means of holding units firmly in place. 1.15 TESTS A. Conduct such tests and adjustment of equipment as required or specified herein to verify performance requirements. Submit data taken during such tests to Architect as directed. Make final adjustments to equipment before testing. Manufacturer's authorized representative shall verify proper installation and adjustment prior to startup of major equipment; refer to Section 01730, paragraph on "CONTENTS OF MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS" . Use true RMS ammeter to measure current, for equipment which may have harmonic (non-linear) load component. B. The right is reserved to conduct acceptance tests of all equipment, wiring or any other work furnished under these Drawings and Specifications to determine the fulfillment of specific requirements and design. 2053/15220 01900 - 15 Special Conditions - All Trades 4W 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College OR shall be installed with approved packing between sleeves and elements to provide for fire stop. OF Piping, ductwork and conduit passing through sleeves in rated walls or floors shall be packed with a firestopping material in accordance •� with requirements of Section 07850 carrying a U.L. rating approved for use in the intended area. w�a C. Sleeve types, materials, sizes, lengths, caulking and packing shall be as defined in the attachment to this Section and consisting of 2 pages entitled: wR "SLEEVE NOTES AND APPLICATIONS" NOTE: Special waterproof units may be required and shall be specified under respective sections of these specifications. D. Sleeves through outside walls, including basement walls, shall be schedule 40 black steel pipe with 150 pound black steel slip on welding flanges, welded at center of sleeve and shall be painted with one coat of bitumastic paint inside and outside. was Space between sleeve and pipe shall be packed with oakum to within two inches of each face of wall. Remaining space shall be packed and made watertight with waterproof mastic. Electrical conduits shall be provided with waterproof sleeves or w waterproof fittings and shall be sealed with Sealant Material Type II (silicone) as specified in Section 07900. �w E. The pipe to wall penetration closures shall be "Link-Seal" as manufactured by Thunderline Corporation; Belleville, MI 48111. wu Seals shall be modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the pipe and wall opening. w� Links shall be loosely assembled with bolts to form a continuous rubber belt around the pipe with a pressure plate under each bolt head and nut. wa After the seal assembly is positioned in the sleeve, tightening of the bolts shall cause the rubber sealing elements to expand and provide an absolutely watertight seal between the pipe and wall w opening. The seal shall be constructed so as to provide electrical insulation between the pipe and wall, thus reducing chances of cathodic reaction between these two members. 2053/15220 01900 - 14 Special Conditions - All Trades .R 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College B. Guards shall consist of heavy galvanized iron wire crimped mesh securely fastened to frames. C. Railings shall be galvanized 1-1/2 inch pipe and railing fittings. D. Coordinate with Section 05500 for material requirements and labor restrictions governing such work. 1.13 DRAIN PANS OVER ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT AND MOTORS A. If any piping runs above motor control center panels or other electrical equipment due to either field conditions or coordination process, a 32 ounce copper drip pans with drain outlet shall be provided. �w NO SUCH PIPING SHALL OCCUR IN ANY ELECTRICAL ROOMS B. Provide shop drawings indicating the locations where piping passes over motors and electric panels. The drawings shall be for the use of the installer of the work covered under Division 15. C. Drip pans shall have lips 1-1/2 inch high, properly stiffened and braced, supported in such manner as to prevent sagging, and shall be pitched to a 1-1/4 inches drain outlet which shall be piped, with approved piping, to nearest floor drain or other indirect waste connection. Width of pan shall extend 4 inches beyond piping, but shall not be less than 18 inches wide. All seams shall be soldered and watertight. D. This Contractor shall provide proper flashing for all items in his contract penetrating roofs, floors or walls where water or moisture might enter the structure, ducts, raceways or equipment. This work is additional to and shall be carefully coordinated to flashing or counter-flashing performed by the Specialty Contractor normally performing such work. 1.14 PIPE SLEEVES, PLATES, INSERTS AND ESCUTCHEONS NOTE - All holes shall be cored. Holes which are not clean cut shall be sleeved. Electrical conduits will not require separate sleeving unless penetrating fire separation barriers. Sleeves shall be "glued" to surrounding construction using materials suitable for substrates encountered. A. Sleeves shall be installed around piping and ducts passing through concrete foundations, walls, slabs (except slabs on grade as may be indicated and/or required by water table conditions) , partitions, structural floors, fire rated mechanical chases or other building construction. B. Sleeves provided for piping, duct work and conduit that pass through floors, fire rated mechanical chases, fire walls or smoke partitions 2053/15220 01900 - 13 Special Conditions - All Trades 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College required loading. Strap iron, baling wire, and similar supports are unacceptable. Any wall mounted equipment which cannot be supported from architectural or structural materials shall have its own independent support system furnished by the installing Contractor. All proposed installation methods shall be approved by the Architect. Where structural elements are involved, installation drawings and calculations shall be prepared by an structural engineer registered in the jurisdiction of the Work. F. Provide supplementary rolled steel members to rest on building structural members for support of riser clamps which carry vertical OR pipes and conduits through floors. G. The anchoring of all equipment to the structure shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Local Governing Codes. Attention is directed to Article 1.38 of this Section as it affects seismic design requirements incorporated in this project. H. Rooftop equipment support curbs and rails which require flashing shall be furnished to the Specialty Contractor executing the work of Division 7 for installation; coordinate with Section 07700 for curb specifications and requirements in addition to those specified with respective technical sections. e* 1.11 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS - See Owner-Controlled Insurance Program Specification A. Each Trade Contractor shall furnish, place and maintain proper safeguards for the prevention of accidents that might be caused by the workmanship, materials, equipment or electrical systems provided herein. The Electrical contractor shall also furnish, install and maintain any and all other necessary temporary construction required to secure the safety of life and property from an electrical accident during the course of construction. + All safety precautions in the electrical systems, electrical equipment and of the installation made shall be maintained by the Electrical contractor until all possible electrical hazards have been eliminated by the progress of construction. ewe B. All safety regulations established by OSHA shall be maintained throughout the entire construction period of the project. Coordinate with Article 10, AIA A201. e� 1.12 GUARDS AND RAILINGS A. Provide belt drives and rotating machinery with readily removable guards and railings. w. 2053/15220 01900 - 12 Special Conditions - All Trades .A 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College MR All changes shall be made at no increase in the contract amount or additional cost to the other trades and/or Owner. Labels and stamps which are required for observation after installation shall be located on accessible surfaces which, in occupied spaces, are NOT conspicuous. 40 Other labels and stamps shall be located on concealed surfaces. 1.10 BASES, HANGERS, SUSPENSIONS AND SUPPORTS A. All interior concrete bases and grouting shall conform to the requirements of Division #3, Concrete and shall be provided by the General Contractor as noted in Section 01040 and 01040Schedule and as shown on the Drawings be they Architectural, Structural or MEP. B. The size of the foundation bolts shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. C. The foundation bolts shall be set in pipe sleeves which are held in place by a template. Sleeves shall be 2-1/2 inches diameter larger PM than the bolt to allow movement for final positioning of the bolts. D. All equipment shall be set on the foundations and shimmed level with steel shims and grouted up under base for uniform bearing. E. Each Trade Contractor shall support and secure all equipment plumb, rigid and true to line with all work and equipment furnished under each section. Contractors shall study thoroughly all General, Structural, Mechanical and Electrical drawings, shop drawings and catalog data to determine how equipment, fixtures, piping, ductwork, etc. , are to be supported, mounted or suspended and shall provide all required steel bolts, inserts, pipe stands, brackets and accessories for proper support whether or not shown on the drawings. All equipment hung from overhead construction shall have weight of equipment distributed by use of structural steel supports, as necessary and approved, substantially fastened to structural support system. Attachment of hangers to building structure may be accomplished by the following methods: 1. Clamps attached to building structural steel members. 2 . Supplementary rolled steel members attached to building structural steel members with clamps. Such supplementary steel shall be provided under Division 15 and 16 work. 3 . In existing areas where hangers are attached to structural concrete slabs or structural precast "tees", use Hilti "Renovation C-10 HIT Anchors" at requisite spacing to develop sit 2053/15220 01900 - 11 Special Conditions - All Trades Mow 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College materials. Each Trade and Subcontractor shall promptly notify the Architect, through the Contractor in writing of any conflict between any requirements of the Contract Documents and the manufacturers ' *� directions and shall obtain the Architect' s written instruction before proceeding with the work. was Should any Contractor perform any work that does not comply with the manufacturer's directions or written instructions from the Architect, he shall bear all costs arising in correcting the deficiencies. *�!+ I. It is not intended that the Contract Documents show every pipe, wire, conduit, fitting, appurtenance and the like, however the wee Contractors shall provide all equipment, accessories, connections and incidental items as necessary to fully complete the work, ready for use, occupancy and operation by the Owner. Drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement of systems and work included in the Contract. DO NOT SCALE the Drawings. �w Specific details of individual installations are to be finally decided upon when the Contractor submits working or shop drawings for approval to the Architect. Whenever there are two or more possible methods of installing or controlling a unit or system, all within the contract scope, the Architect reserves the right to choose the methods which, in his opinion, will afford the most satisfactory performance, lasting qualities, and accessibility for repairs. The drawings are for .4, schematic representation only, final requirements shall be based on composite shop and/or coordination drawings. J. Where equipment requiring different arrangement or connections from those shown is approved, it shall be the responsibility of the Trade Contractor to install the equipment to operate properly and in harmony with the intent of the drawings and specifications. When directed by the Architect, the Trade Contractor shall submit drawings showing the proposed installation. If the proposed installation is approved, said Trade Contractor shall: 1. make all necessary changes in piping, ductwork, supports, insulation, wiring, heaters, panel boards, construction, etc; 2 . provide any additional equipment required for the proper operation of the system resulting from the selection of equipment, including all required changes in affected trades; 3 . be responsible for the proper location of roughing in and connections by other trades. 2053/15220 01900 - 10 Special Conditions - All Trades a 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College E. Equipment shall be tightly covered and protected against dirt, water w and chemical or mechanical injury and theft. At the completion of the work, fixtures, equipment and materials W shall be cleaned and polished thoroughly and turned over to the Owner in a condition satisfactory to the Architect. Coordinate with Section 01700. ,R Damage or defects developing before acceptance of the work shall be made good at the Contractor's expense. F. It shall be the responsibility of each Trade and Subcontractor to insure that items to be furnished fit the space available. es Said Contractor/Subcontractor shall make necessary field measurements to ascertain space requirements, including those for connection, and shall furnish and install such sizes and shapes of equipment that the final installation shall suit the true intent and meaning of the drawings and specifications. Install work as closely as possible to layouts shown on Contract Drawings. Modify work as necessary to: 1. Provide maximum possible headroom and space clearance on each Om side. 2. Provide adequate clearance and ready access to all parts of the work, for inspection, operation, safe maintenance and ew repair, and code conformance. 3 . Coordinate and arrange work to avoid conflicts with work of other trades, to avoid unnecessary cutting and patching, and as needed for satisfactory space conditions shown on coordination drawing submittals. 4. Where space appears inadequate, consult Architect before proceeding with installation. G. Each Trade Contractor shall ascertain from his examination of existing facilities and drawings whether any special temporary openings in building will be required for admission of apparatus provided under his Contract, and he shall notify the Architect, through General Contractor. In event of failure of Trade Contractor to give sufficient notice in time to arrange for these openings during construction, said Contractor shall assume all costs of providing such openings thereafter. Attention is directed to Coordination Drawing requirements set forth OR in Section 01041 and specific specification section references. H. Manufacturers directions shall be followed completely in the 40 delivery, storage, protection and installation of all equipment and on 2053/15220 01900 - 9 Special Conditions - All Trades am 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College so masonry or concrete surfaces exposed to view in the finished work. .o B. Each trade shall bear the full expense of all cutting and rough patching of the work of other trades required because of his fault, error or tardiness or because of any damage done by him. Im C. All finish patching shall be completed under the direction of the General Contractor/Construction Manager by the appropriate trades, w subject to Paragraph 1.08.B above. D. All work requirements shall be as specified in Sections 01040Schedule; 01045 and 01120; most restrictive provisions apply. an 1.09 MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES A. Product Criteria 1. All equipment provided as part of the work shall comply with the latest editions of all applicable state and municipal "energy codes" . 2 . Provide certification from the equipment suppliers for all energy consuming equipment that said equipment fully complies with these codes. w Equipment submissions will not be accepted for review unless accompanied by such certification(s) in writing. ew B. All materials shall be new and bear the manufacturer's name, trade and the UL label in every case where a standard has been established for the particular material. The equipment to be furnished under each Section of the Specification shall be essentially the standard product of a manufacturer's type of equipment, and shall be the manufacturer's w latest approved design. Where products by their nature and their use are likely to need replacement p parts on a future date, for maintenance and repair or replacement work, .products shall be standard domestically produced products likely to have such parts available to Owner in future. w� C. Equipment and materials shall be delivered to the site and stored in original containers, suitably sheltered from the elements, but readily accessible for inspection by the Architect until installed. All items subject to moisture damage (such as controls) shall be stored in dry, heated spaces. ow Coordinate requirements with Section 01600. D. Equipment and materials of the same general type shall be of the same make throughout the work to provide uniform appearance, operation and maintenance. 2053/15220 01900 - 8 Special Conditions - All Trades ..� 0 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College number of specifications governing, Subcontractor' s name and name of job. Catalogs, pamphlets or other documents submitted to describe items on which approval is being requested, shall be specific and identification in catalog, pamphlets, etc. , of item submitted shall be clearly made in ink. Data of general nature will not be accepted. D. Shop and coordination drawings (as required) shall be submitted in asu accordance with the requirements of Sections 01041 and 01300 . Shop drawings shall certify work to be installed as coordinated with work of other trades within spaces allocated. an Certification shall be verified by the Trade or Subcontractor having shop drawings reviewed and initialed by authorized representatives of other mechanical and/or electrical trades for coordination of clearances. Contractors shall plan work so that sufficient time is allowed for W coordination prior to submission of shop drawings. Manufacturer's printed literature, schedule of materials, standard details or other documents submitted to describe items on which an approval is being requested are not required to be initialed by other trades, unless specifically requested. W E. Disposition of shop drawings or schedules shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for deviations from drawings or specifications, unless he has in writing called attention to such deviations at time of submission and secured written approval nor no shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors in shop drawings or schedules. F. Submit samples of all materials requested by Architect. Samples shall be prepared and submitted in accordance with requirements of Section 01300. 1.08 CUTTING AND PATCHING (Coordinate with Sections 010405 & 01045) A. Under each section of the Specifications, each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for all required cutting, rough patching and the like, incidental to his work under that Section, but in no case shall any Contractor: "" 1. endanger any work by cutting or drilling or otherwise; 2 . cut or alter the work of any other contractor except with the written consent of the Architect; 3 . cut into any structural elements, without the written consent of the Architect. All such cutting shall be by "core drilling" operations only when in 2053/15220 01900 - 7 Special Conditions - All Trades 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College used as a shop, each Trade Contractor shall consult with the Contractor and will restrict his storage to spaces designated for such purposes. The respective Trade Contractor will be held responsible for .w repairs, patching or cleaning arising from such use. D. No Contractor shall trespass or enter upon areas that are noted as �e being restricted. E. Plumbing fixtures shall not be used for emptying water from buckets, pails or other containers. u■ F. Temporary structures shall be as specified in Section 01500. w�a G. Notwithstanding any approvals or instructions which must be obtained by the Trade Contractor from the Architect in connection with use of premises, the responsibility for the safe working conditions at the wr site shall be the Contractor's and the Architect or Owner shall not be deemed to have any responsibility or liability in connection therewith. 1.07 APPROVALS - Coordinate with Sections 01300 and 01310 A. Within time periods set in Sections 01300 and 01310 after award of Contract and/or approval of material list sheets, each Contractor w. shall submit a list of all proposed materials, fixtures and equipment giving manufacturer's name, catalog number, etc. , for approval and acceptance before proceeding to place orders or assemble shop drawings. Provide complete list and indicate for orders or assembly shop drawings; and indicate for what purpose and where material is w proposed to be used. Intention of using specified materials does not relieve obligation +e, of submitting this list. B. Materials, workmanship, design and arrangement of work shall be subject to approval. ww C. Prior to purchase of material, submit for approval as directed, samples, detailed drawings and specifications of material and equipment with accompanying certification of specification compliance. Statement shall also list and describe an y points of disagreement with the Contract Documents. In the absence of such statement, NO APPROVALS WILL BE GIVEN. Samples, drawings, specifications, catalogs, etc. submitted for approval shall be properly labeled indicating specified service for which material or equipment is to be used, section and article 2053/15220 01900 - 6 Special Conditions - All Trades ae 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 4v A. All work shall be guaranteed to be free from leaks or defects and that all elements of the systems are of sufficient capacity to meet the specified performance requirements as set forth in the Contract Documents. Any defective materials or workmanship as well as damage to the work of all trades resulting from same shall be replaced or repaired as directed for the duration of the stipulated guarantee periods. go Further, failure which may develop due to defective or improper material, equipment, workmanship or design shall be made good, no forthwith, by and at the expense of the Contractor, including damage done to areas, materials and other systems resulting from this failure. op All guarantees shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, other liabilities under the law or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. w B. The duration of guarantee period following the date of final acceptance of the work shall be: 1. For work not otherwise specified - one (1) year. 2 . For heating systems - one (1) year plus any time necessary to include one (1) continuous heating season from November 1 to April 1. 3 . For refrigeration systems - one (1) year plus any time necessary to include one (1) continuous cooling season from May 1 to October 1 and five (5) years on all compressors. C. Non-durable replaceable items such as mechanical air filter media and electric lamps do not require replacement after the date of acceptance. D. If requests for earlier acceptance dates are received in writing by the Architect, some may, at the Architects option, be honored. E. Before final request for payment, furnish written guarantee covering above requirements. 1.06 USES OF PREMISES - Coordinate with Section 01500 A. Each Trade Contractor shall confine his apparatus, storage of materials and construction operations to the limits indicated by ordinances, permits, as may be directed by the Contractor and/or shown on the Contract Documents. He shall not encumber the premises with his materials. B. In the utilization of ground area, temporary protection of pavements, curbs, walks, structures, and other permanent improvements shall be installed and maintained by the Trade so involved. C. In storing materials within areas (structure or ground) , or when 2053/15220 01900 - 5 Special Conditions - All Trades 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Nw ANSI American National Standards Institute ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers am NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air wn Conditioning Engineers AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association ADC American Diffuser Council AWWA American Water Works Association ARI American Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Contractors' Association + IEEE Institute of Electrical & Electronics Engineers IPCEA Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association ASA American Standards Association am FM Factory Mutual Engineering Division CS Commercial Standard of NBS (US Dept. of Commerce) F. In case of conflict, MOST STRINGENT codes will govern; however, Contract Documents shall govern whenever they are more stringent than Code requirements. 1.04 LAWS, ORDINANCES, PERMITS AND FEES (Coordinate with Article 3 .7 of Section 00700 and Section 01080) A. The Contractor shall give all necessary notices, obtain all permits, pay all governmental taxes, fees and other costs in connection with his work; file for necessary approvals with the jurisdiction in which the work is to be performed; obtain all required Certificates of Inspection for his work and deliver same to the Architect before request for acceptance and final payment for the work. B. The Contractor shall pay any and all Utility Company and municipal charges for all materials furnished and work performed by them, in conjunction with this Contract and shall be reimbursed for same, without benefit of overhead and profit, as set forth in Section 01040Schedule. C. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative (with w" copies to the Architect) all permits or certificates of approval issued by all Local and State agencies having jurisdiction in connection with this work, before the certificate for the final payment is issued. D. No work shall be covered over until tests have been performed and the authorities having jurisdiction have examined, inspected and approved the tests and the work. E. No Contractor is entitled to additional compensation from the Owner for failure for any reason to obtain said costs. 1. 05 GUARANTEES 2053/15220 01900 - 4 Special Conditions - All Trades u. 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College who have been duly awarded the contract for the work of this Trade. In the event that this document is used to acquire work as part of a general construction contract the words "by other trades" shall mean by persons or parties who are not anticipated to be the subcontractor for this trade working together with the General Contractor/Construction Manager. !! ' IN THIS CONTEXT THE WORDS "BY OTHER TRADES" SHALL NOT BE INTERPRETED TO MEAN NOT INCLUDED IN THE OVERALL CONTRACT. so 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS - Coordinate with Section 01090 A. All material and workmanship shall comply with all applicable codes, specifications and local and state ordinances, industry standards and utility company regulations. Further, all materials, equipment and apparatus shall be Underwriters Listed or Labeled for all items where such listing or label is available. Items which are not Underwriters Listed or Labeled are not acceptable if labeled or listed equipment can be obtained from another acceptable manufacturer. Assemblies not labeled or listed shall be furnished with certification by the manufacturer that the wiring complies with U.L. safety requirements. Each component of assembly shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories as a "Recognized Component" . B. In case of difference between building codes, specifications, state laws, local ordinances, industry standards and utility company regulations and the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect in writing of any such difference. C. Should any Trade or Subcontractor perform any work that does not comply with the requirements of the applicable building codes, state laws, local ordinances, industry standards and utility company regulations, he shall bear all costs arising in correcting the deficiencies. D. Applicable codes and standards shall include all state laws, local ordinances, utility company regulations, and the applicable requirements of the following accepted codes and standards: E. Applicable Codes and Reference Standards NEC National Electrical Code - when not in conflict with local codes. MEC Massachusetts Electrical Code OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration EPA Environmental Protection Agency NFPA National Fire Protection Association MSBC Massachusetts State Building Code UL Underwriter's Laboratories AGA American Gas Association AIA American Insurance Association (Formerly NBFU) 2053/15220 01900 - 3 Special Conditions - All Trades ow 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College .w D. Wherever the terms "material" or "materials" are used in the specifications, they shall mean any "product" , "equipment" , "device" , "assembly" or "item" required under the contract, as indicated by trade or brand name, manufacturers ' name, standard ow specification reference or other description. E. The terms "approved" or "approval" shall mean the written approval of the Architect. F. The terms "specification" or "specifications" shall mean all information contained in the bound or unbound volume, including all "Contract Documents" defined therein; except for the drawings. G. The terms "directed" , "required" , "permitted, "ordered" , "designated" , "prescribed" and similar words shall mean the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Architect; the terms "approved" , "acceptable" , "satisfactory" and similar words shall mean approved by, acceptable or satisfactory to the Architect; and the terms "necessary" , "responsible" , "proper" , "correct" and similar words shall mean necessary, reasonable, proper, or correct, in the judgement of the Architect. H. "Piping" includes in addition to pipe or tubing, all fittings, flanges, unions, valves, strainers, drains, hangers and other accessories relative to such piping. I. "Concealed" means hidden from sight in chases, furred spaces, shafts, hung ceiling, embedded in construction or in crawl spaces. J. "Exposed" means not installed underground or "concealed" as defined above as well as work visible to building occupants. K. "Invert Elevations" means the inside bottom of pipe. wee L. "Work" means labor, materials, equipment, apparatus, controls and accessories required for proper and complete installation. +�w M. "Acceptable equivalent" or "Equal" : Of weight, size, design, capacity and efficiency to meet requirements specified and shown, and of acceptable manufacture, as determined in the opinion of the Architect. N. "Acceptable" : Acceptable, as determined in the opinion of the Architect. 0. "Named" Product: Manufacturer's name for product, as recorded in published documents of latest issue as of date of Contract Documents. Obtain Architect's permission before using products of later or earlier model. .� P. "By Other Trades" or "Others" or "Oth" means by persons or parties responsible for work at the project other than the party or parties w. 2053/15220 01900 - 2 Special Conditions - All Trades ,.. 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 91R SECTION 01900 SPECIAL CONDITIONS AND COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION, MECHANICAL & ELECTRICAL TRADES 1.01 GENERAL A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the Conditions of the Contract and the balance of Division #1 and Technical Specifications. Specific attention is to be paid to Section 01040, Project Coordination as same impacts this section of work. B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Vendors and the like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said provisions. C. Definitions as apply to "Contractors" involved with the work of this w Project shall be as set forth in Section 01010. D. Prohibition of Lead 1. The presence and use of lead is strictly prohibited in water systems. Potable water shall not be subject to contact with lead in any form. 2 . The design and manufacture of all materials and equipment (piping, fittings, joints, connections, solders, accessories, etc. ) provided under the work of this Contract, shall not contain lead in any form. 3 . Contractor shall be responsible for all costs involved in testing and certifying that potable water systems, materials and equipment are lead free. E. Asbestos: It is a project requirement that any and all equipment and materials furnished for this work shall be asbestos free and shall be so certified to this fact by the contractor and each respective manufacturer. 1,02 DEFINITIONS - Coordinate with Section 00700 A. Words in the singular shall also mean and include the plural, wherever the context so indicates, and words in the plural shall mean the singular, wherever the context so indicates. B. Wherever the terms "shown on drawings" are used in the specifications, they shall mean "noted" , "indicated" , "scheduled" , "detailed" , or any other diagrammatic or written reference made on +? the drawings. C. Wherever the terms "Provide" or "Provided" are used in these Specifications, they shall mean "FURNISH AND INSTALL" . The term "Furnish" shall mean "to fit out and/or supply" material required for project use. The term "INSTALL" shall mean "set" , "connect" , "erect" , "apply" or to "otherwise fix into position for use" . w 2053/15220 01900 - 1 Special Conditions - All Trades 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College «w C. MANUALS FOR PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, AND FINISHES: wo 1. Submit three (3) copies of complete manual. 2 . Content: Provide complete information for architectural products, applied materials, and finishes. ,. a. Manufacturer' s data, including catalog number, size, composition, color and texture designations, and information for reordering. b. Instructions for care and maintenance, including manufacturer' s recommendations for cleaning agents and methods; cautions against detrimental cleaning agents and methods; and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. **End of Section** .w rw w.. w .w, 2053/15220 01730 - 4 Operation and Maintenance Requirements 0 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College n 1. Introduction: a. Explanation of Manual and its use. b. Summary description of all mechanical and electrical and equipment operating systems. C. Purpose of systems. d. Maintenance scheduling summary analysis, sheets and software operating instructions and diskette(s) . 'o 2 . System: a. Detailed description of all systems . b. Illustrations, schematics, block diagrams, photographs los and other exhibits. C. Complete wiring diagrams, tabulations and installation drawings. d. Valve tag charts and control diagrams. e. 1/2 size reduced copy of "Record Drawings" . 3 . Operations: a. Complete detailed, step-by-step, sequential description of all phases of operation for portion of the systems, including startup, shutdown, adjusting and balancing, and emergency procedures. Include all posted instruction charts. 4. Maintenance: a. Parts list and parts number. b. Maintenance, lubrication and replacement charts and Contractor's recommendations for preventative maintenance. C. Trouble shooting charts for systems and components. d. Instructions of testing each type of part. e. Recommended list of on-hand spare parts. f. Complete calibration instructions for all parts and entire systems. g. Instruction for charging, filling, draining and purging. h. General or miscellaneous maintenance notes. 5. Manufacturer's Literature: 40 a. Complete listing for all parts with names, addresses and telephone numbers. b. Care and operation. me C. All and only pertinent brochures, illustrations, drawings, cuts, bulletins, technical data, certified performance charts and other literature with the model actually furnished to be clearly and conspicuously identified. d. Internal wiring diagrams and engineering data sheets for all items and/or equipment to be furnished. w e. Guarantee and warranty data. 6. Instructions for lubricating each piece of equipment installed. Instructions shall state type of lubricant, where and how frequently lubrication is required. Frame all instructions under glass and hang in the Mechanical Room or other location as directed by Architect. 2053/15220 01730 - 3 Operation and Maintenance Requirements MW 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College an equipment or system. ®gyp Use Operating and Maintenance Data as a training guide. If requested by the Owner, videotape all demonstrations and training Im sessions on VHS two hour format and provide cassettes to the Owner. E. The Architect, and Owner's Representative, shall be completely oft satisfied that the representative of the Owner has been thoroughly and completely instructed in the proper operation of all systems and equipment before final payment is made. w„ If the Architect, or the Owner' s Representative, determines that complete and thorough instructions have not been given by the contractor to the Owners ' Representative, then the offending am Contractor shall be directed by the Architect to provide whatever instructions are necessary until the intent of this paragraph of the Specification has been complied with as determined by the Architect and Owner's Representative. we 1.04 PARTS LIST A. As required the respective Trade or Subcontractor shall furnish or three (3) typed sets of instructions for the ordering and stocking of spare parts for all equipment installed. The lists shall include parts numbered and suggested supplier. Each set shall also include an itemized list of component parts that should be kept on hand and where such parts can be purchased. 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. The Contractor shall submit to the Architect for approval three (3) typed sets, bound neatly in hard backed loose leaf binders, of all instructions for the installation, operation, care and maintenance of all equipment, fixtures and systems. 1. Provide typed or printed label identifying binder as operating and maintenance data. List title of project, contract number, and location of equipment. 2 . Furnish manufacturer' s printed data or sheets neatly typewritten on 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch, 20 pound minimum white paper. Provide indexed tabs. aAe 3 . Drawings: Bind in with text. Provide reinforcement rings. Fold larger drawings to the size of the text pages. ■m Information shall indicate possible problems with equipment and suggested corrective action. B. CONTENT OF MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS The instructions shall contain information deemed necessary by the Architect and include but not be limited to the following: 2053/15220 01730 - 2 Operation and Maintenance Requirements 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 01730 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 1.01 GENERAL A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the Conditions of the Contract and the balance of Division #1 and Technical Specifications. B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Vendors and the like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said as provisions. C. Definitions as apply to "Contractors" involved with the work of this Project shall be as set forth in Section 01010. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Start Up and Demonstration no B. Parts List C. Operation and Maintenance Data uw 1.03 START UP AND DEMONSTRATION A. The work required herein consists of starting up and demonstrating all systems and equipment to operating personnel and includes training of said operating personnel. B. The respective Trade or Subcontractor shall make arrangements, via the Owner's Representative (with notification to the Architect) , as to whom the instructions are to be given in the operation of the basic and auxiliary systems and the period of time in which they are to be given. C. As specified in individual sections, furnish the services of - instructors to train designated personnel in adjustment, operation, maintenance, and safety requirements of equipment and systems. If procedures are not specified for specific items of equipment, follow that recommended by the item Manufacturer. !AR D. Instructors shall be thoroughly familiar with the equipment and systems and shall be trained in operating theory as well as practical operation and maintenance work. �w Instruction shall be given after the equipment or system has been accepted and turned over to the Owner. The duration of instruction shall be as specified in individual sections but shall be not less than two (2) days on each portion of operating mechanical/electrical systems . When more than four (4) days of instruction are specified, approximately one-half of the time shall be used for classroom instructions. All other time shall be used for instruction with the WN 2053/15220 01730 - 1 Operation and Maintenance Requirements 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College no accessible ceilings. g. Location of all plumbing, heating, ventilating, air OR conditioning or electrical assemblies, whether existing to remain or newly installed. h. Revisions to any electrical circuitry. 2 . Such information shall include, but shall not be limited to: w a. Any change in floor elevations. b. Any structural changes. C. Any substitutions. d. Elevations and locations of all underground utilities, •"" services, or structures referenced to permanent above ground structures or monuments. e. Designation of all utilities as to the size and use of such utilities. f. The location of all utilities, services and appurtenances concealed in building structures that have been installed differently from that required by the Contract. g. Any approved change order. awe and other such data as required by the Architect and/or Owner so as to establish a complete record of "As-Constructed" conditions. D. The Contractor shall keep the project record documents up-to-date from day to day as the work progresses. Appropriate documents are to be updated promptly and accurately; no work is to be permanently concealed until all required information has been recorded. E. The project record drawings are to be submitted by the Contractor to the Owner or the Architect when all the work is completed and is approved by the Owner and the Architect before the Contractor may request final payment. w If the project record drawings as submitted are found to be unacceptable due to incompleteness or inaccurate information, the drawings shall be returned to the offending Contractor for corrective action and resubmitted for approval prior to the release of final payment. FINAL PAYMENT IS CONTINGENT UPON PREPARATION OF FINAL PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS ON A SET OF "PRINTS" and CAD DISKETTES IN "DXF" FORMAT AS APPROVED BY THE OWNER (A SET OF BASE DISKETTES WILL BE FURNISHED BY THE ARCHITECT) AND SUBMITTAL OF SAME TO THE OWNER, THROUGH THE ARCHITECT. F. In addition to the drawings required as mentioned above, the Contractor shall submit a bound set of all approved shop drawings, submittals and MSDS sheets . **End of Section** 2053/15220 01720 - 2 Project Record Documents ,w� 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.01 GENERAL A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the Conditions of the Contract and the balance of Division #1 and Technical Specifications. B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Vendors and the like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said provisions. C. Definitions as apply to "Contractors" involved with the work of this Project shall be as set forth in Section 01010. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Project Record Drawings IMF 1.03 PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS A. The purpose of the project drawings is to record the actual location of the work in place including but not limited to underground lines, concealed piping within buildings, concealed valves and control equipment, and to record changes in the work. In addition to the above, these drawings shall be "color-coded", by each trade, on a daily basis to indicate progress of the work. Color legend will be assigned by the Architect. X B. In addition to the sets of contract drawings that are required by the Contractor on the site to perform the work, the Contractor shall maintain, at the site, one (1) copy of all drawings, specifications and addenda that are part of the Contract as awarded. Each of these documents should be clearly marked "Project Record Copy" , maintained in a clean and neat condition available at all times for inspection by the Owner or the Architect, and shall not be used for any other purpose during the progress of the work. The Construction Manager, will be the custodian of the project record documents until the end of the Project. C. Project Record Requirements 1. The Contractor shall mark-up the "Project Record Copy" to show: �sr a. Approved changes in the work. b. Location of underground work and concealed work. C. Details not shown in the original Contract Documents. d. Any relocation of work including piping, conduits, ducts and the like. e. All changes in dimensions. f. All access doors and "tack" locations access points in 2053/15220 01720 - 1 Project Record Documents 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College verify completion of the exception items appearing on the report of final inspection. Upon completion of reinspection, the Architect will prepare a certificate of final acceptance or will furnish to the Contractor a copy of the report of the Architect's reinspection detailing Work that is incomplete or obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. The Contractor shall pay the Architect for services performed in inspection beyond the original inspection and two reinspections of the same area, through a "credit" change order to the Owner in accordance with Schedule outlined in Section 01630. **End of Section** iwe �s �e 2053/15220 01700 - 3 Project Close Out .m 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College ■r 1. Project record documents as per Section 01720 . 2. Coordination drawings as per Section 01041. .. 3 . The Contractor's general guarantee (s) . 4. Specific guarantees of material, equipment and systems installed in the work. .. 5. A copy of all test data taken in connection with the work. 6. Three (3) copies of all operation and maintenance manuals. 7 . All keys, tools, screens, spare construction material and w equipment required to be furnished to the Owner as part of the work. 8. Preventative Maintenance Schedule Sheets. 9. Copies of all Certification of Specifications -Compliance as per Section 01300 . 10. Record of Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) . w� 1.05 ORIENTATION INSTRUCTION A. Prior to final payment appropriate maintenance personnel of the Owner shall be oriented and instructed by the Contractor in the operation of all systems and equipment as re P Y required by the Contract. 1. 06 PROJECT CLOSE OUT INSPECTIONS A. When the Work has reached such a point of completion that the *R building or buildings, equipment, apparatus or phase of construction or any part thereof required by the Owner for occupancy or use can be so occupied and used for the purpose intended, the Contractor, prior to notification to the Architect, shall make a preliminary inspection of the Work to insure that all the requirements of the Contract have been met and the Work is substantially complete and is acceptable. Upon such notification, the Owner or the Architect shall make a detailed inspection of the Work to insure that all the requirements of the Contract have been met and that the Work is complete and is acceptable. B. A copy of the report of the inspection shall be furnished to the Contractor as the inspection progresses so that the Contractor may proceed without delay with any part of the Work found to be incomplete or defective. C. When the items appearing on the report of inspection have been completed or corrected, the Contractor shall so advise the Owner and the Architect. After receipt of this notification, the Owner or the Architect shall inform the Contractor of the date and time of final inspection. A copy of the report of the final inspection containing all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incompletions shall be furnished to the Contractor. D. After the receipt of notification of completion and all remaining contract exceptions, omissions and incompletions from the Contractor, the Owner and the Architect will reinspect the Work to 2053/15220 01700 - 2 Project Close Out '�" 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 01700 PROJECT CLOSE OUT 1.01 GENERAL A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the Conditions of the Contract and the balance of Division #1 and Technical Specifications. u B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Vendors and the like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said provisions. C. Definitions as apply to "Contractors" involved with the work of this an Project shall be as set forth in Section 01010. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Final Cleanup B. Required Close Out Documentation C. Orientation Instruction D. Project Close Out Inspections 1.03 FINAL CLEANUP A. The Contractor shall leave the work ready for use and occupancy without the need of further cleaning of any kind. B. The Contractor shall remove all tools, appliances, project signs, material and equipment from the phased areas as soon as possible upon completion of the work. C. The work is to be turned over to the Owner in new condition, in proper repair and in perfect adjustment. D. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning operations. The following are examples, but not limitation, of cleaning required: 1. Remove labels which are not required as permanent labels. 2 . Clean transparent materials, removing substances which are noticeable as vision-obscuring. 3 . Clean exposed hard-surfaced finishes, until free of dust, stains, films and similar noticeable substances. 4. Wipe surfaces of all fittings and fixtures as well as all mechanical and electrical equipment clean, remove excess lubrication and other substances. 5 . Remove debris and surface dust from limited-access spaces such as plenums, shafts and cleaning spaces. 6. Clean lighting fixtures and lamps; removing dust, smudge marks and protective wraps; so as to function with full efficiency. 7 . Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. 1.04 REQUIRED CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTATION A. Prior to final payment the Owner shall receive, in addition to those documents required by the General Conditions, the following: 2053/15220 01700 - 1 Project Close Out S November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI FORMAT) Contractor: Architect: Address: Address: Telephone: Telephone: Fax: Fax: e-mail: e-mail: Project Name: Project Location: wv RFI Number: Date of Request: Requested Date of Response (5 business RFI Number: —7 days minimum) : Description, complete with backup data as necessary attached hereto: Sketches of Conditions Specification Paragraph Drawing Reference(s) : , Reference(s) : Proposed Solution: we Cost Impact: Time Impact: Trade/Specialty Contractors Affected: uw Trade/Specialty Contractors Coordinated With: Submitted By: Architect's Response: ,�■, + F By: Date of Response: w 2053/15220 01635 - 2 RFI Submittal Form 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Section 01635 Requests for Information (RFI) Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 This document is for issuance at the Post Bid/Pre-Construction Conference and specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling ! requests for information (RFI's) made after award of Contract. 1.02 Attention is directed to Sections 01300 and 01310 of Division #1 as same concerns construction progress schedules, submittal schedules and submittals of shop drawings, samples and product data in general. 1.03 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES: RFI's shall be submitted in the following manner: W A. One (1) completed copy of form following to Architect with copies to Owner (as directed) and appropriate Consultants with the following minimum information: me 1. Work identified by RFI listing affected Drawing(s) and specific detail (s) and Specification paragraph reference(s) . ap 2 . Identify specific field conditions and "as-built" conditions on sketches attached to RFI submittal. 3 . If RFI addresses conflict(s) in, or between, Contract Documents, describe completely and provide such data necessary to permit thorough and proper response by affected discipline. 4. Indicate proposed solution along with any impacts on cost and construction time. 5 . Listing of Trade/Specialty Contractors affected by RFI and indication that RFI proposal has been coordinated with said contractors. INCOMPLETE RFI's WILL BE RETURNED TO CONTRACTOR WITHOUT ACTION TAKEN. 1.04 REVIEW PROCEDURES/ACTIONS A. Architect/Engineer may request additional information or documentation as may be deemed necessary for fair evaluation of RFI. B. Architect/Engineer will respond with reasonable promptness as outlined in Section 01300 in writing and may, if deemed appropriate, issue a "Bulletin" (as defined in Section 00810) as a clarification to the Contract Documents. 2053/15220 01635 - 1 RFI Submittal Form 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM To: Proiect: —alSlion Pa ragraph Specified Item THE UNDERSIGNED REQUESTS CONSIDERATION OF THE FOLLOWING SUBSTITUTION: Attached data shall include,in a tabular format to provide a line by line comparison-product description,specifications, drawings, photographs, performance and laboratory tests and the like with applicable portions of said data clearly identified- FURTHER, The Proposed Substitution WILL (OR WILL NOT) Affect: Dimensions indicated on the drawings? Wiring,piping,ductwork,or other building services indicated on the drawings? Other trades and abutting or interconnection work? Manufacturer's guarantees and warranties? The construction schedule? Maintenance and service parts locally available? (NOTE-If Substitution WILL affect any item above,explain in detail.) In addition to the above, the undersigned agrees to pay for - l. Any and all changes to the building design, including structural, civil or electro/mechanical systems engineering(if any),detailing;and w 2. Any and all additional construction costs caused by the requested substitution. The undersigned further states that the function, appearance and quality of the Proposed Substitution are equivalent or superior to the Specified Item. SUBMITTED: DESIGN PROFESSIONAL'S COMMENTS By: Accepted Accented as Noted Firm: Not Accepted Received Too Late • Address: B : Date: Date: on Tele hone/Fax: Remarks: Approved For Subcontractor Submittal: BY: Contractor: Date: R 2053/15220 01630/ATT - 1 Substitution Request 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified; 2 . Will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the product specified; 3 . Will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution in the work, and make such other changes in the work as may be required for installation to make the work complete in all respects; 4. Will waive all claims for additional costs, under its in responsibility, which may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will have coordinated installation with all affected trade contractors, specialty contractors and the like and will be responsible for any and all costs which may arise as a result of this substitution. **End of Section** to am IR 2053/15220 01630 - 3 Product Options 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College to - ww 1. Performance; 2 . Capacity; 3 . Delivery times and effect on schedules, if any; wee 4. Changes in space requirements or effect on other elements of work (if applicable) ; 5 . Efficiency; w 6 . Safety; 7 . Function; 8 . Appearance; 9 . Quality and durability; 10 . Any required license fees or royalties; 11. Availability of maintenance service, and source of replacement materials; 12 . Warranty terms and conditions; 13 . Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the product specified; The contractor shall submit a separate request for each product, supported with complete data, with drawings and samples as are appropriate to substantiate the above. D. The Architect will review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness, and notify the Contractor, in writing, of the decision to accept or reject the requested substitution. E. Coordinate with Article 3 .4.3 and 3 .5.2 of Section 00700. w� F. Further, as outlined in Section 01300, when resubmittals of materials, equipment and accessories to be incorporated in the ,project are necessary due to failure of Contractors to properly ■"" coordinate submittals, the submitting Contractor shall compensate the Design Professionals for required re-reviews of said submittals in accordance with the above fee schedule: 1.04 OPTIONS A. Where Technical Specifications permit Contractor to select optional materials, items, systems, or equipment, the selection of such options is subject to the following conditions: 1. Once an option has been selected and approved, it shall be w. used for the entire contract. 2 . The Contractor shall coordinate his selection with the drawings and specifications and make all necessary adjustments without additional cost to the Owner. 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION A. A request for a substitution constitutes a representation that the Contractor: 1. Has investigated the proposed product and determined that it ++ 2053/15220 01630 - 2 Product Options w 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College �r SECTION 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.01 GENERAL A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the Conditions of the Contract and the balance of Division #1 and Technical Specifications. u�r B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Vendors and the like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said ew provisions. C. Definitions as apply to "Contractors" involved with the work of this Project shall be as set forth in Section 01010 . 1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Approved Equal Clause as B. Options C. Contractor' s Representation 1.03 APPROVED EQUAL CLAUSE A. Throughout the Specifications, types of material may be specified by manufacturer' s name and catalog number in order to establish standards of quality and performance and not for the purpose of on limiting competition. Inclusion by name, of more than one manufacturer or fabricator, does NOT necessarily imply acceptability of standard products of those named. All manufacturers, named or proposed, shall conform, with modification as necessary, to criteria established by Contract Documents for performance, efficiency, materials and special accessories. B. Contractor may assume the phrase "or approved equal" except that the ±A burden is upon the Contractor to prove such equality and to satisfy Architect that proposed substitute is equal to, or superior to, the item specified; however, in the event three (3) or more manufacturers are nominated within the technical specifications for a particular item, it shall be assumed that they have been predetermined as equal to each other and that the Contractor must furnish and install materials, equipment or apparatus of one of these so named; further, if only one (1) manufacturer and the words "must be as manufactured by" are used within the technical specifications, the Contractor must furnish and install only that specified item. C. If the Contractor elects to prove such equality, he must request the Architect's and the Owner's approval in writing for substitution of such items for the specified items, stating the differences involved with and submitting supporting data and samples, if required, to permit a fair evaluation of the proposed substitution with respect 2053/15220 01630 - 1 Product Options a 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College NOTE - Should it become necessary during the course of the Work to move materials or equipment stored on the Site, the Contractor, at the direction of the Owner' s Representative, shall move such material or equipment. F. If it becomes necessary to remove and restack materials to avoid impeding the progress of any part of the Work or interfering with me the work to be done by any other contractor employed on the Work, or interfering with the Owner's activities, the Contractor shall remove and restack such materials at no additional cost to the Owner. G. Protection After Installation 1. Provide adequate coverings to protect installed materials from damage resulting from natural elements, traffic, and subsequent construction. 2 . Remove when no longer needed. **End of Section** 2053/15220 01600 - 3 Material and Equipment 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Minimize Dry Film Toxicity. G. The Drawings do not attempt to show every item of existing work to be demolished and every item of repair required to existing surfaces. Perform work required to remove existing materials which ..� are not to be saved and to restore existing surfaces to condition equivalent to new as judged by Architect. If possible, repairs shall be indistinguishable from adjacent sound surfaces. Where it w is impossible to achieve repairs which are indistinguishable from adjacent sound surfaces to remain, notify Architect, and proceed according to his instructions; coordinate with Section 01120. 1.04 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Arrange deliveries of materials in accordance with construction schedules in order to avoid delay in, conflict with, or the impeding of the progress of the Work and conditions at the site. B. Deliver materials in undamaged condition, in manufacturer' s original containers or acka in p g g, with identifying labels intact and legible. 1.05 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels accessible for inspection. B. Contractor shall be responsible for work and equipment until fully inspected, tested and accepted. Carefully store materials and equipment which are not immediately installed after delivery to site. Close open ends of work with temporary covers or plug during construction to prevent entry of obstructing material or damaging water. C. Materials stored on the Site shall be neatly arranged and protected, and shall be stored in an orderly fashion in locations that shall not interfere with the progress of the Work or with the daily functioning of the existing facility. D. Interior Storage: Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. NOTE - If approval is pP given to store materials in any part of the building area, they shall be so stored as to cause no overloading of the existing structure. E. Exterior Storage: 1. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weathertight enclosures. 2 . Store fabricated products above the ground, on blocking or skids; prevent soiling or staining. Cover products subject to damage or deterioration with impervious sheet coverings; provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation. 3 . Store loose granular materials in a well drained area on solid surfaces to prevent mixing with foreign matter. Locate away from drainage or areas subject to flooding or storm washes. 2053/15220 01600 - 2 Material and Equipment uw. 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Aw SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 1.01 GENERAL A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the Conditions of the Contract and the balance of Division #1 and Technical Specifications. B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Vendors and the like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said provisions. C. Definitions as apply to "Contractors" involved with the work of this Project shall be as set forth in Section 01010. 1. 02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. General Standards B. Transportation and Handling C. Storage and Protection 1. 03 GENERAL STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS w A. These provisions, standards, and tolerances shall apply to all work under this Contract. Where stricter standards and tolerances are specified elsewhere in these Specifications or in references specified in these Specifications, they shall take precedence over these standards and tolerances. 4" B. Build and install parts of the Work level, plumb, square, and in correct position unless specifically shown or specified otherwise. 1. No part shall be out of plumb, level, square, or correct position so much as to impair the proper functioning of the part or the Work as judged by the Architect. 2. No part shall be out of plumb, level, square, or correct position so much as to impair the aesthetic effect of the part or the Work as judged by the Architect. C. Make joints tight and neat. Provide uniform joints in exposed work. Arrange joints to achieve the best visual effect. Refer choices of questionable visual effect to the Architect. so D. Under potentially damp conditions, provide galvanic insulation between different metals which are not adjacent on the galvanic scale. 4W E. Manufacturers, subcontractors, and workmen shall be experienced and skillful in performing the work assigned to them; coordinate with ON Article 5 of Section 00810. F. All paint used on all products shall conform to ANSI Z66.1, Specifications for Paints and Coatings Accessible to Children to go 2053/15220 01600 - 1 Material and Equipment 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College return methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the Project. D. Separation Facilities: The Contractor shall lay out and label a specific area to facilitate separation of materials for recycling, salvage, reuse, and return. Recycling and waste bin areas are to be kept neat and clean and clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials. Location as acceptable to the Owner. on E. Hazardous Wastes: Any unforeseen hazardous wastes shall be separated, stored, and disposed of according to local regulations. in **End Of Section ** Aw ear 40 2053/15220 01570 - 3 Construction Waste Management .m 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College dw tipping fees, and the projected cost of disposing of all Project waste in the landfills. we 3 . Landfill Certification: Contractor's statement of verification that landfills proposed for use are licensed for types of waste to be deposited and have sufficient capacity to receive go waste from this project. 4. Alternatives to Landfilling: A list of each material proposed to be salvaged or recycled during the course of the Project. Include the following and any additional items proposed: go a. Cardboard. b. Clean dimensional wood. C. Beverage containers . d. Land clearing debris. ON e. Concrete. f. Bricks and masonry. g. Asphalt. h. Gypsum boards. ww i. Acoustical ceiling material (grid separate) . h. Metals from framing, banding, stud trim, ductwork, piping, rebar, roofing, other trim, steel, iron, galvanized sheet steel, stainless steel, aluminum, m copper, zinc, lead, brass, and bronze. 5 . Meetings: A description of the regular meetings to be held to address waste management. 6. Materials Handling Procedures : A description of the means by which any waste materials identified above will be protected from contamination, and a description of the means to be employed in recycling the above materials consistent with requirements for acceptance by designated facilities. 7 . Transportation: A description of the means of transportation of the recyclable materials (whether materials will be site- separated and self-hauled to designated centers, or whether mixed materials will be collected by a waste hauler and removed from the site) and destination of materials. Part 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used. OR Part 3 - EXECUTION 3 .01 RECYCLING o, A. Metal, including but not limited to aluminum stairs, structural beams and sections, and reinforcing steel shall be recycled. B. Wood that is not painted and does not contain preservatives (i.e. creosote, arsenic, and chromium-containing preservatives) shall be segregated and recycled. 3 .02 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. Manager: The Contractor shall designate an on-site person responsible for instructing workers and overseeing and documenting results of the Waste Management Plan for the Project. �w B. Distribution: The Contractor shall distribute copies of the Waste Management Plan to the Job Site Foreman, each sub/specialty contractor, the Owner's Representative and the Architect. C. Instruction: The Contractor shall provide on-site instruction of appropriate separation, handling, and recycling, salvage, reuse, and 2053/15220 01570 - 2 Construction Waste Management ' ' 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 01570 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the Conditions of the Contract and the balance of Division #1 and Technical Specifications. B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Vendors and the like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said provisions. C. Definitions as apply to "Contractors" involved with the work of this Project shall be as set forth in Section 01010 . 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section specifies requirements for a complete program for implementation of waste management controls and systems for the duration of the Work. 1.03 INTENT A. The Owner has established that this Project shall generate the least amount of waste practical and that processes that ensure the w generation of as little waste as possible due to error, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, contamination, or other factors shall be employed. B. Of the waste that is generated, as many of the waste materials as economically feasible shall be reused, salvaged, or recycled. Waste disposal in landfills shall be minimized to the greatest extent practical. Is With regard to these goals the Construction Manager/Contractor shall develop, for Owner's Representative's review and Architect's review, a Waste Management Plan for this Project. Each Sub/Specialty Contractor shall be responsible for segregating their own waste into different dumpsters as directed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that debris will be disposed of at appropriately designated licensed solid waste disposal facilities, as defined by governing laws of the jurisdiction of the Work. 1.04 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN A. Waste Management Plan: In the interest of environmental considerations the Contractor/Construction Manager is encouraged to establish a management a plan containing the following: so 1. Analysis of the proposed jobsite waste to be generated, including types and rough quantities. 2 . Landfill Options: The name of the landfills where trash and building debris will be disposed of, the applicable landfill 2053/15220 01570 - 1 Construction Waste Management ■. ,OR Smith College Revised:June 12.^2000 Hot Works Proeram 9, Welding screens, if appropriate, must be fabricated to protect other workers from flash bums and eye injury. 10. First aid equipment and trained personnel should be readily available by phone or radio whenever hot work is done. Rescue and recovery plans, if appropriate, must be clearly understood by all individuals involved. (NOTE: employees are not allowed to enter a permit required confined space for purposes of rescue and recovery.) ••� 11. When a job is completed, all tools and equipment shall be removed and the work area cleaned up and restored to safe operating conditions. 12. "Special precautions" may be required for unusual hot work jobs. These precautions shall be written on the permit prior to beginning the job. 13. Proper eye protection shall be worn when conducting the work. C. Completion 1. When the work has been completed, the area should be rechecked at periodic intervals to be sure a spark or smoldering embers have not developed that could be the source of ignition or present an additional hazard. 2. When cutting or weldine, a "fire watch" should be posted for at least thirty (30) wn minutes following the work 3. The completed Hot Work Permit is to be signed by the fire watch and sent to the W. Health and Safety Coordinator office to accompany the original permit. The completed permits should be kept for at least one year following completion of the work. a 40 Smith Collejze Revised.•June 12. 2000 Hot Works Program me 3. A separate permit must be issued for each job. 4. The permit will not extend beyond one work shift. If work is interrupted (e.g. lunch) and personnel leave the work area,the work conditions must be reviewed to so ensure that hot work can be resumed without risk. am B. General Instructions: 1. The individuals direct supervisor must sign the Hot Work Permit. 2. When doing hot work,combustible and flammable materials must be removed from the area. If they cannot be removed, the materials that retrain should be protected by either shielding,wetting,or covering with non-combustible blankets and/or other approved method. Attention should be given to openings in floors,walls, ducts and ventilating systems into which flames or sparks may pass. 3. Work on or in vessels and on pipelines should not be started until the vessel/pipeline has been drained, disconnected and (piping) blanked off. If numerous blanks are used,they should be numbered prior to the work and accounted for after completion of the job. 4, Fresh air ventilation is always required when performing hot work. Ported air ventilation is required in confined spaces. In addition,the confined workspace must be continually monitored using an approved gas monitor. (See Permit Required Confined Space Entry Program) S. L.E.L.testing must be done prior to doing any hot work in or around equipment that contains (or contained) flammable solvents. Hot work must not be allowed above an L.E.L. of 10%. - 6. Hot work shall not be performed when fire protection equipment (e.g. sprinklers) and/or fire alarms out of service. Exception: all supervisors and workers involved are aware of the shut down in the system and it is noted on permit. 7. Portable fire extinguishing equipment and a"fire watch" person must be present, at all times,when hot work is performed. The fire watch must be strategically located so as to observe and extinguish sparks which could potentially start a fire. S. The surrounding area and operations must be carefully reviewed prior to hot work. Hazards that can be removed should be. Hazards, which cannot be removed, must be covered,neutralized or otherwise protected from ignition or explosion. 4s W on Smith Collage Hot Wort:Permit Program Revised June 2000 Policy It is the intent of Smith College to protect its employees, staff, faculty, student, visitors and outside contractors from fires and/or injuries resulting from any hot work conducted at Smith College. Purpose It is the purpose of this program to establish the minimum standards to be followed whenever hazardous work,involving the use of excessive heat, open flames or the creation of sparks(including grinding metal),which could result in fire or injury. Applicability *� This program applies to all authorized Smith College employees, outside contractors and others who use equipment such as are welders, cutting torches, abrasive cinders, etc., which generate excessive heat,open flames or sparks in the work place. Responsibility The supervisors of the departments are responsible for the appropriate implementation of the Cutting, Welding, Hot Work Permit Program, including its application to outside contractors. The Health and Safety Coordinator and department supervisors will be responsible for auditing and evaluating the overall effectiveness of this program. All Smith College employees and outside contractors using hot work equipment on Smith College property are responsible for complying with the provisions of this program A. Procedures to be Followed: 1. The supervisor of employees conducting the work or department that hired the contractor that will be performing this type of work is responsible for seeing that the hot work permit procedures are followed. Contractor's are responsible to make sure their employee's and sub-contracts follow the Smith College's "Hot Work" Program. All hot work preformed in buildings will require a permit except when the work is dprie in areas specifically designated for this activity,such as the welding bay in the Boiler Plant,Garage and in the Metal Shop. Hot work performed outside buildings will require a permit if the work area is within 70 feet of a flammable substance or within 35 feet of combustible materials. After an initial review of the job, the affected supervisor must decide if a Hot Work Permit is needed, 2. When a Hot Work permit is needed, the affected supervisor and worker shall both complete the form (see Appendix A for sample permit form). If necessary, other groups, departments, trades, contractors, etc. working in the area should also be involved in the preparation of this permit. The original (white) copy of the permit is to be filed with the Physical Plant Environmental Health and Safety Coordinator. The cardboard (manila) copy is to be posted in a conspicuous place near where the hot work is being done. uw Hot Work Permit Program Procedures for: Hazardous Work Involving Excessive Meat, Open Flames or The Creation of Sparks, " Which Could Result in Fire or Injury for Smith College Northampton, Massachusetts Revised June 12, 2000 Prepared by: Physical Plant Environmental Health & Safety Office Extension 2458 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College extra cost occasioned thereby. wr 1.21 DISCONTINUANCE, CHANGES AND REMOVAL A. All Contractors shall: 1. Discontinue all temporary services required by the Contract when so directed by the Owner or the Architect. The discontinuance of any such temporary service prior to the completion of the work shall not render the Owner liable for any additional cost entailed thereby and each Contractor shall thereafter furnish, at no additional cost to the Owner, any and all temporary service required by such Contractor's work. 2 . Remove and relocate such temporary facilities as directed by the Owner or the Architect without additional cost to the Owner, and shall restore the site and the work to a condition satisfactory to the Owner. .0 **End of Section** go .s 4W 40 oft e0 4W 2053/15220 01500 - 6 Temporary Facilities 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Storage of gas shall be in locations as approved by the Owner and subject to Fire Department regulations and requirements. C. No volatile liquids shall be used for cleaning agents or as fuels for motorized equipment or tools within a building except with the '! express approval of the Owner and/or Architect and in accordance with local codes. On-site bulk storage of volatile liquids shall be outside the buildings at locations directed by the Owner, who shall eA determine the extent of volatile liquid allowed within the building at any given time. ow D. The Contractor shall comply with the following requirements relating to welding and cutting: See SMITH COLLEGE OWNER'S CONDITIONS FOR HOT WORK PERMITS. 1. All cutting and/or welding (electric or gas) must be done only by skilled, certified and licensed personnel. so 2 . During welding or cutting operations, a contractor's man shall act as a fire watcher. The fire watcher shall have proper eye protection and suitable fire fighting equipment including fire extinguisher (bearing current inspection Certificate) , go p rotective gloves and any other equipment deemed necessary. 3 . Welding or cutting shall not be done near flammable liquid, vapors or tanks containing such material. 1P 4. Where cutting or welding is done above or adjacent to (within two feet) combustible material or persons, a shield of incombustible material shall be installed to protect against fire or injury to sparks or hot metal. 5 . Tanks supplying gases for welding or cutting are to be placed in an upright position securely fastened, and as close as practical to the operation. Tanks, actives or spares, shall be protected from excess heat and shall not be placed in stairways, hallways or exits. When not in use, protective valve cap shall be screwed on the cylinder. 6. Adequate fire extinguishing equipment shall be maintained at all welding or cutting operations. 7 . The Contractor shall secure all required inspections. 8 . All equipment, hoses, gauges, pressure reducing valves, torches, etc. , shall be maintained in good working order and all defective equipment shall immediately be removed from the job. 9 . No person shall be permitted to do any welding or cutting until his name, address and current license number have been submitted in writing to the Owner. E. Contractors for work outside the building shall commence operations promptly on award of Contract, and shall be responsible for same being kept clear of materials and debris in connection with their own work and that of other Contractors. If a Contractor for outside work allows other contractors to deposit material and debris over its lines, the Contractor shall be responsible for all delay and 2053/15220 01500 - 5 Temporary Facilities .,b 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College a� necessary by the Architect during the entire life of the contract. Toilet facilities shall be kept clean and sanitary at all times. Services shall be accomplished to the satisfaction of the Architect. The Contractor shall provide daily trash collection and cleanup of the project area and shall dispose of all discarded debris, and the like in a manner approved by the Architect. B. The Contractor shall place foot wiping carpet at all entrances, exits to the work areas and provide daily cleaning for all dust and footprints from the corridors, stairs, and the like, caused by construction. 1.15 BURNING A. Burning will not be permitted. 1.16 DUST CONTROL A. The Contractor shall, at all times, provide adequate dust control measures. He shall accomplish this without interference with the operations of the Owner or the safe progress of the work. 1.17 TEMPORARY ROADWAYS A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain all temporary roadways, parking areas and the like required by the Contract. .y 1.18 MAINTENANCE OF PERMANENT ROADWAYS A. The Contractor shall immediately remove dirt and debris which may collect on permanent roadways due to the work. �s 1.19 FIRE PREVENTION CONTROL A. All Contractors shall comply with the safety provisions of the w National Fire Protection Association's "National Fire Codes" pertaining to the work and, particularly, in connection with any cutting or welding performed as part of the work. 1.20 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION A. Each Contractor shall take all possible precautions for the prevention of fires. Where flame cutting torches, blow torches, or welding tools are required to be used within the building, their use shall be as a approved by the Architect at the site. When welding tools or torches of any type are in use, have available in the immediate vicinity of the work a fire extinguisher of the dry ` chemical 20 lbs. type. The fire extinguisher (s) shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor doing such work. B. Fuel for cutting and heating torches shall be gas only and shall be contained in Underwriter' s laboratory approved containers. 2053/15220 01500 - 4 Temporary Facilities w11 41 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College ON the work or when directed. Temporary structures shall be maintained nIw in a neat appearance. B. Materials delivered to the site shall be safely stored and 40 adequately protected against loss or damage. Particular care shall be taken to protect and cover materials that are liable to be damaged by the elements. C. Due to limited on site storage space, each Contractor shall coordinate delivery of his materials with the General Contractor, who will determine when large deliveries shall be made and shall designate storage locations on site for delivered materials. 1.10 SCAFFOLDING AND STAGING A. All scaffold, staging and appurtenances thereto shall comply in total to the requirements of Safety and Health Regulations for Construction Chapter XVII of OSHA, Part 1926 and all related amendments. 1.11 ROOF PROTECTION A. During the construction period, after installation of new membrane roofing system specified under Section 07530 and repairs/reconstruction of slate roofing and gutter assembly specified under Sections 07314 and 07600, and notification from Manufacturer as to certified completeness, the Contractor shall take strict precautions against unnecessary traffic on the roofing surface. B. The Contractor shall provide temporary protection on the roof surface when it is necessary for work to take place on completed sections. ON C. Upon such notification as required in subparagraph 1, the Contractor shall assume responsibility for damages, if any, to the roofing system caused by the work of other trades, except that financial wIR liability for any and all damages rests with the offending trade. 1.12 RUBBISH CONTAINER A. Provide suitable rubbish container device (s) , properly maintained and serviced, replaced as required and protected from access by the public by fencing as may be specified herein or approved by the Architect. 1.13 CONSTRUCTION FENCING A. Snow type construction fencing shall be provided enclosing all work and storage areas. Fencing shall be accurately aligned and plumb, adequately braced, and complete with gates, locks, and hardware as required. Remove same upon completion of work 1.14 JANITORIAL SERVICE/DAILY CLEANUP A. The Contractor shall furnish daily janitorial services for the project and perform any required maintenance of facilities as deemed 2053/15220 01500 - 3 Temporary Facilities 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College constructing, maintaining and removing such structure. w B. Office may be established within the present facility as and/if approved by the Owner. 1.05 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER A. The Contractor shall provide all required temporary electric facilities as specified in Division 16 and/or required to execute ems, the work. All temporary electrical work shall be provided in conformity with the National Electric Code and in accordance with applicable governmental regulations. w B. Energy will be supplied by the Owner. Abuse of service will be cause for termination of same. No reimbursement will be made by Owner in the event of disconnect. OR 1.06 TEMPORARY HEATING FACILITIES A. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all temporary heating, coverings and enclosures necessary to properly .. p y protect all work and materials against damage by dampness and cold, to dry out the work and to facilitate the completion thereof. B. Minimum and maximum temperatures as applicable to selected finish installations shall be maintained as set forth in the applicable sections and/or as may be customary in the industry. 1.07 TEMPORARY TOILET FACILITIES A. The Contractor shall provide suitable toilet facilities at approved locations complying with all state and local requirements in every 4` respect. 1.08 TEMPORARY WATER A. Temporary water will be furnished to the Contractor by the Owner without charge. Judicious use shall be made thereof by the Respective Contractors. Abuse of service will be cause for termination of same. No reimbursement will be made by Owner in the event of disconnect. w. B. The Contractor shall provide piping, valves and the like, maintain and disconnect temporary system as required for expeditious job operations. C. The Contractor shall arrange for all necessary hose, water barrels and similar equipment as required for use by all trades and subcontractors. g! 1.09 STORAGE FACILITIES A. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall provide temporary storage shanties, tool houses and other facilities as required for his own use. Temporary structures shall be located where directed or approved by the Owner, and shall be removed upon completion of 2053/15220 01500 - 2 Temporary Facilities 0 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College OR SECTION 01500 4W TEMPORARY FACILITIES 1.01 GENERAL A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the "Conditions of the Contract" and the balance of Division #1 and Technical Specifications. B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Vendors and the like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said ew provisions. C. Definitions as apply to "Contractors" involved with the work of this w Project shall be as set forth in Section 01010 . D. Temporary facilities indicated to be provided by a Contractor for the use of his Subcontractors and/or other Contractors, shall mean ws for their use without payment for such use unless otherwise specified. W. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Project Sign B. Field Office C. Temporary Light and Power D. Temporary Heating Facilities E. Temporary Toilet Facilities F. Temporary Water # G. Storage Facilities H. Scaffolding and Staging I. Roof Protection J. Rubbish Container K. Construction Fencing L. Janitorial Service/Daily Cleanup M. Burning N. Dust Control 0. Temporary Roadways P. Maintenance of Permanent Roadways Q. Fire Prevention Control R. Temporary Fire Protection S. Discontinuance, Changes and Removal 1.03 PROJECT SIGN A. The Contractor is advised that no project identification will be permitted on the work. 1.04 FIELD OFFICE A. The Contractor, until all the work covered by the Contract is accepted by the Owner, shall provide a temporary office structure, with sanitary facilities, in accordance with provisions elsewhere described in the Contract Documents, for use of the Architect, the Owner' s Representative and Contractor and shall bear the cost of 2053/15220 01500 - 1 Temporary Facilities 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 1. Cost of Testing: If tests indicate that materials or work do not comply with requirements, the contractor shall pay for all retesting, and shall remove and replace non-complying work at no additional cost to the Owner. w J. Local Owner Inspections: The Contractor is also responsible for coordinating and cooperating with local requirements for s inspections. **End of Section** wR MW M w ■M M" No 40 an 40 ON M 2053/15220 01410 - 6 go Testing Services go 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Owner's on-site representative: 1. Polarity tests. 2 . Operation of all circuits. 3 . Testing of emergency system. 4. Security systems. 5 . Generation system. 6. Grounding systems. F. Electrical Lighting System Testing: Conform to requirements specified in individual Division 16 Specification Sections. At least the following tests shall be performed and paid for by the subcontractor. 1. Operation of every component of entire system. G. Fire Alarm System Testing: At least the following tests will be performed. Conform to requirements specified in individual Division 16 Specification Sections. The test shall be performed and paid for by the subcontractor and witnessed by the Contractor and Owner' s on- site representative: 1. All smoke and heat detectors. 2 . Proper operation as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 11M H. Contractor' s Responsibilities: The Contractor shall notify the Owner, Architect, and Testing Laboratory personnel at least 48 hours prior to performance of work requiring testing. The Contractor shall fully cooperate with testing agencies and permit free access to all areas at all times. The Contractor shall permit taking samples at any time during construction, either before or after installation. Prior to notice to proceed with construction, the Contractor shall submit a Testing Log of planned tests and scheduled test dates. Tests shall be numbered based on type of work, type of +! test, and sequence. The Testing Log shall be maintained by the Contractor and updated weekly. 1. Coordination: The Contractor shall coordinate all testing, including all testing and inspections to be paid for by the Owner. The Contractor will arrange testing and sampling performed by the Owner' s testing agency and will have prepared test record forms. Upon receipt of test results, the Owner will distribute two (2) copies to the Contractor and two (2) copies to the Architect with test results. I. Follow-up and Corrective Action: The Contractor and the Owner will note the test record on the Testing Log to acknowledge test procedures and results. If the follow-up or corrective action is needed, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner two (2) written copies of proposed follow-up or corrective plans and obtain the Owner' s written approval before proceeding. 2053/15220 01410 - 5 Testing Services 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College the right to make any additional tests the Architect deem necessary or appropriate. The Contractor is responsible for providing his own tests to determine that materials meet specified requirements. The scope of tests required and paid for by the Owner (unless otherwise noted below) shall include as a minimum the following: �. 1. General Concrete Work: Concrete mix design testing shall be paid for by Contractor. Owner reserves the right to retain and pay for his own testing for checking purposes. 2 . General Concrete Work: Concrete test cylinders as specified in Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete. All concrete cylinder testing will be performed by the Owner's testing laboratory at the cost of the Owner. 3 . Concrete restoration systems, as detemined for mix compatiblty, bond conditions and the like. s. 4. Masonry Mortar: Three cubes tested for compressive strength at 10 days; ASTM C 91 tests. B. Plumbing: At least the following tests will be performed. Conform to requirements specified in individual Division 15 Specification Sections. The test shall be performed and paid for by the subcontractor and witnessed by the Contractor and Owner's on-site representative: 1. Water supply piping hydrostatic pressure test. 40 2 . Sanitary piping test before fixture installation: Cap pipes and fill to highest point in system. 3 . Plumbing fixture operation. go C. Fire Protection System: At least the following tests will be performed. Conform to requirements specified in individual Division 15 Specification Sections. The test shall be performed and paid for am by the subcontractor and witnessed by the Contractor and Owner' s on- site representative: 40 1. Fire protection system flushed and pressure tested. D. HVAC Testing All HVAC work shall be tested by an independent testing and balancing agency retained by and paid for by the Owner. Conform ap to requirements specified in individual Division 15 Specification Sections. Adjustments shall be made by the subcontractor as directed by the Owner. At least the following tests will be performed: 1. Piping hydrostatic tests. 2 . Air and water balancing. 3 . Thermostat control monitoring and testing. E. Electrical Power System Testing: At least the following tests will be performed. Conform to requirements specified in individual Division 16 Specification Sections. The test shall be performed and paid for by the subcontractor and witnessed by the Contractor and 2053/15220 01410 - 4 Testing Services 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College C. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of irregularities or deficiencies of Work which are observed during performance of services. D. Promptly submit sufficient copies (minimum 5) of reports and tests to Architect for distribution. Reports shall contain - 1. Issue date a' 2 . Project title and number 3 . Testing laboratory name and address 4. Name and signature of inspector 5. Date of inspection or sampling 6. Temperature and weather observations 7 . Test date 8. Identification of product and specification section r 9 . Location in project 10. Type of inspection or test 11. Observations regarding Contract Document compliance. E. Perform additional services as required by the Owner and/or Architect. F. The laboratory is not authorized to - release, revoke, alter or enlarge on, requirements of the Contract Documents; approve or accept any portion of Work; perform any duties of the Contractor. 1.05 CONTRACTOR' S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Contractor shall to the best of his ability - 1. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, provide access to the Work and to Manufacturer's operations as may be necessary. 2 . Provide to the laboratory preliminary representative samples of materials to be tested in required quantities. 3 . Furnish copies of mill test reports. 4. Provide casual labor and facilities as required to provide access to Work to be tested; to obtain and handle samples at the Site; to facilitate inspections and tests; for laboratory' s exclusive use for storage and curing of test samples. 5. Notify laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for his assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests. 6 . Arrange with laboratory and PAY FOR, additional sampling and testing required for the Contractor's convenience. 7 . Employ, AND PAY FOR, services of a separate, equally qualified Independent Testing Laboratory to perform additional w inspections, sampling and testing required when initial tests indicate Work does not comply with Contract Documents. Coordinate with Paragraph 1.05 .A.4 above. 40 1.06 TEST REQUIRED A. General Construction Tests: More detailed testing requirements are given in individual Specification Sections. The Owner small retain 40 w 2053/15220 01410 - 3 Testing Services 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w H. Inspection, sampling and testing is required for the following, rw ❑ Concrete, formwork, reinforcing and the like. ❑ Welding ❑ Masonry and mortar. 's ❑ Roofing and flashing systems however this listing is to be considered as partial only with the burden placed on the Contractor to advise, and the Laboratory to provide, all such inspections, sampling and testing as may be specified and/or required by these Contract Documents and the applicable laws and ordinances of the jurisdiction. I. Employment of the Testing Laboratory shall not relieve the Contractor of his obligation to perform Work in accordance with the .r Contract. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Laboratory Qualifications u. B. Laboratory Duties C. Contractor's Responsibilities D. Tests Required No 1.03 LABORATORY QUALIFICATIONS A. Laboratory shall meet - on 1. The "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications" , latest edition as published by the American Council of Independent Laboratories. 2 . Basic requirements of ASTM E 329, latest edition, governin g ww "Standards of Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete and Steel as Used in Construction" . we B. Laboratory shall submit copy of inspection of facilities as made by Materials Reference Laboratory of the National Bureau of Standards during most recent tour of inspection; with memorandum of remedies 40 of any deficiencies reported by inspection. C. Testing equipment shall be calibrated at maximum 12 month intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to either - National Bureau of "" Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants; submit copy of certificate of calibration as executed by an accredited calibration agency. so 1.04 LABORATORY DUTIES A. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor; provide qualified personnel am promptly on notice. B. Perform specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials and methods of construction in conformance with specified standards, "" recognized authorities and the like so as to ascertain compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. wn 2053/15220 01410 - 2 Testing Services 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 01410 IM TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1.01 GENERAL A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the Conditions of the Contract and the balance of Division #1 and Technical Specifications. B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Vendors and the like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said w� provisions. C. Definitions as apply to "Contractors" involved with the work of this Project shall be as set forth in Section 01010. D. Pursuant to the provisions of Section 01300, Submittal Requirements, it is further required that unless otherwise specified, tests called ! ! for in the Specifications applicable to the work and/or required to implement the work shall be paid for by the Owner. E. Where tests are required by the Architect to substantiate conformance to the specifications the Owner will pay all costs of such tests and engineering services unless said tests indicate that the workmanship or materials used by the Contractor are not in conformance with the Drawings, Specifications, Approved Shop Drawings or the approved materials. w In such event, the Contractor shall pay for the tests, remove all work and material so failing to conform, REPLACE with work and materials which are in full conformity. F. Requirements related to testing services and specified elsewhere in these documents include: 1. Inspections and testing as required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction over the work. 2. Certification of compliance as required by individual specification sections. 3 . Testing, adjusting and balancing of mechanical equipment and systems. 4. Project record documents, including operation and maintenance manuals, record drawings and the like. 5. Tests and standards governing work and/or materials as may be specified throughout these specifications and/or as shown on the drawings. G. The Owner will employ, and pay for, the services of an Independent Testing Laboratory to , perform all specified services including mechanical equipment and system balancing. MW 2053/15220 01410 - 1 Testing Services 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 6. The estimated calendar dates on which all the work under the _ contract will be completed and ready for substantial completion and final inspections. B. The Project Progress Schedule shall be based on an orderly progression of the Work, allowing adequate time for each operation, and leading to a reasonable certainty of Substantial Completion by the date established in Section 01010 or in the Agreement. The "PPS" will be reviewed by the Architect for compliance with the requirements of this article and will be accepted by him or returned to the Contractor for revision and resubmittal. Unless specifically required by law, no payment under this Contract shall be due until the Progress Schedule has been submitted to the Architect and approved. C. As the work progresses, an up-to-date copy of the "PPS" with the OR actual percent completion of the various classes of the work indicated in red shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect during the first week of each calendar month. The "PPS" may be adjusted and revised to meet unforeseen job conditions, but such changes shall, at all times, be approved by the Architect. D. A copy of the "PPS" shall be available at all times at the job site for the inspection and guidance of other Subcontractors and Vendors go engaged on any construction phase of the project. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ascertain that all his Subcontractors, Vendors and Material men periodically consult the Schedule so that their work schedule shall be maintained in conformance with his own. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to periodically consult the Job Progress Schedules of any other Contractors that may be engaged on any separate construction of the project, so that undue delay in progress on their part shall not delay the work of the other Contractors. E. AN UP TO DATE COPY OF PROJECT PROGRESS SCHEDULE MUST BE ATTACHED TO MONTHLY REQUISITION IN ORDER FOR PROCESSING TO BEGIN. INCOMPLETE REQUISITIONS WILL BE REJECTED. **End of Section** 2053/15220 01310-3 Scheduling/Progress 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College am 1.04 SCHEDULING OF SUBMITTALS A. the Contractor shall submit a detailed listing of all items to be incorporated within the work, including all items of mechanical and electrical. This agreed upon information will then be incorporated in the "PPS" in accordance with Paragraph 1.05 of this Section. Listing should generally include the following: 1. Overall project milestones; 2 . Dates of shop drawing/sample submittals; 3 . Guaranteed delivery dates after shop drawing and/or sample approvals; 4. Date of installation start; 5 . Date of installation completion. 6 . Sequence of work to meet schedule. 1.05 PROJECT PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Within two (2) weeks receipt of a Letter of Intent to Award, Notice to Proceed, and/or Execution of the Contract, but prior to the actual start of the field work, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect for his approval the proposed Project Progress Schedule giving the information listed below. e� FAILURE OF THE CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SAID COORDINATED PROJECT PROGRESS SCHEDULE AND TO OBTAIN APPROVAL THEREOF WILL RESULT IN FORFEITURE OF RIGHT OF PAYMENT UNTIL SAID SCHEDULE IS APPROVED. The minimum information contained within the required project progress schedule shall consist of - .w 1. The estimated dates the various classes of work included in the Schedule of Values will be started and completed. 2 . The estimated percentages of completion to be obtained and the total dollar value of the various classes of said work projected to the end of each calendar month until substantial completion. Calculations shall be based upon - work in place; materials on site and not installed; materials fabricated and stored under suitable conditions and insured to full value in a manner satisfactory to Architect and Owner; and such other items as may be agreed to among the Contractor, Architect and Owner. 3 . The estimated delivery and installation dates of the major pieces of equipment to be furnished and installed by the Contractor. 4. The estimated projected progress of work that will be performed away from the job site. 5. A delineation of the work that will be performed by the Contractor's own forces and by his Subcontractors. �w 2053/15220 01310-2 Scheduling/Progress 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 01310 SCHEDULING AND PROGRESS in 1.01 GENERAL A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the Conditions of the Contract and the balance of Division #1 and Technical Specifications. B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Vendors and the like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said provisions. C. Definitions as apply to "Contractors" involved with the work of this ® Project shall be as set forth in Section 01010. 1. The Construction Manager/General Contractor shall be responsible for the preparation and monitoring of, the project 'o progress schedule (PPS) as defined below: "Project Progress Schedule (PPS) " meaning that schedule an prepared by the Contractor with all required input from all other entities involved with the work. D. The requirements set forth within this section are directed to all an Contractors involved in the work and shall be considered mandated requirements subject to penalties as defined elsewhere in this Section. ±tee 1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Commencement, Prosecution and Completion of the work B. Scheduling of Submittals C. Project Progress Schedule 1.03 COMMENCEMENT, PROSECUTION AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK A. Contractor shall commence work under this contract upon receipt by him of Letter of Intent to Award, Notice to Proceed, and/or Execution of the Contract, and shall prosecute said work diligently and complete the work within the stated calendar days for each portion of the work as set forth in Section 01010 or in the Agreement. B. The time stated for completion for contract work includes final cleanup of area. Upon completion of total Contract work, ALL AREAS SHALL BE CLEAN. C. The Contractor is to carry on responsibility for services and maintenance of such items as roads, walks, ramps, field offices, parking areas, environmental controls and the like until work under this contract is complete, unless otherwise directed by the Owner. Coordinate work herein with Section 01010, Description of Work. so on 2053/15220 01310-1 Scheduling/Progress 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College CERTIFICATION OF SPECIFICATION COMPLIANCE CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT )SS. .� On the day of before me came to me known and who by me being duly sworn did depose and say that he resides at that he is the officer of the said corporation executing the foregoing instrument, that he knows the seal of said corporation, that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal, that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto by like order. s Notary Public eaw INDIVIDUAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT State of )SS. County of On the day of before me came to me known and who by me being duly sworn did depose and say that he resides at that he is the individual who executed the foregoing instrument. Notary Public .w PARTNERSHIP ACKNOWLEDGEMENT State of ) SS. County of On the day of before me came to me known and who by me being duly sworn did depose and say that he resides at that he is the partner in the firm of doing business under the name of and that he executed the foregoing instrument on behalf of said partnership. Notary Public �eeP 2053/15220 CSC - 2 Certification IMP 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College OR CERTIFICATION OF SPECIFICATION COMPLIANCE 40 I/WE, the MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER and INSTALLER of as specified in Section Number of the Contract Documents prepared by Perkins Eastman Architects, PC 422 Summer Street Stamford, CT 06901 for Alterations to: OR The Mendenhall Center for the Performing Arts Smith College Northampton, MA w do (does) herein certify that - 1. All materials furnished for said project do fully comply with all specification requirements as stated within the Contract Documents; 2 . That no asbestos containing materials of any nature are used in the work; 3 . That execution of the Work covered by this certification has been performed in accordance with the drawings prepared by the design professional team. CONTRACTOR: CERTIFICATION BY: TITLE: ADDRESS: CERTIFICATION DATED: Distribution: Original and One Copy to: Perkins Eastman Architects, PC 422 Summer Street Stamford, CT 06901 Att: Mr. Lee A. Wright One Copy to: Smith College Im Campus Operations and Facilities 126 West Street Northampton, MA 01063 ow Att: Mr. Charles Conant u. 4P 2053/15220 CSC - 1 Certification 44 A-k CL 1 ----------- Combined Submittal Stamps uw �w CONTRACTOR PROJECT TITLE Submittal Number: Spec. Section No. Ref. Approved for Conformance to Contract Requirements Date: B ( ) Reviewed Reviewed as Noted Return to SubcontractorNendor for CorrectionslResubmit Review is for general arrangement only and does not release the supplier ON and/or trade contractor/subcontractor from responsibilities for quantities, dimensions, performance, or other requirement of the Contract Documents. 02 SUBMITTING CONTRACTOR PROJECT TITLE Submittal Number. �w Sec. Section No. Reference: This submittal has been reviewed for conformance to the Contract Documents by the undersigned and complies to the requirements set forth in the Specifications and is so certified by the "Certification of Specification Compliance"attached hereto and in accordance with the intent of the design drawings. Date: B 40 exceUstamps.As 01300 Att: - 1 Submittal Stamps REQUEST FOR ELECTRONIC FILES/CAD FILE PROTOCOLS D. The electronic files requested are as follows: w Electronic file name Corresponding Drawing (DWG extension unless (close approximation) noted otherwise) .� 1. 2 . 3 . Etc. Total number of files: w Total Fee: US$ RECIPIENT'S AGENT SIGNATURE: NAME IN BLOCK LETTERS: AUTHORIZED POSITION HELD: DATE OF SIGNATURE: w4 **End of Attachment** a� ..e w 01300CAD File Request.doc 01300/Att - 2 REQUEST FOR ELECTRONIC FILES/CAD FILE PROTOCOLS Project Number: Project Name: Architect: Client: Recipient's Name: Attention to: Recipient's Address: Date of Request: Date of Release: As requested, attached is a list of electronic files in AutoCAD 2000 in DWG format (Drawings may be "pkzip" compressed) . For the release of these electronic files to the recipient, the following items shall be understood, acknowledged and signed by the authorized personnel of the recipient with the fee included. w A. The electronic files do not necessarily represent the Contract Documents associated with the above-mentioned project. These files are solely for the use of the recipient and are not a representation of the scope of work for the project. The recipient may use the electronic files only. Electronic files or portions thereof, shall not be provided to anyone else without the written approval of the Architect and/or the Client/Owner. The use of the electronic files and any reprographics shall not identify any member of the Professional Design Team ( "Team") or the Client/Owner without the written approval from both parties. am B. The entire risks as to the results and performance of the package including the electronic files, are assumed by the recipient. No member 40 firm of the "Team" including directors, employees, representatives, and licensors of the companies shall have any liability to the recipient or any other person or entity for any direct, indirect, incidental, special or consequential damages whatsoever, including, but not limited to, the loss of revenue or profit, lost data, or any other personnel, commercial or economic loss, and claims by third parties . Even if the "Team" has been advised of the possibility of such damages; said "Team" shall not be held liable as stated above. C. The normal fee for providing the electronic files is US$100.00 per electronic version of each drawing sheet except that such fee shall be waived for a single drawing file. Should modifications to basic files be required, i.e. "customization of files for special use" , additional charges will accrue and be charged at the rates established in Section 01630 of Division #1 and directly payable to the respective "Team" member firm, minimum charge will be $100.00. Each drawing sheet is as defined in the Project's Contract Documents list of drawings and addenda. The fee, agreed to in advance, shall be credited to the Owner on the next requisition for payment. 013000AD File Request.doc 01300/Att - 1 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College a. ARCHITECT. Deliver one (1) sample to field office and one (1) sample to Architect' s office unless otherwise directed. so 5 . Each sample shall be labeled, bearing material and quality names, submitting Contractor' s name, and project name, and other pertinent data. oft In accordance with OSHA regulation Number 1910.1200, a Manufacturers Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) shall be submitted for each product to be incorporated in the work. 6 . Where Specifications require manufacturer's printed installation directions, such directions and diagrams shall accompany samples. Coordinate with Paragraph 1.05 herein 7 . A duplicate letter of transmittal from the submitting Contractor requesting approval of the sample shall accompany the samples. .■ 8. Transportation charges to designated locations must be prepaid on all samples . 9 . Materials shall not be ordered until approval is received in ..� writing from the Architect. All materials shall be furnished equal in all respects to the samples which were approved. 1.08 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS) SUBMITTALS A. As specified in Paragraph 1.07 of this Section and within the technical sections forming this Specification, the Contractor is directed to the following requirements concerning "MSDS" submissions. 1. Submit MSDS's for all products used during construction whether incorporated within the work or used in the performance of the work. 2 . Identify which products may be harmful to construction workers or other building occupants. 3 . Develop eans and methods for p protection of construction workers and other building occupants from potentially harmful products. Submit said means and methods to the Owner for review and approval. *! B. Further, Contractor shall maintain "MSDS" file on site, accessible to workers and otherwise in compliance with jurisdiction's "Right To Know" legislation. 1.09 SCHEDULING OF SUBMITTALS - See Section 01310 1.10 JOB PROGRESS SCHEDULE - See Section 01310 1.11 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Each Contractor's attention is directed to Section 01041 for required coordination drawings and the responsibility therefor. **End of Section** 2053/15220 01300 - 6 Submittal Requirements 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE SPECIFIC MENTION OF SUCH VARIATION IN HIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. 9 . APPROVAL OF SHOP DRAWINGS IS GENERAL. IT SHALL NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR OF THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR ACCURACY OF SUCH DRAWINGS, NOR FOR THE FURNISHING OF MATERIALS OR PROVISION OF WORK REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT AND NOT SHOWN ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS. Unless it is an interpretation of design intent, approval of shop drawings shall not be construed as approval of departures from Contract. 10. If the Contractor should alter any information on previous submittals, besides the notations called for by the Architect, he must circle this new information to bring it to the Architect's attention. 11. Where practical, in submitting data for approval, all associated drawings, product data and the like, relating to a complete assembly shall be submitted at one and the same time so that each may be checked in relation to the entire proposed assembly. PARTIAL SUBMISSIONS WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT ACTION TAKEN. EXTRANEOUS MATERIAL ON PRODUCT DATA SHEETS SHALL BE STRUCK PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL. 12 . Contractor shall have copies of all approved shop drawings as listed in Paragraph 1.06 .A.6 above on the job at all times and shall make them available to the Architect or the Owner's representatives. 1.07 SAMPLES A. The following serves as a further definition of the requirements for sample submittals as covered in Article 3 .12 of the General Conditions: 1. Names of proposed manufacturers, materialsmen and dealers who are to furnish materials, fixtures, appliances or other fittings shall, where practical, be submitted to the Architect for early approval to afford proper investigation and check. 2 . No manufacturer will be approved for any materials to be furnished under this contract unless he shall be of good reputation and shall have plant of ample capacity and shall have successfully produced similar products. 3 . All transactions with manufacturers and subcontractors shall be through the General Contractor. 4. Unless otherwise specified, samples shall be in duplicate (2) and of adequate size to show quality, type, color, range, finish, texture, etc. INTERRELATED COLOR SELECTIONS WILL NOT BE MADE UNTIL ALL PERTINENT SAMPLES ARE MADE AVAILABLE TO aN 2053/15220 01300 - 5 Submittal Requirements 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College project, Contractor's name, number of drawings, titles and other pertinent data. *'* 6. Procedure for Submitting Shop Drawings and Product Data: The contractor shall submit five (5) copies of data, for standard manufactured items, in the form of manufacturer's catalog sheets, showing illustrated cuts of the items to be furnished, scale details, sizes, dimensions, performance characteristics, operating clearances, capacities, wiring diagrams and all other pertinent information. NOTE - all such data shall have "review" stamp applied to each submittal prior to submission. Two copies of reviewed submissions will be returned to the contractor. For all other shop drawings, Contractor shall submit one transparency (Ozalid Type) for each drawing until final approval is obtained. Each drawing transparency shall have a clear space ++m approximately 4 inches by 10 inches on the right hand side for stamps showing "Date Received" and disposition of submittal. In addition to the transparency, three (3) prints shall be required. a. After completion of checking, the Architect, and Engineer (as appropriate) will retain one print for his record and return the transparencies to the submitting Contractor. The average "turn around time" of any one submittal by ,. the Architect shall not exceed 21 calendar days. b. For drawings returned "Resubmit" , "Amend & Resubmit" , "Disapproved" or "Rejected-Resubmit" , the original drawings shall be corrected, a new transparency made, and .s. resubmitted until final approval. NOTE - The Owner reserves the right to backcharge the o' Contractor for the additional costs beyond the review of any resubmittal as outlined in Section 01630. ■eo C. For drawings returned "Approved" , "No Exceptions Taken" , "Approved as Noted" , and "Make Corrections Noted" , the Contractor shall obtain and provide sufficient prints as required for the field. 7 . No work as called for by shop drawings shall be done until Architect 's approval. ON 8 . IF SUBMITTALS SHOW VARIATIONS FROM CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS BECAUSE OF STANDARD SHOP PRACTICES, OR OTHER REASONS, so 2053/15220 01300 - 4 Submittal Requirements so 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College #ut SUBMITTALS NOT BEARING THE REQUIRED STAMP WITH PERTINENT INFORMATION INCLUDED THEREON SHALL BE RETURNED TO THE SUBMITTING CONTRACTOR WITHOUT EXAMINATION BY THE ARCHITECT. Contractor shall see that all work contiguous with and having bearing on work indicated on drawings is accurately and distinctly illustrated and that work shown is in conformity with contract requirements. 3 . Shop drawings shall be numbered consecutively and shall represent: a. All working and erection dimensions. b. Arrangement and sectional views. C. Necessary details, including information for making connections to other work. d. Kinds of materials and finishes. Colors, where applicable w 4. Shop drawings shall be dated, and shall generally contain: a. Name and Number of project. b. Description of required equipment, materials, and classification item numbers. C. Locations at which materials or equipment are to be installed in the Work. d. Identification of drawings, schedules, notes and/or details and specification sections and related paragraphs/articles to which they apply. eiw e. Equipment or fixture identification corresponding to that used in Contract Documents. f. Accessories and special or non-standard features and materials which are being furnished. In addition to the general data required above, mechanical and electrical submissions shall contain: a. Manufacturer's specifications including materials of construction, metal gauge, thickness and finish. b. Certified dimensional drawings including clearances required for maintenance or access (coordinate with Section 01041) C. Performance data, ratings, operating characteristics, and operating limits. d. Electrical ratings and characteristics. e. Wiring and control diagrams, where applicable. haw f. Certifications requested, including UL label or listing. g. List of accessories which are required but are NOT being provided by the product manufacturer or are NOT being furnished under this Section. Identify the Section(s) under which the accessories are being furnished. 5 . Submission of data for approval shall be accompanied by letter of transmittal, in duplicate, containing the name of the 2053/15220 01300 - 3 Submittal Requirements 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College ..A regulations controlling decoration, furnishings and interior finishes as they affect the work of this Contract. It is deemed the sole responsibility of the vendors furnishing fabrics, floor coverings, ceiling finishes, wall coverings and finishes and the like as covered by the regulations to submit applications and obtain approvals for same without additional charges to the Owner. Failure to obtain, and submit, approvals in accordance with requirements of this section will result in rejection of any submittal for this phase of the work. D. Packaged Equipment: Where packaged (factory assembled) mechanical and electrical equipment is furnished, a certificate shall be included with the submission of shop drawings or catalog data stating that the equipment complies with OSHA, National Electric Code, and applicable Underwriter' s Laboratories Standards in respect to motor protection, grounding and protection against hazards, and is approved by all Regulatory Agencies. 1.05 MANUFACTURER' S INSTRUCTIONS A. Where in these specifications an item is called for to be installed in accordance with the manufacturer' s directions, specifications or recommendations, the Contractor shall furnish the Architect with two (2) printed copies of said directions, specifications or recommendations, before the item is installed. 1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS •'" A. The following serves as a further definition of the requirements for shop drawing submittals as covered in Article 3 .12 of the General Conditions: ,. 1. The Contractor shall submit to the Architect with such promptness as to cause no delay in the work, layout, detail, schedule, setting, product data and shop drawings for each part of the work as specified or required. a. Submission of data for review by the Structural and Mechanical/Electrical Engineers shall be sent directly to those Engineers with duplicate transmittals sent to the Architect. sAe 2 . BEFORE SUBMITTING ANY DATA FOR APPROVAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK THE SUBMITTALS OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS FOR ACCURACY AND CONTRACT COMPLIANCE. ALL SUBMITTALS SHALL BEAR THE IMPRINT OF THE Combined Contract Shop Drawing Submittal and Review Stamp AS PER THE FACSIMILE ! ATTACHED HERETO. go 2053/15220 01300 - 2 Submittal Requirements w 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 01300 op SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS (Attention is directed to "FLOW CHART" included in this specification for processing of information concerning the work of this Project. ) 1.01 GENERAL A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the Conditions of the Contract and the wr balance of Division #1 and Technical Specifications. B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Vendors and the No like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said provisions. C. Definitions as apply to "Contractors" involved with the work of this ! " Project shall be as set forth in Section 01010. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Approved Equal Clause/Substitutions/Options B. Certification C. Manufacturer's Instructions D. Shop Drawings go E. Samples F. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) Submittals G. Scheduling of Submittals OP H. Job Progress Schedule I. Coordination Drawings 1.03 APPROVED EQUAL CLAUSE/SUBSTITUTIONS/OPTIONS - Section 01630 1.04 CERTIFICATION A. Certification of compliance with specification performance standards and manufacturers specifications and directions shall be furnished for any portion of this work for which specific performance requirements and/or manufacturers ' specifications are listed. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to secure two (2) copies of each certification when required and transmit same to the Architect and Owner's Representative. po B. Sample Certification Form (2 pages) is attached as an exhibit at the close of this Section. Each item requiring certification shall be so noted and affidavits shall be filed singly to cover each specified material, installation, application and the like. CERTIFICATIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED AS PART OF THE CLOSE OUT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN SECTION 01700. C. Decorations, Furnishings and Interior Finish - The Contractor' s attention is directed to the Massachusetts Fire Code as it relates to go 2053/15220 01300 - 1 Submittal Requirements 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College am 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2 . Note field observations, problems, and decisions. A 3 . Identify present problems and resolve them. 4. Plan work progress during next work period and its effect on the related work of others. 5. Review shop drawings and submittal schedules. am 6 . Review change order status. 7. Review status of construction progress schedule. 8. Coordinate occupancy arrangements and access requirements with Owner. 1.06 JOB COORDINATION MEETINGS (Reference 01041) A. On a bi-weekly basis, either on the day of the schedule job progress meeting, or such other time established, a "working" coordination meeting will be held at the project site. Present at these meetings shall be each contractor's site supervisor with men working, or scheduled to work within the ensuing 2 weeks, and the ws Owner's site Representative. B. Meeting shall be used to coordinate work between contracts for the ensuing 2 weeks. At the close of the meeting, each supervisor shall, in an agreed format, provide a summarized 2 week work plan to the other contractors and the Owner's Representative. C. The time and place for the meetings will be as established in the preconstruction meeting. D. Other than work plans, no minutes will be taken. The Owner's Representative or the General Contractor will provide, at the next regular progress meeting, a verbal report of the date and time of the last coordination meeting and a listing of those present. +w. 1.07 RECORDING: The Construction Manager shall write minutes of all meetings and distribute them to all parties present and to those on the distribution list given out at the orientation meeting within 48 hours of the meeting. w **End of Section** iwc ae e� 2053/15220 01200 - 2 Project Meetings w. 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 01200 �e PROJECT MEETINGS 1.01 GENERAL A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the Conditions of the Contract and the balance of Division #1 and Technical Specifications. B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Vendors and the like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said provisions. C. Definitions as apply to "Contractors" involved with the work of this Project shall be as set forth in Section 01010. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Initial (Kick-Off or Orientation) Meeting B. Regular Project Meetings will be held to accomplish the following: C. Job Progress Meetings D. Job Coordination Meetings E. Recording 1.03 INITIAL (KICK-OFF OR ORIENTATION) MEETING A. The Owner' s Representative will schedule the initial job meeting, prior to the start of any work, at the project site and will notify all parties concerned of the time and place of the meeting. s B. The meeting will be conducted by the Owner's Representative and shall address the conduct of the job, lines of communications, and the like. + C. All Contractors are required to attend. 1.04 REGULAR PROJECT MEETING AGENDA A. Coordinate the Work of the Project (Reference Section 01041) . B. Establish a sound working relationship among the Contractors, the Architect and the Owner. C. Review and update progress, submittal and delivery schedules. D. Review job progress. E. Review progress payment requests; change proposals and change orders. F. Expedite the work to completion within the project schedule. 1.05 JOB PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Unless otherwise directed, bi-weekly job meetings will be held by e the Owner' s Representative. Present at these meetings shall be EACH CONTRACTOR or a representative authorized to make commitments for action on behalf of the Contractor and the Owner. B. EACH CONTRACTOR shall arrange for the participation of its Subcontractors when their presence is required by the Owner' s Representative and/or the Architect. 'o C. The minimum agenda will cover: 2053/15220 01200 - 1 Project Meetings W 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College I'm ill! 1.10 NOTICE TO ALL CONTRACTORS A. After the Contract Award, and prior to start of any work, there shall be a conference attended by the General Contractor and his principal subcontractors including Plumbing, Fire Protection, HVAC, Electrical, Demolition as well as others at his option, the Architect and the Owner' s representative to discuss the conduct of the job, lines of communications, and the like. e **End of Section** +aw wu No 2053/15220 01120 - 7 Alteration MP 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College with Section 01500 . wee 1.09 TEMPORARY SHORING A. Execute all temporary shoring, bracing, framing and protection of affected portions of the structure which are designated to remain in +�* place prior to start of demolition. B. Provide shoring in such a manner as to prevent any settlement or vertical or horizontal deformation of the existing structure. Before commencing with the work the Contractor shall thoroughly investigate the existing structure to verify its present condition. Establish benchmark reference points on all elements prior to start of operations to provide a monitoring basis for performance. C. Temporary shoring shall be performed by a subcontractor thoroughly experienced in this type of work. Shoring shall be designed by a licensed Professional Engineer, retained by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner, who shall prepare and submit drawings, to the Architect, for his review, showing all features of the work. w� The Contractor shall be fully and solely responsible for all design and installation of the shoring. D. Shores shall consist of steel members or substantial timbers free from splits, holes, notches, warpage or other deformation. Sizes shall be adequate to support the imposed loadings. E. Shore walls by needling, shimming, drypacking, etc. , in a neat and safe manner. Do not cut holes in walls where they would be exposed in the finished work unless there is no alternate method of needling. F. Shore floor and roof members directly against structural members, not through finish materials. G. Carry all loads down in a safe manner such that existing members are not overstressed. If necessary, shore down to bearing at the cellar level or on grade. Plan and locate shoring and needling so as not to interfere with the installation of new work. Drawings which are submitted shall take access for new work into account. H. Provide shoring wherever existing walls are to be removed and wherever substantial openings are cut in slabs or support is removed from beams. I. Plan removal of shoring carefully so as to transfer loads uniformly and without impact to new structural elements . J. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the existing structure during all shoring operations. , 2053/15220 01120 - 6 Alteration - 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College PP prepare the wall or partition as necessary to receive new application. D. Where new or salvaged work is required to be built into existing masonry, remove existing masonry and replace with new as required to solidly build and anchor the new work in place. E. Except where indicated on the drawings, specified or directed to be reused or retained by the Owner, all demolished materials, etc. , shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be legally and promptly disposed of OFF THE PREMISES. F. Demolition shall conform to all Municipal codes, laws, rulings and the requirements of all bodies having jurisdiction. Execute all work in a careful and orderly manner with the least possible disturbance to the Owner. G. Sprinkle debris with wetting agent to prevent annoyance from dust. Use sweeping compound instead of sprinkling as conditions warrant. Where practicable, employ enclosed chutes or container carts to convey debris from above grade levels. BURN NO DEBRIS ON PREMISES; coordinate with Section 01560. See Section 01010 for restrictions on personnel movement and rubbish disposal. H. Salvage and Reuse 1. Remove existing equipment and fittings to be relocated in the most careful manner possible to avoid damage and if damaged, restore such items to condition satisfactory to Owner and Architect for reuse. 2 . The trades and subcontractors who normally handle the various items of equipment and fittings involved shall disconnect, No remove, store and protect against damage; move and relocate as necessary and reconnect, install and/or build in at the locations required; and cap and conceal all services to and from said equipment and fittings. 3 . Confer with the Architect and Owner regarding the disposition of equipment for which instructions have not been given in advance. The Owner reserves the right to decide, as the work progresses, on the disposition of equipment and fittings and the contractor shall be governed accordingly. 1.07 CUTTING AND PATCHING (Coordinate with Section 01040Schedule) A. Cutting and patching requirements and responsibilities for this project shall be as defined in Section 01045 . 1.08 FIRE PROTECTION - Coordinate with Section 01500 A. At no time shall the work area be without adequate fire protection. B. A fire watch will be established on a 24 hour basis during any flame cutting or welding operations. For restriction on same, coordinate 2053/15220 01120 - 5 Alteration 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Such partitions shall be constructed dust-tight using steel studs and acoustically and/or thermally insulated, Level 1 taped fire rated gypsum board as specified in Section 09250. Provide exhaust fans during remedial roofing, demolition and new construction work as necessary to pressurize spaces to eliminate fumes from occupied areas. During reroofing operations, air intakes shall be "shut-down" or made safe in other approved manners. Locate enclosures as directed by the Architect and/or as shown on the drawings. In addition to partitions and closures, provide tight fitting filters over all return air grilles and/or open ducts in order to properly protect central air handling equipment. Take all necessary precautions to avoid unnecessary dust spreading to adjoining rooms and spaces. wA Keep all doors to spaces closed and provide positive seals around cracks, frames, doors and other openings within work areas. er WHERE EXTERIOR CLOSURES ARE REQUIRED, INSULATE SAME TO MAINTAIN A TEMPERATURE OF SIXTY-FIVE (65) DEGREES F. WITHIN THE PLANT WITHOUT THE USE OF SPECIAL HEATING EQUIPMENT. w Special attention is directed to Section 09900 wherein "protocols" are established for lead paint abatement/removals and disposal. C. The work of this section shall not interfere, but shall be coordinated with the normal operation of the Owner and in accordance with the Schedule as set forth in Section 01010. Unnecessary disturbances, noise and the like will not be tolerated. D. Noise shall be held to a minimum when work is in progress in or around functioning areas. 1.06 DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS (Coordinate with Section 02020) *" A. In general, the existing work required to be removed shall be as indicated on the drawings, but will also include any and all other existing materials or work necessary to install the new work as 1e� shown and specified and to connect same with existing work as approved. B. Perform all cutting and removals of existing work otherwise required by the drawings and the specifications, or as may be required for the proper installation of the new work. e� C. Where existing walls or partitions are to receive new finishes, the existing finish shall, unless otherwise directed or specified, be entirely removed by the Contractor, clean surfaces thoroughly and 2053/15220 01120 - 4 Alteration 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College construction which has been repaired, refinished, and otherwise renewed. Where new work and existing work of the same kind will be present in the finished construction in a room or space, the new work shall match the existing unless otherwise approved by the Architect. The new and old shall be totally repainted. D. The responsibility for the shoring and/or temporary support of existing piping, ducts, electrical services and the like passing ew thru partitions and/or other support elements shown to be removed, altered or otherwise modified by the construction operations rests with the Contractor removing said partitions and/or other support elements. If existing piping, ducts, electrical services and the like referenced above are designated to remain and/or be relocated, relocation and permanent hanging systems will be accomplished by the trades normally responsible for such items. If items are marked to be abandoned and/or removed as part of the work, same will be accomplished by the trades normally responsible for those items. OR E. Attention is directed to Sections 01040Schedule, 01045 and 02020 wherein requirements for cutting of concrete floors on grade, trenching requirements for underground utilities and like operations w� within specific areas of work is addressed. Coordination of these activities between all contractors is mandated; failure to so coordinate among themselves will not be cause for any charges to Owner, but to the offending contractor between contractors as set forth in the General Conditions, Article 6, A201. 1.05 CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS ±! A. Do not use any area of the premises as a workshop to the detriment of any portion thereof. Should any damage occur during the progress of the Work to any part or portion of the present building or to fixtures or furnishings or any part or portion thereof during operation, promptly repair said damage and make good without extra charge through supply of new materials, etc. or otherwise as may be required to leave the plant in perfect order at the completion of all work. B. CARE IS TO BE TAKEN AT ALL TIMES TO PROTECT THE INTERIOR OF THE EXISTING PLANT FROM THE WEATHER, DUST AND NOISE. op Provide temporary partitions from floors to underside of structure above, in sash and any other openings created by new construction, additions and alterations . 2053/15220 01120 - 3 Alteration 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College F. Perform all cutting for and patching after the installation of new work in connection with existing building as specified in Section 01045 . G. Provide all required bracing, shoring, support of remaining masonry, etc. , that may be required to complete the work of this contract in a safe and secure manner. Coordinate with Paragraph 1.09 herein. .R H. Conform newly exposed existing work or surfaces which are presently concealed so as to match existing corresponding exposed work or adjoining new work as required by the conditions encountered. IM I. Paint and finish new work, including patching of existing surfaces, in existing areas disturbed by the contract operations or by ws alterations. J. Cap and/or reroute all existing utilities so indicated to remain. Coordinate work with Trade Contractor normally responsible for that work. K. Patch and safe tight any holes cut for ductwork, piping and the like to that penetrating item by trade doing said work. Where two or more contractors are involved with work within same penetration, safing shall be performed by the trade with the largest share of the opening being used. Firesafing and smoke stopping shall be accomplished by as specialty contractor in accordance with requirements set forth in ASTM E 814 and as specified in Section 07850. 1.04 RESPONSIBILITY AND INTENT A. In general, alteration work includes each and every trade and subcontract covered by the various Sections of the Contract Specifications, and may also include the work of other trades not specified under the various sections. Work shall be performed as needed to carry out the alterations to completion. B. It is the intent of this Section to obtain a complete, finished installation insofar as the alterations to the existing facilities are concerned. The contractor and all subcontractors shall inspect areas affected and carefully check the drawings to ascertain all of the required work therein. Particular attention is called to the fact that finishes that are required and surfaces that are to be patched and areas that will be altered shall match existing �r adjoining areas. C. All work shall be structurally sound and of the best type of workmanship and detail that can be practically produced under the conditions met. Workmanship and materials shall be at least equal to the existing 2053/15220 01120 - 2 Alteration 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College qP SECTION 01120 ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES 1. 01 GENERAL A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the Conditions of the Contract and the balance of Division #1 and Technical Specifications. on Special attention is directed to Sections 01045 and 01600 as they may affect the scope of work of this Section. ■e B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Vendors and the like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said provisions. C. Definitions as apply to "Contractors" involved with the work of this Project shall be as set forth in Section 01010, Article 1.01.C. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Description of Work B. Responsibility and Intent C. Conduct of Operations D. Demolition and Removals (Coordinate with Section 02020 E. Cutting and Patching (Coordinate with Sections 01040Schedule and 01045) F. Fire Protection G. Temporary Shoring H. Notice to all Contractors 1. 03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Perform all alterations required in accordance with the drawings, specifications and as required by job conditions as may be determined by the Architect. B. Perform all alterations necessary to make good existing work disturbed in the course of this contract and to restore the existing work to a complete, neat condition. The completed work shall be compatible with the type of service the new work is intended to fulfill. C. Provide all temporary new work required by the drawings and/or specified herein. D. Salvage, reuse and/or store existing materials, equipment, fixtures, etc. , where indicated and/or directed. Store all material to be salvaged in locations so directed by the Architect or Owner. E. Perform all demolition or removal of existing work, cutting and patching and all incidental work in connection therewith so that alterations can be made as indicated or specified. Coordinate with Section 02020. 00 2053/15220 01120 - 1 Alteration WIT • • u. mg Us MEaQi Em, � PCI S=A TPI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute Steel Joist Institute Truss Plate Institute 175 West Jackson Boulevard 3127 10th Avenue,North 583 D'Onofrio Drive, 0200 Chicago, Illinois 60604 Myrtle Beach, South Carolina 29577-6760 Madison,Wisconsin 53719 (312)786-0300 (843) 626-1995 (608) 833-5900 Fax(312) 786-0353 Fax(843) 626-5565 Fax(608) 833-4360 Phillip J.Iverson Donald Murphv Kelly Gutting Web Site:www.pci.org E-Mail:stljoist @sunnews.infi.net E-Mail:kelly @tpinst.org Web Site: steeljoist.org PDI UL Plumbing and Drainage Institute SMACNA Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 45 Bristol Drive, Suite 101 Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning 333 Pfingsten Road South Easton, Massachusetts 02375 Contractors National Association,Inc. Northbrook, Illinois 60062 (508)230-3516 4201 Lafayette Center Drive (847) 272-8800 (600) 589-8956 Chantilly,Virginia 20151 (800) 595-9644 Fax(508)230-3529 (703) 803-2989 Fax(847) 509-6219 VIP William C.Whitehead Fa,,c(703) 803-3732 Dan Marcinek E-Mail:info @pdionline.org John H. Stratton E-Mail:marcinekd @ul.com Web Site:www.pdionline.org Web Site:www.smacna.org Web Site:www.ul.corn PMI SPE-Illinois ULC on Plumbing Manufacturers Institute Society of Professional Engineers Underwriters Laboratori es of Canada 1340 Remington Road 1304 South Lowell Avenue 7 Crouse Road Suite A Springfield, Illinois 62704 Scarborough, Ontario, Canada MIR 3A9 Schaumburg, Illinois 60173 (217) 544-7424 (416) 757-3611 (847)884-9764 Fax(217) 544-3349 Fax(416) 757-3948 Fax(847)884-9775 Gary Crites Tony Crinu Web Site:www.pniihome.org E-Mail:ispe @eosinc.com E-Mail:tcrimi @ulc.ca Web Site:www.eosinc.eom/ispe Web Site:www.ule.ca PPFA Plastic Pipe and Fittings Association SPRI VSI 800 Roosevelt Road, Building C, #20 SPRI, Inc. Vinyl Siding Institute Glen Ellyn, Illinois 60137 200 Reservoir Street, Suite 309A 1801 K Street, NW, Suite 600K (630)858-6540 Needham,Massachusetts 02494 Washington,D.C. 20006 Fax(630) 790-3095 (781) 444-0242 (202) 974-5352 Mike Gillespie or Jeff Risley FaN(781)444-6111 Fax(202) 296-7005 E-Mail:mikegC croservnet.com David Roodroets John Hausoul jeffr @croservnet.com E-Mail:Ikspri@aol.com E-Mail:jhausoul @soeplas.org or davelee @ix.netcom.com Web Site:www.vinylsiding.org PPI(Formerly SPI) Web Site:www.spri.org Plastics Pipe Institute WDMA(formerly NWWDAI 1801 K Street, NLV STI Window and Door Manufacturers Association an Suite 600K Steel Tank Institute 1400 East Touhy Avenue, #470 Washington.D.C. 20006-1301 570 Oakwood Road Des Plaines, Illinois 60018 (202)974-5318 Lake Zurich, Illinois 60047-1559 (847) 299-5200 (888)314-6774 (847) 438-8765 Fax(847) 299-1286 Fax(202) 293-0048 Fax(847)438-8766 John McFee or Julie Ruth Dr.Gene Palermo Lorn Grainawi E-Mail:gpalermo @socplas.org E-Mail: lgrainawi @steeltank.com WTCA Web Site:www.plasticpipe.org Web Site:www.steeltank.com Wood Truss Council of America One WTCA Center RMA TCA 6425 Normandy Lane Rubber Manufacturers Association Tile Council of America,Inc. Madison,Wisconsin 53719-1133 1400 K Street, N.W., #900 100 Clemson Research Blvd. (608) 274-4849 Washington,D.C. 20005 Anderson, South Carolina 29625 Fax(608) 274-3329 (202)682-4800 (864) 646-8453 Rachel Smith, E.I.T. Fax(202)682-4854 Fax(864) 646-2821 E-Mail:wtca @woodtruss.com ult Dan Mustico/Kevin Ott Duncan English Web Site:www.woodtiuss.com Web Site:www.rma.org E-Mail: technical @carol.net Web Site:www.Weusa.com SBCCI Southern Building Code Congress TMS International,Inc. The Masonry Society 900 Montclair Road 3970 Broadway,Suite 201 D Birmingham,Alabama 35213 Boulder, Colorado 80304 (205)591-1853 (303) 939-9700 Web Site:www.sbecf.org Fax f,303) 541-9215 Phillip J. Samblanet SDI E-Mail: info@masonrysociety.org Steel Door Institute Web Site:www,masonrysociety.org 30200 Detroit Road Cleveland, Ohio 44145-1967 (440)899-0010 Fax(440) 892-1404 Jeff Wherry E-Mail:jjw@wherryassoc.com Web Site:www.steeldoor.org ..xtiw" 4 (� i x ,(✓.L111111-1211911-1 It � t . a c� +. �. "rx(e$ r -x hr' y Nv.,h..`sf•'S!' - xa..: 1 t The Code O1'IiciaL Seplembei/OcoUier 1990 MSS NCSEA NIST Manufacturers Standardization Society of the The National Council of Structural Engineers National Institute of Standards&Technology Valve Fittings Industry, Inc. Associations National Center for Standards and Certifica- 127 Park Street, N.E. 203 North Wabash tion Information Vienna,Virginia 22180 Suite.1000 Building 820, Room 164 (703) 281-6613 Chicago, Illinois 60601 Gaithersburg, Maryland 20899 Fax(703) 281-6671 (312)372-8035 (301)975-4040 on Olen Thornton, Director Fax(312)372-5673 Fax(301) 926-1559 Web Site:www.mss-hq.cDm Bob Johnson E-Mail:ncsci @nist.gov E-Mail: office @seaoi.org Web Site:ts.nist.gov/ncsci N_AAMM Web Site:www.seaoi.org National Association of Architectural Metal NRCA N" Manufacturers NEII National Roofing Contractors Association 8 South Michigan Avenue National Elevator Industry Inc. 10255 West Higgins Road, #600 Suite 100 400 Frank W.Burr Rosemont, Illinois 60018-5607 Chicago, Illinois 60603 Teaneck, New Jersey 07666 (847)299-9070 (312) 332-0405 (201)928-2828 Fax(847) 299-1183 am Fax(312) 332-0706 Fax(201) 928-4200 Mark S. Graham Edward Estes,Jr. E-Mail:mgraham @nrca.net E-Mall:naamm®gss.net NES Web Site:www.nrca.net Web Site:www.naamm.org National Evaluation Services,Inc. Secretariat NSF so NACE 900 Montclair Road,Suite A NSF International NACE International Birmingham,Alabama 35213-1206 P.O. Box 130140 P.O.Box 218340 (205)599-9800 Anil Arbor, Michigan 43113-0140 Houston,Texas 77218-8340 Fax(205) 599-9850 (734)769-8010 (281)228-6200 E-Mail:jheaton®sbcci.org (800)NSF-MARK up Fax{281) 228-6300 Web Site:www.nateval.org Fax(734) 769-0109 Linda Goldberg Ron Coiner Web Site:www.nace.org NFIP E-Mail:coinerGnsf.org National Flood Insurance Program Web Site:www.nsf.org NAHB P.O.Box 6468 National Association of Home Builders Rockville,Maryland 20849-6468 NSPE 1201 15th Street, NW (800)638-6620 National Society of Professional Engineers Washington, D.C.20005-2800 Fax(800) 742-3148 1420 King Street (202) 822-0229 Kenneth Nelson Alexandria,Virginia 22314 (800) 368-5242 E-Mail: knelson®ncsi-net.com (703) 684-2800 Fax(202) 822-0369 Web Site:www.ncsi-net.com (888)285-6773 Ed Sutton Fax(703) 836-4875 E-Mail:esutton@nahb.com NFPA Web Site:www.nspe.org Web Site:www.nahb.com National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park NSPI N�MA Quincy, Massachusetts 02269 National Spa&Pool Institute North American Insulation Manufacturers (617) 770-3000 2111 Eisenhower Avenue Association Web Site:www.nfpa.org Alexandria,Virginia 22314-4698 44 Canal Center Plaza, #310 (703) 838-0083 Alexandria,Virginia 22314 NGA Fax(703) 549-0493 (703) 684-0084 National Glass Association Carvin DiGiovarim Fax(703) 684-0427 8200 Greensboro Drive E-Mail: cdigiovanni@nspi.org Charles Cottrell McClean,Virginia 22102 Web Site:www.nspi.org E-Mail: ccottrel®naima.org (609) 764-7762 Web Site:wvray.naima.org Fax(609)764-7931 OSHA Richard Wright Occupational Safety&Health Administration w NCEER-see MCEER E-Mail:rwright®msn.com U.S. Department of Labor/OSHA National Center for Earthquake Engineering Web Site:www.glass.org 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Research Washington, D.C. 20210 NIBS (202) 219-7725 NC MA National Institute of Building Sciences Fax (202)219-5986 National Concrete Masonry Association 1090 Vermont Avenue.NW, Suite 700 Web Site:www.osha.gov 2302 Horse Pen Road Washington, D.C.20005-4905 Herndon,Virginia 20171-3499 (202)289-7800 PCA (703) 713-1900 Fax(202)289-1092 Portland Cement Association Fax(703) 713-1910 Neil Sandler 5420 Old Orchard Road no Jeffrey H. Greenwald E-Mail:nsandler®nibs.org Skokie, Illinois 60077 E-Mail:jreenwald®ncma.org Web Site:www.nibs.org (847) 966-6200 Web Site:www.ncma.org (800) 868-6733 NIOSH Fax(847)966-6221 NCSBCS National Institute of Occupational Safety and Robert W. Shuldes ow National Conference of States on Health E-Mail:bob_shuldesaportcement.org Building Codes and Standards, Inc. Hubert H.Humphrey Building Web Site:wm w.portcement.org 505 Hun=-Park Drive, #210 200 Independence,S.W. Herndon,Virginia 20170 Washington, D.C.20201 (703) 437-0100 (202)401-6997 or (800) 362-2633 f800)356-4676 Fax(703)481-3596 Fax(202)260-4464 Bob Kellv Dr. Marilyn Fingerhut E-Mail:bkelly @ncsbcs.org Web Site:www.cdc.gov/niosh Web Site:ncsbcs.org am 11011 fflgt;,11111'111'1 11114 EM 119 no The Code Official,September/October 1999 01090/Att_4 • • WTI s CSA DOT'n HUD CSA International U.S. Department of Transportation U.S.Housing and Urban Development 178 Rexdale Boulevard Office of Hazardous Material Standards (RSPA) 451 7th Street, SW Rexdale,Toronto,Canada,M9W IRS Room 8102 Washington, D.C. 20410 (416) 747-4000 400 Seventh Street, S.W. (202)708-1422 (800) 463-6727 Washington,D.C.20590-0001 Fax(416) 747-2475 (202)366-4488 ICBO Web Site:www.csa-international.org (800)467-4922 International Conference of Building Officials Fax(202)366-3012 5360 Workman Mill Road CSSB Diane LaValle Whittier, California 90601 Cedar Shake&Shingle Bureau E-Mail:infocntr@rspa.dot.gov (562)699-0541 P.O. Box 1178 Web Site:hazmat.dot.gov Web Sate:wxw.icbo.org Sumas,Washington 98295-1178 (604)462-8961 EIA ICC Fax(604)462-9356 Electronic Industries Association International Code Council, Inc. Jack Eddy 2500 Wilson Boulevard 5203 Leesburg Pike, #708 Web Site:www.cedarbureau.org Arlington,Virginia 22201-3834 Falls Church,Virginia 22041 (703) 907-7500 (703) 931-4533 DASMA Web Site:www.eia.org Fax(703)379-1546 Door Access Systems Manufacturers Richard Kuchrucki Association International EPA E-Mail.kuchnicki®inticode.org 1300 Sumner Avenue Environmental Protection Agency Web Site:www.inticode.org P! Cleveland, Ohio 44115-2851 401 M Street, S.W. (216)241-7333 Washington,D.C.20460 LIAR Fax(216) 241-0105 (202)260-2090 International Institute of Ammonia Joseph R. Hetzel,P.E. Web Site:www.epa.gov Refrigeration E-Mail: dasma&taol.com 1200 19th Street, N.W., #1300 EWA(formerly APAI Washington, D.C.20036-2422 DHI APA-The Engineered Wood Association (202)857-1110 Door&Hardware Institute P.O.Box 11700 Fax(202)223-4579 14170 Newbrook Drive Tacoma,Washington 98411-0700 Dr. Daniel Kuespert Chantilly,Virginia 20151-2223 f253) 565-6600 Web Site:www.iiar.org (703)222-2010 Fax(253) 565-7265 Fax(703)222-2410 Fulton Desler IMI Keith E. Pardoe,AHC/CDC-Technical E-Mail:help®apawood.org International Masonry Institute Director Web Site:www.apawood.org 21380 Lorain Road, Suite 200A E-Mail:kpardoe©dhi.org Cleveland, Ohio 44126 Web Site:w,ww.dhi.org FE MA (440)333-1990 Federal Emergency Management Agency (800)464-0988 DOC 500 C Street,S.W. Fax(440) 333-4330 U.S. Department of Commerce Washington, D.C.20472 James T. Darcy 100 Bureau Dr. Stop 3460 (202)646-4600 E-Mail:jdarcyGimiweb.org National Institute of Standards &Technology Fax(202) 646-3231 Web Site: imiweb.org Gaithersburg, Maryland 20899-3460 Craig Wingo (301) 975-NIST E-Mail: craigwingo@fema.gov ISANTA Fax(301) 926-1630 International Staple,Nail and Tool E-Mail:inquiries @nist.gov FM Association Web Site:www.nist.gov Factory Mutual 512 West Burlington Avenue MR 1151 Boston-Providence Turnpike Suite 203 DOE/DOI/FS/USBM Norwood, Massachusetts 02062 LaGrange,Illinois 60525-2245 USC (781) 762-4300 (708)482-8138 U.S. Department of Energy/ (800)547-1364 Fax(708)482-8186 U.S.Department of the Interior/ Fax(781) 762-9375 John Kurtz,Executive Vice President ON Federal Specifications/ George A. Smith,P.E. U.S.Bureau of Mines/ E-Mail: george.smith@factory-mutual.com AMA United States Code Web Site:www.factorymutual.com Metal Building Manufacturers Association C/o Superintendent of Documents 1300 Sumner Avenue U.S. Government Printing Office GA Cleveland, Ohio 44115 Washington, D.C.20402 Gypsum Association (216)241-7333 (202) 512-1800 810 First Street, N.E., #1510 Fax(216)241-0105 Washington, D.C.20002-4268 Dr.W.Lee Shoemaker DOJ (202) 289-5440 E-Mail:lshoemaker@mbma.com U.S.Department of Justice Fax(202)289-3707 Web Site:www.mbma.corn 00 10th&Constitution Avenue,N.W. Michael A. Gardner Washington, D.C. 20530 E-Mail: info@gypsum.org MCEER(formerly NCEER) (202) 514-2000 Web Site: www.gypsum.org Multidisciplinary Center for Earthquake Engineering Research HP'VA State University of New York at Buffalo Hardwood Plywood &Veneer Association Red Jacket guadrangle 1825 Michael Faraday Drive Buffalo, New York 14261 Reston,Virginia 20190-5350 (716)645-3391 (703)435-2900 Fax (716) 645-3399 Fax (703) 435-2537 Dr. Michael Bruneau Russell Chapman E-Mail:bruneau@acsu.buffalo.edu E-Mail: russc@hpva.org Web Site:mceer.buffalo.edu Web Site:www.hpva.org - - ,,.grin. r .gip" a � ',y`,°',' x `- �'. ' "`� -- r1' •� , P,ROW, O10 9 O/Att.3 The Code Official,September/Ocotber 1999 ASCE AWPA BOCA-ES " American Society of Civil Engineers American Wood-Preservers'Association BOCA Evaluation Services, Inc. 1301 Alexander Bell Drive P.O.Box 5690 4051 West Flossmoor Road Reston,Virginia 20191 Granbury,Texas 76049 Country Club Hills, Illinois 60478-5795 (703)295-6196 (817) 326-6300 (708) 799-2305 (800) 548-2723 Fax(817)326-6306 Fax(708)799-0310 Fax(703) 295-6361 John F.Hall E-Mail:boca-es®bocai.org James Rossberg E-Mail:awpa@itexas.net Web Site:www.boca-es.com E-Mail:jossberg®asce.org Web Site:www.awpa.com Web Site:www.asce.org BSSC AWPI Building Seismic Safety Council ASHI American Wood Preservers Institute 1090 Vermont Avenue, NW,Suite 700 American Society of Home Inspectors 2750 Prosperity Avenue,Suite 550 Washington, D.C. 20005-4905 932 Lee Street, Suite 101 FairFax,Virginia 22031-4312 (202)289-7800 Des Plaines,Illinois 60016 (703)204-0500 Fax(202)289-1092 (800) 743-2744 (800)356-AWPI Thomas R. Hollenbach w Fax(847) 759-1620 Fax(703)204-4610 E-Mail: thollenbach®nibs.org E-Mail: ashi®gte.net George Parris Web Site:www.bssconline.org Web Site: ashi.com E-Mail:gparris @awpi.org Web Site:www.awpi.org CDA ASHRAE Copper Development Association OR American Society of Heating, Refrigeration AWS P.O. Box 1305 and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc. American Welding Society 140 Konhans Road 1791 Tulbe Circle, NE 550 N.W.LeJeune Road Mechanicsburg, Pennsylvania 17055 Atlanta, Georgia 30329 Miami, Florida 33126 (717)795-5495 (404) 636-8400 (305)443-9353 Fax(717) 795-5495 (800) 527-4723 (800)443-9353 Andrew G.Kireta, Sr. Fax(404) 321-5478 Fax(305)443-5951 E-Mail:agkiretasr®cda.copper.org Martin Welland Charles R. Fassinger Web Site:www.copper.org E-Mail:mweiland @ashrae.org E-Mail: chuck(Oaws.org Web Site:www,ashrae.org Web Site:vrww.aws.org CGSB w Canadian General Standards Board ASME AWWA 222 Queen Street, 14'Floor The American Society of Mechanical Engineers American Water Works Association Ottawa, Canada KIA IG6 Three Park Avenue 6666 West Quincy Avenue (819)956-0582 New York,New York 10016-5990 Denver, Colorado 80235 (800)665-CGSB (212)591-8562 (303) 794-7711 Fax(819) 956-5740 w (800)843-2763 (800)926-7337 William Craig Fax(212) 591-8490 Fax(3031795-7603 E-Mail:w.craig®pwgsc.gc.ca Manuel Gutierrez John Wilber Web Site:www.pwgsc.gc.ca/cgsb E-Mail:gutierrezm®asme.org E-Mail:jwilber®awwa.org aM Web Site:www.asme.org Web Site:www.awwa.org CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute ASPS BHMA 5959 Shallowford Road, #419 American Society of Plumbing Engineers Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association Chattanooga,Tennessee 37421 3617 Thousand Oak Boulevard. #210 355 Lexington Avenue, 17th Floor (423) 892-0137 Westlake, California 91362 New York,New York 10017 Fax(423) 892-0817 ws (805)495-7120 (212)297-2122 William H. LeVan Fax(805)495-4861 (800)850-8394 E-Mail:blevan@mindspring.com Julius A.Ballanco, P.E. Fax(212) 370-9047 Web Site:cispi.org (219)922-6171 David Gilda E-Mail:aspehq@aol.com E-Mail: assocmgmt.aol.com C W Web Site:www.aspe.org Web Site:www.buildershardwaTt.com Crane Manufacturers Association of America ASS E BIA 8720 Red Oak Boulevard, #201 American Society of Sanitary Engineers Br ek Industry Association Charlotte, North Carolina 28217 28901 Clemens Road, #100 11490 Commerce Park Drive, #300 (704)676-1190 Westlake, Ohio 44145 Reston,Virginia 20191 Fax(704) 676-1199 (440) 835-3040 (703) 620-0010 Mr. Hal Vandiver Fax(440)835-3488 Fax(703) 620-3928 E-Mail: haJ-vandiver-@mhia.org Shannon Corcoran or Joe Zaffuto Charles Clark Web Site:www.mhia.org E-Mail:asse@ix.netcom.com E-Mail: cark®bia.org Web Site:www,asse-plumbing.org Web Site:www.biickinfo.org CPSC U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission AST M BOCA 4330 East West Highway American Society for Testing&Materials Building Officials and Code Bethesda, Maryland 20814-4408 100 Barr Harbor Drive Administrators International, Inc. (301) 504-0800 West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania 19428 4051 West Flossmoor Road (800)638-2772 (610) 832-9585 Country Club Hills, Illinois 60478-5795 Fax(301) 504-0533 Fax(610)832-9555 (800) 214-4321 Andrew Stadnick Betty Cooper Fax(800) 214-7167 E-Mail: astadnick@cpsc,gov E-Mail:bcooper @astm.org E-Mail:info®bocai.org Web Site:www.cpsc.gov am Web Site:www.astm.org Web Site: www.bocai.org �w w The Codc Qfticial September/October 1999 - DIRECTORY OF ORGANIZATIONS INVOLVED WITH CODES, STANDARDS AND CONSTRUCTION The following is a directory of North American organizations and associations involved with code enforcement, standards writing and the construction industry.Each entry includes the organization's acronym,full name, ad- ,, dress and telephone number. The name of a contact person is also provided for most entries. AA AHA AISI Aluminum Association American Hardboard Association American Iron and Steel Institute 900 19th Street, NW, #300 1210 West Northwest Highway 1101 17th Street,NW, #1300 Washington,D.C. 20006 Palatine, Illinois 60067 Washington, D.C.20036-4700 (202) 862-5100 (847) 934-8800 (202) 452-7100 Fax(202) 862-5164 Fax(847) 934-8803 (800)277-3850 Dr,John A.S. Green Louis E.Wagner Fax(202)463-6573 Technical Assistance:Randy Bissell Helen H.Chen VP (919) 644-8250 AIA E-Mail:hchen®steei.org E-Mail:jgreen®aluminum.org American Instit to of Architects Web Site:www.steel.org Web Site:www.aluminum.org 1735 New York Ave.,NW Washington, D.C.20006-5292 AITC AAMA (202) 626-7359 American Institute of Timber Construction so American Architectural Manufacturers Associ- (800) 242-3837 7012 South Revere Parkway, #140 ation Fax(202) 626-7518 Englewood, Colorado 80112 1827 Walden Office Square Web Site:www.aiaonline.com R.Michael Caldwell Suite 104 (303)792-9559 Schaumburg, Illinois 60173 AIA(Illinois) Fax(303)792-0669 (847) 303-5664 American Institute of Architects-Illinois E-Mail:aitc-glulam,org (888)323-5664 520 South 2nd Street Web Site:www.aitc-glulam.org Fax(847)303-5774 Suite 802 Steve Sullivan Springfield, Illinois 62701-1724 ALI Web Site:www.aamanet.org (217) 522-2309 Automotive Lift Institute Fax(217) 522-5370 P.O.Box 33116 AASHTO Shirley J.Norvell Indialantic, Florida 32903-3116 American Association of State E-Mail: aiailQaoi.com (407) 722-9993 Highways and Transportation Officials Web Site:www.aiail.org Fax(407) 722-9931 444 N. Capitol Street, NW, #249 E.K. (Chic) Fox Washington,D.C. 20001 AIA E-Mail:autolift®iu.net (202) 624-5800 American Insurance Association Web Site:autolift.org Fax(202) 624-5806 1130 Connecticut Ave.,NW ANSI David Hensing Suite 1000 E-Mail: dhensing@aashto.org Washington, D.C.20036 American National Standards Institute Web Site:www.aashto.crg (202) 828-7100 11 West 42nd Street Fax(202)293-1219 New York,New York 10036 ACI (212)642-4900 .American Concrete Institute AISC Web Site:www.ansi.org 38800 Country Club Drive American Institute of Steel Construction,Inc. Farmington Hills, Michigan 48331 One East Wacker Drive, #3100 APA-see EWA (248) 848-3700 Chicago, Illinois 60601-2001 American Plywood Association Fax(248)848-3701 (312) 670-2400 Web Site:www.aci-int.org (800) 644-2400 API Fax(312) 670-5403 American Petroleum Institute AF&PA(Formerly NFoPA) Keith A. Grubb 1220 L Street,NW American Forest&Paper Association Web Site: www.aisc.org Washington,D.C. 20005 American Wood Council (202) 682-8159 AISE Fax(202) 682-8426 1111 19th Street,NW, #800 Washington, D.C.20036 Association of Iron and Steel Engineers David L.Miller (202)463-4713 Three Gateway Center, #1900 E-Mail:standards @api.org (800)292-2372 Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222 Web Site:www.api.org Fax(202) 463-2791 (412) 281-6323 Fax(412) 471-4858 ARI James Bost Air Conditioning&Refrigeration Institute Web Si: :wwwo wc.orcpa.org Lawrence Maloney 4301 North FairrFax Drive, #425 Web Site:www.awc.org Web Site: www.aise.org 1111 Arlington,Virginia 22203 AGA (703) 524-8800 I Fax(703) 524-9011 A erican Gas Association Stephen Sanders Washington,North Capitol NW E-Mail: ssandersdari.crg Washington, D.C. 20000 01 (202) 824-7000 Web Site:www.ari.org Fax(202) 824-9120 James P_nfone E-Mail:jranfone(gaga.org Web Site:www.aga.org Code Official,Sepienlber/Ocotber 1999 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College we MIA Marble Institute of America NAPCA National Association of Pipe Coating Applicators NBS National Bureau of Standards NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau NEC National Electrical Code NELMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers ' Association NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association NKCA National Kitchen Cabinet Association ' NOFI National Oil Fuel Institute NOFMA National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association NPCA National Paint and Coatings Association NPA National Particleboard Association NSC National Safety Council NTMA The National Terrazzo and Mosiac Association PEI Porcelain Enamel Institute, Inc. PS Product Standard of NBS (U.S. Department of Commerce) RCSHSB Red Cedar Shingle and Handsplit Shake Bureau RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute RIS Redwood Inspection Service (Grading Rules) SBI Steel Boiler Industry (Division of Hydronics Institute) SFPA Southern Forest Products Association SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association SPC Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (Grading Rules) SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council SWI Steel Window Institute TIMA Thermal Insulation Manufacturers Association UBC Uniform Building Code (by ICBO) WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (Grading Rules) WIC Woodwork Institute of California WMMP Wood Moulding and Millwork Producers Association WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute, Inc. WSFI Wood and Synthetic Flooring Institute WWPA Western Wood Products Association (Grading Rules) WWPA Woven Wire Products Association Further attention is directed to industry guide complied by Sweet's division of McGraw-Hill denoted as "SOURCES OF INFORMATION" wherein a comprehensive list of international organizations representing building product manufacturers, associations, institutes, governmental agencies and testing bureaus is put forth. This listing is deemed complimentary to the "attachment" and selective listing ,wR above. Part 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED Part 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED ATTACHMENT, BOCA STANDARD LISTING - 5 pages w **End of Section** w 2053/15220 01090 - 2 Reference Standards 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS Part 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE STANDARDS The following listing is in addition to the copy of the "Directory of Organizations Involved With Codes, Standards and Construction" as published by BOCA in the September/October 1999 edition of the "The Building Official and Code Administrator" attached hereto. OR Further, all codes and regulations of the Federal, State and local g governments and of utility companies having jurisdiction, as applicable. as The abbreviations, which may be used in the construction specifications, refer to the organizations and specifications of the organizations listed below and within the attachment: ON AABC Associated Air Balance Council AAN American Association of Nurserymen ABMA American Boiler Manufacturers Association ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists 40 AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers AI Asphalt Institute ADC Air Diffusion Council ALSC American Lumber Standards Committee ON AMCA Air Movement and Control Association ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association ASA American Standards Association ASC Adhesive and Sealant Council ASE Association of Safety Engineers ASLA American Society of Landscape Architects AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute CBM Certified Ballast Manufacturers ale CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute CRA California Redwood Association CRI Carpet and Rug Institute CS Commercial Standard of NBS EMJA Expansion Joint Manufacturing Association FHA Federal Housing Administration (U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development FS Federal Specifications (General Services Administration) , Specifications Unit (WFSIS) GAMA Gas Appliance Manufacturer's Association, Inc. GANA Glass Association of North America HI Hydronics Institute, Division of GAMA IBR Institute of Boiler and Radiator Manufacturers IEEE The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IES Illuminating Engineering Society of North America sm IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America IRI Industrial Risk Insurers ISO Insurance Services Office I'M LSGA Laminators Safety Glass Association LIA Lead Industries Association, Inc. LPI Lightning Protection Institute MCAA Mechanical Contractors Association of America MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. 2053/15220 01090 - 1 Reference Standards ON 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 111t SECTION 01080 PERMITS AND COMPLIANCE 1.01 GENERAL A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the Conditions of the Contract and the balance of Division #1 and Technical Specifications. B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Vendors and the like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said w provisions. C. Definitions as apply to "Contractors" involved with the work of this Project shall be as set forth in Section 01010. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Permits and Licenses w B. Compliance C. Additional Compliance 1.03 PERMITS AND LICENSES A. The Contractor shall obtain, maintain and a p y for all permits and licenses necessary for the execution of the work and for the use of such work when completed. 1.04 COMPLIANCE A. The Contractor shall give all notices, pay all fees and comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the work. 1.05 ADDITIONAL COMPLIANCE A. The Contractor, Subcontractors, and the employees of the Contractor and Subcontractors, shall comply with all regulations governing conduct, access to the premises, operation of equipment and systems, and conduct while in or near the premises and shall perform the work in such a manner as not to unreasonably interrupt or interfere with the conduct of business of the Facility. Or **End of Section** u� 2053/15220 01080 - 1 Permits & Compliance 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College tw B. Each Trade Contractor shall provide all sleeves, inserts, hangers and the like required for the execution of their respective work; failing to provide such, said responsible Contractor shall reimburse em the General Contractor who shall do all necessary cutting and patching required for the execution of his work. Coordinate with Section 01900 for sleeve types, packing of sleeves, pipe penetrations and duct openings for fire safing material and/or caulking; coordinate with Section 07850 for firestopping systems. ON C. No Contractor shall: 1. endanger any work by cutting or drilling or otherwise; 2 . cut or alter the work of any other contractor except with the written consent of the Architect. 3 . cut or drill above the minimum needed to install work. D. All holes cut through masonry exposed to view in the finished work and concrete slabs shall be core drilled except for specific holes that have been structurally detailed per Contract Documents. no The Contractor shall locate adjacent structural members before core drilling to insure that structural members are not damaged. No jack hammering will be permitted in the work within any occupied portions of a structure. E. Exposed patches and repairs shall be as inconspicuous as possible. Where new work does not match exactly the color, finish, dimension, size and the like of the existing, the new work shall be carried across the surface to which it is applied and be continued to a natural stopping point or corner. F. All cutting and patching shall be performed using skilled mechanics of the trade or craft involved. 1.05 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS - ALL TRADES A. The Contractor shall perform, or cause to have performed by nominated trade and/or subcontractors as defined in Paragraph 1.03 herein, all cutting, rough and finish patching required to install the work under the Contract and as indicated on the drawings and/or as required; further, said contractor shall perform, or cause to have performed, all finish patching of openings at walls and slabs created by the removal of existing ductwork, piping, conduit, equipment or installation of new work. **End of Section** go 2053/15220 01045 - 3 Cutting and Patching 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College a. The Contractor responsible for performing the , patching shall be responsible for the restoration of the substrate to match adjacent areas, whether new or existing, except for the following conditions: 1. Exposed masonry, concrete or similar surfaces which do not +�!+ require or call for painting. 2 . Those patched surfaces which are wholly contained within an area which is to receive a new finish treatment as called for elsewhere in the Contract Documents. C. Replace - Shall mean to furnish and install an entirely new element which matches the original element's material, color, dimension and design. D. Repair - Shall mean to make the existing element as nearly "new" , as possible, by the means and methods indicated for each element. E. Fill - Shall mean to carefully and thoroughly remove, by approved w methods, loose and deteriorated surface material and to install "new" material in the element so that the original contour is completely restored and color matched if exposed as a finished element. Follow manufacturers ' instructions as applicable. F. Match Original - Where indicated, this type of replacement will match the best available representative element, in design, dimension, and installation, with improvements which represent the best standards of fabrication, so that even if an existing best example of an element is gouged or pitted, or otherwise worn, the new element shall be unworn and without defects and fabricated of new material. The Architect will provide identifications of all original elements. so 1.04 CUTTING AND PATCHING REQUIREMENTS A. Where cutting, drilling or removals are required in existing and/or newly constructed wall, floor or roof construction, the work shall be done in a manner that will safeguard and not endanger the WX structure, and shall, in all cases, be as approved by the Architect. Prior to any cutting, drilling or removals, the Contractor shall as investigate both sides of the surface involved, shall determine the exact location of adjacent structural members by visual examination, and shall avoid interference with such members. VP No structural members such as joists, beams, columns supporting work that is to remain shall be cut, drilled or removed unless such conditions are shown in detail on the Contract Documents and reinforcing of members affected or new members to compensate for such drilling, cutting and removals are shown. we Positive instructions shall be obtained from the Architect before cutting beams or other structural members, arches, lintels and the like and the Contractor shall be guided by such instructions. 2053/15220 01045 - 2 Cutting and Patching to 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 10 SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.01 GENERAL A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the Conditions of the Contract and the balance of Division #1 and Technical Specifications. 00 B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Vendors and the like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said OR provisions. C. Definitions as apply to "Contractors" involved with the work of this Project shall be as set forth in Section 01010 . D. Provide materials, labor, equipment and services necessary and/or required to execute the work of this Section as shown on the ? ' drawings, specified herein and/or required by job conditions. E. All cutting, removing, relocation, fitting, altering and rough patching for the installation and completion of his work in other than finished surfaces noted below shall be performed by the Trade or Subcontractor requiring said cutting and patching. FINISH PATCHING SHALL BE BY THE RESPECTIVE TRADE OR SUBCONTRACTOR THAT NORMALLY DOES THAT FINISH WORK. F. All finish patching of finished surfaces including - exposed concrete, concrete masonry, brick masonry and the like shall be performed by the trade customarily involved with the finished work. G. All coring and finish patching shall be performed by the Contractors requiring such coring work. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Definitions B. Cutting and Patching Requirements C. Specific Requirements - All Trades 1.03 DEFINITIONS The following definitions shall apply to all work of this Contract involving cutting, patching, filling and the like. ? A. Cutting - those operations required to expose existing construction, or required to permit the installation of work under this contract, or passage of new or relocated work through existing construction. B. Patching - Those operations required to bring surfaces to a level to permit the application of a finish treatment. w 2053/15220 01045 - 1 Cutting and Patching 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w. 5 . Access panels. 6 . Sheet metal, coils, boxes, grilles, diffusers, etc. '"14 7 . HVAC piping and valves. 8. Smoke and fire dampers. 9 . Soil, waste and vent piping. so 10 . Water piping 11. Roof drain piping. 12 . Major electrical conduit runs, panelboards, feeder conduit and racks of branch conduit. w 13 . Above ceiling miscellaneous metal. 14. Fire Protection Systems. 15. Heat tracing of piping. *" 16. Equipment support, anchors, guides and seismic restraints. N. The color coded transparencies shall be kept at the Architect 's field office for future reference in the event of conflict between the trades. 0. All coordination drawings shall be delivered to the Architect at the .� end of the project as part of the record drawing requirements set forth in Article 4 of the General Conditions. 1.06 MEETINGS A. Coordination meetings to resolve interferences in the work will be held at the project site under the direction of the Architect and wA Owner's Representative. Representatives of each Contractor shall be present at each meeting. Each Contractor shall provide the necessary manpower and/or overtime to insure that the coordination process described herein does not delay the Project Schedule. **End of Section** w� 2053/15220 01041 - 4 Coordination Drawings and Procedures 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College d. Electrical. e. General Contractor. F. Each specialty trade shall sign and date each mylar coordination drawing. Return drawings to the Sheet Metal Subcontractor, who shall route them sequentially to all specialty trades. G. Where conflicts occur with placement of materials of various trades, the Sheet Metal Subcontractor will be responsible to coordinate the available space to accommodate all trades. Any resulting adjustments shall be initialed and dated by the specialty trade. The Sheet Metal Subcontractor shall then final date and sign each drawing. If he cannot resolve conflicts, the decision of the General Contractor shall be final. H. A Subcontractor who fails to promptly review and incorporate his work on the drawings shall assume full responsibility of any installation conflicts affecting his work and of any schedule ramifications. I. Sheet Metal Subcontractor shall make mylar transparencies of all coordination drawings. Fabrication shall not start until such transparencies of completed coordination drawings are received by the Architect/Engineer and have been reviewed. J. Review of coordination drawings shall not diminish responsibility under this Contract for final coordination of installation and maintenance clearances of all systems and equipment with Architectural, Structural, Mechanical, Electrical and other work. K. After Architect/Engineer Review: 1. After review of coordination drawings, the method used to resolve interferences not previously identified shall be as in 1.05 "MEETINGS" below. 2 . All changes to reviewed coordination drawings shall be +!w approved in writing by the Architect/Engineer prior to start of work in affected area. on L. Distribution of Coordination' Drawings: 1. The Sheet Metal Subcontractor shall provide the following distribution of documents: a. One sepia of each Coordination Drawing to each specialty trade and affected Contractor for their use. b. One Mylar of each Coordination Drawing to Owner. C. One Sepia of each coordination drawing to General ads Contractor. M. Coordination Drawings include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Structure. 2 . Partition/room layout. 3 . Ceiling tile and grid. 4. Light fixtures. 2053/15220 01041 - 3 Coordination Drawings go and Procedures NOWNWOMMMOMW 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College A. The Contractor shall prepare composite shop drawings and field installation layouts for such work as directed by the Architect and/or required by job requirements so as to resolve tight field conditions except as modified in Paragraph 1.05 below. "Base" drawing for ceiling work for each area will be reflected ceiling plans with overlay of contract drawing structural steel framing. Elevations of bottom of steel and ceiling heights to be clearly identified. B. These composite shop drawings and field installation layouts shall be coordinated in the field among the Contractors to verify the proper relationship to the work of other trades based on field conditions, and shall be checked for accuracy and approved by the Contractors before submission to the Architect for his review and concurrence. 1.05 COORDINATION DRAWINGS AND PROCEDURES - MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL WORK A. Mechanical/electrical work shall be coordinated as indicated by the following procedure. B. The HVAC Contractor and/or the Sheet Metal Subcontractor shall prepare a complete set of "Cronoflex Mylar" type background drawings at scale not less than 3/8 inch equals 1 foot, showing structure and other information as needed for coordination. He shall show sheet w metal layout thereon. These will be the Coordination Drawings. C. ALL FIREWALLS AND SMOKE PARTITIONS MUST BE HIGHLIGHTED ON THE SHEET METAL DRAWINGS FOR APPROPRIATE COORDINATION. D. The main paths of egress and for equipment removal, from main mechanical and electrical rooms must be clearly shown on the coordination drawings. E. Each of the below specialty trades shall add its work to these w background drawings with appropriate elevations and grid dimensions using a color coding system to be developed between trades . Specialty trade information is required for fan rooms and mechanical rooms, horizontal exits from duct shafts, crossovers, and for spaces in and above ceilings where congestion of work may occur such as corridors, and even entire floors. Drawings shall indicate horizontal and vertical dimensions, to avoid interference with structural framing, ceilings, partitions, and other services. wr 1 . Specialty Trades s� a. Sheet Metal Subcontractor. b. HVAC Piping and Associated Control Systems . C. Plumbing System. w 2053/15220 01041 - 2 Coordination Drawings and Procedures ' " PIP 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 01041 qW COORDINATION DRAWINGS AND PROCEDURES 1.01 GENERAL on A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the Conditions of the Contract and the balance of Division #1 and Technical Specifications. #P B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Vendors and the like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said provisions. C. Definitions as apply to "Contractors" involved with the work of this Project shall be as set forth in Section 01010. D. Coordination of the work shall be performed as outlined below. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Scheduling (Coordinate with Section 01310) B. Coordination Drawings and Procedures - General Construction Work C. Coordination Drawings and Procedures - Mechanical/Electrical Work D. Meetings 1.03 SCHEDULING go A. Development of coordination drawings shall begin immediately upon award and shall not be dependent upon structural shop drawings; development shall be based upon structural information included on the Contract Documents. B. During the "final" review of the coordination drawings, the approved structural shop/fabrication drawings shall be checked and any conflicts identified. General Contractor shall coordinate and insure structural shop drawings are processed so as to meet this requirement. Failure to prosecute same in a timely manner will be cause for implementation of penalties as outlined in 1.07 herein. C. Sheet metal specialty contractor or subcontractor shall provide initial drawings as indicated in Article 1.05 herein within six (6) weeks of issuance of Letter or Intent or Contract, whichever is earliest. Time to complete all drawings may vary based upon size and complexity of project. Extension to the six (6) weeks for final coordination drawings shall be determined prior to award by the Design Professional Team in consultation with the Contractors. D. Each subsequent contractor, as listed in 1.05.E shall complete their work within three (3) weeks of receipt of the sheet metal drawings. E. Progress of coordination drawings must be reported at every project meeting until accepted. 1.04 COORDINATION DRAWINGS AND PROCEDURES - GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WORK 2053/15220 01041 - 1 Coordination Drawings ow and Procedures o a� CD .., ° () cu c J co a- a) O 0 a) c E ca -ca is ° O " cn U) E d 3 co o L ° a� U Q c O o r ° c4 0- ° C c C O cc In 3 s, U C V c Q C a ° x p 0 p 0O O O 0 M O W 0 V r r 0 T U0 E c 0 0 0 cn O cn z O U) L co a) i L C 0 C: i C C IAw 0 0 0 0 O O r _0 00 00 V .0 U c a) In O O C N O M Un Un Un C =O O C) U •� r rL C -I_- ONNN C X00 3 cts a) 0 0 0 co � � 0 0 a) a) a) U ...r r r L L (n U .0 co N (n C C C (a 00 O O O a) 0)Un UA "0 'a '0 O,r ,- :. cn — U O U — � r N N 0 0 O � -0 JU) Un 137 11C U Un Un U U U LLI U Cz J OU U) Cl- 0- a_ M UL CL W Y L O w CL ca Y (n O 0 U) �r O v) Q a) c dddCL d (1 sae = a a, o 0 0 U c L v Um UL O p dddd CL OT w� CL U O C U co Q) L _U Uj C C L U O cc$ 0 L T F- L O 0 C CD U O cz cz O a) to i C C a) N O C > A W _ ca -0 _ .0 (o If II E y O O (7 U O O cz V ,.. C a) CL W > L O N -Fn y ,O — ui a) a) cC ca w o ` O L �C W cn C In N Y y C o �_ a) O ++ ca O Z> O (n cn 2 c = � aa)) � �� s (n ate) c r U) II (A co i O. O L U G E N c m > >+ is ca _ -0 ° E L U lai O U a) ✓T a s°� s •d() cn o 7a d U 13 -C E � cn ca v aoi � cn W c � N CD ca .N .u) a) w E co tL c 0) � `z �w m E U = c - (n cn la O U ozs °tS cn' ro U U 0 a) 0) 0)0 a) — O .� C O V a) i N W > O X X (a � +. a Ll C C = F, U)c C:U2 p2WWE ac0 cnW O >,"a 2 co 1-21 NU) two°� °m a� m a� ° E m Un F- U = O .c ° a) ° 0 YC7 OO .�- .� .L � OD (a � O ,L +r O O ,fl a) WH T U- LLU- U x -0 Z «) 5U2O W m Z Q Y S cc CQ d� Lf1 lD h 00 m O 1--1 N (n Cl Ln l0 h CO co co co co x cc m m 0) m m m m T Ql 11U c m ° c c o cz J cn L (n a) C O co C E c i O O a) a) m O N ,` L cn cn U) cn O U 0 .. ca c0 c0 cc � (n CL O r O O a) a) a) Q — .- U D U O O Q 40 U fl U ca E is c0 is U > c0 c0 c Lo U) o .� (n ° 'S L L c� c 0)v}' aD � ILO W -0 0• o o O L cz cn c ,: t7 O I\ f\ co o -0 (b a) v- U C i a) W r _ cr cn O "0 i _ z c cc a).(n a) 00 ° 0 , > >'`� o c > c T •T > Q)0 a c •� O O .0 o c Ica xCL E � cn - c L L •- 0 C C C w - co � � C) tL 3 ? c c 0 -0000 0 0) cncn � ^cNU � � c 3 00 cco � m0 o00a) cQ a�io Lg O 3 .3 m 3 o ? a' a' c1) Un o � � rco - ° � � a) a) a) c Y o a) a) ° a� a) 0 a c U ° U cC z cz co cC d -0 c O U U C C° U O O L o O -0 c a) "0 "0 "0 E a) a) Q) O a) c U a.0) O >° O ° > Q O O > E > LL L O O O 0 O O 0 > > 0) 0 C L �C. L E a m m 0 F . U LL o U m W J d CL LL d. LL 0- d ca o � � a C-o c I w c- g = a LL °- CL a Q m co (1) co � Q) .n 0 op Q L 06 .� d CL LL >O d L o ° CD C U in O Ur C C a) co N 0 a) O um g � a LL a a a as o CL CZ 0 .� C U) U J (0 N cd O U C ai ca O ca p °' m0 c DE In 'cz C-6e C) o o E t- w cn CL CO cn a) c 75 O m cz a0 >+ Cl) En U 7 C C C > cO aw � c0 0 � 0 CO a) j Q 2 0 II II O cn O U m U Ca a) 0 a) a) a) i O N a) _ � co O O a — > U i c0 N aw s �' � aE) M =3 ° cuic (D (n cn � o roN a) J 0 o m m O E D co � o �= U m a a) E w c O a) 0 o c' 0 d ac) I'M 6 L aE) � .E � ` C 0 .0 Q o W - o m E U- n o CO � 0 c Q ` a) RS V a) >>O o .a od 0) Q U w U o 0 y W N p W 0 C O W > C d-Ime_ CL a) � w N U U- L C a) p O U O U cn 0 L L w L o o Q O " o U) _ c- 0- 0) OC m C7 °� m n a) ? E o co m cn N c C L c CD.0 ,c 0 cz a) O co 0 U > — N apt- om c cC a� .c X � cgc — o C U E o o - � 'ro ca LL � = ° LL CZ LLJ > ° v w U A II ; c � a O U o cn a -° a) Cl) � cn ' t-- cn to T U N a) Q- a) cLn > cLn fl. w -OD 'c c N '0 0 •U H I'UI 0 N o j c c j p o 'Co a x o o o a Z Q LU = C[ m m f- d LL LL J LL (n Z J J LL U U w cc M d� lIl lD (-- co m l- c0 m O m Ln Ln Ln Ln u-) to lD l0 lD lD C- I- h I- C- I- L� 0 o m U) ca Y c o N .� U c U) w c > C p i O C lice c cCC O (C O C N � O _ CC O o rp E O O Co a) O U C O ,� tC a CL C a) .0 O. C C C c O d — 1 O Q O a) 0- O O co 0 Q C E U O O m C7 OW O co O N N r O c O co C 0 I- � t` Z § W O a) C a) O C C c C C wi Cn O r O c 0 O f0 0 0 O O O O O N — N In (n C U 7 0O j ! E a) p p a) a) > •� '� c ca 00) o 0 c o f cA CA fl � o U C) L O U CC c t_ t L_ t c c = rn s o °> 3 m 3 3 3 O— w °— a) a) a) m a a) a) a) a) m a) cC c ca .S? U U ° iC ca `p $ iC iC iC iC iC U .c p c N c c c c c o0 °� > � p oo M 0Mca o0 00 0 °'° aXiO � � ¢ 3 U w Joo ` UU CCU U U c w Cs,J � CL CL LL. * CL CL W a) cC U W a a U- CL LL * CL a a. wl° LL n. Q C N O Q o a LL a LL a s LL a aai = c U) 0 0 U v C3 0 U m O LL CL LL * a a LL CL r0 nnr CL � a c aa a a — — a a a a. a. aa � a •� 0 0 a� 'ca N 'L (C > N i L •l�9 ca -0~ F' Q) CC O O c 00 > U :n J_d II w J 4 II v m n U C to a CC vJ . O U O N 06 O 0-. 0 7 0 C 0 Y O C w J c a)a E (n c a) )m O C n m 0 = -C O 0 W ) c a O O . . C O t0 O N C Can >� U U a: I� a) ,O cu C C V- (a co > LL ,O co >O D7 a U cc v C U Ci0 O a) O i c m N FC W a) a) c cn Q a) (n > cn p CL a :_ U o F— a p — o c C . a) a) Y c4 CD O D � `" 0) a) p Un " ! Q) � �L � C � c0 we a) E oo p •� a cC c n Z `— O p cu U a) O O vi a) O N L a c� Uts OO C O O cCO aU Cn O �_ L o OC a _U N a) N m � � r 'ao o = a0 Q) 23 n- c) L n a 0 LU U) cn otS o o m 0 ca D r in cn v > Uno a) a) 0).Q) (n o0 �' � cpc c � a� U) U = Q) i U > to C 0 > -Y a) Q) a) n. i a) CL c Y y H II Un O > cc a0i cC c a) N a) i0 cz �_ O � C cz :3 o Z q W F- « Z LL_ 0 � LL LL (n D LL. Un LL CL. H Y 2 M FRT O H N Ln to I— co M M M '� �M d+ � Ln Ln Ln a 0 0 ! U) a1) ca m 0 o c `� cn (� c c cts C —� > L p p > ca a) >, me N � p N 0 C a) a: a) i U CO L Q a OU O O C N U co CL =3 0 w C U U U U a) 0) j 0 W C Q U U) �-� N N 'C C) N O (c (n 3 CD O O ca = c o- co � to a) a) L LO LO 0 z 000 000 d �t ° cn `) U U T T T T T T °T O > Q) Q) 000 000 0- CL 00 a 0 r- 0 c N. CL c L L Ct > > LL Co O O = Y 0 N In cz 3 3 3 3 W W 3 c O C_ C_ O c m a) a) a) a) a) V U a) N C Q cn ' a) a c0 cn O (n ca cC c0 6 cC c� a) a) cz cri j X C a) c0 N N N U C C C C C C C C W W C C O. O O U C O �. C C 0 U ,o O O O O O O D U p p o U O p p 0 0 U p L O X cm B CU D- X O O O O O O O p QU O U U 22 -L Q (1) C: C aO) U U co fir LIJ Q. CL CL d c * T d � d O W O -0 ca cr) N N C a a No N = � ca C c0 co O 0) U U W W d r .Q �* C 0- m Q Q E .S _a a) Q Q N OU :3 L U C C *- Y U U U p O O go a) � * � U) CL a. p p w C c0 — > E O 0 U � L Um CL CL d CY c * Q) cr d O O a a ° CL O ° -0 _0 >, 0 O p L cz p p U c0 o) +`. -0 C C CY1� 4 � � d � W a) U � d m d � c on U co ca 0 CL i - L i L O (1) co — O O O U 0) > CL CZ E t c 0) O co 0 O .0 N N -0 0 LO a � c0 U aaU) C m ° 0) W W ca 0 o aa)) Em taxi 0 c o oa, aw u Z c ocO •co � °- T iinc_ u II aoi mo a) � > U a) � mw c >' � `�-� o 03 x o 0E0 � a w a) cm 0) cz y c a) c � � tm a a O U 0 c a)'t O "� C c0 O 0 U 0 .c c C 07 m a) n OC co m o a) ca •— cn m m U o �� o � ? >, w � c •? U1 aNi � c c � -� `p a id a) co d — p CL Q U c U 1- a) 0 0 c U — cz C cn y 0 cn 0 U m +. a 3 U =3 O " -0 v) co m f O p a) p a) ? � D o O pZ a) �, �_ � _0 ° 02 0m C II O cc0 � a) U 7 .0 (� O r_ O O C Z — Z O L U i Q oiS p) 4) O 0 4) 3 C a) O a) C O C i N U LL (n �_ N U L a L a > c0 c0 •0 O E- 0- O 0 O 0 ow ro 0 0 a) Q1 rn .0 O •� ; •a 7 O (n U U N a) LL I— S ca J E — O m ca -C Q C a) +. N C 0 4) Q :5 C � ~ ° � _ s U o a) ° � c � X m W UU U C_ � w u ¢ cz � m � c � ° U � cna) c � � Ew � �' oaci ` 0) c-oc- ac) U > 0 00000 c°) a) °) ma � 0CQ) cy)� - cnE U U � E v � am c7 = a ono c IZ — E c c C W U a) .� p a a) °) 0 0 0 l E E E E o E cn '� �. cn F- Q >= c can E ° c ° E m a) 3 o ff Y C7 a) 0 0 a) a) 0 .2) -M 5 ,C 0 7 > c°,s 0 — C O Q' 0 = U '- U O O' Q SmmULiZ rNc+') m * aF— W 2 W W cp co Ol O '� N M d� LCl l0 h CO Ol O r-I N M d� U) �O [� CO m O -1-1-1 :]M c-I c-I rl ri r-I .-i r-I .-I rl r-i N N N N N N N N N N M M M M M 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College The work of the installing trade shall include all procedures, regardless of how extensive, necessary to put into satisfactory operation, all items for which no claims have been submitted as outlined above. 1.05 SEPARATION OF WORK BETWEEN TRADES (SCHEDULE LISTING) A. The Specifications for the overall construction delineate various aye items of work under separate trade headings. The schedule listing below attempts to set forth this delineation in a tabular form for the guidance of all parties to the work. Failure to identify any single item that may be required or incorporated in the project will not relieve any Contractor, Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, or Vendor from providing the required items. B. In the absence of more detailed information elsewhere in the Specifications, this list shall be taken as specific instructions to the various trade Contractors to include the work assigned to it. w C. Indications that a particular trade is to perform an item of work mean that it is to perform the work for its own accommodation only, except as specifically noted otherwise. s�+ D. Schedule Abbreviations "0th" = Other than General Contractor, Plumbing, HVAC, Fire Protection or Electrical "GC" = General Contractor "Plb" = Plumbing w "FP" = Fire Protection "Htg" = Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning "Elec" = Electrical "f" = Furnished w Installed "p" = Provided (furnished and installed) E. COORDINATION SCHEDULE LISTED IN ATTACHMENT 01040Schedule APPENDED HERETO. w� **End of Section** no ON 2053/15220 01040 - 4 Project Coordination am 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College electrical raceways shall be made as required to maintain proper headroom and pitch of sloping lines whether or not indicated on the Drawings. Each Trade Contractor shall provide air vents, sanitary vents, pull boxes, etc. ; as required to effect these offsets, transitions and changes in direction. G. Each Trade Contractor shall install all mechanical and electrical work to permit removal (without damage to other parts) of coils, on heat exchanger bundles, fan shafts and wheel, draw-out circuit breakers, filters, belt guards, sheaves and drives and all other parts requiring periodic replacement or maintenance. Each Trade on Contractor shall arrange pipes, ducts, raceways, traps, starters, motors, control components, and the like, to clear the openings of swinging and overhead doors and of access panels. pw 1.04 TRADE CONTRACTOR OBLIGATIONS A. The Trade Contractors are required to supply all necessary supervision and coordination information to any other trades who are aw supplying work to accommodate the electrical and mechanical installations. ww B. Where a trade is required to install items which it does not purchase, it shall include for such items: 1. The coordination of their delivery. PM 2 . Their unloading from delivery trucks driven in to any designated point on the property line at grade level. 3 . Their safe handling and field storage up to the time of s permanent placement in the project. 4. The correction of any damage, defacement or corrosion to which they may have been subjected. 5. Their field assembly and internal connection as may be necessary for their proper operation. 6. Their mounting in place including the purchases and +! installation of all dunnage supporting members and fastenings necessary to adapt them to architectural and structural conditions unless support members are shown on structural or architectural drawings. 7. Their connection to building systems including the purchase and installation of all terminating fittings necessary to adapt and connect them to the building systems. �w C. Items which are to be installed but not purchased as part of the work of a particular trade shall be carefully examined by this trade go upon delivery to the project. Claims that any of these have been received in such condition that ON their installation will require procedures beyond the reasonable scope of the work of the installing trade will be considered only if presented in writing within one week of the date of delivery to the project of the items in question. 00 on 2053/15220 01040 - 3 Project Coordination 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College ww as not to cause any undue delay in the execution of the work. Built-in items shall be furnished under the same Section of the Specifications as the respective items to be supported, and they shall be installed, except as otherwise specified, by the trade .� furnishing and installing the material in which they are to be located. wu The trade responsible for the installation of anchor bolts shall also insure that they are properly installed. Chases, conduits and openings shall be laid out in advance to permit provision in work. Sleeves and inserts shall not be used in any portion of the building, where their use would impair strength or construction features of the building. Sleeves, conduits and inserts shall be set in forms before concrete is poured. Extra work required where anchor bolts, supports, sleeves, chase .. openings, conduits or inserts have been omitted or improperly placed shall be performed at expense of trade which made error or omission. C. Slots, chases, openings and recesses through floors, walls, ceilings and roofs as specified will be provided for the various trades in their respective materials under general construction work, but the trade requiring them shall see that they are properly located and shall do any cutting and patching caused by the neglect to do so. D. Locations of pipes, ducts, electrical raceways, switches, panels, w equipment, fixtures, etc. shall be adjusted to accommodate the work to interferences anticipated and encountered. w Each Trade Contractor shall determine, and submit for approval, the exact route and location of each pipe, duct and electrical raceway prior to fabrication. we Approval by the Architect is required prior to any such modifications. E. Lines which pitch shall have the right of way over those which do not pitch. For example, plumbing and condensate piping drains shall normally have right of way. Lines whose elevations cannot be changed shall have the right of way over lines whose elevations can be changed. F. Offsets, transitions and changes in direction in pipes, ducts and „6 2053/15220 01040 - 2 Project Coordination r 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 01040 �R PROJECT COORDINATION 1.01 GENERAL A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the Conditions of the Contract and the balance of Division #1 and Technical Specifications . B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Vendors and the like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said ups provisions. Further, each contractor, subcontractor, sub- subcontractor and vendor shall coordinate all activities with owner's staff who specialize in specific trade areas involved with the work of this Contract - i.e. - roofing, plumbing, hvac, electrical, etc. C. Definitions as apply to "Contractors" involved with the work of this Project shall be as set forth in Section 01010. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Coordination of Work B. Trade Contractor Obligations C. Separation of Work Between Trades (Schedule Listing) 1.03 COORDINATION OF WORK A. As required by the General Conditions, and restated herein, each Trade and/or Specialty Contractor or Subcontractor shall compare the so architectural, structural, civil/site, mechanical and electrical Drawings and Specifications with those for all other trades and shall report any discrepancies between them to the Architect, thru the General Contractor/Construction Manager, and obtain from him written instructions for changes necessary to the work. All work shall be installed in cooperation with other trades installing interrelated work. Before installation, each Specialty/Trade Contractor shall make proper provisions to avoid interference in a manner approved by the Architect. All changes required in the work caused by neglect to so advise the Architect shall be made by the offending Contractor at his own expense. B. Each Trade Contractor shall be responsible for exact location of anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts, supports, chases, conduits and openings that may be required for the work. Attention is directed to Section 01041. Each Trade Contractor shall prepare layout drawings -or incorporation of items to be built-in the work, pass through the work and the like in sufficient time so 2053/15220 01040 - 1 Project Coordination 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 01030 ALTERNATE PROPOSALS 1.01 GENERAL A. The following Alternate Proposals are desired by the Owner to determine the amount to be added to or deducted from the Base Bid, if any and/or all such Alternates are accepted. B. Should any of the Alternates herein be accepted by the Owner, the labor and materials constituting the work therein required shall include all of the agreements and conditions binding the parties to the Contract, pursuant to the Agreement, The Conditions of the Contract and the entire Division #1, General Requirements and related trade Sections of the Specifications. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Alternate Proposals 40 1.03 ALTERNATE PROPOSALS A. Alternate Number 1 - Separate Performance and Payment Bonds: State the amount to be ADDED to the Base Bid for the provision of separate performance and payment bonds as referenced in Section 00600 of these specifications. # B. Alternate Number 2 - Electrical Alternate: State the amount to be ADDED to the Base Bid for provision of a computer based LCD touch screen operated graphical representation of the building floor plans in lieu of specified floor plan/LED based graphic representation. Touch screen shall be installed inside graphic annunciator. Provide all hardware and software required to meet graphic annunciator requirements listed in the specification. on **End of Section** w 40 2053/15220 01030 - 1 Alternates 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 6. Proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 7 . Removal of temporary facilities and services. 8 . Removal of surplus materials, rubbish, and similar elements. 9 . Change of door locks to Owner' s access. 10. Consent of Surety to final payment. Part 2 - PRODUCTS - Not used Part 3 - EXECUTION - Not used **End of Section** 2053/15220 01027 - 5 Applications for Payment 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w 15. Performance and payment bonds. 16. Data needed to acquire the Owner's insurance. 17 . Initial settlement survey and damage report, if required by particular project. 18. Safety plan H. Monthly Application for Payment Administrative actions and submittals, that must precede or coincide with submittal of the periodic Application for Payment, shall include the following: 1. As-built Record documents, required documents and submittal records on site. 2 . Contractor's construction schedule, updated, with corrective action plan as applicable. 3 . Material Status Report. 4. Stored Materials forms. 5. Submittal Schedule and submittal status reports. w 6. Monthly Progress report, and Notarized Progress Report Statement from the Contractor's manager/superintendent stating that the work is on schedule, and that Contractor will meet the Substantial Completion date for the Work, and the ,w Substantial Completion dates for every portion established under Construction Phasing Schedule Section. I. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: Following issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment. 1. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previous to Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. 2. Administrative actions and submittals that shall precede or coincide with this application include: a. Occupancy permits and similar approvals. b. Warranties (guarantees) and maintenance agreements . C. Test/adjust/balance records. d. Maintenance instructions. ■. e. Meter readings. f. Startup performance reports. g. Changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance h. Final cleaning. i. Application for reduction of retainage and consent of surety. w j . Advice on shifting insurance coverages. k. List of incomplete Work, recognized as exceptions to Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion. J. Final Payment Application: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of the final Application for Payment include the following: w 1. Completion of Project closeout requirements. 2 . Completion of items specified for completion after Substantial Completion. 3 . Ensure that unsettled claims will be settled. 4. Ensure that incomplete Work is not accepted and will be completed without undue delay. 5 . Transmittal of required Project construction records to the .w Owner. 2053/15220 01027 - 4 Applications for Payment X11 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College C. Payment-Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and Continuation Sheets G703 as the form of Applications for Payment. D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on the form. Include notarization and execution of person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of the Contractor. The Architect will reject, and return, incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the approved Schedule of Values and the Contractor's Construction Schedule. Update schedules if revisions were made. 2 . Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued prior to the last day of the construction period covered by the application. 3 . Provide copies of payrolls which are signed and notarized documenting compliance with prevailing wage laws as applicable to particular project. E. Transmittal: Submit three (3) signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to the Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One g p copy shall be complete, including waivers of lien and similar attachments, when required. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information related to the application, in a manner acceptable to the Architect. F. Waivers of Mechanics Lien: 1. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers. 2 . The Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. Submit final Applications for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien. wo 3 . Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, and executed in a manner, acceptable to the Owner. G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals, that must precede or coincide with submittal of the first Application for Payment, shall include the following prerequisites to processing: !! 1. List of subcontractors, approved. 2. List of principal suppliers and fabricators, approved. 3 . Schedule of Values, approved. 4. Contractor' s Construction Schedule, approved. 5. Schedule of principal products . 6. Schedule of unit prices, approved. 7. Submittal Schedule, approved. 8. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 9. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 10. Copies of building permits as applicable to project requirements. Mw 11. Copies of authorizations and licenses from governing authorities for performance of the Work. 12 . Initial progress report. 13 . Report of pre-construction meeting. on 14. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. op 2053/15220 01027 - 3 Applications for Payment 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College e. Name of supplier. f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value. ww g. Dollar value. h. Percentage of Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. i. Phase Area (as applicable) . ■ NOTE: Margins of Cost: Show line items for indirect costs and margins on actual costs only when such items are listed individually in Applications for Payment. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include the total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit margin for each item. 3 . Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum by Phase Area in sufficient detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Break principal subcontract amounts down into several line items. 4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; the total shall equal the Contract Sum. 5. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where Application for Payment may include materials or equipment, purchased or fabricated and stored, but not installed. .w Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. Include requirements for insurance and bonded warehousing, if required. •� 6. Provide separate line items on the Schedule of Values for initial cost of the materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. 7. Unit Price Work: Show the line-item value of unit-cost allowances, as a product of the unit multiplied by the measured quantity. Estimate qu y• quantities from the best indication in the Contract Documents. 8. Temporary facilities, clean up and other major cost items and correction of existing conditions are not direct cost of w� actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at the Contractor's option. 9. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values prior to the next Application for Payment when Change Orders result in a change in the Contract Sum. 1.03 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT - See Article 9.3 of the General Conditions. w A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by the Architect and paid for by the Owner. The initial Application for Payment, the Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion and the final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B. Payment-Application Times: Each progress-payment date is indicated in the Agreement. The period of construction Work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement or in absence thereof the previous month. 2053/15220 01027 - 2 Applications for Payment 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College RR SECTION 01027 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 1.01 GENERAL on A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the Conditions of the Contract and the balance of Division #1 and Technical Specifications. on B. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing the Contractor's Applications for Payment, and supplements provisions of Article 9, Payments and Completion, of the General Conditions of the Contract. 1.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES - Article 9 .2, General Conditions. A. Coordination: Contractor shall coordinate preparation of its Schedule of Values for its part of the Work with preparation of the Im Contractors ' Construction Schedule. 1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative schedules and forms, including: a. Contractor's Construction Schedule. b. Application for Payment forms, including Continuation Sheets. C. List of subcontractors. d. Schedule of alternates. e. Schedule of allowances f. List of products. 4W g. List of principal suppliers and fabricators. h. Schedule of submittals. 2 . Submit the Schedule of Values to the Architect at the earliest possible date but no later than seven (7) days before the date scheduled for submittal of the initial Applications for Payment. 3 . Subschedules: Where Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased payments, provide subschedules showing values correlated with each phase of payment. B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual Table of Contents as a guide to establish the format for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. For major trades with total line items exceeding $25, 000, provide a separate, back-up breakdown of each such trade with line items for identifiable units of work within such trade each of which has a value not exceeding $25, 000. Provide a computed unit price for each line total. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: a. Project name and location. b. Name of the Architect C. Project number. d. Contractor' s name and address. e. Date of submittal. 2 . Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of Work. C. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. 2053/15220 01027 - 1 Applications for Payment 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College horizontal) with "soft epoxy" and then build-up layers of aggregate, sand and portland as above to surface and finish as for shallow patch on a square foot basis. B. Section 04900 - Masonry Restoration - Brick 1. Perform "needle point" grouting of fagade area based upon 15% of the gross wall area on a square foot basis. 2 . Full pointing work on 5% of gross wall area on a square foot basis. 3 . Cut and point top three horizontal courses of corbelled cornice and all vertical joints within these three courses. Allow for an additional 1000 lineal feet of horizontal joints and 100 vertical brick joints (full unit height) for use if required by field investigation on a per lineal foot basis for horizontal joints and on a per each basis for vertical joints. C. Section 07314 - Slate Roofing 1. Accomplish slate shingle repairs complete including - felts, cements, nails, fasteners, sealants and slates as required to -` perform the Work - 15% gross area excluding any and all work with gutters and flashing operations which are deemed included within the basic work on a square foot basis. .� 2 . Method of measurement for payment on the $100, 000.00 cash allowance deemed included within the Base Bid will be on a "per slate" basis based on an average size unit. **End of Section** w W no so ■w WN Op 2053/15220 01025 - 2 Unit Prices �° P1 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College OR SECTION 01025 UNIT PRICES 1.01 GENERAL A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the "Conditions of the Contract" and the balance of Division #1 and Technical Specifications. B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Vendors and the like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said provisions. C. The Owner reserves the right to either reject each, or any, or all Unit Prices quoted, or to elect to determine the cost of extra or omitted items of material or labor, or both, or of equipment on the basis of the Unit Prices quoted, or by any one of the methods specified in the General Conditions/Contract, should the amount of work indicated on the drawings or specified be increased or decreased due to special conditions found on the site or for any other reason. D. Unit prices represent the cost, in place, unless otherwise specified, of the unit of measure or quantity for each item of material or labor, or both, or of equipment in each respective trade or classification listed herein. All unit prices include all cost of work to the Contractor, including all charges for materials, labor, plant, equipment, overhead, profit, additional insurance, taxes and all charges of whatever kind. 1. The stated costs are to be for "Additions" to the contract. "Deletions" of work will be made at 85% of stated values. RI 1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Unit Prices for work under stated quantities. WR 1.03 UNIT PRICES FOR WORK UNDER STATED QUANTITIES A. Section 03900 - Concrete Restoration and Patching 1. Remove all spalled and deteriorated concrete from areas shown on the drawing (see attached photograph [s] )and for an additional 50 square feet (1 square foot areas) to provide sound surface to receive patching and resurfacing. Work shall be accomplished in one of the following manners dependent upon depth of patch required. a. Shallow Patch - up to 1 inch in depth: wire brush clean, wash and apply liquid bonder agent and then patch with custom cement/sand mixture colored to match existing material; allow to set and then stone rub to match adjacent surface on a square foot basis. b. Deep Patch - over 1 inch in depth: wire brush clean, wash to remove any residual material; drill and set threaded stainless steel rods on an angle (30 degrees to 2053/15220 01025 - 1 Unit Prices op 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College o1p, required by field investigation. C. Section 07314 - Slate Roofing 1. Accomplish slate shingle repairs complete including - felts, op cements, nails, fasteners, sealants and slates as required to perform the Work - 15% gross area excluding any and all work with gutters and flashing operations which are deemed included within the basic work. Part 2 - PRODUCTS - See Technical Specifications for material requirements for respective sections involved in this work. Part 3 - EXECUTION - See Technical Specifications for labor requirements for respective sections involved in this work. **End of Section** w w O No 2053/15220 01020 - 3 Allowances 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College B. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents : 1. These allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor, less any applicable trade discount, of the materials and equipment required by the allowance delivered at the site, and all ... applicable taxes. 2 . The Contractor' s costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the original allowance shall be included in the Contract Sum and not in the allowance. 3 . Whenever the cost is more than or less than the allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order the amount of which will recognize changes, if any, in handling costs on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses . C. The following allowances are established: 1. Identifying Devices (10400) - $3, 500 .00; material and labor all inclusive of overhead and profit. 2 . Slate roof repairs (07314) - $100, 000.00 material and labor; deemed included within the base bid. 1.06 QUANTITY ALLOWANCES - Note that all quantity allowances listed below are deemed included within the Base Bid. A. Section 03900 - Concrete Restoration and Patching 1. Remove all spalled and deteriorated concrete from areas shown on the drawing (see attached photograph[s] ) and for an additional 50 square feet (1 square foot areas) to provide sound surface to receive patching and resurfacing. Work shall be accomplished in one of the following manners dependent upon depth of patch required. a. Shallow Patch - up to 1 inch in depth: wire brush clean, wash and apply liquid bonder agent and then patch with custom cement/sand mixture colored to match existing material; allow to set and then stone rub to match adjacent surface. b. Deep Patch - over 1 inch in depth: wire brush clean, wash to remove any residual material; drill and set threaded stainless steel rods on an angle (30 degrees to horizontal) with "soft epoxy" and then build-up layers of aggregate, sand and portland as above to surface and finish as for shallow patch. B. Section 04900 - Masonry Restoration - Brick 1. Perform "needle point" s p grouting of facade area based upon 150 of the gross wall area. 2 . Full pointing work on 50 of gross wall area. 3 . Cut and point top three horizontal courses of corbelled cornice and all vertical joints within these three courses. Allow for an additional 1000 lineal feet of horizontal joints and 100 vertical brick joints (full unit height) for use if 2053/15220 01020 - 2 Allowances 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College !�R SECTION 01020 ALLOWANCES 1.01 GENERAL on A. Requirements set forth herein are in addition to and shall be considered as complementary to the Conditions of the Contract and the balance of Division #1 and Technical Specifications. B. All Contractors, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Vendors and the like shall be required to familiarize themselves with said on provisions. C. Definitions as apply to "Contractors" involved with the work of this Project shall be as set forth in Section 01010, Article 1.01.C. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Architect's Responsibilities M B. Contractor's Responsibilities C. Cash Allowances - Technical D. Quantity Allowances 40 1.03 ARCHITECT' S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Consult with Contractor in consideration and selection of products, vendors and specialty contractors. 40 B. Select products in consultation with Owner and transmit decisions to Contractor for execution. 4M C. Prepare Construction Change Directives and resultant Change Orders. 1.04 CONTRACTOR' S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Consult with Architect in consideration and selection of products, vendors and/or specialty contractors . w B. Solicit proposals from vendors/specialty contractors and installers and offer recommendations. C. Upon notification of selection by Architect, execute "agreement" with designated vendor/specialty contractor. D. Arrange for and process submittals as required in Section 01300; arrange for delivery and execution; inspect and accept products; file claims as and/if necessary regarding damage resulting from transportation. on 1.05 CASH ALLOWANCES - TECHNICAL A. The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances +P_ stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by these allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor will not be required to employ persons against whom he makes a reasonable objection. an 2053/15220 01020 - 1 Allowances OM 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 00 C. Fire Protection 1. Provide a double check valve assembly (DCVA) backflow preventer on fire protection service. 2. Remove existing siamese located at stage left. 3 . Replace wall siamese with Storz connection. 4. Remove existing water motor gong and replace with a new electric bell. 5. Adjust existing sprinkler coverage in Duct tunnel with s furniture storage. 6. Provide sprinkler coverage in all storage areas. 7. Provide sprinkler coverage in upper Gamut classroom (with on provisions to cover lower Gamut in future. ) , elevator shaft and elevator machine room. D. Electrical 1. Demolition of existing electrical systems as required for system replacement or new work. 2. Provide fully addressable fire alarm system with full area coverage and voice evacuation throughout building. 3. Installation of new panelboards, starters, feeders, disconnect switches, etc. , for replacement of existing HVAC and plumbing equipment. 4. Installation of new egress path site lighting on south side of building at new entrance. 5. Interior lighting and general receptacle renovation in basement level library and costume storage areas. 6. Installation of electrical components for new elevator including elevator recall, emergency power disconnect system, and elevator lobby lighting. 7. Renovation of upper Gamut to classroom space. 8. Renovation of existing library listening rooms for installation of new elevator. 9. Limited lighting upgrade at ticket box office lobby. 10. Provide power and lighting modifications as required for dressing room and toilet room renovation in basement level. 11. Provide 200A disconnect switch and feeder for upper level light lab. 12 . Replace auditorium step lights to facilitate the installation of handicapped seating. **End of Section** 2053/15220 01010 - 7 Description of Work 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 14. Clean all existing ductwork and repair duct lining as required. r 15 . Provide new dryer exhaust ductwork. 16 . Balance all air and water systems. 17. Extend auditorium return ductwork and grille as required to facilitate the installation of handicapped seating. 18 . Provide supply ductwork modifications, VAV damper and reheat coil to serve new classroom at upper Gamut. 19 . Provide fin tube modifications for new entrance at studio theater lobby and new elevator location. Provide new cabinet unit heater for Studio Theater Lobby. 20. Provide fin tube radiation, ductwork/grille modifications and new cabinet unit heater for Student Lounge - 101 entrance. 21. Provide exhaust duct modifications for new basement handicapped toilet at dressing rooms. am 22 . Provide new elevator machine room and shaft ducted ventilation system. 23 . Replace all existing pneumatic actuators, control valves and thermostats on perimeter radiation system with DDC electronic controls. 24. Add hot water radiation in TV studio. 25 . Add supply and return air distribution ductwork, VAV damper *�+ and reheat coil for basement, library storage and costume storage. B. Plumbing �w 1. Remove existing gas, electric and storage tank domestic water heaters and associated piping 2 . Provide new Viessman domestic hot water heater system consisting of two hot water to domestic hot water heaters, storage tank, thermostatic mixing valve assembly, heater to tank recirculation and building recirculation. ,o 3 . Replace all existing gate valves up to 2" with new ball valves on potable water. 4. Redirect existing mechanical floor drains from storm to sanitary system by intercepting existing main and adding a sewage ejector pump set. 5 . Replace all existing exterior wall hydrants with new. 6. Replace all existing roof drains with new; coordinate with Sections 07530 and 07600 for materials; those material requirements govern. 7 . Repipe the storm system to reflect the new roof drain layout. 8. Provide new accessible plumbing fixtures at basement toilet, upper level men's and women's Toilet Rooms C202, C203 and Dye Room T12A. 9 . Provide a mercury float switch for the existing sewage ejector alarm. 10. Replace existing sump/storm pump #1 pump including vertical shaft and motor with new. .w 11. Replace upper level water cooler with new. 12 . Relocate existing washer, dryer and laundry sink plumbing including hot, cold waste and vent to Costume Storage T13 . 13 . Provide gas piping for summer boiler. 2053/15220 01010 - 6 Description of Work 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College A�1 event of failure to comply with the above. 1.09 DESIGN RESPONSIBILITY: A. In accordance with Article 3 .12 .10 of the General Conditions and Supplements thereto, attention is directed to the following areas in which professional certification and/or design requirements are outlined within the technical specifications. Metal decking (05300) Railings (05500/05510) Entrances and Storefronts. (08400) go Window systems (08520) however this listing is to be considered as partial only with the as burden placed on the Contractor to provide all certifications and/or design information as may be specified and/or required by these Contract Documents in accordance with the applicable laws of the jurisdiction. �w 1.10 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL OUTLINE DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. HVAC 1. Remove and replace all main air handling units S-1 through S- 8 . Retain existing return fans, except Return Fan R-5 . Return Fan R-5 will be replaced. Provide dedicated air handling unit and return fan for Josten Library AHU-5A and RF- 5A. 2 . Remove and replace return fan motors RF-1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 and exhaust fans EF-1 and EF-2 motors. r 3 . Remove and replace air handling heating ventilation units and unit heaters in mechanical room. 4. Convert all systems to variable air volume (VAV) by adding variable frequency drives (VFD) at all supply and return fans and associated controls. 5. Remove all existing steam reheat coils and replace with VAV dampers and hot water reheat coils. 6. Develop new hot water reheat distribution system including hot water piping, pumps, steam converter for winter operation and hot water boiler (1000 mbh) for summer operation. Provide variable frequency drive (VFD) for each hot water reheat pump. 7. Demolish existing steam boiler and associated components. 8. Provide stainless steel flue liner in existing/ reconstructed chimney. 9. Provide new controls and control devices at all new air handlers, including control valves, dampers, actuators, sensors, and CO2 based outside air reset controls. Existing + DDC control panels can be reused and supplemented as necessary. 10 . Provide new toilet exhaust fan. Balance entire system. 11. Replace existing hot water radiation system pumps, heat exchanger, air separator and expansion tank. Provide variable frequency drives (VFD) for each hot water radiation pump. 12 . Reinsulate chilled water mains entering building. me 13 . Remove inoperative glycol snow melt system, including pumps, all existing piping and equipment. ! 2053/15220 01010 - 5 Description of Work 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w be made so as to cause the least interruption to the facilities ' operations. Coordinate with Sections 01120 and 01900 . Limit utility shutdowns to two consecutive work days at no additional cost to the Owner unless prior agreement is made with the operating personnel of the facility. 4. The Contractor shall provide and maintain all required separations between old and new construction to prevent: a. Unauthorized entrance to construction areas by others a. than Owner or Owner's Representative. b. Heat loss from existing buildings. C. Water (rain or ground water) infiltration into existing building. ewe E. Site development work shall proceed in such a manner to cause the least amount of disruption to the ongoing operations as possible. Coordinate work with facility operating personnel. 1.05 PROOF OF ORDERS AND DELIVERY DATES - Coordinate w/Section 01300 and 01310 . w� A. Within 2 weeks after the approval of shop drawings, samples, product data and the like, the Contractor shall provide copies of purchase orders for all equipment and materials which are not available in local stock. The Contractor shall submit written statements from suppliers confirming the orders and stating promised delivery dates. B. This information shall be incorporated within the progress schedules .. so required as part of Section 01310 and shall be monitored so as to insure compliance with promised dates. ■w 1.06 INTENT OF DOCUMENTS - See Article 1 of Section 00700 for resolution of conflicts between drawings and specifications. IN CASES OF CONFLICT AS TO THE TYPE OR QUALITY OF MATERIALS TO BE SUPPLIED, THE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL GOVERN. 1.07 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Each Respective Contractor shall take all necessary field measurements prior to fabrication and installation of work and shall assume complete responsibility for accuracy of same. .. B. This project is an ALTERATION and therefore necessitates additional attention to existing conditions receiving newly fabricated and installed equipment, i.e. note the requirements for field dimensioning of shop fabricated items whether or not so required by each technical section. 1.08 INITIAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. As outlined in Sections 00500, 00700, 01300, 01310 and 01500 each Contractor shall provide items noted including - bonds, insurance, +� emergency telephone numbers, progress scheduling, schedules of submittals, subcontractor listings, and the like prior to the start of any work. B. Reference is made to Section 00700, Article 9 for penalty in the 2053/15220 01010 - 4 Description of Work ..r 0 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College OR Attention is directed to Article 3 of Section 00700 and Section 01120 for use of site, temporary new work and maintenance of legal egress at all times . B. Attention is directed to the mandated requirements for material and shop drawing submittals for as much of the work as practicable to occur between the time of award and the actual start date of the construction. The costs incurred by the Contractor for this work will be reimbursed through the normal requisition process. Further, the Owner, or his authorized representative, hereby reserves the right, under terms and conditions set forth above, to order the Contractor to proceed with the execution of material and shop drawing submittals, and further extends the requirements to include the issuance of purchase orders covering "long lead" materials and/or equipment all as may be directed by the Owner, or his authorized representative. In the event that the Owner +�* terminates the Agreement due to just cause, or fails to execute a Contract due to just cause, the Owner agrees to accept full assignment of the purchase orders and become responsible for payment for all such purchase orders to the respective vendors. In that event, the ownership of all shop drawings, engineering calculations, materials and/or equipment will vest in the Owner. In addition, the Owner will pay, to the affected Contractor, or Contractors, a sum for overhead and profit as designated in Article 7 of the General Conditions. �w C. All work and storage areas shall be completely enclosed by a fence or barricade at all times so that no student or the public can approach the area or the equipment. �w The Contractor shall maintain fences and barricades at all times and shall - ° Provide signs posted on fence 50 feet on center that read "Work Area - Keep Out" . Maintain at all times, all exits and walkways from the Building. Where the barricade is removed for work, the Contractor performing such work shall provide adequate safety personnel to prevent unauthorized persons from approaching the work area. D. CONSTRUCTION PHASING 1. The phasing and/or milestone schedule within this Section has been established by Smith College and the Construction Manager for the overall construction of the project. . 2. The Contractor is advised that areas of the existing buildings which are to be added to and/or altered under this Contract will remain in use during construction, coordinate with Section 01500 for temporary facilities. an 3 . Electrical and mechanical services to functioning spaces shall be maintained at all times . Swing-overs to new services shall PR 2053/15220 01010 - 3 Description of Work 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College payment, if any, shall be in accordance with Article 7 of the General Conditions as amended or modified. I. ADDITIONAL SECURITY PROVISIONS, COORDINATE WITH ARTICLE 3 OF SECTION #00700 1. All Contractors ' employees shall use a single means of access and egress, except in the case of emergency, to be designated by the General Contractor/Construction Manager. wee 2 . Each Contractor and each Subcontractor shall require his employees, while on the job site, to wear, in a conspicuous location, an Photo I.D. badge bearing the name of the individual and the Contractor for whom working. The badges of each Contractor shall be numbered consecutively. An up-to- date list of all I.D. badges, indicating the name and number along with a copy of the photograph for each employee, shall be furnished to the Owner. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Asbestos and lead paint awareness requirements . B. Construction time and phasing requirements. C. Proof of orders and delivery dates. D. Intent of Documents E. Field Measurements F. Initial Submittal Requirements G. Design Responsibility H. Description of Work - MEP 1.03 ASBESTOS AND LEAD PAINT AWARENESS REQUIREMENTS A. Contractor agrees not to use or permit the use of any asbestos containing material in or on any property belonging to the Owner. B. For purposes of this requirement, asbestos free shall mean free from w„ all forms of asbestos including - actinolite, amosite, anthrophyhllite, chrysotile, cricidolite and tremolite both in friable and non-friable states and without regard to the purposes for which such material is used. C. Reference Sections 02020 and 09900 of these documents for procedures and protocols to be followed in the event of discovery of asbestos �* or lead paint contamination. 1.04 CONSTRUCTION TIME AND PHASING REQUIREMENTS wA A. The Contractor is advised the "time is of the essence" of the Contract as defined in Article 8 of the "Conditions" . It is understood that the work is to be carried through to 00 completion with the utmost speed consistent with good workmanship. Time of Construction shall be 1 April 2003 to 30 August 2003 for *� substantial completion. Further, safe and legal ingress and egress shall be maintained at all times to and through the occupied portions of the construction site. 2053/15220 01010 - 2 Description of Work '""' 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 01010 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 1.01 GENERAL PROJECT DESCRIPTION A. The scope of work of this project generally consists of the following general outline of work within and to the existing Mendenhall Center for the Performing Arts on the Smith College Campus; Northampton, MA all as depicted on the accompanying Contract Drawings and the Technical Specifications . B. Scope Statement - For purposes of establishing the specific items of Work a listing of "scope" for mechanical and electrical is set forth in Article 1.10 following. 40 This "scope" listing is to be considered as for information only; failure to list any item of work therein required to complete the Work will not relieve any Contractor from providing that work and use all ancillary items necessary to complete same in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Definitions as apply to "Contractors" involved with the work of this Project. 1. "The Contractor" or "Contractor" meaning that Respective Trade Contractor normally responsible for that work referenced; 2. "Trade Contractor" meaning either the - General trades, Plumbing, HVAC or Electrical Specialty Contractors normally responsible for the referenced work; and such other terms relating to Contractors to be taken in context with respect to referenced work. D. Alternate proposals are solicited for the items of work as described on the drawings and within specification Section 01030. E. Quantity allowances and unit prices are solicited for the items of work as described in Sections 01020 and 01025 . F. Equipment classified as "movable" are excluded from this Contract with the exception that any mechanical, electrical or construction provisions for same shall be provided as part of the basic work. G. Existing conditions are shown on the drawings to the best knowledge of the Architect. The Architect, however, cannot guarantee the correctness of the existing conditions shown and assumes no responsibility therefor. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to visit the site and verify all existing conditions. H. The Owner will purchase certain items required for the overall operation of this facility. The Contractor will cooperate with said vendors as may be necessary to permit the work to be accomplished. This cooperation may extend to the receiving, unloading and placement of said equipment if directed by the Owner. Terms of wA 2053/15220 01010 - 1 Description of Work CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT )SS. On the day of , before me came to me known and who by me being duly sworn did depose and say that he resides at ; that he is the officer of the said corporation executing the foregoing instrument, that he knows the seal of said corporation, that the seal affixed to said • instrument is such corporate seal, that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation and that he signed his name thereto by like order. so Notary Public ON INDIVIDUAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT State of do )SS. County of On the day of before me came to me known and who by me being duly sworn did depose and say that he resides at that he is the individual who executed the foregoing instrument. .. Notary Public «d PARTNERSHIP ACKNOWLEDGEMENT State of )SS. County of On the day of , before me came to "! me known and who by me being duly sworn did depose and say that he resides at that he is the partner in the firm of doing business under the name of and that he executed the foregoing instrument on behalf of said partnership. Notary Public ., 201/lien/doc Att. 00810 - 2 Waiver Of Lien Form REQUISITION FOR PARTIAL PAYMENT - WAIVER OF LIENS PROJECT OWNER GENERAL CONTRACTOR SUBCONTRACTORIVENDOR CONTRACT WORK COMPLETE PROJECT: CONTRACT - $ TRADE: CHANGE ORDERS - $ CONTRACT - $ TOTAL COMPLETE - $ CHANGE ORDERS - $ RETAINAGE (_%) - $ TOTAL CONTRACT - $ LESS PRE. REQ. - $ THIS REQUISITION - $ * Waiver of Lien The undersigned, upon receipt of the above requisition payment hereby releases and discharges the Owner of and from any liability or obligation in any way related to or arising out of this project up to and including the date of this document. The undersigned further covenants and agrees that it shall not in any way claim or file a mechanic's or other lien against 00 the premises of the above designated project, or any part thereof, or against any fund applicable thereto for any of the work,labor,materials heretofore furnished by it in connection with the improvement of said premises. The undersigned further warrants that, in order to induce the Owner to release this partial payment, they have paid all claims for labor, material, insurance, taxes, equipment, etc., employed in the prosecution of the work above, to date of this requisition. The undersigned hereby releases and agrees to hold the Owner harmless from any and all claims in connection with the furnishing of such labor and materials,etc., for the construction of the aforementioned project. The undersigned further guarantees that all portions of the work furnished and/or provided by them are in accordance with the contract and that the terms of the contract with respect to these guarantees will hold for the period specified in said contract. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have executed under seal this release on the above date and to be legally bound hereby: WITNESS: FIRM: BY: W 201/lien/doc Att. 00810 - 1 Waiver Of Lien Form Om .o ON do .A 22 of 22 5 Coll eges/Smith/ContracU2/2/01 on Contact Person: Date Prepared: �r Ow lA ON flux 21 of 22 T:5 Colleges/Smith/Contract/2/2/01 INSURANCE COST VERIFICATION FORM A. Workers' Compensation Premium: Class Code Description Straight Time WC Rate WC Premium On site Payroll Deviation(if applicable) Increased Employers Liability •� WC Experience Modification(Attach Copy) Construction Class Credit(Attach Copy) Standard Premium ARAP(if applicable) Less other discounts(Describe) Total Discounted WC Premium DIA Assessment "m Total WC Cost B. General Liability limit currently purchased = $ Million Payroll/Revenue(circle one) X Rate = GL Premium Amount: X = C. Umbrella Liability limit currently purchased = $ Million Payroll/Revenue(circle one) X Rate = Umbrella Premium X = Note: If Umbrella limit and cost noted above is less than$2,000,000,indicate cost to raise your limit to $2,000,000 ADDITIONAL COST $ Person providing this information: Name: Phone: The Deductive Alternative for the provision of the OCIP is offered as follows: Workers' Compensation($1,000,000 Employers Liability)$- General Liability($1,000,000 limit) $_ .� Products/Completed Operations (3 Yr.After Substantial Completion) $ Umbrella/Excess Liability($2,000,000 limit) $_ TOTAL INSURANCE COST: $_ + Overhead&Profit on Insurance Premium: $ TOTAL INSURANCE DEDUCTION: $ SIGNED BY: TITLE: PRINT NAME: DATE: ***NOTE: It is recommended this form be completed by the Contractor's/Subcontractor's insurance broker/agent, or copies be furnished to such party for review and/or information. Contractor's"Subcontractor's Insurance Broker/Agent: Company Name: Telephone#: 20 of 22 T:5 Coll eges'Smith/ContracU2/2/Ol Exhibit B Owner Controlled Insurance Program Insurance Information Form Contractor Name: Phone#: Address: Fax#: Payroll Contact: Phone#: Insurance Contact: Fax#: Subcontractor To: y Project Name: Contract#: Regular Workers' Compensation Insurer: Experience Rating Date&Policy Effective Date): Interstate Bureau ID#: Federal Employer ID# (If Applicable) AGREEMENT Contractor/Subcontractor hereby assigns, transfers and sets over absolutely unto the Owner its right, title and interest to any and all returns of premium, dividends, discounts, or other adjustments to any Owner Controlled Insurance Program. This assignment shall pertain to the policies as now written and as subsequently modified, rewritten or replaced in the Owner's insurance company, including any additional amount or coverages as a result thereof. The Contractor/Subcontractor also assigns its right of cancellation of all insurance policies provided to the Contractor/Subcontractor by the Owner. This assignment is only valid for insurance policies whose premiums have of been paid by the Owner on behalf of such Contractor/Subcontractor. The Contractor and Subcontractor(s) are required to provide information about their insurance rates and coverage's to enable the Owner to estimate and document the projected insurance costs for all work related to the performance of their contract. Special Note: This is an initial estimate only. The final insurance cost will be subject to review and audit of actual insurance policy(ies) rate information, actual audited payrolls and revenues for the initial award plus any additive amendments/Change Orders. At final or interim audit any additional insurance deductions Will be collected from the Contractor, or Subcontractors of any and all tiers via change order. If an audit warrants, additional insurance credits will be paid to the Contractor or Subcontractors of any and all tiers via change order. 19 of 22 15 Colleges/Smith/Contract/2/2/01 (a) In any emergency affecting the safety of persons or property, or in the event of a claimed violation of any federal or state safety or health law or regulation, arising out of or in any way connected with the work or its performance,the Contractor shall act immediately to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss and to remedy said violation.Failing such action the Owner or its designee .� may immediately take whatever steps it deems necessary including,but not limited to,suspending the work as provided in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. (b) The Owner or its designee may offset any and all costs or expenses of whatever nature,including , attorneys' fees,paid or incurred by the Owner or its designee(whether such fees are for in-house counsel or counsel retained by the Owner), in taking the steps authorized by Section 3.3 above against any sums then or thereafter due to the Contractor. The Contractor shall defend,indemnify and hold the Owner, its officers, agents, employees and the O.C.I.P. Administrator harmless against any and all costs or expenses pursuant to this Section 3.3,by whomsoever incurred. If the Contractor shall be entitled to any additional compensation or extension of time claimed on account of emergency work not due to the fault or neglect of the Contractor or its Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors, it shall be handled as a claim as provided for in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. Section 3.4 OWNER'S STANDARDS: (a) The Owner and its designee reserves the right,but assumes no duty, to establish and enforce guidelines and to make the appropriate changes in the Construction Master Safety Program Guidelines,for the protection of persons and property and to review the efficiency of all protective measures taken by the Contractor. The Contractor shall comply with all guidelines and changes made by the Owner or its designee. The issuance of any such guidelines or changes by the Owner or its designee shall not relieve the Contractor of its duties and responsibilities under this Contract, and the Owner or its designee shall not thereby assume,nor be deemed to have assumed, any such duties or responsibilities of the Contractor. ws 18 of 22 T:5 Colleges/Smith/Contract/2/2/ol In any and all claims against those indemnified hereunder by any employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor of any tier or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,the indemnification obligation under this 3.1.6 shall not be limited in any way as to the amount or type of damages,compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Subcontractor of any tier under any workers'compensation act, disability benefit or other employee benefit acts. 3.1.7 PRE-QUALIFICATION CRITERIA FOR GENERAL CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS (a) Any General Contractor or sub-contractor regardless as to tier with a Workers' Compensation Experience Modification factor as promulgated by the Workers' Compensation Rating Bureau of 105%or less will be eligible to participate in the OCIP and the project. If a General Contractor or sub-contractor,regardless as to tier,has a modification over 106%the Owner may include such General Contractor or sub-contractor in the OCIP and the project provided that the General Contractor or sub-contractor is approved by the Owner or its designee. The Owner or its designee will evaluate the General Contractor's or sub-contractor's adverse modification to determine any 40 mitigating circumstances, such as but not limited to,a single loss causing a high modification, etc. w 3.1.8 ALTERNATIVE/LIGHT DUTY WORK AVAILABILITY (a) Contractor shall endeavor to provide alternative work or light duty for injured employees with temporary physical restrictions. 00 Section 3.2 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY/RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOSS: so 3.2.1 CONTRACTOR'S PROTECTION OF WORK. (a) The Contractor shall,throughout the performance of the work,maintain adequate and continuous 00 protection of all work and temporary facilities against loss or damage from whatever cause, shall protect the property of the Owner and third parties from loss or damage from whatever cause arising out of the performance of the work, and shall comply with the requirements of the Owner or its designee and its insurance carriers, and with all applicable laws, codes,rules and regulations,with respect to the prevention of loss or damage to property as a result of fire or other hazards. The Owner or its designee may,but shall not be required to,make periodic inspections of the Project site. In such event,however,the Contractor shall not be relieved of its aforesaid responsibilities and the Owner or its designee shall not assume,nor shall it be deemed to have assumed, any responsibility otherwise imposed upon the Contractor by this Contract. 3.2.2 SURFACE OR SUBSURFACE WATER. (a) Surface or subsurface water or other fluid shall not be permitted to accumulate in excavations or under the structures except where required by the Contract Documents for the Project. Should such conditions develop or be encountered,the water or other fluid shall be controlled and suitably disposed of by means of temporary pumps,piping,drainage lines, ditches,dams or other methods approved by the Owner or its designee in writing,and in accordance with all regulatory requirements. The proposed location and coordination of temporary channels and conduits 40 diverting accumulated water from the Project site shall be submitted to the Owner or its designee for its prior written approval. All such work shall be done as a reimbursable cost of the work. Section 3.3 EMERGENCIES: OR 17 of 22 q* T:5 Colleges/Smith/Contract/2/2/01 3.1.3 CONTRACTOR'S DESIGNATION OF SAFETY REPRESENTATIVE. (a) In accordance with the requirements of the Construction Master Safety Program Guidelines,the Contractor shall designate a qualified member of its organization at the Project site,whose duties shall be to enforce the Contractor's safety programs,to assure compliance with this Article 3 and to prevent accidents. This person's name and qualifications shall be submitted to the Owner or its designee in writing by the Contractor for approval. The Contractor shall further cause each of its Subcontractors of any tier to designate a responsible supervisory representative to assist the Contractor's representative in the performance of its duties as described above. 3.1.4 SUSPENSION OF CONTRACTOR'S WORK. (a) Should the Contractor fail to provide a safe area for the performance of the Work or any portion thereof,the Owner or its designee shall have the right,but not the obligation,to suspend work in the unsafe area. All costs of any nature(including,without limitation,overtime pay,liquidated damages or other costs arising out of delays)resulting from the suspension,by whomsoever incurred,shall be borne by the Contractor. * 3.1.5 CONTRACTOR'S ASSURANCE OF SAFETY EQUIPMENT. (a) The Contractor and each subcontractor of every tier shall provide to each worker on the Project site the proper safety equipment for the duties being performed by that worker and will not permit any worker on the Project site who fails or refuses to use the same. The Owner or its designee shall have the right,but not the obligation, to order the Contractor to send a worker home for the day,or to discharge a worker, for his/her failure to comply with safe practices or anti-substance abuse policies,and the Contractor shall promptly comply with all such orders. 3.1.6 CONTRACTOR'S INDEMNITY OF THE OWNER FOR CONTRACTOR'S NON-COMPLIANCE WITH SAFETY PROGRAM. (a) Contractor recognizes that it has sole responsibility to assure its Safety Program is implemented and to assure its construction services are safely provided. The Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold the Owner and its designee harmless, from and against any and all liability (whether public or private),penalties(contractual or otherwise), losses, damages,costs,attorneys' fees, expenses, causes of action,claims or judgments resulting, either in whole or in part, from any failure of the Contractor,its Subcontractors of any tier or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable,to comply with the w. provisions of this Article 3. The Contractor shall not be relieved of its responsibilities under this Article 3 should the Owner or its designee act or fail to act pursuant to its rights hereunder. The Owner and the OCIP Administrator shall not assume,nor be deemed to have assumed, any responsibilities otherwise imposed upon the Contractor by this Contract,by virtue of providing the Project Construction Master Safety Program Guidelines. Contractor shall not raise as a defense to its obligation to indemnify under this 3.1.6 any failure of those indemnified hereunder to assure Contractor operates safely, it being understood and agreed that no such failure shall relieve the Contractor from its obligation to assure safe operations or from its obligation to so indemnify. The Contractor also hereby waives any rights it may have to seek contribution, either directly or indirectly, from those indemnified hereunder. 16 of 22 T:5 Colleges/SmitlUConmact/2;2/01 WA ARTICLE 3. CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY PROGRAM TO ENSURE PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY Section 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S SAFETY PROGRAM: 3.1.1CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES. (a) The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating,maintaining and supervising safety,property loss prevention and anti-substance abuse precautions and programs in connection with the work. Contractor shall provide all protection to prevent injury to all persons involved in any way in the work and all other persons, including,without limitation,the employees, agents, guests,visitors, invitees and licensees of the Owner who may visit the job site or be affected by the work. These precautions shall include,but in no event be limited to: (1)those set forth in the most current provisions of the Project Construction Master Safety Program Guidelines,which is incorporated by reference as a Contract Document and which the Owner will have on file before bid opening, and which will be provided to the successful bidder after award; (2)the posting of danger signs and personal notification to all affected persons of the existence of a hazard of whatever nature; (3) the furnishing and maintaining of necessary traffic control barricades and flagman services;(4) the use,storage,removal or disposal of required explosives or other hazardous materials only under the supervision of qualified personnel and after first obtaining permission of all applicable governmental authorities; (5) and the maintenance of adequate quantities of both hose and operable fire extinguishers at the Project site. The Contractor shall set forth in writing its safety, property loss prevention and anti-substance abuse precautions,programs,and action plans in connection with the work and submit the same to the Owner or its designee for review. The Contractor shall not be permitted on the Project Site for the performance of work until these precautions,programs and plans have been reviewed by the Owner or its designee. The Owner or its designee may,but shall not be obligated to,make suggestions and recommendations to the Contractor with respect thereto. 3.1.2 COMPLIANCE OF WORK, EQUIPMENT, AND PROCEDURES WITH ALL LAWS. (a) All work,whether performed by the Contractor or its Subcontractors of any tier,or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,and all equipment,appliances,machinery, materials,tools and like items incorporated or used in the work,shall be in compliance with and conform to: (a)all applicable laws,ordinances,rules,regulations and orders of any public, quasi- public or other governmental authority relating to the safety of persons and their protection against injury, specifically including,but in no event limited to,the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970,as amended, and all rules and regulations now or hereafter in effect pursuant to said Act; and(b) all rules,regulations and requirements of the Owner or its designee and its insurance carriers relating thereto. In the event of conflicting requirements,the more stringent shall govern. 15 of 22 T:5 Colleges/Smith/Contract/2/2/01 Section 2.16 SUBROGATION AND WAIVER: (a) Contractor shall require all policies of insurance that are in any way related to the Work and that are secured and maintained by Contractor and all tiers of Subcontractors, to include clauses providing that each underwriter and carrier shall waive all of its rights of recovery,under subrogation or otherwise,against the Owner,the O.C.I.P. Administrator,their officers, agents and employees,the Contractor,and all tiers of Subcontractors. (b) Contractor waives all rights of recovery against the Owner,the O.C.I.P. Administrator,their officers, agents and employees, and all Subcontractors regardless of tier which Contractor may have or acquire because of deductible clauses in or the inadequacy of limits of any policies of insurance that are in any way related to the Work and that are secured and maintained by Contractor. (c) Each Contractor shall require all tiers of Subcontractors to waive the rights of recovery in the same manner(as waived in the preceding paragraph by Contractor)against the Owner,the O.C.I.P. Administrator,their officers, agents and employees,Contractors, and other Subcontractors regardless of tier. Section 2.17 COVERAGE DETERMINED BY POLICY: (a) The coverages referred to above are set forth in full in the respective policy forms, and the foregoing descriptions of such policies are not intended to be complete, or to alter or amend any provision of the actual policies,and in matters, if any, in which the said description may be conflicting with such instruments,the provisions of the policies of the insurance shall govern. Section 2.18 MISCELLANEOUS: 2.18.1 CONTRACTOR'S OTHER CONTRACT OBLIGATIONS. (a) Nothing contained in Article 2 or 3 of this"Attachment to Construction Specification" shall relieve the Contractor, and its Subcontractors of any tier,of their respective obligations to exercise due care in the performance of their duties in connection with the Work or to complete the Work in strict compliance with the Contract. 2.18.2 FURTHER O.C.I.P.INFORMATION. (a) At the time of pre-bid conference,the Owner will make its O.C.I.P.Administrator available to op bidders so that they may resolve any questions they may have about the O.C.I.P. The Owner will also have on file prior to bid opening,a more detailed description of the O.C.I.P. as set forth in a booklet listing the Contractor's Insurance Guidelines. The successful bidder will be provided a copy of and must satisfy these guidelines. wr 14 of 22 T:5 Colleges/Smith/Contract/2/2/01 "�" (b) For insurance purposes,each Contractor agrees,and will require each Subcontractor to agree: (1) to keep and maintain an accurate and classified record of its payroll, (2)to furnish to PM Administrator and to the insurance company or companies full and accurate payroll data and information in accordance with the requirements of the insurance company or companies,and(3) to permit its books and records to be examined and audited periodically by the insurance company or companies or Administrator and their respective representatives. (c) Prior to the respective parties'commencement of the Work,Contractor shall furnish and cause each Subcontractor at any tier to furnish to Administrator or their designees, in a form satisfactory to them,an estimate of labor cost(listed by Standard Workers' Compensation Insurance classification)to be incurred in connection with the Work at the Project site by each Subcontractor,and the total price due each Subcontractor under its contract. ' (d) Contractor shall furnish each bidding and negotiating Subcontractor,vendor,supplier,material dealer or other party a copy of this Article 2 describing the insurance requirements for the Contractor and Subcontractors of all tiers under the O.C.I.P.,and shall require each to impose the same requirement with respect to their subcontracting and procurement procedures. Section 2.15 NOTICES,COSTS,AND LOSSES: M. (a) All policies of insurance that either Contractor(s), Subcontractors,or the Owner is required to secure and maintain under the terms of this Agreement shall be endorsed to provide that the insurance company shall notify the Owner,Contractor, and the Named Insured, at least thirty(3 0) days prior to the effective date of any cancellation or modification of such policies. (b) The Contractor and its subcontractors shall not be permitted on the Project site for the performance of work until the OCIP Administrator issues appropriate certificates of insurance. Prior to the date on which Contractor or any Subcontractor,regardless of tier,commences performance of its part of the Work,Contractor shall cause to be furnished to the Owner certificates of insurance maintained by Contractor and each such Subcontractor in connection with the performance of the Work. As and when the Owner may direct,copies of the actual insurance policies,or renewals or replacements thereof, shall be submitted to the Owner and shall be in form and content acceptable to the Owner. (c) The cost of the premiums for the insurance specified above to be obtained by the Owner will be paid for by the Owner, and the Owner shall receive and pay,as the case may be, all adjustments in such costs,whether by way of dividends or otherwise. Each Contractor shall execute such instruments of assignment as may be necessary to permit Owner's receipt of such adjustments and shall cause all Subcontractors covered by such insurance to do the same. (d) The cost of any losses sustained because of clauses that specify Contractor deductible amounts in any of the insurance policies furnished by the Owner shall be paid by the Owner. If the Owner- provided O.C.I.P.policies described in Subsections 2.1.2 and 2.1.3 have deductible amounts above the Contractor deductible amounts,such excess amounts shall be paid by the Owner provided that Contractor shall be responsible for losses greater than policy limits. (e) Payments by the insurer for all losses covered under the All Risk Builder's Risk policy, as specified in Section 2.1.3, will be made to The Owner. The Owner will make monies from the Builder's Risk policy available to the contractor for rebuilding work damaged by covered perils. on in 13 of 22 T:5 Colleges/Smith/Contract/2/2/01 2.12.5 UMBRELLA LIABILITY: Insurance for operations AWAY FROM THE PROJECT SITE, and to cover such liability arising when on the project site but explicitly not covered by Owner provided insurance pursuant to Section 2.1 (c)(iii)through(vi),by the Contractor or Subcontractor of any tier as referenced in Subsections 2.12.3 and 2.12.4 and for all operations referenced in Subsection 2.12.1. Total limits of$2,000,000 each occurrence. Section 2.13 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY TO ASSURE VENDORS TO JOBSITE HAVE INSURANCE: (a) The Contractor, or its Subcontractor of any tier,shall require their respective vendors, suppliers, material dealers,truckers (whether owners or operators)and others who merely transport,pick-up, deliver or carry materials,personnel,parts or equipment or any other items or persons to or from ,w the Project site to maintain the following insurance: (i) Workers'Compensation Insurance providing coverage for Statutory Limits of the ** Workers'Compensation Laws of the applicable jurisdiction,with Coverage B- Employer's Liability, to limits of not less than One-Million Dollars($1,000,000), insuring operations of the party required to furnish same performed in connection with the Work at the Project site. (ii) Automobile Liability Insurance covering all owned,non-owned and hired automobiles, trucks and trailers of the respective parties required to provide and maintain this insurance. Such insurance shall provide coverage not less than that of the Standard Comprehensive Automobile Liability policy in limits not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) Combined Single Limit each occurrence for bodily injury and property .. damage. (iii) General Liability Insurance for all operations(including products liability for any product manufactured, assembled or otherwise worked upon away from the Project site unless such manufacturing or assembly is called for in the Contract Documents)in a form providing coverage not less than that of the Standard Commercial General Liability insurance policy form("Occurrence Form") for operations of the party required to +�• furnish same, including hazards of operations(including explosion, collapse and underground coverage), elevators,independent contractors,products and completed operations,with contractual liability coverage(for any contracts related to the Work) for claims arising out of the Work hereunder for personal injury,bodily injury and property w damage in a policy or policies of insurance such that the total available limits combined shall not be less than One-Million Dollars($1,000,000)combined single limit. (iv) Other. Owner reserves the right to add or subtract coverages required by the Contractor. If such additions or deletions are made, an equitable adjustment to the contract amount shall be made by change order. (v) The Contractor shall require its subcontractor's compliance with the foregoing requirements. Section 2.14 CONTRACTOR OBLIGATIONS: (a) The Contractor shall not violate,or knowingly permit to be violated, any conditions of the policies .0 of insurance provided by the Owner under the terms of the contract issued pursuant to this specification, and shall at all times satisfy the requirements of the insurance companies issuing the same. All requirements imposed by the policies referred to above which are to be performed by ontractor,shall likewise be imposed upon, assumed and performed by each of its Subcontractors. 12 of 22 T:5 Colleges/Smith/Contract/2/2/01 I! (b) The insurance may be provided in a policy or policies,primary and excess, including the so-called umbrella or catastrophe form. As and when the Owner may direct copies of the actual insurance policies or renewals or replacements thereof shall be submitted to the O.C.I.P.Administrator in form and content acceptable to the O.C.I.P.Administrator. Liability covered shall be as stated below,unless,prior to commencement of any work,written approval is granted by the Owner, acting through its Administrator,for variance from those limits. No 2.12.1 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE: (a) Insurance covering all owned,non-owned and hired automobiles,trucks and trailers of the respective parties required to provide and maintain automobile liability coverage. Such insurance shall provide coverage not less than that furnished under the Standard Comprehensive Automobile Liability policy form and in limits not less than,as respects Contractor and all tiers of Subcontractors,One-Million Dollars($1,000,000) Combined Single Limit each occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. Such insurance shall cover occurrences both at and away from the Project site. 2.12.2 AIRCRAFT LIABILITY: (a) If aircraft of any kind is used by the Contractor,any tier of Subcontractor or by anyone else on their behalf,the Contractor or Subcontractor shall maintain,or cause the operator of the aircraft to maintain,aircraft public liability insurance insuring passengers and the general public against personal injury,bodily injury or property damage arising from aircraft owned,used, operated or hired in connection with the Work by the Contractor, Subcontractor or anyone else,in limits of Ten-Million Dollars($10,000,000)Combined Single limit for any one occurrence,each aircraft. 2.12.3 GENERAL LIABILITY: Insurance for operations AWAY FROM THE PROJECT SITE, and to cover such liability arising when on the project site but explicitly not covered by Owner provided insurance pursuant to Section 2.1(c)(iii)through(vi),by the Contractor,or any tier of Subcontractor(including products liability for any product manufactured, assembled or otherwise worked upon away from the Project site unless such manufacturing, assembly or otherwise is called for by the Contract Documents between the Owner and Contractor),under a form providing coverage not less than that of the Standard Commercial General Liability insurance policy form("Occurrence Form")for operations of the party required to furnish same,including hazards of operations(including explosion,collapse and underground coverage), elevators,independent contractors,products and completed operations, for claims arising out of the Work hereunder for personal injury,bodily injury and property damage in policy or policies of insurance such that the total available limits combined shall not be less than One-Million Dollars($1,000,000)per occurrence. 2.12.4 WORKERS' COMPENSATION: (a) Insurance in Statutory Limits of the Workers'Compensation Laws of the applicable jurisdiction, with Coverage B--Employer's Liability,to limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000),covering operations AWAY FROM THE PROJECT SITE, and to cover such liability arising when on the project site but explicitly not covered by Owner provided insurance pursuant to Section 2.1 (c) (iii)through(vi), of the Contractor or any tier of Subcontractor. 11 of 22 40 T:5 Colleges/Smith/Contract/2/2/01 (b) If the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors of any tier should fail to comply with their respective obligations,under this specification,the Owner may withhold any payments due the Contractor until such time as the Contractor and its Subcontractors of any tier shall have performed their obligations to the Owner's reasonable satisfaction. Section 2.12 CONTRACTOR-PROVIDED INSURANCE NECESSARY FOR THE WORK,BUT OUTSIDE THE O.C.I.P.: (a) Each Contractor shall, at all times during the period in which the contract award pursuant to this specification is in force and effect,provide and maintain insurance,and shall require all �u Subcontractors of any tier to provide and maintain insurance, of the type and in limits as set forth below in Subsections 2.12.1 to 2.12.4. Except as otherwise provided in Subsection 2.12.1,this insurance is intended to cover employee injury,personal injury,bodily injury and property damage liability for Project Work performed away from the Project site and to cover such liability arising when on the Project site but explicitly not covered by Owner-Provided insurance pursuant to Section 2.1(c) (iii)through(vi). Such insurance shall name the parties required to secure same as insureds and shall be in a form and issued by companies acceptable to the Owner. Such insurance shall contain a defense of suits provision. The submitted policy shall contain provisions,either in the original policy or by endorsement, substantially as follows: aw "(i) Notwithstanding any inconsistent statement in the policy to which this endorsement is attached,or any endorsement or certificate now or hereafter attached hereto, it is agreed that the Owner,the O.C.I.P.Administrator, their officers, agents and employees, (and such other persons or interests as the Owner may specifically designate)are additional insureds hereunder, and that coverage is provided for all operations,uses, occupation,acts and activities of the insured under the Contract for Construction and under any amendments,modifications, extensions or renewals of said Contract for Construction,regardless of whether liability is attributable to the insured or a combination of the insured and an additional insured. The requirements of this paragraph do not apply to Subsection 2.12.4. (ii) The policy to which this endorsement is attached shall not be canceled or reduced in coverage until the Owner has been given thirty(30)days prior written notice by registered mail addressed to the Owner; .� (iii) The coverage provided by the policy to which this endorsement is attached is primary coverage and any other insurance carried by the Owner is excess coverage; (iv) In the event one of the named or additional insureds incurs liability to any other named or additional insured,this policy shall provide protection for each named or additional insured against whom a claim is or may be made, in the same manner as if separate policies had been issued to each named or additional insured. Nothing contained herein shall operate to increase the company's limit of liability. The requirements of this paragraph do not apply to Subsection 2.12.4. (v) Notice of occurrences or claims under the policy shall be made to the person designated by the Owner." 10 of 22 T:5 Colleges/Smith/Conti�act/2/2/01 0W Section 2.9 ALTERNATIVE INSURANCE: (a) In the event the Owner for any reason is unable to furnish, or after commencement of work elects not to furnish or to continue to furnish,the insurance as specified in this Article,and upon thirty (30)days written notice from the Owner,the following shall be required: (i)Contractor shall secure at Owner's cost and thereafter maintain during the performance of this Agreement all or any part of the insurance described in this Article 2 as specified by Owner, and the Owner shall no longer be obligated to furnish that part of the insurance specified. (ii)All insurance secured by Contractor or its Subcontractors pursuant to the Owner's requirement under the provisions of this Section 2.9 shall be in policies subject to the 40 Owner's approval, (acting through its OCIP Administrator) as to form,content,limits of liability, cost and issuing company. Section 2.10 PROCEDURES AND SERVICES: (a) The Owner shall formulate and publish its statement of procedures and services relating to the insurance coverages to be provided pursuant to this Article. The Contractor shall fully comply with, and shall require its Subcontractors of any tier to fully comply with,all of said plans, procedures and services, including but not limited to,completion of all necessary applications for coverage,prompt and full compliance with all audit requests and claim reporting procedures, and go full compliance with the safety, loss prevention and loss control programs implemented by, or at the request of,the Owner. Section 2.11 COOPERATION: (a) The Contractor and each of its Subcontractors of any tier for whom insurance is provided by the Owner pursuant to this Article shall: (i)Furnish to the OCIP Administrator,its designees or the insurance carriers all information and documentation which the OCIP Administrator may reasonably require from time to time in connection with the issuance of any policies,pursuant to this agreement, in such form and substance as the Administrator may prescribe; (ii)Furnish to the OCIP Administrator,its designees or the insurance carriers certified payroll and accident summary reports as required once a month on the forms provided by the OCIP Administrator and any payroll records required to assist the carriers in any audits. The Contractor will be required under this subsection to segregate its respective reports relating to the Project from records relating to any other work which it may be performing and for which insurance is not provided by the Owner pursuant to this specification; (iii)Promptly comply with the recommendations of the insurance carriers so that said insurance carriers will continue to provide the coverage to be maintained by the Owner pursuant to this Article at a reasonable premium. 9 of 22 T:5 Colleges/Smith/Contract�2/2/01 Section 2.5 OWNER'S RIGHT TO AUDIT: (a) The Contractor hereby warrants to the Owner the accuracy of the information provided on the "O.C.I.P. Insurance Information Form" and agrees that the Owner, its insurance carriers and/or the O.C.I.P. Administrator may audit the records of the Contractor and its subcontractors to confirm the accuracy of all insurance information provided, including,without limitation,any affect on insurance resulting from changes in the Work. If an audit warrants, additional insurance deductions will be collected from the Contractor,or Subcontractors of any and all tiers. If an audit warrants,additional insurance credits will be paid to the Contractor or Subcontractors of any and all tiers. The Contractor further warrants and agrees that the Owner is entitled to all credits in .. O.C.I.P. insurance premiums which accrue from the audit of Contractor's records related to the Owner provided coverage. Contractor acknowledges that even if the Project described in this specification is included under the O.C.I.P.,Contractor will be required to provide those insurance coverages described in Section 2.12 below. Contractor agrees that the Owner may audit all records related to such policies Section 2.6 ASSIGNMENT: (b) The Contractor, and each of its Subcontractors of every tier,shall assign to the Owner all return premiums,premium refunds,dividends and other monies due or to become due in connection with the insurance which the Owner provides or the Contractor provides pursuant to Section 2.12 below,to the extent such monies result from Contractor's inaccurate assumptions or from changes in the Work, all of which shall inure to the benefit of the Owner. The Contractor and said Subcontractors of any tier shall execute such other further documentation as may be required by *" the Owner to effectuate this assignment. Section 2.7 O.C.I.P. CLAIMS: (a) The Contractor and its Subcontractors of any tier shall assist and cooperate in every manner reasonably necessary in connection with the adjustment of all claims arising out of the operations conducted under,or in connection with,the Project, and shall cooperate with the insurance carrier or carriers of the Owner,the Contractor and its Subcontractors in all litigated claims and demands which arise out of said operations which the insurance carrier or carriers are called upon to adjust or resist. Section 2.8 O.C.I.P.COVERAGES: (a) Although the scope of coverages afforded under this program may provide coverage beyond the scope required in the Contractor's agreement awarded pursuant to this specification,the Owner makes no warranty or representation that such broad coverage will remain in effect throughout the duration of the work. The Owner further does not warrant or represent that the O.C.I.P. +� coverages constitute an insurance portfolio which adequately addresses all the risk faced by the Contractor or its Subcontractor(s). The Contractor and Subcontractors of every tier shall satisfy themselves as to the existence, extent and adequacy of the O.C.I.P. coverages prior to the commencement of work on the Project under any contract. 8 of 22 T:5 ColleoesiSmith/Contract/2/2/01 N Section III: Excess/Umbrella Liability Use the current rates applicable to on-site project operations as outlined in your current policy. To determine the premium,multiply the rate by the amount of exposure for this project. The exposure will normally be"per$100 of payroll" or "per$1,000 of sales." Please see your policy for verification. Excess/Umbrella Liability Insurance limits of$2,000,000 per occurrence must be provided. This $2,000,000 limit requirement may be lowered as applicable to subcontractors of all tiers upon agreement between Contractor and OCIP Administrator. OCIP Administrator's agreement will not be unreasonably withheld. Section IV: Completed Operations (3 Years) Use the current rates applicable to on-site project operations as outlined in your current policy. To determine the premium,multiply the rate by the amount of exposure for this project. The exposure will normally be "per$100 of payroll" or "per$1,000 of sales." Completed Operations extension of three(3)years must be provided. Section V: Lower-Tier Contractor Premiums and Allocated Losses(excluding Automobile) If lower-tier contractors are included in your bid,please provide them with a set of these forms and instructions. Attach the lower-tier contractors' forms to your submission. The aggregate premiums must equal the amount report in this section. NOTE: Please see section 2.1(c)to determine which entities are not eligible for coverage under the OCIP. If lower tier contractors have a deductible or retention level within their insurance program,they must also include allocated losses, which they would expect within that deductible/retention on this project. Section VI: Total Premiums Sum sections I,II,III,IV and V. Section VII: Overhead&Profit on Insurance Premiums Please enter the overhead and profit your firm adds to the insurance premiums. Section VIII: Total Amount Excluded from Bid This represents the amount of insurance being excluded from the bid price due to the coverages being provided under the Owner Controlled Insurance Program. This amount also represents the amount added to the Contract Sum in the event the Owner elects not to include this project in its OCIP. (e) It is recommended that this form be referred to your agent/broker if your estimating staff is "a unfamiliar with this method of premium computation. Carefully review the"AGREEMENT" portion of this form because it allows for bid adjustments if major variances exist between the estimated and audited payrolls. 7 of 22 T:5 Colleges/Smith/Contract/2'2/01 Section 2.3 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY TO REPAIR DEFECTIVE OR DAMAGED WORK: (a) Until final acceptance of the Work by the Owner pursuant to this specification, the Contractor shall have full and complete charge and care of, and shall bear all risk of loss, injury or damage to,the Work or any portion thereof(specifically including Owner-furnished supplies, equipment or other items to be utilized in connection with, or incorporated in,the work) from any cause whatsoever. (b) The Contractor shall rebuild,repair,restore and make good all losses,injuries or damages to the Work or any portion thereof(specifically including Owner-furnished supplies, equipment or other items to be utilized in connection with,or incorporated in,the Work)before final acceptance of the Work. Such rebuilding,repair or restoration shall be at the Contractor's sole cost and expense provided,however,the .. Owner shall make available the monies from the Builder's Risk policy(ies)which the Owner carries for reconstruction. Section 2.4 NAMED INSUREDS AND INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED BY BIDDERS: �. (a) The Named Insureds on the Owner-provided O.C.I.P.policies shall include the Owner, the O.C.I.P. Administrator,their officers, agents and employees,Contractors and Subcontractors of any tier(but excluding suppliers,vendors,materialmen,truckers or haulers)for whom the Owner has agreed to furnish an O.C.I.P. (b) Coverage shall be limited to the Project site and any locations incidental thereto. (c) Bidders shall complete and include with their bid the Owner-Controlled Insurance Program Insurance Information Form set forth in Exhibit A hereto to provide estimated payroll, premium data and such other information as the OCIP Administrator deems necessary. The form is provided with the bid documents so that bidders can contact their carriers immediately and raise any questions at the pre-bid meeting which Contractors or their carriers may have. (d) Specific Instructions for completing the Contractor's "Insurance Information Form": Section I: Workers'Compensation A. For project site operations only,reports the classifications, codes, experience modifier and rates used in your current workers compensation policy. Provide •++ the name of your regular workers'compensation carrier, along with your policy effective dates and Federal Employer ID#. B. If your regular W.C.program includes a deductible or retention level, include allocated losses you would expect within that deductible retention on this project. 00 Section II: General Liability A. Use the current rates applicable to on-site project operations as outlined in your current policy. To determine the premium,multiply the rate by the amount of exposure for this project. The exposure will normally be "per$100 of payroll" or"per$1,000 of sales." Please see your policy for verification. General Liability Insurance limits of$1 Million per occurrence must be provided. B. If your regular G.L.program includes a deductible or retention level, include allocated losses you would expect within that deductible retention on this project. w 6 of 22 T:5 Colleges/SmithiContract2/2/01 (b) Coverage will include all materials, supplies and equipment that are intended for specific installation in the project,while such materials,suppliers and equipment are located at the Project Site,in Transit or while temporarily located away from the Project Site for the purpose of repair,adjustment or storage at the risk of one of the insured parties. (c) This insurance will not include coverage for any tools or clothing of workmen or any tools,equipment, protective fencing,scaffolding,temporary structures, forms and equipment owned,rented or used by the Contractor or Subcontractors or any tier and used in the performance of the Work,unless such items are specifically identified in the Contract Documents between The Owner and Contractor and their value is included in the cost of the work. (d) The Owner, its OCIP Administrator,their officers,agents and employees,and Consultant shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage whatever to the items excluded in the above paragraph and the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless The Owner,their officers, agents and employees,and Consultant, other Contractors and Subcontractors from any claims or causes of action brought by any person or parties as a result of loss or damage to such excluded items. (e) The Builder's Risk policy will be endorsed(a)waiving the carrier's rights of recovery under subrogation against the Owner, its OCIP Administrator,their officers,agents and employees,and Consultant, Contractor and Subcontractors whose interest is insured under such policy,and(b) so as to provide that the insurance company will not cancel such insurance without giving at least ninety(90)days prior written notice to The Owner and any additional insureds as their interests may appear. (f) Contractors shall be liable for a deductible of$5,000 each loss for fire, extended coverages and vandalism M and malicious mischief and$5,000 each loss for all other perils unless the Contract Documents provide differently. Section 2.2 CONTRACTOR RETAINS VARIOUS OBLIGATIONS: (a) The furnishing of said insurance by the Owner shall in no way relieve,or limit,or be construed to relieve or limit,the Contractor or Subcontractors of any tier of any responsibility or obligation whatsoever 4M otherwise imposed by this Contract. Nothing contained in this Article 2 of the"Attachment to Construction Specification" shall be construed as: (1)limiting in any way the extent to which the Contractor may be held legally responsible for damages to persons or property, or(2)limiting the indemnity obligations which Contractor has to Owner pursuant to other sections of the Contract for the Work awarded under this specification. The intent of the O.C.I.P. is simply to assure that Contractor has been provided the insurance coverage indicated up to the limits and with the contractor deductible indicated. OR M on OP an 5 of 22 IM T:5 Colleges/Smith/Contract/2/2/01 PW .,t (e) Owner assumes no obligation to provide insurance other than that evidenced by the policies referred to in Subsections 2.1.1,2.1.2, 2.13,and 2.1.4. The Owner,however,reserves the right to furnish insurance coverage of various types and limits,provided that such coverage shall not be less than that specified above (so long as such insurance and limits are reasonably available in the insurance market) and provided that the costs of such insurance shall be borne by the Owner. 2.1.1 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE. (a) Providing coverage for the statutory limits required by the Workers'Compensation Laws of the applicable jurisdiction, including coverage for the benefits provided under the United States Longshoremen and Harbor Workers'Act,the Jones Act and other extensions,with Coverage B-Employer's Liability, including Maritime,to limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000),which will cover operations of the Owner,the O.C.I.P. Administrator,Contractor and Subcontractors of all tiers performed in connection with the Work at the Project site. Coverage under the Broad Form All States extension is also included. This insurance is primary for all occurrences at the Project site. 2.1.2 LIABILITY INSURANCE (EXCLUDING AUTOMOBILE AND PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY). (a) Under a form providing coverage not less than that available under a Commercial General Liability insurance policy, and insuring the Owner,the O.C.I.P.Administrator,the Contractor, Subcontractors of .� all tiers and such other persons or interests as the Owner may designate, in connection with the performance of the Work; including coverage for hazards of operations(including explosion,collapse and underground coverage), elevators, independent contractors, employees as additional insureds, completed operations for three years after substantial completion of the Work, contractual liability coverage(for contracts related to the work) and personal injury liability coverage for claims arising out of the Project hereunder,and for personal injury,bodily injury and property damage, in a policy or policies of insurance such that the total available limits to all insureds combined will not be less than Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000),combined single limits;provided that the Owner, in its sole discretion,may decide the size of any deductible so long as Contractor will not be liable to pay more than the first Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500) of the deductible for each occurrence. (b) Contractor may be liable, at its expense,to a maximum of Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars($2,500) each occurrence to the extent losses payable are attributable to its intentional acts or omissions, or the intentional acts or omissions of its Subcontractors of any tier or any other entity or person for whom it may be responsible. The Contractor's deductible shall encompass the costs of defense,including court costs and attorney's fees. (c) The insurance provided under the O.C.I.P.will not extend coverage for products liability to any insured " party,vendor, supplier,material dealer or others for any product manufactured, assembled or otherwise worked upon away from the Project site,unless such manufacturing or assembly is required by the contract between the Owner and its Contractors. 2.1.3 ALL RISK BUILDER'S RISK,INCLUDING TRANSIT. (a) Insuring the interest of The Owner,Contractor and Subcontractors of all tiers,including coverage on an w� "All Risk"basis, including,but not limited to, coverage against fire, lightning,wind damage,hail, explosion,riot or civil commotion,aircraft,and other vehicles,collapse and coverage available under the so-called Builders Risk. The polic(ies)for such insurance shall be secured and maintained by the Owner in a form and amount not less than the full replacement value of the new and existing building(s)included in the Project. Contractor is aware that insurance companies 12roviding"All Risk"Builder's Risk insurance usuallv excludes several classes of unusual risk Contractor agrees that the term of the Builder's Risk policy shall define any exclusion which may exist 4 of 22 T:5 Colleges'Smith/Contract'2/2/01 im ARTICLE 2. INSURANCE OBLIGATIONS OF OWNER AND CONTRACTOR, IF THE OWNER AWARDS A CONTRACT AND PROVIDES O.C.I.P.INSURANCE Section 2.1 INSURANCE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER: (a) Prior to commencement of the Work,the Owner,at its sole option and cost,shall have the right to secure and thereafter maintain,except as otherwise provided herein,the insurance coverages described in Subsections 2.1.1,2.1.2and 2.1.3 at all times specified in this Article 2, covering as insured parties the Owner, Contractor,its Subcontractors of all tiers and such other persons or interests as the Owner may designate in connection with the performance of the Work, and with limits not less than those specified for each coverage. 4" (b) Contractor agrees to furnish as a reimbursable cost of the Work the insurance described in the Contract Documents specifically Article 8 of the Agreement and Article 11 of the General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions. am (c) No insurance coverage provided by the Owner shall extend to the activities or products of the following: ON (i) Any person and/or organization that fabricates and/or manufactures products,materials and/or supplies away from the project site(s),unless such manufacturing or assembly is required by the contract between the Owner and its Contractors. On (ii) Any architect,engineer or surveyor and their consultants except where required by Contract Documents. (iii) Truckers,materialmen,vendors,suppliers,and owner/operators(independent contractors),whose Operation(s) and/or employee(s)is/are engaged solely in the loading,hauling and/or unloading of material,supplies and/or equipment to or from the project-site(s). (iv) Any employee(s)of an enrolled or non-enrolled Contractor or Subcontractor of any tier,including Employee(s)of truckers,materialmen,vendors,suppliers, and owner/operators(independent contractors),which is/are engaged solely in the loading,hauling and/or unloading of material, supplies and/or equipment to or from the project-site(s). (v) Any employee(s)of an enrolled Contractor and Subcontractor of any tier,that does not work and/or generate payroll at the project site(s). (vi) Any employee(s)of an enrolled Contractor and Subcontractor of any tier,that occasionally visits the project site(s)to make deliveries,pick up supplies and/or personnel,to perform supervisory and/or progress inspections,or for any other reason. (d) Unless herein otherwise specifically indicated,the policies set forth in Subsections 2.1.1,2.1.2 and 2.1.3 below shall cover only those operations of the insured parties performed at the Project site or sites incidental to the Work called for in the contract between the Owner and the Contractor. 3 of 22 T:5 Colleges/Smith/Contract/2/2/01 ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS 1.1 "Owner" means the Owner,Financier or Sponsor of the Project. 1.2 "OCIP Administrator" means the administrator retained by the Owner to implement and administer the O.C.I.P. In part, the administrator will assure that Contractor implement and effectively manages a Contractor Safety Program and assure that Contractor and insurance carriers effectively manage claims resulting from construction of the Project. The O.C.I.P.Adminstrator designated for this project is Acordia Northeast. 1.3 "Contractor" means the person or entity awarded the contract for the Project described in this specification. Contractor understands that all Contractors obligations set forth in the Owner's O.C.I.P., whether performed directly by Contractor or indirectly by its Subcontractors,are the responsibility of Contractor. Contractor shall assure that all Subcontractors of all tiers satisfy all safety program,claim management and applicable insurance requirements. Whenever this specification establishes obligations for Contractor, it shall also be deemed to establish obligations for Subcontractors. For emphasis,this specification sometimes expressly refers to both Contractor and Subcontractors. The term"Contractor" refers to the entity awarded the contract pursuant to this specification. Vendors,suppliers, fabricators, material dealers, drivers and others who merely transport,pick up, deliver or carry materials,personnel, parts or equipment or any other items or persons to or from the Project site shall not be considered Contractor(s),or Subcontractors of any tier for the purpose of insurance coverage. 1.4 "Construction Manager"means the engineering/design firm hired by the Owner to manage the process of construction. 1.5 "Owner-Controlled Insurance Program" ("O.C.I.P.")means an insurance delivery method that assures ■ the Contractor all Subcontractors of any tier, and all other contractors on the construction Project,are insured for Statutory Workers'Compensation,Employers Liability and Commercial General Liability, and such other coverages as the Owner may in writing specifically add or delete for the construction Project. The O.C.I.P. for the construction Project for which this contract is awarded is more fully described in ■. Articles 2 and 3 below. 1.6 "Project" means the construction of the particular improvement set forth in this specification. *" 1.7 "Safety Manager" means the Safety Manager hired by the Administrator to assist the Owner in assuring that Contractor implements its safety program. 1.8 "Subcontractor"means a person or entity furnishing labor and/or material to the Project pursuant to a contract either directly with the Contractor as that party is defined in Section 13 hereinabove or as a sub- subcontractor of any tier. .e� A 2 of 22 T:5 Colleges/Smith/Contract/2/2/01 ` ATTACHMENT TO CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS SUMMARY OF THE OWNER-CONTROLLED INSURANCE PROGRAM "1R SETTING FORTH CONTRACTOR INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACTOR SAFETY PROGRAM OBLIGATIONS This attachment shall apply only if the Owner,Prior to executing a construction contract,states in writing that this project shall be included in its owner controlled insurance program. If this project is included in the owner controlled insurance program,this attachment shall supplement the terms and conditions applicable to the Contractor which are set forth in the Contract Documents. INTRODUCTION The Owner is implementing an Owner-Controlled Insurance Program("O.C.I.P." or"Program")for many of its construction projects,which will be bid during the term of the O.C.I.P. In an O.C.I.P.,the Owner purchases most of the insurance to cover the Worker's Compensation losses, and General Liability losses, (and possibly other coverages for other risks)associated with construction of the projects. This insurance covers the Owner, Contractor and Subcontractors of all tiers,but not vendors coming onto the construction site. An O.C.I.P. allows the Owner to obtain a lower project cost, an effective contractor safety program, and efficient management of claims resulting from the Project. Depending on the insurance market, Contractor expertise,type of project, and other factors,Contractors can sometimes provide insurance for a construction project at a price competitive to the Owner's expected O.C.I.P. cost. Even under an O.C.I.P., the Contractor still provides some coverage as described more particularly below. For the above reasons,the Owner has selected this Project as a candidate for its O.C.I.P. Bidders are required to provide a base bid representing the bidder's total cost assuming that the Owner provides those Project insurance coverages set forth in more detail in Article 2 below. To be responsive to the bid specification,bidders must also include a bid for the cost of the insurance coverages described in the General Conditions. The successful bidder must provide said insurance coverage if, and only if,the Owner decides not to include this Project in its O.C.I.P. at time of award. By bidding on the Work set forth in this specification and accepting a contract for such work,bidder agrees to(1) accept the Owner's O.C.I.P. if the Owner includes this Project in the O.C.I.P. and awards a contract based on the base bid,or(2)construct the Project and provide all insurance necessary if the Owner decides not to include this Project in its O.C.I.P. Bidder recognizes that the O.C.I.P.benefits the successful bidder and the Owner by reducing overall costs. Bidder recognizes that a critical element in the success of the O.C.I.P. is the successful bidder's obligation to protect persons and property on the construction and related sites so that claims may be avoided and quickly and effectively managed if they occur. Accordingly, bidder agrees that it has fully reviewed and agrees to the Safety Program obligations set forth in Article 3. Bidder also specifically agrees to all the covenants and conditions set forth in Articles 2 and 3 if the Owner includes this Project in the O.C.I.P. uw �r w 1 of 22 !M T:5 Colleges,'SmitivContract/2,'2!01 am In the event of OSHA fines being charged to this project, the offending Contractor agrees .� to pay that portion assessed against the Construction Manager, which was directly attributable to the Contractors work. Code Compliance: Contractors, Subcontractors and Suppliers will comply with all applicable codes and regulations and requirements of all authorities having jurisdiction. , Subcontractor Requirements: The following items are required by all Contractors, Subcontractors and Suppliers prior to proceeding with any work, or receiving any payments: a. List of subcontractors and suppliers b. Schedule of values. c. Progress schedule. d. List of Contractor's personnel, addresses, telephone numbers and copies of licenses. .� e. Copies of all pen-nits and permit applications £ Certificate of insurance with the Owner and Construction Manager indicated as additionally insured. g. Performance and payment bonds. (if required). h. Executed letter of intent, contract or purchase order. **End of Owners Conditions** MCPA Page 6 of 6 Telephone Service: The Construction Manager will provide telephone service for emergency use only. Any Contractor requiring telephone service should coordinate with the Construction Manager for access to telephone lines at the Contractor's expense. Hoisting and Scaffolding: (Coordinate efforts with Section 01525 for Scaffolding and Staging Operations as Defined in the Bid Package Descriptions and Instructions to Bid as Issued by the Construction Manager) Contractors are to provide their own ladders, scaffolding, staging, and hoisting equipment and all the necessary equipment to accomplish their work unless alternate arrangements are made through the Construction Manager. Installation of any staging or scaffolding should be coordinated with the Construction Manager. Subcontractors and Suppliers: Prior to their work each Contractor shall submit to the Construction Manager for approval a complete list of all Sub-contractors and suppliers that the Contractor will employ or purchase from. A Contractor is responsible for the compliance of its Subcontractor and/or Suppliers to all terms and conditions of this Contract. Safety: *R Each Contractor, Subcontractor and Supplier is responsible for the health and safety of its own workers and for complying with the latest applicable regulations, including, but not limited to those of the U.S. department of labor (OSHA). The Contractor shall issue and enforce the use of all personal protection equipment as required while on-site. The Contractor, Subcontractor and Supplier shall comply with all the statutory regulations and requirements including but not limited to the following: ❑ Occupational Safety and Health act of 1970 as amended. ❑ 29 CFR01926 OSHA Hazardous Communications Standards. ❑ State Department of Labor and Industry Division of Industrial Safety ❑ Insurance Safety Requirements ❑ Contractor's written safety program. ❑ Local safety regulations. ❑ Smith College fluorescent tube disposal program. ❑ Smith College's "Hot Work and Confined Space Permit Program" (failure to obtain in a "Hot Work or Confined Space Permit" will result in an $100.00 per incident fine). ❑ Hard hats and appropriate personal protection equipment shall be worn at all times while in the designated construction area. Failure to comply and the Contractor, Subcontractor or Supplier shall be directly assigned a fine of$100.00 per incident. Contractors, their subcontractors and suppliers shall notify the Construction Manager of all accidents occurring on the job site to persons or property and shall provide the Owner with a copy of all accident reports within five days of occurrence. MCPA Page 5 of 6 The Contractors is obligated to follow all safe work practices as defined by OSHA when working with any suspected lead containing materials. Any other hazards not identified should immediately be brought to the attention of the Construction Manager and to Smith College. Keys: The College and Constriction Manager will provide the Contractor with the necessary keys if needed for the project. The contractor will sign a key form stating what key or keys are issued to them. It is the responsibility of the contractor to return the keys to the Smith College Project Manager. The Contractor will receive a copy of the key form, signed by the college that states the keys have been returned. Failure to comply with said tenns will result in a charge of$250.00 per key. The college reserves the right to deduct this amount from the final invoice. Salvage Metal: Smith College will have the first right of refusal for all scrap metal. The Project Manager for the college will make the necessary decision. All salvaged and/or recycled material will be quantified and reported to the Owner. Cleaning: The Contractor will provide dumpsters for waste generated. Location of the dumpsters is to be coordinated with the Construction Manger. All Contractors are required to clean their work areas daily. ON Substance Abuse: Substance abuse of any kind will not be tolerated and shall be cause for removal from the project or immediate termination of employment. Smoking is not allowed in Smith College Buildings or within twenty feet of building entrances. Supervision: (Coordinate with Article 3.9 of Section 00700) Contractors are required to employ competent supervisors and field personnel and shall coordinate their work with the work of all other trades. Temporary Power: (Coordinate with Section 01500)_ The Construction Manager will provide necessary temporary lights & power at the owner's expense. The Owner will pay for the cost of power consumed. Temporary Sanitary Facilities: (Coordinate with Section 01500) The Construction Manager will provide portable toilets for the duration of the construction project. The Construction Manager will also provide potable water. The Owner will pay for the cost of water consumed. MCPA Page 4 of 6 �. Interruption Requests: 1. All utility (electrical, water, sewer, gas, telephone, hot water, steam and air conditioning) interruptions are to be made during the Owner's defined "off hours" unless other times are agreed to in writing. 2. The Contractor shall request the Owner's approval a minimum of 72 hours in advance of any utility interruption. There shall be no additional cost to the Owner. a) Notify the Fire department of Northampton, and the Physical Plant department of any interruptions to the fire alarm or the fire sprinkler systems. The college will notify the proper insurance carriers of the "out- of-service" condition. 3. The Contractor shall submit any request, which differ from the above to the Owner's project manager a minimum of 72 hours in advance. Some changes may be possible depending on the circumstances and time of the year. Harassment: Harassment of any kind will not be tolerated on this project or on the campus. This includes any inappropriate actions or noises either on the construction site or in the surrounding area. It is strongly recommended that all contractors instruct their employees to limit their contact with college personnel staff or students. Any occurrence of ! harassment will be cause for immediate termination and possibly removal of Contractor from the site. The Contractor will strictly enforce these harassment policies. Noise control: As maintained by Smith College, noise generated by subcontractors must be controlled to a maximum level of 80dB. The city of Northampton also has a noise ordinance, which restricts noise before 7 a.m., and after 11:00 PM. Be advised that activities will be restricted if noise levels exceed the allowable limits. a. "Noisy" Tasks: As defined by the Owner's Project Manager, such as concrete demolition, sawing, or drilling, shall be done during off hours at no additional cost to the Owner, unless other times are agreed to in writing. For the portion of time that the building is still occupied while under construction, it is requested that all of the above mentioned activities take place after 8:00 am. Objectionable Tasks: Operations producing objectionable odors to occupants/users of the project ®W facility/building, such as floor mastic, painting, etc., shall be performed during off-hours, unless other times are agreed to in writing. Known & Unknown Hazards: This project does contain the following conditions: The presence of asbestos as per asbestos survey provided to the Construction Manager. The presence of lead may be in the paint on metal panning and handrails, structural steel beams, and doorframes. MCPA Page 3 of 6 is a potential hazard to pedestrians or vehicles. Traffic on site is subject to the oversight and requirements of the Construction Manager. Parking and Deliveries: There is limited contractor parking available at the project site. The Owner and the Construction Manager must approve any Contractor parking requests at the site. Access is provided for deliveries or materials during working hours. However, deliveries of large quantities of materials must be coordinated with the Construction Manager at least 72 hours in advance of that delivery. All contractors will be required to adhere to the college campus parking regulations. If the employees of the Contractor receive a Smith College parking ticket for parking in an unauthorized parking space, and did not pay the fine, the college has the right to .� deduct whatever fines are outstanding from the final payment of the completed job. Lawns: .� The Contractor is responsible to take whatever action is necessary to prevent damage to the lawns, sidewalks, trees and shrubs on the college property. The Owner will review the area with the Contractor before the job starts, to make any notes about the exiting conditions. After the work is completed, the Owner, along with the Contractor will review the site. If damage has accrued, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to repair or replace the shrubs, trees, lawns and sidewalks to the satisfaction of the college. Further information about protection requirements may be found within the bid specifications. Insurance: See - Smith College Liability Insurance Requirements. Permits: (Coordinate with Article 3.7 of Section 00700) The Contractor will obtain all relevant building permits. Copies of all permits, inspection report, and communication with the building department are to be supplied to the Owner. Rebates and Credits Any rebates for purchased items should be submitted to Smith College by the applicable Contractor and to be credited toward the final invoice. For example: W. R. Grace's acoustical treatment rebate. Any local, state, or federal energy rebate programs should also be explored for inclusion with the project. Use of Premises: The construction site will be under the control of the Construction Manager. The Contractor is to arrange with the Construction Manager all deliveries and need for storage and office space and coordination of installation of major equipment. The Contractor's construction workforce is to be restricted to the construction area and the construction limit. Any employee who doesn't adhere to these limits will be subject to termination. MCPA Page 2 of 6 "" Smith College's OWNER CONDITIONS Renovations to The Mendenhall Center fort the Performing Arts Terminology: For the purpose of this agreement, the term Owner shall refer to the Smith College, the term Contractor shall refer to subcontractors to the Construction Manager, and the term Construction Manager shall refer to A.R. Green & Sons, Construction Manger of record for the Mendenhall Center renovations. For further definitions applicable to "contractors" see Article 1.01 of Section 01010. Site Visit: Until the contractor is authorized to begin work on the site, any visits to the project site must be scheduled with the Smith College project manager, and/or the Construction Manager, a minimum of 24 hours in advance. Acceptance of Bids: The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informality in the bidding should it be deemed in the Owner's opinion to be in any way in his best interest to do so. *■ Taxes: This project is exempt from the Massachusetts State sales tax. Certificates will be furnished to all successful bidders upon request. Coordinate with Article 3.6.1 of Section 00700. Schedules of Work: (Coordinate with Section 01310) Work on this project is subject to coordination with the overall project schedule and must be planned accordingly. The Contractor must submit a preferred installation schedule to the Owner and Construction Manger for review and approval. The Owner and Construction Manager will work to ensure that installation schedules are maintained, but accept no liability for changes or delays in the project schedule as they may affect the Contractor. Work will be restricted to the areas as described in the bid documents, and "' may have limited working hours. Working hours: Monday through Friday from 7:OOam to 3:30pm. The Owner at his/her discretion may allow later work hours or weekend hours if a request is received at least 24 hours in advance of expected work. Traffic Controls: The Contractor shall be responsible for paying the City of Northampton for police details request by authorized agencies or officials. Prior to disrupting traffic flow on a campus roadway and to avoid causing a potential hazard to pedestrians or vehicles, the Contractor shall arrange for and pay for security details through the Owner's Campus Police office. In all cases, the Owner's Campus Police office shall be the final authority of what activity MCPA Page 1 of 6 15.4.3 - Wherever in the specifications reference is made to ANSI or ASTM Standards, Federal Specifications Consumer Product Standards, or similar recognized standards, the latest edition of the respective publishing agency in effect at the date of "Bid twl Issuance" shall be accepted as establishing the technical requirements which shall be complied with unless date of publication is recorded in this Specification. 15.4.4 - Where no explicit quality or standards for materials or workmanship are established for work such work shall be of such quality consistent with industry standards and of the construction quality established for the Project generally. **End of General Conditions** THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS PIN ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY U51NG AIA DOCUMENT D401. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. MM a A ;r ZZ.* 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 81 further agrees to the insertion of a clause to this effect in all contracts with his Subcontractors. 15.2 PROHIBITED INTERESTS 15.2.1 - No official of the Owner who is authorized in such capacity and on behalf of the Owner to negotiate, make accept or approve of or to take part in negotiating, making accepting or approving any architectural engineering, inspection construction or material supply contract, or any subcontract in connection with the construction of the project shall become directly or indirectly interested personally in the contract or in any part thereof. 15.2.2 - No officer, employee architect attorney, engineer or inspector of the Owner who is authorized in such capacity and on behalf of the Owner to exercise any legislative executive, supervisory or other similar functions in connection with the construction of the THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL protect shall become directly or indirectly interested personally in this contract or in any CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN part thereof, any material supply contract subcontract insurance contract or any other ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH contract pertaining to this project RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 15.3 WAIVER OF CAP DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D40I. 15.3.1 - To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor waives any liability cam This document has been approved and so Imposed by law provided to an employer who has paid any injured employee's workers' endorsed by The Associated General compensation benefits. Contractors of America. The Contractor shall require similar waivers from each Subcontractor and their ow respective Sub-subcontractors so that every entity providing labor for the Project shall be subject to this provision. The intent of the provision is to place liability for workers' injuries on the part�t responsible for the safety of such workers and not to avoid any limitation on such liability by virtue of operation of law. ; It is further the intent of the parties that this provision is not to be construed as an indemnification provision 15.4 PERFORMANCE AND SPECIFICATION STANDARDS 15.4.1 - Applicable codes and standards for material furnished and work installed shall Include all state_laws, local ordinances requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction and applicable requirements of the following codes and standards including but not limited to: .1 Massachusetts State Building Code Sixth Edition .2 Life Safety Code- NFPA 101 Current Edition 'V Na� 15.4.2 - Where specific performance requirements are listed herein it is the intent of this : m.°` specification that all manufacturers fabricators suppliers installers contractors Subcontractors Specialty and Sub-subcontractors will provide services satisfying these 01997 AIA® requirements whether mentioned by trade or manufacturers name or submitted for AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 approval as a substitute. CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 196 1976, 1987, 1997 by The wr American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 80 t>I Work or subcontract provided said Work is authorized in advance by Architect and Owner No payment shall be made by Owner, however, to the extent that such Work or subcontract is was or could have been terminated under Paragraph 14.2 or an equitable ad*ustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. In case of such 40 termination Owner will issue a Construction Change Directive or authorize a Change Order making any required adjustment to the Date of Substantial Completion and/or the Contract Sum For the remainder of the Work the Contract Documents shall remain in full force and effect. 14.2.7 - The Owner shall not be responsible for damages or for loss of anticipated profits on Work not performed on account of any termination described in Subparagraph 14.2.6. 14.2.8 - Upon a determination by alternate dispute resolution that termination of Contractor pursuant to Subparagraph 14.2.1 was wrongful, such termination will be THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL RIP deemed converted to a termination for convenience pursuant to Subparagraph 14.2.6 and CONSEQUENCES.CONSUL TATIONWITHAN Contractor's remedy for wrongful termination shall be limited to the recovery of the ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH payments permitted for termination for convenience as set forth in Subparagraph 14.2.6. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR P MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 14.3.1 - In addition to Owner's right to suspend delay or interrupt Contractor from any-This document has been approved and part of the Work pursuant to the Contract Documents Owner may, at any time at will and endorsed by The Associated General without cause suspend delay or interrupt any part of the Work or any subcontract or all Contractors of America. Work for any reason whatsoever for such period of time as the Owner may determine by giving seven U days' prior written notice to Contractor specifying the part of the Work or subcontract to be suspended delayed or interrupted and the effective date of such suspension delay or interruption as the case may be. Contractor shall continue to go prosecute the part of the Work not suspended delayed or interrupted and shall properly protect and secure the part of the Work so suspended delayed or interrupted, so far as is necessary in Owner's reasonable opinion Notwithstanding Subparagraph 8.3.3 hereof, if the Work or any subcontract is so suspended delayed or interrupted, Owner shall incur no liability to Contractor by reason of such suspension, delay or interruption, except that Contractor shall be entitled to payment of reasonable standby fees (or at Owner's option, payment for demobilization and subsequent remobilization) and of costs directly associated with protecting and securing the affected Work provided said costs are authorized in advance by Architect Construction Manager and Owner. No payment shall be made by Owner, however, to the extent that such Work or subcontract is was or could have been suspended delayed or interrupted under the Contract Documents or an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. In case of such suspension delay or interruption Owner will issue a Construction Change Directive or authorize a Change Order making any required adjustment to the Date of Substantial Completion and/or the Contract Sum For the remainder of the Work, the Contract Documents shall remain in full force and effect. ARTICLE 15-ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS f 's+Nlfi*:w" 15.1 NON-DISCRIMINATION 01997 AIA® 15.1.1 - Contractor agrees that there shall be no discrimination against any employees or AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 applicants for employment because of race creed color, sex or national origin and GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH201GC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 79 14.2.2 - When any of the above reasons exists. the Owner may, without preoudice to and other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety, if any. seven (7) days' written notice (except in cases of emergency as reasonably determined by Owner), terminate the services of the Contractor and may: .1 take possession of the site and Pro'ect and of all materials equipment tools and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned rented or leased by the Contractor: and .� .2 finish the Work by whatever method the Owner may deem expedient .3 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Paragraph 5.4. 14.2.3 - When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.2.1. the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work Is finished. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 14.2.4 - To the extent the costs of completing the Work including compensation for ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT additional professional services and expenses exceed those costs which would have MODIFICATION.TION.COMPLETION UTHE TIONOR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS been payable to Contractor to complete the Work except for Contractors default, ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA ' Contractor will pay the difference to Owner, and this obligation for payment shall survive DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA termination of the Contract. Such costs incurred by Owner will be determined by the DOCUMENT D401. Owner and confirmed by the Architect. This document has been approved and ** endorsed by The Associated General 14.2.5 - It is recognized that: (1) if an order for relief is entered on behalf of Contractor Contractors of America. pursuant to Title 11 of the United States Code (2) if any other similar order is entered under any other debtor relief laws (3) if Contractor makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors (4) if a receiver is appointed for the benefit of its creditors or (5) if a receiver is appointed on account of its insolvency, any such event could impair or frustrate Contractor's performance of the Contract. Accordingly, it is agreed that upon the ..� occurrence of any such event. Owner shall be entitled to request of Contractor or its successor in interest adequate assurance of future performance in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract. Failure to comply with such request within ten (1 E days of delivery of the request or Owner's determination that the assurances are not adequate, shall entitle Owner to terminate the Contract and to the accompanying rights set forth in Subparagraphs 14.2.1 through 14.2.4 hereof. In all events pending receipt of adequate assurance of performance and actual performance in accordance therewith, Owner shall be entitled to proceed with the Work with its own forces or with other Contractors on a time and material or other appropriate basis the cost of which will be backchat eq d against the Contract Sum. 14.2.6 - In addition to Owner's right to terminate Contractor from any part of the Work pursuant to Paragraph 14.2, Owner may, at any time at will and without cause terminate any part of the Work or any subcontract or all remaining Work for any reason whatsoever by giving seven (7) days' prior written notice to Contractor specifying the part of the Work or subcontract to be terminated and the effective date of termination Contractor shall continue to prosecute the part of the Work not terminated If the Work or any subcontract is so terminated. Owner shall incur no liability to Contractor by reason of such +� termination, except that Contractor shall be entitled to payment for Work properly executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of ®1997 AIA® termination. (the basis for such payment shall be as provided in the Contract) and for AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 costs directly related to Work thereafter performed by Contractor in terminating such GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced ** with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 78 oft Contractor: .1 issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction: .2 an act of government, such as declaration of national emergency, making material unavailable: or .3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certifications as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment (without cause) within the time stated in the Contract Documents. 14.1.2 - If one of the above reasons exists. the Contractor may, upon fourteen (14) days' written notice to the Owner, Construction Manager and Architect, terminate the Contract. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL "R unless such reason is cured prior to the expiration of the notice period, and Owner shall CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN incur no liability to Contractor by reason of such termination, except that Contractor shall ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH be entitled to recover from the Owner payment for Work properly executed in accordance RESPECT ITS COMPLETION OR p y p p y exe MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination (the basis for such ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA payment shall be as provided in the contract). DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 14.1.3 - The Owner shall not be responsible for damages for loss of anticipated profits on This document has been approved and Work not performed on account of any termination described in Subparagraphs 14.1.1 endorsedbyTheAssociatedGeneral and 14.1.2. Contractors of America. * 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER 14.2.1 -The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor: .1 refuses or fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment to complete the Work in a diligent, efficient, timely, workmanlike, skillful and careful manner: op .2 fails to make prompt payments to Subcontractors for tabor, materials and/or equipment in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors: 40 .3 disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of a public authority having jurisdiction: .4 disregards the instructions of Architect or Owner (when such instructions are based on the requirements of the Contract Documents): .5 is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of Contractor's creditors, or a trustee or receiver is appointed for Contractor or for any of its property, or files a petition to take advantage of any debtor's act, or to reorganize under bankruptcy or similar laws: or .6 otherwise does not fully comply with the Contract Documents. .7 fails to furnish Owner with assurances satisfactory to Owner evidencing the Contractor's ability to complete the Work in compliance with all the 5; requirements of the Contract Documents. .8 fails or neglects to prosecute the Work in such a manner to reasonably 01997 AJA0 assure completion with the Contract Time. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION go © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. PIP 77 14.2.3 When -the Owner teriiiifiates 44e GefitFaEt 4er $ne -of-tke reasens sited -in - Subparagraph m-1, #fie r-,.�tfaEtE)f -Pet-be entitled4o reEeiN,e further�it Lltrtit4he- 14 :4 If-the unpaid balafiEe-ef-the Gontr aEt exeeeds Eests-,4 finishif3g 4he a4ierlE,- iftEludifig e tion fer the ^d eflite S � ages ffiaEle fieeessaF) thereby,,-a�- +I 1—f1'e Owner and gat ex 1 ,1 h shall be d+e the b— .L�L 1 !",•cvrrccaccvi-if SHE17-E6�st5�i11 4aHiages exee'Ed rtttC�.l-npaid baianEe-the!`,•-c-vrrti-acivr -pad,the am ai F e4e4t#e Ownef.the ant eke e he GontraEtof er Owner; as ke Ease - be feh-ah-he czertified4w4he ^^fE AeEt,upeti appliEatien, t is abligatiefi fer past - no 443 5 1 I512 CNISION1 QV TI.JC 0\AINICD FOR C0 NI VCN1`N„E 14.3.1 The Owner ma1L Nvithout :tee ender eke GenifaEtef-iff to pent vela t +o r. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL `+ +1 �n ,.1. ; t, le i + for- period F. the(Affief a + CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 14.3.2 Theme ern aHC GefitfaEt Tiffle -be adjusted _"�Ereas s-4+-#he Best anEl-RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR tif*e Eaused y -ef ifiterreptieft -as ElesEfibed -iff Subparagraph 14-3} -MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS djust ient-ef-the Gefitfa+ -' shade-pfefit--Na djus ~,e nit-shA-be fflacle-te4-ke-ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA ■* extenti DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 4 that pef feffnanEe tis,Nvas of wou ld have been se suspended,Elelayed of interr-HIAed- DOCUMENT D401. b), ,.+ham F„ .,1, ,-1, the r',,.,+,. ,-+,. is 'h spatisibl n—vr This document has been approved and lw equitable adjastniefit4s fflaEie-e+ def pfeA,isiefi-ef-t4e endorsed by The Associated Genera! .2 that-aft!`,,v x traEt: Contractors of America. 44-4 TERMINATION QV THE QlA/NICD FOR CONVENIENCE 11.4 14.4.2 Uf36F} FeEeipt$f wfitten f39tke th2 wnef of-;i,c 3 teft'ifaa`ion f6r 12 's- +h r + + 1 11 take a tivnS fieEessaf�-'-ef 41at-tlie Ownef-n}ay direct;-fef 4ie p eteetieli-aR4- p..s.naz r and p 4E difeE-t2d -to -be per-formed -pf}er -t0 -the effeEtivE' ate -af- L 14.4.3 IR Ease-e-f-&uEh iefi 4er 4he 2r-'S Eenvenienee,44e (',,. f -fie- entitled -t-& reeeive pajt}}3ent Off Wer-k -and E045 ifiEuffed * reaseii -ef-,HEh- teFfnin+t-ien alenbwith bl h ,] ,1L f+ the W 1 . .] 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR 14.1.1 - The Contractor may terminate the Contract in the manner provided in . .. Subparagraph 14.1.2 if reDeated suspensions delays or interruptions by the Owner as described in Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than one hundred percentR' 4 (100%) of the total number of days scheduled for completion or one hundred twenty= . . ; 120 days in any 365 day period, whichever is less or if all the Work is entirely stop ed for a continuous period of sixty (60) days for any of the following reasons through no act or fault of the _Contractor or a Subcontractor Sub-subcontractor or their agent or 01997 AIA® *� employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 y The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 76 NO 4 issuanEe of u,.. -d-e of u o other hl, atithefit),h„ s&:t; ..h ,-h 114"Aff-k 4e be stepped; .2 an aEt of 6' all Wor4E to be steppedi 3 beea44se-the AfEhiteEt lta5-Hot issued-a Gei4ifiieate 4 �t-aii4 4ih5-net- notified r`,oi t aEtof of the Feasen withholding E FtifiEatign-d§pr-ei,ided4ff- c, b h be the n, 1, e+ .,d "t r�rn�te irr" Y�r� zcxx vrc a for-n.. nt with: the time stated in the r,e t.. ,et Po ,ts A the QNsiief -leas failed -te furnish -t9 -4i2 r'entractof pfeffiptly, upon 4132 - 14.1.2 T-13e Gzvrrria ito f -the z 4-, through pie-aEt of 4att4-4-the- Gonrrcccvr-ef-a Savcvrcraccvr SUb StIbEontr-a . � agents-9f employees e -22�-9t3ff- .1--9f-e2 peffofniing 'PAi4i0Hfr of the WeEk undef difeet ef-t EE)HtfaEt f�3e- •1°°RtFaEt°r repeated Ptiens-e ITed`4he (Af `'-THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL ! desa-ihed-rtt Paragfaph-W.3 Eonstitute-in 4he aggfegate xiefe 4+a*wee pefEent-4-the t -CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 14.1.3 9 one-4-the reasons -ice Ski 14-1:1-ef 4.1-2ey6sts, e Go ef-MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF TH15 { ,.-zitten RE)tke4e,4 he Owner aim n� Ehitect,tea„•"^te tl3e t atx_ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA reEE er -t4e ONsIftef pa�lffl t-fef V,Iorltr an4 4e pro�,enless i FespeEt-t,&-DOCUMENT MAYBE MADE BY USING AIA + + 1. -a*4 E t eu, �:: feasvrra�ie_DOCUMENT D401. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General �4 If4lie�eflF-is -fef-a -a€�ee -xe-aet�ft$€- � � �� Contractors of America. peftions-44he Wer-k u deF Eentfaet ,cvz tfaEtO beEakfse 3e Ownef 3as pefsistelitlj- €ai-le4-te fulfill nef's obligations under t ie tespeEt-t&fflattef iiii�ef#ax4 -to 4ke pfegfess-e€-tke Wefl,-the Go of Enay, upon seN,en additional-4ays=- Nyfitt el3-t3et iEe4-e44+e Ownef 41+eZ-sEnizcc, c cvircrac-c - �,� f-frei33 - rl,.,,,e.•as pfo�,ided in Subp..,.,,,,,.,,,,h , 44-.2 TCQMIAIATIGN QV THE- MA/AICR FOR. (AI 1& 14.2.1 The rl,.,,,e,•,,, „te,.,,,;,,,,te the r`,,,,+,•.,,-+ if the(`,,,,+,-.,Et6f: 4 pefsistent�=-ef repeated!), refuses-ef -fails-te y enough pfepefb Wiled- ke .at .,1. 3 p�d w,or-d nanEe„T, -F files t atiei3s ders thee-t„having: isdiEtion; A e 4 -ef substantial bfeaek - f -a pfevision -ef -the GontfaEt - mss: a 4�2 �N4ien-ai+y of the above reasons-xist,44 e 9'ffief,upen EeY' otl*--tllte n.�teet- t-14"'fait£ause heui prejudirz 4o-iaff ethe ighls-ef- femedies-,4-lie (A4`Hef-i3Ei-afteftivit2g4he Gzvntr-acEtef-at3Ei-the !`,•c ntr-acivi's SHf2tjL3f aHjz- seN,en4a� NyFitten fiettEe, c t�crriziz"""r"a+ic-cnr�xlv^"�nmcz^rt$f 132!`,•- vn tr-a4of-at3EiEna)=; subjeet-te-ai+�- fights of the et,,. 4 t.,1, possession„fth,.site and ef.,ll ..te als „t and st,- Erie , # h ,d +h„ n, .e,.., dee, ped:e„t F, : h the W ,1, ,,, 1 t ,e., ell et l-7.po*-fequest-Af-he !-ontr actor,-4+e-C)Nvner-sha-ll-€Hfftish-te-tl2e (`,,tivntFaC=tvr-a-m1997 AIAO detailed t: „f th ..t ed h,,the G-vRier in Finishing the Wank._ AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH201GC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 75 the plural and vice versa Titles of articles paragraphs and subparagraphs are for ..� convenience only and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of this Contract in itself. The use herein of the word "including." when following any general statement term or matter shall not be construed to limit such statement term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters whether or not nonlimiting language (such words as "without limitation," or "but not limited to " or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that could reasonably fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter. 13.9.3 - Whenever possible, each provision of the Contract Documents shall be interpreted in a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law. If, however, any provision of the Contract Documents or portion thereof is prohibited by law or found invalid under any law, only such provision or portion thereof shall be ineffective without in THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL any manner invalidating or affecting the remaining provisions of the Contract Documents CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN or valid portions of such provision, which are hereby deemed severable ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION,AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 13.9.4 - Each party hereto agrees to do all acts and things and to make eXeCUte and ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA deliver such written instruments as shall from time to time be reasonably required to DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USINGA/A carry out the terms and provisions of the Contract Documents DOCUMENT D401. 13.9.5 - Any specific requirement in this Contract that the responsibilities or obligations This document has been approved and of endorsed by The Associated General the Contractor also apply to a Subcontractor is added for emphasis and is also hereby Contractors of America. deemed to include a Subcontractor of any tier. The omission of a reference to a Subcontractor in connection with any of the Contractor's responsibilities or obligations shall not be construed to diminish abrogate or limit any responsibilities or obligations of a Subcontractor of any tier under the Contract Documents or the applicable subcontract .I� 13.9.6 No assignment transfer conveyance subletting or other disposition of all or any part of the bid award or contract or of any of the moneys due or to become due thereunder, or of any right title or interest therein or of the bidder's power to execute such Contract or to any other person firm or corporation will be permitted or allowed without the previous consent in writing of the Owner and of the surety or sureties on the Contractor's bond The foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit subletting in the manner set forth in the General Conditions or assignments or transfers to such surety. 13.10 CHOICE OF VENUE 13.10.1 - Any legal action by an�party to this Agreement to the extent that such action might be permitted under this Agreement or by law, must be brought in Supreme Court in Jurisdiction of the Work at the sole option of the Owner. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 444 TERMINATION QV THE CONTRACTOR 14.1.1 T-Ite C,•zvntfaecer-ma 1s-+te-rii iii=mie he G-Operac+c if the -dwfS -fhF91igh -ftA -3a -er -&-tk4 -6f 44we ef-h W9r1E under it-eet$r indireet E0fAFaEt 4h,, !`ontracier;44- aiiy-44he F virieicx^g- fea'°fisi 01997 AIA@ 1 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by-77e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION .� American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced �w with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 74 13.7 COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD 13.7.1 As between the Owner and Contractor: .1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substantial Completion,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of Substantial Completion; .2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment;and .3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any Warranty provided under ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Paragraph 3.5, the date of any correction of the Work or failure to correct the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Work by the Contractor under Paragraph 12.2,or the date of actual commission of MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THI5 any other act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor or ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Owner,whichever occurs last. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 13.8 MECHANICS'AND MATERIALMEN'S LIENS � This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 13.8.1 - Construction Manager/Contractor shall save and keep Owner, and Owner's Contractors of America. property free from all mechanics' and materialmen's liens and all other liens and claims, an legal or equitable, arising out of Contractor's work hereunder. In the event any such lien or claim is filed by anyone claiming by, through or under Contractor, Contractor shall remove and discharge same within ten (10) days of the filing thereof. 13.9 GENERAL PROVISIONS 13.9.1 - Construction Manager/Contractor covenants and agrees that it discriminates against no individual involving employment as prohibited by the terms of federal, state or local laws rules, regulations, or ordinances and will strictly comply with all of such laws, prohibiting discrimination in employment practice because of race, creed, color, religion, national origin (except for illegal aliens), sex or age, unless sex or age is a bonafide occupational qualification. Construction Manager/Contractor shall comply with all the provisions of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 and regulations promulgated pursuant 00 thereto and shall require its Subcontractors to comply with same. Contractor shall and • does hereby agree to fully indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Owner. Owner's Agents and employees from and against any penalties, fees, costs liabilities, suits, claims, or expenses of any kind or nature, including attorney fees, arising out of or � , resulting from any violation or alleged violation of the provisions of said laws in ;;+ Z connection with the Work performed hereunder. 13.9.2 - All personal pronouns used in this Contract, whether used in the masculine. 01IA7DOCUMENT A201-1997 feminine or neuter gender shall include all other genders, and the singular shall include GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION Mp © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 on copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 73 and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law or inequity or by other agreement. ,. and such rights and remedies shall survive acceptance of the Work and/or any other termination of the Contract Documents. 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder,except as may be specifically agreed in writing. s. 13.4.3 - The invalidity of any part or provision of the Contract Documents shall not impair or affect in any manner the validity, enforceability or effect of the remaining parts and provisions of the Contract Documents. •� 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Documents or by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR laboratory,or entity acceptable to the Owner,or with the appropriate public authority,and shall MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF TH15 .. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals.The Contractor shall give the Architect DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may DOCUMENT D401. be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that Contractors of America. portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under Subparagraph 13.5.1,the Architect will, upon written authorization from the Owner,instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such costs, except as provided in Subparagraph 13.5.3, shall be at the Owner's expense. 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses shall be at the Contractor's expense. .� 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall,unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing. 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made , promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. W, 13.6 INTEREST ip'+ P 13.6.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence 01997 AIA® 00 thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 0 Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002. AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 72 waiver of Contractor's responsibility for compliance with such law in a manner consistent with the Contract Documents unless and until the Contractor has received written consent for the waiver of such compliance from the Owner and the agency responsible for the law enforcement. 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Subparagraph 13.2.2, neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent,that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. 13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to an THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL institutional lender providing construction financing for the Project. In such event, the lender CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN shall assume the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents. The ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA aeli e f DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 13.3.1 a4Tri#te13e#iee 13e�eerl3ed teve43eet3 servedf perser�tee-DOCUMENT D401. " d, 4 da-at-aft* registered-e+ eet4ified -te4he # business address-This document has been approved and kne:nie the-patty giviiig IiOtiEe All notices to be given hereunder shall be in writing, by The Associated General and may be given, served or made (1) by depositing the same in the United States Contractors of America. mail addressed to the authorized representative (as specified in Subparagraph 13.3.2 hereof) of the party to be notified, postpaid and registered or certified with return receipt requested, (2)by depositing the same for overnight delivery (prepaid by or billed to the party giving notice with Federal Express or other nationally recognized overnight delivery service addressed to the authorized representative of the party to be notified. or (3) by delivering the same in person to the said authorized representative of such party. Notice deposited in the mail in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be effective unless otherwise stated in the Contract from and after the fourth (4th) day next following the date deposited in a U.S. Main receptacle or when actually received, whichever is earlier. Notices transmitted by overnight delivery shall be effective the day next following posting (or the following Monday, if go the day of posting is a Friday). Notice given by personal service shall be effective only if and when received by the party to be notified. All notices to be given to the parties hereto shall be sent to or made at the addresses set forth hereinbelow. By giving the other parties at least seven (7) days' written notice thereof, the parties ! " hereto shall have the right to change their respective addresses and specify as their . respective addresses for the purposes hereof any other address in the United States of America. 13.3.1.1 -Address of Owner: See Page 1 of AIA 121 CMc 13.3.1.2 -Address of CM/Contractor: See Page 1 of AIA 121 CMc 40 13.3.1.3 -Address of Architect: See Page 1 of AIA 121 CMc 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 100 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies 01997 AIA® available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION on © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 40 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH201GC.AIA--11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 71 1�1 applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to .. be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for correction of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction, the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect,the Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 2.4. 12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between ■* Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work. 12.2.2.3 The peried-ter ien-e€WeFk-A+&4-Pet-be era-by e-TH15 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Wl1Ek 'erfemie h� p QfJQ QI.L to this Zn a"LQgITri Z CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH 12.2.2.3 - The obligations under Paragraph 12.2 shall cover any re-pairs and replacement RESPECT To ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS to any part of the Work or other property caused by the defective Work ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 12.2.2.4 - Upon completion of any Work under or pursuant to this Paragraph 12 2 the DOCUMENT D401. one (1) year correction period in connection with the Work requiring correction shall be This document has been approved and w renewed and recommence. endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the w. Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. 12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK 12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS r 13.1 GOVERNING LAW it r�1s' 13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. 01997 AIA® GIs 13.1.2 - Historical lack of enforcement of any law, local or otherwise shall not constitute a AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced no with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 70 0 11.5.3 - The CM/Contractor shall keep the surety informed of the progress of the Work and, where necessary, obtain the surety's consent to or waiver of: (1) notice of changes in the Work: (2) request for reduction or release of retention: (3) request for final payment and (4) any other material required by the surety. The Owner and Architect shall be so notified by the CM/Contractor, in writing of all communications with the surety. The Owner may, in the Owner's sole discretion, inform surety, through the Architect of the progress of the Work and obtain consents as necessary to protect the Owner's rights interest, privileges and benefits under and pursuant to any bond issued in connection with the Work. 11.5.4 -Additional performance and payment bonds may be required by the Owner, in the Owner's sole discretion, from any Subcontractor whose Subcontract exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00). The Owner shall pay for any premiums charged for obtaining required Subcontractor bonds by executing a Change Order which THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL shall increase the Contract Sum in an amount equal to such premiums. All such bonds CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Owner in the Owner's sole judgment ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS AIAI ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to DOCUMENT D401. requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if required in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect's or any governmental authorities This document has been approved and examination and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being covered,the Architect or any governmental authority may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be at the Owner's expense. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, correction shall be at the Contractor's expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK 12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 12.2.1.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor's expense and any cost, loss or damages to the Owner resulting from such actions above; and if prior to the date of Substantial Completion, the Contractor, a Subcontractor or anyone for whom either is responsible uses or damages any portion 4" of the Work, including, without limitation, mechanical, electrical, plumbing and other building systems, machinery, equipment or other mechanical device. the Contractor shall cause such item to be restored to "like new" condition at no expense to the Owner. �, a °,;A4iiii it 12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.5, if,within one year qW after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the ®1997 AIA® date for commencement of warranties established under Subparagraph 9.9.1, or by terms of an AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 69 shall remain in effect for a period not less than two U years following the date of Substantial Completion or the time required to resolve any items of incomplete Work and the payment of any disputed amounts, whichever time period is longer: .3_ The Performance Bond and the Labor and Material Payment Bond shall each be in an amount equal to the Contract Sum: .4 The Contractor shall require the attorney in fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and ** current copy of his power of attorney indicating the monetary limit of such power: 5 Every Bond under this Paragraph 11.5.1 must display the Surety's Bond Number. A rider including the following provisions shall be attached to each Bond: THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL (1) Surety hereby agrees that It consents to and waives notice of CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN any addition, alteration, omission, change or other modification ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH of the Contract Documents which, singularly or in the a RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR _ garegate MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the Contract Sum Except ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA as to increases in the Contract Sum in excess of the percentage DOCUMENT MAYBE MADE BY USINGAIA set forth above in this Clause 11.5.1.5(1) any other addition DOCUMENT D401. alteration, change extension of time, or other modification of the This document has been approved and Contract Documents, or a forbearance on the part of either the endorsed by The Associated General Owner or the Contractor to the other, shall not release the Surety Contractors of America. of its obligations hereunder and notice to the Surety of such matters is hereby waived. (2) Surety further agrees that in event of any default by the Owner in the performance of the Owner's obligations to the Contractor under the Contract. the Contractor or Surety shall cause written notice of such default (specifying said default in detail) to be given to the Owner, and the Owner shall have thirty (30) days from time after receipt of such notice within which to cure such default, or such additional reasonable period of time as may be required if the nature of such default is such that it cannot be cured within thirty (30) days. Such Notice of Default shall be sent by certified or registered U.S. Mail return receipt requested, first class postage prepaid, to the Architect and the Owner. (3) Surety agrees that it is obligated under the bonds to any successor, grantee or assignee of the Owner. .6 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Contract Documents, the Performance Bond shall not contain a condition that any meeting must be scheduled among Owner Contractor and its surety, or any combination of them, prior to Owner declaring Contractor in default or prior to Owner terminating Contractor's Contract Any such language in a Performance Bond shall be null, void and unenforceable ^ .. 11.5.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyrig t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION are American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 68 ,�, e�ceept sum riglus as e to p}eeeeds of suEk insur-anEe 44e Owne asfiduei3t�,._ The Owner and Contractor waive, pursuant to this Paragraph 11.4, or any other property insurance applicable to the Work except for deductible amounts which the contractor, his Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors is responsible as per Article No 10.1, and except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect,Architect's consultants,separate contractors described in Article 6,if any,and the subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate !! agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification,contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. 11.4.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as Fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN � P � Y ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.4.10• RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 11.4.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon uw occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties. The This document has been approved and cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Owner shall endorsed by The Associated General deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in Contractors of America. accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance with an "M arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Paragraph 4.6. If after such loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for convenience, replacement of damaged property shall be performed by the Contractor after on notification of a Change in the Work in accordance with Article 7. 11.4.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to 40 the Owner's exercise of this power; if such objection is made, the dispute shall be resolved as provided in Paragraphs 4.5 and 4.6. The Owner as fiduciary shall, in the case of arbitration, make settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of the arbitrators.If distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is required,the arbitrators will direct such distribution. OR 11.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 11.5.1 T-he Owne Fshall4+a*e-the-righ-4-tefequire r-antfaEter to furnish bends �evetil3g- €ai l pefferffiaiwe -ef-toe GentFaEt -a-Rd�it arising t ez-as- stip -ice biddiiig Fequifements speEifkal ed-i*4he r .,...E. Dee is -en4he- 11.5.1 - As required in the Instructions to Bidders, the Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bonds meeting all statutory requirements of the Jurisdiction of the Work, in form and substance satisfactory to the y Owner and, without limitation, complying with the following specific requirements: .1 Except as otherwise required by statute, the form and substance of such bonds shall be satisfactory to the Owner in the Owner's sole judgment; .2 Bonds shall be executed by a responsible surety licensed in the 01997 AIA@ Jurisdiction of the Work with a Best's rating of no less than A/XII and AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 Uy T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:5MITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 67 11.4.1.4 T-kis prepeFt�,itmisufanee shall eaver peftions of the Wafk stefeEl off the site,and also pet4iens of the Wer4E iii tFan&A 11 4 1.4-The Contractor shall provide insurance coverage for portions of the Work stored off the project site after written approval of the Owner at the value established in the approval and also for portions of the Work in transit. 11.4.1.5 Partial occupancy, or use in accordance with Paragraph 9.9 shall not commence ..w until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that �* would cause cancellation,lapse or reduction of insurance. 11.4.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance. The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL and machinery* insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall CONSEQUENCES.CONSUL TATION WITH AN specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Sub-subcontractors in the Work,and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 11.4.3 Loss of Use Insurance. The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase and DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property DOCUMENT D401. due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the me Contractor for loss of use of the Owner's property, including consequential losses due to fire or This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General other hazards however caused to the extent (1) of actual recovery of any insurance Contractors of America. proceeds under policies pursuant to Paragraph 11.4.3 and (2) permitted by the applicable policies of insurance . 11.4.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or other special causes of loss be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall,if possible,include such insurance,and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. 11.4.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of �! Subparagraph 11.4.7 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 11.4.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall file with the Contractor a eepy� of eaeh-pe4Ey4h-atie-ludescertificates of insurance evidencing such insurance coverages required by this Paragraph 11.4. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a ■ provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire,and that its limits will not be ..... reduced,until at least 3o days'prior written notice has been given to the Contractor. r 11.4.7 Waivers of Subrogation. Theme -&R4 GentfaEtef e-all-figkts agailist eaeb of thei F subEontraEtefsT h- .r., Rt Et ens s and etnple�zees. -a-f- ► p w: the othef, -ate 42}-tl}e ^r� iteEt,z 6t's 6ORSUltaFAS, sepaf a e eORtf-a4OFS desefibed-itt-if AAicle ' 01997 AtA®ctors m 4v fiff ''444e x n -AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 ehtaiiied pmsuant4e4irs Paragraph-ix 74-er-ether prepei4y insufanee W4Ler1F-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced w� with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH201GC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 66 11.3.3 The Owner shall not require the Contractor to include the Owner, Architect or other persons or entities as additional insureds on the Contractor's Liability Insurance coverage under Paragraph ii.i. 11.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE 11.4.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance written on a builder's risk"all-risk"or equivalent policy form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contract modifications and cost of materials supplied or installed by others, comprising total value for the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Paragraph 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph 11.4 to be covered, whichever is later. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, C DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL O Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Project. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 11.4.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an "all-risk" or equivalent policy form and shall MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF TH15 include, without limitation, insurance against the perils of fire (with extended coverage) and ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA physical loss or damage including,without duplication of coverage,theft,vandalism, malicious DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA mischief, collapse, earthquake, flood, windstorm, falsework, testing and startup, temporary DOCUMENT D401. buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any OR applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's and This document has been approved and Contractor's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. The property insurance for the Work may at the Owner's option have a deductible of not " less than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000)per claim. Notwithstanding the definition of the "Work" in Article 1.1.3, and the foregoing wording in this Article 11.4.1. the CM/Contractor assumes all responsibility for the safety and keeping of all tools and equipment and any materials or products used to complete or perform the Work, and which do not form a permanent part of the work. The go CM/Contractor waives all rights against the Owner and Architect/Engineer, their Consultants. Subconsultants, employees and agents for any loss or damage to any such tools, equipment or any material or products used to complete or perform the Work, and which do not form a part of the work. The CM/Contractor shall require similar waivers in tO favor of the above named parties from all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them. 11.4.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Contractor in writing,then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. 11.4.1.3 If the property insurance requires deductibles, the Owner shall pay costs not '+ e' covered because of such deductibles., except for those losses for which the Contractor is OR responsible or is liable to indemnify the Owner. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION k" © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 A► copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 65 11.1.4 - In no event shall any failure of the Owner to receive certified copies or certificates .. of policies required under Paragraph 11.1 or to demand receipt of such certified copies or certificates prior to the Contractor commencing the Work be construed as a waiver by the Owner of the Contractor's obligations to obtain insurance pursuant to this Article 11 The "" obligation to procure and maintain any insurance required by this Article 11 is a separate responsibility of the Contractor and independent of the duty to furnish a certified copy or certificate of such insurance policies 40 11.1.5 - If the Contractor fails to purchase and maintain or require to be purchased and maintained, any insurance required under this Paragraph 11.1, Owner may, but shall not to be obligated to, upon five (5) days' written notice to the Contractor, purchase such insurance on behalf of the Contractor and shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the Contractor upon demand. TH15 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN "® 11.1.6 - When, due to the attainment of a normal expiration date or renewal date any A770RNEY15 ENCOURAGED WITH required insurance shall expire the Contractor shall supply the Owner with Certificates of RESPECT ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATI 0N.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Insurance and amendatory riders or endorsements that clearly evidence the continuation ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 40 of all coverage in the same manner, limits of protection and scope of coverage as was DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA provided by the previous policy. In the event any renewal or replacement policy, for DOCUMENT D401. whatever reason obtained or required is written by a carrier other than that with whom This document has been approved and me the coverage was previously placed or the subsequent policy differs in any way from the endorsed by The Associated General previous policy, the Contractor shall also furnish the Owner with a certified copy of the Contractors of America. renewal or replacement policy unless the Owner provides the Contractor with prior written consent to submit only a Certificate of Insurance for any such policy. All renewal and OR replacement policies shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Owner and written by carriers acceptable to the Owner. 04 11.1.7 - Any aggregate limit under the Contractor's liability insurance shall by endorsement, apply to this Project separately. 11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. 11.3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE 11.3.1 Optionally, the Owner may require the Contractor to purchase and maintain Project Management Protective Liability insurance from the Contractor's usual sources as primary coverage for the Owner's, Contractor's and Architect's vicarious liability for construction *" operations under the Contract. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor by increasing the Contract Sum to pay the cost of purchasing and maintaining such optional insurance coverage, and the Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing any other liability insurance on behalf of the Owner. The minimum limits of liability purchased with such coverage shall be equal to the aggregate of the limits required for Contractor's Liability Insurance under Clauses 11.1.1.2 through 11.1.1.5. .■ 11.3.2 To the extent damages are covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance,the Owner,Contractor and Architect waive all rights against each other for damages, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance.The policy shall provide for such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 01997 AIA® up AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyrig t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced up with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA -- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 64 ON .4 Workers' Compensation Statutory Part A so Employer's Liability Part B $ 500,000 Each Accident $1.000.000 Disease Policy Limit $ 500,000 Disease Each Employee Coverages, regardless of policy form, shall be maintained without interruption from the date of commencement of the Work until the dated of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment. Further, name all parties as listed in 3.18 and 10.3 above within indemnification THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL policy which shall be issued with same dollar coverage as "General Liability". CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Further. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors to carry similar insurance RESPECT COMPLETION OR MODIFICATTION.ION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS I0 coverages and limits of liability as set forth above and adjusted to the nature of ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Subcontractors' Operations and submit same to Owner for approval prior to start of any-DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Work. DOCUMENT D401. This document has been approved and Further, it is not the intention of these insurance requirements to require endorsed by The Associated General each Subcontractor, vendor or material man involved in the work to provide Contractors of America. "excess" coverage in the amounts stated within 11.1.2.3 herein but the "excess" im limit shall be at least 2 times the contract sum entered into between the individual Contractor and the particular Subcontractor, vendor or material man but not less than $1,000,000.00, each occurrence, $3,000,000 aggregate and $10,000 retention Maximum). In the event Contractor fails to obtain the required certificates of insurance from the Subcontractor and a claim is made or suffered the Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Owner, Construction Manager, Architect, Engineers, Consultants and Subconsultants and their agents or employees from any and all claims for which the required insurance would have provided coverage. This indemnity obligation is in addition to any other indemnity obligation provided in the Contract. 11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work. These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 3o days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably available, an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised '` limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate,or both,shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the Contractor's information and belief. 40 11.1.3.1 - Certificates of insurance must be submitted on AIA Document G705, Certificate 01997 AIA® of Insurance or such other form as may be acceptable to the Owner. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced 40 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 63 and such insurances have been approved by the Owner. The successful bidder shall ..+ require any subcontractor(s) to provide all of the requirements of this section before any work is to commence . 11 1 2 T e 4is—a—, requi-ted-1-y Subparagraph fi+t fie Nyfitten €e less sits- of lia specified-iff-tke Geiitr-a<t i is-er regtfiFed*4a-,A EEwerage-is- b +h + + i n tin f em date of eemffiefiEement F+1 \n7 ,l 1 +'1 + Ffinal + .7 t-arminatiefi of fiy rn« b ao fe 1 a to + ,l fa final payfflefi+- 11.1.2 - The insurances required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than the following or greater if required by governing laws; *• .1 General Liability: (Occurrence Form) TH15 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL $2,000,000 General Aggregate CONSEQUENCES.CONSUL TATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH $1.000.000 Products/Completed Operations RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR $1.000,000 Personal and Adv. Iniurx MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OFTHI5 $1,000,000 Occurrence ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA " $ 50,000 Fire Damage DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA $ 5.000 Medical Expense DOCUMENT D401. This document has been approved and Coverage to include Broad Form Property Damage Contractual Liability endorsed by The Associated General Independent Contractors. and Personal Injury No exclusion for XCU or Contractors of America. hazards shall be endorsed to the Policy. Products and Completed Operations Coverage to be kept in force for 12 months after final payment: a renewal certificate is to be submitted for the project if the coverage renews in less than 12 months following the go completion of the project. Coordinate requirements for additional insurance covering contractual .o obligations assumed by Contractor as established in Paragraphs 3.18 and 10.3 of these Conditions. .2 Auto Liability to cover ALL autos; or Owned Hired Leased and Non 00 Owned Autos. $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit or ■" $ 500.000 Bodily injury (per person) $1.000.000 Bodily injury (per accident) $ 500.000 Property Damage $ 5.000 Medical Payments .3 Excess Liability: Insurance is to cover all stated insurance coverages .a listed within this Subparagraph 11 1.2. $20,000,000 Each Occurrence $20,000.000 Aggregate 01997 AIA® $ 10,000 Retention Maximum) AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA -- 11/11/2002. AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 62 ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS - SEE ATTACHMENTS TO THIS SECTION GOVERNING INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS; MOST RESTRICTIVE PROVISIONS WILL GOVERN 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 41-44 T e rite pufEhase -ate maintain-iff-a -Of - tawfutt) a u -t-e-4e business-in-the tar sdi4ien-in .h-the g-rejeEt 4 IeC-;4 s Pd-IU4- -as will preteEt tote GefltFaetef€ie ElaifflS set below Nvhir=h arse ext-e€-ef- res*4 -the r,� 's epefatiens undef tke GORtFaEt w4kh he r�_'—i raetAr - be-leg-4$ liable, ,• -seedepetatienS-be-by-the rtraeter a c. Eentfaeter-eF-b,�- anyene direEtt -r ind ) anyene-lerNvkese aets-aff-4- 00 theffi may be kable--. 1 etams �tndet erlFers eerxj�e ati disability benefit -aR ether similar - »t.,.ee belief;+ +,...,t,:,-t, »l:,-..t.l„le the\AI.,,•k to be»,,,.C,.,•», d;are c-tams er 3 ages beEanse E)f bed t� i }at ;E)EEupatienal sickness er disease;�r- THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL # death of the Gent..,,ter's empleyees; CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN - �� �$ ,,^ death ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR »e' ^ +t than the r »+ + L MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THI5 t, , .. F r a.» ,ges: ed by, ,,1 per-seiial;»: l:abil;+., e" rag ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Elaims 44 damages, »`o 4e-4te -l�-seg-, beeatise--&f -te-ef-DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA f, a te o,+, iiieluding less c. t+; +> F DOCUMENT D401. s 4er Elamages because-4 bedily death-&€-a persen-&r prepeA- ,- ,1,. .,+ ,.r,.,.,»,,.-,.t,;» »+„»,.nEe „F„» „+,.-.,,,t,;,a„• This document has been approved and .7 e-laims€er ��� aril xg l#�€ en eted�; endorsed by The Associated General -- and Contractors of America. Claims iiwet�,kng ntfa:tual liability insuranEe appikabte 4e 41+e r,,iii'•ccccvi's- 11.1.1 - The Contractor shall purchase and maintain during the life of the contract ow insurances as listed herein. This insurance must be purchased from a Massachusetts licensed A.M. Best Rated "A" or"A+" carrier. The Owner, the Architect their Consultants and Subconsultants shall, with the exception of Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance, be named as additional named insureds. At least ten (10) working days prior to the commencement of the Work. the CM/Contractor and all Subcontractors shall submit to the Owner, through the Architect, a Certificate of Insurance (AIA Form G705) showing evidence of insurance coverage as required by these documents. The standard Accord Form of Certificate of Insurance or insurance carrier certificate will be acceptable for Worker's compensation, employer's liability and statutory Disability. All Certificates of Insurance must be signed by a licensed agent or authorized representative of the insurance carrier. Broker signature is not acceptable. The certificate shall be issued to the Owner with a provision that in the event the policies are either canceled or diminished at least 30 days prior notice thereof shall be AIM given to the Owner. ,o The successful bidder or any Subcontractor shall not commence work under this 01997 AIAO contract until the successful bidder has obtained all insurance required under this section AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 61 t�t� or substance is found to be present, to verify that it has been rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance.The Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shut-down, delay and start-up, which adjustments ••e shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7. 10.3.2.1 - There shall be a sufficient number of trained and qualified workers foremen THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL and superintendents to accomplish the Work within the required schedule Since general CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN work cannot start prior to the successful decontamination of the work area it is imperative ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH that a sufficient number of trained personnel be engaged throughout the abatement RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR process. No person who is untrained or not fully qualified and pre-approved b the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THI5 .w p pp rove Y ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Consultant shall be employed to speed up completion of the abatement DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY U51NG AIA DOCUMENT D401. 10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors,Architect,Architect's consultants and agents and employees of This document has been approved and as any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited endorsed by The Associated General to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area Contractors of America. if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Subparagraph 10.3-1 and has not been rendered harmless,provided that such claim,damage,loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) and provided that such damage, loss or expense is not due to the sole negligence of a party seeking indemnity. 10.3.4 - The definition of "hazardous materials" shall include but not be limited to all of the materials and substances listed as being hazardous from time to time by the united States Environmental Protection Agency and the corresponding agency in the state �** where the project is located. The Owner shall promptly furnish to the Contractor any environmental report in the possession of the Owner or its agents 10.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under Paragraph 10.3 for materials and substances brought to the site by the Contractor unless such materials or substances were required by the Contract Documents. 10.5 If, without negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. .R 10.6 EMERGENCIESf 10.6.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at „ the Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional _ compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7. 01997 AIA® so AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by T e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced so with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 60 00 and/or damaging the facility and shall be responsible for preventing the spread of fires set in connection with the construction; .2 at all times provide the proper housekeeping to minimize potential fire hazards, and shall provide approved spark arresters on all steam engines, internal combustion engines and flues. .3 maintain free access to fire hydrants and standpipe connections at all times during construction operations, and portable fire extinguishers shall be provided by the Contractor and made conveniently available throughout the construction site. Contractor shall notify his employees and Subcontractors of the location of the nearest fire alarm box at all locations where the work is in progress. 10.2.9 - When all or a portion of the Work is suspended for any reason the Contractor shall securely fasten down all coverings and protect the Work, as necessary, from injury_THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL to by any cause:further. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY 1S ENCOURAGED WITH Contractor, in connection with its performance of the Work or otherwise shall not RESPECT ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATTI ON.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS interfere in any manner with the operation of any business adjacent to the Project site ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA including, without implied limitation, any interference with traffic, access or egress DOCUMENT MAYBE MADE BY USING AIA parking and cleanliness. DOCUMENT 0401. The Contractor shall protect and cause its Subcontractors to protect all work from This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General damage in the event of temporarysuspension of the Work. Contractors of America. qv 10.2.10 - The Contractor shall promptly report in writing to the Owner and Architect all accidents arising out of or in connection with the Work which cause death personal injury, or property damage, giving full details and statements of any witnesses. In addition, if death, serious personal injuries, or serious property damages are caused the accident shall be reported immediately by telephone or messenger to the Owner and Architect. !' 10.2.11 - No equipment other than equipment with rubber tires, will be allowed on any existing or new pavement within the limits of the contract, UNLESS THE PAVEMENT HAS BEEN FIRST PROTECTED WITH PLANKING OR BY OTHER MEANS APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT and/or OWNER. 10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 10.3.1 If reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance,including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. NOTE: Eliminate any and all references to the words "asbestos", "PCB" or any of their derivatives. The Scope of Work of this Project includes the required abatement of Work which identified in Section 13280. The abatement work will be e � , accomplished in accordance with rules and regulations established in Section AV *Z 13280 of the Technical Documents. m1997 AIA® 10.3.2 The Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and,in the event such material GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. tulr 59 4W .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under care, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors;and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. 10.2.2 TI}er,.. t -give iietiEes a Eetnply w r appliEable laws es,+u4es;- regulatiens lawful erderso€publiE authefities bear-ing -,afet-y ef persefis prepefty-er- tlleir pfeteetion fiem damage,4ft�ff-elf 4e% Contractor shall comply with all applicable provisions of governing agencies (State Federal and Municipal) as they affect the operations of the Work and insure that all machinery, openings excavations and other physical hazards be guarded in accordance with OSHA requirements In case Of conflicts, the most stringent restrictions will a_ppiy. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH performance of the Contract,reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,including posting RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA *" DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA The Contractor shall also be responsible at the Contractor's sole cost and expense for DOCUMENT D401. all measures necessary to protect any property adjacent to the Project and improvements This document has been approved and therein Any damage to such property or improvements shall be promptly repaired by the endorsed by The Associated General Contractor. Contractors of America. 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work,the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel: give the Owner reasonable advance notice, and shall maintain on the site a full set of safety instructions relating to all such materials. 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 �. and 10.2.1.3,except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents.This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be Tr f loaded so as to endanger its safety. ;r 10.2.8 -The CM/Contractor shall 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 take all necessary steps to prevent their employees from disturbing GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 b y T e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 58 No canceled or allowed to expire until at least 3o days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of ! " liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. if a Sub v � t te u F � �*,the Ownef,the r a f > be asatisr„,=,, ,to - to t Owner- against k lien if sueh o airs unsatisfied d after fta�,,ments a e- w ad the GeniraFtnr^hall refund to the Ownef ll +l that the Owner- 1 ll d 1 , te {fy-ice -ueh-lien-, ifiElUdifi,-, -all pests-arid Feasaiiable atteffl3eys -fees If the Contractor fails to furnish such releases or waivers as the Owner reasonably requires to satisfy the Owner that there are no outstanding liens the Owner may require the Contractor, as a condition of final payment to furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any such liens. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Com letion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN p P y ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final RESPECT TO/TS COMPLETION OR completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS an Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in DOCUMENT D401. the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to on payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be This document has been approved and submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such endorsed by The Associated General payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it Contractors of America. shall not constitute a waiver of claims. go 9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from: 1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and 40 unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or 40 .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. .4 faulty or defective work appearing after Substantial Completion 9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.1 The r'�tef l-tape easenable pfeEautiens-fen safety-a-f-,-ate 4-ag pride- reas nable-ftr&to�4&a-4e-pr-e*en4 damage; -e+4ess-te The Contractor shall provide for the safety and protection of the Project site, all persons who may come in contact z;;r with the Work, and all real and personal property located at or adjacent to the Project MIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Site. Without limitation to the foregoing, Contractor shall, at Contractor's sole cost and expense, take precautions for the safety of, and shall provide protection to 01997 AIAO AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 prevent damage. Injury. Or loss to : GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 198771-97-13y The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH201GC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 57 Further such occupancy alone shall not determine when substantial completion and performance has been reached. Substantial completion shall be as defined in Subparagraphs 8.1.3 and 9.8.1 as ' amended or modified within these supplements Prior to such occupancy, however, the Architect Owner Construction Manager *� and the Contractor shall fully inspect the portions of the building to be occupied and shall prepare a complete punch list of omissions of materials faulty workmanship or any items to be repaired torn out or replaced The Architect's decision as to whether or not any disputed item shall be placed on a punch list or similar shall be final The Owner will assume responsibility for damage to any items not on this punch THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL list when such damage is due to greater than normal wear and tear, but does not assume CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN responsibility for improper or defective workmanship or materials ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OFTHI5 ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly DOCUMENT D401. make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final This document has been approved and �^ Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and endorsed by The Associated General belief, and on the basis of the Architect's on-site visits and inspections, the Work has been Contractors of America. completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and ON payable. The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Subparagraph 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. ,r. All warranties and guarantees required under or pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be assembled and delivered by the Construction Manager to the Architect as part of the final Application for Payment The Architect shall not issue the Final �+• Certificate for Payment until the all warranties and guarantees have been received accepted and approved. The Architect shall not issue the Final Certificate for Payment until the following have occurred: .1 the Owner has received the final certificate of occupancy for the Project or that portion of the Project which encompasses the Work of the Contractor; .W .2 the Proiect or that portion of the Project which encompasses the Work of the Contractor has been completed and accepted and .3 all procedures regarding final payment have been completed and the *• Owner has received State Agency approval (if required) to make final payment. 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and '"' ''`+ equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have 01997 AIA® been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced , with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 56 > Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete,the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate.Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of w Substantial Completion. 9.8.4.1 - Further, for any uncompleted work at the time of Substantial Completion. the Owner will retain monetized value of the remaining work, i.e. "punch list", times 200 THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL + CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN percent as determined by the Architect which will be released upon a determination by ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH the Architect that work has been completed to the Architects satisfaction. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Upon such acceptance and consent of surety, if any, the Owner shall make payment of DOCUMENT D401. retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment shall be adjusted *� for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract This document has been approved and Documents. endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Clause 11.4.1.5 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work.Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Subparagraph 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached,by decision of the Architect. 9.9.1.1 - It shall be mutually understood and agreed that such occupancy does not relieve any Contractor from completing the Work within the time period specified. 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the f Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 9.9.4 - The occupancy of any portion of the building does not constitute an acceptance of iAlA7DOCUMENT A201-1997 any work as the Project will be accepted as a whole and not in units: GENERAL CONDITIONS of THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyrig t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11120020 AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 55 #IR trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT 9J4 if 4he ^^.� EhiteEt-deer-rtes- issue-a Get4ifiEte 4er Payment, C, a within }-4ays-a4ff receipt of the G, 's AppliEatien fermi-oF4- tee finer-gees-net-pay 4he Getivntracter within seven after the date established-in 4he- G-ei2trac-t Svc„^,^-rntss-t ae-aflieu t Eei4ifed- 4hme n,-rrrehiteet ,.a„a b,,.,.bitfatie., then the GentraeteF seven additieital-4ays'Nffitten aetiEe4e4he fEhitest,-#ep- the Work ent of the anE)unt-&wing4as4een reeeived. GentraEt T-iflie -be- e�Etended -a-a4-the Gentraet -Aiafl-be inefeased-hy 4he amt-of-the- G,. Feasenabie Eests6f ShU a,.,.,. delay st.aft tip, Plus��t-as-previded� 9.7.1 - If the Owner should fail to pay the Contractor within 15 days of the date THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL established in the Contract Documents any amount certified for payment or awarded by ,. �-CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN alternate dispute resolution, then the Contractor may, upon 7 additional days written ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH notice to the Owner, stop the Work until the Contractor has received payment of the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR amount due. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 9.7.2 - If the Owner is entitled to reimbursement or payment from the Contractor under or DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. pursuant to the Contract Documents such payment shall be made promptly upon demand by the Owner. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Contract Documents to This document has been approved and m the contrary, if the Contractor fails to promptly make any payment due the Owner, or the endorsed by The Associated General Owner incurs any costs and expenses to cure any default of the Contractor or to correct Contractors of America. defective Work. the Owner shall have an absolute right to offset such amount against the Contract Sum and may, in the Owner's sole discretion elect either to: (1) deduct an amount equal to that to which the Owner is entitled from any payment then or thereafter due the Contractor from the Owner. or (2) issue through the Architect a written notice to the Contractor reducing the Contract Sum by an amount equal to that which the Owner is entitled. 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use and only minor items which can be corrected or completed without any material interference with Owner's " use of the Work remains to be corrected or completed. 9.8.1.1 - Notifications by CM/Contractor to the Architect for inspections to confirm "Substantial Completion" as parts and/or as a whole shall be made judiciously and without abusing said process. 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner 1 I agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the 01997 AIA@ Architect's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor's list, AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 y The wr American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced so with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. user Document SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 54 4, month. Written confirmation that the record drawings are "up-to-date" shall be required by the Architect before approval of the Contractor's monthly payment requisition will be considered. 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS go 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents,and shall so notify the Architect. 9.6.1.1 - No partial payment made hereunder shall be or be construed to be final acceptance or approval of that portion of the Work to which such partial payment relates or relieve the Contractor, Subcontractor or Vendor of any of its obligations hereunder with THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL OR respect thereto. The Owner shall make no payment until the Owner has received from CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH the Contractor a release of liens from the Contractor for the Contractor and all RE5PECTTO ITS COMPLETION OR Subcontractors for the portion of the Work covered by such payments. Not withstanding MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION of THIS on the foregoing, the Owner may refuse to make payment on any Certificate for Payment ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA (including, without limitation, the final Certificate for Payment) due to any default in the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Contract, including, but not limited to those defaults set forth in Clauses 9.5.1.1 through DOCUMENT D401. 9.5.1.9. The Owner shall not be deemed in default by reason of withholding payment This document has been approved and while any of such defaults remain uncured. endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 9.6.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work,the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled,reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. 9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. 9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Subparagraphs 9.6.2,9.6.3 and 9.6.4. 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment,a progress payment,or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by +' f Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner.Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor, 01997 AIA® shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 53 ON such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that, to the best of the Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents.The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation +�* that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment, or (4) made examination to RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS of the Contract Sum. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION DOCUMENT D401. 9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the This document has been approved and ., extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect's opinion the endorsed by The Associated General representations to the Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect Contractors of America. is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect .■a cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued,to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Subparagraph 3.3.2,because of: .1 defective Work not remedied; �► .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor,materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor; �*^ .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, an4 OR that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated OR for the anticipated delay;or .7 pefsistent -failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. .8 damages resulting from Contractor's failure to give notice of errors and Inconsistencies. }" • .9 failure of Subcontractors to comply with mandatory requirements for maintaining record drawings 101997 AIA@ ww NOTE - The Contractor shall be required to check record drawings each AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 y T e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION >� American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 52 op 9.3.2.2 - With each Application for Payment. the Contractor shall submit to the Owner a written list identifying each location where materials are stored off the Project site and the value of materials at each location. The Contractor shall procure insurance satisfactory to the Owner for materials stored off the Project site in an amount not less than the total value thereof plus 10 percent. 9.3.2.3 - The consent of any surety shall be obtained to the extent required prior to payment for any materials stored off the Project site. 9.3.2.4 - Representatives of the Owner shall have the right to make inspections of the storage areas at any time. 9.3.2.5 - Such materials shall be (1) protected from diversion, destruction, theft and THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL ow damage to the satisfaction of the Owner, (2) specifically marked for use on the Project. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN and (3) segregated from other materials at the storage facility. ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Op 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment.The Contractor further warrants that DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY U51NG AIA upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment DOCUMENT D401. have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall—te-hues -44-ie- r,e 's tip-a*4 belied be free and clear of liens, claims, security This document has been approved and interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or endorsed by The Associated General other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and Contractors of America. equipment relating to the Work. 9.3.3.1 - The Contractor further expressly undertakes to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Architect (hereafter called "the Indemnitees"), at the CM/Contractor's sole expense, against any actions, lawsuits or proceedings brought against the Indemnitees as a result of public improvement liens filed against payments due the CM/Contractor. The CM/Contractor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Indemnitees harmless against any such liens or claims of lien and agrees to pay any judgment or lien resulting from any such actions, lawsuits or proceedings. 9.3.3.2 - The Owner shall release any payments withheld due to a public improvement *,I lien or claim of lien if the lien is discharged in the manner provided by law. By posting a lien bond, however, the Contractor shall not be relieved of any responsibilities or obligations under this Paragraph 9.3 including, without limitation, the duty to defend and indemnify the Indemnitees. The cost incurred in connection with any such discharge of lien shall be the responsibility of the CM/Contractor and shall not be part of, or cause any adjustment to, the Contract Sum. P4 9.3.3.3 - Notwithstanding the foregoing L the Owner reserves the right to settle any disputed public improvement lien claim by payments to the lien claimant or by such other means as the Owner, in the Owner's sole discretion determines is the most economical or advantageous method of settling the dispute. The CM/Contractor shall promptly -V VIS reimburse the Owner, won demand for any payments so made. ; 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT 9.4.1 The Architect will,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for ©1991 AIAO AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Payment,either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment,with a copy to the Contractor, for GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION IN © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 51 !UI been made and approved by the Architect. 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers,and reflecting retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. 9.3.1.1 - Until the Work is 50 percent complete the Owner will pay 90 percent of the amount due the Contractor on account of progress payments. At the time the Work is 50 percent complete and thereafter, if the manner of completion of the Work and its progress are and remain satisfactory to the Architect and TH15 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL .. in the absence of other good and sufficient reasons the Architect will, on presentation as CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN applicable to the Agreement by the Contractor of Consent of Surety (AIA Forms 707 and ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 707A) for each said Application authorize any remaining partial payments to be paid In _MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THI5 full. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 9.3.1.2 - The full Contract retainage may be reinstated if the manner of completion of the DOCUMENT D407. Work and its progress do not remain satisfactory to the Architect or, as applicable under This document has been approved and No the Agreement the Surety withholds its consent, or for other good and sufficient reasons, endorsed by The Associated General including insuring that the unpaid balance of the Contract Price is sufficient to complete Contractors of America. the project. 9.3.1.3 As provided in Subparagraph 7.3.8, such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the Architect, but not yet .w included in Change Orders. 9.3.1.24 Such applications may not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier, unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. 9.3.1.5 - Application for Payment shall be prepared on the standard AIA Application for Payment Forms G702 and G703. Applications for payment shall be based on the Schedule of Values described in 9.2.1. 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, and shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. The Contractor shall also comply with the following_requirements: 9.3.2.1 - Title to such materials shall be vested in the Owner, as evidenced by 1991 AIAO documentation satisfactory in form and substance to the Owner including, without AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 limitation, recorded financing statements. UCC filings and UCC searches. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by T e "w American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 50 wa causes which the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. 8.3.1.1 - Construction Manager/Contractor shall also be responsible for labor peace on the Project and shall at all times exert its best efforts and judgment as an experienced contractor to adopt and implement policies and practices designed to avoid work stoppages, slowdowns, disputes or strikes where reasonably possible and practical under the circumstances and shall, at all times, maintain Project wide labor harmony. CM/Contractor and each individual contractor, subcontractor, specialty contractor and like party shall be liable to Owner for all damages suffered by Owner occurring as a result of work stoppages, slowdowns disputes or strikes except as specifically provided for elsewhere in these Conditions. 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL !!• CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Paragraph 4.3. ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 8.3.3 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. Construction ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Manager/Contractor agrees to make no claims for damage for the delay in the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA performance of this Contract occasioned by any act, or failure to act, of Owner DOCUMENT D401. or Architect, Architect's Consultants and Subconsultants, or any of their This document has been approved and representatives. CM/Contractor agrees that any such claim shall be endorsed by The Associated General compensated for solely by an extension of time. The CM/Contractor hereby Contractors of America. expressly assumes the risk of all delays to the Work, and waives all claims for monetary damages of additional payment for delays to the Work, provided that the Contract Schedule be extended for excusable and acceptable delays as defined in 8.3.1 above. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.1 CONTRACT SUM 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 9.1.2 - Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Contract Documents, the Owner may withhold any payment to the Contractor hereunder if and for so long as the Contractor fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder or otherwise is in default under any of the Contract Documents: provided, however, that any such hold back shall be limited to an amount sufficient in the reasonable opinion of the Owner to cure any such default or failure of performance by the Contractor. 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 9.2.2 - Concurrent with the submission of the Schedule of Values referenced in Paragraph 9.2.1 above all initial submissions as required in Sections 01010. 01300 and ®1997 AIA® 01310 must be made. No payment requests will be accepted until these submittals have AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 p GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 49 costs including plant, labor, materials, equipment and Subcontracts. ... Labor and materials shall be itemized in the manner prescribed above. .3 Where major cost items are Subcontracts, they shall be itemized also. .4 In no case will any change be accepted or approved without such itemization. ARTICLE 8 TIME 8.1 DEFINITIONS 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments,allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL with Paragraph 9.8, provided, however, that as a condition precedent to Substantial .�, CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Completion, the Owner has received all certificates of occupancy (or temporarY—ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH certificates of occupancy) and any other permits, approvals, licenses and other RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR documents from any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the construction MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS thereof necessary for the beneficial occupancy of the Project or any part thereof.. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless DOCUMENT D401. otherwise specifically defined. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 8.1.5 - The Date of Final Completion of the Work is the date all of the Work required Contractors of America. under the Contract Documents is completed all required materials have been delivered to the Owner and all applicable licenses permits certificates or approvals have been obtained by the Construction Manager from the individual Contractors and delivered to the Owner to the extent provided for in the Owner/Construction Mana_er(ContractorL Agreement. AIA 121 CMc. 1992 with 1997 amendment. . 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article a to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner.The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. Unless the date of commencement is established by the Contract Documents or a notice to .� proceed given by the Owner,the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages,mechanic's liens and other security interests. 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. RV 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME f 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, 01997 AWD fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 control, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration, or by other GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 y The ao American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced go with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 48 No costs. That determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a claim in accordance with Article 4. 7.3.9 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order. 7.3.10 - Agreement on any Change Order shall constitute a final settlement of all matters relating to the change in the Work which is the subject of the Change Order including but not limited to, all direct and indirect costs associated with such change and any and all adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Construction Schedule. In the event a Change Order increases the Contract Sum, the Contractor shall include the Work covered by such Change Orders in Applications for Payment as if such Work were THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL originally part of the Contract Documents. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 7.4.1 The Architect will have authority o order minor changes in the Work not involving MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS tl! y g g ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall DOCUMENT D401. be binding on the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders NIP promptly. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 7.5 AGREED OVERHEAD AND PROFIT RATES Contractors of America. 7.5.1 - For any adjustments to the Contract Sum which are based on other than the unit price method. the Contractor agrees to charge and accept, as payment for overhead and profit, the following percentages of costs attributable to the change in the Work: 7.5.1.1 - The cost to the Owner for work to be performed by a subcontractor (or sub and subsubcontractor combined) may include an allowance for OH&P not to exceed Fifteen percent(5%) of the net cost. 7.5.1.2 - When both additions and credits are involved in any one change the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any. 7.5.1.3 - Overtime, when specifically authorized by the Owner's Representative/ Construction Manager and not as an Extraordinary Measure, shall be paid for by the Owner on the basis of premium payment only, plus the cost of insurance and taxes based on the premium payment period. The Owner shall not pay overhead and profit for overtime. NOTES .1 The term "Overhead" shall be determined to include any and all direct and indirect supervisory and administrative expenses normally entailed in the operation of any Project: further, cost to which overhead and profit is to be applied shall be determined in accordance with this Subparagraph. s' q1 r .2 In order to facilitate checking of quotations for ADDED or DELETED Work, all proposals, other than those so minor that their propriety can be 01997 A,AQ seen by inspection, shall be accompanied by a complete itemization of AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 47 0M 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: .1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee;or .4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6. 7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change THI5 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH 7.3.5 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR the Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA ► recorded as a Change Order. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY U51NG AIA DOCUMENT D40I. 7.3.6 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for This document has been approved and ..0 adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the endorsed by The Associated General Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work Contractors of America. attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, a feasenable_ an allowance for overhead and profit in accordance with Paragraph 7.5 hereinafter. In •• such case, and also under Clause 7.3.3.3,the Contractor shall keep and present,in such form as the Architect may prescribe,an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Subparagraph x.3.6 shall be limited to the following: .1 costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' compensation insurance; .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, w. whether incorporated or consumed; .3 rental costs of machinery and equipment,exclusive of hand tools,whether rented from the Contractor or others; .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work;and .5 additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. 7.3.7 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase,if any,with respect to that change. , 7.3.8 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, amounts not in dispute for such changes in the Work shall be included in ■ve Applications for Payment accompanied by a Change Order indicating the parties' agreement with part or all of such costs. For any portion of such cost that remains in dispute,the Architect ©1997 AIA® will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced ow with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 46 6.2.5 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Subparagraph 3.14. 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP 6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor,separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.1 GENERAL 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work,subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. THI5 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Accordingly, no course of conduct or dealings between the parties, nor ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH express or implied acceptance of alterations or additions to the Work, and no RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR claim that the Owner has been unjustly enriched by any alteration or addition to MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS u the Work, whether or not there is, in fact, any unjust enrichment, shall be the ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA basis of any claim to an increase in any amounts due under the Contract DOCUMENT D401. Documents or a change in any time period provided for in the Contract Documents. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Construction Contractors of America. Mana ler/Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by 11" the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. PR 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the CM/Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order,Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner,Contractor and Architect,stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 change in the Work; .2 the amount of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum;and .3 the extent of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Time, Its 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those listed in Subparagraph 7.3.3• 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work „ ,;�} within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 -- GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 45 011 ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, which include persons or entitites under separate contracts not adminstered by the the Construction Manager/Contractor and further to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Paragraph 4.3• 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSUL TATIONWITHAN *11° 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so. The Contractor shall make any ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual DOCUMENT D401. agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor,separate contractors and the Other until subsequently revised. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs Contractors of America. construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights which apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3,this Article 6 and Articles io,11 and 12. 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor,the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractor's completed or partially completed w construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. 6.2.3 The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which are payable to a separate contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction of the Contractor. The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs incurred by the Contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction of a separate contractor. w .. A;'14 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate 01997 AIA® contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION wo American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced g, with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH201GC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 44 owned by the Contractor has a direct or indirect interest, which interest includes, but is not limited to, that of a partner, employee, agent or shareholder. 5.3.3 - Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Architect of any material defaults by !! ' any Subcontractors. Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Article 5 to the contrary, it is hereby acknowledged and agreed that Owner has in no way a,rq eed expressly or implicitly, nor will Owner agree, to allow any Subcontractor or other op materialmen or workman employed by Contractor the right to obtain a Judgment or decree against Owner for the amount due them from the Contractor. 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 4 essig en#-ts eff-eetive -a4eF the Geli raft j 444-der -CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN c-atrse pur-suatit-to RaFagFaph-t4-2-er24 -fef these s -ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH NvhiEh-ire Owner aeeepts*y iieti�,ing 4he Sbibeentraete -ate r^nor-ie-RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR v--4ing;aTld MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS !M ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA ,.,,�„+;„„+„,y,,,r,„„+,.,,�+ DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA b DOCUMENT D401. S 4 Upiqii assigiiment,44he WeEk }suspended 41e-This document has been approved and c.,b,.,,,,+,..,,.tef'. p -bed) adjusted4ef tinEfeases i �est iesluh_i�41a �- a endorsed by The Associated General the suspension. Contractors of America. 5.4.1 - All subcontract agreements shall conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and Contractor hereby assigns to Owner (and Owner's permitted assigns) all its interest in any subcontract agreements and purchase orders now existing or hereinafter entered into by Contractor for performance of any part of the Work, which assignment will be effective upon acceptance by Owner in writing and only as to those subcontract agreements and purchase orders which Owner designates in said writing. It is agreed and understood that Owner may accept said assignment at any time during the course of construction prior to Final Completion. Upon such acceptance by Owner. (1) Contractor shall promptly furnish to Owner true and correct copies of the designated subcontract agreements and purchase orders, and (2) Owner shall only be required to compensate the designated Subcontractor(s) and/or supplier(s) for compensation accruing to such party(ies) for Work done or materials delivered from and after the date on which Owner determines to accept the subcontract agreements(s) and/or purchase order(s). All sums due and owing by Contractor to the designated Subcontractor(s) and/or supplier(s) for work performed or material supplied prior to Owner's determination to accept the subcontract agreement(s) and/or purchase order(s) shall constitute a debt between such parties and Contractor. It is further agreed that all subcontract agreements and purchase orders shall provide that they are freely assignable by Contractor to Owner and assigns under the terms and conditions stated hereinabove. It is further agreed and understood that such assignment is part of the consideration to Owner for entering into nto + the Contract with Contractor and may not be withdrawn prior to Final Completion. C W# ontractor shall deliver acknowledgment in form and substance satisfactory to Owner k : from each of its Subcontractors and suppliers of the contingent assignment described herein no later than ten (10) days after the date of execution of each subcontract agreement and purchase order with such parties. AIA 7DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 43 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work. However, no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitute. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 5.2.5 - Upon approval by Owner (oral then followed by written approval: Contractor shall CONSEQUENCES. EDWIN WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH enter into written Subcontract Agreements with Subcontractors Vendors Suppliers and RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR the like. Copies of all Agreements in excess of five (5%) percent of the Contract Amount MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS and all such Purchase Orders shall be furnished to the Owner upon request ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS DOCUMENT D401. 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor This document has been approved and shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the endorsed by The Associated General Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to Contractors of America. assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work, which the Contractor, by these a! Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided OR otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents,has against the Owner.Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub- subcontractors. 5.3.2 -.-The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract contract agreement purchase .. order or other arrangement ("Arrangement") for the furnishing of any portion of the materials services equipment or Work with any party or entity if such party or entity is an Affiliated Entity (as defined below) unless such Arrangement has been approved by the Owner, after full disclosure in writing by the Contractor to the Owner of such affiliation or relationship and all details relating to the proposed Arrangement The term "Affiliated Rxw Ent ity" means any entity related to or affiliated with the Contractor or with respect to A •� which the Contractor has direct or indirect ownership or control including without limitation, any entity owned in whole or part by the Contractor: any holder of more than 10% of the issued and outstanding shares of or the holder of any interest in the Contractor: any entity n which an officer, director, employee, AIA AIAO y y partner or shareholder (or AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 member of the family of any of the foregoing persons) of the Contractor or any entity GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by_T Fe_CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION go American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced n, with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 42 wm 4-.&b judgment on Fin.;;I ' and -be upon44ff aeeefdanee - having; isdietien tt,,,..ee ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 5.1 DEFINITIONS 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site or to otherwise furnish labor, material or other services with respect to a portion of the Work. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. 5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site Or to otherwise furnish labor, THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL material or other services with respect to a portion of the Work. The term "Sub- CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 5.1.3 - The term 'Specialist' or 'Specialty Contractor' as used in these specifications shall ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA mean an individual or firm of established reputation, or, if newly organized, whose DOCUMENT D407. personnel have previously established a reputation in the same field, which is regularly- engaged in, and which maintains a regular force of workmen skilled in either This document has been approved and manufacturing or fabricating items required by the Contract, installing items required b/-endorsed by The Associated General the Contract, or otherwise performing work required by the Contract. Contractors of America. Where the Contract Specifications require installation by a 'Specialist', that term shall also be deemed to mean either the manufacturer of the item, an individual or firm licensed by the manufacturer, or an individual or firm who will perform such work under the manufacturer's direct supervision. All other requirements and provisions contained in these documents pertaining to Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors are applicable to Specialty Contractors. 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, but not more than thirty (30) days unless otherwise stipulated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing for review to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the Work. Coordinate with Section 01300 and/or 01310 as applicable. Further, the Contractor shall solicit suggestions from the Owner of persons or entities whom the Owner desires be given an opportunity to submit proposals to Contractor subject to conditions set forth in 5.2.2 below. The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, after due and proper investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. 01997 A1A® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 41 ON am niediation be-€>•led-ift NvFitifig i k#lie ether-pa#�,to the CofitraEt aim #die ArhilrafiAii.aa: n ti The s ffia),be made 1,^fliaiati`at,j with the cixb -.i F F q c afbitfatian-yd-t,-iii-,uc4 went; ediatiofi-4a,4� pf6Eeed-i* advafw2-ef `1�rcvitfafiofr-of 4e0-ef- equitableprviceedinbz } -A4- e4 peii ding "Zrn.'1iation the,d.,ae of filifig, ,1„ stayed F„ a lefiger peried by,abreerrie t of the afties or-EeH14 v !lM 4.53 The paftk26 share fiicemn?ef-r -di3ji g4eeS equal!),: tnediatieft- 4iall-,lie 4ieI4 3}i 4he-place where� PfejeEt 4�9E3ted;finless anethef 19E3#iek2 4 3}}H ji- _a_Agreements_______-------=-}e3Ehed-ii zfnvfc°camc sctrlczncnr-agfeemefits- a haVifig jHfiSdiEti0F1 ahe „f 4.6 ARBITRATION - Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Contract Documents, arbitration shall not be a permitted form of dispute resolution. Any references to mediation or arbitration in the Contract Documents shall be deemed void and unenforceable. Any and all disputes THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL shall be subject to litigation in the domicle of the Owner. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 47 ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH e4ec4,m4 exEept these-wed-as pfewided-fef4 S"�-4.3-ie;9-fo-4-acid- .5, -RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR "rte d e e i s i g,g�4}+ -+hiterat-e+3g-4*ys-ec Sub fftissie -4-4+e Claim-te41te ^.- ,-be-MODIFICATION.AU THENTICA TION OF THIS subjec-{4e -hit t ieR fief 4e a rbitratien,44ie parties-,h4 e {o fese},e u�es-by-ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 011' iiiediatiofi: aceefdafiee with ah„.. of Pare,faPh DOCUMENT MAYBE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 44.4 Elaifiia-lief fesel),ed-lam m -,Ball-13e deEided hiEr, »rless-the- s .." e off-�lI-be -w-Ah 4he r,e l' -This document has been approved and ���an n bznoitratieft-Assokatiofi -in e ffeEt.�iie id€8f endorsed by The Associated General ..•4.itfat on be Fled iii,...-;a;.,,, with the other paft,,ae the �aE .,,,,1 with the me,-:,-.,„ Contractors of America. Afbitfatieii Asseeiatiefi, .,,d shall he Fled with the AfEhiteEa 4-." A 4emafid 4er afbitfatioii -4+all -be mar4e within 4he -tiiiie limits spec-i€ied -iii - Subpafagfaphs c leas affiseii, arid-ifi-i+& er,e#sl3all4-be made en :fi�stitutiefi of legal�f- + equitable pf-o e gs Based-off,uteh Glaiffl would-be baffed*-the apphEable ate-of- li.,,:a.a+ie„s as,d„aeffiii„e,d par-stf ant to Par-afaph , 4•b 4 tlLie��aet�lia�l elude,� of eifidef ef-iii-a�ethef fflaiiiief, the °� r te�- -nfczrzcec-cs -E!iiiplejiees -of eatisultafits, f?EEept * Nvriccca-Eviisefir E9iitaif2ii3g sj3eEi�iE- r 4e4he Agr _ ---n -a*4-Sidled*4ie nzztehiteeEt7 A er, ContfaCtOf-acid-aiij= Gthef- iii-a-ny other- matinef, parties ethef -the fief, Gvtitfacteer,-a sepafate zvHtfactaf-as- law whese pfeseiiEe-is/-ffe�uif�ed-i€r� �' .°l:eF isle-be aCef_ a4fi ar-b atiof �Fep ef- entit)r etheF liaH be�wf3ef;( ..a.. a .. s'epafate-6v^rccE16r- d •l ] -if AftiEle$ - be ifiduded aS ofi efigifial ltifd-paftji-elf additi0flal liifd-pai#jz4-e-aft"•.I-Oro tfation whose ifitefest- 4a4-Ho4 Eofiistitute eonseiit-t-e eYi•-nry tfatiefi of a Claim dese ibved thefein-ef-with a-per-salt ef- en4y-list named -er wed thefeift. 44e feregeiiig agreement 4e afbitfate-lid ethef agfeeffietits-te arbitr ate wltli air additiefial pefsaii f-eiitity-44y ��ai�ies�s�ke- Agfeemei}t -Akag 4e sped enfefEeable tide} app}ieable -law -iii -afry jur-isdietien ahe of 4: 5 Clattfl3 - Assertion-of CIROMS fif9tiEe-4 deiced-€ef- � +r is ,;aae,d to he,deniao de,l 01997 AIA® 1�1e AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The or American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced to with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document!SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002. AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 40 to 4.4.2 The Architect will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of the Claim take one or more of the following actions: (r) request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party, (2) reject the Claim in whole or in part, (3) approve the Claim, (4) suggest a compromise, or (5) advise the parties that the Architect is unable to resolve the Claim if the Architect lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Architect concludes that, in the Architect's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Architect to resolve the Claim. 4.4.3 In evaluating Claims, the Architect may, but shall not be obligated to, consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Architect in rendering a decision. The Architect may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense. 4.4.4 If the Architect requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish so additional supporting data, such party shall respond, within ten days after receipt of such THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL request, and shall either provide a response on the requested supporting data, advise the ATTORNUENCENCOUR CONSULTATION ED WITH WITH AN Architect when the response or supporting data will be furnished or advise the Architect that no ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT ITS COMPLETION OR supporting data will be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data, if any, the MODIFICATI ON.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Architect will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 4.4.5 The Architect will approve or reject Claims by written decision, which shall state the DOCUMENT D401. reasons therefor and which shall notify the parties of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. The approval or rejection of a Claim by the Architect shall be final and This document has been approved and binding on the parties but subject to Fnedi tier and ar-bi fatiel _IltlgatlOn. endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 4:4.6 When a Ns-Fitten deEisien of the Ar-Ehitec:t states that(i) the d—e-c-isien is final but subjeEt Im to fnediatk)3-and a°b to-aR4{-}-a 4emand-ter a rba�tion-af-a Claim severed-1}y-saeh- enffitrst made N,,�ithin3e-flays-a-ftef4 e-daterwhiEh lie-paAymaking the d- -_Eei es 4he-fin-4 mTitten deEisien,,-theta failure 4e demand ar-itl atien within-aid-3e - pe ed d ihni Anal ana kidi3 n, ,.,.Rpd a -- � e- --i � S+�h men-ia-y-19,e entered-as e 1dGnEe -but -39t supersede Mien initiated,- 4.4.7 Upon receipt of a Claim against the Contractor or at any time thereafter, the Architect or the Owner may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default,the Architect or the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. 4.4.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien, the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines prior to resolution of the Claim by the Architect,by mediation or by arbitration. 4.5 MEDIATION effec4-3}34 t these Nvaiied 3$py-eyided7VY-H}SubPaFa9FaPhs 4-3t9;9-10-4 and 9.16.5 3�- aftef initialdec-isien*4he nFEhiteet 394ff 5,42-suh-n, ien A-IF r`1aim to the n -Eh'tee be s ,L,;,,,-+4eznediation-as-a Eenditien feEedent4e ar-3itratiAn-ef4he institutieR-ef4egal-6f-11,, A 445-4 The-patties-Shalt cndcea-ver 4e resolve 4he4 Elalift5-by ••rriediatien NvhiEh, ifnless-the- p*Fi iei Riutaall',',-agie2 et Sc-,h all-b2 in aEEefdanee -'w44+4132 z r`,,,mrstruEtion lndtfstt'- 01997 AIA@ Mediation Rules-4 4he n n .r en tien fuFfet3tly-in ^cwt. Request-fef_AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH201GC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 39 for determining the number of adverse weather days and the effect resulting therefrom which the Contractor would normally expect to encounter. Extensions of time may be requested for any month of construction for days lost due to adverse weather in excess of the normally expected lost time; provided however, if the Owner determines that the seasonal average of adverse weather days during construction is less than would be normally expected. no Change Order shall be issued and the request for extension of time shall be denied. 4.3.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If- and responsibilities under the Contract Documents in general and Article 11 hereof in particular, if either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party,or of others for whose acts such party is legally " responsible, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. THI5 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSUL TATIONWITHAN 4.3.9 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and ATTORNEY I5 ENCOURAGED WITH if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Construction Change Directive so that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF TH15 proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor,the applicable unit prices ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA shall be equitably adjusted as set forth in Section 01025 of Division #1. DOCUMENT D401. 4.3.10 Claims for Consequential Damages. The Contractor and Owner waive Claims This document has been approved and against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This endorsed by The Associated General mutual waiver includes: Contractors of America. .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing, business and reputation, and for loss of management or an employee productivity or of the services of such persons;and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there, for losses of financing, business and wo reputation, and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work. This mutual waiver is applicable,without limitation,to all consequential damages due to either ow party's termination in accordance with Article 14.Nothing contained in this Subparagraph 4.3.10 shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated direct damages, when applicable, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ow 4.4 RESOLUTION OF CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 4.4.1 Decision of Architect. Claims, including those alleging an error or omission by the Architect but excluding those arising under Paragraphs 10.3 through 1o.5, shall be referred initially to the Architect for decision. An initial decision by the Architect shall be required as a condition precedent to fflediati., arbitration of litigation of all Claims between the Contractor and Owner arising prior to the date final payment is due, unless 3o days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Architect with no decision having been rendered by the ' Architect. The Architect will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. Neither arbitration nor mediation shall be a remedy against the owner for any rppe a,� dispute under this contract. The removal of Arbitration from this contract as a remedy, shall in no way affect the role of the Architect as set forth in the enumerated provisions of these General Conditions or in any and all other 01997 AIA® "■ sections of these contract documents. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by T e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced s� with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 38 �w the Contract Documents, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first observance of the conditions. When additional information regarding the subsurface or existing conditions as noted above, becomes available to the Owner as a result of excavation work, further testing or investigation, it may be found desirable to change the location, alignment, grades or dimensions to conform to such conditions. The Owner reserves the right to make such reasonable changes in the work as in its opinion may be considered necessary or desirable. The Architect with assistance of the Construction Manager/Contractor will promptly investigate such conditions and,if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by either party in opposition to such TH15 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given notice of the decision. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN If the conditions encountered are materially different, the Contract Sum and Contract Time ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH shall be equitably adjusted, but if the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment in RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR the Contract Sum or Contract Time,the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS No determination,subject to further proceedings pursuant to Paragraph 4.4. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 4.3.5 - Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an DOCUMENT D401. increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before This document has been approved and proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an endorsed by The Associated General emergency endangering life or property arising under Paragraph 10.6. Contractors of America. 4.3.5.1 - No claim will be permitted for additional costs, or time as for 4.3.7 below, should damages arise from either the Construction Manager's or any individual Contractor's failure to have adequately reviewed the documents and to have reported the error or inconsistency in an expeditious time and manner. 4.3.6 If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited to (1) a written interpretation from the Architect, (2) an order by the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect, (4) failure of payment by the Owner, (5)termination of the Contract by the Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in PIP accordance with this Paragraph 4.3. 4.3.7 Claims for Additional Time 4.3.7.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time,written notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessary. 4.3.7.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time,such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. t` ', —�•r �•; 4.3.7.2.1 - Requests for extensions of construction time due to adverse weather conditions shall include U.S Weather Bureau Climatological Reports for the months . ©197 AIA® involved P lus a report indicating average precipitation, temperature, etc.. for the p ast AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 ten (10)years from the nearest reporting station. The 10 year average will be the basis GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 37 1RR ON 4.2.12 intefpretatiens and deEisiens of the A+ehiteEt Nvill be Eensistent with the intent of and Feasenabl�ale4ei*-#4e Gefitfaet t; a mill he ix 4ing--ef4ff4-he4efirl ef- d-rawinb. Such interpretations may, at the Architect's option be issued in the form of additional drawings or instructions indicating in greater detail the construction or design of the various parts of the Work: such drawings or instructions may be effected by Field Order, Construction Change Directive or other notice to the Construction Manager/Contractor, and provided such drawings or instructions are in the opinion of the Architect, reasonably consistent with the previously existing .. Contract Documents the Work shall be executed in accordance with such additional drawings or instructions without additional cost or extension of Contract Time When making such interpretations and initial decisions,the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be .� liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith. 4.2.13 The Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 4.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA *" matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract.The term"Claim"also includes DOCUMENT D40I. other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. The term "Claim" shall also include all other disputes and This document has been approved and ■o matters in question whatsoever between the Owner and the Contractor arising out of endorsed by The Associated General or relating to this Contract or the breach thereof. Claims must be initiated by written Contractors of America. notice.The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. 4.3.2 Time Limits on Claims. Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes, or should reasonably have recognized the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. Claims must be initiated by written notice to the Architect and the other party. 4.3.2.1 - Should any Contractor wish to reserve its rights regarding filing of claims as set forth under 4.3.2 above, written notice of any event that may give rise to a claim must be given within 21 calendar days of said event whether or not any impact in time or money has been determined. Further. The parties intend that claims shall be presented and addressed promptly as they arise so that the pertinent facts are fresh in the minds of the Darticipants and so that parties are better able to manage the process to reach appropriate resolutions and to avoid surprises at the end of the project 4.3.3 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Subparagraph 9.7.1 and Article 14,the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 5n4 4.3.4 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If conditions are encountered at ,; te the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ mmillm materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist 01997 AIA® ** and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION w� American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH201GC.AIA --11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 36 ww Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner,Contractor or separate contractors,while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the s responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents.The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or,unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect,of any construction means, methods,techniques, sequences or procedures.The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. 4.2.7.1 - NO Contractor shall submit any shop drawings that are mere) tracings racings or other THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL copies of any of the Contract Documents other than those produced as backgrounds CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN using electronic (CAD) copies of work. ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS In the event that "cad" backgrounds are used, they shall be for ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA identification purposes only and a separate drawing indicating actual information, DOCUMENT MAYBE MADE BY USING AIA techniques and the like shall be prepared. DOCUMENT D401. This document has been approved and Each shop drawing must be prepared by the Contractor Subcontractor, Specialty endorsed by The Associated General Contractor, vendor or material person of the Contractor. Contractors of America. The Architect shall have the authority to reject any shop drawing violating any of the above provisions and no extension of the Contract Time shall be given on account of such rejection. 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4. 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion, will receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owner's review and records,written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon In compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents and/or explained at the preconstruction conference. 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under and requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If no agreement is made � `► concerning the time within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be furnished in compliance with this Paragraph 4.2,then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to furnish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made for � 01997 AIAO them. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH201GC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 35 we 4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated, the Owner shall employ a new WN Architect against whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Architect. 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT WR 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents, and will be an Owner's representative (1) during construction, (2) until final payment is due and (3) with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time during the one-year period for correction of Work described in Paragraph 12.2. The Architect will have authority to "* act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified in writing in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. 4.2.2 The Architect, as a representative of the Owner, will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of the Contractor's operations (1) to become generally familiar with and to keep the Owner informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work TH15 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL completed, (2) to endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work, CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN and (3) to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will neither have control over or ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA •+ charge of, nor be responsible for, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since DOCUMENT D401. these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents, except as provided in Subparagraph 3.3.1. This document has been approved and .R endorsed by The Associated General 4.2.3 The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work Contractors of America. in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. 4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each other through the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract. Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment,the .., Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable, the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3,whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. '"" ■ However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the a Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or ,. employees,or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. wwr 4.2.7 After assembly, review and reaction by the Construction Manager and transmittal of said documents to the Architect tThe Architect will review and approve or 01997 AIA® w► take other appropriate action upon the Individual Contractor's submittals such as Shop AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION y The � American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA -- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 34 w pfevided-that-iirEh claim, damage;-less-6,F dense-is attrib tit able-te injut-�; sickness,- , bti+ply-te-the extent Eaused-by-the negligent Ets-ef emissions-ef 44+e Ga er, -a- SubEentra4af, anyone difeEtl)e iedireEtly empleyed-by theffi er anyeee €er Whew ac s4hey- b damage, "IF by a pat4y indemnified fedeEe ether rights er s-ef indeffinity whieh ivouldether-wise ist as 4e-a 7Party-&F- perserr 4esEribed4ft-this Par-agfaph 8. Such obligation shall be effective regardless of whether or not such clam, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a Party_ indemnified hereunder. 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under ` Subparagraph 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN compensation acts,disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 3.18.3 - The Contractor's indemnity obligations under this Paragraph 3.18 shall, but MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS not by way of limitation, specifically include all claims and judgments which may be ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA made against the Owner, the Architect, their consultants, and agents and employees DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA of any of them under the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Labor Law, similar laws of DOCUMENT D401. other governmental bodies having jurisdiction, and further, against claims and This document has been approved and iudgments arising from violation of public ordinances and requirements of governing endorsed by The Associated General authorities due to the Contractor's or its Subcontractor's method of execution of the Contractors of America. Work. ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.1 ARCHITECT, ENGINEERS AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER/CONTRACTOR 4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Architect" means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. 4.1.1.1 - The Engineer is defined as any Professional Engineer who is employed by the Architect. The Engineer may also be a consultant employed by the Owner for special service The Engineer may be engaged in one or more of the several branches of the profession. 4.1.1.2 - The Construction Manager as the "constructor and the primary Contractor" is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Construction Manager" means the Construction Manager or the Construction Manager's authorized representative. y , 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner,Contractor and Architect.Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. ®1997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/312003. 33 w All finish patching shall be accomplished by the trades normally doing said finish am work. All such work shall be under the strict coordination of the Contractor. Coordinate with No Section 01040 and 01040Schedule. 3.14.2 T13eNO Contractor shall fiet damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or no partially completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The-NO Contractor shall net cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Architect. Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shall not be w unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 3 14.3 - Cutting and patching responsibilities are further defined in Sections 01040 CONSEQUENCES.CONSUL TATION WITH AN "" ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH 01045 and 01 120. RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 3.15 CLEANING UP-This paragraph is supplemented in Section 01700 and as ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA OR further defined in the Bid Package Descriptions DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation This document has been approved and am of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the endorsed by The Associated General Work, the Contractor shall remove from and about the Project waste materials, rubbish, the Contractors of America. Contractor's tools,construction equipment,machinery and surplus materials. No 3.15.2 If any43e individual Contractor or the Construction Manager fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. am 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK 3.16.1 The Construction Manager and each individual Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. ,o 3.17 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS 3.17.1 The The-CM/Contractor shall cause each individual Trade/Specialty/Sub Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. TheSaid Contractor shall defend suits or sm claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if the Contractor has reason (or should have had reason Ito believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION RV 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent claims, damages, losses or f +*# expenses are not covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance if required to '+ �` be purchased by the Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 11.3, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and r 01997 AIA® w` employees ees of and of them from and against claims,damages,losses and expenses,including but AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work_,— GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 y The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until w the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11111/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 32 Im 3.13.10 - See Section 01500 for temporary fence. The Contractors shall familiarize themselves with these access and storage requirements and shall be subject to them. The respective trade contractor, as definied in the Bid Package Description shall properly maintain all access to work and storage areas so that there will be continuous unimpeded access to the work site in all seasons of the year, on all regular working days and during all regular working hours of any and all trades employed by any Contractor during work at the site. 3.13.11 - Only such vehicles, trucks and equipment shall be parked or stored within the work area as are absolutely necessary for performing the work, for the length of time that a particular phase of work is performed. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL ALL OTHER CONTRACTOR' VEHICLES AND/OR EMPLOYEES' AND/OR CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN WORKMEN'S VEHICLES INCLUDING PASSENGER CARS SHALL BE PARKED ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR OFF THE SITE. MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 3.13.12 -Security DOCUMENT MAYBE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT 0401. 3.13.12.1 - It will be the responsibility of the Construction Manager to provide This document has been approved and necessary and required security measures to adequately safeguard the construction endorsed by The Associated General site from vandalism and intrusion of unauthorized persons. Contractors of America. 3.13.12.2 -The Construction Manager shall submit means and methods of security to the Owner, thru the Architect, for approval. The project site must be secured 24 hours a day, seven (7) days a week, including all holidays. 3.13.12.3-All workpersons and employees of any Contractor are prohibited from: 1 Trespassing or leaving any vehicle on any property not assigned by the Construction Manager or Owner as set aside for the use of the Contractor. 2 Leaving any vehicle on the grounds unless it is locked and the ignition keys are removed. 3.13.12.4 - All employees or persons entering upon the property surrounding the facilities affected by the construction are restricted to the immediate area of work. Only persons having official business will be admitted to the construction site. 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING 144 T-he Getitf.sc;ter-,ha4 4-e-fe&peff4k4e 4&F Wig;-&6*g-e keg Wired-t-e IF -� ; ' Z 3 14 1 - Each subcontractor and/or trade contractor shall be responsible for their own OR cutting and rough patching and/or as may be defined in the respective bid packages 01997 AIA@ AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Outlined In Section 00410. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 NIP copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11111/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 31 3.13.2 - The right of possession of the premises and the improvements made thereon by the Contractor shall remain at all times in The Owner The Contractor's right to entry and use thereof arises solely from the permission granted by the Owner under the Contract Documents 3.13.3 -All Contractors shall confine their use of the premises for all purposes to the areas occupied by the construction and related storage areas as and if shown 3_.13.4 - The Contractor, as defined in the respective Bid Package descriptions contained in Section 00410 shall provide all required temporary access walkways both interior and exterior, temporary partitioning and the like necessary to complete the operations. Coordinate requirements and operations with Section 01500 of the THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL General Requirements. CONSEQUENCES.CONSUL TATIONW1 THAN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 3.13.5 - The Contractor shall maintain unobstructed entrance to and/or exit from the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR present building complex MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA All Contractor's work areas shall be kept clean each day of refuse including DOCUMENT D407. containers, cups and the like This document has been approved and "o THE ENTIRE FACILITY WILL REMAIN IN OPERATION DURING THE COURSE OF ContrsedbyThAmericatedGeneral Contractors of America. THE ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS All contractors performing work on this contract shall schedule their work so as not to interfere with any traffic to and from the required areas of use Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining all traffic and shall provide all required barriers and protection as required to safeguard the work and the public and the occupants of the building during Construction 3.13.6 - Contractors their workmen suppliers etc will be held to adhere strictly to the requirements hereinbefore stated and shall not occupy or carry on traffic through other parts of the site or interior of present buildings except by specific permission from the Owner received through the Construction Manager. 3.13.7 - The Contractor shall repair or replace any existing trees shrubbery or other planting damaged by operations and/or workmen employed in performance of their contract. 3.13.8 - During the whole course of the Work the Construction Manager will cause th Insure that each individual Trade/Specialty/Sub Contractor shall conduct his work and operations as to interfere with traffic near the work as little as possible and effect b r� every reasonable means the safety and comfort of pedestrians vehicles and vehicle passengers near the Work.; 3.13.9 - Employees vehicles equipment and material of all Contractors and of all others utilized by the Contractors' for the performance of their work shall enter onto 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 the construction site only at those locations designated or approved by the Owner.- GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION y The �. American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced Im with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 30 w. PIP 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop !?! Drawings,Product Data, Samples or similar submittals,to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such written notice the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. 3.12.1 0 the praEtiEe of afehiteEtufe e 3e g unless soh seen n-icz a-re-sf_�eEifkally ed*44ie- ,loen the Gentf.,,- er needs to „ ide s „4 methods, ewes aed preree4ur-es.-The r' e -be wed-t-e pr-evide- prefessienal sew ices sir} vielatien -4 Viable -lam 4-f prefessietial -desig* =------ -er - requiredwit-the G••Tvntfaetof-4y4heGentTaet T4he-Ownef-&P,44-he na z-A44- fauSe :,,•-,iEeS-Arzcniricar2vars-t9-13e -by-ff -hk2nSed THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL � submittals�d pF ar�lrep ms=s and ater-CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY I5 ENCOURAGED WITH 54A-beaf�e� ,. swf�„n��� e 'n, cT -RESPECT TOITSCOMPLETIONOR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS sen,ieesr ft �-9r�ls * -desigft -the ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Owner-a�3d n�r hiteEt e -teethe.-,,, }�.F,...,.nEe a -DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA � Z`�°` �rY� DOCUMENT D401. Ya,eh _�n4ees mast satisfy Pursuant-te,4i-s c 1 1 4he n,-Ehi eE -wi}l r^Y ^�^' F^Y ^+;^M checking-{ This document has been approved and fef � e Eaneept e ed-m-the�E endorsed by The Associated General ke Gefltraeter- -r3et-be respeiisible fer ke adequacy-f-the per fmanE<er-Contractors of America. 3.12.10 -When professional certification of performance criteria of materials, systems or equipment is required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Architect shall be entitled to rely in a reasonable and professional fashion upon the accuracy +40 and completeness of such calculations and certifications, provided, however, if required under the Owner/Architect Agreement or related agreements, or if Architect, in Architect's reasonable and professional judgment considers it advisable, Architect shall verify the accuracy and completeness of any or all such calculations and/or certifications. In the event any or all such calculations and/or certifications are found to be OR inaccurate and/or incomplete Contractor shall assume full responsibility and bear all cost attributable or related thereto, including, without limitation, the expense of Architect's additional services associated with the verification of such calculations and/or certifications and the expense of Architect's additional services made necessary by the failure of such calculations and/or certifications to be accurate and/or complete. 0 A general listing of such areas requiring engineering and/or design is identified in Section 01010 of Division #1; the absence of any individual item identified in the technical specification within this listing will not relieve the Contractor (s) from complying with the above requirements. go 3.13 USE OF SITE 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, #o ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site 01997 AIA® with materials or equipment. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced 00 with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 29 THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE ARE FURTHER SPECIFIED IN SECTION 01300 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials,equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Documents. The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH for which submittals are required by the Contract Documents the way by which the Contractor RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Contract Documents. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph P g DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive DOCUMENT D401. action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals which are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. This document has been approved and so endorsed by The Associated General 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve Contractors of America. and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. Submittals which are not marked as reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents and approved by the Contractor may be returned by the Architect without action. ■ 3.12.6 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. 3.12.6.1 - SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR ELECT TO RELEASE WORK WITHOUT „p APPROVALS, SAME SHALL BE AT HIS OWN RISK AND EXPENSE 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. 3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar ._... submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and (1) the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a Change Order or Construction •' '�•:: Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be ' relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof. 1997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961' 1963,7966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 19871997 by The-CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION �r American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA -- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 28 entitled to an extension of Contract Time under Paragraph 8.3, and the Architect has directed Extraordinary Measures, the Contractor may request an equitable adjustment to the Contract Sum. Otherwise, the Contractor shall not be entitled to an adiustment in the Contract Sum in connection with Extraordinary Measures required OR by the Architect under or pursuant to this Paragraph 3.10.2. 3.10.2.2 - The Architect may exercise the rights furnished the Owner under or pursuant to this Paragraph 3.10.2 as frequently as the Architect and/or Construction Manager deems necessary to ensure that the Contractor's performance of the Work will comply with any Milestone Date or completion date set forth in the Construction/Milestone Schedule. _ 3.10.2.3 - With the consent of the Architect and in coordination with the other trades. the Contractor may take Extraordinary Measures at any time at the Contractor's own THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL expense in order to maintain or improve the Contractor's progress toward the CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN scheduled completion of the Work. ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 40 3.10.3 - The Owner through the Architect shall have the right to direct a ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA postponement or rescheduling of any date or time for the performance of any part of DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA the Work that may interfere with the operation of the Owner's premises or any tenants DOCUMENT 0401. or invitees thereof. The Contractor shall, upon the Owner's request, reschedule any-This document has been approved and portion of the Work affecting operation of the premises during hours when the endorsed by The Associated General premises are not in operation. Contractors of America. 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE 3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings,Specifications,Addenda,Change Orders and other Modifications,in good order and marked currently to record field changes and selections made during construction, and one record copy of approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work in accordance with requirements established in Sections 01720 and 01730 of Division#1. 3.11.2 - RECORD DOCUMENTS 3.11.2.1 - The Contractor shall maintain a record of any and all changes from the Contract Documents and/or approved shop drawings due to field conditions and shall process same as specified in Section 01720 of Division #1. 3.11.2.2 - In addition to Drawings above The Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Architect project manuals covering full operating and maintenance instructions for all building systems elements mechanical and electrical apparatus and the like as specified in Section 01730 of Division #1. 3 11 3 - The Contractor shall maintain all approved permit drawings in a manner so as to make them accessible to governmental inspectors and other authorized agencies All improved drawings shall be wrapped marked and delivered to the Owner within sixty (60) days of final completion of the Work. 01997 AIA® 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 1A © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA--11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 27 w materials. 3.9.3 - It is required that any and all supervisory personnel proposed for use by any Contractor on the work be versed in the English language or, said Contractor(s) shall furnish a full time on site interpreter to facilitate communications between the Owner's Representative. the Construction Manager and the individual Trade Contractors 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES - Coordinate with Sections 01010 and 01310 of Division #1 3.10.1 The GentFaEter, p 1 ) s -a„a the r shall prepare Tke sc-heE1ti1eshall-Pet emEeeE1 4-iff3e 1knits -t-he Gena aEt D e E 'm^-n;T -b�e- e at _Vate_H14en,a!s-as requireEl-li ke Eei --&€• e`„'ef-k-ate �4-e�e e -te-tke �d�-the� _THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL nFFlVida-F�r ar a'+' a �' tit t• Fit, �nr t CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN `"_ "_- for eX peEl itieus and pfae6ea"""" ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 3.10.2 The RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR (4 °r fer "' � a-MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS prepare -k-eLT "ret " -af stibmittals Whieh-is Eeerdiiiated Ge --s ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA *Rk alle .,,-the A r- t A bl , subniitt t DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 3.10.3 T-h7e r-,.o,,;z:aEter-sl-ta4 peffemi Wer"1F4* genefal aEEE)IFElaREe ry tl}e FRost teeeiit- Se10a• t > it a to the Owtier a n > t This document has been approved and *� endorsed by The Associated General NOTE - This amended Paragraph 3.10 along with applicable article covering Contractors of America, scheduling in the Agreement shall govern the scheduling of the Work In case of conflict, the order of precedence shall be (1) Agreement and (2) the amended Paragraph 3.10. 3.10.1 - The term "Construction Milestone Schedule" used in these Construction Documents shall mean the schedule established within the Contract Documents by the Architect and Owner and amended from time to time as provided under the Agreement and Section 01310 of the General Requirements..� 3.10.2 - In the event the Architect determines that any individual Contractor's performance of the Work has not progressed sufficiently to allow completion of the ,. protect within the time provided in the Construction/Milestone Schedule the Owner t-hrouah the Architect shall have the option to order the Contractor to take corrective measures necessary to expedite the progress of construction including without limitation. (1) working additional shifts or overtime (2) supplying additional manpower equipment and facilities and (3) other similar measures (hereinafter referred to collectively as Extraordinary Measures) Such Extraordinary Measures shall continue until the Architect has determined that the progress of the Work complies with the stage of completion required in order to meet the Construction/Milestone Schedule The Owner's option to require Extraordinary Measures is for the sole benefit of the Owner' the mere existence of #• - •• such option shall not create any obligation on the part of the Owner to exercise it withy respect to other contractors for the benefit of the Contractor or otherwise 01997 AIA® !w 3.10.2.1 - If the cause of the insufficient progress is such that the Contractor would be AIA DOCUMENT A201-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION y The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. user Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA -- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 26 OR sw pelsens etitities as tke EliteEct; i ke r' r-aeter be reqair-ed4e- ple,peFseHs ef „t;t7 t„,.114„14,th°r' ,,t,-.,,-tef has r .,hl°„h;°,-t;,., 184 I,,,1„ss otherwise.,,.,.,,;,7°a ;,, the Gent,-.,,-t TL„-,,,,,°.,ts: 4 al wes E%,e -the Eest�e 4he G° -,&f .,, -ae4�t- a°1;,,°,-°a at the site and all Feqi4ed t..,.,, less. .,1;,able t fade disE,,.,,t... Ge fit,.aCAE)F' 645 F,,., „1,,.,,7;,,.. and han ll;,,,, at the site,labor-,iiistallatieii EE)StSi N,er-head, -ca7n4 ether- e�Ep2fiSeSeBitemplated stated ”llewaiwe - 1,..11 be; ,-1, ,],,,1 ;,,the Cant,-..,-t G,,,, but ,,,,t it the alleNvatiEesj NyheneAw Eosts are mefe a11E)N'-aREeS, contract -be- adjus ted aEC-eFdiiig1)`-13'= Ghaiige Of4ef. ainauiic$f4if Ghange - 1� refleEt-4�4he ,liF�cncc between aetual eests-a*444te "laxivwuflEes tifider- QaHse- THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 3 Ma#er-ials-ate equipffient tf tidef-ate alleNvaiiEe -13e sel d*the -in-CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN , FF;.' t t' „t,, . aid,l„1..,,;„the\n eEk ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 3.9 clloralnlTENDE lTSUPERINTENDENCE MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS op 3-94 T e Ge er t°„a,,,,t its-ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA �t n ,.^Y., � assistants DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA who -sh-aii-he � att�;Ee -at -the Pr-ejeet -side xg fl«eEe -4 4ke 1F -The - 44e r, aeter-, -ate t;,,,, -gwe* 4e -he DOCUMENT 0401. -AiahJae bifidiiigg-a&4f }4e-the rentr"Et°r linpet4ant This document has been approved and shah-hued-x}Nyfititig. Other EOffiffitifli6afie," sifAilad)� ^ `ate Nffitt`n-endorsed by The Associated General request; each ease. Contractors of America. 3.9.1 - The Construction Manager shall employ a competent full time project manger and each individual trade contractor a full time superintendent, and such necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site, during the progress of the Work to provide for the expeditious completion of the Work; the project manager and *" each superintendent shall represent the Construction Manager and/or the individual Contractor and communications to each party shall be as binding as if given to the Construction Manager or individual Contractor respectively PIP Each superintendent shall represent the respective individual Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other ' communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case. Further, the superintendent shall not be changed except with the consent of the Owner Construction Manager or Architect, unless the superintendent, or such assistant or assistants groves to be unsatisfactory to the individual Contractor and ceases to be in his employ' however the superintendent shall be changed upon ON request of the Owner, for good cause shown. 3.9.2 - The Construction Manager shall coordinate and supervise the work performed t + by all Trade Contractors to the end that the work is carried out without conflict >b between trades and so that no trade at any time, causes delay to the general ,, ; •: progress of the Work. The Construction Manager shall ensure that each trade contractor affords each trade 01997 AIA® reasonable opportunity for the installation of their work and the storage of their AIA DOCUMENT A201- OF GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA--11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 25 3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations. However, if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith,the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect and Owner in writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. 3.7.4 If the any trade/individual Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the *�* Architect and Owner, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the ciests att-.1.. tabs„to TOTAL costs for correction of same. 3.7.5 - The Construction Manager, through the individual Contractors shall secure approval of and comply with requirements of all authorities having jurisdiction over the construction and deliver certificates of approval to the Architect and shall prepare TH15 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL all documents, including drawings necessary to secure such approval CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 3.7.6 - In the event any violations are placed upon the premises by any public RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR authority as a result of any individual Contractor's fault in connection with the work MODIFICATION.ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED DRAFTEDATIONOFTHIS AIA that Contractor shall be solely responsible therefor and shall bear all costs DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA attributable thereto. DOCUMENT D401. Final payment in an amount at least sufficient to correct such violations as This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General determined by the Architect and the Construction Manager, shall be withheld until all Contractors of America. such violations are cured of record. 3.7.7 -Certificate of Occupancy .1 It shall be the responsibility of the Construction Manager to obtain all necessary approvals and releases from governing agencies havinq_jurisdiction and to satisfy all requirements for the issuance and obtaining of the Certificate of Occupancy. .2 At such time as the Construction Manager makes application for the Certificate of Occupancy, he shall at his own cost and expense, file and have sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the jurisdiction the final affidavit (s) of certification that the Droiect has been constructed in conformance with filed +■► documents, ordinances rules and regulations and such other data that may be required by the governing agency or agencies having jurisdiction over this project..� .3 Said Certificate shall be turned over to the Architect prior to certification of final payment and in conjunction with same NOTE - Temporary Certificates of Occupancy carry a maximum 90 day life._ Should renewal of same be required all costs involved with these renewals are the sole responsibility of the Construction Manager. �%Mk4l 3.8 ALLOWANCES - For description of allowances and applicable values for -, same see Section 01020 of Division #1 and/or exhibit attached to agreement. 01997 AIA ) ww The GantfaEte -shall de-x*-the entr-aEt all alleNvanees stated-ii'4he-AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 DoEtiffients. iteffis ed-by a1 `s amps *-GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958,-1961' 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 y T e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ow American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced ow with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 24 Im -1-64 Th„r a.. shall. sale ,tea similff taXes fOf the W d on it ! !► b,4he Get -ate whiek a-r-e' exec-#ed when afe reEeiA,ed negatiations - 3.6.1 - The Owner is a educational nonprofit institution and is therefore "tax-exempt" in accordance with the applicable laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and with Chapter 32 of the Internal Revenue Code, as most recently amended, for collection of all sales and excise taxes. Exemption Certificates will be furnished to the Construction Manager by the Owner' CM will issue same to each Contractor, Specialty Contractor, etc. involved ! I with the work of this project. 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 3-74 Unless ^+�� -the C�*� �-the `� THIS DOCUMENT CONSULTATONWITAL �� "� CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN a*d-pay-fer 41we building per-m4-aRl othef permits-a-r]d al-feed IiEenses an14-ATTORNEY 1.5 ENCOURAGED WITH insp° neEessai�, T_ ution eenipletiaii of the W,..-1, whkh at-le +ffima-F-1-, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR legally MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS °gOtia TORS,.,,,,E1UdeE ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY U51NG AIA 3.7.1 - The Owner, through the Construction Manager or whomsoever will work on DOCUMENT D401. behalf of the Owner, shall secure and pay for the general building, mechanical. This document has been approved and electrical and plumbing permits the health and environmental impact fees due to endorsed by The Associated General water and sewer connections and zoning regulation fees and permits, excluding Contractors of America. affidavits of certification as may be required which shall be secured and paid for by the individual Contractors as outlined in the bid package descriptions in Section #00410. The Construction Manager and respective Trade/Individual Contractors in securing other permits for construction or any other aspect of the work associated with this project which requires a permit not withstanding language in the agreement, shall at their own cost and expense, make the necessary arrangements to complete, file and have sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the jurisdiction, any and all preliminary affidavits of certification that may be required by the governing agency or agencies having iurisdiction for issuing permits for construction for this project which are legally required when bids are received or negotiations are concluded, but in any case, prior to starting construction. 3.7.2 The Construction Manager and each Trade/Individual Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. If the Construction Manager or any Trade/Individual Contractor fail to give such notices they shall be liable for and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, the Architect and their Consultants employees, officers and agents against any resulting fines penalties judgments or damages, including reasonable attorney's fee imposed on or incurred by the parties indemnified hereunder. Construction Manager and/or any Trade/Individual Contractor shall pay any costs or fees incurred in such compliance and any fines or penalties imposed for 01997 AIA® violation thereof and any costs or fees incurred by Owner due to any such violation. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 0 Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 23 operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. 3.5.2 - The warranty provided in this Paragraph 3.5 shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any other warranty required by the Contract Documents or otherwise prescribed by law Further, the warranties required under the Contract Documents shall be extended to include the performance of any and all items of Work specified under the "proprietary". "patented" and other specified method as well as procedures specifically required by the Contract Documents thereby not relieving the Contractor of its general warranty obligations In addition Contractor shall furnish maintenance and 24-hour call-back TH15 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL service for the equipment provided by three period months after final ATTORRNEY NEY IS E It fora eriod of th 3 h ONSN.CONSULTATION WITH AN -- S EN[OURAGED WITH completion and acceptance of the work This work shall include all necessary RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR adjustments greasing oiling cleaning, supplies and parts to keep the equipment in MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS proper operation except such parts made necessary by misuse accidents or ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA �* negligence not caused by the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors OCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 3.5.3 -The Construction Manager/Contractor shall procure and assemble all data as This document has been approved and W outlined in Section 01730 of Division #1 and deliver to the Architect no later than the endorsed by The Associated General date claimed by the Construction Manager/Contractor as the date of Final Completion Contractors of America. of their respective Work all normal and special warranties required by the Contract go Documents. Delivery by the Construction Manager shall constitute the Construction Manager's and individual Contractor's guarantees to the Owner that the warranty will be performed in accordance with its terms and conditions Coordinate above requirements with Sections 01..700 and 01730 of Division #1, General Requirements 3.5.4_ - The Construction Manager/Contractor agree to assign to the Owner at the time of Final Completion of the Work any and all manufacturer's warranties relating "" to materials and labor used in the Work and further agrees to perform the Work in such manner so as to preserve any and all such manufacturer's warranties 3.5.5 -The Construction Manager/Contractor will exercise their best efforts to service and to enforce for the benefit of Owner all manufacturer's warranties on all materials equipment and fixtures incorporated into the Work..� 3.5.6 -The Contractor warrants good and legal title to all materials supplies and equipment installed or incorporated into the Work A 'k�nvA 3.5.7-All corrections to defective or deficient Work materials orequipment shall be � made at the convenience of the Owner. 01997 AIA® we 3.6 TAXES AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyrig t 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 y T e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until WX the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA -- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 22 Construction Manager/Contractor and submitting Trade, Individual. Specialty or Sub Contractor: 1 represents that they have personally investigated the proposed substitute product and determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified: .2 represents that the warranty for the substitution will be the same, or greater, than that applicable to the specified product: .3 certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under this contract, including Professional Services necessary and/or required for the Architect and Engineers to implement said substitution, and waives any and all claims for 110 additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently become apparent: and .4 will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute. making_ THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 0 all such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN In all respects. ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 3.4.3 - The Contract Documents are intended to produce a building of consistent ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA character and Quality Of design. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. All components of the building including visible items of mechanical and electrical This document has been approved and !P equipment have been selected to have a coordinated design in relation to the overall endorsedbyTheAssociatedGeneral appearance of the building. Contractors of America. The Architect shall judge the design and appearance of proposed substitutes on the basis of their suitability in relation to the overall design of the project, as well as for their intrinsic merits. The Architect will not approve as equal to materials specified proposed substitutes which, in his reasonable opinion, would be out of character or quality of design of the project. 3.4.4 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. ' Should any disorderly, incompetent or objectionable person be hired or employed by the Contractor, upon or about the premises of the Owner, for any purpose or in any ca 2acity, he/she shall, upon request of the Architect or Owner, be removed from the Project and not again assigned thereto without written permission of the Architect or Owner. 3.5 WARRANTY 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new and of recent manufacture, unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents,that the Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted,and that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, 01997 AIA® modifications not executed by the Contractor,improper or insufficient maintenance,improper AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 0 Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue,N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced !1I with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 21 go those as may be recommended by the proposed manufacturer(s)' 00 .2 advise the Architect in writing if the specified procedure or procedures deviate from good construction practice; .3 advise the Architect in writing if following said procedure or procedures will affect any warranty, including Contractor's general warranter .4 advise the Architect in writing of any objections the Contractor may have to the specified procedure or procedures: .5 propose to the Architect in writing any alternative procedure or •� procedures which the Contractor will warrant 3.3.1.2 - Further, all loss damage or liability, or cost of correcting defective work .� arising from the employment of any construction means methods techniques sequences or procedures shall be borne by the Contractor, notwithstanding that such construction means, methods techniques sequences or procedures are referred to TH15 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL indicated or implied by the Contract Documents CONSEQUENCES.CONSUL TATIONWITHAN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 3.3.1.3 - In the event the Contractor determines that any unsafe conditions exist RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS pursuant to Paragraph 3.3.1, the Contractor may suspend performance in the LECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA affected areas until the unsafe conditions are remedied and the Contractor will be DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum and Contract Time DOCUMENT D401. This document has been approved and 3.3.2 -The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the endorsed by The Associated General Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other Contractors of America. persons or entities performing portions of the Work for or on behalf of the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. It is understood and agreed that the relationship of Contractor to Owner shall be that of an independent contractor. Nothing contained herein or inferable herefrom shall be deemed or construed to (1) make Contractor the agent, servant, or employee of the Owner, or (2) create any partnership, joint venture, or other association between Owner and Contractor. Any direction or instruction by Owner in respect of the Work shall relate to the results the Owner desires to obtain from the Work, and shall in no way affect Contractor's independent contractor status as described herein. 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. "■ 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. .. 3.4.2 - The Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order. After the Contract has been executed (or other appropriate notification has been received from 7X the Owner), formal requests for substitutions of specified products will be considered only under the terms and conditions set forth in Section 01630 of Division #1 and Paragraph 3.5.2 of these Conditions; Further, by making said requests in (01997 AIA® conformance with procedures established in Section 01630 of Division #1 both the AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 y T e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION w>„ American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. user Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 20 oft 3.2.3.2 - Should the Contractor perform any construction activity knowing it involves an error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without such written notice to the Architect, Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such performance and shall bear all costs for correction: further. Should any words or numbers that are necessary to a clear understanding of the Work be illegible or omitted, or should an error, or discrepancy occur in any of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Architect, in writing, of such omission error, or discrepancy, and the Contractor shall not proceed with that portion of the Work until clarification is received. If the Contractor proceeds without so notifying the Architect the Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of correcting same, including any resulting damage. 3.2.4 - The Construction Manager/Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL any additional design drawings specifications or instructions required to define the CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN Work in greater detail or to permit the proper progress of the Work and the Architect RESPECT COMPLETION WITH shall provide such information with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay In RESPECT TI ITS COMPLETION IO P P � y MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS the Work. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 3.2.5 - No Contractor shall proceed with any Work not clearly and consistently DOCUMENT D401. defined in detail in the Contract Documents but shall request additional drawings or This document has been approved and instructions from the Architect in writing as rovided in Subparagraph 3.2.4. P endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES W 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor's best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and, except as stated below, shall be fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. If the Contractor determines that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe, the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the Architect. If the Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means methods techniques sequences or procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the Contractor, the Owner shall be solely responsible for any resulting loss or damage. Where the Contract Documents refer to particular construction means methods, techniques, sequences or procedures or indicate or imply that such are to be used in the Work, such reference is intended only to indicate that the aerations of the Contractor shall be such as to produce at least the quality of work implied by the operations described but the actual determination of whether or not the described operations may be safely and suitably employed on the Work shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 3.3.1.1 - The Construction Manager/Contractor shall prior to start of any portion of m1997 AIAO the Work- AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 1 review any specified construction or installation procedures, including GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 19 I!R am activities or duties of the Owner in the Architect's administration of the Contract, or by am tests,inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor. 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR so Ti V3TC1 uC'CVr !`,.,,+,-.,,-t Tl..,-u».ents ..rel4i-ye-te-t44 peFtien of the Work as i',,.11 as the:..C.,.-...atio,, F, ishe 7 bz� ualit-to c ^aPh }sskall talEe field nts--&f-arTy�- w ions r2latf� 611242 peftion$f-the k-ali444 -a+ty E9t3di419i;S-44he-4te- and afe feF the purpose ef 4israevefing effefg, emissio ns of ineensisten6es L ow pPeEamentT Zzvii=ceye -ally-erF6Fs, tea' "�F-91}3ifrS):9}3S-c`Iz'""�cv=rc-r"""e4-IYjF-the zvrtfaetef- sh341-be fepefted preffi 3t� 4e-the rA cchiteEt-as-a Feques fAFzrrrrv"rxxrar'ivix 1 3 kf�3 fefffi-as4he- fEhite t ffiay`' THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN w 3.2.1 - The Construction Manager/Contractor shall cause each individual ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH Trade/Specialty/Sub Contractor prior to starting work on any single portion of the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Work and at frequent intervals during the progress of the Work to carefully study and MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS No compare the Contract Documents with each other and with information furnished by ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.3 or established in the Contract Documents, DOCUMENT D401. shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to the Work and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it and shall at once report to the Architect. This document has been approved and OR in writing any errors inconsistencies or omissions that may be discovered as noted endorsed by The Associated General in 3.2.2 below. Contractors of America. so 3.2.2 Any design errors or omissions noted by the Contractor during this review shall be reported promptly to the Architect, but it is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. The accuracy of grades, elevations dimensions or locations of existing conditions is not guaranteed by the Architect or Owner, and the Contractor is responsible for verifying same: coordinate with Section 01010 of Division #1. The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the 111b Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations, but any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Architect in writing. 3.2.3 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions issued by the Architect in response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2, the Contractor shall make Claims as provided in Subparagraphs 4.3.6 and 4.3.7. If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2,the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents or for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized, or should have recognized, such error, inconsistency, omission or difference and knowingly failed to report it to the Architect promptly and in writing with written notice to the Owner. : . 3.2.3.1 - Any necessary change shall be ordered as provided in Article 7, subject to the requirements of Paragraph 1.2 and other provisions of the Contract Documents. 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced go with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/1112002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 18 �r If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts the Contractor shall pay difference to the Owner. 2.5 OWNER'S RIGHT TO AUDIT 2.5.1 - The Construction Manager/Contractor shall keep full and accurate records of all costs incurred and items billed in connection with the performance of the Work, which records shall be open to audit by the Owner or its authorized representatives during performance of the Work and until three (3) years after Final Payment. In addition the Contractor shall make it a condition of all subcontracts relating to the Work that any and all Subcontractors will keep accurate records of costs incurred and items billed in connection with their work and that such records shall be open to audit by the Owner or its authorized representatives during performance of the Work and until two ()years after its completion. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 2.6 EXTENT OF OWNERS RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 2.6.1 - The rights stated in this Article 2 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA are cumulative and not in limitation of any rights of the Owner (1) granted in the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BYU51NGAIA Contract Documents, (2) at law or(3) in equity. DOCUMENT D401. This document has been approved and 2.6.2 - In no event shall the Owner have control over, charge of or any responsibility endorsed by The Associated General for construction means methods techniques sequences or procedures or for safety Contractors of America. precautions and programs in connection with the Work notwithstanding any of the r rights and authority granted the Owner in the Contract Documents. ` ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR 3.1 GENERAL 3.1.1 The Contractor/Construction Manager is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Contractor/Construction Manager" means the Contractor/entity or the Contractor/entity's authorized representative. The term Contractor used herein shall be further defined as - 1 "The Contractor" or "Contractor" meaning that Contractor normally responsible for that work referenced; .2 "Prime", "Trade", "Specialist" or "Specialty" Contractor" meaning either the — General and Individual Trades, Restoration Specialists, Plumbing, HVAC, Fire Protection or Electrical Contractor (s) normally responsible for the referenced work; and such other terms relating to Contractors to be taken in context with respect to referenced work. zm 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3.1.3 No The-Contractor shall fret-be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents eithe+by activities or duties of the Architect by the 01997 AIAO AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA--11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 17 no remove and discharge (within ten (10) days) any lien filed upon Owner's property by ,W anyone claiming bv, through or under Contractor, or disregards the instructions of Architect or Owner when based upon the requirements of the Contract Documents the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated;however,the right of the Owner to ■■ stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. 2.3.1.1 - This right shall be in addition to and not in restriction of the Owner's rights under Subparagraphs 12.2 14 2 and 14.3 of these Conditions 23.2 - Ifs after consultation with the Architect suspension of the Work is warranted by reason of unforeseen conditions which may adversely affect the quality of the Work if such Work were continued the Owner may suspend the Work by written notice to the THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Construction Manager/Contractor. In such event the Contract Time shall be adjusted CONSEQUENCES.CONSUL TATION WITH AN accordingly, and the Contract Sum shall be adjusted to the extent if any, that ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR additional costs are incurred by reason of such suspension If the Contractor in Its MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS reasonable judgment believes that a suspension is warranted by reason of ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA .A unforeseen circumstances which may adversely affect the quality of the Work if the DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Work were continued the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner and DOCUMENT D401. Architect of such belief and describe with particularity the reasons therefor. This document has been approved and so endorsed by The Associated General 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK Contractors of America. 241 ff-the r`,.. defaults-of rieglec-ts-t-e Eafr�-et 4hme k-in- 4he- GefitfaEt Pec-tifnents-afi4-fails within-a seven &-peried-&#er reEeipt�f ##erg ne iEe - +• th P—Rer se ,.,,.,,.nen, .,ate default er b ff-emptness, the 9wner-may-after-,uc4 seveH day-peHo4-,-we-the G&& -awe :Titten- netiEe-te eeffeEt-saEh '1�c-cAcipi;6zics N -a three--day-pefied.44he G,•zorrri",•EtO w -5U-C4- thfee day tae iec after teeeijat of 1 second et failste a _eetnmenEe ff+y d fkien kOwner rHay;�itet pfejUdiEe4e ethe refedies-he -ffta-y-he=e;- eei 4°rT-1-3-suE4 ease ai}appfopriate Change 9rdee -be issued deducting- fref 4hea-e+ thereafte-du,4he Caetar 4he z-easeble west�f s�rel�- `1ac ciencicT�*g�er5 expenses-a}}4 e+ya4oft-feF 4he A-rrr 1ci itect's-a�tiena!- tea..�., °ems= made- eEessary-lay-such Elef tilt, neglee-t-or failure.—" action-b-N-44e -aftd- affieunts fh arged-te 4he G e are-both subieEt-ta-Prier dal-ef 4he ^ itp ri 4- p*yffien+s44i-eff-of thcrpafipc Fe the Go are }et s ,F it4-e eevef s�tEl}-aineiai,-the- GofitfaEtOf Shall fF the pay the di ♦ h v O-�i r:cr 2.4.1 - If the Contractor defaults or neglects to early out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a three (3) day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness the Owner may after three (3) days following receipt by the Contractor of an additional written notice and without prejudice to any other remedies correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies Including compensation of the Architect and such Consultants whose participation is deemed necessary by the Owner or Architect for additional services and expenses made necessary by such default neglect or failure 01997 AIA® w AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 y T e CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA -- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 16 arfang-ements have been made to 5-11511 4-he Ownef's obliga4iefflis ifflid—eff 4he cefltfaEt.Fur-nwlifit of evidenrie-&hall-be-a te tqfeEedent-te f•-ef -4 441e- 1F After-+ h eNidenee-has-l)ee* mod-;4he�r�gall Est " sock- 2.2.2 Except for permits and fees,including those required under Subparagraph 3.7•1,which are the responsibility of the Construction Manager/Contractor under the Contract Documents, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. 2.2.3 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL .1 The Construction Manager/Contractor (unless otherwise outlined in the CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Bidding Documents) shall be responsible for the establishment of points, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR wall and partition lines required by the various Contractors and MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Subcontractors In laying Out their work. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 2.2.4 Information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents shall be DOCUMENT D401. furnished by the Owner, through the Architect, with reasonable promptness so as to This document has been approved and avoid any delays in the orderly progress of the Work. "Reasonable promptness" shall endorsed by The Associated Caneral be measured from the time of Owner's receipt of written request for such information Contractors of America. or services. w44 Feasonaele {r-emptness:-4ny etheri matien-o+ sen4ees nt e he- C^tors p -ef-the We tender-the me €u fnished-by 4he- 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. All copies of documents will be furnished by the Construction Manager/Contractor to the individual Trade/Specialty/Sub Contractors under terms of the agreements outlined in the individual Bid Packages. Further, the Architect, for the convenience of the Owner, has prepared electronic copies or representations of Drawings, Specifications and Project Manuals. Requests for electronic copies of such Drawings, Specifications and Project Manuals by the Contractor, for the Contractors use or the use of Subcontractors, shall be made in writing to the Owner as outlined in Section 01300 and shall outline the benefit derived from such a request and the monetary value of such benefit. The Owner shall be entitled to such benefit and the Contractor shall be prepared to reimburse the Owner for any costs involved in preparing such electronic documents for the Contractors use. 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK 2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Paragraph 12.2 or persisy fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents,or fails or refuses to provide a 01997 AIA® sufficient amount of properly supervised and coordinated labor, materials. or AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 equipment so as to be able to comgllete the Work within the Contract Time or fails to GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA--11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 15 respect to this Project. They are not to be used by the Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub- subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner, Architect and the Architect's consultants. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Work under the Contract Documents. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the statutory copyright notice,if any, shown on the Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared so by the Architect and the Architect's consultants. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's or Architect's consultants' copyrights or other reserved rights. ** 1.7 CONFIDENTIALITY/PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS AND USE AND DISCLOSURE OF PROJECT INFORMATION THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN w 1.7.1 - Any public communications Or disclosure of materials or information with RESPECT ITS ENCOURAGED COMPLETION WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR respect to the Project by the Construction ManageNContractor and their employees MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS and Subcontractors related to this engagement shall be subject to the Owner's prior ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA "' written approval, including, without limitation, any promotional, marketing media or DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA other material or information related to the Owner or the Project. DOCUMENT D401. This document has been approved and no 1.7.2 - The Construction Manager/Contractor and their its employees and endorsed by The Associated General Subcontractors hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the Owner harmless from and Contractors of America. against any cost, damage, liability, loss or claim arising from violation of the go foregoing_ 1.7.3 - The Contractor shall specifically cause all Subcontractors or any other persons for entity performing any services or furnishing any materials or equipment ow for the Work to warrant and represent all items set forth in this Paragraph 1.7 1.7.4 - The representation and warranty contained in this Paragraph 1.7 shall survive „ the complete performance of the Work or earlier termination of this Agreement. ARTICLE 2 OWNER 2.1 GENERAL 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in Subparagraph 4.2.1, the Architect does not have such authority. The term "Owner" means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative. 2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor within fifteen days after receipt of a written request, information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights. skaliin4d&-a Eerfect statenefit-444e- reEerd4eg4444e-+e44+e preper#y which the Pfejeet4 leEated usnall f te-ase-,4,e,-',' and the Ownef's interest thefeii+. X2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER G-t Tl2e�l, .,,, mil,^11 ^+ +1,^�,,,-;++a„ ,.n,,, ^�+ �,F+1,^T:.ar..y+,. + + F ®1997 AIA® A" Wed-, ��.�� �L {{�� ^ .,r, prior to ee imeneeffie ic�r AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 the � thC'feafter 73'i.sh TQ � /�e•TiQntr-aEtaf -Feasai able -evide}3E� 44h4 f" aflefa' -GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 y CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION T e .w American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced , with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA -- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 313/2003. 14 1.3 CAPITALIZATION 1.3.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles and identified references to Paragraphs, Subparagraphs and Clauses in the document or (3) the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. The inadvertent failure to capitalize such terms in other Contract Documents shall be of no significance. 1.4 INTERPRETATION 1.4.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 1.5 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH 1.5.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed d b y the Owner Contractor. If either the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR g wner an ontracor. er MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents, the Architect shall ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA identify such unsigned Documents upon request. DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 1.5.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site,become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to This document has been approved and be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract endorsed by The Associated General Documents. Contractors of America. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall evaluate and satisfy themselves as to the conditions and limitations under which the Work is to be performed. including, without limitation (1) the location condition layout and nature of the Project site and surrounding areas: (2) generally prevailing climatic conditions (3) anticipated labor supply and costs () availability and cost of materials, tools and equipment and (5) other similar issues The Owner assumes no responsibility or liability for the physical condition or safety of the Pro'ect site or any other improvements located on the Protect site Except as set forth in Paragraph 9.1.2, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for providing a safe dace for the performance of the Work. The Owner shall not be required to make any adjustment in either the Contract Sum or Contract Time in connection with any failure by the Contractor or any Subcontractor to comply with the requirements of this Paragraph 1.5.2. 1.6 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE 1.6.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents, including those in electronic form, prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants are Instruments of Service w through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described. The Contractor may ■� retain one record set. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings, Specifications , and other documents prepared by the Architect or the Architect's consultants, and unless otherwise indicated the Architect and the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors of f them and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, in addition to the ~ ' " copyrights. All copies of Instruments of Service, except the Contractor's record set, shall be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect, on request, upon completion of the Work. The Drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Architect's consultants, and copies thereof furnished to the Contractor, are for use solely with GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 13 am the Architect for resolution before proceeding with the Work Further, coordinate this clause with Paragraph 3.2.1. If a minor change in the Work is found necessary due to actual field conditions the affected Trade/Specialty/Sub Contractor shall submit detailed drawings of such departure to the Construction Manager/Contractor for the approval of the Architect before making the change 1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. Such separations shall not operate to make the Architect an arbiter to establish subcontract limits between the Construction Manager/Contractor and its Trade/Specialty/Subcontractors nor shall they guarantee that all work for a particular 1S EQUENCNTHONSULTATONWITAL CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN subcontract or trade contract is covered in that section ATTORNEYIS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Further. Contractor represents that the Subcontractors manufacturers vendors and MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS suppliers engaged or to be enga eq d by it are and will be familiar with the ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA requirements for performance by them of their obligations —uOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. 1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,words and abbreviations which This document has been approved and �w have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract endorsed by The Associated General Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. Contractors of America. 1.2.4 - In addition references to trade publications industry, and published standards shall carry latest date including latest revisions unless dated to the contrary: Further, all work mentioned or indicated in the Contract Documents shall be .. performed by the Contractor as part of this Contract unless it is specifically indicated in the Contract Documents that such Work is to be done by others Should the Drawings or the Specifications disagree between or among themselves or with each other, the Contractor shall provide the better quality or greater quantity of work and/or materials unless otherwise directed by written addendum to the Contract in accordance with applicable provisions of these Conditions 1.2.5 -The Contractor, and all Subcontractors shall refer to all of the Drawincls and to all of the Sections of the Specifications and shall perform all work reasonably Inferable therefrom as being necessary to produce the indicated results 1.2.6 - All indications or notations on the drawings which apply to one of a number of similar situations, materials or processes shall be deemed to apply to all such S�_ situations, materials or processes wherever they appear in the Work except where a contrary result is clearly indicated by the Contract Documents 1.2.7 - Wherever required by the context any Gender shall include the other gender the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Each defined term herein may be used in its singular or plural form whether or not so m1997 AIA® defined. AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 y CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION T e ww American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced no with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA--11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 12 no knows (or should know), recognizes (or should recognize) and discovers (or should discover) in exercising the care, skill, and diligence required by the Contract - Documents. Analogously, the expression "reasonably inferable" and similar terms in the Contract Documents shall be interpreted to mean reasonably inferable by a contractor familiar with the Project and exercising the care, skill and diligence required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents. 1.1.15 -The phrase "PERSISTENTLY FAILS" and other similar expressions, as used in reference to the Contractor, shall be interpreted to mean any combination of acts- and omissions, which causes the Owner or Architect to reasonably conclude that the Construction Manager/Contractor will not complete the Work within the Contract Time, for the Contract Sum or in substantial compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN 1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT D401. results. This document has been approved and 1.2.1.1 - In the event of any conflict among the Contract Documents, the Contractor endorsed by The Associated General shall notify the Owner and the Architect of same and follow and comply with their Contractors of America. interpretation of same. In the event that the Owner and Architect fail to respond to "" the Contractor's notification within a reasonable period of time, then the Documents shall be construed according to the following priorities: 40 Highest Priorit .. Modifications issued after execution of the Agreement Second Priority: Agreement between Owner and Contractor Third Priority: Addenda issued prior to the execution of the Agreement -later date to take precedence Fourth Priority: Special Project Requirements (if any) Fifth Priority: Additional Conditions Sixth Priority: Supplementary General Conditions Seventh Priority: General Conditions Eighth Priority The Technical Specifications including Division#1 Ninth Priority: The Conformed Construction Drawings The terms and conditions of this Paragraph 1.2.1 however, shall not relieve the Contractor of any of the obligations set forth in Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.7. Among drawings large scale details shall control over small scale details and figured dimensions shall control over Drawings not dimensioned. +'a Before ordering any materials or doing any Work, the Construction T` Manager/Contractor and each Specialty Contractor Trade Subcontractor and such shall verify measurements at the Project site and shall be responsible for the correctness of such measurements. No extra charges or compensation will be @1997 AIA@ allowed on account of differences between actual dimensions and the dimensions AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 indicated on the Drawings. Any difference which may be found shall be submitted to GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ON © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 w copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. user Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. � 11 MW The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or awl by separate contractors and as may be defined in Section 01010. 1.1.4.1 - Additional definitions as they apply to this Project shall be as set forth in XW applicable Sections of Division#1 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the so design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details,schedules and diagrams. 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS '° The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials,equipment,systems,standards and workmanship for the Work,and THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL performance of related services. CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN am ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR The Project Manual is a volume assembled for the Work which may include the bidding MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS requirements,sample forms,Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA *" DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 1.1.8 - ADDENDUM: A change to the Contract Documents issued by Architect with DOCUMENT D401. Owner's approval prior to the execution of the Agreement and specifically listed in the This document has been approved and Agreement. endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. 1.1.9 -ALTERNATE: A variation in Contract requirements on which a separate price is to be received by the Owner as a part of the bid If the Alternate is accepted in writing by the Owner, the variation is then a part of the Contract and the amount of money quoted to be added or deducted from the Base Bid is taken into account in determining the Contract Sum 1.1.10 - PROVIDE: The Term "provide" shall mean "furnish and install complete and ready for safe and regular use and/or operation of the item material or service .. indicated". 1.1.11 - FINAL COMPLETION: The date the Contract has been fully performed all the Work has been completed all punch list items have been completed and all close out documents specified in the Contract Documents have been received and approved by the Architect and a final Certificate for Payment approved by the Owner has been issued by the Architect 1.1.12 - INDICATED AND SHOWN: Shall mean as detailed scheduled or called for in the Contract Documents. 1.1.13 - BULLETINS: Bulletins are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect after the execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the bidding_ documents. including the Drawings and Specifications by additions deletions clarifications or corrections 1.1.14 - The terms "KNOWLEDGE," "RECOGNIZE" and "DISCOVER" their 1991 AIA® respective derivatives and similar terms in the Contract Documents as used in AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 reference to the Contractor, shall be interpreted to mean that which the Contractor GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced + with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 10 Written Consent 11.4.6,12.2.2,12.2.4, 13.3,14 1.6,3.4.2,312.8,3.14.2,4.1.2,4.3.4,4.6.4,9.3.2, Written Orders 9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3,11.4.1, 13.2,13-4.2 1.1.1,2.3,3.9,4.3.6,7,8.2.2,11-4.9,12.1,12.2, Written Interpretations 13.5.2,14.3.1 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6 ! Written Notice 2.3,2.4,3.3.1,3.9,3.12.9,3.12.10,4.3,4.4.8, 4.6.5,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10,10.2.2,10.3, 11.1.3, ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor TH15 DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL gw (hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Contract.A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or(4) a written order for a minor change ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA in the Work issued by the Architect_pursuant to Paragraph 7.4. Unless specifically DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY U51NG AIA enumerated in the Agreement,the Contract Documents do not include other documents such DOCUMENT D401. as bidding requirements (advertisement or imitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms,the Contractor's bid or portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements). This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT Contractors of America. The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the to entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the Architect and Contractor, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and Architect Of(4) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and Construction Manager/Contractor- or (5) between the Architect and Construction Manager/Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. No obligation of the Architect to the Owner, whether expressed by agreement or implied by law, shall be construed as intended for the benefit of the Construction Manager/Contractor. Nothing in the Contract Documents nor in any aspect of the Architect's relationship with the Owner shall create or give rise to any duty whatsoever on the part of the Architect to the Construction Manager/Contractor. The term "Construction Manager/Contractor" in this paragraph shall include the Contractor, its officers, employees agents, contractees and Subcontractors of any tier: coordinate with Paragraph 3.18.3 of these conditions. 1.1.3 THE WORK The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment` ,. { and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. alb 1.1.4 THE PROJECT 01997 A'A® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA--11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 9 PW 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.12.1,4.2.3,5.2.3,5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2, CONTRACT 9.6.7 14 Subcontractual Relations Tests and Inspections 5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2,9.6,9.10 10.2.1,11.4.7,11.4.8, 3.1.3,3.3.3,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2, 14.1,14.2.1,14-3.2 9.10.1,10.3.2,11.4.1.1,12.2.1,13.5 Submittals TIME 1.6,3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.6,9.2, 8 9.3,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3,11.1.3 Subrogation,Waivers of Time,Delays and Extensions of 6.1.1,11-4.5, 11.4.7 3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1, Substantial Completion 7.4.1,7.5.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7.1,10.3.2, 10.6.1,14-3.2 4.2.9,8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, Time Limits 9.10.4.2,12.2,13.7 2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1, s Substantial Completion, Definition of 4.2,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,5.2,5.3,5.4, 6.2.4,7.3, 9.8.1 7.4,8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8, Substitution of Subcontractors 9.91 9.10,11.1.3,11.4.1.5, 11.4.6,11.4.10,12.2,13.5, THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 13-7,14 CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 5. 5.2.4 Time Limits on Claims ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH Substitution of Architect 4.3.2, RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 4,1.3 4.3.4,4.3.8,4.4,4.5,4.6 Substitutions of Materials Title to Work MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 9.3.2,9.3.3 ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 3.4.2,3.5.1,7.3.7 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF Sub-subcontractor,Definition of 5.1.2 WORK DOCUMENT D401. Subsurface Conditions 12 This document has been approved and R 4.3.4 Uncovering of Work endorsed by The Associated General Successors and Assigns 12.1 Contractors of America. 13.2 Unforeseen Conditions Superintendent 4.3.4,8.3.1,10.3 am 3.9,10.2.6 Unit Prices Supervision and Construction Procedures 4.3.9,7.3.3.2 1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, Use of Documents 6.2.4,7.1.3,7.3.6, 8.2,8.3.1,9.4.2,10, 12,14 1.1.1,1.6,2.2.5,3.12.6,5.3 Surety Use of Site 4.4.7,5.4.1.2,9.8.5,9.10.2,9.10.3,14.2.2 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 Surety,Consent of Values,Schedule of 9.10.2,9.10.3 9.2,9.3.1 Surveys Waiver of Claims by the Architect 2.2.3 13.4.2 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience Waiver of Claims by the Contractor .■ 14.4 4.3.10,9.10.5,11-4.7,13-4.2 Suspension of the Work Waiver of Claims by the Owner 5.4.2,14.3 4.3-10,9.9.3,9.10.3,9.10.4,11.4.3,11.4.5,11.4.7, Suspension or Termination of the Contract 12.2.2.1,13.4.2,14.2.4 4.3.6,5.4.1.1,11.4.9,14 Waiver of Consequential Damages Taxes 4.3.10,14.2.4 3.6,3.8.2.1,7.3.6.4 Waiver of Liens Termination by the Contractor 9.10.2,9.10.4 .. 4.3.10, 14.1 Waivers of Subrogation Termination by the Owner for Cause 6.1.1,11-4.5, 11.4.7 4.3.10,5.4.1.1, 14.2 Warranty ti , Termination of the Architect 3.5,4.2.9,4.3.5.3,9.3.3,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.4, ;, 4.1.3 12.2.2,13.7-1.3 Termination of the Contractor Weather Delays 14.2.2 4.3.7.2 01997 AIA® TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE Work,Definition of AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 1.1.3 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced No with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA -- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 8 wm PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF Samples by Contractor 10 3.12 Polychlorinated Biphenyl Rights and Remedies 10.3.1 1.1.2,2.3,2.4,3.5.1,3.15.2,4.2.6,4.3.4,4.5,4.6, Product Data,Definition of 5.3,5.4,6.1,6.3,7.3.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7, 10.2.5,10.3, 3.12.2 12.2.2,12.2.4, 13.4,14 Product Data and Samples,Shop Drawings Royalties,Patents and Copyrights 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 3.17 Progress and Completion Rules and Notices for Arbitration 4.2.2,4.3.3,8.2,9.8,9.9.1,14.1.4 4.6.2 Progress Payments Safety of Persons and Property 4.3.3,9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3,13.6,14.2.3 10.2,1o.6 Project,Definition of the Safety Precautions and Programs 1.1.4 3.3.1,4.2.2,4.2.7,5.3.1, 10.1,10.2,1o.6 Project Management Protective Liability Samples,Definition of THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Insurance 3•��•3 CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 11.3 Samples,Shop Drawings,Product Data and ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH Project Manual,Definition of the 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 1.1.7 Samples at the Site,Documents and MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 40 Project Manuals 3.11 ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 2.2.5 Schedule of Values DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Project Representatives 9.2,9.3.1 DOCUMENT D401. 4.2.10 Schedules,Construction This document has been approved and OR Property Insurance 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 endorsed by The Associated General 10.2.5, 11.4 Separate Contracts and Contractors Contractors of America. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 1.1.4,3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,4.2.7,4.6.4,6,8.3.1, 10 11.4.7, 12.1.2,12.2.5 Regulations and Laws Shop Drawings,Definition of 1.6,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8,4.6, 3.12.1 9.6.4,9.9.1,10.2.2,11.1,11.4,13.1, 13.4,13.5.1> Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples gal 13.5.2,13.6,14 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 Rejection of Work Site,Use of 3.5.1,4.2.6,12.2.1 3.13, 6.1.1,6.2.1 Releases and Waivers of Liens Site Inspections 9.10.2 1.2.2,3.2.1,3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.10.1, Representations 13.5 1.5.2,3.5.1,3.12.6,6.2.2,8.2.1,9.3.3,9.4.2,9.5.1, Site Visits,Architect's 9.8.2,9.10.1 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2,9.10.1,13.5 MR Representatives Special Inspections and Testing 2.1.1,3.1.1,3.9,4.1.1,4.2.1,4.2.10,5.1.1,5.1.2, 4.2.6,12.2.1,13.5 13.2.1 Specifications,Definition of the Resolution of Claims and Disputes 1.1.6 4.4,4.5,4.6 Specifications,The Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 1.1.1, 1.1.6,1.1.7,1.2.2,1.6,3.11,3.12.10,3.17 3.3.2,3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, Statute of Limitations 10 4.6.3,12.2.6,13.7 Retainage Stopping the Work 9.3.1,9.6.2,9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 2.3,4.3.6,9.7,10.3,14.1 Review of Contract Documents and Field Stored Materials Conditions by Contractor 6.2.1,9.3.2,10.2.1.2,10.2.4,11.4.1.4 1.5.2,3.2>3.7.3>3.12.7,6.1.3 Subcontractor,Definition of X± Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and 5.1.1 Architect SUBCONTRACTORS 3.10.1,3.10.2,3.11,3.12,4.2,5.2,6.1.3,9.2,9.8.2 5 01997 AIA@ Review of Shop Drawings,Product Data and Subcontractors,Work by AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:5MITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 7 on Im 10.5 Owner's Liability Insurance Minor Changes in the Work 11.2 1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,4.3.6,7.1,7.4 Owner's Loss of Use Insurance MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 11.4.3 13 Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors Modifications,Definition of 1.1.2,5.2,5.3,5.4,9.6.4,9.10.2,14.2.2 1.1.1 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work Modifications to the Contract 2.4,12.2-4-14.2.2.2 1.1.1,1.1.2,3.7.3,3.11,4.1.2,4.2.1,5.2.3,7, 8.3.1, Owner's Right to Clean Up 9.7,10.3.2,11.4.1 6.3 Mutual Responsibility Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to 6.2 Award Separate Contracts Nonconforming Work,Acceptance of 6.1 9.6.6,9.9.3, 12.3 Owner's Right to Stop the Work Nonconforming Work,Rejection and 2.3 Correction of Owner's Right to Suspend the Work THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 2.3,2.4,3.5.1,4.2.6,6.2-5, g P CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 5 9.5.1,9.8.2,9.9.3, 14.3 ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 9.10.4,12.2.1,13.7.1.3 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Notice 14.2 MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 2.2.1,2.3,2.4,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.7.2,3.7.4,3.12.9,4.3, Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 4.4.8,4.6.5,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10,10.2.2,11.1.3, and Other Instruments of Service DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA 11.4.6,12.2.2,12.2.4,13.3,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.1,14.2 1.1.1, 1.6,2.2.5,3.2.1,3.11.1,3.17.1,4.2.12,5.3 DOCUMENT D401. Notice,Written Partial Occupancy or Use 2.3,2.4,3.3.1,3.9,3.12.9,3.12.10,4.3,4.4.8, This document has been t roved and 9.6.6, 9.9,11.4.1.5 PP 4.6.5,5.2.1,8.2.2,9.7,9.10,10.2.2,10.3, 11.1.3, Patching,Cutting and endorsed by The Associated General 11.4.6,12.2.2,12.2.4, 13.3,14 3.14,6.2.5 Contractors of America. Notice of Testing and Inspections Patents 13.5.1,13.5.2 3.17 OF Notice to Proceed 8.2.2 Payment,Applications for Notices,Permits,Fees and 4.2.5,7.3.8,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5.1,9.6.3,9.7.1,9.8.5, 2.2.2,3.7,3.13,7.3.6.4,10.2.2 9.10.1,9.10.3,9.10.5,11.1.3,14.2.4,14.4.3 no Payment,Certificates for Observations,Contractor's 4 9 2 4 4.2.5> . . ,9.3.3,9. , 1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3,4.3.4 9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1, Occupancy 9.10.1,9.10.3,13.7,14.1-1.3,14.2.4 2.2.2,9.6.6,9.8,11.4-1.5 Payment,Failure of m Orders,Written 4.3.6,9.5.1.3, 9.7,9.10.2,14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2,13.6 1.1.1,2.3,3.9,4.3.6,7, 8.2.2,11.4.9,12.1,12.2, Payment,Final 13-5.2,14-3.1 4.2.1,4.2.9,4.3.2,9.8.2,9.10,11.1.2,11.1.3,11.4.1, OWNER 11-4.5,12-3.1,13.7,14.2-4,14-4.3 2 Payment Bond,Performance Bond and Owner,Definition of 7.3.6-4,9.6-7,9.10.3,11.4.9, 11.5 21 Payments,Progress Im Owner,Information and Services Required of 4.3.3,9.3,9.6,9.8.5,9.10.3,13.6,14.2.3 the PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 2.1.2, 2.2,3.2.1,3.12.4,3.12.103 4.2.7,4.3.3, 6.1.3, 9 6.1.4, 6.2.5,9.3.2,9.6.1,9.6.4,9.9.2,9.10.3, Payments to Subcontractors 10.3.3,11.2,11.4,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.1.1.4,14.1.4 5.4.2,9.5.1.3,9.6.2,9.6.3,9.6.4,9.6-7,11-4.8, Owner's Authority 14.2.1.2 1.6,2.1.1,2.3,2.4,3.4.2,3.8.1,3.12.10,3.14.2, PCB 4 s 4.1.2,4.1.3,4.2.4,4.2.9,4.3.6,4.4.7, 5.2.1,5.2.43 10.3.1 _ Payment Bond Performance Bon and Pa 5.4.1,6.1,6.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,8.2.2, 8.3.1,9.3.1,9.3.2, Per Y 9.5.1,9.9.1,9.10.2, 10.3.2,11.1.3,11.3.1,11.4.3, 7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.3,11-4.9, 11.5 11.4.10,12.2.2,12.3.1,13.2.2,14.3,14.4 Permits,Fees and Notices 01997 AIA® Owner's Financial Capability 2.2.2,3.7,3.13,7.3.6-4,10.2.2 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 2.2.1,13.2.2,14.1.1.5 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 6 �w 11.4 1.2.1,4.2.7,4.2.12,4.2.13,7.4 GENERAL PROVISIONS Interest 1 13.6 Governing Law Interpretation 13.1 1.2.3, 1.4,4.1.1,4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2,8.1.4 Guarantees(See Warranty) Interpretations,Written Hazardous Materials 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6 10.2.4, 10.3,1o.5 Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required #w Identification of Contract Documents 4.6.4 1.5.1 Judgment on Final Award Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 4.6.6 5.2.1 Labor and Materials,Equipment Indemnification 1.1.3,1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13, 3.17,3.18,9.10.2,10.3.3,10.5,11.4.1.2,11.4.7 3.15.1,42.6,4.2.7,5.21,6.2.1,7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3, Information and Services Required of the Owner 9.5.1.3,9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2-4,14.2.1.2 THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 2.1.2,2.2,3.2.1,3.12.4,3.12.10,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, Labor Disputes CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITHAN 6.1.4,6.2.5,9.3.2,9.6.1,9.6.4,9.9.2, 9.10.3, 8.3.1 ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 10.3.3,11.2,11.4,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.1.1.4,14.1.4 Laws and Regulations RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Injury or Damage to Person or Property 1.6,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8,4.6, MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 4.3.8,10.2,10.6 9.6.4,9.9.1,10.2.2,11.1,11.4,13.1, 13.4,13-5.1, ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Inspections 13.5.2,13.6,14 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Liens DOCUMENT D401. 3.1.3,3.3.3,3.7.1,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.2, 2.1.2,4.4.8,8.2.2,9.3.3,9.10 9.8.3,9.9.2,9.10.1,12.2.1,13.5 Instructions to Bidders Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder This document has been approved and 4.6.4 endorsed by The Associated General 1.1.1 Contractors of America. Instructions to the Contractor Limitations,Statutes of 3.2.3,3.3.1,3.8.1,4.2.8,5.2.1,7,12,8.2.2,13.5.2 4.6-3,12.2.6,13.7 Insurance Limitations of f Liability ity 3.18.1,6.1.1,7.3.6,8.2.1,9.3.2,9.8.4,9.9.1, 2.3,3.2.1,3.5.1,3J•3,3.12.8,3.12.10,3.17,3.18, 9.10.2, 9.10.5,11 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.12, 6.2.2,9.4.2,9.6.4, 9.6.7, Insurance,Boiler and Machinery 9.10.4,10.3.3,10.2.5,11.1.2,11.2.1,11.4.7,12.2.5, 11.4.2 13.4.2 Insurance,Contractor's Liability Limitations of Time 11.1 2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1, Insurance,Effective Date of 4.2.7,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,5.2,5.3, 5.4,6.2.4,7.3, 8.2.2,11.1.2 7.4,8.2,9.2,9.3.1,9.3.3,9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8, Insurance,Loss of Use 9.9,9.10,11.1.3,11.4.1.5,11.4.6,11.4.10,12.2,13.5, 13.7,14 11.4.3 Loss of Use Insurance qp Insurance,Owner's Liability 11.4.3 11.2 Insurance,Project Management Protective Material Suppliers Liability 1.6,3.12.1,4.2.4,4.2.6,5.2.1,9.3,9.4.2,9.6, � 11.3 9.10.5 I Materials,Hazardous Insurance,Property 10.2.5, 11.4 10.2-4,10.3,10.5 Stored Materials Materials,Labor,Equipment and Insurance, 1.1.3,1.1.6,1.6.1,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.23,3.12,3.13, 9.3.2,11.4-1.4 7 5• i 3 9.3• INSURANCE AND BONDS 3.15.1,4.2.6,4.2. , 2.1,6.2.1, -. .6, 2,9.3.3, 9.5.1.3,9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2.4,14.2.1.2 11 Means,Methods,Techniques,Sequences and w Insurance Companies,Consent to Partial Procedures of Construction f Occupancy 3.3.1,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,9.4.2 9.9.1111.4.1.5 Mechanic's Lien Insurance Companies,Settlement with 4.4.8 11.4.10 Mediation 01997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Intent of the Contract Documents OF 4.4.1,4.4.5>4.4.6,4.4.8,4.5,4.6.1,4.6.2,8.3.1, GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington,D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 5 3.3.2,3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, 8.1.4 10 Decisions of the Architect Contractor's Review of Contract Documents 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.3.4,4.4.1, 1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3 4.4.5,4.4.6,4.5,6.3,7.3.6,7.3.8, 8.1.3, 8.3.1,9.2, Contractor's Right to Stop the Work 9.4,9.5.1,9.8.4,9.9-1,13-5.2,14.2.2,14.2.4 9.7 Decisions to Withhold Certification Contractor's Right to Terminate the Contract 9.4.1,9.5,9.7,14.1.1.3 4.3.10,14.1 Defective or Nonconforming Work,Acceptance, Contractor's Submittals Rejection and Correction of 3.10,3.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,5.2.3,7.3.6,9.2,9.3, 2.3,2.4,3.5.1,4.2.6,6.2.5,9.5.1,9.5.2,9.6.6, 9.8.2,9.8.3,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3, 11.1.3,11.5.2 9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.4,12.2.1,13.7-1.3 Contractor's Superintendent Defective Work,Definition of 3.9,10.2.6 3.5.1 SW Contractor's Supervision and Construction Definitions Procedures 1.1,2.1.1,3.1,3.5.1,3.12.1,3.12.2,3.12.3,4.1.1, 1.2.2,3.3,3.4,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,4.3.3, 6.1.33 4.3.1,51,6.1.2,7.2.1,7.3.1,7.3.6, 8.1, 9.1,9.8.1 THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 6.2.4,7.1.3,7.3.4,7.3.6, 8.2,10,12,14 Delays and Extensions of Time CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN Contractual Liability Insurance 3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1, ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH 11.1.1.8,11.2,11.3 7,4,1,7,5,1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7-1,10.3.2, 10.6.1,14.3.2 RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Coordination and Correlation Disputes MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS 1.2,1.5.2,3.3.1,3.10,3.12.6,6.1.3,6.2.1 ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA Copies Furnished of Drawings and 4.1.4,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,6.3,7.3.8 DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY U51NG AIA Documents and Samples at the Site Specifications 3 11 DOCUMENT D401. 1.6,2.2.5,3.11 Copyrights Drawings,Definition of This document has been approved and ow 1.6,3.17 1.1.5 endorsed by The Associated General 3. 7 Correction of Work g P Drawings and Specifications,Use and Contractors of America. 3 4,3.7.4,4.2.1, Ownership of 2. ,2• 9.4.2,9.8.2,9.8.3,9.9.1, 11.1,1.3,2.2.5,3.11,5.3 No Correlation and Intent of the Contract 12 2.2,13.7.1.3 Effective Date of Insurance Documents 8.2.2,11.1.2 1.2 Emergencies Cost,Definition of 4.3.5, 10.6,14.11.2 ON 7.3-6 Employees,Contractor's Costs 3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8.1,3-9,3-18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6,10.2, 2.4,3.2.3,3.7.4,3.8.2,3.15.2,4.3,5.4.2,61 Equipment,Labor,Materials and "".1, 10.3,11.1.1,11.4.7,14.1,14.2.1.1 6.2.3,7.3.3.3,7.3.6,7.3.7,7.3.8,910.2,10.3.2, q P 10.5,11.3,11.4,12.1,12.2.1,12.2.4,13.5,14 1.1.3,1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.3,312,3.13,3.15.1, Cutting and Patching 4.z•6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3, 6.2-5,3.14 9.5.1.3,9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2-4,14.2.1.2 w. Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Execution and Progress of the Work Contractors 1.1.3,1.2.1,1.2.2,2.2.3,2.2.5,3.1,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.7, 3.14.2,6.2.4,9.2.1.5,10.2.1.2,10.2.5,1o.6,11.1, 3.10,3.12,3.14,4.2.2,4.2.3,4.3.3,6.2.2,7.1.3, 11.4,12.2.4 7.3.4, 8.2,9.5,9.9.1,10.2,10.3,12.2,14.2,14.3 .w Damage to the Work Extensions of Time 3.14.2,9.9.1,10.2.1.2,10.2.5,1o.6,11.4,12.2.4 3.�-3,4.3.1,4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3, Damages,Claims for 7.4.1,9.5.1,9.7.1,10.3.2,1o.6.1,14.3.2 3.2.3,3.18,4.3.10,6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7,10.3.3, Failure of Payment s� 11.1.1,11.4.5,11.4.7,14.1.3,14.2.4 4.3.6,9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2,14.1.1.3,14.2.1.2,13.6 Damages for Delay Faulty Work 6.1.1, 8.3.3,9.5.1.6,9.7,10-3.2 (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Date of Commencement of the Work, Final Completion and Final Payment `+ .. Definition of 4• 4.2.9,4.3.2,9.8.2,9.10,11.1.2,11.1.3,11.4.1, %;&4*z 8.1.2 11-4.5,12-3.1,13.7,14.2-4,14-4.3 Date of Substantial Completion,Definition of Financial Arrangements,Owner's 01997 AIAO � 8,1.3 2.2.1,13.2.2,14.1.1.5 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Day,Definition of Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION w. American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until �w the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 4 wl� 3.2.3,4.3.4,4.3.5,4.3.6,6.1.1,7.3.8,10.3.2 4.3.3 Claims for Additional Time Contract,Definition of 3.2.3,4.3.4,4.3.7,6.1.1,8.3.2,10-3.2 1.1.2 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR 4.3.4 SUSPENSION OF THE Claims for Damages 5.4-1.1,11-4.9, 14 3.2.3,3.18,4.3.10,6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6-7,10-3.3, Contract Administration 11.1.1,11.4.5,11.4.7,14.1.3,14.2.4 3-1-3,4,9.4,9.5 PO Claims Subject to Arbitration Contract Award and Execution,Conditions 4.4.1,4.5-1,4.6.1 Relating to Cleaning Up 3.7.1,3.10,5.2,6.1,11-1.3,11-4.6,11.5.1 3.15; 6.3 Contract Documents,The Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period 1.1,1.2 13.7 Contract Documents,Copies Furnished and Use Commencement of the Work,Conditions of THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL Relating to 1.6,2.2.5,5.3 CONSEOUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 2.2.1,3.2.1,3.4.1,3.7.1,3.10.1,3.12.6,4.3.5,5.2.1, Contract Documents,Definition of ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 5.2.3,6.2.2,8.1.2,8.2.2,8.3.1,11.1, 11-4.1,11-4.6, 1.1.1 RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 11.9.1 Contract Sum MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS Commencement of the Work,Definition of 3.8,4.3.4,4.3.5,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2,7.3,7.4,9.1, ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 8.1.2 9.4.2,9.5.1.4,9.6.7,9.7,10.3.2,11.4.1, 14.2.4, DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Communications Facilitating Contract 14.3.2 DOCUMENT D401. Administration Contract Sum,Definition of This document has been approved and ' 3.9.1, 4.2.4 9.1 Completion,Conditions Relating to Contract Time endorsed by The Associated General 1.6.1,3.4.1,3.11, 1 ,4.2.2,4.2. , 8.2, 2,9.8, 4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1• Contractors of America. 3. 5 9 9.4• 3,7.3,7.4>8.1.1, 9.9.1,9.10,12.2,13.7,14.1.2 8.2,8.3.1,9.5.1,9.7,10.3.2,12.1.1, 14.3.2 COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND Contract Time,Definition of 9 8.1.1 Completion,Substantial CONTRACTOR Pill 4.2.9,8.1.1,8.1.3,8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, 3 9.10.4.2,12.2,13.7 Contractor,Definition of Compliance with Laws 3.1,6.1.2 1.6.1,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8, Contractor's Construction Schedules Pill 4.6.4,4.6.6,9.6-4,10.2.2,11.1,11.4,13.1,13.4, 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 13.5.1,13.5.2,13.6,14.1.1,14.2.1.3 Contractor's Employees Concealed or Unknown Conditions 3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8•1,3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6,10.2, 4.3.4, 8.3-1,10.3 10.3,11-1.1,11-4.7,14.1,14.2.1.1, Ro Conditions of the Contract Contractor's Liability Insurance 1.1.1,1.1.7,6.1.1,6.1.4 11.1 Consent,Written Contractor's Relationship with Separate 1.6,3.4.2,3.12.8,3.14.2,4.1.2,4.3.4,4.6.4,9.3.2, Contractors and Owner's Forces 9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3,11.4.1, 13.2,13.4.2 3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,6,11.4.7,12.1.2,12.2.4 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.18.1,3.18.2,5,9.6.2,9.6.7,9.10.2, 1-1-4,15 11-4.1.2,11-4.7,11-4.8 ass Construction Change Directive,Definition of Contractor's Relationship with the Architect 7.3.1 1.1.2,1.6,3.1.3,3.2.1,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.4.2, Construction Change Directives 3.5.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18, 4.1.2,4.1.3, w 4.2,4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.7,5.2,6.2.2,7,8.3.1,9.2, 1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,4.3-9,7.1,7.3,9.3.1.1 , Construction Schedules,Contractor's 9.3,9-4,9.5,9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6,10.3,11.31 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 11.4.7,12,13.4.2,13.5 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts Contractor's Representations 1.5.2,3.5.1,3.12.6,6.2.2, 8.2.1,9.3.3,9.8.2 01997 AIA® 5.4,14.2.2.2 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 Contract Continuin Ctt Performance Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Work GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE g CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ON 9 Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 10 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution.This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 3 am Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 11.4.7,12,13.4.2,13.5 ..4 1.1.1 Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors Aesthetic Effect 1.1.2,4.2.3,4.2.4,4.2.6,9.6.3,9.6-4,11-4.7 4.2.13,4.5.1 Architect's Representations Allowances 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 3.8 Architect's Site Visits All-risk Insurance 4.2.2,4.2.5,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.9.2, 11.4.1.1 9.10.1,13.5 Applications for Payment Asbestos 4.2.5,7.3.8,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5.1,9.6.3,9.7.1,9.8.5, 10.3.1 9.10,11.1.3,14.2.4,14.4.3 Attorneys'Fees Approvals 3.18.1,9.10.2,10.3.3 2.4,3.1.3,3-5,3.10.2,3.12,4.2.7,9.3.2,13.4.2, Award of Separate Contracts .�.a 13.5 6.1.1,6.1.2 Arbitration Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for 4.3.3,4.4,4.5.1,4.5.2,4.6,8.3.1,9.7-1,11-4.9, Portions of the Work THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL 11.4.10 5.2 CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN ' Architect Basic Definitions ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH 4.1 1.1 RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR Architect,Definition of Bidding Requirements MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF TH15 ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 4.1.1 ran 1.M 5.in ry I DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA Architect,Extent of Authority Boiler and Machinery Insurance DOCUMENT D401. 2.4,3.12.7,4.2,4.3.6,4.4,5.2,6.3,7.1.2,7.3.6, 11.4.2 7.4,9.2,9-3.1,9.4,9.5,9.8.3,9.10.1, 9.10.3,12.1, Bonds,Lien This document has been approved and 12.2.1,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.2.2,14.2.4 9.10.2 endorsed by The Associated General Architect,Limitations of Authority and Bonds,Performance,and Payment Contractors of America. Responsibility 7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.3,11.4.9,11.5 2.1.1,3.3.3,3.12.4,3.12.8,3.12.10,4.1.2,4.2.1, Building Permit MW 4.2.2,4.2.3,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.10,4.2.12,4.2.13, 3.7.1 4.4,5.2.1,7.4,9.4.2,9.6.4,9.6.6 Capitalization Architect's Additional Services and Expenses 1,3 2.4,11.4.1.1,12.2.1,13.5.2,13.5.3,14.2.4 Certificate of Substantial Completion Architect's Administration of the Contract 9.8.3,9.8.4,9.8.5 3.1.3, 4.2,4.3.4,4.4,9.4,9.5 Certificates for Payment Architect's Approvals 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1, 2.4,3.1.3,3.5.1,3.10.2,4.2.7 9.10.1,9.10.3,13.7,14.1-1.3,14.2.4 Architect's Authority to Reject Work Certificates of Inspection,Testing or Approval 3.5.1,4.2.6,12.1.2,12.2.1 13.5.4 Architect's Copyright Certificates of Insurance 1.6 9.10.2,11-1.3 Architect's Decisions Change Orders 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.3.4,4.4.1, 1.1.1,2.4.1,3.4.2,3.8.2.3,3.11.1,3.12.8,4.2.8, 4.4.5,4.4.6,4.5,6.3,7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3, 8.3.1,9.2, 4.3.4,4.3.9,5.2.3,7.1,7.2,7.3,8.3.1,9.3.1.1, .., 9.4,9.5.1,9.8.4,9.9.1,13.5.2,14.2.2,14.2.4 9.10.3,11.4.1.2,11.4.4,11.4.9,12.1.2 Architect's Inspections Change Orders,Definition of 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2,9.10.1,13.5 7.2.1 Architect's Instructions CHANGES IN THE WORK 3.2.3,3.3.1,4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.8,7.4.1,12.1,13.5.2 Architect's Interpretations 3.11,4.2.8, 7,8.3.1,9.3.1.1,11.4.9 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6 Claim,Definition of Architect's Project Representative 4.3.1 4.2.10 Claims and Disputes � "►NW -4 Architect's Relationship with Contractor 3.2.3,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,6.1.1,6.3,7.3.8,9.3.3, ei+r;1in►'i 1.1.2,1.6,3.1.3,3.2.1,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.4.2, 9.10.4,10.3.3 3.5.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.163 3.18,4.1.2,4.1.3, Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims 01997 AIA® 00 4.2,4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.7,5.2,6.2.2,7,8.3.1,9.2, 4.6.5 AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 9.3,9.4,9.5,9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6,10.3,11.3, Claims for Additional Cost GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 by The— am American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.5. Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced w* with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document:SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608, which expires on 3/3/2003. 2 ■w 1997 Edition - Electronic Format AIA Document A201 - 1997 " General Conditions of the Contract for Construction TABLE OF ARTICLES 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS 2. OWNER THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL OR CONSEQUENCES.CONSULTATION WITH AN 3. CONTRACTOR ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR 4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT MODIFICATION.AUTHENTICATION OF THIS ELECTRONICALLY DRAFTED AIA 5. SUBCONTRACTORS DOCUMENT MAY BE MADE BY USING AIA DOCUMENT 0401. 6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General 7. CHANGES IN THE WORK Contractors of America. 8. TIME 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11. INSURANCE AND BONDS 12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 15. ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS INDEX 9.5.1,10.2.5,13.4.2,13.7,14.1 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work Addenda 9.6.6,9.9-3,12.3 1.1-1,3.11 Acceptance of Work Additional Costs,Claims for 9.6.6,9.8.2,9.9.3,9.10.1,9.10.3,12.3 4.3.4,4.3.5,4.3.6,6.1.1,10.3 Access to Work Additional Inspections and Testing 3.16,6.2.1,12.1 9.8-3,12.2.1,13.5 —A;. Accident Prevention Additional Time,Claims for 4.2.3,10 4.3.4,4.3.7,8.3.2 Acts and Omissions ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 07997 AIA® AIA DOCUMENT A201-1997 3.2,3.3.2,3•iz•8,3•i8,4.2.3,4.3.8,4.4.1,8.3.1, 3.1.3,4,9-4,9.5 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION © Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 y T e American Institute of Architects. Fifteenth Edition. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial The American Institute of Architects quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. States and will subject the violate to legal prosecution. WARNING: Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S. Washington, D.C.20006-5292 copyright laws and will subject the violator to legal prosecution. This document was electronically produced with permission of the AIA and can be reproduced in accordance with your license without violation until the date of expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. expiration as noted below. User Document: SMITH2OIGC.AIA-- 11/11/2002.AIA License Number 1109608,which expires on 3/3/2003. 1 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 00600 BOND REQUIREMENTS 1.01 Prior to the Owner signing the contract agreement, he MAY require that selected Subcontractor (s) furnish separate performance and labor and material payment bonds covering the faithful performance of the entire construction contract agreement. The performance bond and the labor and material payment bond shall each be made out in one hundred percent (100%) of the guaranteed maximum contract amount. 1.02 The "Performance Bond" and "Labor and Material Payment Bond" , A.I.A. Document A-312, as published by The American Institute of Architects shall be used and modified, if necessary, to comply with applicable statutes . NOTE: Date of forms to be used shall be complimentary to the date of the contract form and general conditions incorporated within these Bidding and Contract Requirements. 1.03 The bonds shall be signed by an official of the bonding company and shall be accompanied by the bonding agent's written power of attorney. 1.04 Provide four (4) copies each of the bonds and the power of attorney in order that one (1) copy of each may be attached to each copy of the contract agreement. 1.05 THE CONTRACTOR (S) SHALL INDICATE ON THE PROPOSAL FORM, THE TOTAL PREMIUMS FOR THE PERFORMANCE AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BONDS. **End of Section** on 2053/15220 00600 - 1 Bond Requirements SMITH COLLEGE—MENDENHALL ww H. The undersigned further certifies under penalties of perjury that his/her sub-bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used ±* in this subsections, the word "person" shall mean any natural person,joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. DATE NAME OF SUB-BIDDER By: Name Title Business Address NOTE: If a corporation, it must be signed and sealed by a duly authorized officer. If a partnership, so state, and give names and residential addresses of all partners. If an individual, so state and sign. END OF SECTION Name of Contractor """" Form for Sub-Bid 40 .0 SMITH COLLEGE—MENDENHALL .W D. The undersigned agrees that if he/she is selected as sub-bidder, he/she will, within five days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after presentation of a subcontract by the „W Construction Manager execute with such Construction Manager a subcontract in accordance with the terms of this sub-bid, and if requested to do so by Construction Manager, who shall pay the premiums thereof, furnish a performance and payment bond of surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the Awarding Authority, in the full sum of the subcontract price. E. The undersigned agrees that the above list of bids to the undersigned represent bona fide bids based on herinbefore described plans, specification and addenda, and that, if the undersigned is awarded the contract, they will be used for the work indicated at the amounts stated, if •• satisfactory to the Awarding Authority. F. The undersigned further agrees to be bound to the Construction Manager by the terms of the *�* hereinbefore described plans, specifications (including all general conditions stated therein) and addenda, and to assume toward him/her all the obligations and responsibilities that he/she, by those documents, assumes toward the Awarding Authority. G. The undersigned offers the following information as evidence of his/her qualification to perform the work as bid upon according to all requirements of the plans and specifications: 1. Have been in business under present business name years. 2. Ever failed to complete any work awarded? 3. List one or more recent buildings with names of General Contractor and Architect on which you served as Subcontractor for work of similar character as required, for the above-name building. BLDG TYPE ARCHITECT GENERAL CONTRACTOR CONTRACT$ 4) Bank Reference: Name of Contractor Form for Sub-Bid 2 SMITH COLLEGE —MENDENHALL w FORM FOR SUB-BID A. The undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for completing, in accordance with the hereinafter described plans, specification and addenda, all the work specified in Division No. Section No. , of the specifications and in any plans,prepared by Perkins, Eastman Architects for renovations to the Mendenhall Center for the Performing Arts, Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts for the contract sum of Dollars. B. This sub-bid includes Addenda Numbered C. Alternates: 00 Alternate No. 1 Add Cost to add performance and payment bonds in accordance with specification. Alternate No. 2 L.E.D. screen in annuciator panel. Unit Prices Add Deduct 1) Section 03900, Concrete Restoration a) Shallow patch Vsq. ft. b) Deep patch $/sq. ft. 2) Section 04900, Masonry Restoration a) Needle point $/sq. ft. b) Full point S/sq. ft. c) Cut &point—horizontal $/lineal ft. d) Cut & point—vertical $/unit height OR 3) Section 07314, Slate Roofing a) Slate shingle repairs $/sq. ft. b) Replace plywood underlayemt$/sq. ft. Name of Contractor '�"' Form for Sub-Bid 1 S C A p ,roved Subcontractor Bid List -May 2002 Elevator Contractors actors Warner Bros. Sunderland, MA Schindler Hartford, CT T&M Equipment Corp. Springfield, MA Bay State Chicopee, MA ' Palmer Paving Palmer, MA Otis W. Springfield, MA Marion Excavating S. Hadley, MA Associated Elevator S. Yarmouth, MA Duffy/Willard Northampton, MA Allied Springfield, MA Dietz Const. Corporation Easthampton, MA Truehart Paving & Lands. Southampton, MA Mechanical Contractors Karl's Excavating, Inc. Hadley, MA Harry Grodsky Co. Springfield, MA ' JC & Company Northampton, MA M.J. Moran Haydenville, MA T.J. Conway Springfield, MA Landscape B-G Mechanical Chicopee, MA Duffy/Willard Northampton, MA K.R. Longtin Northampton, MA Sheet Metal Fabricators Truehart Paving & Lands. Southampton, MA Kleeberg Sheet Metal Ludlow, MA OR Mt. View Landscapes & Chicopee, MA Fisher Sheet Metal Springfield, MA Berkshire Air W. Springfield, MA Miscellaneous Metals Custom Sheet metal Haydenville, MA 40 Accufab Goshen, MA Hurley and David Air Springfield, MA ' Arrow Welding Hatfield, MA ARC Welding Hadley, MA Automatic Temperature Control! !W Ralph's Welding Northampton, MA Yankee Technology Ludlow, MA SWE Springfield, MA Fire Protection Millwork Allied Fire Protection Springfield, MA Westek Westfield, MA. M.J. Moran Haydenville, MA Amherst Woodworking Northampton, MA Grinnell Co. Newington, CT PP John Carlo Woodworking Westfield, MA H.F.P. S. Hadley,MA Wright Architectural Northampton, MA Warehouse Mechanical S. Hadley, MA Haydenville Woodworking Amherst, MA po Laurel Hill (Peter Dellert) Holyoke, MA Electrical Contractors J.O'B Built Enfield, CT Collins Electric Chicopee, MA Bradford Woodworking Florence, MA David R. Northup Electric Agawam, MA Haas Electric South Hadley, MA Roofing Contractors M.L. Schmitt, Inc. Springfield, MA. Morris Springfield, MA Orchard Electric Northampton, MA Rivet Springfield, MA Systems Electric` Worthington MA Titan Chicopee, MA Coghlin Electrical, Inc. Springfield, MA' Easthampton Electric Easthampton, MA M&S Electric Hatfield,jMA., Beco Electric Springfield, MA' Painting Contractors Lococo, Owen Northampton, MA Communication Contractors Northeast Northampton, MA Haas Elec. South Hadley, MA Coffey & Heady Northampton, MA Hogan Communications Holyoke, MA Callahan, Joe Pelham, MA Coghlin Electrical, Inc. Springfield, MA Flooring Contractors Mercier Carpet W. Springfield, MA Landmark Flooring Concept Albany, NY M. Frank Higgins & Co. Newington, CT Ayotte & King Chicopee, MA 'R Dion A & Son Flooring Hadley, MA W 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College so shall apply to the Contract and shall be deemed to be included in the Contract as if fully set forth therein at length. 1.13 NONDISCRIMINATION A. Not withstanding implementation of the Owner's Affirmative Action Plan, if any, all Contractors and Subcontractors of all tiers and vendors will be required to comply with all provisions of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Executive Order 11246 of 24 September 1965 and the relevant "Laws" , "Acts" rules, regulations and orders of the Labor Department of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as amended. **End of Invitation and Instructions** 00 war 2053/15220 00100 - 5 Invitation/Instructions 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 1.09 APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTORS A. When requested by the Owner, Bidders shall, within the time specified by the Owner, submit to the Owner the names of the Subcontractors which the Bidder proposes to use on the project. w B. The Owner reserves the right to disapprove the use of any proposed Subcontractor and in such event the Bidder shall submit the name of another Subcontractor in like manner within the time specified by the Owner. C. The Owner reserves the right to reject any bid if the names of proposed Subcontractors are not submitted as required. 1.10 INSURANCE A. This is an Owner Controlled Insurance Program Project. However, all bids are required to include the costs of insurance. Information regarding the OCIP will be reviewed at the informational meeting and be included in the project documents along with the complete insurance requirements. 1.11 AWARD OF CONTRACT A. This notice is an offer to receive proposals for a contract and not .. an offer of a contract. B. The award of the Contract shall be made to the Bidder submitting the lowest bid if, in the opinion of the Owner, such Bidder is qualified to perform the Work involved, is responsible and reliable. C. Alternates, if stated in the Proposal Form, shall be chosen at the discretion of the Owner when awarding the Contract. The lowest bid will then be determined by adding, to the bidder's total base bid, all Alternates chosen by the Owner. D. The Bidder agrees to commence work within seven (7) days of receipt of a Notice To Proceed, Letter of Intent, and/or Execution of Contract whichever is earlier. w' E. The Owner reserves the right to reject any bid or all bids, to waive any informalities or irregularities or omissions in any bid received or to afford any Bidder an opportunity to remedy any informality or irregularity if it is in the Owner's interest to do so. r., F. The award of the Contract shall not be construed as a guarantee by the Owner that the plant, equipment and the general scheme of operations of a Bidder is either adequate or suitable for the satisfactory y performance of the Work or that other data supplied by a Bidder is accurate. 1.12 LAWS AND REGULATIONS 00 A. All applicable Federal, State, County, Municipal or other laws, orders, ordinances, rules and regulations of all Authorities having jurisdiction over construction work in the locality of the project w 2053/15220 00100 - 4 Invitation/Instructions sr 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College 40 1.07 QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS - See Approved Subcontractor List attached to Project Manual. A. The Owner may make such investigation as the Owner deems necessary to determine the responsibility of any Bidder or to determine the ability of any Bidder to perform the Work. B. Bidders shall furnish to the Owner all information and data required by the Owner, including complete financial data, within the time and in the form and manner required by the Owner. C. The Owner reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence required by the Owner is not submitted as required or if the evidence submitted by or the investigation of any Bidder fails to satisfy the Owner that the Bidder is responsible, or is able or qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract or to complete the Work as contemplated. 1.08 POST BID PROCEDURES A. The Owner through the Architect may make such investigation as the Owner deems necessary to determine the responsibility of any bidder or to determine the ability of any bidder to perform the Work. B. The Owner reserves the right to disapprove the use of any proposed Subcontractor and in such event the bidder shall submit the name of another Subcontractor in like manner within the time specified by the Architect. C. To the fullest extent allowed by law, the Owner reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence required by the Owner is not submitted or fails to satisfy the Owner that the bidder is responsible, able and qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract or to complete the Work as contemplated. The Owner will consider the information received under paragraphs A through D above in determining whether or not to accept a proposal. D. Acceptance of a proposal will be a notice in writing signed by a duly authorized representative of the Owner. E. Any bidder whose proposal is accepted will be required to sign the Trade Contract within ten (10) days after receiving notice of acceptance. F. In the event that the Owner should reject the proposal of a bidder as provided above, the Owner may elect to meet with the next lowest bidder and to consider the information as provided in paragraphs A through D above. In the event that the proposal of the next lowest bidder is rejected as provided above, the Owner may elect to meet with the third lowest bidder and repeat the above process. At all times the Owner retains the right to reject all bids. 40 2053/15220 00100 - 3 Invitation/Instructions 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College w made in writing by the Architect as addenda shall be binding. No officer, agent or employee of the Owner or the Architect is authorized to explain or to interpret the Contract Documents by any other method and any such explanation or interpretation, if given, ., must not be relied upon by the Bidder. 1.03 REPRESENTATION: Each bidder, by making their bid, represents that - A. They have read and understands the Bidding Documents and their Bid .. is made in accordance therewith. B. They have visited the site and has familiarized themselves with the conditions under which the work is to be performed. C. All materials to be incorporated in the work shall be "asbestos free" in their manufacture. D. Their Bid is based upon the materials, systems and equipment described in the Bidding Documents WITHOUT EXCEPTION. 1.04 DOCUMENTS A. Bidders may obtain up to 2 complete sets of the Contract Documents at the office of A.R. Green & Son, Inc. after 10:00 AM on November 13, 2002. e�. B. Refundable document deposit $ 200.00 per set; check made payable to the A.R. Green & Son, Inc. C. Deposit will be refunded to all qualified bidders returning plans and specifications in good condition within ten (10) days after the date set for opening of bids. D. Additional copies of the documents will be available from the designated printer at the non-refundable cost of reproduction. 1.05 INFORMATIONAL MEETING - All bidders are advised that a mandatory .r informational meeting will be held as follows: A. Date - 19 November 2002 B. Local Prevailing Time - 10:00 A.M. C. Location - Center Courtyard of Mendenhall Center for the Performing Arts, 55 Green Street, Northampton, MA. D. Any and all questions that may arise as a result of this meeting ' will be recorded and answered by the Addendum process. 1. 06 BIDDING - The bids of each of the vendors/subcontractors and the like will *■ be due in the office of Smith College Physical Plant, 126 West Street, Northampton, MA 01063 on or before December 3, 2002 until 2 :00 P.M. , Local Prevailing Time. Bids will be opened at the convenience of the owner. w� 2053/15220 00100 - 2 Invitation/Instructions 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College SECTION 00100 INVITATION AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.01 OWNER, PROJECT, ARCHITECT, BID PROCEDURE A. The Owner, Trustees of Smith College; Northampton, MA; invites sealed bids for the renovations to the Mendenhall Center for the Performing Arts all as described in the accompanying contract 4" documents as prepared by - Perkins Eastman Architects, PC; 422 Summer Street; Stamford, CT 06901 B. This project will be executed under the Construction Management form of contract and will be issued under a series of contracts under the control of the nominated Construction Manager. The bid breakdown solicitation will be as established by the Construction Manager in an attachment to this Section. C. The attention of all bidders is directed to the fact that a single set of documents exist for the construction of the Project as a whole. 00 Work on each sheet, or within any technical specification section may or may not have an effect on the work of any single Prime Contractor. Failure on the part of any Prime Contractor to examine all documents will not be cause for additional cost to the Owner. a 1.02 DISCREPANCY A. Should any bidder find any discrepancies in, or omission from, the Contract Documents, or should the bidder be in doubt as to the meaning of any portion of said documents, they shall at once notify the Architect and obtain an interpretation or clarification prior to submission of their bid. ! B. Any request for interpretation or clarification given in accordance with this provision shall be in writing. NO C. The bidder may, during the bidding period, be advised by addendum of additions, deletions, or alterations in any of the documents forming a part of this Contract. All such changes shall be included in the work covered by the bid and shall become a part of this Contract. OR Upon such mailing or delivery and making available for inspection, such addendum shall become a part of the Contract Documents and ! shall be binding on all Bidders whether or not the Bidder receives or acknowledges the actual notice of such addendum. The requirements contained in all Contract Documents shall apply to all addenda. D. Only interpretations, corrections or additional Contract provisions 40 2053/15220 00100 - 1 Invitation/Instructions ow 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College .ee Section Pages Section Title DIVISION 415 - MECHANICAL �. 15050 Basic Materials and Methods - Mechanical - Coordinate with Sections 01040, 01040Schedule, 01041 and 01900 15160 Basic Materials - Seismic Restraint & Vibration Isolation for Mechanical 15250 Basic Materials - Mechanical Insulation 15300 Fire Protection Trade Work 15400 Plumbing Trade Work 15410 Plumbing Equipment and Fixtures 15500 HVAC Trade Work wo 15510 HVAC Equipment - Fluid Handling 15550 HVAC Equipment - Heat Generation 15850 HVAC Equipment - Air Handling .. 15880 Basic Materials - Air Distribution 15890 Mechanical Cleaning, Sanitizing and Encapsulation of HVAC Systems - NOT ISSUED AT HIS TIME do DIVISION #16 - ELECTRICAL 16050 Basic Materials and Methods- Electrical - Coordinate N with Sections 01040, 01040Schedule, 01041 and 01900 16160 Seismic Restraint and Vibration Isolation for Electrical Systems ,r 16400 Service and Distribution 16450 Electrical Grounding 16510 Luminaires 16600 Special Systems so 16700 Low Voltage Raceway Distribution 16720 Fire Alarm System DIVISION #17 - CONTROL 17051 Control Equipment VFD' s 17100 Building Management System **End of Index** w wo 2053/15220 Index 4 am 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Section Pages Section Title DIVISION #7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 4W 07130 8 Membrane Waterproofing 07165 3 Cementitious Waterproofing 07200 Insulation (See Sections 04800 and 09250) 07314 4 Slate Roofing 07530 16 Membrane Roofing (EPDM) 07600 9 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07850 9 Firestopping 07850Att. 1 Listing of "FCIA" Firestopping Contractors 07900 11 Caulking and Sealing/Joint Sealants DIVISION #8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 11 Hollow Metal Work 08200 6 Wood Doors 08310 3 Access Doors 08400 7 Aluminum Construction 08630 5 Skylights, Metal Framed and Custom 08700 14 Finished Hardware 08800 7 Glass and Glazing DIVISION #9 - FINISHES 09250 10 Gypsum Drywall 09300 5 Tile Work 09642 4 Resilient Wood Flooring Systems (Sprung Floor) 09650 7 Resilient Flooring 09680 7 Carpet 09840 3 Acoustical Wall Treatment 09900 14 Painting DIVISION #10 - SPECIALTIES 10160 6 Toilet Compartments 10200 3 Louvers and Vents 104C0w Identifying Devices - Allow $3,500.00 for all code signage; balance of room identifications, etc. to be by . b k"i. .. Smith College 10800 3 Toilet Accessories 10900 3 Miscellaneous Specialties DIVISION #11 - EQUIPMENT - Not Used DIVISION #12 - FURNISHINGS 12490 3 Window Treatments DIVISION #13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION - Not Used DIVISION #14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14200 22 Elevators OR 2053/15220 Index 3 8 November 2002 Renovations to BID ISSUE MCPA - Smith College Section Pages Section Title LOG 1 Submittal Log FLOW 1 Submittal Flow Chart CSC 2 Certification of Specification Compliance 01310 3 Scheduling and Progress 01410 6 Testing Laboratory Services . 01500 6 Temporary Facilities Att. 5 Hot Work Permit Program (Rev. June 12, 2000) 01570 3 Construction Waste Management �w 01600 3 Material and Equipment 01630 3 Product Options and Substitutions Att. 1 Substitution Request Form 01635 2 Requests for Information (RFI) 01700 3 Project Close Out 01720 2 Project Record Documents 01730 4 Operation and Maintenance Requirements 01900 29 Special Conditions and Coordination Requirements Between Construction, Mechanical and Electrical Trades Att. 2 Pipe Sleeves Attachment DIVISION #2 - SITE WORK 02020 6 Selective Removals and Demolition 02200 7 Site Preparation and Protection Attachment 6 Smith College Tree and Shrub Preservation Specifications 02259 5 Underpinning 02300 16 Earthwork 02620 3 Subdrains 02700 9 Pavements and Surfacing 02800 3 Site Improvements 02920 5 Lawns and Grasses DIVISION #3 - CONCRETE WORK 03300 27 Plain and Reinforced Concrete 03900 6 Concrete Restoration and Cleaning DIVISION #4 - MASONRY 04060 4 Mortars 04800 15 Unit Masonry 04910 15 Masonry Restoration - Brick DIVISION #5 - METALS 05300 9 Metal Decking 05500 12 Miscellaneous Metals DIVISION #6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 10 Rough Carpentry 06200 14 Finish Carpentry 2053/15220 Index 2 '"A° Index to Project Manual/Specifications 4 For Renovations to The Mendenhall Center for the Performing Arts Smith College Northampton, MA Section Pages Section Title Index 4 Index to Specifications BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS 00100 5 Invitation and Instructions to Bidders Att-00100 1 Smith College Approved Subcontractor List 1!A! 00400 3 Form for Sub Bid 00500 Not Inc. Contract Agreement Forms (A121CMc) 00600 1 Bond Requirements 00700 81 General Conditions - A201-97 Att. 6 Smith College' s OWNER CONDITIONS - Coordinate with Section 00700 and the Entire Division 1; Most restrictive provisions govern. Att. 22 Summary Of The Owner-Controlled Insurance Program Setting Forth Contractor Insurance Requirements (Ref. Article 11) And Contractor Safety Program Obligations (Ref. Article 10) Att. 2 Liability Insurance Requirements (Ref. Article 11) DIVISION #1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 7 Description of Work Att. 16 Location Plan and Photographs of Existing Conditions 01020 3 Allowances 01025 2 Unit Prices 01027 5 Applications for Payment (Coord. W/Article 9, Section 00700 01030 1 Alternate Proposals 01040 4 Project Coordination 01040S 4 Project Coordination Table 01041 4 Coordination Drawings and Procedures 01045 3 Cutting and Patching 01080 1 Permits and Compliance +!� 01090 2 Reference Standards Att: 5 BOCA Standards Listing 01120 7 Alterations to Existing Facilities 01200 2 Project Meetings 01300 6 Submittal Requirements Att. 1 Request for Electronic Documents/CAD File Protocols STAMP 1 Combined Contract Shop Drawing Submittal and Review so Stamp ear Index 2053/15220 - 1 PROJECT MANUAL VOL. 1 OF 2 RENOVATIONS TO THE MENDENHALL CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS SMITH COLLEGE c. 84 Green Street ON ILI FA� . << Northampton, MA ARCHITECT: Perkins Eastman Architects PC 422 Summer Street Stamford, CT 06901 *" MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL van Zelm Heywood and Shadford ENGINEER: Town Center 29 South Main Street West Hartford, CT 06107-2420 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: Gibble Norden Champion Brown 130 Elm Street Old Saybrook, CT 06475 op CONSTRUCTION CONSULTANT: Falk Associates, Inc. 83 Middle Neck Road Great Neck, NY 11021 wr November 8, 2000 Issued for Bid 7 1 7 7 1 7 7 7 7 7 1 7 7 7 1 7 1 7 PROJECT MANUAL VOL. 1 .OF 2 RENOVATIONS TO THE MENDENHALL CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS F SMITH COLLEGE 1 c�ARC I 84 Green Street Northampton, MAI ARCHITECT: Perkins Eastman Architects PC 422 Summer Street Stamford, CT 06901 MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL van Zelm Heywood and Shadford ENGINEER: Town Center 29 South Main S'treet West Harttord, CT 06107-2420 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: Gibble Nor-den Champion Brown 130 Elm Street Old Saybrook, CT 06475 CONSTRUCTION CONSULTANT: Falk Associates, Inc. 83 Middle Neck Road Great Neck, NY 11021 November 8, 200:0 Issued for Bid